Ayala Corporation Sec 17a Ending Dec. 31, 2018 PDF
Ayala Corporation Sec 17a Ending Dec. 31, 2018 PDF
Ayala Corporation Sec 17a Ending Dec. 31, 2018 PDF
3 4 2 1 8
A Y A L A C O R P O R A T I O N A N D S U B S I D I A
R I E S
3 2 F T O 3 5 F , T O W E R O N E A N D E X C H
A N G E P L A Z A , A Y A L A T R I A N G L E , A Y
A L A A V E N U E , M A K A T I C I T Y
(Business Address: No. Street City / Tow n / Province)
1 2 3 1 1 7 - A 0 4 2 6
Month Day Month Day
Fiscal Year Annual Meeting
C F D
Dept. Requiring this Doc. Amended Articles Number/Section
6 5 0 7 P 4 0 B. bonds
Total No. Of Stockholders Domestic Foreign
Document I.D.
Cashier
S TA M P S
AYALA CORPORATION
(Company’s Full Name)
908-3000
(Telephone Number)
14. Check whether the issuer has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 17 of
the Code subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court or the
Commission. Not applicable
Yes [ ] No [ ]
15. Briefly describe documents incorporated by reference and identify the part of the SEC Form 17-A
into which the document is incorporated:
2018 Consolidated Financial Statements of Bank of the Philippine Islands and Subsidiaries
SIGNATURES
Item 1. Business
Ayala Corporation (the Company, the Parent Company or Ayala) is the holding company of one of the
oldest and largest business groups in the Philippines that traces its history back to the establishment of
the Casa Roxas business house in 1834. The Company was incorporated in January 23, 1968, and its
Class A Shares and Class B Shares were first listed on the Manila and Makati Stock Exchanges (the
predecessors of the PSE) in 1976. In 1997 the Company’s Class A and Class B Shares were
declassified and unified as Common Shares.
The Company is a limited liability corporation having a renewable term of 50 years. On April 15, 2016
during its annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholders ratified the amendment of the Fourth Article
of the Articles of Incorporation to extend the corporate term for 50 years from January 23, 2018. The
extension of corporate life was approved by SEC on April 5, 2017.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company is 47.04% owned by Mermac, Inc. and the rest by the public.
Its registered office address and principal place of business is 32F to 35F, Tower One and Exchange
Plaza, Ayala Triangle, Ayala Avenue, Makati City.
The Company is organized as a holding company holding equity interests in subsidiaries, associates
and joint ventures that compose the Ayala Group (the Group). The Group is one of the most significant
business groups in the Philippines. The Group was initially primarily focused on real estate, banking
and insurance. In the 1970s and 1980s, the Group expanded its existing businesses through organic
growth and acquisitions. During this period, the Group also materially diversified its activities and
disposed of interests that it considered peripheral to its business strategy.
In recent years, Ayala’s business activities continued to develop to include real estate and hotels,
financial services and insurance, telecommunications, water infrastructure, electronics solutions and
manufacturing, power generation, transport infrastructure, automotive, international real estate,
healthcare, education, and technology ventures. In 2016, a new initiative was launched – the
establishment of industrial technologies group that will integrate the electronics solutions and
manufacturing, automotive and potential investments in complementary industrial technologies. In 2017
and 2018, Ayala made its presence more felt in digital space and also ventured for the first time in
logistics business. This investment forms part of Ayala’s strategy to develop infrastructure that will result
in better efficiencies and improve the fulfillment goals of its existing businesses in real estate, banking,
telecommunications, and e-commerce.
Ayala’s real estate business is primarily conducted through its subsidiary, Ayala Land, Inc. (“Ayala Land”
or “ALI”), a diversified real estate company in the Philippines. Its involvement in financial services is
through an affiliate, the Bank of the Philippine Islands (“BPI”), which, together with its subsidiaries
(together, the “BPI Group”), form a universal banking group in the Philippines. Ayala’s
telecommunications business is carried out through an affiliate, Globe Telecom, Inc. (“Globe”), a leading
telecommunications companies in the Philippines. Ayala’s investments in water infrastructure is under
Manila Water Company, Inc. (“Manila Water” or “MWC”). Its international business in electronics
solutions and manufacturing services is under Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. (“IMI”). Ayala’s
automotive dealerships are under AC Industrial Technology Holdings Inc. (“AC Industrials or ACI”)
formerly Ayala Automotive Holdings, Corp., while its interests in international real estate assets are held
under AG Holdings. Ayala’s investments in the power sector are held under AC Energy, Inc. (ACEI),
while its first toll road project (the 4-kilometer Daang-Hari connector road to the South Luzon
Expressway) is held under the Parent Company. The Company has established AC Infrastructure
Holdings Corp. ("AC Infra") as its vehicle for transport infrastructure and logistics related investments,
as well as AC Ventures Holding Corporation (“AC Ventures” or “AVHC”) for its digital space related
investments. Ayala’s investments in healthcare is conducted through Ayala Healthcare Holdings (“AC
Health” or “AHHI”) while its for-profit education business is operated through AC Education, Inc. (“AC
Education” or “AEI”).
The lists of subsidiaries and associates and joint ventures are contained in the attached Company’s
Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2018.
• Parent Company - represents operations of the Parent Company including its financing entities
such as ACIFL, AYCFL, PFIL and MHI.
• Real estate and hotels - planning and development of large-scale fully integrated mixed-used
communities that become thriving economic centers in their respective regions. These include
development and sale of residential, leisure and commercial lots and the development and leasing
of retail and office space and land in these communities; construction and sale of residential
condominiums and office buildings; development of industrial and business parks; development
and sale of high-end, upper middle-income and affordable and economic housing; strategic land
bank management; hotel, cinema and theater operations; and construction and property
management.
• Financial services and insurance - commercial banking operations with expanded banking license.
These include diverse services such as deposit taking and cash management (savings and time
deposits in local and foreign currencies, payment services, card products, fund transfers,
international trade settlement and remittances from overseas workers); lending (corporate,
consumer, mortgage, leasing and agri-business loans); asset management (portfolio management,
unit funds, trust administration and estate planning); securities brokerage (on-line stock trading);
foreign exchange and capital markets investments (securities dealing); corporate services
(corporate finance, consulting services); investment banking (trust and investment services); a fully
integrated bancassurance operations (life, non-life, pre-need and reinsurance services); and other
services (internet banking, foreign exchange and safety deposit facilities).
• Water infrastructure – contractor to manage, operate, repair, decommission, and refurbish all fixed
and movable assets (except certain retained assets) required to provide water delivery, sewerage
and sanitation, distribution services, pipeworks, used water management and management
services. In 2016, a new business initiative was undertaken where the group will exclusively provide
water and used water services and facilities to all property development projects of major real estate
companies.
• Electronics manufacturing – global provider of electronics manufacturing services (EMS) and power
semiconductor assembly and test services with manufacturing facilities in Asia, Europe, and North
America. It serves diversified markets that include those in the automotive, industrial, medical,
telecommunications infrastructure, storage device, and consumer electronics industries.
Committed to cost-development to manufacturing and order fulfillment), the company's
comprehensive capabilities and global manufacturing presence allow it to take on specific
outsourcing needs.
• Power generation – unit that will build a portfolio of power generation assets using renewable and
conventional technologies which in turn will operate business of generating, transmission of
electricity, distribution of electricity and supply of electricity, including the provision of related
services.
Please refer to Note 29 on Operating Segment Information of the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements regarding operating segments which presents assets and liabilities as of December 31,
2018 and 2017 and revenue and profit information for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and
2016.
Management monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making
decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated
based on operating profit or loss and is measured consistently with operating profit or loss in the
consolidated financial statements.
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there were no revenue transactions with a
single external customer which accounted for 10% or more of the consolidated revenue from external
customers.
Intersegment transfers or transactions are entered into under the normal commercial terms and
conditions that would also be available to unrelated third parties. Segment revenue, segment expense
and segment results include transfers between operating segments. Those transfers are eliminated in
consolidation.
For the detailed discussion on the specific subsidiaries falling under each business unit as well as the
major transactions of the Group, please refer to Note 2 on Group Information of the Consolidated
Financial Statements for December 31, 2018 which forms part of the Index of this SEC17A report. Other
major transactions and developments were also disclosed in the Company’s previously filed SEC17Q
and SEC17-C reports, listing of which also forms part of the Index of this SEC17A report.
The consolidated financial statements of the Group as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were endorsed for approval by the Audit Committee
on March 7, 2019 and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors (BOD) on March 12, 2019.
Based on SEC’s parameters, the significant subsidiaries of Ayala Corporation as of December 31,
2018 are Ayala Land, Inc. (ALI - organized in 1988), Manila Water Co, Inc. (MWC – established in
1997), Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. (IMI - organized in 1980), AC Energy, Inc. (ACEI – established
in 2005) and AC Industrial Technology Holdings Inc. (AC Industrials – organized in 1991). Except as
stated in the succeeding paragraphs and in the discussion for each of the Company’s significant
subsidiaries, there has been no other business development such as bankruptcy, receivership or similar
proceeding not in the ordinary course of business that affected the registrant for the past three years.
Competition
The Company is subject to significant competition in each of the industry segments where its
subsidiaries and investees operate. Please refer to Significant Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint
Ventures portion for the discussion on competition.
To date, there have been no complaints received by the Company regarding related-party transactions.
Related party transactions are further discussed in the Note 31 of the Consolidated Financial
Statements for December 31, 2018 which forms part of the Index of this SEC17A report.
Employees
Ayala is committed to promoting the safety and welfare of the employees. It believes in inspiring the
employees, developing their talents, and recognizing their needs as business partners. Strong and open
lines of communication are maintained to relay Ayala’s concern for their and safety, and deepen their
understanding of Ayala’s value-creating proposition.
The Company has a total workforce of 152 employees as of December 31, 2018, classified as follows:
Staff 57
Managers and Executives 87
Consultants 8
152
The Company expects to increase its number of employees in the next 12 months. The Company has
an existing Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) with the Ayala Corporation Employees Union for a
period of 3 years, from January 2017 until December 2019. The CBA generally provides for
improvement in compensation and benefits. Union and Management relations continue to be
harmonious. The Company’s management had not encountered difficulties with its labor force, nor have
strikes been staged in the past.
In addition to the basic salary and 13th month pay, other supplemental benefits provided by the
Company to its employees include: mid-year bonus, performance bonus, retirement benefit, life and
health insurance, medical and dental benefits, and various loan facilities.
Risks
Risk Management has become an increasingly important business driver and part of successful
corporate governance. At Ayala, an effective corporate governance entails risk intelligence – a
philosophy that encourages risk-taking, and embeds appropriate risk management into the whole
organization – so that risk-taking for value creation becomes as significant as risk mitigation for value
protection. We ensure that our risk management system has the right architecture, strategy, and
protocols to support the risk management process. We revisit these three key factors yearly, as we
believe that with the right approach, risks can be turned into opportunities.
Institutionalized in 2002, the Company has adopted an enterprise risk management (ERM) framework
that is continuously being enhanced and improved. Under the supervision of the Chief Risk Officer
(CRO), the Group Risk Management & Sustainability Unit continues to align Ayala’s risk governance
with that of global risk consultant Deloitte, which espouses a best practice that goes beyond risk
avoidance and mitigation to utilize calculated risk-taking as a means to create value.
In addition to the regular reports of the CRO thru the Group Risk Management and Sustainability Unit,
the Company has engaged a third party to execute a group-wide risk management maturity
assessment, the first round of which was completed in 2015. This study entailed development of Risk
Maturity Index (RMI) designed to capture and assess an organization’s risk management practices and
provide the group with immediate feedback in the form of a Risk Maturity Rating and actionable steps
Risk Policy
Please refer to significant subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures portion for their detailed discussion
on Risks Management.
For detailed discussion, please refer to Note 32 on Financial Instruments – Financial Risk Management
of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2018 which form part of the
Index of this SEC17A report.
Ayala Land, Inc. (alternately referred to as ALI, Ayala Land, “the Company” or “the Group” in the entire
discussion of Ayala Land, Inc.) is the real estate arm of the Ayala Group. Its defining project was the
1948 development of a planned mixed-use community on 930 hectares of swamp and grassland in the
Makati district of Metro Manila. Over the course of the following 25 years, the Ayala Group transformed
Makati into the premier central business district of the Philippines and a site of some of Metro Manila’s
most prestigious residential communities. Ayala Land has become the largest real estate company in
the Philippines engaged principally in the planning, development, subdivision and marketing of large-
scale communities having a mix of residential, commercial, leisure and other uses.
Ayala Land was organized in 1988 when Ayala Corporation decided to spin off its real estate division
into an independent subsidiary to enhance management focus on its real estate business. ALI went
public in July 1991 when its Class “B” Common shares were listed both in the Manila and Makati Stock
Exchanges (the predecessors of the Philippine Stock Exchange - PSE). On September 12, 1997, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approved the declassification of the Company’s common
class “A” and common class “B” shares into common shares.
Ayala Land is the largest and most diversified real estate conglomerate in the Philippines. It is engaged
in land acquisition, planning, and development of large scale, integrated, mixed-use, and sustainable
estates, industrial estates, development and sale of residential and office condominiums, house and
lots, and commercial and industrial lots, development and lease of shopping centers and offices, co-
working spaces, and standard factory buildings and warehouses, and the development, management,
and operation of hotels and resorts and co-living spaces. The Company is also engaged in construction,
property management, retail electricity supply and airline services. It also has investments in Cebu
Holdings, Inc., OCLP Holdings, Inc., Prime Orion Philippines, Inc., MCT Bhd, Qualimed and Merkado
Supermarket. Ayala Land has 26 estates, is present in in 57 growth centers nationwide and has a total
land bank of 11,624 hectares at the end of 2018.
Property Development
Property Development is composed of the Strategic Land Bank Management Group, Visayas-Mindanao
Group, Residential Business Group and MCT Bhd, Ayala Land’s listed subsidiary in Malaysia.
The Strategic Land Bank Management Group handles the acquisition, planning and development of
large scale, mixed-use, and sustainable estates, and the development and sale, or lease of its
commercial lots in its estates in Metro Manila and the Luzon region.
The Visayas-Mindanao Group handles the acquisition, planning and development of large scale, mixed-
use, and sustainable estates, and the development and sale, or lease of its commercial lots in its estates
in key cities in the Visayas and Mindanao regions.
The Residential Business Group handles the development and sale of residential and office
condominiums and house and lots for the luxury, upscale, middle-income, affordable, and socialized
housing segments, and the development and sale of commercial lots under the following brands:
AyalaLand Premier (“ALP”) for luxury lots, residential and office condominiums, Alveo Land Corp.
(“Alveo”) for upscale lots, residential and office condominiums, Avida Land Corp. (“Avida”) for middle-
income lots, house and lot packages, and residential and office condominiums, Amaia Land Corp.
(“Amaia”) for affordable house and lot packages and residential condominiums, and BellaVita Land
Corp. (“BellaVita”) for socialized house and lot packages.
MCT Bhd. is a publicly-listed property developer in Malaysia engaged in land acquisition, planning, and
development of residential condominiums for sale for middle income segment. MCT has a land bank of
515 acres located in Subang Jaya, Cyberjaya and Petaling Jaya. Ayala Land owns 66.3% in MCT Bhd.
Commercial Leasing involves the development and lease of shopping centers through Ayala Malls, and
offices, through Ayala Land Offices, co-working spaces through the “Clock In” brand, and standard
factory buildings and warehouses under Laguna Technopark, Inc., and the development, management,
and operation of hotels and resorts through AyalaLand Hotels and Resorts, Inc. and co-living spaces
through “The Flats” brand.
Services
Services include construction, property management, retail electricity supply and airline services.
Construction of Ayala Land and third-party projects and land development is done through Makati
Development Corporation (“MDC”). Property Management is done through Ayala Property
Management Corporation (“APMC”). Retail electricity supply is done through Direct Power Services,
Inc. (DPSI), Ecozone Power Management, Inc. (EPMI), and Philippine Integrated Energy Solutions, Inc.
(PhilEnergy). Airline service is done through AirSWIFT for Ayala Land’s tourism estates in Lio, Palawan
and Sicogon Island resort through its fleet of four modern turbo-prop aircrafts.
Strategic Investments
Ayala Land’s strategic investments include Cebu Holdings, Inc. (70.43%), OCLP Holdings, Inc.
(21.01%), Prime Orion Philippines, Inc., (54.9%), MCT Bhd., (66.3%) Qualimed (40.0%) and Merkado
Supermarket (50.0%).
Products / Business Lines (with 10% or more contribution to 2018 consolidated revenues before
intercompany adjustments):
The Company’s residential products are distributed to a wide range of property buyers through various
sales groups.
Ayala Land has its own in-house sales team for ALP projects. In addition, it has a wholly-owned
subsidiary, Ayala Land Sales, Inc. (“ALSI”), which employs commission-based sales people. Ayala Land
uses a sales force of about 15,000 brokers and sales agents guided by a strict Code of Ethics. Separate
sales groups have also been formed for Alveo, Avida, Amaia and BellaVita. Ayala Land and its
subsidiaries also tap external brokers to complement these sales groups.
Marketing to the Overseas Filipino (“OF”) market is handled by Ayala Land International Sales, Inc.
(“ALISI”). Created in March 2005, ALISI leads the marketing, sales and channel development activities
and marketing initiatives of the brands abroad through project websites, permanent sales offices or
broker networks, and regular roadshows with strong follow-through marketing support in key cities
abroad. ALISI has marketing offices in North America (Milpitas and San Francisco), Hong Kong,
Singapore, Dubai, Rome, and London. ALISI likewise assumed operations of AyalaLand Int’l. Marketing
in Italy and London, in 2014.
In addition, the Ayala Group also developed “One Ayala,” a program which bundles the products and
services of Ayala Land, BPI, and Globe Telecom, Inc. and gives access to potential Ayala Land clients
overseas through BPI’s 17 overseas offices and 81 tie-ups. An Ayala Land-BPI Dream Deals program
was also created to generate additional sales from the local market.
Since 2008, all residential sales support transactions are undertaken by the shared services company
Amicassa Process Solutions, Inc. (“APSI”) while all transactional accounting processes across the
Ayala Land Group are handled by Aprisa Business Solutions, Inc. (“APRISA”) since 2010.
2018
Ayala Land registered a solid topline and bottomline growth of 17% and 16% respectively, with revenues
of P166.2 billion and net income of P29.2 billion. Property sales grew 16% to P141.9 billion driven by
strong local and overseas Filipino demand. Its leasing business expanded with shopping centers gross
leasable area (GLA) of 1.90 million sq, meters, office GLA of 1.11 million sq. meters and hotels and
resorts rooms of 2,973. The total capital expenditure reached P110.1 billion. It launched two estates:
Parklinks in the Quezon City – Pasig City corridor, and Habini Bay in Laguindingan, Misamis Oriental.
On December 17, 2018, Asiatown Hotel Ventures, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of AyalaLand Hotels
and Resorts Corp. (AHRC) was incorporated for the development of Seda Cebu IT Park.
On November 15, 2018, AMC Japan Concepts, Inc. was incorporated primarily to manage the Glorietta
Roofdeck – Japan Town. It is 75% owned by ALI Commercial Center, Inc. and 25% owned by MC
Commercial Property Holdings, Inc.
On September 12, 2018, One Makati Residential Ventures, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of
AyalaLand Hotels and Resorts Corp. (AHRC) was incorporated for the development of One Ayala
Residences.
2017
Ayala Land posted a healthy topline growth of 14% to P142.3 billion and solid net income growth of
21% to P25.3 billion. Property sales grew 13% to P122.0 billion. It broadened its leasing base, ending
2017 with shopping centers GLA of 1.80 million sq. meters, office leasing GLA of 1.02 million sq. meters
and 2,583 hotel and resort rooms. The total capital expenditure reached P91.4 billion. It launched three
estates: Evo City in Cavite, Azuela Cove in Davao and Seagrove in Cebu.
On December 4, 2017, Capitol Central Commercial Ventures Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Ayala Land, Inc. and was incorporated for the development of Ayala Malls Capitol Central.
On November 16, 2017, Arca South Commercial Ventures Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ayala
Land, Inc. and was incorporated for the development of Ayala Malls Arca South.
On November 3, 2017, Bay City Commercial Ventures Corp. (BCCVC), a wholly owned subsidiary of
Ayala Land, Inc. was incorporated for the development of Ayala Malls Manila Bay.
On October 10, 2017, Makati North Hotel Ventures, a wholly owned subsidiary of AHRC was
incorporated for the development of Seda Ayala North Exchange.
On September 28, 2017, One Makati Hotel Ventures, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of AHRC and was
incorporated for the development of Seda One Ayala.
On September 6, 2017, Bay Area Hotel Ventures, a wholly owned subsidiary of AHRC was incorporated
for the development of Seda Bay Area.
On July 7, 2017, AyalaLand Premier, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Ayala Land was registered to
engage primarily in general contracting services.
On June 5, 2017, Makati Cornerstone Leasing Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Ayala Land was
incorporated to develop Circuit BPO Towers 1 and 2.
On March 1, 2017, MDBI Construction Corp., formerly MDC Triangle, Inc., was incorporated. The
company is 67% owned by Makati Development Corp., and 33% owned by Bouyges Batiment
International, a Europe-based company which is also a subsidiary of Bouyges Construction. MDBI was
organized to engage in general contracting services.
2016
Ayala Land grew its revenues by 16% to P124.6 billion and its net income by 19% to P20.9 billion.
Property sales grew 3% to P108.0 billion. Its leasing business expanded, closing 2016 with shopping
On October 10, 2016, Lio Tourism Estate Management Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Ten Knots
Phils., Inc. (TKPI) and was incorporated.
On March 9, 2016, Altaraza Prime Realty Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, was
incorporated on to develop Altaraza IT Park, Bulacan.
2018
In December 2018, ALI acquired 8,051 common shares of LTI for ₱800.0 million increasing its
ownership to 95%.
On November 7, 2018, Ayala Land, Inc., in partnership with Ayala Corporation, launched its 26 th estate,
Habini Bay in Misamis Oriental. The 526-hectare estate is positioned as a new center of trade and
commerce in Northern Mindanao.
On November 6, 2018, SEC approved the merger between CHI and CPVDC with CHI as the surviving
entity. ALI acquired additional 59,631,200 common shares of CHI totaling to ₱352.8 million. Further, an
additional 77,742,516 shares were acquired as a result of swap of CPVDC shares for a total
consideration of ₱229.3 million which brings Parent Company’s ownership to 70.4%.
On May 11, 2018, Ayala Land entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Green Square
Properties Corporation (GSPC) and Green Circle Properties and Resources, Inc. (GCPRI) for the
formation of a joint-venture company (JVC) that will own and develop 27,852 hectares of land (the
Properties), specifically located in Dingalan Aurora and General Nakar, Province of Quezon. ALI will
own 51%, and GSPC and GCPRI will jointly own 49% of the JVC.
On April 30, 2018, ALI and POPI executed a Deed of Exchange where ALI will subscribe to
1,225,370,620 common shares of POPI for an aggregate subscription price of P3.0 billion in exchange
for 30,186 common shares of Laguna Technopark, Inc. (LTI). The subscription and exchange shall be
subject to and deemed effective only upon the issuance by the SEC of the confirmation of valuation of
the shares.
On April 27, 2018 Ayala Land, Inc. issued and listed on the Philippine Dealing & Exchange Corp. a P10
billion bond due April 2028 with a coupon rate of 5.9203% p.a. for the initial five-year period of the ten-
year term of the bond. The coupon rate will reprice on April 27, 2023, the fifth anniversary of the Issue
Date, at the higher of (a) 5.9203% or (b) the prevailing 5-year benchmark plus 75 bps which shall apply
to all interest payments thereafter. The Bond was assigned an issue credit rating of PRS AAA, with a
Stable Outlook, by Philratings, the highest investment grade indicating minimal credit risk. The issuance
is the fifth tranche of the Fixed Rate Bond series of the Company’s P50 billion Debt Securities Program
as approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in March 2016.
On April 4, 2018, Ayala Land, Inc. (ALI) signed a Deed of Absolute Sale with Central Azucarera de
Tarlac, Inc. for the acquisition of several parcels of land with an aggregate area of approximately 290
hectares located in Barangay Central, City of Tarlac, Province of Tarlac.
On March 23, 2018, the Executive Committee of Ayala Land approved the exchange of its 75% equity
interest in Laguna Technopark, Inc. (LTI) into additional shares of stock in Prime Orion Philippines, Inc.
(POPI). The value of the transaction is P3.0 billion where POPI will issue 1,225,370,620 common
shares to ALI in exchange for 30,186 LTI common shares and bring ALI’s direct ownership in POPI to
63.90% from 54.91%.
On February 26, 2018, the Board of Directors of Cebu Holdings, Inc. (CHI) during its meeting, approved
the merger of Cebu Property Ventures Development Corp. (CPVDC) with CHI as the surviving entity.
The merger will consolidate CHI’s portfolio under one listed entity, creating a unified portfolio for its
investments and is expected to result in operational synergies, efficient funds management and
On February 20, 2018, the Philippine Competition Commission (PCC) approved the setting up of a joint
venture between the Company and Royal Asia Land, Inc. to acquire, own, and develop a 936-hectare
commercial and residential project in Silang and Carmona, Cavite. Both firms will own 50% equity in
the joint venture vehicle while Royal Asia Land will receive a consultation fee of 2% of the joint venture
firm's gross revenue for its participation in the planning and development of the property. ALI,
meanwhile, will develop and market the project and receive a management fee of 12% and sales and
marketing fee of 5% of the gross revenue. The PCC has deemed that the transaction does not result in
a substantial lessening of competition because it will not have a structural effect on the market.
On January 11, 2018, SIAL CVS Retailers, Inc., FamilyMart Co., Ltd., and ITOCHU Corporation have
concluded the transaction to sell 100% of the outstanding shares of Philippine FamilyMart CVS, Inc.
(PFM) to P-H-O-E-N-I-X Petroleum Philippines, Inc. (PNX), further to a Memorandum of Agreement
(MOA) entered into by the parties last October 30, 2017.
On January 2, 2018, Ayala Land, Inc., (ALI) through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Regent Wise
Investments Limited (RWIL), signed a share purchase agreement to acquire an additional 17.24% share
in MCT Bhd (MCT), subject to completion of certain conditions. This will bring ALI’s shareholding in
MCT to 50.19% from 32.95%. Subsequently, on January 5, 2018, Regent Wise Investments Limited
(RWIL), issued a notice of an unconditional mandatory take-over offer to the Board of Directors of MCT
Bhd (MCT), to acquire all remaining shares of the company that are not already held by RWIL, following
the completion of certain conditions to the share purchase agreement. The take-over offer is made in
connection to the acquisition of additional shares in MCT, which increased ALI’s shareholding in MCT
to 50.19%. On March 23, 2018, Ayala Land completed the acquisition process, increasing its ownership
stake in MCT to 66.25%.
2017
On October 30, 2017, SIAL CVS Retailers, Inc., FamilyMart Co., Ltd., and ITOCHU Corporation entered
into a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) to sell 100% of the outstanding shares of Philippine
FamilyMart CVS, Inc. (PFM) to P-H-O-E-N-I-X Petroleum Philippines, Inc. (PNX). SIAL CVS Retailers,
Inc., a 50-50 joint venture company between ALI Capital Corp. (a 100% subsidiary of Ayala Land, Inc.)
and SSI Group, Inc. (SSI), currently owns 60% of PFM, while Japanese companies, FamilyMart Co.,
Ltd. and ITOCHU Corporation, own 37.6% and 2.4% respectively.
In June 2017, Orion Land, Inc. (OLI), a subsidiary of POPI, acquired 512,480,671 common shares
equivalent to 11.69% ownership at ₱2.45/share amounting to ₱1,255.58 million. The acquisition of
POPI shares by OLI was treated as an acquisition of non-controlling interest resulting to a debt to equity
reserve of ₱405.18 million. This increased ALI’s effective share ownership to 63.05%.
On February 23, 2017, Ayala Land together with BPI Capital Corporation and Kickstart Ventures, Inc.
signed an investment agreement to acquire ownership stakes in BF Jade E-Service Philippines, Inc,
owner and operator of online fashion platform, Zalora Philippines. ALI will own 1.91% of Zalora
Philippines through this transaction.
On February 22, 2017, Ayala Land signed an investment agreement to acquire a 1.91% ownership
stake in BF Jade E-Service Philippines, Inc, the owner and operator of the online fashion platform Zalora
Philippines (Zalora), subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions precedent, including obtaining the
approval or deemed approval of the Philippine Competition Commission.
On February 20, 2017, The Board of Directors during its meeting approved the raising of up to ₱20.00
billion through (i) retail bonds, (ii) corporate notes and/or (iii) bilateral term loans with a term of up to ten
(10) years, to partially finance general corporate requirements. The Board also approved the raising of
up to ₱10.00 billion through the issuance of short dated notes with a tenor of up to 21 months to
refinance the Corporation’s short-term loans.
In February 2017, ALI purchased additional 631,000 common shares of POPI from BPI Securities
Corporation for ₱1.26 million. ALI’s interest remains at 51% of total POPI’s outstanding capital stock.
In 2017, ALI purchased additional 97,763,900 common shares of CHI from BPI Securities Corporation
totaling ₱575.0 million which brought up ALI’s ownership to 72% of the total outstanding capital stock
of CHI.
On August 19, 2016, The Board of Directors during its meeting approved the terms and conditions of
the P7.0 billion third tranche of the Fixed-rate Bonds Series and P3.0 billion Homestarter Bonds under
the Corporation’s P50.0 Billion Debt Securities Program as approved by the SEC in March 2016.
On June 1, 2016, Ayalaland Mall Synergies, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Ayala Land, Inc, was
incorporated. The company will house the Commercial Business Group’s allied businesses such as but
not limited to the partnership with Mercato, LED, and operations of upcoming mall’s foodcourt.
On May 19, 2016, additional ESOWN shares were subscribed under the ESOWN totaling 3,110,756
common shares.
On May 18, 2016, additional ESOWN shares were subscribed totaling 293,919 common shares at
P26.27 per share by four (4) grantees.
On May 11, 2016, 137 ESOWN grantees subscribed to 13,646,546 common shares at P26.27 per
share.
In April 2016, Ayala Land purchased 6,000,000 common shares and 24,000,000 preferred redeemable
shares, with par value of P10 per share each of Prow Holdings, Inc. (PHI) for P300,000,000. Further,
on May 23, 2016, additional 3,000,000 common shares and 12,000,000 preferred redeemable shares
with par value of P10 per share were acquired by ALI. Subsequently in August 2016, Ayala Land
acquired 9,150,931 common shares and 12,876,456 preferred redeemable shares in Prow Holdings,
Inc. (PHI) for a total consideration of P220,273,870 which brought ALI’s ownership to 55% of the total
outstanding capital stock in relation to the joint venture agreement for the development of Alviera Estate
in Porac, Pampanga.
In March 2016, ALI bought additional 200,953,364 common shares of CHI. This increased the
Company’s stake from 56.40% to 66.87% of the total outstanding capital stock of CHI.
On March 14, 2016, the Company acquired 55% interest in Prow Holdings, Inc. for a purchase price of
P150 million. The acquisition was made in line with the Company’s partnership with Leonio Land, Inc.
to develop a mixed-use community in Porac, Pampanga.
On March 1, 2016, SIAL Specialty Retailers, Inc. (“SIAL”), a joint venture company between ALI and
the SSI Group, Inc., entered into a Deed of Absolute Sale with Metro Retail Stores Group, Inc. to sell
fixed assets including fit-outs, furniture, fixtures and equipment in SIAL’s department stores located at
Fairview Terraces and UP Town Center.
In March 2016, the Company acquired an 18% stake in OCLP Holdings, Inc. (OHI), consistent with its
thrust of expanding operations into other areas within and outside Metro Manila through partnerships.
OHI holds 99.51% equity interest in Ortigas & Company Limited Partnership (OCLP), an entity engaged
in real estate development and leasing businesses.
On February 24, 2016, Ayala Land and Prime Orion Philippines, Inc. (“POPI”) executed a Deed of
Subscription and a Supplement to the Deed of Subscription whereby ALI subscribed to 2,500,000,000
common shares of stock of POPI, which will represent 51.06% of the total outstanding shares of POPI.
The consideration for the ALI subscription is PhP2.25 per share or a total subscription price of
PhP5,625,000,000.00 of which 25% or PhP1,406,250,000.00 was paid on February 24 and the 75% to
be paid upon fulfillment of certain terms and conditions. Consequently, on July 4, 2018, the SEC
approved Ayala Land’s increase in shares in POPI and issued a certificate of increase in capital stock.
In February 2016, the Company purchased additional 906,000 common shares of CHI from BPI
Securities totaling P4.06 million. This brings ALI’s ownership from 56.36% to 56.40% of total
outstanding capital stock of CHI.
On January 21, 2016, Ayala Land and LT Group, Inc. (LTG) entered into an agreement to jointly develop
a 35-hectare township that spans portions of Pasig City and Quezon City. On March 13, 2016, ALI-
ETON Property Development Corporation was incorporated.
On January 12, 2016, Ayala Land, and its subsidiaries and affiliates together with Cebu Holdings, Inc.,
and Cebu Property Ventures and Development Corporation, (the “ALI Group”) signed a Memorandum
of Agreement (“MOA”) with Manila Water Philippine Ventures, Inc. (“MWPV”), a wholly-owned
On January 21, 2016, ALI and LT Group, Inc. (“LTG”) entered into an agreement to jointly develop a
project along the C5 corridor. The project is envisioned to be a township development that spans
portions of Pasig City and Quezon City.
Various diversification/ new product lines introduced by the company during the last three years
The Flats
Ayala Land opened its first co-living product, branded as “The Flats” on September 2018. It is located
in Amorsolo, Makati and offers a total of 898 beds across 196 multiple occupancy rooms and communal
spaces.
Clock In
In 2017, Ayala Land launched a co-working space product branded as “Clock In” with three operating
branches in Makati and BGC with a total of 433 seats. In 2018, it launched three new sites in Vertis
North Quezon City, 30Th Corporate Center in Pasig and Ayala North Exchange in Makati.
Hospitals/Clinics
Ayala Land entered into a strategic partnership with the Mercado Group in July 2013 to establish
hospitals and clinics located in the Company’s integrated mixed-use developments branded as
QualiMed. In 2014, QualiMed opened three (3) clinics in Trinoma, Fairview Terraces, McKinley
Exchange Corporate Center, and Qualimed General Hospital in Atria Park, Iloilo while UP Town Center
Clinic in Quezon City was opened in the end of 2015. In the 2 nd Quarter of 2016, Qualimed opened a
hospital in Altaraza San Jose Del Monte Bulacan. In the 3rd Quarter of 2017, Qualimed opened its 102-
bed hospital in Nuvali, Sta. Rosa, Laguna.
Supermarkets
ALI Capital Corporation (formerly Varejo Corporation), a subsidiary of Ayala Land, entered into a joint
venture agreement with Entenso Equities Incorporated, a wholly-owned entity of Puregold Price Club,
Inc., to develop and operate mid-market supermarkets for some of Ayala Land’s mixed-use projects
branded as Merkado Supermarket. The first supermarket was opened in the 3rd quarter of 2015 at UP
Town Center while its second store was opened in December 2017 at Ayala Malls Vertis North.
Competition
Ayala Land is the only full-line real estate developer in the Philippines with a major presence in almost
all sectors of the industry. Ayala Land believes that, at present, there is no other single property
company that has a significant presence in all sectors of the property market. Ayala Land has different
competitors in each of its principal business lines.
With respect to its shopping center business, Ayala Land’s main competitor is SM which owns
numerous shopping centers around the country. Ayala Land is able to effectively compete for tenants
given that most of its shopping centers are located inside its mixed-used estates, populated by residents
and office workers. The design of Ayala Land’s shopping centers also features green open spaces and
parks.
For office rental properties, Ayala Land sees competition in smaller developers such as Kuok Properties
(developer of Enterprise Building), Robinsons Land (developer of Robinsons Summit Center) and non-
traditional developers such as the AIG Group (developer of Philam Towers) and RCBC (developer of
RCBC towers). For BPO office buildings, Ayala Land competes with the likes of Megaworld, SM and
Robinsons Land. Ayala Land is able to effectively compete for tenants primarily based upon the quality
and location of its buildings, reputation as a building owner and the quality of support services provided
by its property manager, rental and other charges.
With respect to residential lots and condominium products, Ayala Land competes with developers such
as Megaworld, DMCI Homes, Robinsons Land, and SM Development Corporation. Ayala Land is able
For the middle-income business, Ayala Land sees the likes of SM Development Corp, Megaworld,
Filinvest Land and DMCI Homes as key competitors. Alveo and Avida are able to effectively compete
for buyers based on quality and location of the project and availability of attractive in-house financing
terms.
For the affordable housing segment, Amaia competes with Camella Homes, DMCI Homes, Filinvest,
Robinsons Land and SM Development Corporation.
BellaVita, a relatively new player in the socialized housing market, will continue to aggressively expand
its geographical footprint with product launches primarily located in provincial areas.
Suppliers
The Company has a broad base of suppliers, both local and foreign. The Company is not dependent
on one or a limited number of suppliers.
Customers
Ayala Land has a broad market base including local and foreign individual and institutional clients. The
Company does not have a customer that will account for twenty percent (20%) or more of its revenues.
Government approvals/regulations
The Company secures various government approvals such as the environmental compliance certificate,
development permits, license to sell, etc. as part of the normal course of its business.
Employees
Ayala Land has a total workforce of 362 regular employees as of December 31, 2018. The breakdown
as follows:
Senior Management 26
Middle Management 212
Staff 124
Total 362
Employees take pride in being an ALI employee because of the company’s long history of bringing high
quality developments to the Philippines. With the growth of the business, career advancement
opportunities are created for employees. These attributes positively affect employee engagement and
retention.
The Company aims that its leadership development program and other learning interventions reinforce
ALI’s operating principles and provide participants with a set of tools and frameworks to help them
develop skills and desired qualities of an effective leader. The programs are also venues to build positive
relations and manage networks within the ALI Group.
ALI has a healthy relation with its employees’ union. Both parties openly discuss employee concerns
without necessity of activating the formal grievance procedure.
Further, employees are able to report fraud, violations of laws, rules and regulations, or misconduct in
the organization thru reporting channels under the ALI Business Integrity Program.
Ayala Land is subject to significant competition in each of its principal businesses of property
development, commercial leasing and services. In property development, Ayala Land competes with
other developers to attract condominium and house and lot buyers. In commercial leasing, it competes
for shopping center and office space tenants, as well as customers of the retail outlets, restaurants, and
hotels and resorts across the country.
Risks
Ayala Land is subject to significant competition in each of its principal businesses. Ayala Land competes
with other developers and developments to attract land and condominium buyers, shopping center and
office tenants, and customers of retail outlets, restaurants, and hotels and resorts across the country.
However, Ayala Land believes that, at present, there is no single property company that has a significant
presence in all sectors of the property market.
With respect to its office rental properties, Ayala Land competes for tenants primarily based on the
quality and location of the relevant building, reputation of the building's owner, quality of support
services provided by the property manager, and rental and other charges. The Company is addressing
the continuing demand from BPOs and corporate by providing fully integrated and well-maintained
developments (high rise or campus facility) in key locations in the country.
Construction
Ayala Land's construction business, Makati Development Corporation (MDC), is benefiting from the
improved performance of the construction industry, particularly from an uptick in development activities
mostly from the residential and retail sector. With booming construction across the country, Ayala Land
must manage the risk of providing enough skilled workers to deploy to its various projects. Any
slowdown in the construction business could potentially cap growth of the Company's construction arm.
Property Management
Ayala Land directly manages its properties as well as other third-party properties through Ayala Property
Management Corporation (APMC). Its employees directly interface with customers and must ensure
that Ayala Land’s brand, quality and reputation are upheld in the regular upkeep of managed properties.
Employees must continuously be trained to be able to provide high-quality service in order to preserve
Ayala Land’s brand equity.
Other risks that the company may be exposed to are the following:
- Changes in Philippine and international interest rates
- Changes in the value of the Peso versus other currencies
- Changes in construction material and labor costs, power rates and other costs
- Changes in laws and regulations that apply to the Philippine real estate industry
- Changes in the country's political and economic conditions
- Changes in the country’s liquidity and credit exposures
To mitigate the above-mentioned risks, Ayala Land shall continue to adopt appropriate risk
management tools as well as conservative financial and operational controls and policies to manage
the various business risks it faces.
Ayala Land finances its working capital requirements through a combination of internally-generated
cash, pre-selling, joint ventures agreements, borrowings and issuance of bond proceeds from the sale
of non-core assets.
The table below illustrates the amounts of revenue, profitability, and identifiable assets attributable to
domestic and foreign operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016: (in P’000)
Total Assets
Domestic 636,521,219 564,182,334 527,825,623
Foreign 32,299,263 9,810,000 8,607,372
Total 668,820,482 573,992,334 536,432,995
For further information on ALI, please refer to its 2018 Financial Reports and SEC17A which are
available in its website www.ayalaland.com.ph.
Manila Water Company, Inc. (alternately referred to as MWC, Manila Water, “the Company” or “the
Group” in the entire discussion of Manila Water Company, Inc) holds the exclusive right to provide water
and used water services to the eastern side (“East Zone”) of the franchise area of the Metropolitan
Waterworks and Sewerage System pursuant to the Concession Agreement entered into between the
Company and MWSS on February 21, 1997. The original term of the concession was for a period of
twenty five (25) years to expire in 2022. The Company’s concession was extended by another fifteen
(15) years by MWSS and the Philippine Government in 2009, thereby extending the term from May
2022 to May 2037.
The Company provides water treatment, water distribution, sewerage and sanitation services to more
than six (6) million people in the East Zone, comprising a broad range of residential, semi-business,
commercial, and industrial customers. The East Zone encompasses twenty-three (23) cities and
municipalities spanning a 1,400-square kilometer area that includes Makati, Mandaluyong, Pasig,
Pateros, San Juan, Taguig, Marikina, most parts of Quezon City, portions of Manila, as well as the
following towns of Rizal: Angono, Antipolo, Baras, Binangonan, Cainta, Cardona, Jala-Jala, Morong,
Pililia, Rodriguez, San Mateo, Tanay, Taytay, and Teresa.
Under the terms of the CA, the Company has the right to the use of land and operational fixed assets
of MWSS, and the right, as agent and concessionaire of MWSS, to extract and treat raw water, distribute
and sell water, and collect, transport, treat and dispose used water, including reusable industrial effluent
discharged by the sewerage system in the East Zone. The Company is entitled to recover over the
concession period its operating, capital maintenance and investment expenditures, business taxes, and
concession fee payments, and to earn a rate of return on these expenditures for the remaining term of
the concession.
Aside from the Manila Concession, the Group has a holding company for all its domestic operating
subsidiaries in Manila Water Philippine Ventures, Inc. (“MWPV”). Currently under MWPV are Clark
Water Corporation (“Clark Water”), Laguna AAA Water Corporation (“Laguna Water”), Boracay Island
Water Company (“Boracay Water”), Manila Water Consortium, Inc. (“MW Consortium”), a subsidiary of
MW Consortium – Cebu Manila Water Development, Inc. (“Cebu Water”), Bulacan MWPV Development
Corporation (“BMDC”), Obando Water Consortium Holdings Corporation (“Obando Holdings”), a
subsidiary of Obando Holdings – Obando Water Company, Inc. (“Obando Water”), Davao Water
Infrastructure Company, Inc. (“Davao Water”), a subsidiary of Davao Water – Tagum Water Company,
Inc. (“Tagum Water”), Zamboanga Water Company, Inc. (“Zamboanga Water”), Manila Water Technical
Ventures (“MWTV”), and Aqua Centro MWPV Corporation (“Aqua Centro MWPV”). Also under MWPV
is Estate Water, which is its division that operates and manages the water systems of townships
developed by Ayala Land, Inc. Another subsidiary of Manila Water is Calasiao Water Company, Inc.
(“Calasiao Water”), a water supply project for the Calasiao Water District in Pangasinan.
The holding company for its international ventures is Manila Water Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd. (“MWAP”).
Under MWAP are two affiliated companies in Vietnam, namely Thu Duc Water B.O.O Corporation (“Thu
Duc Water”) and Kenh Dong Water Supply Joint Stock Company (“Kenh Dong Water”), both supplying
treated water to Saigon Water Corporation (“SAWACO”) under a take-or-pay arrangement. Also under
MWAP are Saigon Water Infrastructure Corporation (“Saigon Water”), a holding company listed in the
Ho Chi Minh City Stock Exchange, Cu Chi Water Supply Sewerage Company, Ltd. (“Cu Chi Water”)
and another company tasked to pursue non-revenue water reduction projects in Vietnam called Asia
Water Network Solutions (“Asia Water”). Apart from its operations in Vietnam, MWAP has affiliates in
Thailand and Indonesia through Eastern Water Resources Development and Management Public
Company Limited (“East Water”), and PT Sarana Tirta Ungaran (“STU”), respectively.
In addition, the Group has Manila Water Total Solutions Corporation (“MWTS”), a wholly-owned
subsidiary that handles after-the-meter products and services. Its current offerings include pipelaying,
integrated used water services, and the sale of Healthy Family Purified Water as five-gallon and 500-
ml purified water in selected areas in Metro Manila.
Lastly, Manila Water Foundation, Inc. (“Manila Water Foundation”) is the corporate social responsibility
arm of the enterprise. It aims to be the enabler of change that will uplift the quality of life of the base of
the pyramid (BOP) communities through the provision of sustainable water and wastewater services.
Please refer to Schedule J (Supplementary Schedules) on the relationships of the entities within the
Group.
The following are some of the key terms of the Concession Agreement with the MWSS:
• Term and Service Area of Concession. The Concession Agreement took effect on August 1, 1997
(“Commencement Date”) and will expire on May 6, 2037 or on an early termination date as provided
therein. By virtue of the Concession Agreement, MWSS grants to the Company (as contractor to
perform certain functions and as agent for the exercise of certain rights and power under RA No.
6234) the sole right to manage, operate, repair, decommission, and refurbish all fixed and movable
assets (except certain retained assets) required to provide water delivery and sewerage services
in the East Zone.
• Ownership of Assets. While the Company has the right to manage, operate, repair, decommission
and refurbish specified MWSS facilities in the East Zone, legal title to these assets remains with
MWSS. The legal title to all fixed assets contributed to MWSS by the Company during the
concession remains with the Company until the expiration date (or the early termination date), at
which time, all rights, titles and interests in such assets will automatically vest in MWSS.
• Ownership of the Company. Under the Concession Agreement, MWSS granted concessions to
operate the system of waterworks and sewerage services referred to under RA No. 6234 to private-
sector corporations at least 60% of the outstanding capital stock of which is owned and controlled
by Philippine nationals. For this purpose, the Company monitors its foreign ownership to ensure
that its outstanding voting capital is at least 60% owned by citizens of the Philippines or by
corporations that are themselves at least 60% owned by citizens of the Philippines.
• Sponsor Commitment. Unless waived in writing by the MWSS-Regulatory Office, Ayala, as local
sponsor, and United Utilities PLC, as international operator, are each required to own, directly or
through a subsidiary that is at least 51% owned or controlled, at least 20% of the outstanding capital
stock of the Company for the first five years (through December 31, 2002), and thereafter at least
10% each. At present, United Utilities PLC no longer hold any equity in the Company, whether
direct or indirect.
• Operations and Performance. The Company has the right to bill and collect for water and sewerage
services supplied in the East Zone. In return, the Company is responsible for the management,
operation, repair and refurbishment of MWSS facilities in the East Zone and must provide service
in accordance with specific operating and performance targets described in the Concession
Agreement.
• Concession fees consisting of the peso equivalent of (i) 10% of the payments due under any MWSS
loan that was disbursed prior to the Commencement Date; (ii) 10% of payments due under any
MWSS loan designated for the Umiray-Angat Transbasin Project (UATP) that was not disbursed
prior to the Commencement Date; (iii) 10% of the local component costs and cost overruns related
to the UATP; (iv) 100% of the payments due under any MWSS designated loans for existing projects
in the East Zone that were not disbursed prior to the Commencement Date and were awarded to
third party bidders or elected by the Company for continuation; and (v) 100% of the local component
costs and cost overruns related to existing projects in the East Zone; and
• Share in the annual operating budget of MWSS amounting to Php396 million each year subject to
annual inflation adjustments
MWSS is required to provide the Company with a schedule of concession fees payable during any
year by January 15 of that year and a written notice of amounts due no later than 14 days prior to
the scheduled payment date of principal, interest, fees and other amounts due. Currently, MWSS
gives monthly invoices to the Company for these fees.
• Appropriate Discount Rate. The Company is entitled to earn a rate of return equal to the Appropriate
Discount Rate (ADR) on its expenditures prudently and efficiently incurred for the remaining term
of the concession. The ADR is the real (i.e. not inflation adjusted) weighted average cost of capital
after taxes as determined by the MWSS Regulatory Office based on conventionally and
internationally accepted methods, using estimates of the cost of debt in domestic and international
markets, the cost of equity for utility business in the Philippines and abroad with adjustments to
reflect country risk, exchange rate risk and any other project risk.
SEC FORM 17-A 22
• Tariff Adjustments and Rate Regulation. Water tariff rates are adjusted according to mechanisms
that relate to inflation, extraordinary events, foreign currency differentials and Rate Rebasing
exercises.
• Early Termination. MWSS has a right to terminate the concession under certain circumstances
which include insolvency of the Company or failure to perform an obligation under the Concession
Agreement, which, in the reasonable opinion of the MWSS-Regulatory Office, jeopardizes the
provision of essential water and sewerage supply services to all or any significant part of the East
Zone.
The Company also has the right to terminate the concession for the failure of MWSS to perform an
obligation under the Concession Agreement, which prevents the Company from carrying out its
responsibilities or upon occurrence of certain events that would impair the rights of the Company.
• Reversion. On the expiration of the Concession Agreement, all the rights, duties and powers of the
Company automatically revert to MWSS or its successors or assigns. MWSS has the option to
rebid the concession or renew the agreement with the express written consent of the government.
• Joint Venture. Under the Concession Agreement, the Company and the concessionaire of the West
Zone of Metro Manila, Maynilad Water Services, Inc. (“Maynilad”), were required to enter into a joint
venture or other arrangement that identifies the responsibilities and liabilities of each with regard to
the operation, maintenance, renewal and decommissioning of Common Purpose Facilities (CPF),
as well as an interconnection agreement which governs such matters as water supply transfers
between the East and West Zones and boundary definitions and identifies the responsibilities and
liabilities of parties with regard to the management, operation and maintenance of certain
interconnection facilities. Pursuant to this, the Concessionaires entered into the Common Purpose
Facilities Agreement and the Interconnection Agreement in July 1997.
The Concession Agreement also provided for the establishment of the MWSS Regulatory Office
(MWSS –RO) under the jurisdiction of the MWSS Board of Trustees (MWSS-BOT), to monitor the
operations of the Concessionaires. The MWSS-Regulatory Office is composed of five members with
five-year term, and no member of the MWSS-Regulatory Office may have any present or prior affiliation
with MWSS, the Company, or Maynilad. The MWSS-Regulatory Office is funded by MWSS through
the concession fee payments of the concessionaires. The Concession Agreement provides that major
disputes between the Company and the MWSS-Regulatory Office be referred to an appeals panel
consisting of two (2) members appointed by each of the MWSS-Regulatory Office and the Company
and a third member appointed by the Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce. Under the
Concession Agreement, both parties waive their right to contest decisions of the appeals panel through
the courts.
The Concession Agreement initially set service targets relating to the delivery of services by the
Company. As part of the Rate Rebasing exercise that ended on December 31, 2002, the Company
and MWSS mutually agreed to amend these targets based on the Company’s business and capital
investment plan accepted by the MWSS-Regulatory Office. In addition, the Company and MWSS
adopted a new performance-based framework. This performance-based framework, designed to mimic
the characteristics of a competitive market and help the MWSS-Regulatory Office determine prudent
and efficient expenditures, utilizes Key Performance Indicators (KPI) and Business Efficiency Measures
(BEM) to monitor the implementation of the Company’s business plan and will be the basis for certain
rewards and penalties on the 2008 Rate Rebasing exercise.
Fourteen KPIs, representing critical performance levels for the range of activities the Company is
responsible for, relate to water service, sewerage and sanitation service and customer service. The
BEMs are intended to enable the MWSS-Regulatory Office to evaluate the efficiency of the
management and operation of the concessions and gauge progress toward the efficient fulfillment of
the concessionaires’ business plans. There are seven (7) BEMs relating to income, operating expenses,
capital expenditures and NRW. The BEMs are evaluated for trends and annual forecasts.
The Concession Agreement was amended under Amendment No. 1 to the Concession Agreement
executed on October 26, 2001 (“Amendment No. 1”). Amendment No. 1 adjusted water tariffs to permit
adjustment for foreign exchange losses and reversal of such losses, which under the original
Concession Agreement were recovered only when the concessionaire petitioned for an Extraordinary
Price Adjustment (EPA).
The Concession Agreement was further amended under the Memorandum of Agreement and
Confirmation executed on October 23, 2009 wherein the Company and the MWSS agree to renew and
extend the Concession Agreement for an additional period of fifteen (15) years from the year 2022 or
until 2037, under the same terms and conditions.
Organization
The Organizational structure of the Company has the objective of decentralizing the locus of operating
control to the Senior Leadership Team composed of the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Sustainability Officer, the Chief Operating Officer for Manila Water Operations, the Chief Operating
Officer for New Business Operations, and the Chief Finance Officer, Treasurer, Compliance Officer and
Group Director for Corporate Finance and Strategy.
Manila Water Operations (MWO) is responsible for the East Zone Business Operations and the
Company’s Corporate Support Functions. It is headed by the Chief Operating Officer for Manila Water
Operations.
The East Zone Business Operations (EZBO) is responsible for ensuring that the Company meets the
demand of all the customers in the East Zone, managing the drivers for revenue growth, delivering
customer service, and building and maintaining community and stakeholder relationships. It is
composed of the East Zone Business Area Operations, and East Zone Business Support.
• The East Zone Business Area Operations consists of the six (6) Business Areas (BAs), which
were previously eight (8) until January 2017. Balara and Cubao merged into now the Quezon City
Business Area, and Mandaluyong and Makati into now the Mandaluyong-Makati Business Area.
The rest of the BAs—Marikina, Pasig, Rizal and Taguig—remained as separate operating units.
The area of operations of this Division covers the major business districts in Quezon City, Makati,
Ortigas and Taguig, as well as the entire province of Rizal. The BAs are directly responsible for the
processing of application for new water service connections, management of meter reading, billing
and collection activities, and facilitation of complaints resolution and other after sales services,
which form part of the end-to-end process of account management. They are also tasked to find
specific business opportunities from different market segments. Their key mandates, as such,
include the management of customer demand, differentiating touchpoints per customer type aligned
with the specific needs of the customers and key accounts, geared towards achieving company
targets on billed volume, revenue and customer centricity.
• The East Zone Business Support Division is composed of four (4) departments: Demand
Forecasting and Total Management System (TMS) Management, Billing and Collection, Customer
Service and Stakeholder Management, and Program and Policy Development.
i. The Demand Forecasting and TMS Management Department is responsible for revenue
management, demand forecasting, provision of systems and analytical tools and performance
management of all EZBO employees.
ii. The Billing and Collection Department ensures efficient meter reading to deliver quality
customer bills. It also provides collection support to the business areas through service provider
management and payment facilities sourcing.
iii. The Customer Service and Stakeholder Management Department reviews and enhances
customer service processes and standards aimed to drive customer satisfaction. It regularly
monitors customer centricity metrics to ensure that all customers’ concerns are attended to
efficiently and effectively.
• The Business Areas and HQ departments aim towards driving the growth of the business, providing
customer service at the grassroots, and building relationships with the community to ensure
achievement of regulatory targets in terms of delivery of quality service to Manila Water customers.
The Corporate Support Functions are responsible for providing support to the entire organization. It
leads in the development of enterprise-wide policies, plans, and programs. The following are the
Corporate Support Functions:
a. The Corporate Operations Group (COG) operates and maintains all of Manila Water’s water and
used water facilities. It constantly seeks ways to further improve the efficiency and reliability in
managing all of Manila Water’s facilities by developing high quality engineering standards,
delivering innovative technology solutions and support, exploring new technologies and promoting
a culture of a safe work environment while remaining compliant to environmental and regulatory
standards. The COG is composed of Water Supply Operations, Used Water Operations, Corporate
Business Resiliency, Operations Services and Technical Services.
• Technical Services is composed of four (4) departments: the Laboratory Services, Systems
Analytics, Energy and Innovations Departments.
• Under Operations Services are four (4) departments: Operations Management, Sustainability,
Maintenance Services and Fleet Management Departments.
b. The Corporate Human Resources Group (CHRG) is organized into seven (7) core functions:
Talent Management and Leadership Development, Manpower Planning and Organization
Development, Total Rewards Management, HR Operations Management, Employee Engagement,
HR Project and Change Management, and HR Business Partnering.
c. The Corporate Information Technology Group (CITG) is responsible for providing innovative
technology solutions that support the Company’s initiatives towards greater efficiency and growth.
It is composed of five (5) Departments: IT Governance, Information Security, Infrastructure Planning
and Delivery, Solutions Planning and Delivery, and Service Management.
d. The Corporate Project Management Group (CPMG) is tasked with the planning, design and
construction of all water, used water and network capital projects that are crucial for the Company
to achieve regulatory commitments as stipulated in the Concession Agreement and Rate Rebasing
plans. The careful delivery of projects, strict adherence to the target timelines, prudent and efficient
cost and highest standards of quality and safety, is the basis for the achievement of corporate
business objectives aligned with the sustainable expansion of services that improve people's lives
and support regional economic growth. CPMG is organized for an integrated, collaborative
approach to project execution. It is composed of seven (7) departments namely: Project
Management, Construction Management, Engineering, Project Management Office, Project
Stakeholder Engagement, Quality Assurance, and Safety Solutions.
e. The Strategic Asset Management Group (SAMG) was formed to help the Company achieve the
optimal and sustainable delivery of services and profitability through the efficient and effective
management and development of assets. The group is mandated to provide a comprehensive,
holistic and integrated master plan that will address capital investments both for water and used
water systems, the operation and maintenance of existing and new assets, and the rationalization
and disposal of surplus assets.
To deliver these services, SAMG is organized into six (6) departments namely, (1) Value
Assurance, (2) Portfolio Management, (3) Strategic Asset Planning, (4) Asset Management (5)
Asset Investment and Management Support and (6) Water Sources and Environmental Planning.
f. The Corporate Regulatory Affairs Group (CRAG) is mandated to (1) lead the planning and
development of the East Zone rate rebasing submission and Rate Rebasing Readiness Program,
(2) engage different groups within the MWO in the aligned execution of the MWSS-approved East
Zone business plan, (3) advocate with MWSS and other key government/private/non-government
organizations to advance the Company’s policy interests, (4) provide political-regulatory
management support services to the entire organization, and (5) conceptualize, develop and
implement major Company political-regulatory initiatives. The said mandates are carried out
through four (4) departments, namely: the Business Operations Regulation (BOR) Department, the
SEC FORM 17-A 25
Financial Regulation (FR) Department, the Technical Regulation (TR) Department and the Public
Policy Department. The Group, particularly through the Group Head and members of the BOR, FR
and TR Departments, interface with the MWSS on matters relating to the Concession Agreement.
It includes submitting reports and disclosures relating to compliance, handling negotiations with the
MWSS relating to the Company’s service targets, and distilling information from the Company’s
other groups to produce and periodically update financial projections (the bases for petitions
submitted to the MWSS for quarterly, annual, and five-year tariff adjustments. The Public Policy
Department handles matters related to public policy (e.g. preparation of policy position papers and
attendance in various policy fora/dialogues, hearings) and relations with key government and non-
government offices.
g. The Corporate Strategic Affairs Group (CSAG) is responsible for creating consistent corporate
messaging and harmonizing communication channels that are aligned with the Company’s
objectives in order to enhance its image and reputation and effectively connect with various
customers and stakeholders. The group is composed of two (2) departments: the Advocacy and
Research Department, and the Corporate Communications Department.
The New Business Operations and New Business Development Group is focused on existing products
and services leveraging on expanding the core business to new geographies in the country and in
Vietnam, Indonesia and Myanmar markets. These products and services are intended to be
implemented through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, MWPV and MWAP, to ensure sustained growth
beyond the East Zone. The strategic mandate of these groups is to expand the business throughout
the Philippines and in the ASEAN region. The geographical expansion is anchored on the core
competencies of the Company which have already been proven through its subsidiaries, Laguna
AAAWater Corporation, Clark Water Corporation, Boracay Island Water Company, Inc., and Cebu
Manila Water Development, Inc., all under the MWPV. In addition, MWPV also has its own operations
through its operating division, Estate Water (EW), which has been created to implement projects with
strategic partners.
The Manila Water Group has likewise gained traction in Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam, through the MWAP
Singapore subsidiaries (Manila Water South Asia Holdings Pte. Ltd., Kenh Dong Water Holdings Pte.
Ltd., Thu Duc Water Holdings Pte. Ltd., and North-West of Saigon Holdings Pte. Ltd.) and
affiliates/associates in Vietnam (Kenh Dong Water Supply Joint Stock Company, Thu Duc Water B.O.O.
Corporation, Saigon Water Infrastructure Corporation, Asia Water Network Solutions Joint Stock
Company, and Cu Chi Water Supply Sewerage Company Limited).
Both MWPV and MWAP have their own new Business Development units who are responsible for
identifying and pursuing new business opportunities in the Philippines and in the ASEAN region.
Zamboanga Water Company, Inc. and Tagum Water Company, Inc., are the recent joint ventures of
the Company with local water districts for implementation of non-revenue water reduction program and
bulk water supply project, respectively.
Finally, MWTS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manila Water, handles the after-the-meter products and
services, and is in the business of producing and marketing the five-gallon packaged water in Metro
Manila, under the Healthy Family Purified Drinking Water brand.
The Corporate Finance and Governance Group (CFGG) is headed by the Chief Finance Officer and
Treasurer. The Group is composed of five (5) divisions – Controllership, Accounting and Planning
Division, Treasury and Enterprise Risk and Insurance Management Division, Supply Chain Division,
Legal and Corporate Governance Division, Finance and Governance for Subsidiaries – and two (2)
departments, Corporate Planning, and Internal Audit.
• The Controllership, Accounting and Planning Division is composed of the Controllership and
Analysis Department, Financial Accounting Department, the Fixed Assets, Project and Regulatory
Accounting Department, and the Financial Planning Department. The division provides
controllership and management reporting, financial and regulatory accounting, investor relations
and financial planning services.
• The Treasury and Risk Management Division is composed of two (2) departments: Treasury
Department, and Enterprise Risk and Insurance Management Department. The division is
• The Supply Chain Division is composed of three (3) departments: Procurement and Contracts
Management, Materials Planning and Inventory Management, and Supply Chain Services. It
provides supply planning, inventory, procurement and vendor management services across the
Enterprise.
• The Legal and Corporate Governance Division is composed of the Legal and Corporate
Governance Department and the Tax Management Department. The division provides legal
services, tax advisory, land acquisition and right-of-of way services, and corporate governance
guidance to the Company and its subsidiaries.
• The Finance and Governance for Subsidiaries Division leads the finance and accounting operations
of MWPV and its subsidiaries, MWAP and its subsidiaries, and Manila Water Total Solutions. The
division ensures the preparation of accurate and timely financial reports, as well as the
implementation of effective financial systems and controls in all non-East Zone entities. The
division also leads all financial aspect of the new business development initiatives including, but not
limited to, financial modelling, valuation computations, financial due diligence and capital
structuring. It is also responsible for building the capability of the new businesses to be able to
manage and perform all finance-related operations such as, but not limited to, accounting, treasury,
procurement, policy development, risk management and tax management.
The other departments which report directly to the Chief Finance Officer and Treasurer are as follows:
• The Corporate Planning Department is responsible for providing timely, objective and sound
insight/advice to senior management on strategic decisions and related matters. Corporate
Planning supports top management in charting the strategic roadmap of the Enterprise, and in
aligning the execution of its various initiatives. This support is extended to the rest of the
organization through the development and provision of market and industry information; coupled
with the prioritization and alignment of action plans through the Enterprise Performance
Management System. Equally important, Corporate Planning provides support to the actual
execution of Enterprise strategies through the Enterprise Program Management Office (EPMO) –
which oversees the execution, and manages the inter-dependencies of Enterprise projects. Finally,
through the Investor Relations team, Corporate Planning manages the effective communication of
the Enterprise state and strategy, both to investors and the market at large.
• The Internal Audit Department provides independent and objective assurance and consulting
services and evaluates the effectiveness of the Enterprise’s risk management, control and
governance processes. The department reports functionally to the Audit Committee (AC) and
administratively to the Chief Finance Officer and Treasurer. It supports the AC in the effective
discharge of its oversight role and responsibility, and provides the management and the Board of
Directors, through the AC, with analyses, recommendations, advice and information concerning the
activities and processes reviewed. In 2017, the external auditing firm Punongbayan & Araullo
conducted an independent validation of the internal audit function’s Quality Assessment Review
(QAR) and concurred that the internal audit activity “Generally Conforms” to the Standards.
Water Operations
The whole water supply chain generally involves the abstraction of water from water sources, treated
subsequently through the water treatment facilities, and conveyed and distributed to customers through
the Company’s network of pipelines, reservoirs, and pump stations. In 2017, the concession supplied
an average of 1,533 million liters per day (MLD) of clean and potable water to its customers and billed
a corresponding volume of 488.39 million cubic meters (MCM). This is equivalent to a total of 1.031
million water service connections or approximately 6.7 million served population.
Water Source
Under the Concession Agreement, MWSS is responsible for the supply of raw water to the Company’s
distribution system and is required to supply to the Company a maximum quantity of water, currently
pegged at 1,600 MLD. In case MWSS fails to supply the required quantity, the Company is required to
distribute available water equitably.
To date, only a very small amount of the Company’s water supply is still ground-sourced through deep
wells, which are primarily for the benefit of customers in the remotest towns of the Province of Rizal
wherein conveyance from the existing treatment plants would be impractical.
Water Treatment
Raw water is stored at the La Mesa reservoir located immediately downstream of the Novaliches portal
interconnection before going to the three (3) major treatment plants - two (2) of which are in Balara
located seven (7) kilometers away from the reservoir and the third is nestled just at the northeast of La
Mesa Dam.
The Balara treatment plants have a total design capacity of 1,600 MLD and consist of two (2) separate
treatment systems: Balara Filter 1 which was commissioned in 1935 having a design capacity of 470
MLD and Balara Filter 2 which was commissioned in 1958 with another 1,130 MLD.
The East La Mesa Treatment Plant, on the other hand, is located in Payatas, Quezon City. Relatively
new to the system, the facility began its operation in June 2012. It has a capacity of treating 150 MLD
of water. It supplies water to far-flung expansion areas in the Rizal province, improving the supply
balance of the entire network.
The treatment process in these plants involves coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, filtration and
chlorination. The facilities consume higher quantities of chemicals during the rainy season when the
turbidity of raw water increases, which consequentially leads to increased costs of treatment operations.
Water Distribution
After treatment, water is conveyed through the Company's network of pipelines, pumping stations and
reservoirs, and mini-boosters to bring potable water to its customers conveniently at set pressure
standards. To date, 99 percent of currently served areas have a water supply pressure of 7 psi and
above - made possible by the continuous implementation of technical solutions such as supply and
pressure management.
As of December 31, 2017, the Company's network consisted of approximately more than 5,100 km of
total pipeline, comprising of primary, secondary and tertiary mains ranging in diameter from 50 to 2,200
mm. The pipes are made of steel, cast iron, high-density polyethylene (hdpe), polyvinyl chloride (pvc)
and other materials. From the start of the concession in 1997 until the end of 2017, the Company has
laid almost 4,800 km of pipeline for service expansion or pipe replacement or rehabilitation.
Pumping stations also play a critical part in water distribution. Approximately 67% of the treated water
supplied by the Company is pumped to ensure pressure compliance especially for the highly elevated
areas. Currently, the Company operates nineteen (19) pumping stations with a combined maximum
pumping capacity of 3,000 MLD and an average plant output of around 1270 MLD. Most of the major
pumping stations have reservoirs with a combined capacity of almost 500 MLD.
The Company operates nine (9) line boosters to reach the fringe areas, which are quite distant from the
treatment plants. Line boosters typically are small facilities aimed at augmenting water supply for areas
that are not sufficiently supplied during the regular pumping operations of the pump stations.
NRW refers to the volume of water lost in the Company’s distribution system due to leakage, pilferage,
illegal connections and metering errors. As determined by the MWSS-Regulatory Office, NRW is
calculated as the percentage of water lost against the net volume of water supplied by the Company.
Over the years, the Company has delivered remarkable strides in managing its NRW. The concession
started with a high system loss of 63% in 1997. In 2010, its NRW level is reduced to and maintained at
just 11%. Yearend figure for 2017 was recorded at 11.59%. Continuous improvements of water supply
management coupled with massive pipe replacement projects were done to maintain and improve the
reduction of Company’s system losses.
Raw water quality from Angat, Bicti, Ipo and La Mesa is regularly tested by the laboratory on a quarterly
basis to assess any changes to raw water quality over time. This source monitoring provides early
warning of potential raw water quality problems in terms of Microbiological and Physico-chemical
(Inorganic and Organic constituents). The results are all satisfactory and through time still falls under
the classification of Class A of DAO 34. Aside from source monitoring, routine monitoring of raw water
at the treatment plant inlet is conducted on a weekly basis for operational control to effectively and
efficiently manage treatment process operation. These routine monitoring include Microbiological and
selected Physico-chemical parameters for over 7000 tests annually.
Since 1998, the Company’s water quality has consistently surpassed the Philippine National Standards
for Drinking Water (PNSDW) set by the Department of Health (DOH) and based on World Health
Organization (WHO) water quality guidelines. To ensure that water supplied at the tap is safe to drink,
stringent water quality monitoring is also continuously implemented at the treatment plants and
throughout the distribution system. From the results of analysis conducted, water quality has always
been maintained at 100% compliance based on the Microbiological, Physical and Chemical standards
at the customers taps. In 2017, the Company conducted over 100,000 tests for Microbiological and
Physico-chemical quality at the treatment plant outlet, facilities and reservoirs annually.
Continuous monitoring of water quality indicators throughout the network is also conducted at the
customers taps by which more than 50,000 tests annually are tested from samples collected at the 886
pre-identified sampling points located at various influence area. Regulatory sampling points are
designated at strategic locations across the distribution system - where sampling is conducted daily by
the Company. The MWSS-Regulatory Office, Local Government Units (LGUs) and DOH likewise collect
random samples from these designated sampling points and have them tested by third party
laboratories and designated government laboratories. The Company’s water samples scored an
average water quality compliance of 100%, surpassing the threshold of 95% set in the PNSDW. In
1997, when the concession began, only 87% of water samples complied with these quality standards.
The Company’s rating is based on a series of tests conducted regularly at these points within the East
Zone.
The samples collected are tested at Manila Water’s own Laboratory, which is accredited by the DOH
and a recognized EMB-DENR testing laboratory. The Laboratory has also gained its recognition as an
ISO/IEC 17025:2005 accredited laboratory, granted by the Philippine Accreditation Office, Department
of Trade and Industry (DTI). These recognition and accreditations subject the laboratory to regular
surveillance audits. Consistently, the Laboratory has gained excellent and satisfactory ratings on most
proficiency testing programs it has participated through local and international proficiency testing
program providers. In 2010, the Laboratory also gained IMS certifications for ISO 9001:2008, ISO
14001:2004 and OSHAS 18001:2007. These recognitions have gained the confidence of the MWSS-
Regulatory Office, the DOH and DENR in the tests results that are regularly provided to them.
Sewerage Operations
The Company is responsible for the provision of sewerage and sanitation services through the operation
of new and existing sewerage systems and a program of regular maintenance of household septic tanks
in the East Zone.
Since 1997, the Company has significantly improved and expanded the limited used water infrastructure
originally operated and maintained by the MWSS. Sewerage services are provided in areas where
treatment facilities are available. Sewered areas currently include Quezon City and Makati. Parts of
Manila, Taguig, Cainta, Pasig and Mandaluyong are also connected to sewer networks.
The Company had few facilities for sewerage services in 1997. The Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) in
Magallanes Village was then the largest treatment facility in the country with a 40 MLD capacity. The
STP in Magallanes provides sewerage services to the Makati central business district and some
residential villages. Prior to privatization, this facility had poor treatment efficiency and did not meet
effluent quality standards. The Karangalan Bio-module in Karangalan Village was serving
approximately 100 households but also produced substandard effluent quality before 1997. In addition
to these facilities, an Imhoff tank in Phil-Am Village and thirty-one communal septic tanks (CSTs) in
Quezon City were also turned-over by the MWSS to Manila Water in 1997. These facilities were then
serving approximately 19,000 households only. Manila Water upgraded these facilities to meet the
effluent standards set by the DENR.
With the success of the two (2) pilot STPs, the Company implemented the Manila Second Sewerage
Project (MSSP) funded by World Bank. Under the MSSP, twenty-six (26) STPs were constructed.
Sixteen (16) of these STPs were formerly CSTs and the rest are on-site STPs for medium and high rise
housing establishments and for the University of the Philippines campus. Takeover and upgrade of the
STP in Diego Silang, Taguig was also part of the MSSP.
As part of its commitment to expand this service, the Company constructed and subsequently operated
in 2008 under the Manila Third Sewerage Project (MTSP) two (2) Septage Treatment Plans (SpTPs)
aimed at managing septic tank materials siphoned from the East Concession customers. A total of 77
desludging trucks are available daily for deployment to ensure the desludging service is rendered to the
entire East Zone population over the next five (5) years. Since 1997, the Company has already provided
desludging service to more than 1,000,000 households.
The MTSP is a follow-up to the MSSP and has the ultimate objective of improving sewerage and
sanitation conditions in the East Zone. It was developed as a means of achieving the Company’s
sewerage and sanitation service targets. The remaining components of the MTSP include the
construction of sewer networks and treatment plants in several locations in the East Zone including
upgrading of existing communal septic tanks with secondary treatment levels. There were six (6)
sewage and septage treatment plants that were constructed under MTSP. It was in this project that
combined sewer and drainage system was implemented. Out of the six (6) facilities, four (4) employed
this approach.
In 2015, two (2) new used water facilities became operational, and these are the Marikina North STP
and Liwasan ng Kagitingan at Kalikasan STP which have a combined capacity of 175 MLD and by far,
the biggest STPs of the Company. Another remarkable feature of the two (2) STPs is that both have
the same treatment technology known as the Sequencing Batch Reactor (SBR) whereas the thirty-eight
(38) facilities that were constructed under MSSP, MTSP and the take-over projects all employ the
Conventional Activated Sludge treatment. As of end of 2016, the Company operates forty (40) used
water facilities including the Marikina North and Liwasan ng Kagitingan at Kalikasan STPs, with a total
capacity of 310MLD, compared to 40MLD in 1997.
Customers who are not connected to the sewer network are provided with septic tank maintenance
services through the “Sanitasyon Para Sa Barangay” (SPSB) program. Through cooperation with the
barangays, the program aims to desludge all septic tanks in a barangay without charge over a specified,
set schedule.
For 2017, the Company has provided the service to 176,010 households which is equivalent to 104,170
septic tanks emptied. For the years covering 2007-2017, the total households provided with the
desludging service were 2,419,333 equivalent to 701,639 septic tanks desludged. Furthermore, the
average availment rate of the program has significantly increased through a more intensive Information,
Education and Communication (IEC) program per barangay to educate customers of the East Zone
about the importance of a properly maintained septic tanks.
The technical assistance component focus on information and education campaigns on proper liquid
waste disposal and environment preservation and the preparation of follow-up programs on sewerage
and sanitation, with emphasis on low-cost sanitation systems.
It is also the Manila Water Group’s objective to further bring its expertise in water and used water
services outside of the East Zone by establishing partnerships with private companies, local water
districts and local government units in top metros of the country and in selected cities in the Asian
region. Manila Water will offer value-added services in water and used water services anchored on
public – private partnership (PPP) and business-to-business (B2B) models in emerging markets.
Various water business models, such as NRW reduction, bulk arrangements, Estate Water model, and
operations and maintenance are also being explored and implemented. Furthermore, merger and
acquisition (M&A) strategy will be extensively and aggressively used to support growth. Towards this
Laguna AAAWater Corporation (“Laguna Water”) is a Joint Venture (JV) between MWPV (formerly
“AAA Water Corporation”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manila Water, and the Provincial Government
of Laguna (PGL), with shareholdings of 70% and 30%, respectively. The JV is for the purpose of
undertaking the development, design, construction, operation, maintenance and financing of the water
facilities that will service the needs of the cities of Sta. Rosa and Biňan, and the municipality of Cabuyao
in Laguna. To this end, Laguna Water entered into a Concession Agreement with the PGL on April 9,
2002 for an operational period of 25 years. By virtue of an amendment signed on June 30, 2015, the
concession area was expanded to cover all the cities and municipalities of Laguna, and the scope was
amended to include the provision of used water services and the establishment of an integrated sewage
and septage system in the province. In December 2013, Laguna Water signed an Asset Purchase
Agreement with the Laguna Technopark, Inc. (LTI) for the acquisition of the water reticulation system
of LTI in Laguna Technopark, a premier industrial park located in Sta. Rosa and Binan, Laguna which
is home to some of the region’s largest and more successful light to medium non-polluting industries.
Boracay Island Water Company, Inc. (“Boracay Water”) is a JV between Manila Water and the
Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA) with shareholdings of 80% and 20%, respectively. In April 2009,
Boracay Water entered into a 25-year concession agreement with the PTA (now Tourism Infrastructure
and Enterprise Zone Authority or TIEZA) covering the provision of water and used water services in the
Island of Boracay.
Clark Water Corporation (“Clark Water”) is the water and used water concessionaire of Clark
Development Corporation (CDC) in the Clark Freeport Zone in Angeles, Pampanga. By virtue of an
amendment agreement executed on August 15, 2014, the 25-year concession agreement with the CDC
was extended by another fifteen (15) years or until October 1, 2040. In November 2011, Manila Water
acquired 100% ownership of Clark Water through a Sale and Purchase Agreement with Veolia Water
Philippines, Inc. and Philippine Water Holdings, Inc.
In the first quarter of 2012, the Company, through Manila Water Consortium, Inc. (formerly “Northern
Waterworks and Rivers of Cebu, Inc.”) (“MW Consortium”), a consortium of Manila Water (51%),
Metropac Water Investments Corporation (39%) and Vicsal Development Corporation (10%), signed a
Joint Investment Agreement (JIA) with the Provincial Government of Cebu (PGC) for the development
and operation of a bulk water supply system in the province. The JIA resulted in the incorporation of
Cebu Manila Water Development, Inc. (CMWD), a corporation owned by the consortium and the PGC
in the proportion of 51% and 49% respectively. In December 2013, CMWD signed a 20-year Bulk Water
Supply Contract with the Metropolitan Cebu Water District for the supply of 18 million liters per day of
bulk water for the first year and 35 million liters per day of bulk water for years two up to twenty.
In March 2015, all the shareholdings of Manila Water in Boracay Water, Clark Water and Manila Water
Consortium have been transferred by Manila Water to Manila Water Philippine Ventures, Inc. (MWPV),
which is intended by the Company to be its vehicle to undertake further business expansions in the
country.
On December 19, 2014, the Company received a notice from the Zamboanga City Water District
(ZCWD) awarding the project for non-revenue water reduction activities in Zamboanga City. A 10-year
JV agreement between the Parent Company and the ZCWD, with shareholdings of 70% and 30%,
respectively, was signed on January 30, 2015 and the JV’s operations commenced on June 2, 2015
upon signing of the Non-Revenue Water Service Agreement.
In October 2015, Davao Del Norte Water Infrastructure Company, Inc. (“Davao Water”), the consortium
formed between the Company and iWater, Inc., signed a JV agreement with the Tagum City Water
District (TWD) for the operation of a 15-year take-or-pay bulk water supply arrangement for up to 38
MLD. Manila Water has 46% shares in this JV while iWater and TWD have 44% and 10% shares,
respectively. Thereafter, on February 26, 2016, the JV Company and TWD signed the Bulk Water Sales
and Purchase Agreement for the supply of Bulk Water to TWD for a period of fifteen (15) years from
the Operations Start Date.
On the other hand, Bulacan MWPV Development Corporation (“Bulacan Water”) entered into an asset
purchase agreement with three (3) real estate companies in Bulacan Province for the acquisition of the
water and used water systems of its property developments. Bulacan Water is a new subsidiary of
MWPV which was registered with SEC last April 11, 2017 and is currently operating in Malolos City,
Another new subsidiary of MWPV is the Obando Water Company, Inc. (“Obando Water”) which was
just registered with SEC in October 2017 and is operating in Municipality of Obando, Bulacan. The JV
agreement was signed in August 2017 and Concession Agreement with Obando Water District was
signed last October 12, 2017.
Calasiao Water Company, Inc. (“Calasiao Water”) is a JV company between Manila Water Company,
Inc. and Calasiao Water District (CWD), with shareholdings of 90% and 10%, respectively. The JV
agreement with CWD, which was executed last June 19, 2017, is about a 25-year project that will
improve, rehabilitate, and expand the water district’s existing water system in the Municipality of
Calasiao, Pangasinan. The primary purpose of this JV company is to engage in the development,
financing, design, engineering, construction, upgrade, testing, commissioning, operation, management,
and maintenance of the water facilities within the service area of CWD with a total population of about
95,000 and compose of twenty-four (24) barangays. Calasiao Water delivered its first water on
December 28, 2017.
In January 2016, MWPV, Ayala Land, Inc. and the latter’s subsidiaries (“ALI Group”) executed a
memorandum of agreement (MOA) wherein MWPV will provide the water and used water services and
facilitates to all the property development projects of the ALI Group nationwide. This MOA is being
implemented through Estate Water, a division of MWPV.
Moreover, on December 8, 2016, MWPV entered into a MOA with SM Prime Holdings, Inc., SM
Development Corporation, and SM Residences Corporation. Pursuant to the MOA, MWPV, will provide
water and / or used water services and facilities to the property developments of the SM Group identified
in each MOA. As of December 31, 2016, five (5) projects will be developed under this arrangement.
In December 18, 2017, MWPV also signed a 25-year Lease Concession Agreement with the Philippine
Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) to provide water and used water services to Cavite Special Economic
Zone. Under the agreement, MWPV, will lease, operate, and manage the water and used water facilities
of the 275 hectare industrial estate that accommodates almost 300 locators, consuming approximately
12 million liters of water per day.
International new business and investments of the Manila Water Company are generally undertaken
through its wholly-owned Singapore subsidiary, Manila Water Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd (MWAP), through
the direct investments of the latter’s subsidiaries, namely, Manila Water South Asia Holdings Pte. Ltd.
(MWSAH), Thu Duc Water Holdings Pte. Ltd. (TDWH), and Kenh Dong Water Holdings Pte. Ltd.
(KDWH). In November 2015 and June 2017, new Singapore subsidiaries, North-West of Saigon
Holdings Pte. Ltd. (NWSH) and Manila Water Indonesia Holdings Pte. (MWIH) Ltd., respectively, were
incorporated whose objective is to implement future expansions in the region. NWSH was renamed to
Manila South East Asia Water Holdings Pte. Ltd. (MSEAW) in April 2017 while MWIH was renamed to
Manila Water Thailand Holdings Pte. Ltd. (MWTH).
In December 2011, TDWH purchased a 49% share ownership in Thu Duc Water B.O.O. Corporation
(“Thu Duc Water”) which owns the second largest water treatment plant in Ho Chi Minh City. Thu Duc
Water has a bulk water supply contract with Saigon Water Corporation (SAWACO) for a minimum
consumption of 300 MLD on a take-or-pay arrangement.
In July 2012, KDWH completed the acquisition of a 47.35% stake in Kenh Dong Water Supply Joint
Stock Company (“Kenh Dong Water”), a Vietnamese company established in 2003 to build, own, and
operate major water infrastructure facilities in Ho Chi Minh City.
In October 2013, MWSAH completed the acquisition of 31.47% stake in Saigon Water Infrastructure
Corporation (“Saigon Water”), a listed company in Vietnam. In 2017, MWSAH infused an additional
equity of 103B VND, and increased its shareholding percentage to 38%.
In 2015, MWSAH also entered into a Capital Transfer Agreement with Saigon Water Infrastructure
Corporation and Vietnam-Oman Investment Company to develop and operate the water network in Cu
Chi, a district in Ho Chi Minh City. The project will be undertaken with Cu Chi Water Supply Sewerage
Company Limited (“Cu Chi Water”), a Vietnam limited company. Through this agreement, MWSAH
holds 24.5% share in the charter capital of Cu Chi Water.
On June 21, 2017, MWSAH subscribed to an additional 6.15 million primary shares of Saigon Water at
a subscription price of VND16,900.00 per share for a total amount of P = 229.16 million (VND103.87
billion). As a result of this additional subscription, MWSAH now holds 37.99% of the outstanding capital
stock of Saigon Water.
Environmental Compliance
The Company’s water and used water facilities must comply with Philippine environmental standards
set by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) on water quality, air quality,
hazardous and solid wastes, and environmental impacts. In keeping with the Company’s commitment
to sustainable development, all projects are assessed for their environmental impact and where
applicable, must obtain an Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) from the DENR prior to
construction or expansion and the conditions complied with, along with all other existing environmental
regulations. During and subsequent to construction, ambient conditions and facility-specific emissions
(e.g. air, water, hazardous wastes, treatment by-products) from water and used water facilities are
routinely sampled and tested against DENR environmental quality standards using international
sampling, testing and reporting procedures.
The Company has made efforts to meet and exceed all statutory and regulatory standards. The
Company employs the appropriate environmental management systems and communicates to its
employees, business partners and customers the need to take environmental responsibility seriously.
The Company uses controlled work practices and preventive measures to minimize risk to the water
supply, public health and the environment. The Company’s regular maintenance procedures involve
regular disinfection of service reservoirs and mains and replacement of corroded pipes. Implementation
and effectiveness of established operations and maintenance procedures is being monitored and
checked for continual improvement through the Operations Management System (OMS). Monitoring of
environmental compliance for operating facilities and on-going projects is being carried out proactively
using risk-based assessment checklist in order to internally address compliance risks before it resulted
into legal non-compliances. The Company’s water and used water treatment processes meet the
current standards of the PNSDW, DOH, DENR and LLDA. The Company continues to undertake
improvements in the way it manages both treated water and used water as well as treatment of by-
products such as backwash water, sludge and biosolids.
The Company has contingency plans in the event of unforeseen failures in the water and used water
treatment or chemical leakage and accidental discharge of septage and sewage. The Company’s
Customer Care Center is trained to ensure that environmental incidents are tracked, monitored and
resolved.
A policy on climate change was formulated to define the Company’s commitment to the National
Framework Strategy for Climate Change. While the company is undertaking climate change mitigating
measures such as greenhouse gas accounting and reporting along with initiatives to optimize
consumption of fuel and electricity to reduce its carbon footprint, there is a current emphasis towards
climate change adaptation such as intensifying watershed rehabilitation work, vulnerability assessment
of water sources and assets, improving the climate-resiliency of existing and future water and used
water facilities, strengthening risk reduction and management systems with a business continuity plan,
and development of new water sources.
Sustainability for Manila Water is the full alignment of its business goals with its socio-environmental
objectives. A renewed focus on sustainability issues that are materially affecting the organization from
a more strategic perspective characterized the year 2017 in terms of embedding and advancing
sustainability in Manila Water.
The Sustainable Development Department of Manila Water was transferred to the Operations Group,
incorporating it into the Environment Department and Operations Management that has been re-named
the Operations Management and Sustainability Department (OMSD). There is now an expanded
mandate to reinforce the embedded sustainability principles (Society, Economy and Environment) into
the Company’s day to day operations and continue developing Sustainability Champions in all of Manila
Water’s internal and external stakeholders through a programmatic approach of raising employee
awareness, communicating its sustainability initiatives to various audiences, encouraging active
Headed by OMSD and Strategic Asset Planning Department, the Climate Change Committee (CCC)
was able to identify gaps and areas for improvement to streamline and optimize Manila Water’s efforts
to address the impacts of climate change, whether through mitigation initiatives or adaptation efforts.
Aside from safeguarding Manila Water’s critical infrastructures, the CCC will oversee the
implementation of the Company’s commitments in promulgating its Climate Change Policy. The Climate
Change Policy of Manila Water was just recently revised to be able to cater to the fast-changing needs
of the company. The policy focused on, resiliency and adaptation, disaster risk reduction and
management, rehabilitation and enhancement of water source and watersheds, climate change
mitigation programs, awareness programs, and partnerships.
In addition to the aforementioned management initiatives, Manila Water continued to focus on five (5)
sustainability pillars:
a. Developing Employees
Manila Water seeks to embed sustainability in the daily activities of its employees through employee
engagement and knowledge transfer programs on top of the training and competency development
initiatives of the Company. The objective is to develop more Sustainability Champions to enhance
organizational capabilities in managing its resources, adapting to a changing environment and
addressing social and environmental risks and impacts.
After a year of introduction, the Manila Water University (MWU) which responses to the needs of a
continuously growing organization, was able to launch and complete a competency assessment
portfolio. The MWU affords talents with the opportunity to take charge of their individual career
development, communicate career aspirations, seek support through coaching, feedback and
meaningful job assignments, and eventually drive career growth within the Company. It is also the
Company’s institutionalized approach to learning, development and competency building that would
strengthen and develop competencies that are important to its business. The MWU has online
resources on various topics ranging from Asset Management, Finance, Regulatory and Public Policy,
among others. There are also trainings and seminars on leadership and functional competencies where
employees can register online. MWU focuses on both Center for Leadership Excellence and Center for
Technical Excellence. A Technical Cadetship Program was developed under the Center for Technical
Excellence, a revival of the proven Cadetship Program but with a more focused and specialized
developmental learning.
Aside from training and development, Manila Water complements core and functional competencies
with various employee engagement initiatives that seek to instill and cultivate the value of sustainability
in the daily activities of its employees. With the Human Resources Group at the forefront of the
Company’s human development programs through its training and employee engagement initiatives, a
number of activities facilitated by various departments (Safety Solutions, Sustainability, Innovations,
Energy) have all contributed to the employee development efforts of the Company. Several trainings
and seminars on environmental and energy-related topics such as Cleaner Production Assessment,
Energy Audit, Hazardous Waste Management, Eco-driving, PCO Basic Training, Continuing education
for PCOs, and Climate Change were conducted. Likewise, there were a number of workshops that were
also conducted on Safety such as Chemical Safety, Electrical Safety, Fire Safety, Defensive Driving,
Confined Space and First Aid. To spur creativity and innovation, Brown Bag meetings were facilitated
and conducted as well.
Manila Water recognizes the need for work-life balance of its employees. Employee engagement
activities focusing on employee volunteerism, themed programs and sports. Bawat Patak Tumatatak
(BPT), Manila Water’s employee volunteerism program focuses on education, environment, and
emergency disaster response.
Manila Water believes that in the course of helping build communities, it is not enough to simply provide
access to water and used water services for all. The resiliency of the services being provided is also of
primary importance, considering that the Philippines is prone to natural and manmade disasters.
The Company has adopted strategies in order to minimize the adverse impacts of natural and manmade
threats on the continuity of the Company’s operations. The Climate Change Policy of the Company has
been revised to focus on aligning with the country’s strategy of prioritizing climate resilience work rather
Manila Water’s flagship program Tubig Para sa Barangay (TPSB) or Water for Low-Income
Communities, continued to benefit the urban poor through the round-the-clock provision of potable
water with immeasurable impacts on community life. The program has allowed residents from
marginalized communities to avail of the Company’s services at considerably lower connection fees
and less stringent requirements. As of December 2018, more than 1.8 million people from urban poor
communities have been served by the program with 211,681 water service connections. With the total
number of water service connections in the East Zone reaching 1,056,701 at the end of 2018, roughly
23% of Manila Water’s customers is under the TPSB program.
Complementing the TPSB program which also led to considerable improvements in the quality of
community life is Manila Water’s Lingap program, which seeks to improve water supply and sanitation
facilities in public service institutions such as schools, hospitals, city jails, markets and orphanages,
further empowering these institutions to more effectively carry out their respective roles in society.
Through Lingap programs, Manila Water has rehabilitated the water reticulation system and installed
wash facilities and drinking fountains of public service institutions. As of December 2018, an estimated
1.5 million were people served through the program.
Aside from the aforementioned social initiatives, the Company has strengthened its focus on enhancing
operational reliability by strengthening its ability to respond to disasters and other emergency situations.
Moreover, Manila Water exhibited its genuine concern for communities by readily providing relief
operations in response to major disasters in the country. The Corporate Business Resiliency
Department (“CBRD”) has been very active in disaster response actions by leading Manila Water’s
Mobile Treatment Plant (“MTP”) teams to disaster-stricken areas such as in Tacloban, Bohol, Cebu.
The CBRD is also responsible for conducting company-wide earthquake drills. The objective of the drill
is to be able to simulate Manila Water’s incident management system, evaluate earthquake response
protocols as well as business continuity plans, and familiarize employees with their individual roles and
responsibilities. In this drill, the East Zone service area was divided into four “quadrants” based on
Metro Manila Earthquake Impact Reduction Study, which assumes key lifelines of the metro to be
unavailable in the event of a major earthquake.
As one of the pioneering members of the Philippine Disaster Recovery Foundation (PDRF), Manila
Water’s active involvement in PDRF has further leveraged its impact as a provider of lifeline services in
times of disaster and the subsequent yet more daunting tasks of rebuilding communities. Last year,
Manila Water started talks / dialogues with other lifeline companies in Metro Manila (from the power,
telecommunications, transportation among other industries) to discuss interoperability during disasters.
To enable the Company to fulfill its service obligations more effectively and to sustain operational
efficiency, Manila Water’s environmental protection advocacies and programs are geared towards
ensuring water security, managing its environmental compliance risks, strengthening its used water
program and enhancing operational efficiency.
Watershed management continued to be one of the imperatives for Manila Water, especially now that
the El Nino phenomenon would from time to time threaten to put Metro Manila’s water supply in an
imminent water crisis. Since 2006, the company helps in the protection, rehabilitation and enhancement
of critical watersheds. Manila Water provides funding support for the protection of 6,600 hectares Ipo
Watershed and rehabilitation of the 2,659 hectares La Mesa Watershed Reservation. Under the joint
administration and supervision of MWSS and DENR, Ipo Watershed is patrolled by around 170 Bantay
Gubat of mostly Dumagats, the indigenous people living in the watershed.
The La Mesa Watershed Reservation Multi-sectoral Management Council and its Technical Working
Group composed of MWSS, DENR, Quezon City LGU, Manila Water, Maynilad and ABS-CBN Lingkod
Kapamilya Foundation’s Bantay Kalikasan oversee the management of the La Mesa Watershed
Reservation. In accordance with the Approved 25- Year La Mesa Integrated Watershed Management
Plan, Manila Water continued the enrichment of open canopy forests in La Mesa by planting an
additional 40,000 broad leaf forest tree seedlings in 100 hectares and continuous maintenance of 341
hectares of enriched areas planted in 2016 and 2017. The joint validation conducted by DENR and
On the environmental compliance side, Manila Water has dramatically enhanced its proactive approach
in addressing environmental compliance risks through the Facility Self-Assessment Report (FSAR) and
risk-weighted compliance audit and monitoring system, further enabling process owners and front liners
to actively own compliance at their level.
In terms of its used water treatment operations, the Company was able to treat 44.70 mcm of used
water for the whole year of 2018 and in the process removed approximately 5,754 tons of Biological
Oxygen Demand (BOD), further alleviating the pollution load in Metro Manila’s waterways. As of
December 2018, there were 140,455 sewer connections in the East Zone and 112,836 septic tanks
were desludged.
The Company continues to implement the Lakbayan Program or the Water Trail Tour to raise
awareness on the importance of water, used water and the environment. This program involves an
educational tour of the Water Trail to show the participants the process that the raw water undergoes
from the source to treatment and prior to distribution to customers, and how the consumers’ used water
is collected and treated. Participants are given a tour of the water and wastewater treatment facilities
of the Company. The Program aims to promote stakeholder awareness on the need to conserve water
and to care for water sources. In 2018, Lakbayan Program tours have been participated in by 22,238
participants from Non-Governmental Agencies (NGA), Local Government Units (LGU), academe,
media, corporates, Non-Governmental Organizations, and similar entities.
Moreover, Manila Water demonstrates proper used water management through Toka Toka advocacy,
aimed at reviving Metro Manila’s heavily-polluted rivers and tributaries. This particular campaign
encourages consumers and partner organizations to practice proper waste disposal, ensure proper
sewer line connections, have their septic tanks desludged every five (5) years and support the
Company’s other community-based projects. Since 2012, thirty-three (34) Toka Toka partners from
LGUs, NGAs and private institutions have pledged their own commitments for the environment.
Manila Water has been harnessing renewable energy with its solar panels in FTI Septage Treatment
Facility, Magallanes Sewage Treatment Facility and Delos Santos Pumping Station. The three solar
facilities have combined 177,222 kWh power generated in 2018. A 1.2 MW mini-hydro power plant
incorporated in NBAQ4 aqueduct that will provide 50% of the electricity needs of Balara Treatment
Facilities will be operational by 2021. Manila Water has a pilot waste-to-energy project with sludge as
feed to generate electricity at the FTI Septage Treatment Plant.
Manila Water recognizes its responsibility to safeguard health and safety not only of its employees and
contractors but also to the general public. It continues to put a high premium on ensuring water quality
and ensuring the health and safety of its supply chain.
To provide all personnel with a safe and healthy work environment, Manila Water established Safety
Management System Standards that is aligned with an internationally-recognized safety management
system, BSI OSHAS 18001 – Health and Safety. This safety management system requires a
commitment to safety of the public and its visitors, but the Company also recognizes the risks and
mitigation controls unique to its operations. This incorporates quality, environment, occupational safety
and health into a single framework so called Operational Management Systems.
To guide employees in achieving a safe work environment for the Company’ personnel and vendors,
Manila Water defines a rigorous set of operational controls to manage the known hazards and risks of
its operations. Full implementation of these controls will ensure that the Company is providing
workplaces that meet the requirement to Safety standards. Manila Water extends these safety programs
to its vendors through the conduct of monthly Safety Officer’s Network Meeting and Contractor’s Safety
Forum for sharing of best practices amongst contractors.
In addition, Manila Water has established an internal audit process to help ensure that it is effectively
implementing its operational controls and management routines. The Company has also engaged
recognized external audit firms to assess the compliance status of its operations with applicable laws
and regulations and occupational safety and health requirements.
The quality of water that Manila Water supplies has always been 100% compliant with the Philippine
National Standards for Drinking Water, and there has been no major water contamination since the
To promote inclusive growth, Manila Water’s policy on purchases from small- and medium-scale
enterprises (SMEs) or cooperatives states that they are guaranteed at least 20% of total contract
awards. To date, of the 240 contractors in the Company’s Supply Chain, about 40% or around 95 of
them are small enterprises (60% or about 145 are big). Some of these contractors were in fact part of
the 153 cooperatives under the Kabuhayan Para sa Barangay program of Manila Water Foundation.
The Suki Vendor program has promoted inclusive growth and contributed significantly to local
economies. The program aims to develop long term partnerships with the company’s regular pipe laying
contractors by nurturing these contractors and providing them technical assistance until such time that
they have built their own capabilities and have grown into bigger companies as well.
Manila Water infused a total of Php8.7 billion of CAPEX investments to the economy through the
expansion of its water and used water services in 2016.
Employees
Before privatization, the MWSS had 8.4 employees per 1,000 service connections. Manila Water
Company has improved this ratio to 1.4 employees per 1,000 service connections in recent years. This
was accomplished through improvements in productivity achieved through, among other initiatives,
value enhancement programs, improvements in work processes, employee coaching and mentoring,
transformation of employees into knowledge workers, and various training programs. Manila Water’s
organizational structure has been streamlined, and has empowered employees through decentralized
teams with responsibility for managing territories. In addition, the Company formed multi-functional
working teams which are composed of members of the management team tasked with addressing
corporate issues such as quality and risk, and crisis management.
The Company has a Manila Water Employees Union (MWEU). In 2013, the company and the MWEU
concluded negotiations on a new collective bargaining agreement (CBA). MWEU has the option under
the law to renegotiate the non-representation provisions of the CBA by the third quarter of 2016. The
management of the Company maintains a strong partnership with union officials and members and
there has never been any strike since its inception. Grievances are handled in management-led labor
councils. The CBA also provides for a mechanism for the settlement of grievances.
On the leadership front, several initiatives were undertaken to ensure a strategic, well-rounded
approach to leadership development:
• Succession Management: Manila Water has expanded its talent pool to strengthen the senior
management leadership pool of Manila Water. Talents receive deliberate development
interventions – individual development planning, stretched assignments, executive coaching, and
mentorship to accelerate their development. Talent reviews have also been conducted with the line
managers to identify and develop talents to assume current and emerging roles. Another key
initiative was the integration of Manila Water’s talent and succession management process with the
New Business Operations (i.e. Laguna Water, Clark Water and Boracay Water). This exercise aims
• Mentorship Program: The members of the Management Committee (MANCOM) serve as mentors
to high potential talents being developed for executive roles.
• Business Zone Leadership School (BZLS): This is a competency-based training to ensure a steady
supply of competent talents in the East Zone Business Operations who can assume the Business
Zone Manager (BZM) role as needed by the business.
• Center for Leadership Excellence: The Leadership Development Program (LDP) is an ongoing
initiative which is part of the Manila Water University’s Center for Leadership Excellence. This
program was established to help develop leadership competencies which are enablers to ensure
sustainable business success.
Complementing leadership development, the same level of focus is given to technical roles where
talents occupying highly technical positions are likewise given technical development through the
Manila Water University’s Center for Technical Excellence. It aims to ensure that the Company
strengthens the technical competencies of its talents in its fields of operations.
The Company ensures that its reward system is market competitive, performance-based, aligned with
business strategies and results, and within regulatory parameters. In 2005, the Company extended an
equal cash incentive to each employee covered by the reward system. In succeeding years, the
Company further improved the system by taking care of the gaps in the distribution system and aligning
the reward system with the yearend goals of the Company, which are anchored on the KPI/ BEM
targets. In 2013, the Company updated its guaranteed pay structure to ensure alignment with industry
practices. Also in 2013, the company enhanced its variable pay program to increase the alignment of
bonus scheme with business results. The Company continues to monitor pay competitiveness and
reward talents according to their achievements and contributions to the business objectives.
In 2014, the Company implemented the Talent Mobility Program which is a talent management and
reward platform that allows the seamless transition of talents from one Manila Water business unit to
another. The program ensures a reasonable, engaging, and competitive secondment process to Manila
Water businesses covering pre-deployment, actual deployment, and repatriation benefits and support
for secondees.
In 2001, pursuant to the concession agreement (CA), the Company adopted the Employee Stock Option
Plan (ESOP). The ESOP was instituted to allow employees to participate directly in the growth of the
company and enhance the employees’ commitment toward its long-term profitability. In 2005, the
company adopted an Employee Stock Ownership (ESOWN) Plan as part of its incentives and rewards
system.
Also in 2005, the company's Board of Directors approved the establishment of an enhanced retirement
and welfare plan. The plan is being administered by a Retirement and Welfare Plan Committee, which
also has the authority to make decisions on the investment parameters to be used by the trustee bank.
Over and above these benefit and reward schemes, the Company gives recognition for employees who
best exemplify the Company’s culture of excellence through the Chairman’s Circle (C2) Awards for
senior managers, the President’s Pride due to Performance (P3) honors for middle managers and the
Huwarang Manggagawa (Model Employee) Awards for the rank-and-file employees. Eight (8) of the
Company’s model employee awardees have also been awarded ‘The Outstanding Workers of the
Republic’ (TOWER) Award by the Rotary Club of Manila from 1999 to 2009, by far the most number of
awards won by any single company over that period.
For 2018, Manila Water was awarded with the following: The Asset Platinum Award (Excellence in
Environmental, Social and Governance Practices), Top 50 ASEAN Publicly Listed Companies (PLC)
during the 2nd ASEAN Corporate Governance (CG) Awards, 2017 Top 10 PLC, Top 5 PLC – Industrial
Sector – by the Institute of Corporate Directors for the ASEAN CG Scorecard, ASEAN Energy Awards
– First Runner-up for Energy Management – Building and Industries, Small and Medium Industry
Category for “Project Lights-Out” at N. Domingo Pumping Station, Award of Excellence for 12.7 Million
Safe Man-Hours without Lost-Time Accident Safety Organization of the Philippines Inc., Chairman’s
Prize for Emergency Reservoirs at the Ayala Innovation Excellence Awards, Enterprise Risk
Programme of the Year Award during the StrategicRISK Asia-Pacific Risk Management Awards, Gold
SEC FORM 17-A 38
Anvil Awards – Public Relations Society of the Philippines for the 2016 Integrated Annual and
Sustainability Report (PR Tools – Publications), The Marikina North Sewerage System Project Story
(PR Tools – Multimedia/ Audio-Visual Presentation), Silver Anvil Awards, Public Relations Society of
the Philippines for Kasangga Day: Manila Water’s Customer Appreciation Program (PR Program –
Consumers/ Communities), Manila Water’s 20th Anniversary Corporate Video and Mural (PR Tool –
Multimedia/ Audio-Visual Presentation), Clark Water’s Sitio Haduan Water Project (PR Program –
Indigenous People) Boracay Water’s Lingap Eskwela (PR Program – Communities/Schools) Laguna
Water TSEK ng Bayan!: Tamang Sanitasyon Equals Kalinisan, Kalusugan at Kaunlaran ng Bayan (PR
Program – Consumers/Communities), Quill Award of Excellence by the International Association of
Business Communicators Philippines for the 2016 Integrated Annual and Sustainability Report
(Communication Skills – Publications), and Quill Award of Merit by the International Association of
Business Communicators Philippines for Manila Water’s 20th Anniversary Corporate Video
(Communication Skills – Audio-Visual Category).
To further instill the Company’s policies on related party transactions, the Board adopted the Policy on
Related Party Transactions (the “RPT Policy”). The RPT Policy confirms that the Company and its
subsidiaries shall enter into any related party transactions solely in the ordinary course of business, on
ordinary commercial terms, and on the basis of arm’s length arrangements, which shall be subject to
appropriate corporate approvals and actions of the Company or the related parties, as the case may
be.
Any related party transactions entered into by the Company or its affiliates shall be in accordance with
applicable law, rules and regulations, and the RPT Policy. Related party transactions entered into by
the Company with one or more of its directors or officers are voidable at the option of the Company,
unless the transaction is deemed fair and reasonable under the circumstances and at arm’s length, and
the procedure for the procurement and approval for similar transactions was strictly complied with.
The RPT Policy provides for the process of approving related party transactions, as well as the
implications for violations. In addition, the RPT Policy prohibits related party transactions involving loans
and/or financial assistance to a director and loans and/ or financial assistance to members of the
Management, except when allowed pursuant to an established Company benefit or plan. Under the
RPT Policy, the approval of the Related Party Transactions Committee is required for material related
party transactions.
Risks Disclosure
In order to achieve its corporate objectives, Manila Water acknowledges the need for the active
management of the risks inherent in its business which should involve the entire enterprise. For this
reason, Manila Water has established an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Program which aims to
use a globally accepted approach in managing imminent and emerging risks in its internal and external
operating environments. Under the ERM Program, Manila Water shall appropriately respond to risks
and manage them in order to increase shareholder value and enhance its competitive advantage.
Manila Water, through its Enterprise Risk and Insurance Management Department (ERIM Department),
seeks to integrate risk awareness and responsibility into each level of management activities, and into
all strategic planning and decision-making processes within Manila Water and its subsidiaries to support
the achievement of strategies and objectives.
In its report to the Board of Directors adopted in its meeting held on February 27, 2018, the Audit
Committee confirmed that:
• The Committee reviewed and approved the quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements
and the annual Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Manila Water Company, Inc. and
subsidiaries, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
Government Regulations
The Company has to comply with environmental laws and regulations which include:
• Water
o Republic Act No. 9275 or the Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004
o DENR Administrative Order No. 10, Series of 2005 (Implementing Rules and Regulations of
R.A. No. 9275)
o DENR Administrative Order No. 35, Series of 1990 (General Effluent Standards)
o DENR Administrative Order No. 39, Series of 2003 (Environmental Users Fees)
o DENR Administrative Order 2016-08 (Water Quality Guidelines & General Effluent Standards)
o DOH Operations Manual on the Rules and Regulations Governing Domestic Sludge and
Septage
• Solid Waste
o Republic Act No. 9003 or the Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000
o DENR Administrative Order No. 34, Series of 2001 (Implementing Rules and Regulations of
R.A. No. 9003)
• Others
o Republic Act No. 4850 or the Act Creating the Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA)
o Relevant LLDA Board Resolutions and Memorandum Circulars, including but not limited to
Resolution No. 25, Series of 1996 (Environmental User Fee System in the Laguna de Bay
Region) and Resolution No. 33, Series of 1996 (Approving the Rules and Regulations
Implementing the Environmental User Fee System in the Laguna de Bay Region)
o Presidential Decree No. 856 or the Philippine Sanitation Code
o Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Philippine Sanitation Code
o RA 9514 Fire Code of the Philippines
o Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water 2007
o NWRB Resolution No. 03-0715 0f 2015 (Approval of the revised 2015 NWRB Fees & Charges
o PD 1067 Water Code of the Philippines
o IRR of Water Code of the Philippines 1979
The Company has not been involved in any bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceeding as of
December 31, 2018.
Further, except as discussed above, the Company has not been involved in any material
reclassification, consolidation or purchase or sale of a significant amount of assets not in the ordinary
course of business. The Company is not dependent on a single customer or a few customers, the loss
of any or more of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
For further information on MWC, please refer to its 2018 Financial Reports and SEC17A which are
available in its website www.manilawater.com.ph.
Established in 1980, Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. (alternately referred to as IMI, “the Company”,
“the Parent Company” or “the Group” in the entire discussion of Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc), has
grown into a global company offering core manufacturing capabilities as well as higher value
competencies in design, engineering, prototyping and supply chain management. IMI is a vertically
integrated EMS provider to leading global original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) across industries
including computing, communications, consumer, automotive, industrial and medical electronics
segments, as well as emerging industries like renewable energy. IMI also provides power
semiconductor assembly and test services.
Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc., a stock corporation organized and registered under the laws of the
Republic of the Philippines on August 8, 1980, has four wholly-owned subsidiaries, namely: IMI
International (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (IMI Singapore), IMI USA, Inc. (IMI USA), IMI Japan, Inc. (IMI Japan)
and PSi Technologies, Inc. (PSi) (collectively referred to as the Group). The Parent Company is 52.03%
owned by AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc. (AC Industrials), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ayala
Corporation (AC), a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Philippines and listed in the
Philippine Stock Exchange (PSE).
AC is 47.04% owned by Mermac, Inc. and the rest by the public. The registered office address of the
Parent Company is North Science Avenue, Laguna Technopark- Special Economic Zone (LT-SEZ), Bo.
Biñan, Biñan, Laguna.
The Parent Company was listed by way of introduction in the PSE on January 21, 2010. It has
completed its follow-on offering and listing of 215,000,000 common shares on December 5, 2014. On
March 2, 2018, the Parent Company completed the stock rights offer and listing of 350,000,000 common
shares to all eligible stockholders.
The Parent Company is registered with the Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) as an exporter
of printed circuit board assemblies (PCBA), flip chip assemblies, electronic sub-assemblies, box build
products and enclosure systems. It also provides the following solutions: product design and
development, test and systems development, automation, advanced manufacturing engineering, and
power module assembly, among others. It serves diversified markets that include those in the
automotive, industrial, medical, storage device, and consumer electronics industries, and non-electronic
products (including among others, automobiles, motorcycles, solar panels) or parts, components or
materials of non-electronic products.
IMI Singapore is a strategic management, investment and holding entity that owns operating
subsidiaries of the Group and was incorporated and domiciled in Singapore. Its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Speedy-Tech Electronics Ltd. (STEL), was incorporated and domiciled also in Singapore.
STEL, on its own, has subsidiaries located in Hong Kong and China. STEL and its subsidiaries
(collectively referred to as the STEL Group) are principally engaged in the provision of electronic
manufacturing services (EMS) and power electronics solutions to original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) in the automotive, consumer electronics, telecommunications, industrial equipment, and
medical device sectors, among others.
In 2009, IMI Singapore established its Philippine Regional Operating Headquarters (IMI International
ROHQ or IMI ROHQ). It serves as an administrative, communications and coordinating center for the
affiliates and subsidiaries of the Group.
In 2011, the Parent Company, through its indirect subsidiary, Cooperatief IMI Europe U.A. (Cooperatief)
acquired Integrated Micro-Electronics Bulgaria EOOD (formerly EPIQ Electronic Assembly EOOD) (IMI
BG), Integrated Micro-Electronics Czech Republic s.r.o. (formerly EPIQ CZ s.r.o.) (IMI CZ) and
Integrated Micro-Electronics Mexico, S.A.P.I. de C.V. (formerly EPIQ MX, S.A.P.I. de C.V.) (IMI MX)
(collectively referred to as the IMI EU/MX Subsidiaries). IMI EU/MX Subsidiaries design and produce
PCBA, engage in plastic injection, embedded toolshop, supply assembled and tested systems and sub-
systems which include drive and control elements for automotive equipment, household appliances,
and industrial equipment, among others. IMI EU/MX Subsidiaries also provide engineering, test and
system development and logistics management services.
In 2018, VIA agreed to form a new joint venture company with a Japanese entity through the acquisition
of 65% ownership interest. The new joint venture company, VTS-Touchsensor Co., Ltd. (VTS) serves
the market for copper-based metal mesh touch sensors in Japan.
In 2016, Cooperatief acquired a property in the Republic of Serbia to strengthen its global footprint and
support the growing market for automotive components in the European region. The manufacturing
plant was completed and inaugurated in September 2018.
In 2017, IMI, through its indirect subsidiary Integrated Micro-electronics UK Limited (IMI UK), acquired
an 80% stake in Surface Technology International Enterprises Limited (STI), an EMS company based
in the United Kingdom. STI has factories in the UK and Cebu, Philippines. STI provides electronics
design and manufacturing solutions in both PCBA and full box-build manufacturing for high-reliability
industries. The acquisition of STI strengthens the Group’s industrial and automotive manufacturing
competencies, broaden its customer base, and also provides access to the UK market. Further, the
partnership allows the Group’s entry into the aerospace, security and defense sectors.
IMI USA acts as direct support to the Group’s customers by providing program management, customer
service, engineering development and prototype manufacturing services to customers, especially for
processes using direct die attach to various electronics substrates. It specializes in prototyping low to
medium PCBA and sub-assembly and is at the forefront of technology with regard to precision assembly
capabilities including, but not limited to, surface mount technology (SMT), chip on flex, chip on board
and flip chip on flex. IMI USA is also engaged in advanced manufacturing process development,
engineering development, prototype manufacturing and small precision assemblies.
IMI Japan was registered and is domiciled in Japan to serve as IMI’s front-end design and product
development and sales support center. IMI Japan was established to attract more Japanese OEMs to
outsource their product development to IMI.
PSi is a power semiconductor assembly and test services company serving niche markets in the global
power semiconductor market. PSi provides comprehensive package design, assembly and test
services for power semiconductors used in various electronic devices.
Please refer to Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Schedules, Schedule J – Map of
Relationships of the Companies within the Group (IMI portion) for the organizational chart of IMI which
is part of this SEC 17A report.
Product Capabilities
IMI has experience in working with some of the world’s leading companies in the following products:
Automotive Electronics
Safety
▪ Electronic Power Steering
▪ Communication Power
▪ Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
▪ Body Control Module (BCM)
▪ Headlight
▪ Backlight
▪ Switch and Fan Controller
▪ HVAC control panel
Sensors
▪ Tire Pressure Sensor
▪ Temperature and Humidity Sensor
▪ Rotor Position Sensor (RPS)
▪ Gasoline System sensor
▪ Transmission sensor
▪ Speed sensor
▪ Connector sensor
▪ Engine sensor
Others
▪ Anti-fogging system
▪ Wiper
▪ Gear box shift
▪ Window lifter
▪ Head rest
Industrial Electronics
Security
▪ Electronic Door Access System
▪ Biometrics
▪ Asset tracking
▪ Radiation detector
▪ Security alarm
Automation
▪ System Integration (Robotics)
▪ Automated Meter Readers
Others
▪ LED lighting
▪ Aircon damper
▪ Accelerometer
▪ UPS
▪ Industrial power
▪ Power supply
▪ Industrial tooling
Others
▪ Dental Imaging System
▪ Hearing Aids
Communications Electronics
Telecom Equipment and Devices
▪ Cellular alarm communicators for LTE networks
▪ Back Panel
▪ Fiber to “X” (FFTx) systems
▪ Booster Amplifier
▪ GPON (Gigabit Passive Optical Network) Systems
▪ Base Station Power Supply
▪ Digital Station Control
▪ Power Transistors for amplifiers in cellular base stations
▪ Power Conversion ICs in adapters and chargers for cell phones and cordless phones
▪ DC Port and USB Port Protection for cell phones and satellite radio peripherals
▪ RF Signal Analyzer
▪ RF Meter
Consumer Electronics
White goods
▪ Gas Ignitor and Re-Ignitor
▪ Air-Conditioning (HVAC) Controller
▪ Refrigerator and Cooker Hood Control
▪ Power Management & Home Appliance
▪ Household Metering Device
▪ Electric Drive Control for Home Appliances
▪ Programmable Timer
▪ Pressure Cookers
▪ Washing Machine controllers
▪ Coffee Machines
Power Semiconductor
▪ Low˗Medium Power Packages
▪ Medium˗High Power Packages
▪ Small Signal Packages
Precision Machining
▪ Conventional machines
Aviation
▪ Fuel Computers
▪ Brake by Wire
▪ Entertainment Controls
▪ Satellite Communications
▪ Inflight internet systems
▪ Lighting Retro-fit
▪ Safety equipment
▪ Captor Radar
▪ Navigation and Communications Systems
▪ Cockpit Displays
Except as otherwise disclosed as above, there are no other publicly-announced new products or
services during the year.
IMI recently certified a high voltage IGBT for production, a base-plated power module on a 62X152 mm
plastic case operating up to 1.7-kilo volts. A smaller version at 62X107 mm has been in production for
quite some time. IMI also began the production of other packages operating at medium voltage with
metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET) and IGBT silicon in a similar plastic case
last year, but with a direct bonded copper substrate as heatsink. These power modules are designed
for both automotive and industrial applications.
Also in full swing in 2018 was the development of transfer molded plastic packages operating with low
power MOSFET for automotive applications and will be ready for production by the second half of 2019.
Another highlight is the early design and development phase of a hybrid version of a Pin-Fin baseplate
and heatsink housing a full silicon carbide power module for electric vehicles.
IMI’s D&D group also continues to lead in strengthening its capabilities in Internet-of-Things (IoT). In
2018, IMI have included the implementation of Low Power Wide Area Network (LPWAN) technologies
such as LoRa, a long-range wireless communication protocol and Narrowband-IoT in the development
of IoT devices, and gateway components to further supplement previous capabilities on more mature
connectivity options for long range (cellular) and short range (i.e. Bluetooth, Zigbee), and general
embedded systems such as hardware and software components.
In 2018, IMI’s TSD group rolled out over 60 new innovative customized test solutions for its automotive
and industrial EMS customers. Each tester was customized to achieve high efficiency in backend
manufacturing and to guarantee high quality and reliability in products, which IMI manufactures for its
OEMs and Tier 1 customers.
IMI also introduced its second generation custom testers for insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT)
power modules for static, dynamic and isolation tests. The testers offer flexibility to test different power
module models with the same system. A complete new suite of reliability testers was developed for
power modules for automotive applications which include power cycling, passive thermal cycling tests,
and high temperature reversed-bias tests, among others.
In 2018, IMI’s ATC Laboratory continued to develop new capabilities and zeroed in on the test
requirements compliance to AECQ 101/IEC17025/LV324/VW80000/ ISO16750 of electric vehicles. It
acquired vibration tester that allows us to test the mechanical reliability of electric vehicles. IMI takes
pride in its much-improved complete test capabilities and expertise in handling contamination issues
using the Ion Chromatography with Critical Cleanliness Control C3 system.
As automotive and medical products get smaller, IMI USA continues to provide value to product
miniaturization. IMI’s global AME focused on several industrial microelectromechanical systems-based
inertial measurement unit modules, commercial laser display modules, and automotive camera
modules, including the IMI minicube camera platform. AME also developed a fully automated assembly
line that manufactures a complex electro-mechanical assembly for automotive safety and security
electronic control at IMI Jiaxing as well as in IMI Mexico. High-power modules for automotive and
industrial applications, from design and development, and NPI to mass production are growing briskly.
AME also collaborates with D&D on a low cost automotive camera using Himax and flip chip
technologies, and also works with D&D Europe on the power module – which are used primarily in
power management platforms for partial to full vehicle electrification.
Automation
IMI’s global Automation Back End (ABE) group continued to develop in-house build capability for stand-
alone systems. The group supports IMI operations across all sites with a total of seven complex
automation lines completed as of 2018. Eighty percent of the group’s automation projects focused on
automotive product assemblies including processes such as final assembly, subassemblies, functional
test, and packaging.
IMI continually work with both Automotive Tier 1 and Tier 2 in areas where high levels of innovation
happen such as mirror replacement, driver monitoring, and autonomous driving. VIA Optronics, IMI’s
subsidiary in Germany that manufactures advanced display solutions, began to oversee the camera
vision technology services to support the various ADAS application requirements in automotive.
Equipped with ten years of camera and extreme vision technology development experience, the group
develops platform designs that can be customized to reduce total development time.
In the second half of 2018, IMI started building sample cameras for the 360 degrees viewing system
intended for an automotive OEM. The viewing system contains four cameras mounted on a vehicle and
connected to one central ECU capable of providing both a bird’s-eye view and 3D surround view for
both safety and comfort.
In addition, IMI launched a custom automated six-axis focus and alignment system that uses mirrors to
adjust the focusing distance. This innovation is ideal for focusing ADAS cameras intended for hauling
trucks with extended focus distance requirements.
Segment Information
Management monitors operating results per geographical area for the purpose of making decisions
about resource allocation and performance assessment. It evaluates the segment performance based
on gross revenue, interest income and expense and net income before and after tax of its major
manufacturing sites. Philippine operation is further subdivided into the Parent Company and PSi. IMI
BG, IMI CZ and IMI Serbia are combined under Europe based on the industry segment and customers
served, VIA and STI are combined under Germany/UK representing newly-acquired subsidiaries, IMI
USA, IMI Japan, IMI UK and IMI Singapore/ROHQ are combined being the holding and support facilities
for strategic management, research and development, engineering development and sales and
marketing.
Prior period information is consistent with the current year basis of segmentation.
Intersegment revenue is generally recorded at values that approximate third-party selling prices.
Revenues are attributed to countries on the basis of the customer’s location. Certain customers that
are independent of each other but within the same group account for 10.55%, 12.58% and 14.97% of
the Group’s total revenue in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The Company’s global presence allows it to provide solutions to OEMs catering to regional and
international markets. Given the Company’s presence worldwide, it is able to provide its customers
access to a number of services and resources through its manufacturing facilities, engineering and
design centers, and sales networks in Asia (China, Singapore, Taiwan, Japan, and the Philippines),
North America (U.S. and Mexico), and Europe (Bulgaria, Czech Republic, France, and Germany).
IMI Japan was registered and is domiciled in Japan to serve as IMI’s front-end design and product
development and sales support center. IMI Japan was established to attract more Japanese OEMs to
outsource the product development and manufacturing to IMI.
In 2018, IMI continued to pursue opportunities in segments with the highest potential for growth and
customer impact. The company’s core business pipeline expanded by US$320 million in new project
awards, 72 percent of which are for automotive applications. By location, new program wins derived
from Philippines and China accounted for 61 percent while 39 percent were awarded to Europe and
Mexico. Meanwhile, STI Enterprises continued to strengthen its industrial and mil-aero capabilities with
£25.6 million (US$33.2 million) major projects closed as of 2018. The company also expects VIA’s
revenue growth to achieve a balanced portfolio across market verticals supported by its new contracts
for multiple automotive and industrial applications.
In 2018, VIA agreed to form a new joint venture company with a Japanese entity through the acquisition
of 65% ownership interest. The new joint venture company, VTS-Touchsensor Co., Ltd. (VTS) serves
the market for copper-based metal mesh touch sensors in Japan. This will strengthen our portfolio of
differentiated and value-added sensor technology for touch panels, touch-display modules, display
head assemblies, and interactive display systems across multiple markets and segments.
SEC FORM 17-A 50
As part of our strategic initiatives, IMI acquired an 80% stake in STI, in 2017 a private limited company
based in the United Kingdom which provides electronics design and manufacturing solutions in both
printed circuit board assembly and full box-build manufacturing for high-reliability industries. The
company currently has two factories in the United Kingdom in Hook and Poynton as well as one in
Cebu, Philippines and operates a design center in London. The acquisition will enable IMI to expand
into the aerospace and defense markets while strengthening the industrial segment in manufacturing
as well as in technology development and engineering.
Competition
IMI is now a global technology solutions company with 21 manufacturing facilities with presence in more
than 10 countries, spanning through the continents of Asia, Americas, and Europe. The company has
technology expertise and offerings in the whole breadth of electronics manufacturing services (EMS),
power semiconductor assembly tests and services and vehicle assembly.
IMI currently ranks 18th in the list of top 50 EMS providers in the world by the Manufacturing Market
Insider (March 2018 edition), based on 2017 revenues. In the automotive market, it is now the 5th
largest EMS provider in the world per New Venture Research.
For almost 40 years, the company has developed its competence and value through cutting-edge
engineering, design, innovation, and collaboration with partners. From being largely product-centric, IMI
is now moving towards a technology-solutions approach by addressing efficiency, cost, quality, and
productivity, while closely working with customers in research and development.
IMI continues to leverage on its geographical footprint in providing services closer to our target markets.
This in turn strengthens its ability to mitigate risks over market volatilities and geo-political trends in the
global environment. IMI competes worldwide with focus on Europe, North America and Asia.
IMI specializes in highly reliable and quality electronic solutions for long product life cycle segments
such as automotive, industrial electronics and more recently, the aerospace market.
In the automotive segment, IMI designs and manufacture next-generation automotive camera systems,
displays, ADAS controllers, sensors, steering modules, and telematics. IMI also aims to accommodate
more Internet-of-Things (IoT) opportunities in the pipeline that will enhance its current capabilities. It is
involved in this sphere specifically in the areas of security, asset tracking, next generation displays,
wireless monitoring, smart meters, and communication systems in aerospace and defense. IMI also
continues to thrive in the production of various electronic systems that manage and control power in
automotive and industrial markets.
The Company’s performance is affected by its ability to compete and by the competition it faces from
other global EMS companies. While it is unlikely for EMS companies to pursue identical business
activities, the industry remains competitive. Competitive factors that influence the market for the
Company’s products and services include: product quality, pricing and timely delivery.
The Company is further dependent on its customers’ ability to compete and succeed in their respective
markets for the products that the Company manufactures.
There are two methods of competition: a) price competitiveness; and b) robustness of total solution
(service, price, quality, special capabilities or technology). IMI competes with EMS companies original
design manufacturer (ODM) manufacturers all over the world. Some of its fierce EMS provider
competitors include Flex, Plexus and Kimball.
Plexus, a U.S.-based EMS, recorded US$2.9billion revenues in 2018. Plexus is a key EMS player in
industrial, medical and communication sectors, which IMI play in this market.
Kimball Electronics as a manufacturing facility located in Jasper, Indian with revenues of US$1.1 billion
in 2018. Kimball is a competitor of IMI in the automotive, industrial and medical market.
IMI’s suppliers are situated globally and are managed by the Global Procurement organization. The
Company’s top 10 suppliers in 2018 comprise about 23% of global purchases. Purchases from suppliers
generally comprise of electronic components processed by our facilities. The Company strives to
manage the quality of the products supplied to ensure strict adherence to quality standards and only
purchase from suppliers whose product meet all applicable health and safety standards.
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other
party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions.
Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant
influence which include affiliates. Related parties may be individuals or corporate entities.
The Group, in its regular conduct of business, has entered into transactions with subsidiaries, affiliate,
and other related parties principally consisting of advances, loans and reimbursement of expenses.
Sales and purchases of goods and services as well as other income and expenses to and from related
parties are made at normal commercial prices and terms.
Intellectual Property
The table below summarizes the intellectual properties registered with the Patent and Trademark
Offices in the United States, Europe and Asia:
IMI complies with all existing government regulations applicable to the company and secures all
government approvals for its registered activities. Currently, there are no known probable governmental
regulations that may significantly affect the business of the Company.
IMI is subject to various national and local environmental laws and regulations in the areas where it
operates, including those governing the use, storage, discharge, and disposal of hazardous substances
in the ordinary course of its manufacturing processes. If more stringent compliance or cleanup
standards under environmental laws or regulations are imposed, or the results of future testing and
analyses at IMI’s manufacturing plants indicate that it is responsible for the release of hazardous
substances, IMI may be exposed to liability. Further, additional environmental matters may arise in the
future at sites where no problem is currently known or at sites that IMI may acquire in the future.
IMI closely coordinates with various government agencies and customers to comply with existing
regulations and continuously looks for ways to improve its environmental and safety standards.
IMI Laguna
License/Permit Name`
License/Permit No. Issue Date Expiry Date
SEC Certificate of Registration 94419 08/08/1980
PEZA Certificate of Registration - Export Enterprise 94-59 (Amended) 12/03/2015
PEZA Certificate of Registration - Facilities Enterprise 11-19-F 11/29/2011
BIR Form 2303 - Certificate of Registration OCN 8RC0000039992 12/20/2012
Permit to Use Computerized Accounting System 1214-116-00171CAS 01/01/2015
Permit to Use Loose-leaf Invoices LTAD-LL-09-769-14 09/05/2014
OCN 8AU0000273915
For Sales Invoice; Official 10/16/2014 10/15/2019
Receipt
Authority to Print Invoices
OCN 8AU0000273913
For Billing Invoice; 10/16/2014 10/15/2019
Collection Receipt
Barangay Business Clearance BBC03718 01/08/2018 12/31/2018
Business Permit 2018-00494 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Environmental Clearance (for Business Permit) 18-0498 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Engineering Clearance (for Business Permit) 2018-01-0515 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Zoning Clearance (for Business Permit) DZC-00499-2018 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Sanitary Permit (For Business Permit) 0511-2018 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Environmental Compliance Certficate ECC-R4A-1709-0321 09/29/2017
Laguna Lake Development Authority Discharge Permit 01/16/2019
CG 04/30/2018
SSCG 10/16/2021
Philippine Drug Enforcement Agency Permit 10/06/2018
License to Operate and X-Ray Facility renewal in process
License to Handle Controlled Precursors & Essential
02/16/2018
Chemicals
CG 02/09/2018
SSCG 05/20/2018
Radioactive Material License 05/31/2018
IMI ROHQ
License/Permit Name
License No. Issue Date Expiry Date
SEC Certificate of Registration FS200905182 04/16/2009
BIR Form 2303 - Certificate of Registration OCN 1RC000634390 06/25/2013
OCN 1AU0001692572 09/22/2017 09/21/2022
Authority to Print Invoices
OCN 1AU0000999180 06/24/2013 06/24/2018
Barangay Business Clearance BBC03618 01/08/2018 12/31/2018
Business Permit 2018-00496 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Environmental Clearance (for Business Permit) 18-0500 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Engineering Clearance (for Business Permit) 2018-01-0518 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Zoning Clearance (for Business Permit) DZC-00600-2018 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
Sanitary Permit (For Business Permit) 0513-2018 01/09/2018 12/31/2018
IMI paid nominal fees required for the submission of applications for the above-mentioned
environmental laws.
The Design and Development (D&D) Team has significantly enhanced competencies in electronic and
mechanical design, and software development while also actively engaging in the development of
platforms for the next generation projects. Last year ushered a major shift to platform-based test
solutions specifically for customers whose products are manufactured in multiple factories. In the
platform-based approach, a function tester was configured for another product with a similar application
or design. The test allowed high re-use of technology—hardware and software and therefore enabling
a more rapid tester development. Original equipment manufacturers of automotive electronics and
mechatronics products (window lifters, power tailgate systems, etc.) which are assembled and tested
in China, Mexico and Bulgaria benefited in this strategy.
The global trends on advanced driver-assistance systems (ADAS) continue to move our way. IMI’s
existing camera production reached more than six million units in 2018, exceeding volume and sales
targets for the year. Interest in the areas of ADAS, mirror replacement and driver monitoring have also
brought in new opportunities from both new and existing customers.
With these developments and opportunities, IMI continued to deliver new innovations to support the
manufacturing of high-performance automotive cameras. An IMI proprietary tester design for stray light
test measurement was introduced last year to screen out glare and flare in ADAS cameras. A technical
paper on this project won top recognition in the Philippine electronics trade show in 2018.
IMI continually worked with both Automotive Tier 1 and Tier 2 in areas where high levels of innovation
happen such as mirror replacement, driver monitoring, and autonomous driving. VIA Optronics, a
subsidiary in Germany that manufactures advanced display solutions, began to oversee the camera
vision technology services to support the various ADAS application requirements in automotive.
Equipped with ten years of camera and extreme vision technology development experience, the group
develops platform designs that can be customized to reduce total development time.
IMI spent the following for research and development activities in the last three years:
% to Revenues
2018 $6,287,175 0.47
2017 $3,506,223 0.32
2016 $3,601,736 0.43
The Company has a total workforce of 17,148 employees as of December 31, 2018, shown in the
following table:
The relationship between management and employees has always been of solidarity and collaboration
from the beginning of its operations up to the present. The Company believes that open communication
and direct engagement between management and employees are the most effective ways to resolve
workplace issues.
IMI has existing supplemental benefits for its employees such as transportation and meal subsidy, group
hospitalization insurance coverage and non-contributory retirement plan.
The Company has or will have no supplemental benefits or incentive arrangements with its employees
other than those mentioned above.
Risk Factors
The Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely
affected by risks relating to the Company and the Philippines.
The factors identified above and other risks discussed in this section affect the Company’s operating
results from time to time.
Some of these factors are beyond the Company’s control. The Company may not be able to effectively
sustain its growth due to restraining factors concerning corporate competencies, competition, global
economies, and market and customer requirements. To meet the needs of its customers, the Company
has expanded its operations in recent years and, in conjunction with the execution of its strategic plans,
the Company expects to continue expanding in terms of geographical reach, customers served,
products, and services. To manage its growth, the Company must continue to enhance its managerial,
technical, operational, and other resources.
The Company’s ongoing operations and future growth may also require funding either through internal
or external sources. There can also be no assurance that any future expansion plans will not adversely
affect the Company’s existing operations since execution of said plans may involve challenges. For
instance, the Company may be required to be confronted with such issues as shortages of production
In response to a very dynamic operating environment and intense industry competition, the Company
focuses on high-growth/high-margin specialized product niches, diversifies its markets and products,
engages in higher value add services, improves its cost structure, and pursues strategies to grow
existing accounts.
The Company is focusing on longer life cycle industries such as automotive, industrial and
telecommunication infrastructure to reduce the volatility of model and design changes. The Company
also keeps itself abreast of trends and technology development the electronics industry and is
continuously conducting studies to enhance its technologies, capabilities and value proposition to its
customers. It defines and executes technology road maps that are aligned with market and customer
requirements.
The industry where IMI operates in does not serve, generally, firm or long-term volume purchase
commitments
Save for specific engagements peculiar to certain products and services required, the Company’s
customers do not generally contract for firm and long-term volume purchase. Customers may place
lower-than-expected orders, cancel existing or future orders or change production quantities. There are
no guaranteed or fixed volume orders that are committed on a monthly or periodic basis.
In addition, the Company makes significant investment decisions, including determining the levels of
business that it will seek and accept capacity expansion, personnel needs, and other resource
requirements. These key decisions are ultimately based on estimates of customer long-term
requirements. The rapid changes in demand for its products reduce its ability to estimate accurately
long-term future customer requirements. Thus, there is the risk that resource investments are not
optimized at a certain period.
In order to manage the effects of these uncertainties, customers are required to place firm orders within
the manufacturing lead time to ensure delivery. The Company does not solely rely on the forecast
provided by the clients. By focusing on the longer cycle industry segments, the volatility that comes with
rapid model changes is reduced and the Company is able to have a more accurate production planning
and inventory management process.
Buy-back agreements are also negotiated by the Company in the event there are excess inventory
when customer products reach their end-of-life .To the extent possible, the Company’s contract include
volume break pricing, and materials buy-back conditions to taper the impact of sudden cancellations,
reductions, and delays in customer requirements.
The Company’s acquisitions of new companies or creation of new units, whether onshore or offshore,
may also have an immediate financial impact to the Company due to the dilution of the percentage of
ownership of current stockholders if the acquisition requires any payment in the form of equity of the
Company, the periodic impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, and liabilities, litigations,
and/or unanticipated contingent liabilities assumed from the acquired companies.
If the Company is not able to successfully manage these potential difficulties, any such acquisitions
may not result in material revenue enhancement or other anticipated benefits or even adversely affect
its financial and/or operating condition.
To limit its exposure, the Company performs a thorough assessment of the upside and downside of any
merger or acquisition. Supported by a team which focuses on business development, finance, legal,
and engineering units, the vision, long-term strategy, compatibility with the culture, customer
relationship, technology, and financial stability of the company to be acquired is carefully examined
thorough due diligence to ensure exposures are mitigated through proper warranties. In addition, the
Company looks at acquisitions that are immediately accretive to the P&L of the Company. The decision
is then reviewed and endorsed by the Finance Committee, and approved by the Board. The Company
carefully plans any merger or acquisition for a substantial period prior to closing date. Prior to closing
of transactions, the Company forms an integration team and formulates detailed execution plans to
integrate the key functions of the acquired entity into the Company.
IMI may not be able to mitigate the effects of declining prices of goods over the life cycles of its products
or as a result of changes in its mix of new and mature products, mix of turnkey and consignment
business arrangements, and lower prices offered by competition
The price of the Company’s products tends to decline over the later years of the product life cycle,
reflecting decreased costs of input components, improved efficiency, decreased demand, and
increased competition as more manufacturers are able to produce similar or alternative products. The
gross margin for manufacturing services is highest when a product is first developed but as products
mature, average selling prices of a product drop due to various market forces resulting in gross margin
erosion. The Company may be constrained to reduce the price of its service for more mature products
in order to remain competitive against other manufacturing services providers. This is most apparent in
the automotive segment, where the reduction has historically been observed to occur between the first
two to three years. The Company’s gross margin may further decline to be competitive with the lower
prices offered by competition or to absorb excess capacity, liquidate excess inventories, or restructure
or attempt to gain market share.
The Company is moving towards a higher proportion of contracting under a turnkey production (with
the Company providing labor, materials and overhead support), as compared to those under a
consignment model, indicating a possible deterioration in its margins. The Company will also need to
deploy larger amounts of working capital for turnkey engagements.
To mitigate the effects of price declines in the Company’s existing products and to sustain margins, the
Company continues to improve its production efficiency by increasing yields, increasing throughputs
through LEAN and six sigma manufacturing process. In addition, the Company continues to leverage
on its purchase base and supplier programs to avail of discounts and reduced costs in component
prices. It also utilizes its global procurement network and supply chain capabilities to reduce logistics
costs for components including inventory levels. The Company also intensifies its effort to contract with
customers with higher-margin products most of which involve higher engineering value add and more
complex box build or system integration requirements.
The industry could become even more competitive if OEMs fail to significantly increase their overall
levels of outsourcing. Increased competition could result in significant price competition, reduced
revenues, lower profit margins, or loss of market share, any of which would have a material adverse
effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Company regularly assesses the appropriate pricing model (so as to ensure that it is strategic/value
based or demand based, among others) to be applied on its quotation to existing or prospective
customers. The Company is also strengthening its risk management capabilities to be able to turn
some of the risks (e.g., credit risks) into opportunities to gain or maintain new or existing customers,
respectively. The Company also continues to develop high value-add services that fit the dynamic
markets it serves. It continues to enhance capabilities in design and development, advanced
manufacturing engineering, test and systems development, value engineering, and supply chain
management to ensure an efficient product realization experience for its customers.
In addition, the Company’s size, stability and geographical reach allow it to attract global OEMs
customers that look for stable partners that can service them in multiple locations. This is evidenced
by increasing number of global contracts that the Company is able to develop and have multiple sites
serving single customers.
Focusing on high value automotive (such as those for ADAS and safety-related, power modules and
electronic control units, among others), industrial and medical segments where strict performance and
stringent certification processes are required, the Company is able to establish a high barrier of entry,
business sustainability and better pricing. Generally, the Company has observed that it is usually
difficult for customers in these industries to shift production as they would have to go through a long
lead time in the certification process. The direction the Company has taken resulted in the rise of the
Company’s ranking in the global and automotive EMS spaces.
IMI may be subject to reputation and financial risks due to product quality and liability issues
The contracts the Company enters into with its customers, especially customers from the automotive
and medical industry, typically include warranties that its products will be free from defects and will
perform in accordance with agreed specifications. To the extent that products delivered by the Company
to its customers do not, or are not deemed to, satisfy such warranties, the Company could be
responsible for repairing or replacing any defective products, or, in certain circumstances, for the cost
of effecting a recall of all products which might contain a similar defect in an occurrence of an epidemic
failure, as well as for consequential damages. Defects in the products manufactured by the Company
adversely affect its customer relations, standing and reputation in the marketplace, result in monetary
losses, and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to recover any losses incurred as a result of
product liability in the future from any third party.
In order to prevent or avoid a potential breach of warranties which may expose the Company to liability,
the Company performs a detailed review and documentation of the manufacturing process that is
verified, audited and signed-off by the customers. In addition, customers are encouraged, and in some
cases, required to perform official audits of the Company’s manufacturing and quality assurance
processes, to ensure compliance with specifications. The Company works closely with customers to
define customer specifications and quality requirements, and follow closely these requirements to
mitigate future product liability claims. The Company also insures itself on product liability and recall on
a global basis.
IMI’s production capacity may not correspond precisely to its production demand
The Company’s customers may require it to have a certain percentage of excess capacity that would
allow the Company to meet unexpected increases in purchase orders. On occasion, however,
customers may require rapid increases in production beyond the Company’s production capacity, and
the Company may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet sharp increases in these
requirements. On the other hand, there is also a risk of the underutilization of the production line, which
may slightly lower the Company’s profit margins. In response, the Company makes the necessary
adjustments in order to have a match between demand and supply. In the case of a lack in supply, the
Company equips itself with flexible systems that allow it to temporarily expand its production lines in
order to lower the overhead costs, and then make corresponding increases in its capacity when there
is a need for it as well.
Since the Company is not positioned as an ODM, the likelihood of the Company infringing upon product-
related intellectual property of third parties is significantly reduced. Product designs are prescribed by
and ultimately owned by the customer.
The Company observes strict adherence to approved processes and specifications and adopts
appropriate controls to ensure that the Company’s intellectual property and that of its customers are
protected and respected. It continuously monitors compliance with confidentiality undertakings of the
Company and management. As of the date of this Prospectus, there has been no claim or disputes
involving the Company or between the Company and its customers involving any intellectual property.
Demand for services in the EMS industry depends on the performance and business of the industry’s
customers as well as the demand from end consumers of electronic products
The performance and profitability of the Company’s customers’ industries are partly driven by the
demand for electronic products and equipment by end-consumers. If the end-user demand is low for
the industry’s customers’ products, companies in the Company’s industry may see significant changes
in orders from customers and may experience greater pricing pressures. Therefore, risks that could
harm the customers of its industry could, as a result, adversely affect the Company as well. These risks
include the customer’s inability to manage their operations efficiently and effectively, the reduced
consumer spending in key customers’ markets, the seasonality demand for their products, and failure
of the customer’s products to gain widespread commercial acceptance.
The impact of these risks was very evident in the aftermath of the global financial crisis which resulted
in global reduction of demand for electronics products by end-customers. The Company mitigates the
impact of industry downturns on demand by rationalizing excess labor and capacity to geographical
areas that are most optimal, and by initiating cost containment programs. With indications of global
financial recovery already in place, the Company has been able to re-hire some of its employees. There
are also electronics requirements resulting from global regulations, such as those for improving vehicle
safety and promoting energy-efficient technologies that would increase the demand for electronic
products and equipment.
The Company continuously addresses its concentration risks. There is no single customer that the
Company is dependent on or accounts for more than 15% of the Company’s revenues. The Company
also serves global customers which are not concentrated on a specific geographic market.
The Company’s industry depends on the continuing trend of increased outsourcing by its customers.
Future growth in its revenue depends on new outsourcing opportunities in which it assumes additional
manufacturing and supply chain management responsibilities from its customers. To the extent that
these opportunities do not materialize, either because the customers decide to perform these functions
The Company believes that its global footprint with manufacturing operations in Asia, Europe, and North
America, its global supply chain systems and capabilities, and its design services will continue to
provide strategic advantages for customers to outsource parts of their product development and
manufacturing processes to the Company.
IMI’s industry may experience shortages in, or rises in the prices of components, which may adversely
affect business
There is a risk that the Company will be unable to acquire necessary components for its business as a
result of strong demand in the industry for those components or if suppliers experience any problems
with production or delivery.
The Company is often required by its customers to source certain key components from customer-
nominated and accredited suppliers only, and it may not be able to obtain alternative sources of supply
should such suppliers be unable to meet the supply of key components in the future. Shortages of
components could limit its production capabilities or cause delays in production, which could prevent it
from making scheduled shipments to customers.
If the Company is unable to make scheduled shipments, it may experience a reduction in its sales, an
increase in costs, and adverse effects on its business. Component shortages may also increase costs
of goods sold because it may be required to pay higher prices for components in short supply and
redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate substitute components.
To the extent possible, the Company works closely with customers to ensure that there are back up
suppliers or manufacturers for customer-supplied components or components supplied by customer-
nominated suppliers to mitigate uncertainties in the supply chain. In addition, the Company has
established supplier certification and development programs designed to assess and improve suppliers’
capability in ensuring uninterrupted supply of components to the Company.
Any shortage of raw materials or components could impair IMI’s ability to ship orders of its products in
a cost-efficient manner or could cause IMI to miss its delivery requirements of its retailers or distributors,
which could harm IMI’s business
The ability of the Company’s manufacturers to supply its products is dependent, in part, upon the
availability of raw materials and certain components. The Company’s manufacturers may experience
shortages in the availability of raw materials or components, which could result in delayed delivery of
products to the Company or in increased costs to it. Any shortage of raw materials or components or
inability to control costs associated with manufacturing could increase the costs for the Company’s
products or impair its ability to ship orders in a timely cost-efficient manner. As a result, it could
experience cancellation of orders, refusal to accept deliveries, or a reduction in the Company’s prices
and margins, any of which could harm the Company’s financial performance and results of operations.
Other than for customer-nominated suppliers or specialty components for the manufacture of specific
products, the Company is not dependent on a single supplier for its raw materials.
IMI may be exposed to risk of inventory obsolescence and working capital tied up in inventories
As an EMS provider, the Company may be exposed to a risk of inventory obsolescence because of
rapidly changing technology and customer requirements. Inventory obsolescence may require it to
make adjustments to write down inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value, and its operating
results could be adversely affected. The Company is cognizant of these risks and accordingly exercises
due diligence in materials planning. The Company also provides in its inventory systems and planning
a reasonable amount for obsolescence. It is working with key suppliers to establish supplier-managed
inventory arrangements that will mutually reduce the risk. In addition, the Company often negotiates
buy back arrangements with customers where, in the event the customers’ purchase orders are
delayed, canceled, or enter in the end-of-life phase, the customers assume the risk and compensate
the Company for the excess inventory.
IMI may, from time to time, be involved in legal and other proceedings arising out of its operations.
The Company may, from time to time, be involved in disputes with its employees and various parties
involved in its manufacturing operations, including contractual disputes with customers or suppliers,
labor disputes with workers or be exposed to damage or personal liability claims. Regardless of the
outcome, these disputes may lead to legal or other proceedings and may result in substantial costs,
delays in the Company’s development schedule, and the diversion of resources and management’s
attention. The Company may also have disagreements with regulatory bodies in the course of its
operations, which may subject it to administrative proceedings and unfavorable decisions that result in
IMI is highly dependent on the continued service of its directors, members of senior management and
other key officers
The Company’s directors, members of its senior management, and other key officers have been an
integral part of its success, and the experience, knowledge, business relationships and expertise that
would be lost should any such persons depart could be difficult to replace and may result in a decrease
in the Company’s operating efficiency and financial performance. Key executives and members of
management of the Company include CEO, President and COO, CFO, Chief Procurement Officer,
Leaders of Strategic Business Development and Mergers and Acquisitions, Global Sales and
Marketing, Global HR, Global Design and Development, Global Advanced Manufacturing Engineering,
and Global Quality, and Plant General Managers (GMs). In the event that the Company loses the
services of any such person and is unable to fill any vacant key executive or management positions
with qualified candidates, or if the qualified individual takes time to learn the details of the Company,
the Company’s business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Any deterioration in IMI’s employee relations could materially and adversely affect the Company’s
operations
The Company’s success depends partially on the ability of the Company, its contractors, and its third
party marketing agents to maintain productive workforces. Any strikes, work stoppages, work
slowdowns, grievances, complaints or claims of unfair practices or other deterioration in the Company’s,
its contractors’ or its third party marketing agents’ employee relations could have a material and adverse
effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. There have been no historical
events related to strikes or protests from its employees or unions, given the well-established employee
relations of the Company.
IMI’s success depends on attracting, engaging, and retaining key talents, including skilled research and
development engineers
In order to sustain its ability to complete contracted services and deliver on commitments and promote
growth, the Company will have to continuously attract, develop, engage and retain skilled workforce
highly capable to achieve business goals. The Company recognizes that its competitiveness is
dependent on its key talent pipeline, including leadership, talent and skill pool, and succession plan.
The Company continuously identifies top-caliber candidates and keeps the pipeline full to be ready to
assume new roles and fuel growth. The Company has a strong ability to hire in terms of the quality of
recruits as well as in scale. Specifically, there is strong recruitment in Philippines and in China, having
been able to tie up with universities. In the case of an immediate need for to provide manpower, there
are contractual agreements at hand to meet the demand. They have the ability to rapidly organize and
train skilled workers for new products and services and retain qualified personnel.
The Company also leverages on its global reach to identify, recruit and develop the right employees
who can be deployed to the various operating units or divisions of the Company. It also implements on
a regular basis pertinent employee training and development programs, including a cadetship program
that enables it to tap and employ capable graduates from different leading universities. The Company
has implemented proactive measures to retain employees through sound retention programs,
encouraging work-life balance among its employees, and providing structured career development
paths to promote career growth within the organization and loyalty to the Company.
IMI conducts business in various jurisdictions, exposing it to business, political, operational, financial,
and economic risks due to its operations in these jurisdictions
There is no assurance that there will be no occurrence of an economic slowdown in the countries where
the Company operates, including the Philippines. Factors that may adversely affect an economy include
but are not limited to:
• decreases in business, industrial, manufacturing or financial activity in the Philippines or in the
global market,
• scarcity of credit or other financing, resulting in lower demand for products and services
• the sovereign credit ratings of the country,
• exchange rate fluctuations,
• a prolonged period of inflation or increase in interest rates,
• changes in the relevant government's taxation policies,
• natural disasters, including typhoons, earthquakes, fires, floods and similar events,
SEC FORM 17-A 62
• political instability, terrorism or military conflict, and
• other regulatory, political or economic developments in or affecting the Company
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the global operations, marketing, and distribution of the Company’s
products inherently integrate the impact of any economic downturn affecting a single country where the
Company operates, and enables the Company to shift the focus of its operations to other jurisdictions.
The Company’s manufacturing and sales operations are located in a number of countries throughout
Asia, Europe, and North America. As a result, it is affected by business, political, operational, financial,
and economic risks inherent in international business, many of which are beyond the Company’s
control, including difficulties in obtaining domestic and foreign export, import, and other governmental
approvals, permits, and licenses, and compliance with foreign laws, which could halt, interrupt, or delay
the Company’s operations if it is unable to obtain such approvals, permits, and licenses, and could have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
Changes in law including unexpected changes in regulatory requirements affect the Company’s
business plans, such as those relating to labor, environmental compliance and product safety. Delays
or difficulties, burdens, and costs of compliance with a variety of foreign laws, including often conflicting
and highly prescriptive regulations also directly affect the Company’s business plans and operations,
cross-border arrangements and the inter-company systems.
Increases in duties and taxation and a potential reversal of current tax or other currently favorable
policies encouraging foreign investment or foreign trade by host countries leading to the imposition of
government controls, changes in tariffs, or trade restrictions on component or assembled products may
result in adverse tax consequences, including tax consequences which may arise in connection with
inter-company pricing for transactions between separate legal entities within a group operating in
different tax jurisdictions, also result in increases in cost of duties and taxation.
Actions which may be taken by foreign governments pursuant to any trade restrictions, such as “most
favored nation” status and trade preferences, as well as potential foreign exchange and repatriation
controls on foreign earnings, exchange rate fluctuations, and currency conversion restrictions may
adversely affect the Company’s business and financial condition.
Under existing foreign exchange controls in the Philippines, as a general rule, Philippine residents may
freely dispose of their foreign exchange receipts and foreign exchange may be freely sold and
purchased outside the Philippine banking system. Restrictions exist on the sale and purchase of foreign
exchange in the Philippine banking system. In the past, the Government has instituted restrictions on
the ability of foreign companies to use foreign exchange revenues or to convert Philippine pesos into
foreign currencies to satisfy foreign currency- denominated obligations, and no assurance can be given
that the Government will not institute such or other restrictive exchange policies in the future.
A substantial portion of the Company’s manufacturing operations is located in China, which has
regulated financial and foreign exchange regime. The Company continuously evaluates the options
available to the organization to ensure maximum usage of excess liquidity. Among others, excess
liquidity may be repatriated out of China through dividend payments, payment of management service
or royalty fees, use of leading and lagging payment, and transfer pricing.
Also, because of China’s role in many important supply chains, its exports contain a large amount of
value added applied in other Asian economies. At least as importantly, China has become a principal
final destination for Asian exports. As China, is hit by US trade tariffs, the spill-over into other APAC
economies takes place via international supply chains and changes in China’s domestic demand.
Environmental laws applicable to IMI’s projects could have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition or results of operations
The Company cannot predict what environmental legislation or regulations will be amended or enacted
in the future, how existing or future laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted, or
the amount of future expenditures that may be required to comply with these environmental laws or
regulations or to respond to environmental claims. The introduction or inconsistent application of, or
changes in, laws and regulations applicable to the Company’s business could have a material adverse
effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
There can be no assurance that current or future environmental laws and regulations applicable to the
Company will not increase the costs of conducting its business above currently projected levels or
require future capital expenditures. In addition, if a violation of any environmental law or regulation
occurs or if environmental hazards on land where the Company’s projects are located cause damage
SEC FORM 17-A 63
or injury to buyers or any third party, the Company may be required to pay a fine, to incur costs in order
to cure the violation and to compensate its buyers and any affected third parties.
Any political instability in the Philippines and the countries where IMI operates may adversely affect the
business operations, plans, and prospects of the Company
The Philippines has from time to time experienced severe political and social instability. The Philippine
Constitution provides that, in times of national emergency, when the public interest so requires, the
Government may take over and direct the operation of any privately owned public utility or business.
The impact of the Brexit upon the technology and innovation sector largely depends upon what model
the UK adopts for its relationship with the EU. If the UK remains in the European Economic Area then
the changes may be minimal. If the UK joins the European Free Trade Association and negotiates
sector specific access to the single market then the landscape depends on the exact nature of that
relationship. If the UK distances itself further from the EU then the changes may be more extensive.
Macro-economic conditions of different countries where IMI operates may adversely affect the
Company’s business and prospectus
Historically, the Philippines’ sovereign debt has been rated relatively low by international credit rating
agencies. Although the Philippines’ long-term foreign currency-denominated debt was recently
upgraded by each of Standard & Poor’s, and Moody’s to investment-grade, no assurance can be given
that Standard & Poor’s, or Moody’s or any other international credit rating agency will not downgrade
the credit ratings of the Government in the future and, therefore, Philippine companies. Any such
downgrade could have an adverse impact on the liquidity in the Philippine financial markets, the ability
of the Government and Philippine companies, including the Parent Company, to raise additional
financing and the interest rates and other commercial terms at which such additional financing is
available
In addition, some countries in which the Company operates, such as the Czech Republic and Mexico,
have experienced periods of slow or negative growth, high inflation, significant currency devaluations,
or limited liability of foreign exchange. In countries such as China and Mexico, governmental authorities
exercise significant influence over many aspects of the economy which may significantly affect the
Company.
Furthermore, the risk of imposing big border tax to US manufacturers that move jobs outside the country
will have impact to where the company operates, particularly Mexico. In January 2017, US President
Donald Trump has met with executives of the Big Three U.S. automakers and told the executives of
General Motors, Ford and Fiat Chrysler that he was going to make it easier for them to invest in the
country. He will reduce the taxes and unnecessary regulations to those manufacturing in the United
States. Trump began singling out companies that were planning investments in Mexico that involved
moving American jobs. Trump promised a big border tax on cars shipped from Mexico into the United
States.
On an as-need basis, the Company seeks the help of consultants and subject matter experts for
changes in laws and regulations that may have a significant impact in the Company’s business
operations. It also maintains good relationship with local government, customs, and tax authorities
through business transparency and compliance and/or payment of all government-related assessments
in a timely manner. The Company has been able to overcome major crises brought about by economic
and political factors affecting the countries where it operates. The strong corporate governance
structure of the Company and its prudent management team are the foundations for its continued
success. The Company also constantly monitors its macroeconomic risk exposure, identifies unwanted
risk concentration, and modifies its business policies and activities to navigate such risks.
There is no single customer that the Company is dependent on or accounts for more than 15% of the
Company’s revenues. The Company also serves global customers which are not concentrated on a
specific geographic market.
Severe macroeconomic contractions may conceivably lead the Company to tweak or modify its
investment decisions to meet the downturn. As a holding company, the Company affirms the principles
of fiscal prudence and efficiency in the operations to its subsidiaries operating in various countries.
While the Company tries to keep its local expertise, it established global functions to ensure that there
is adequate coordination of activities. In addition, the availability and use of cell phones, e-mails, and
internet based communication tools by the Company resulted in more efficient and timely coordination
of activities and decision making by management from different sites and countries.
The Company aggressively pursues hiring of experienced international managers and staff globally.
This enables the Company to ensure that it has sufficient manpower complement possessed with the
required skills and experience to work with customers, vendors, and other partners in and out of the
relevant country where it operates.
Natural or other catastrophes, including severe weather conditions and epidemics, that may materially
disrupt IMI’s operations, affect its ability to complete projects and result in losses not covered by its
insurance
The Philippines has experienced a number of major natural catastrophes over the years, including
typhoons, droughts, volcanic eruptions and earthquakes. In October 2013, a 7.2 magnitude earthquake
affected Cebu and the island of Bohol, and in November 2013, Super Typhoon Haiyan (called Yolanda
in the Philippines) caused destruction and casualties of an as yet undetermined amount, in Tacloban,
certain parts of Samar, and certain parts of Cebu City, all of which are located in the Visayas, the
southern part of the Philippines. There can be no assurance that the occurrence of such natural
catastrophes will not materially disrupt the Company’s operations. These factors, which are not within
the Company’s control, could potentially have significant effects on the Company’s manufacturing
facilities. As a result, the occurrence of natural or other catastrophes or severe weather conditions may
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Natural disasters, such as the 2008 earthquake in China, where most of the Company’s manufacturing
operations are located, could severely disrupt the Company’s manufacturing operations and increase
the Company’s supply chain costs. These events, over which we have little or no control, could cause
a decrease in demand for the Company’s services, make it difficult or impossible for the Company to
manufacture and deliver products and for the Company’s suppliers to deliver components allowing it to
manufacture those products, require large expenditures to repair or replace the Company’s facilities, or
create delays and inefficiencies in the Company’s supply chain.
Any escalation in these events or similar future events may disrupt the Company’s operations and the
operations of the Company’s customers and suppliers, and may affect the availability of materials
needed for the Company’s manufacturing services. Such events may also disrupt the transportation of
materials to the Company’s manufacturing facilities and finished products to the Company’s customers.
There can be no assurance that the Company is fully capable to deal with these situations and that the
insurance coverage it maintains will fully compensate it for all the damages and economic losses
resulting from these catastrophes.
Political instability or threats that may disrupt IMI’s operations could result in losses not covered by the
Company’s insurance
No assurance can be given that the political environment in the Philippines will remain stable and any
political instability in the future could reduce consumer demand, or result in inconsistent or sudden
changes in regulations and policies that affect the Company’s business operations, which could have
an adverse effect on the results of operations and the financial condition of the Company.
Increased political instability threats or occurrence of terrorist attacks, enhanced national security
measures, and conflicts, as well as territorial and other disputes, which strain international relations,
may reduce consumer confidence and economic weakness.
Any impact on the following cases in countries in which the Company has operations could materially
and adversely affect the Company’s business plans and prospects, financial condition and results of
operations.
The Philippines, China, and several Southeast Asian nations have been engaged in a series of long-
standing territorial disputes over certain islands in the West Philippine Sea, also known as the South
President Donald Trump signed an executive order on January 27, 2017 that indefinitely suspends
admissions for Syrian refugees and limits the flow of other refugees into the United States by instituting
what the President has called "extreme vetting" of immigrants. The executive order on Protection of the
Nation from Foreign Terrorist Entry into The United States is the start of tightening borders and halting
certain refugees from entering the United States. The order bars all persons from certain "terror-prone"
countries from entering the United States for 90 days and suspends the US Refugee Admissions
Program for 120 days until it is reinstated "only for nationals of countries for whom" members of Trump's
Cabinet deem can be properly vetted.
The “British exit of the European Union (EU)," or known as Brexit on June 23, 2016 is considered the
most significant economic demerger between major economies since the Second World War. British
vote to leave the European Union is likely to impose major instability on top of economic fragility and
artificial financial markets. The Brexit referendum roiled global markets, including currencies, causing
the British pound to fall to its lowest level in decades. In November 2016, the British High Court ruled
that the government needs the Parliament's approval to trigger Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and begin
the two-year process of withdrawing the UK from the EU. On February 1, 2017, Prime Minister Theresa
May won votes from Members of Parliament in the House of Commons for the bill to invoke Article 50
and start the Brexit process in March 2017. The bill is expected to pass through debates in the
Commons and the House of Lords by March 7, and upon royal assent from Queen Elizabeth II, to
become an Act of Parliament.
The Philippines is party to the United Nations Convention on the Enforcement and Recognition of
Arbitral Awards, though it is not party to any international treaty relating to the recognition or
enforcement of foreign judgments. Nevertheless, the Philippine Rules of Civil Procedure provide that a
judgment or final order of a foreign court is, through the institution of an independent action, enforceable
in the Philippines as a general matter, unless there is evidence that: (i) the foreign court rendering
judgment did not have jurisdiction, (ii) the judgment is contrary to the laws, public policy, customs or
public order of the Philippines, (iii) the party against whom enforcement is sought did not receive notice,
or (iv) the rendering of the judgment entailed collusion, fraud, or a clear mistake of law or fact.
For further information on IMI, please refer to its 2018 Financial Reports and SEC17A which are
available in its website www.global-imi.com.
AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc. or ACITHI (alternately referred to as “AC Industrials”, “the
Company” or “the Group” in the entire discussion of AC Industrials.) is Company that invests in and
manages an integrated and synergistic portfolio of operating units composed of platforms in global
manufacturing solutions, emerging technologies, and vehicle assembly, distribution, and retail.
Established in 2016, ACITHI is the Ayala group’s fast-growing industrial technologies arm. From
previously Ayala Automotive Holdings Company (or AAHC) holding the automotive business of Ayala
group, AC Industrials now has into its fold investments in IMI and related business units in industrial
technologies.
AC Automotive, the automotive group under AC Industrials, is the country’s largest multi- brand vehicle
distribution and dealership group. AC Automotive has minority investments in automobile
manufacturing and assembly companies consisting of a 12.9% interest in HCPI and a 15% interest in
IPC. HCPI is a joint venture with Honda Motors Co. Ltd and Rizal Commercial Banking Corp. (“RCBC”),
which has assembled and manufactured Honda automobiles for the Philippine market in Laguna
Technopark since September 1990. IPC is a joint venture with Isuzu Motors, Ltd., Mitsubishi Corporation
(“Mitsubishi”) and RCBC.
Through AC Automotive’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Group has eleven Honda dealerships through
Honda Cars Makati, Inc., nine Isuzu dealerships through Isuzu Automotive Dealership Inc., and four
Volkswagen dealerships through Iconic Dealership Inc. as of 31 December 2017. It is also the official
importer and distributor of Volkswagen for the Philippines through Automobile Central Enterprise Inc.
AC Automotive also entered the motorcycle business in 2016 via a strategic partnership with KTM AG,
Europe’s largest motorcycle brand, to manufacture and distribute its products in the Philippines and
other export markets. Adventure Cycle Philippines, a wholly-owned ACITHI subsidiary and official
Philippine distributor of KTM products, holds a 66% interest in KTM Asia Motorcycle Manufacturing, a
joint venture with KTM AG. Adventure Cycle Philippines also operates one KTM dealership as of 31
December 2017.
AC Automotive’s KTM business has 19 branches as of December 31, 2018 and commenced exports
from its joint-venture manufacturing operations in 2018.
For the year 2018, the local automotive market declined 15 percent in 2018 after growing at a
compounded annual rate of 16 percent over the prior seven years. The implementation of a new excise
tax regime delivered a significant jolt to the system. Demand was tempered across the industry
spectrum as buyers accelerated purchases to the previous year and market players implemented
aggressive pricing strategies to adjust. AC Automotive weathered both intensifying competition and
the overall market’s demand. The group attained an industry-wide market share of over four percent
on the back of 16,199 automobiles distributed and sold across its Honda, Isuzu, and Volkswagen
brands. The Honda and Isuzu dealership groups retained overarching leadership within their respective
brands, holding network shares of 38 percent and 35 percent, respectively. In parallel, Volkswagen
refreshed its product lineup with five all-new models carrying specifications and price points tailored to
better compete in the Philippine market. Finally, the KTM business continued its steady growth
trajectory, distributing over 2,300 motorcycles across the country and manufacturing over 6,400 units
in its factory’s first full year.
AC Industrials is prepared to manage challenges and disruption for 2019 and beyond. At the
automotive industry front, ACITHI closed the year by securing distributorship rights to the SAIC Maxus
and Kia Motors brands, with operationalization of the latter – a globally leading brand well-recognized
by the Filipino automotive market – already underway.
AC Energy, Inc. (alternately referred to as “AC Energy”, “the Company” or “the Group” in the entire
discussion of AC Energy) manages a diversified portfolio of renewable and conventional power
generation projects and engages primarily in power project development operations and in other
businesses located in the Philippines, Indonesia, Vietnam and Australia. AC Energy was designated in
2011 as Ayala Corporation’s vehicle for investments in the power sector to pursue greenfield, as well
as currently operating, power-related projects for both renewable and conventional technologies in
various parts of the Philippines. In 2016, the Company expanded its business purpose to include the
purchase, retail, supply and delivery of electricity and in 2017, the business purposes were expanded
further to include the development, operation and maintenance of power projects.
Philippines
From 2011 to 2014, the Company made its initial investments in the power sector in the Philippines,
with strategic investments in 50.0% of a wind farm located in Ilocos Norte province with a net capacity
of 52MW (the “Northwind Project”) (which interest has since increased to 67.79%), 50.0% in a 2 x
122MW CFB thermal power plant located in Batangas province (the “SLTEC Project”) (which interest
has since been reduced to 35.0%), 64.0% of a second wind farm located in Ilocos Norte province with
a net capacity of 81MW (the “North Luzon Renewables Project”) (which interest has since been reduced
to 28.51%), 17.02% limited partnership interest in a 2 x 316MW coal-fired plant located in Bataan
province (the “GNPower Mariveles Project”) and 85.72% limited partnership interest in a 4 x 138MW
coal-fired power plant under construction located in Lanao del Norte province (the “GNPower
Kauswagan Project”). AC Energy has continued to make strategic investments in the energy sector
since that time. In 2015, AC Energy invested in the development, construction and operation of a solar
power farm located in Bais City, Negros Oriental (the “Montesol Project”).
Indonesia
In 2017, the Company established its first footprint overseas with investments in renewable energy
projects in Indonesia as part of a consortium with Star Energy Group Holdings Pte. Ltd, Star Energy
Geothermal Pte. Ltd. of Indonesia (collectively “Star Energy”) and The Electricity Generating Company
(“EGCO”) of Thailand, and acquired the Salak and Darajat geothermal projects (the “Salak-Darajat
Geothermal Projects”) in West Java, Indonesia with a combined capacity of 637MW of steam and
power. AC Energy has an effective economic stake of 19.80% in the Salak-Darajat Geothermal Projects.
The Sidrap wind project (the “Sidrap Wind Project”), AC Energy’s first greenfield offshore investment,
is the first utility-scale wind farm project in Indonesia with a net capacity of 75MW, which commenced
commercial operations in March 2018.
Vietnam
In December 2017, AC Energy Vietnam Investments Pte Ltd. (“ACEV”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
AC Energy Internatinal Holdings Pte. Ltd. (“AC Energy International”), entered into a 50:50 joint venture
with AMI Renewables Energy Joint Stock Company (“AMI Renewables”), a joint stock company
incorporated in Vietnam to invest in New Energy Investments Corporation (“New Energy Investments”),
a joint stock company with 100% ownership over the shares of the following entities situated in Vietnam:
(i) AMI Energy Khanh Hoa Joint Stock Company (“AMI Khanh Hoa”), which has commenced
construction of a 50MW solar farm in Khanh Hoa province (the “Khanh Hoa Solar Plant”), (ii) BMT
Renewable Energy Joint Stock Company (“BMT Dak Lak”), which has commenced construction of a
30MW solar farm located in Dak Lak province (the “Dak Lak Solar Plant”), and (iii) B&T Windfarm Joint
Stock Company (“B&T Quang Binh”), which has entered into an agreement with the government of
Quang Binh province for the development of an up to 200MW wind farm located in Quang Binh province.
The Khanh Hoa and Dak Lak Solar Plants are expected to commence operations in June 2019 with an
expected net capacity of 80MW.
In June 2018, the Company entered into a partnership with the BIM Group of Vietnam for the
development of an aggregate of 330MW of solar power plants located in the province of Ninh Thuan,
Vietnam (the “Ninh Thuan Solar Plants”), which are expected to commence operations by June 2019.
In April 2018, AC Energy International and Jetfly Asia Pte. Ltd. entered into an agreement for the
acquisition of 25.0% interest in The Blue Circle Pte. Ltd. (“The Blue Circle”) as well as co-investment
Australia
In May 2018, the Company entered the Australian renewable energy market through a joint venture with
international renewable energy developer, UPC Renewable Asia Pacific Holdings Limited (“UPC
Renewables”). AC Energy through its subsidiary, AC Energy International, invested U.S.$30 million for
50.0% ownership in UPC-AC Energy Renewables Australia (HK) Limited (“UPC-AC Energy
Renewables Australia”). AC Energy also extended a U.S.$200 million revolver facility to partially fund
the Australia projects. UPC-AC Energy Renewables Australia has certain projects in the pipeline,
including the New England Solar Farm (“NE Solar Farm”) currently under development located near
Uralla in New South Wales with an expected net capacity of up to 700MW. The NE Solar Farm is being
targeted for financial close by the first half of 2019 with commercial operations targeted by 2021. UPC-
AC Energy Renewables Australia is also developing wind farms on Robbins Island and Jim’s Plain in
North West Tasmania with a targeted net capacity of up to 1,000MW. In addition to the revolver facility,
AC Energy has investment rights to invest equity directly into the projects. UPC-AC Energy Renewables
Australia continues to assess potential investments into additional renewable energy projects across
Australia.
Attributable energy. As of December 2018, the Company’s 2,800 gigawatt hours of attributable energy,
of which 48% is from renewable sources.
In addition to its renewable and conventional energy businesses, AC Energy is also engaged in retail
electricity supply (“RES”). AC Energy obtained an RES license allowing it to sell electricity to end-users
in the contestable market in September 2016. As of December 2018, the Company has entered into
agreements with various customers and end-users for the supply of over 100MW.
In September 2018, the Company, through Arlington Mariveles Netherlands Holding BV, entered into a
share purchase agreement with Aboitiz Power for the sale of a 49% voting stake and 60% economic
stake in AA Thermal, Inc. (“AA Thermal”), a wholly-owned subsidiary (the “AA Thermal Disposition”).
AA Thermal holds the Company’s interests in the GNPower Mariveles Project and in a 2 x 668MW
supercritical coal-fired plant in Bataan (the “GNPower Dinginin Project”), which is currently under
construction.
Risk Factors
Increased competition in the power industry, including competition resulting from legislative, regulatory
and industry restructuring efforts could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations
and financial performance.
The Company’s success depends on its ability to identify, invest in and develop new power projects,
and the Company faces competition to acquire future rights to develop power projects and to generate
and sell power. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to acquire or invest in new
power projects successfully.
The Philippine government has sought to implement measures designed to establish a competitive
power market. These measures include the ongoing privatization of at least 70% of the NPC-owned-
and-controlled power generation facilities and the grant of a concession to operate transmission
facilities, as well as the implementation of retail competition and open access. The move towards a
more competitive environment could result in the emergence of new and numerous competitors. These
competitors may have greater financial resources, and have more extensive experience than the
Company, giving them the ability to respond to operational, technological, financial and other challenges
more quickly than AC Energy.
In addition, any decision to develop and construct power projects in various jurisdictions, including the
Philippines, Indonesia and Vietnam, is made after careful consideration of regulatory requirements,
availability of fiscal incentives, market conditions (including the demand and supply conditions), land
availability, and other considerations.
AC Energy may not successfully implement its growth strategy and the impact of acquisitions,
investments and value realization initiatives could be less favorable than anticipated.
As part of its business strategy, AC Energy seeks to actively manage its portfolio of power projects to
maximize its capital base and has conducted and continues to carry out acquisitions and investments
of varying sizes as well as value realization through certain dispositions, some of which are significant,
This growth strategy could place significant demands on AC Energy’s management and other
resources. AC Energy’s future growth may be adversely affected if it is unable to make these
investments, value realization and capital recycling initiatives or form these partnerships, or if these
investments, value realization and capital recycling initiatives and partnerships prove unsuccessful.
In addition, the Company’s growth to date, in particular driven by acquisitions and investments, has
placed, and the anticipated further expansion of the Company’s operations will continue to place, a
significant strain on the Company’s management, systems and resources. In addition to training,
managing and integrating the Company’s workforce, the Company will need to continue to develop the
Company’s financial and management controls. The Company can provide no assurance that the
Company will be able to efficiently or effectively manage the growth and integration of the Company’s
operations and internationally dispersed businesses and any failure to do so may materially and
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In
addition, if general economic and regulatory conditions or market and competitive conditions change,
or if operations do not generate sufficient funds or other unexpected events occur, AC Energy may
decide to delay, modify or forego some aspects of its growth strategies, and its future growth prospects
could be adversely affected.
The operations of the Company’s power projects are subject to significant government regulation,
including regulated tariffs such as FIT, and AC Energy’s margins and results of operations could be
adversely affected by changes in the law or regulatory schemes.
The inability of the Company and the applicable power projects to predict, influence or respond
appropriately to changes in law or regulatory schemes, including any inability or delay in obtaining
expected or contracted increases in electricity tariff rates or tariff adjustments for increased expenses,
or any inability or delay in obtaining or renewing permits for any facilities, could adversely impact our
results of operations and cash flow. Furthermore, changes in laws or regulations or changes in the
application or interpretation of laws or regulations in jurisdictions where power projects are located,
(particularly utilities where electricity tariffs are subject to regulatory review or approval) could adversely
affect the Company’s business, including, but not limited to:
For renewable assets, pricing is either fixed by regulatory arrangements which operate instead of, or in
addition to, contractual arrangements or is based on market prices. To the extent that costs rise above
the level approved in the tariff, the power projects that are subject to regulated tariffs would bear the
risk. During the life of a project, the relevant government authority may unilaterally impose additional
restrictions on the project’s tariff rates, subject to the regulatory frameworks applicable in each
jurisdiction. Future tariffs may not permit the project to maintain current operating margins, which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations
and prospects.
Failure to obtain financing on reasonable terms or at all could adversely impact the execution of the
Company’s expansion and growth plans.
The Company’s expansion and growth plans are expected to require significant fund raising. As part of
the Company’s current strategy to exceed 5,000MW of renewable energy capacity by 2025, the
Company estimates that it will require around U.S.$2.0 billion of equity financing. The Company’s
continued access to debt and equity financing as a source of funding for new projects, acquisitions and
investments, and for refinancing maturing debt is subject to many factors, including: (i) Philippine
regulations limiting bank exposure (including single borrower limits) to a single borrower or related group
of borrowers; (ii) the Company’s compliance with existing debt covenants; (iii) the ability of the Company
SEC FORM 17-A 70
to service new debt; (iv) the macroeconomic fundamentals driving credit ratings of the Philippines; and
(v) perceptions in the capital markets regarding the Company and the industries and regions in which it
operates and other factors, some of which may be outside of its control, including general conditions in
the debt and equity capital markets, political instability, an economic downturn, social unrest, changes
in the regulatory environments where any power projects are located or the bankruptcy of an unrelated
company operating in one or more of the same industries as the Company, any of which could increase
borrowing costs or restrict the Company’s ability to obtain debt or equity financing. There is no
assurance that the Company will be able to arrange financing on acceptable terms, if at all. Any inability
of the Company to obtain financing from banks and other financial institutions or from capital markets
would adversely affect the Company’s ability to execute its expansion and growth strategies.
The Company’s international businesses and results of operations are subject to the macroeconomic,
social and political developments and conditions of the countries where the Company’s portfolio of
projects are located.
In addition to the Philippines, the Company’s portfolio of power projects in operation and under
construction are currently located in Indonesia and Vietnam, with plans for further international
expansion in other jurisdictions. International operations and plans for further international expansion
may be affected by the respective domestic economic and market conditions as well as social and
political developments in these countries, government interference in the economy in certain countries
and changes in regulatory conditions, and there is no guarantee that the Company’s existing operations
as well as expansion plans will be successful in those countries.
Changes in tax policies, affecting tax exemptions and tax incentives could adversely affect the
Company’s results of operations.
Certain subsidiaries, affiliates and joint ventures of AC Energy, including Montesol, NorthWind, North
Luzon Renewables, GNPK and GMCP, are registered with the Board of Investments (the “BOI”) and
the Philippine Economic Zone Authority (“PEZA”) and benefit from certain incentives including, among
others, income tax holidays (“ITH”) for a certain period and lower corporate income tax upon expiry of
the applicable ITH, and duty-free importation of capital equipment, spare parts and accessories.
The second package of the Comprehensive Tax Reform Program (“CTRP”) is passed into law, or if
these tax exemptions or tax incentives expire, are revoked, or are repealed or other new laws are
enacted, the Company’s tax expense would increase and its profitability would decrease. The
expiration, non-renewal, revocation or repeal of these tax exemptions and tax incentives, the enactment
of any new laws, and any associated impact on the Company, could have a material adverse effect on
the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s long term success is dependent upon its ability to attract and retain key personnel and
in sufficient numbers.
The Company depends on its senior executives and key management members to implement the
Company’s projects and business strategies. If any of these individuals resigns or discontinues his or
her service, it is possible that a suitable replacement may not be found in a timely manner or at all. If
this were to happen, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to successfully
operate its power projects and implement its business strategies.
Power generation involves the use of highly complex machinery and processes and the Company’s
success depends on the effective operation and maintenance of equipment for its power generation
assets. Technical partners and third-party operators are responsible for the operation and maintenance
of certain power projects. Any failure on the part of such technical partners and third-party operators to
properly operate and/or adequately maintain these power projects could have a material adverse effect
on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
AC Energy may not be able to adequately influence the operations of its associates and joint ventures
and the failure of one or more of its strategic partnerships may negatively impacts its business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects.
AC Energy derives a substantial portion of its income from investments in associates and joint ventures,
in which it does not have majority voting control. These relationships involve certain risks including the
possibility that these partners:
• may have economic interests or business goals that are different from the Company;
• be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under relevant agreements, including
shareholder agreements under which the Company has certain voting rights in respect of key
strategic, operating and financial matters;
• take actions or omit to take any actions contrary to, or inconsistent with, the Company’s policies
or objectives or prevailing laws;
• have disputes with the Company as to the scope of their responsibilities and obligations; and/or
• have difficulties in respect of seeking funds for the development or construction of projects.
The success of these partnerships depends significantly on the satisfactory performance by the partners
and the fulfillment of their obligations. If the Company or a strategic partner fails to perform its obligations
satisfactorily, or at all, the partnership may be unable to perform adequately. As a result, cooperation
among its partners or consensus with other shareholders in these entities is crucial to these businesses’
sound operation and financial success. The Company’s business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects may be materially adversely affected if disagreements develop with its
strategic partners and are not resolved in a timely manner.
Risks and delays relating to the development of greenfield power projects could have a material adverse
effect on the Company’s operations and financial performance.
The development of greenfield power projects involves substantial risks that could give rise to delays,
cost overruns, unsatisfactory construction or development in the projects. Such risks include the inability
to secure adequate financing, inability to negotiate acceptable offtake agreements, and unforeseen
engineering and environmental problems, among others. Any such delays, cost overruns,
unsatisfactory construction or development could have a material adverse effect on the business,
financial condition, results of operation and future growth prospects of the Company.
For the Company’s projects under development, the estimated time frame and budget for the
completion of critical tasks may be materially different from the actual completion date and costs, which
may delay the date of commercial operations of the projects or result in cost overruns.
The Company is expanding its power generation operations and there are a number of projects in its
energy portfolio under construction. These projects involve environmental, engineering, construction
and commission risks, which may result in cost overruns, delays or performance that is below expected
levels of output or efficiency. In addition, projects under construction may be affected by the timing of
the issuance of permits and licenses by government agencies, any litigation or disputes, inclement
weather, natural disasters, accidents or unforeseen circumstances, manufacturing and delivery
schedules for key equipment, defect in design or construction, and supply and cost of equipment and
materials. Further, project delays or cancelations or adjustments to the scope of work may occur from
time to time due to incidents of force majeure or legal impediments.
Any restriction or prohibition on the Company’s subsidiaries’, associates’ or joint ventures’ ability to
distribute dividends would have a negative effect on its financial condition and results of operations and
its ability to fulfill its guarantee obligations.
The Company, as a holding company, conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, associates and
joint ventures. As a holding company, the Company’s income is derived primarily from dividends paid
to the Company by its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures.
The Company is reliant on these sources of funds with respect to its obligations and in order to finance
its subsidiaries. The ability of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, associates and joint
ventures to pay dividends to the Company (and their shareholders in general) is subject to applicable
law and may be subject to restrictions contained in loans and/or debt instruments of such subsidiaries
and may also be subject to the deduction of taxes. Currently, the payment of dividends by a Philippine
corporation to another Philippine corporation is not subject to tax.
The administration and operation of power generation projects by project companies involve significant
risks.
The administration and/or operation of power generation projects by project companies involve
significant risks, including:
Climate change policies may adversely affect the Company’s business and prospects.
The Company is currently invested in certain coal-fired power plants in the Philippines. Policy and
regulatory changes, technological developments and market and economic responses relating to
climate change may affect the Company’s business and the markets in which it operates. The
enactment of an international agreement on climate change or other comprehensive legislation focusing
on greenhouse gas emissions could have the effect of restricting the use of coal. Other efforts to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions and initiatives in various countries to use cleaner alternatives to coal such
as natural gas may also affect the use of coal as an energy source.
Environmental regulations may cause the relevant project companies to incur significant costs and
liabilities.
The operations of the Company’s project companies are subject to environmental laws and regulations
by central and local authorities in the countries in which the projects operate. These include laws and
regulations pertaining to pollution, the protection of human health and the environment, air emissions,
wastewater discharges, occupational safety and health, and the generation, handling, treatment,
remediation, use, storage, release and exposure to hazardous substances and wastes. These
requirements are complex, subject to frequent change and have tended to become more stringent over
time. The project companies have incurred, and will continue to incur, costs and capital expenditures in
complying with these laws and regulations and in obtaining and maintaining all necessary permits. While
the project companies have procedures in place to allow it to comply with environmental laws and
regulations, there can be no assurance that these will at all times be in compliance with all of their
respective obligations in the future or that they will be able to obtain or renew all licenses, consents or
other permits necessary to continue operations. Any failure to comply with such laws and regulations
could subject the relevant project company to significant fines, penalties and other liabilities, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects.
The Company’s power project development operations and the operations of the power projects are
subject to inherent operational risks and occupational hazards, which could cause an unexpected
suspension of operations and/or incur substantial costs.
Due to the nature of the business power project development and operations, the Company and its
project companies engage or may engage in certain inherently hazardous activities, including
operations at height, use of heavy machinery and working with flammable and explosive materials.
These operations involve many risks and hazards, including the breakdown, failure or substandard
performance of equipment, the improper installation or operation of equipment, labor disturbances,
natural disasters, environmental hazards and industrial accidents. These hazards can cause personal
injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property and equipment, and environmental damage
and pollution, any of which could result in suspension of the development or operations of any of the
power projects or even imposition of civil or criminal penalties, which could in turn cause the Company
or any of the project companies to incur substantial costs and damage its reputation and may have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company has instituted internal policies with respect to related party transactions and the related
party transaction committee of Ayala Corporation oversees such matters. These related party
transactions may involve conflicts of interest, which, although not contrary to law, may be detrimental
to the Company.
Exchange rate and/or interest rate fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
As a result of the international nature of the Company’s business, changes in foreign currency rates
could have an adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations
and prospects. Currency fluctuations affect the Company because of mismatches between the
currencies in which operating costs are incurred and those in which revenues are received. The
Company’s functional currency is the Philippine Peso, and the Company has and may have assets,
Competitive Strengths
Well-positioned to benefit from a rapidly growing region increasingly embracing renewable energy
sources to address its long-term energy needs
AC Energy believes that it has selected highly attractive markets in the Asia Pacific in which to pursue
growth, particularly in the renewable energy space.
For the period 2007 - 2017, power consumption grew by 5.0% CAGR, according to the DOE. In order
to meet increasing demand, growth in installed capacity is essential and has compelled the Philippine
government to encourage the expansion in renewable energy capacity. The National Renewable
Energy Board (“NREB”) has set a target of reaching 15GW of installed renewable capacity by 2030. In
addition, renewable initiatives are currently in place, including income tax holiday, lower corporate
income tax rate and tax-free importation. The NREB has also launched the Renewable Portfolio
Standards (“RPS”), which mandates distribution utilities to source a portion of their power supply from
renewable energy and requires 35% of power demand to come from renewable energy by 2030.
Similar to the Philippines, Indonesia, over the same period, power generation grew by 6.0% based on
information from the Perusahaan Listrik Negara (“PLN”, Indonesia’s sole electricity business authority),
underpinned by strong economic growth and the government’s electrification efforts. Renewable power
is expected to play a significant role in further supply expansion as the government targets new and
renewable energy sources to account for 23% of total energy generation by 2025 and 31% by 2050. To
support this growth, several renewable initiatives have been introduced or are under review, such as
favorable tariff for solar and wind, income tax and importation incentives.
Vietnam offers one of the most attractive renewable energy markets in the region due to its large
population and rapid nominal GDP growth. Over the same period, electricity consumption grew by
10.7% driven by strong economic growth and the country’s rapidly expanding manufacturing sector,
based on information from the Ministry of Industry and Trade of Vietnam. According to Business Monitor
International (“BMI”), the Vietnam government is targeting power generation of over 330TWh by 2020
and over 695TWh by 2030, which are significantly higher than the aggregate electricity generated in
2017 of 160TWh. Renewable power is expected to play a key role in supporting the expansion in supply
with the revised Power Development Plan 7 (“PDP 7”) targeting 12GW and 6GW, respectively, in solar
and wind by 2030. In addition, renewable initiatives are currently in-place to support this renewable
target: for example, a 20-year FIT for solar and wind import tax exemptions and corporate income tax
reductions.
Being a mature and developed market, Australia offers stability with growth driven by the national
directive to shift towards renewable energy sources and the increasing cost competitiveness of
renewable technology. Australia has an established renewable market underpinned by the Renewable
Energy Act 2000. With the support of positive regulatory framework and the country’s strong renewable
projects pipeline, Australia’s non-hydroelectric renewable market capacity is expected to grow 7.2%
Proven track record of delivering growth, rapid execution, performance and realizing value
In 2011, Ayala Corporation designated AC Energy (formerly AC Energy Holdings, Inc.), as the group’s
platform for its investments in the power sector. In view of the Company’s desire to be responsive to
the rapidly growing power supply needs of the Philippines and to its commitment to sustainability, it
assembled a portfolio and pipeline of projects from both conventional and renewable energy sources.
To deliver on its objectives, on the same year, AC Energy made its initial foray into the renewables
space with its acquisition of a 50.0% stake in Northwind Power Development Corporation (“NorthWind”),
which operates a wind farm operating in Ilocos Norte, for a 16MW attributable capacity. At the time of
the investment, it was the only wind farm in the country and considered the largest in Southeast Asia.
AC Energy also signed a 50:50 JV agreement with the PHINMA Group, a leading diversified business
group in the Philippines, to develop the South Luzon Thermal Energy Corporation (“SLTEC”) coal
project, the Company’s first investment in conventional energy. The project was subsequently expanded
to include a second unit.
Having established its foothold in the Philippine power sector, AC Energy embarked on a series of
strategic power sector investments over the succeeding years.
In 2012, AC Energy announced that it was entering into a joint venture with Power Partners, Ltd. Co.
(“Power Partners”), a private partnership with a long history of power plant development in the
Philippines and founded in 2001, and Sithe Global Power, a company affiliated with the Blackstone
Group, as sponsors of GMCP which was undergoing commissioning at the time.
In 2013, it announced that it entered into an Investment Framework Agreement with UPC Renewables
Partners, and the Philippine Investment Alliance for Infrastructure (“PINAI”), a fund financed by the
Government Service Insurance System, Dutch pension fund asset manager APG Asset Management,
the Macquarie Group and the Asian Development Bank. The agreement saw the launch of the North
Luzon Renewables Project, an 81MW wind farm in Ilocos Norte, the PINAI consortium’s first-ever
investment in the country. In the same year, AC Energy and Power Partners also established a JV to
develop a thermal power plant in Lanao del Norte which would later become the GNPower Kauswagan
Project.
The period from 2014 to 2016 saw AC Energy further growing its attributable capacity and network of
partnerships, in the course of which the Company achieved several key milestones. In addition to the
acquisition of a 50% stake in GNPD, and the start of SLTEC Unit 1 and 2’s commercial operations, in
2016 the Company announced its first geothermal investment and first international investment in
partnership with Star Energy and EGCO of Thailand to acquire a stake in the Salak-Darajat Geothermal
Projects, Chevron’s geothermal operations in Indonesia.
In 2016, AC Energy was granted a RES license by the Energy Regulatory Commission, enabling it to
supply electricity to end-users in contestable markets, after successfully demonstrating its technical,
financial and managerial capability to procure electricity and establish a system and the infrastructure
needed to ensure the supply of electricity to contestable customers. The Company also began
commercial operations of the Montesol Project, its first solar farm project, expanding AC Energy’s
portfolio and renewables technology capabilities to include solar, in addition to thermal, wind and
geothermal.
Starting 2015, AC Energy began to realize value from its earlier investments. Mitsubishi Corporation
(“Mitsubishi”) and Marubeni Corporation (“Marubeni”), among Japan’s largest trading houses and
among the most active Japanese business groups in the country, partnered with AC Energy by acquiring
equity interest in the North Luzon Renewables Project (in 2015) and in SLTEC (in 2016), respectively.
With fresh capital from the sale of its strategic stakes in its portfolio, a larger balance sheet, and the
improved cost efficiency of emerging solar and wind technologies, AC Energy further embarked on the
expansion of its renewable energy and international capabilities.
In 2017, AC Energy acquired 100.0% of San Carlos Clean Energy (now AC Energy Development, Inc.),
a Philippines-based renewable energy developer, further expanding AC Energy’s in-house renewable
energy developmental and operational capability.
In late 2018, AC Energy agreed to the sale of a 60% economic stake in its thermal platform, AA Thermal,
to Aboitiz Power for U.S.$579.2 million, providing the Company with significant realized value and
allowing it to focus on its renewable energy objectives.
Having grown its revenues and equity in net income and attributable capacity, including projects under
construction in the year 2018, AC Energy believes that it has demonstrated its ability to identify and
deliver attractive projects, attract world-class partners that complement its capabilities and create
growth, particularly in the renewable energy space.
Further to its achievements, to date, the Company has also achieved several awards among which are:
Portfolio of projects across geographies, technologies and regulatory regimes provides stable
cashflows, diversification and a strong platform for growth
AC Energy believes that it benefits from a portfolio approach to its investments, providing the Company
with a blend of seasoned and new operating projects that provide stable cashflows underpinned by
attractive, long-term contractual arrangements which are mostly dollar-linked and a diverse business
model (a combination of bilateral contracts, spot sales and FIT contracts), fuel types, geographies and
regulatory regimes that the Company is able to leverage as a platform for renewable capacity expansion
and international growth.
The Northwind Project, Southeast Asia’s first commercial wind farm, is a 52MW wind farm in Ilocos
Norte province. Phases 1 and 2, with combined capacity of 33MW, began commercial operations in
2005 and 2008 respectively, benefit from a FIT rate of P5.76/KWh for 20 years beginning from June
2014. Phase 3 has a FIT rate of P8.53/KWh and is valid for 20 years. The FIT received by the projects
provide a stable selling price that has recently been higher than the WESM’s average Customer
Effective Spot Settlement Price of P3.34/KWh and P4.11/KWh in 2017 and 2018. Phases 1 and 2, and
Phase 3 have demonstrated strong availability factors at 92% and 96% respectively in 2018, owing to
the attractive wind energy potential of the northern Philippines.
The North Luzon Renewables Project, an 81MW wind farm also in Ilocos Norte province, was awarded
a FIT rate of P8.53/KWh from November 2014 and until 20 years thereafter. For 2018, it registered an
availability factor of 94%.
AC Energy’s initial foray into solar energy, the Montesol Project, is an 18MW solar farm in the province
of Negros Oriental in the Visayas region of the Philippines. It is entitled to a FIT rate of P8.69/KWh valid
for 20 years from March 2016. AC Energy believes in the potential for the project to be further expanded
to 50MW.
In Indonesia, the Salak-Darajat Geothermal Projects and Sidrap Wind Project, similarly enjoy attractive
commercial arrangements. The Salak- Darajat Geothermal Projects has PLN, the national electricity
distributor and the Indonesia market’s primary power purchaser, as its offtaker having granted the
project with a take-or-pay contract. The Sidrap Wind Project has a 30-year PPA with the PLN at a US
dollar-linked, levelized tariff of U.S.$0.1141/KWh, providing AC Energy with a hedge against any
potential volatility in the Indonesia Rupiah.
GMCP, AC Energy’s largest operating power asset in its portfolio to-date, in partnership with Power
Partners and Aboitiz Power, provides the Company with access to a highly attractive 2 x 316MW clean
pulverized coalfired power generation facility. Located in the Luzon island, the country’s population and
SEC FORM 17-A 77
industrial base, over 95% of GMCP’s offtake is contracted by electric cooperatives, with PPSAs ranging
from 10 to 15 years. Most of the electric cooperatives that are off-takers of GMCP are rated AAA by the
National Electrification Administration as of end-2017. GMCP began commercial operations in February
2014.
SLTEC similarly benefits from its proximity to the Mega Manila area, the region covering Metro Manila,
Central Luzon, and the CALABARZON area and the country’s economic center. SLTEC’s capacity is
fully contracted under a 15-year PPA. Unit 1 and 2 of SLTEC began commercial operations in April
2015 and February 2016 respectively.
Pipeline of projects in partnership with recognized and accomplished power industry developers,
operators and investors provides a visible path to growth
AC Energy believes that its partners in its domestic and international operations are some of the most
established developers and operators of conventional and renewable assets. In addition to pursuing
attractive investment opportunities together with the sector’s most established names, AC Energy
believes that its commitment to its objectives, visible track record of success in achieving growth and
the ability to forge partnerships in various market segments has made it a partner of choice.
Key among AC Energy’s partners in the conventional energy business in the Philippines are Power
Partners, Marubeni and PHINMA Energy Corporation (“PHINMA Energy”). Power Partners is a private
limited partnership organized and established in the Philippines in 2001 and formed by principals having
extensive backgrounds in power development both in the Philippines and around the world. Marubeni
has significant power presence in the country such as through the Ilijan natural gas-fired plant, Sual
and Pagbilao coal-fired plants and the San Roque hydro plant. PHINMA Energy is an integrated power
solutions company engaged in power generation and electricity supply, renewable energy, and resource
exploration and development.
Aboitiz Power Corporation, one of the country’s largest power generation companies by gross installed
capacity, has been a partner of the Company in the GNPower Mariveles and the GNPower Dinginin
Projects, and a shareholder in both projects prior to AC Energy’s selldown of its stake in AA Thermal.
Aboitiz Power Corporation is led by the Spanish-Filipino Aboitiz family, whose involvement in the
Philippine power sector began in 1905. To-date, Aboitiz Power and its affiliated companies collectively
is one of the country’s largest business conglomerates, with a long history of operating conventional
power assets.
PINAI, an infrastructure-focused fund whose investors include the Macquarie Group, and the Asian
Development Fund, has also been a repeat partner of the group. Initially a partner for the North Luzon
Renewables Project, PINAI subsequently co-invested in the GNPower Kauswagan Project, joining AC
Energy and Power Partners as an additional limited partner.
The GNPower Kauswagan and GNPower Dinginin projects, are scheduled to commence commercial
operations from 2019 to 2020 and are expected to add 552MW of subcritical and 1,336 MW of
supercritical net capacity into the system, respectively, of which an aggregate of 1,137MW is attributable
to AC Energy.
In the international space, the Company has partnered with UPC Renewables, a U.S.-based renewable
energy developer with over 20 years of global experience in the construction and operations of wind
and solar energy projects. UPC Renewables has developed over 3,500MW of wind and solar projects,
has a presence across 12 countries and has built 70 projects with approximately U.S.$5.0 billion of
project debt and equity deployed.
AC Energy began its partnership with UPC Renewables in the North Luzon Renewables Project.
Subsequent to this, AC Energy and UPC Renewables expanded their partnership by developing and
constructing the Sidrap Wind Project. Inaugurated by Indonesia’s President Joko Widodo, the Sidrap
Wind Project is AC Energy’s first offshore and Indonesia’s first utility-scale wind farm.
In 2018, UPC Renewables and AC Energy established a joint venture, UPC-AC Energy Renewables
Australia, which saw AC Energy invest U.S.$30 million for a 50% equity stake and provide a U.S.$200
million facility to fund the partnership’s equity needs. UPC-AC Energy Renewables Australia is
developing the Robbins Island and Jim’s Plain wind projects and the NE Solar Farm located in Australia,
which in total potentially combine for up to 1,700MW of renewable energy capacity.
In Southeast Asia, AC Energy has forged ties with The Blue Circle, the BIM Group, the AMI Group and
Star Energy for various wind, solar and geothermal projects. Through The Blue Circle, AC Energy is
participating in the development of The Blue Circle’s pipeline of projects across Southeast Asia.
AC Energy believes that its various partnerships provide it with the ability to source high quality projects
efficiently and with local market expertise. Collectively, the Company’s current partnerships provide
visibility to over 4GW of expected gross capacity across wind, solar and geothermal projects in the
Philippines, Indonesia, Vietnam and Australia, helping drive the Company towards its goal of achieving
5GW of attributable capacity from renewable energy sources by 2025.
Bank of the Philippine Islands’ highlights of Consolidated Statements of Condition and Statements of
Income are shown in the Note 10 of the Group’s 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements as well as in
the BPI’s 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements which form part of Index to Financial Statements
and Supplementary Schedules of this SEC 17A report.
The Ayala Group conducts its financial services business through Bank of the Philippine Islands
(alternately referred to as BPI, “the Bank” or “the Company” in the entire discussion of Bank of the
Philippine Islands). BPI is a Philippine-based universal bank with an expanded banking license.
Founded in 1851, BPI is the country’s oldest bank. In the post-World War II era, BPI evolved, largely
through a series of mergers and acquisitions during the 1980s and 1990s, from a purely commercial
bank to a fully diversified universal bank with activities encompassing traditional commercial banking
as well as investment and consumer banking.
Together with its subsidiaries, BPI offers a wide range of financial services that include corporate
banking, consumer banking, consumer lending, investment banking, asset management, securities
distribution, insurance services and leasing. Such services are offered to a wide range of customers,
including multinationals, government entities, large corporations, SMEs and individuals.
BPI is the Philippines’ third largest banking institution in terms of total assets and equity capital, and is
among the highest in the industry in terms of market capitalization. The bank is licensed by the Bangko
Sentral ng Pilipinas (“BSP”) to provide universal banking services and has a significant share of total
banking system deposits, loans, and investment assets under management. It is recognized as one of
the country’s top providers of cross-border remittances, life and non-life bancassurance services, as
well as asset finance and leasing. BPI also has a significant capital markets presence, particularly in
fixed income and equities underwriting, distribution and brokerage. It is a significant provider of foreign
exchange to both retail and corporate clients. The bank also has the country’s second largest branch
network. It is a leader and innovator in the use of automated branch processes as well as in the use of
electronic channels. The bank operates the country’s second largest ATM network, and is also a major
provider of financial services through internet banking, mobile banking, and phone banking.
Historical Background. Founded in 1851, BPI was the first bank formed in the Philippines and was the
issuer of the country’s first currency notes in 1855. It opened its first branch in Iloilo in 1897 and
pioneered in sugar crop loans. It also financed the first tram service, telephone system, and electric
power utility in Manila and the first steamship in the country. As such, BPI and its “escudo” ranks as
one of the largest home-grown Philippine brands and carries an extensive legacy.
Recent History. For many years after its founding, BPI was the only domestic commercial bank in the
Philippines. BPI’s business was largely focused on deposit taking and extending credit to exporters and
local traders of raw materials and commodities, such as sugar, tobacco, coffee, and indigo, as well as
funding public infrastructure. In keeping with the regulatory model set by the Glass Steagall Act of 1932,
the Bank operated for many years as a private commercial bank. In the early 1980s, the Monetary
Board of the Central Bank of the Philippines (now the BSP) allowed BPI to evolve into a fully diversified
universal bank, with activities encompassing traditional commercial banking as well as investment and
consumer banking. This transformation into a universal bank was accomplished through both organic
growth and mergers and acquisitions, with BPI absorbing an investment house, a stock brokerage, a
leasing company, a savings bank, a retail finance company, and bancassurance platforms.
BPI consummated three bank mergers since the late 1990s. In 1996, it merged with City Trust Banking
Corp., the retail banking arm of Citibank in the Philippines, which enhanced its franchise in consumer
banking. In 2000, BPI acquired Far East Bank & Trust Company (FEBTC), then the largest banking
merger in the Philippines. This merger established BPI’s dominance in asset management & trust
services and branch banking; furthermore, it enhanced the Bank’s penetration of middle market clients.
In 2000, BPI also formalized its acquisition of three major insurance companies in the life, non-life and
reinsurance fields. In 2005, BPI acquired and merged with Prudential Bank, a medium sized bank with
a clientele of middle market entrepreneurs.
In December 2014, BPI completed a strategic partnership with Century Tokyo Leasing Corp., one of
the largest leasing companies in Japan, to form BPI Century Tokyo Lease & Finance Corp., with BPI
retaining 51% of ownership. This strategic partnership is expected to help BPI innovate in asset
financing products and enhance the service experience of an expanding base of Philippine consumers
and corporations seeking asset leasing and rental solutions.
BPI evolved to its present position as a leader in Philippine banking through a continuous process of
improving its array of products and services, while maintaining a balanced and diversified risk profile
that helped reinforce the stability of its earnings.
Business Milestones (2015-2018). On August 2015, BPI completed another strategic partnership with
Global Payments, an Atlanta-based, NYSE-listed provider of international payment services. By
combining its merchant acquiring network with that of GPN, BPI stands to provide enhanced services
to its card customers, as well as to its merchant clients. The partnership with GPN remained 49%
owned by BPI.
Last August 2016, BPI acquired a 10% minority stake in Rizal Bank Inc. (RBI), a member institution of
Center for Agriculture and Rural Development Mutually Reinforcing Institutions (CARD MRI), a group
of social development organizations that specialize in microfinance.
Effective September 20, 2016, BPI has taken full control over BPI Globe BanKO, Inc. after acquiring
the 20% and 40% stake of Ayala Corporation and Globe Telecom, respectively. On December 29, 2016,
the Securities and Exchange Commission approved change of the corporate name to BPI Direct BanKo,
Inc., A Savings Bank, after BPI Direct absorbed the entire assets and liabilities of BanKO.
Also on December 29, 2016, BPI has successfully spun off its BPI Asset Management and Trust Group
(BPI AMTG) to a newly-established Stand-Alone Trust Corporation (SATC) named BPI Asset
Management and Trust Corp. (BPI AMTC). BPI AMTC officially commenced its operations on February
1, 2017.
In 2018, BPI tapped the equity and debt capital markets with landmark issuances, starting with the P50
billion stock rights offering (SRO) in May 2018. This was followed by the issuance of USD600 million in
senior unsecured bonds in August 2018, and the issuance of P25 billion in peso fixed rate bonds in
December 2018. The overwhelming success of these fund-raising transactions is testament to the
strength of the BPI franchise.
(1) BPI Family Savings Bank, Inc. (“BFSB”) is BPI’s flagship platform for retail lending, in particular,
housing, auto, and small business loans. It is also one of BPI’s primary vehicles for retail deposits.
BFSB was acquired by BPI in 1984;
(2) BPI Capital Corp. (“BPI Cap”) is an investment house focused on corporate finance and the
underwriting, distribution, and trading of debt and equity securities. It began operations in December
1994. BPI Cap wholly owns BPI Securities Corp., a stock brokerage;
(3) BPI Direct BanKo, Inc., A Savings Bank (“BanKo”), serves microfinance customers through branch,
electronic, and partnership channels. Founded in February 2000 as BPI Globe BanKO, it is now
wholly-owned, following a September 2016 purchase of stakes owned by Ayala Corp. (20%) and
Globe Telecom, Inc. (40%) and a December 2016 merger with BPI Direct Savings Bank, Inc.;
(4) BPI International Finance Limited (“BPI IFL”) is a deposit taking company in Hong Kong. Originally
established in August 1974, it provides deposit services as well as client-directed sourcing services
for international investments. On November 21, 2018 BPI IFL distributed its shares in BPI
Remittance Centre Hong Kong Ltd. (“BERC HK”) as a property dividend to the Parent Bank. BERC
HK became an immediate subsidiary of the Parent Bank following this. BERC HK is a Licensed
Money Service Operator in Hong Kong servicing the remittance services to beneficiaries residing
throughout the Philippines;
(5) BPI Europe Plc. (”BPI Europe”) commenced operations in the United Kingdom in May 2007 as a
bank registered in England and Wales. It is a UK-licensed bank authorized by the Prudential
(6) BPI Century Tokyo Lease & Finance Corp. (“BPI CTL”) is a non-bank financial institution (“NBFI”)
that provides financing services pursuant to the Financing Company Act. BPI CTL is a joint venture
with Century Tokyo Leasing Corp., who purchased a 49% stake in 2014. BPI CTL wholly owns BPI
Century Tokyo Rental Corp., which offers operating leases;
(7) BPI/MS Insurance Corp. (“BPI MS”) is a non-life insurance company. It is a joint venture with Mitsui
Sumitomo Insurance Co. (who owns a 49% stake), and is the result of a merger of FGU Insurance
Co. and FEB Mitsui Marine Insurance Co., which was acquired as a subsidiary of Far East Bank in
2000.
(8) BPI Asset Management and Trust Corporation (“BPI AMTC”) is a Stand Alone Trust Corporation
(SATC) serving both individual and institutional investors with a full suite of local and global
investment solutions. BPI AMTC was established after a Certificate of Authority to Operate was
issued by the BSP on December 29, 2016 and it started operations on February 1, 2017.
(9) BPI Investment Management Inc. (“BIMI”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and serves as
the Bank’s manager and investment advisor to the ALFM mutual funds (which comprise a number
of open-end investment companies registered with, and regulated by, the SEC). BIMI is also
responsible for formulating and executing the funds’ investment strategies.
The Bank offers a wide range of corporate, commercial and retail banking products. The Bank
has two major categories for products & services. The first category covers its core financial
intermediation business, which includes, deposit taking, lending, and securities investments.
Revenue from this category is collectively termed as net interest income and accounts for about
71% of net revenues. The second category covers services ancillary to the Banks’ financial
intermediation business, and from which it derives transaction-based commissions, service charges
& other fees. These include investment banking & corporate finance fees, asset management &
trust fees, foreign exchange gains, securities distribution fees, securities trading gains, credit card
membership fees, rental of bank assets, income from insurance subsidiaries and service charges
or commissions earned on international trade transactions, drafts, fund transfers, and various
deposit related services. Commissions, service charges, and other fees, when combined with
trading gains and losses arising from the Bank’s fixed income and foreign exchange operations,
constitute non-interest income, which accounts for the remaining 29% of net revenues .
Distribution Network
BPI had 856 branches across the country, including 12 kiosk branches, as of end 2018. Kiosks are
branches much smaller than traditional full-service branches, but are fully equipped with terminals
allowing direct electronic access to product information and customers’ accounts, as well as
processing of self-service transactions. Kiosks serve as sales outlets in high foot traffic areas such
as supermarkets, shopping malls, transit stations, and large commercial establishments.
Additionally, there are 200 BPI Direct BanKo branches and Business-Lite Units (BLUs) set up in
strategic locations in the country. BPI Direct BanKo, originally set-up as a joint venture with Ayala
Corp. and Globe Telecom, is the country’s first mobile-based savings bank whose goal is to extend
microfinance services to the lower end of the market, thereby promoting financial inclusion.
Overseas, BPI has one (1) Hong Kong office (BPI IFL) and two (2) BPI Europe offices in London.
On the lending side, there are 26 business centers, servicing both corporate and retail clients,
across the country to process loan applications, loan releases, and international trade transactions.
These centers also provide after-sales servicing of loan accounts.
BPI’s ATM network has grown to a total of 3,034 terminals as of end-2018 of which 2,421 are ATMs
and 613 are Cash Accept Machines. This complements the branch network by providing cash
related banking services to customers at any place and time of the day. In addition, the
interconnection with Bancnet gives BPI cardholders access to over 20,771 ATMs across the
country. BPI’s ATM network is likewise interconnected with Mastercard, China Union Pay (CUP),
Discover/Diners, JCB, and Visa. Through the Bank’s extensive physical and digital networks, the
Bank provides a broad range of value-added services to its clients, enhancing convenience and
self-service capabilities, as well as greater accessibility.
The Retail Digital Platforms (online and mobile) of BPI provide clients a reliable, safe and intuitive
digital banking experience. This translates to an ultimate convenience through quick and paperless
transactions anytime, anywhere. Aside from the standard banking features (i.e. Account inquiry,
Funds transfer, Bills payment), the digital platforms have introduced a new set of innovative features
and service. These include:
• Transfer via QR Code – making transferring money to unenrolled account as easy as taking or
uploading a photo.
• Expanded Reloading merchants – reloading to all telco networks is now available, as well as
other prepaid merchants like Meralco Kuryente Load and Cignal.
• Debit Card control - clients can now manage their purchase limits for POS transactions,
withdrawal limits, and temporarily or permanently block their debit cards on their own.
• Biometric login makes a safer and quicker way to login on the app.
• OTP as a primary security feature adds an extra layer of security to validate that transactions
are really done by the client.
• Plus, Transfer to other BPI accounts is now available on both the BPI web and app platforms.
BPI Phone Banking provides clients with 24/7 self-service banking facilities and a gateway to get
live support through the Bank's Contact Center. Using any phone, customers can call 89-100 to
inquire their account balances and latest transactions, transfer funds to other BPI accounts in real
time and pay for their various bills. Concerns and queries on any of BPI's products and services are
addressed by the highly-trained Phone Banking Specialists any time, any day.
Competition
Mergers, acquisitions and closures continued to reduce the number of players in the industry from
a high of 50 upon the liberalization of rules on the entry of foreign banks, down to 45 universal and
commercial banks in December 2018.
Lending by universal and commercial banks, excluding thrift banks, grew by 14.6% in 2018 or 2.7
percentage points lower versus registered growth in 2017. The top five industry performers were
arts, entertainment and recreation, construction, financial and insurance activities, water supply,
sewerage, waste management and remediation activities, and mining and quarrying, education,
public administration and activities of households as employers and undifferentiated goods-and-
services-producing activities of households for own use which grew by 41.1%, 36.1%, 30.5%,
22.3% and 22.1%, respectively. Decent credit demands were also seen from education,
agriculture, forestry and fishing, transportation and storage, wholesale and retail trade, repair of
motor vehicles, motorcycles, and mining and quarrying. Consumer loans also grew by 14.6% in
December 2018 versus the prior year.
While the Philippine Economy slightly slowed down from the 6.7% growth recorded in 2017, it is
expected to beat its 2018 growth of 6.2% to at least 6.5% in 2019 on sustained investment inflows,
easing inflation and election driven spending. The Government’s big ticket infrastructure projects
were able to take off backed by the Comprehensive Tax Reform Program which also yielded to
increased purchasing power of the income earning populations.
BPI on its part will continue to grow its corporate and consumer clients while giving focus on small
and medium size lending. The prioritization of SMEs was concretized by launching Business Bank
last year. On microfinance, the Bank opened additional 100 BanKo branches and ended 2018 at
200.
Based on required published statements by the BSP as of December 2018, BPI is the third largest
bank operating in the country in terms of assets, customer loans, deposits and capital. The Bank
ranks second in terms of asset management and trust business. Total assets of BPI, based on
Philippine Accounting Standards (PAS) compliant audited financial statements, are higher than the
published statements prepared along BSP standards.
BPI sells its products and services through the BPI trademark and/or trade name. All its major
financial subsidiaries carry the BPI name prefix (e.g., BPI Family Savings Bank, BPI Capital, BPI
Securities, BPI Leasing, and BPI Direct BanKo), and so do its major product & service lines.
Following are some of BPI’s trademarks for its products and services:
At BPI Family Savings Bank, the product trademarks include the BPI Family Housing Loan with BPI
Family Housing Loan Paybreak variant, the BPI Family Auto Loan, and BPI Family Ka-Negosyo
Business Loans (BPI Family Ka Negosyo Credit Line, BPI Family Ka-Negosyo Franchising Loan
and BPI Family Ka-Negosyo Term Loan). Other product brands of BPI, BFSB and BPI Direct BanKo
are Kaya Savings, Jumpstart, PondoKo Savings, Maxi-One, Save-up, Advance Savings, Maxi-
Saver, Pamana Savings Account, Pamana Padala, Padala Moneyger, Ka Negosyo Checking
Account, Plan Ahead, the BPI Personal Loan and a loan product specifically offered by BPI Direct
BanKo, BanKo NegosyoKo.
All the Bank’s Trademark registrations are valid for 10 years with years of expiration varying from
year 2018 to 2028. Trademarks intended to be used or maintained by the Bank are so maintained
and renewed in accordance with applicable Intellectual Property laws and regulations. The Bank
closely monitors the expiry/renewal dates of its trademarks to protect the Bank’s brand equity.
In terms of business licenses, BPI has an expanded commercial banking license while BFSB and
BanKo have savings bank licenses. BPI Cap has an investment house license and is a registered
Government Securities Eligible Dealer (GSED) with Broker Dealer of Securities and Mutual Fund
Distributor. BPI CTL has a finance company license. BPI AMTC has a trust license, securities
custodian license and is a PERA-accredited administrator while BIMI has an investment company
adviser license, mutual fund distributor license, and is a registered transfer agent. BPI MS was
granted by the Insurance Commission a Certificate of Authority to transact and sell non-life
insurance products.
For foreign business licenses, BPI Europe has a UK banking license authorized by the Prudential
Regulation Authority. Meanwhile, BPI IFL is licensed by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority as a
deposit-taking company. It was further granted by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures
Commission with licenses to engage in securities dealing and advising, and asset management.
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into various transactions with its Directors,
Officers, Stockholders and their Related Interest, or DOSRI, including loan transactions. BPI and
all its subsidiaries have always been in compliance with the General Banking Act, BSP Circulars
and regulations on DOSRI loans and transactions. As of December 31, 2018, DOSRI loans
amounted to 0.60% of loans and advances as per Note 26 of the 2018 Audited Financial
Statements.
Government Regulations
Under the General Banking Act, the Monetary Board of the BSP is responsible for regulating and
supervising financial intermediaries like BPI. The implementation and enforcement of the BSP
regulations is primarily the responsibility of the supervision and examination sector of the BSP.
The General Banking Act was revised in 2000. The revisions allow (1) the issuance of tier 2 capital
and its inclusion in the capital ratio computation, and (2) the 100% acquisition of a local bank by a
foreign bank. The second item removes the advantage of a local bank over a foreign bank in the
area of branching. In 2005, the BSP issued Circular No. 494 covering the guidelines in adopting
the provision of Philippine Financial Reporting Standards (PFRS) and Philippine Accounting
Standards (PAS) effective the annual financial reporting period beginning 1 January 2005. These
new accounting standards aim to promote fairness, transparency and accuracy in financial
reporting.
In July 2007, the risk-based Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) under the Basel II accord, which assigns
risk weights for credit, market and operational risks, was implemented by the BSP through BSP
Circular No. 538. The circular, which covers all universal and commercial banks including their
subsidiary banks and quasi-banks, also maintained the 10% minimum capital adequacy ratio for
both solo and consolidated basis. Subsequently, the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment
Process (ICAAP) guidelines were issued in 2009 for adoption by January 2011.
On January 6, 2012, the BSP announced that universal and commercial banks will be required to
adopt the capital adequacy standards under Basel III starting January 1, 2014. On January 15,
2013, the BSP issued Circular No. 781, which prescribes the new capital adequacy standards in
accordance with Basel III. This circular took effect in January 1, 2014.
On March 29, 2012, the BSP issued Circular No. 753 mandating the unification of the statutory/legal
and liquidity reserves requirements on Peso deposits and Peso deposit substitutes. As such,
effective the week of April 6, 2012, non-foreign currency deposit, unit deposit liabilities, including
Peso demand, savings and time deposits, negotiable orders of withdrawal of accounts, and deposit
substitutes, are subject to required reserves equivalent of 18%. Likewise, a universal bank is
required to set up reserves of 15% against Peso-denominated “Trust and Other Fiduciary Accounts
(TOFA) — Others.”
On June 27, 2014, the BSP issued Circular No. 839 which set prudential real estate stress test
limits of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio of 6% and risk-based capital adequacy ratio
(CAR of 10% for universal/commercial banks (U/KBs), thrift banks (TBs) on a solo and consolidated
basis on their aggregate real estate exposures (REEs). The stress test will be undertaken on a
U/KB’s or TB’s REEs and other real estate property under an assumed write-off rate of 25%.
On October 29, 2014, the BSP issued Circular No. 856 requiring Domestic Systematically Important
Banks (DSIBs) to submit data requirements for identification of DSIBs, starting with 2014 data.
DSIBs will also be required to comply with the additional higher loss absorbency, phased-in from
January 1, 2017, with full implementation by January 1, 2019. This circular took effect on December
31, 2014.
On June 9, 2015, the BSP issued Circular No. 881, requiring banks to maintain a minimum leverage
ratio (Tier 1 capital / Exposure Measure) of 5.0% on both solo and consolidated bases. Starting
December 31, 2014 and every quarter thereafter until December 31, 2016, concerned banks shall
submit the Basel III Leverage Ratio reporting template, including required disclosure template, on
both solo and consolidated bases for monitoring purposes. Final guidelines shall be issued in view
of the changes to the framework as well as migration from monitoring of the leverage ratio to a Pillar
1 requirement starting January 1, 2017.
On March 10, 2016, the BSP issued Circular Nos. 904 and 905.
• BSP Circular No. 904 requires DSIBs to submit their first recovery plan on June 30, 2016 and
for the recovery plan to form an integral part of the ICAAP to be submitted every 31 March of
each year.
• BSP issued Circular No. 905 requires banks to maintain a minimum Liquidity Coverage Ratio
(LCR) on a daily basis with required BSP reporting of quarterly on a consolidated basis and
monthly on a solo basis. The LCR shall be implemented on a phased-in arrangement with
prescribed minimum set initially at 90% in 2018 and shall rise to the minimum required level of
100% on January 1, 2019.
On May 27, 2016, the BSP issued Circular No. 912 which contains the guidelines on the adoption
of the full provisions of PFRS 9 Financial Instruments effective January 1, 2018 and on the closure
of early adoption window of the PFRS 9 Financial Instruments.
On June 2, 2016, BSP announced thru Circular No. 913, the formal shift in its monetary operations
to an interest rate corridor (IRC) system starting June 3, 2016. The IRC is a system for guiding
short-term market rates towards the BSP policy interest rate which is the overnight reverse
repurchase (RRP) rate. The IRC system consists of the following instruments: standing liquidity
facilities, namely, the overnight lending facility (OLF) and the overnight deposit facility (ODF); the
overnight RRP facility; and a term deposit auction facility (TDF).
On January 20, 2017, BSP issued BSP Circular No. 941, Amendments to the Regulations on Past
Due and Non-Performing Loans, which amends the regulatory definition of past due accounts,
restructured loans non-performing loans and other related provisions, effective January 1, 2018. In
general, this provides a 30-day cure period within which to allow the borrowers to catch up on their
late payments without being considered as past due, subject to meeting certain criteria as provided
in the memo.
On December 19, 2017, Republic Act No. 10963, otherwise known as the “Tax Reform for
Acceleration and Inclusion” (TRAIN) was signed into law. This is the first package of the
Comprehensive Tax Reform Program (CTRP), which amends various provisions of the 1997
National Internal Revenue Code. Sections 51 to 70 of TRAIN law amends certain sections of NIRC
covering documentary stamp tax (DST). Other than DST on debt instruments which increased by
50%, all other increases are 100%. The law will take effect starting January 1, 2018.
On January 4, 2018, BSP issued the BSP Circular No. 989, also known as the “Guidelines on the
Conduct of Stress Testing Exercises” was issued. This circular provides the overarching
governance standards and risk management expectations on stress testing practices in the
banking industry. The BSP is issuing the stress testing guidelines as part of its continuing initiatives
to further strengthen risk governance and contribute to the sustained safety and soundness of the
industry. Stress testing allows banks to prepare for events with severe financial impact. In
particular, based on the results of stress testing, banks may adopt proactive measures such as the
implementation of capital build up initiatives or enhancement of risk management practices all
aimed at improving their resilience in times of actual crisis.
On January 22, 2018, BSP issued the BSP Circular No. 990, Amendments to the Basel III Leverage
Ratio Framework. Banks/QBs concerned shall submit the Basel lll Leverage Ratio reporting
template, including required disclosure templates, on both solo and consolidated bases for
monitoring purposes. During the monitoring period, public disclosure of information relative to
leverage ratio shall not be required. The monitoring of the leverage ratio shall be implemented as
a pillar 1 minimum requirement effective on 01 July 2018. Upon migration to a Pillar 1 requirement,
the Basel lll Leverage Ratio report shall be submitted quarterly along with the Basel lll CAR report
on both solo and consolidated bases.
On June 6, 2018, BSP issued BSP Circular No. 1007, Implementing Guidelines on the adoption of
the Basel III Framework on Liquidity Standards - Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). Bank/QB shall
maintain a stable funding profile, at least 100% at all times, in relation to the composition of its
assets and off-balance sheet activities in order to promote long-term resilience against liquidity
risk. The NSFR framework shall apply to all universal and commercial banks (UBs/KBs) and their
subsidiary banks and QBs on both solo and consolidated bases. Banks/QBs shall undergo an
observation period from July 1 to December 31, 2018 and shall take effect on 01 January 2019.
On August 14, 2018, BSP issued Circular No. 1011, Guidelines on the Adoption of the PFRS 9 –
Financial Instruments. It is the thrust of the BSP to align its financial reporting requirements with
standards and practices that are widely accepted internationally to promote fairness, transparency,
and accountability in the financial industry. In this light, the Monetary Board in its Resolution No.
1226 dated 26 July 2018, approved guidelines governing the adoption of PFRS 9. To ensure
consistency of application and comparability of financial reports, BSP Supervised Financial
Institutions (BSFIs) shall adopt the ff.: (a) accounting treatment of government grants, preparation
of (b) prudential reports and (c) audited financial statements, (d) guidelines on the adoption of
PFRS 9 financial instruments, (e) enforcement actions, and (f) transitory provisions.
On August 23, 2018, SEC released SEC memorandum circular MC No.12-2018, Guidelines on the
issuance of Green Bonds under the ASEAN Green Bonds standards in the Philippines, whereas
Green Bonds are specific purpose bonds where proceeds will be exclusively applied to finance or
refinance, in part or in full, new and/or existing eligible Green Projects, and that comply with the
ASEAN Green Bond Standards. Effectivity date take effect fifteen (15) days after its publication in
a newspaper of general circulation.
On December 6, 2018, the BSP also released Circular No. 1024 on the Philippine Adoption of the
Basel III Countercyclical Buffer. The countercyclical buffer (“CCyB”) extends the size of the capital
conservation buffer by a percentage set annually by the regulators. It aims to achieve a broader
macroprudential goal of protecting the banking sector from the build-up of systemic vulnerabilities.
At the moment, CCyB for Philippine banks is set to 0%.
Below is a breakdown of the manpower complement of BPI in 2018 as well as the approved
headcount for 2019.
December 31, 2018 Actual December 31, 2019 Plan
Officers Staff Total Officers Staff Total
Unibank 6,541 11,749 18,290 7,096 12,599 19,695
Consumer 4,176 10,228 14,404 4,592 11,077 15,669
Corporate 840 792 1,632 930 792 1,722
Investment 418 248 666 418 248 666
Support 1,107 481 1,588 1,156 482 1,638
Insurance Companies 120 501 621 120 501 621
TOTAL 6,661 12,250 18,911 7,216 13,100 20,316
Majority or 90% of the staff are members of various unions and are subject to Collective Bargaining
Agreements (CBAs). The current CBA of the parent company was concluded / signed last May 31,
2016 for Provincial Union and September 16, 2016 for Metro Manila Union, which covers the period
of April 1, 2016 to March 31, 2019. Currently there are ongoing negotiations for the parent company.
The period covered is April 1, 2019 until March 31, 2021
CBA for BPI Family Savings Bank was concluded/ signed last December 13, 2018. The BFSB
CBA covers the period November 1, 2018 to October 31, 2020.
Risk Management
The Bank espouses a comprehensive risk management and capital management framework, which
integrates the management of all its financial and non-financial risk exposures. The framework
conforms not only to the Bank’s own rigorous standards, but also the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas
directives in promoting an effective ICAAP and other risk management processes; and ensures that
the Bank has adequate liquidity and capital levels to mitigate risks, as well as robust business
continuity and crisis resiliency standards in place. The framework focuses on three (3) key
components of:
BPI’s Board of Directors fulfills its risk management function through the Risk Management
Committee (RMC). At the management level, the Risk Management Office (RMO) is headed by the
Chief Risk Officer (CRO). The CRO is responsible in leading the formulation of risk management
policies, methodologies, and metrics in alignment with the overall business strategy of the Bank,
ensuring that risks are prudently and rationally undertaken and within the Bank’s risk appetite, as
well as commensurate and disciplined to maximize returns on capital. The CRO and the RMO
facilitate risk management learning programs and promote best practices on an enterprise-wide
basis.
The Bank’s risk exposures are identified, measured, and monitored, and controlled according to
three (3) major classifications:
▪ Credit Risk, the largest single risk for most local banks, arises from the Bank’s core lending
and investing businesses, and involves the thorough credit evaluation, appropriate approval,
management and continuous monitoring of exposure risks, such as borrower (or
counterparty) risk, facility risk, concentrations and industry risk relating to each loan account.
In BPI, the entire credit risk management process is governed by stringent underwriting
policies and rating parameters, and lending procedures and standards which are regularly
reviewed and updated given regulatory requirements and market developments. The Bank’s
loan portfolio is continuously monitored and reviewed as to overall asset quality,
concentration and utilization of limits. The Bank continuously experiences growth in loan
volumes but is able to manage overall low credit risk and maintain asset quality (as evidenced
by generally low NPLs and adequate reserves cover), and did so in general compliance with
regulatory and prudential requirements relating to credit risk management (e.g. RPT and
DOSRI restrictions, single borrower’s limits, and credit concentration, internal and regulatory
stress tests, among others).
▪ Operational and IT Risks arise from the Bank’s people and processes, its information
technology, threats to the security of its facilities, personnel, or data, models, business
interruption risk, reputational risk, and compliance obligations to regulatory or taxing
authorities, amongst others. Operational and IT risk management in the Bank involves the
formulation of policies, setting and monitoring of key risk indicators, overseeing the
thoroughness of bank-wide risk and control self-assessments and loss incident
management; and in the process, creating and maintaining a sound business operating
environment that ensures and protects the integrity of the Bank’s assets, transactions,
reputation, records and data of the Bank and its customers, the enforceability of the Bank’s
claims, and compliance with all pertinent legal and regulatory parameters. The Bank’s
actual operational losses are generally less than 1% of the Bank’s annual gross income, which
is well within the Bank’s appetite for operational and IT risks.
Risk management is carried out by a dedicated team of skilled risk managers and senior officers
who have extensive prior operational experience working within the Bank. The Bank’s risk
managers regularly monitor key risk indicators and report exposures against carefully-
established credit, market, liquidity and operational and IT risk metrics and limits approved
by the RMC. Finally, independent reviews are regularly conducted by the Bank’s Internal Audit
group, regulatory examiners, and external auditors to ensure that risk controls and mitigants are
in place and functioning effectively as intended.
BPI also has a Board-approved IT risk governance structure that espouses the three lines of
defense. Identification, assessment, monitoring and addressing IT Risks is the primary
responsibility of the business and operating units, including the Bank's Information Systems Group,
through tools such as Risk Assessments, Key Risk Indicator (KRI) monitoring, Loss Event Data
(LED) collection and analysis. There is an IT Risk Committee and IT Steering Committee that
meets regularly, where IT risk issues are discussed at management level. The second line of
defense is performed by the Risk Management Office, under which the Operational and Information
Technology Risk Management unit develops and deploys the tools (such as Risk Assessments,
KRIs, LED) used to identify, assess and monitor IT risks, and provides the RMC with reports on the
Bank's IT risk profile. The Bank also has an Enterprise Information Security Management team
which develops strategies and provides oversight in mitigating risks to the confidentiality, integrity,
and availability of the Bank’s information assets and information systems. The Bank also has in
place business continuity and disaster recovery plans to ensure the recovery and availability of all
critical organizational assets and customer-servicing infrastructure. Incident Management
processes are in place to properly manage incidents. A Crisis Resiliency Committee and process
is in place to prevent incidents from escalating to catastrophic proportions. Robust BCP sites are
situated in strategic locations for critical head office services to meet the increasing demand on
business continuity preparedness of the bank’s operations. The Board-level RMC is regularly
apprised of IT risks through comprehensive reporting and discussions during monthly meetings. To
further strengthen information security awareness, the Board is continually briefed on current
cybercrime landscapes, emerging risks and industry trends, as well as mitigating measures
implemented by the Bank.
Business or compliance risk, which can be defined as “the risk of regulatory or legal sanctions,
material financial loss, or loss to reputation a bank may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with
laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards, and codes of conduct
applicable to its banking activities”, is addressed and managed within the Bank through its
compliance function and its component system and program.
As the Bank’s second line of defense, the compliance function has also evolved in recent years to
adapt to the shift towards more technology-heavy strategies, as it seeks to deliver the compliance
risk management outcomes required in an era of digital transformation. While remaining a key
advisory function, it has embraced a more forward-thinking, risk-based and stress-tested approach
to continuously monitor, evaluate and improve its ability to ensure compliance in a banking
landscape that is subject to disruption and rapid change.
The Bank’s compliance system is critically important in identifying, evaluating, and addressing the
regulatory and reputational risks while the enterprise-wide compliance program helps the Bank to
look at and across business lines and activities of the organization as a whole and to consider how
activities in one area of the Bank may affect the business or compliance risks of other business lines
and the entire group/enterprise. The compliance program also helps the Board and management in
understanding where such regulatory and reputational risks in the organization are concentrated,
provide comparisons of the level and changing nature of risks, and identify those control processes
that most need enhancement.
Oversight of the management of the Bank’s business risk and implementation of its compliance
function is the responsibility of our Board of Directors, through the Audit Committee and the
Corporate Governance Committee with respect to corporate governance compliance. At the
management level, the compliance function is carried out by the Compliance Office, headed by the
Chief Officer, who is not a member of the Board of Directors. The Compliance Office oversees the
implementation of the Bank's enterprise-wide compliance programs. These programs take into
account the size and complexity of the Bank, the relevant rules and regulations that affect its
operations, and the business risks that may arise due to non-compliance. By using regulatory
and self-assessment compliance matrices, compliance measures are formulated to mitigate
identified business risks and tested to ensure effectiveness.
Overall enforcement is through self-regulation within the business units, and independent testing
and reviews conducted by the Compliance Office and Internal Audit. Results of these reviews are
elevated to the Board’s Audit Committee and Corporate Governance Committee, with respect to
governance issues. The Compliance Office promotes adherence and awareness to laws, rules and
regulations by electronically posting information and documents in a compliance database that is
accessible to all employees. Regular meetings are conducted by the Compliance Office with the
GCOs to discuss the impact of new regulations, decide on the required compliance measures and
amend compliance matrices as necessary. Through continued liaison and dialogue with regulators,
the Compliance Office ensures the prompt dissemination of new regulations and other
developments affecting bank operations.
In 2015, the Bank, established its Customer Experience Management Office (CXMO) as part of the
BPI Financial Consumer Protection Program required under BSP Circular 857.
In compliance with the circular, BPI’s CXMO created the Customer Assistance Program (CAP) to
build an enabling environment and to define safety nets for recognition and protection of consumer
The CXMO is led by the Head of Customer Care and reports, functionally, to the Board through the
Executive Committee and, administratively, to the Chief Operations Officer, who also heads the
Bank’s Enterprise Services Group. The CXMO reports to the senior management and the Board
every month.
The Bank complies with product and service information and labeling regulations and voluntary
codes for consumer protection such as the Banking Code for Consumer Protection of the Bank
Marketing Association of the Philippines (BMAP) and its Council of Advisors and product
governance such Markets in Financial Instruments Directives II (MiFID II). BPI has also taken
corrective and remedial action in case of any deficiencies or areas for improvement.
Data Privacy
Republic Act No. 10173, known as the Data Privacy Act of 2012, requires government and private
sector entities to apply the principles of Transparency, Legitimate Purpose and Proportionality in
their processing of personal data so that the data is only used in relevant and specifically stated
ways, is not stored for longer than necessary, is kept safe and secure, is used only within the
confines of the law and is stored following people’s data protection rights. Cybersecurity and data
privacy and protection have, today, become corporate governance and risk management concerns.
BPI has established a comprehensive Data Privacy Program utilizing a combination of policies,
organizational structure, access controls and technologies designed for risk reduction. The Bank
has a Data Privacy Office, headed by a Board-appointed Data Privacy Officer (DPO), a lead senior
management officer. The key focus of the DPO is to oversee data privacy compliance and manage
data protection risks for the organization consistent with the Data Privacy Act rules and regulations,
issuances by the National Privacy Commission and other applicable laws. Management has also
appointed Compliance Officers for Privacy (COP) for major business units of the Bank.
For further details on the BPI’s financial condition and operations, please refer to its 2018 Consolidated
Financial Statements which is incorporated herein as part of Index to Financial Statements and
Supplementary Schedules. Also, for further information on BPI, please refer to its SEC17A which is
available in its website www.bpiexpressonline.com
Globe Telecom, Inc.’s highlights of Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and Statements of
Income are shown in the Note 10 of the Group’s 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements as well as in
the Globe’s 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements which form part of Index to Financial Statements
and Supplementary Schedules of this SEC 17A report.
The Ayala Group conducts its telecommunications business through Globe Telecom, Inc (alternately
referred to as Globe, Globe Telecom, Globe Group or “the Company” in the entire discussion of Globe
Telecom, Inc.). Globe’s origin can be traced back to Robert Dollar Company, a California company
which provided wireless long-distance message services. After subsequent mergers and re-namings,
the company was named Globe Telecom, Inc. in 1983, when the partnership between Ayala and
Singapore Telecom, the principal shareholders of Globe, was formalized. Since then, Globe has been
recognized as the first company to offer SMS services in the Philippines and as the first Philippine
internet service provider in the Philippines.
Globe Telecom, Inc. is a major provider of telecommunications services in the Philippines, supported
by over 7,700 employees and over 1.2 million AutoloadMax (AMAX) retailers, distributors, suppliers,
and business partners nationwide. The Company operates one of the largest and most technologically-
advanced mobile, fixed line and broadband networks in the country, providing reliable, superior
communications services to individual customers, small and medium-sized businesses, and corporate
and enterprise clients. Globe currently has 74.1 million mobile subscribers (including fully mobile
subscribers), 1.6 million home broadband customers, and close to 1.4 million landline subscribers.
Globe is one of the largest and most profitable companies in the country, and has been consistently
recognized both locally and internationally for its corporate governance practices. It is listed on the
Philippine Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol GLO and had a market capitalization of US$4.8
billion as of the end of December 2018.
The Company’s principal shareholders are Ayala Corporation and Singapore Telecom, both industry
leaders in their respective countries. Aside from providing financial support, this partnership has created
various synergies and has enabled the sharing of best practices in the areas of purchasing, technical
operations, and marketing, among others.
Globe is committed to being a responsible corporate citizen. Globe Bridging Communities (or Globe
BridgeCom) is the company's umbrella corporate social responsibility program, which leads and
supports various initiatives that promote the quality education, active citizenship to protect the
environment, social entrepreneurship and responsive governance through the innovative and
Communications Technology, resulting in enabled, empowered and enriched lives for its employees
and partner communities. Since its inception in 2003, Globe BridgeCom has made a positive impact on
the lives of thousands of public elementary and high school students, teachers, community leaders, and
micro-entrepreneurs throughout the country. For its efforts, Globe BridgeCom has been recognized
and conferred several awards and citations by various Philippine and international organizations.
• Globe Telecom, Inc. (Globe) provides digital wireless communications services in the Philippines
under the Globe Postpaid, Globe Prepaid, and Touch Mobile (TM) brands, using a fully digital
network. It also offers domestic and international long-distance communication services or
carrier services;
On December 14, 2018, the President of the Philippines signed House Bill No. 5556 into RA No.
11151 entitled “Act Renewing For Another Twenty Five (25) Years the Franchise Granted to Isla
Communications Company, Inc. Presently Known as Innove Communications, Inc., Amending
for the Purpose Republic Act No. 7372 entitled “An Act Granting the Isla Communications Co. a
Franchise to Install, Operate and Maintain Telecommunications Services Within the Territory of
the Republic of the Philippines and International Points and for Other Purposes”. RA No. 11151
shall take effect 15 days after its publication in the Official Gazette or a newspaper of general
SEC FORM 17-A 92
circulation. RA No. 11151 was published in the Official Gazette on December 27, 2018, and in
a newspaper of general circulation on January 14, 2019.
On November 2, 2015, Innove and Techzone Philippines incorporated TechGlobal Data Center,
Inc. (TechGlobal), a joint venture company formed for the purpose of operating and managing
all kinds of data centers, and providing information technology-enabled, knowledge-based and
computer-enabled support services. Innove and Techzone hold ownership interest of 49% and
51%, respectively. TechGlobal started commercial operations in August 2017;
• GTI Business Holdings, Inc. (GTI) is a wholly-owned subsidiary with authority to provide VOIP
services. Its wholly-owned subsidiaries are: GTI Corporation (GTIC US), Globe Telecom HK
Limited (GTHK), Globetel Singapore Pte. Ltd. (GTSG) and Globetel European Limited (GTEU).
GTEU‘s wholly owned subsidiaries are UK Globetel Limited (UKGT), Globe Mobile’ Italy S.r.l.
(GMI) and Globetel Internacional European España, S.L. (GIEE).
On June 2, 2016, the BOD approved the cessation of the operations of UKGT, GMI and GIEE
effective July 31, 2016. UKGT completed the liquidation process in 2018. The completion of the
regulatory requirements on the liquidation of GMI and GIEE is still in process as of December
31, 2018;
• Kickstart Ventures, Inc. (Kickstart) is the Philippines’ most active Corporate Venture Capital firm
investing in Seed to Series D digital startups. A wholly-owned subsidiary, Kickstart puts company
resources – capial, market, and expertise – behind startups so they can achieve scale and
profitability sooner. Kickstart’s subsidiary, Flipside Publishing Services, Inc. (FPSI) has ceased
operations in July 2016. As of reporting date, completion of regulatory requirements on the
liquidation of FPSI is still in process;
On December 28, 2015, AHI incorporated its wholly-owned subsidiary, Adspark Inc. (AI), to
operate as an advertising company. On January 29, 2016, Adspark Inc. acquired 70% of the
shares of Socialytics Inc. (Socialytics).
On August 5, 2016, GFI incorporated its wholly-owned subsidiary, Fuse Lending, Inc. (Fuse), to
operate as a lending company. GFI also holds 45% ownership interest in GXI;
On July 2, 2015, BTI issued additional shares to Globe Telecom following the approval of
National Telecommunications Commission (NTC) on the conversion of BTI’s Tranche A
convertible debt to equity. The conversion increased the ownership of Globe Telecom on BTI’s
outstanding shares from 38% to 54% controlling interest. On July 20, 2015, Globe Telecom
acquired additional voting shares of BTI, which further increased its controlling interest to 99%.
BTI is a facilities-based provider of data services and fixed-line telecommunications.
BTI’s subsidiaries are: Radio Communications of the Philippines, Inc. (RCPI), Telecoms
Infrastructure Corp. of the Philippines (Telicphil), Sky Internet, Incorporated (Sky Internet),
GlobeTel Japan (formerly BTI Global Communications Japan, Inc.), BTI Global Communications
Ltd. (BTI - UK), and NDTN Land, Inc. (NLI), (herein collectively referred to as “BTI Group”). On
April 8, 2016, RCPI sold its 100% interest in Alarmnet Inc. to a third party.
In July 2016, BTI - UK ceased its operations. The formal notice on the final dissolution of BTI-
UK effective March 14, 2017 was received from Companies House in UK. On May 30, 2017,
the Management Committee, with representation of at least sixty-seven percent of the total
voting interest, approved the termination of the Agreement on the Construction, Operation and
• TaoDharma (Tao), 67% owned by Globe Telecom, was established to operate and maintain
retail stores in strategic locations within the Philippines that will sell telecommunications or
internet-related services, devices, gadgets, and accessories.
On November 4, 2016, the BOD of Globe Telecom approved the increase in stake in Tao from
25% to 67% resulting to Globe Telecom’s gaining a controlling interest in Tao.
• GTowers Inc. (GTowers) is a fully owned subsidiary of Globe Telecom incorporated on August
17, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, GTowers is still under pre-operating stage.
The Company is a grantee of various authorizations and licenses from the National
Telecommunications Commission (NTC) as follows: (1) license to offer and operate facsimile, other
traditional voice and data services and domestic line service using Very Small Aperture Terminal
(VSAT) technology; (2) license for inter-exchange services; and (3) Certificate of Public Convenience
and Necessity (CPCN) for: (a) international digital gateway facility (IGF) in Metro Manila, (b) nationwide
digital cellular mobile telephone system under the GSM standard (CMTS-GSM), (c) nationwide local
exchange carrier (LEC) services after being granted a provisional authority in June 2005, and (d)
international cable landing stations located in Nasugbu, Batangas, Ballesteros, Cagayan and Brgy.
Talomo, Davao City.
In 1928, Congress passed Act No. 3495 granting the Robert Dollar Company, a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the State of California, a franchise to operate wireless long-distance
message services in the Philippines. Subsequently, Congress passed Act No. 4150 in 1934 to transfer
the franchise and privileges of the Robert Dollar Company to Globe Wireless Limited which was
incorporated in the Philippines on 15 January 1935.
Globe Wireless Limited was later renamed as Globe-Mackay Cable and Radio Corporation (“Globe-
Mackay”). Through Republic Act (“RA”) 4630 enacted in 1965 by Congress, its franchise was further
expanded to allow it to operate international communications systems. Globe-Mackay was granted a
new franchise in 1980 by Batasan Pambansa under Batas Pambansa 95.
In 1974, Globe-Mackay sold 60% of its stock to Ayala Corporation, local investors and its employees.
It offered its shares to the public on 11 August 1975.
In 1993, Globe welcomed a new foreign partner, Singapore Telecom, Inc. (STI), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Singapore Telecommunications Limited (“SingTel”), after Ayala and STI signed a
Memorandum of Understanding.
In 2001, Globe acquired Isla Communications Company, Inc. (“Islacom”) which became its wholly-
owned subsidiary effective 27 June 2001. In 2003, the National Telecommunications Commission
(“NTC”) granted Globe’s application to transfer its fixed line business assets and subscribers to Islacom,
pursuant to its strategy to integrate all of its fixed line services under Islacom. Subsequently, Islacom
was renamed as Innove Communications, Inc. (“Innove”).
In 2004, Globe invested in G-Xchange, Inc. (“GXI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary, to handle the mobile
payment and remittance service marketed under the GCash brand using Globe’s network as transport
channel. GXI started commercial operations on 16 October 2004.
In November 2004, Globe and seven other leading Asia Pacific mobile operators (‘JV partners’) signed
an agreement (‘JV agreement’) to form Bridge Alliance. The joint venture company operates through a
Singapore-incorporated company, Bridge Mobile Pte. Limited (BMPL) which serves as a commercial
vehicle for the JV partners to build and establish a regional mobile infrastructure and common service
platform to deliver different regional mobile services to their subscribers. The Bridge Alliance currently
In 2005, Innove was awarded by the NTC with a nationwide franchise for its fixed line business, allowing
it to operate a Local Exchange Carrier service nationwide and expand its network coverage. In
December 2005, the NTC approved Globe’s application for third generation (3G) radio frequency
spectra to support the upgrade of its cellular mobile telephone system (“CMTS”) network to be able to
provide 3G services. The Company was assigned with 10-Megahertz (MHz) of the 3G radio frequency
spectrum.
On May 19, 2008, following the approval of the NTC, the subscriber contracts of Touch Mobile or TM
prepaid service were transferred from Innove to Globe which now operates all wireless prepaid services
using its integrated cellular networks.
In August 2008, and to further grow its mobile data segment, Globe acquired 100% ownership of
Entertainment Gateway Group (“EGG”), a leading mobile content provider in the Philippines. EGG
offers a wide array of value-added services covering music, news and information, games, chat and
web-to-mobile messaging.
On 25 November 2008, Globe formed GTI Business Holdings, Inc. (GTIBH) primarily to act as an
investment company.
On October 30, 2008, Globe, the Bank of the Philippine Islands (BPI) and Ayala Corporation (AC) signed
a memorandum of agreement to form a joint venture that would allow rural and low-income customers’
access to financial products and services. Last October 2009, the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP)
approved the sale and transfer by BPI of its shares of stock in Pilipinas Savings Bank, Inc. (PSBI),
formalizing the creation of the venture. Globe’s and BPI’s ownership stakes in PSBI is at 40% each,
while AC’s shareholding is at 20%. The partners plan to transform PSBI (now called BPI Globe BanKO,
Inc.) into the country’s first mobile microfinance bank. The bank’s initial focus will be on wholesale
lending to other microfinance institutions but will eventually expand to include retail lending, deposit-
taking, and micro-insurance. BPI Globe BanKO opened its first branch in Metro Manila in the first quarter
of 2011 and now has 6 branches nationwide, over 2,000 partner outlets, 261,000 customers and over
₱2.4 billion in its wholesale loan portfolio.
On March 2012, Globe launched Kickstart Ventures, Inc. (Kickstart) to help, support and develop the
dynamic and growing community of technopreneurs in the Philippines. Kickstart is a business incubator
that is focused on providing aspiring technopreneurs with the efficient environment and the necessary
mechanisms to start their own business. Since its launch, Kickstart has 10 companies in its portfolio
covering the digital media and technology, and web/mobile platform space.
In October 2013, following the court's approval of the Amended Rehabilitation Plan (jointly filed by Globe
and Bayantel in May 2013), Globe acquired a 38% interest in Bayantel by converting
Bayantel's unsustainable debt into common shares. This follows Globe's successful tender offer for
close to 97% of Bayantel's outstanding indebtedness as of December 2012. As part of the amended
rehab plan and pending regulatory approvals, Globe would further convert a portion of its sustainable
debt into common shares of Bayantel, bringing up its stake to around 56%. On October 2014, Globe
Telecom received a copy of the temporary restraining order (TRO) issued by the Court of Appeals (CA)
stopping the National Telecommunications Commission’s (NTC) proceedings in connection with the bid
of Globe Telecom Inc. to take over Bayan Telecommunications Inc. (Bayantel). Despite the lapse of the
Temporary Restraining Order (TRO) last December 9, 2014, the Court of Appeals has advised the NTC
to refrain from conducting any proceedings in connection with the bid of Globe assume majority control
of Bayantel.
On June 3, 2014, Globe signed an agreement with Azalea Technology, Inc. and SCS Computer
Systems, acquiring the entire ownership stake in Asticom. a systems integrator and information
technology services provider to domestic and international markets.
On July 20, 2015, Globe Telecom, lnc. ("Globe") has agreed to purchase from Bayan
Telecommunications Holdings, Corporation ("BTHC') and Lopez Holdings, Corporation ("LHC") all the
equity in the capital stock of Bayan Telecommunications, lnc. ("Bayan") that is held by BTHC and LHC.
The transaction involved up to 70,763,707 Bayan shares and increased Globe's equity interests in
Bayan from 56.87% to 98.57% of outstanding capital stock.
On November 12, 2015, Globe received the resolution from the rehabilitation court granting its motion
for the termination of the rehabilitation proceedings involving Bayan. The resolution sets a key milestone
Globe Telecom, Inc. (Globe), Ayala Corporation (AC) and Bank of the Philippine Islands (BPI) signed
an agreement on August 27, 2015 to turn over full ownership of BPI Globe BanKO (BanKO) to BPI, one
of the majority owners of the joint venture. Despite the change in shareholder structure, BanKO will
continue to provide broader and more competitive access to funds and critical financial services to the
underbanked. Globe and AC sold their respective 40% and 20% stakes in BanKO to BPI, which already
owned 40% of BanKO.
Xurpas Inc. signed an agreement with Globe Telecom on September 1, 2015, investing Php900 Million
for a 51% equity stake in Yondu Inc. The investment solidifies the Globe and Xurpas partnership in the
internet and digital space and will transform Yondu into a regional arm for digital content distribution
and other technology driven services. The strategic alliance of Globe and Xurpas in Yondu bolsters
Globe’s track record of partnering with leading digital players to strengthen its position as the purveyor
of the Filipino digital lifestyle.
On September 1, 2015, Yondu Inc. and GCVHI entered into a Deed of Assignment to assign the
former’s interest in Global Telehealth, Inc. (“GTHI”) to GCVHI for a total consideration of ₱15 million.
On September 15, 2015, Globe Telecom sold its controlling interest in Yondu for a total consideration
of ₱670 million. On the same date, Yondu issued additional 5,000 common shares from its unissued
authorized capital stock to a third party which further dilutes Globe Telecom’s ownership interest to 49%
as of September 2015.
On May 30, 2016, the Board of Directors of Globe, through its Executive Committee, approved the
acquisition and signing of a sale and share purchase agreement and other related definitive agreements
for the following entities:
• 50% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Vega Telecom, Inc. (“VTI”) from San Miguel
Corporation (“SMC”) (PSE: SMC);
• 50% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Bow Arken Holdings Company Inc.
(“BAHC”); and,
• 50% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Brightshare Holdings Corporation (“BHC”).
VTI owns an equity stake in Liberty Telecom Holdings, Inc., a publicly listed company in the Philippine
Stock Exchange. It also owns, directly and indirectly, equity stakes in various enfranchised companies,
including Bell Telecommunication Philippines, Inc., Eastern Telecom Philippines, Inc., Express
Telecom, Inc., and Tori Spectrum Telecom, Inc., among others.
The remaining 50% equity stake in VTI, BAHC and BHC was acquired by Philippine Long Distance
Telephone Company (PLDT) under similar definitive agreements.
The acquisition provided Globe access to certain frequencies assigned to Bell Tel in the 700 Mhz, 900
Mhz, 1800 Mhz, 2300 Mhz and 2500 Mhz bands through a co-use arrangement approved by the NTC
on May 27, 2016. NTC's approval is subject to the fulfilment of certain conditions including roll out of
telecom infrastructure covering at least 90% of the cities and municipalities in three years to address
the growing demand for broadband infrastructure and internet access.
On June 21, 2016, Globe Telecom exercised its rights as holder of 50% equity interest of VTI to cause
VTI to propose the conduct of a tender offer on the common shares of Liberty Telecom Holdings, Inc.
(LIB) held by minority shareholders as well as the voluntary delisting of LIB. At the completion of the
tender offer and delisting of LIB, VTI’s ownership of LIB is at 99.1%.
On August 17, 2018, Globe Telecom incorporated GTowers, Inc., a fully owned subsidiary aimed at the
building and deployment of cellular towers in the country. As of December 31, 2018, GTowers is still
under pre-operating stage.
There was no bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings initiated during the past four years.
1. Mobile Business
Globe provides digital mobile communication and internet-on-the-go services nationwide using a fully
digital network based on the Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM), 3G, HSPA+, and LTE
technologies. It provides voice, SMS, data, and value-added services to its mobile subscribers through
three major brands: Globe Postpaid, Globe Prepaid and TM (including fully mobile, internet-on-the-go
service).
Postpaid
Globe Postpaid is the leading brand in the postpaid market with various plan offerings. Over the years,
these plans evolved in order to cater to the changing needs, lifestyles and demands of its subscribers.
In 2018, in order to keep up with this growing market, Globe once again highlights its portfolio of
postpaid plans featuring The PLAN PLUS (SIM-ONLY PLANS), that offers up to 2x larger than life data.
With The PLAN PLUS, all customers have to do is bring their own smartphone and get as much as
42GB of data (with 10 GB GoWatch for videos) for more time online. With access to premium
entertainment like Netflix and Spotify Premium, their favorite movies, shows, and music are within easy
reach. Plus, they can customize and build their plan based on their needs from a variety of plans ranging
from Php 599 per month (Php599 + Free 200 bonus value) to Php 2,999 (Php599 + Free 200 bonus
value), all with a lock-up period of only 6 months.
Prepaid
Globe Prepaid and TM are the prepaid brands of Globe. Globe Prepaid is focused on the mainstream
market while TM caters to the value-conscious segment of the market. Each brand is positioned at
different market segments to address the needs of the subscribers by offering affordable innovative
products and services.
Globe Prepaid’s GoSAKTO is a self-service menu that provides its subscribers easy access to avail of
the latest promos and services of Globe by simply dialing *143# or through the GoSAKTO mobile app
(available on Android and iOS). This menu also allows the subscribers to build their own promos (call,
text and surf promos) that are best suited for their needs and lifestyle. Globe Prepaid customers can
personalize their call, text and surfing needs for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 7 days, 15 days or even for 30
days. They can also select the type and number of call minutes and texts they need and adjust data
allocation (in MBs) of mobile surfing the way they want it.
Globe Prepaid and TM subscribers can reload airtime value or credits using various reloading channels
including prepaid call and text cards, bank channels such as ATMs, credit cards, and through internet
banking. Subscribers can also top-up via AMAX retailers nationwide, all at affordable denominations
and increments. A consumer-to-consumer top-up facility, Share-A-Load, is also available to enable
subscribers to share prepaid load credits via SMS.
The Globe Rewards Program is the Company’s way of granting special treats to its active customers
for their continued loyal use of Globe's products and services. Awesome rewards await its loyal
customers in exchange for the points earned -- more rewards points mean more wonderful perks.
Subscribers can:
1) Earn Points from Prepaid reloads or monthly Postpaid usage and view their available points in
real-time through the Globe Rewards app.
2) Redeem Rewards in the form of mobile promos, bill rebates, gadgets and gift certificates, and
more or use the earned points as cash at partner stores. Subscribers have the option to redeem
rewards instantly, or accumulate points to avail of higher value rewards. Redeemed points in the
form of telecom services is netted out against revenues whereas points redeemed in the form of
non-telco services such as gift certificates and other products are reflected as marketing expense.
At the end of each period, Globe estimates and records the amount of probable future liability for
unredeemed points.
3) Enjoy Perks through special discounts, exclusive treats, and more wonderful surprises
Globe's voice services include local, national and international long-distance call services. It has one
of the most extensive local calling options designed for multiple calling profiles. In addition to its
standard, pay-per-use rates, subscribers can choose from bulk and unlimited voice offerings for all-
day or off-peak use, and in several denominations to suit different budgets.
Globe keeps Filipinos connected wherever they may be in the world, through its tie-up with 768
roaming partners in 237 calling destinations worldwide. Globe also offers roaming coverage on-
board selected shipping lines and airlines, via satellite. Globe also provides an extensive range of
international call and text services to allow OFWs (Overseas Filipino Workers) to stay connected
with their friends and families in the Philippines. This includes prepaid reloadable call cards and
electronic PINs available in popular OFW destinations worldwide.
Globe’s Mobile SMS service includes local and international SMS offerings. Globe also offers
various bucket and unlimited SMS packages to cater to the different needs and lifestyles of its
postpaid and prepaid subscribers.
Globe’s Mobile Data services allow subscribers to access the internet using their internet-capable
handsets, devices or laptops with USB modems. Data access can be made using various
technologies including LTE, HSPA+, 3G with HSDPA, EDGE and GPRS. The Company
spearheaded the shift from unlimited time-based data plans to volume-based consumable plans,
geared towards improving the mobile data experience of its subscribers and ensuring the most
appropriate pricing of data. Globe and TM subscribers can choose from a variety of GoSurf
consumable data plans, ranging from ₱15 for 40 MB to ₱2,499 for 20 GB per month.
Globe’s Nomadic (internet-on-the-go service) is for consumers who require a fully mobile internet,
which allows subscribers to access the internet using LTE, HSPA+, 3G with HSDPA, EDGE, GPRS
or Wi-Fi using a plug-and-play USB modem/mobile Wifi. This service is available in both postpaid
and prepaid packages.
Globe’s Value-Added Services offers a full range of downloadable content covering multiple topics
including news, information, and entertainment through its web portal. Subscribers can purchase or
download music, movie pictures and wallpapers, games, mobile advertising, applications or watch
clips of popular TV shows and documentaries as well as participate in interactive TV, do mobile chat,
and play games, among others. Additionally, Globe subscribers can send and receive Multimedia
Messaging Service (MMS) pictures and video, or do local and international 3G video calling.
Globe offers a full range of fixed line communications services, wired and wireless broadband access,
and end-to-end connectivity solutions customized for consumers, SMEs (Small & Medium Enterprises),
large corporations and businesses.
Globe's fixed line voice services include local, national and international long-distance calling
services in postpaid and prepaid packages through its Globelines brand. Subscribers get to enjoy
toll-free rates for national long-distance calls with other Globelines subscribers nationwide.
Additionally, postpaid Fixed Line Voice consumers enjoy free unlimited dial-up internet from their
Globelines subscriptions. Low-MSF (monthly service fee) fixed line voice services bundled with
internet plans are available nationwide and can be customized with value-added services including
multi-calling, call waiting and forwarding, special numbers and voice mail. For corporate and
enterprise customers, Globe offers voice solutions that include regular and premium conferencing,
enhanced voice mail, IP-PBX solutions and domestic or international toll free services. With the
Company's cutting-edge Next Generation Network (NGN), Globe Business Voice solutions offer
enterprises a bevy of fully-managed traditional and IP-based voice packages that can be customized
to their needs.
Corporate data services include end-to-end data solutions customized according to the needs of
businesses. Globe’s product offerings include international and domestic leased line services,
wholesale and corporate internet access, data center services and other connectivity solutions
tailored to the needs of specific industries.
Globe’s international data services provide corporate and enterprise customers with the most
diverse international connectivity solutions. Globe’s extensive data network allow customers to
manage their own virtual private networks, subscribe to wholesale internet access via managed
international private leased lines, run various applications, and access other networks with
integrated voice services over high-speed, redundant and reliable connections. In addition to
bandwidth access from multiple international submarine cable operators, Globe also has two
international cable landing stations situated in different locales to ensure redundancy and network
resiliency.
The Company’s domestic data services include data center solutions such as business continuity
and data recovery services, 24x7 monitoring and management, dedicated server hosting,
maintenance for application-hosting, managed space and carrier-class facilities for co-location
requirements and dedicated hardware from leading partner vendors for off-site deployment.
Other corporate data services include premium-grade access solutions combining voice, broadband
and video offerings designed to address specific connectivity requirements. These include
Broadband Internet Zones (BIZ) for broadband-to-room internet access for hotels, and Internet
Exchange (GiX) services for bandwidth-on-demand access packages based on average usage.
Globe Business knows that success is made up of different elements: effective products, streamlined
processes, and reliable manpower, and that is why Globe’s business solutions are a fusion of all
three.
• Mobility - Further employee productivity with reimagined user engagements within and beyond the
workplace. With Globe's enterprise mobility solutions, it's easier to build and maintain the business
momentum: (1) Postpaid - Globe Business offers flexible plans to suit companies of every scale
(2) Enterprise Mobile Management - Gain more control over enterprise mobile devices while
simultaneously maximizing workforce productivity with Globe's all-in-one device management
solution. Keep your mobile operations intact with a central device management platform. With
Globe's Enterprise Mobile Management, the corporate mobile data is protected anytime,
anywhere. (3) TxtConnect - Broadcast messages to your stakeholders at the push of a button.
With TxtConnect's streamlined messaging delivery and 24/7 accessibility features, the company
can reach their target audience easily and efficiently; (4) IsatPhone Pro - Take communications a
notch higher with a reliable handheld satellite phone that lets you call, text, and do more-even from
remote places around the globe. With IsatPhone Pro, you can keep your business operations
going anytime, anywhere.
• Voice - Create lines of communications with Globe's extensive Philippine coverage of managed
traditional and IP Voice solutions, which enables your business to interact clearly and reduce
operational costs (Globelines; ISDN-PRI; Toll-Free Services; Enhanced Managed Voice Solution
(EMVS); Managed IP-PBX; SIP Trunk; Hosted PBX System & Services; Collaboration Solutions).
• Connectivity - Globe Business Data and IP services are built on stable and established
technologies to connect offices locally and globally (Domestic Data; International Data; Internet
Services; Managed Services).
• Cloud - Respond quickly in today's dynamic business environment with a range of wireless
platforms that could store, analyze, and calculate data. Match the elasticity of the business climate
and increase your business agility with the Company's Cloud Solutions: Infrastructure-as-a-
Service (IaaS); Backup-as-a-Service (BaaS); Disaster-Recovery-as-a-Service (DRaaS); G Suite;
G Suite Business; Microsoft Office 365; GoCanvas; DocumentCloud.
• Data Center - Globe Data Center provides a superior experience that goes beyond technology.
Our Account Managers invest time to discuss your business and technology plans. For technical
support, you may reach our specialists 24/7. We strive to provide the best technology and service
as we share in your passion for business.
SEC FORM 17-A 99
• M2M - Drive your business with Fleet Management. Keep track of moving assets like delivery and
service vehicles through Global Positioning System (GPS) from your laptop or mobile phone.
• Cybersecurity - Handle security threats and IT infrastructure cost-effectively. Manage your tasks
and functions cost-effectively with Globe Business' Cybersecurity. Gain access to the best-in-class
tool sets, hardware, software, and even niche technology experts while only paying for what you
need, when you need it.
• HR Solutions - Get a wide range of reports without the inconvenience. Delegate your payroll
processing, timekeeping, and HR management with the right enterprise solution.
Globe offers wired and fixed wireless broadband services, across various technologies and
connectivity speeds for its residential and business customers. Globe Home Broadband consists of
wired or DSL broadband packages which can be bundled with voice, content, and devices, or
broadband data-only services which are available with download speeds ranging from 1 Mbps up to
15 Mbps. Globe also expanded its Long Term Evolution (LTE) footprint through LTE @Home
offerings, bringing latest internet technology to households and allowing subscribers to surf the
internet at ultrafast speeds to watch high-definition videos, downloading and uploading large files,
seamless music streaming, and voice-over-internet-protocol (VOIP) calling with clear quality. This
LTE service is backed by the largest 4G network in the country deployed by Globe.
With the new broadband plans, customers get exclusive access to a portfolio of entertainment
content which allows them to watch movies and basketball games, as well as stream music at the
comfort of their homes. As an online entertainment service provider, HOOQ boasts of an extensive
content library with thousands of movies, television episodes and shows available for users to watch,
including titles from partners Sony Pictures and Warner Bros. Entertainment. With Spotify, the
world's most popular music streaming service, customers get the best music experience with access
to over 20 million songs. On the other hand, the NBA League Pass allows customers to watch
basketball games along with highlights, stats and other features. Likewise, with Walt Disney
partnership, Globe customers will now have access to an array of Disney content offerings (whose
brands include Disney, Pixar, Marvel, Star Wars and global leader in short-form video, Maker
Studios) including long- and short-form programming, interactive content and games, theatrical
releases and retail promotions. Moreover, Netflix partnership allows customers to watch today’s top
original Netflix series and renowned movie hits. Netflix adds TV programs and films all the time.
In 2018, Globe heard the clamor of its customers and has brought back an upgraded version of its
unlimited internet plans through Go Unli. Go Unli is the ultimate unlimited data offering that allows
customers to stream video, play music and games without having to worry about lock-up period,
data capping, and speed throttling. GoUnli wired plans start at Php 1,699 a month, which come with
unlimited surfing and streaming up to 5 Mbps. Faster speeds are also available with the following
plans: Plan 1899 for speeds up to 10, 15, or 20 Mbps, Plan 2499 for speeds up to 50 Mbps, and
Plan 2899 for speeds up to 100 Mbps. To avail of the no-lock up offer, interested parties need only
pay for a one-time modem fee of P2,500 or P4,500 depending on the chosen plan. Those who
choose to discontinue their subscription within the first 15 days will get a 100% refund of their modem
fee upon the return of the modem and telephone set provided during installation. For those looking
for an option without modem fees, 24-month contract plans are also available. All plans come with
free landline with unlimited calls to Globe and TM for 24 months, nine months access to Netflix and
Disney Channel Apps, and two months access to HOOQ. Globe is bringing in more content partners,
with VIU and FOX+ now joining its extensive roster of content providers giving Globe customers
access to a wide library of premium shows. VIU delivers the latest Korean entertainment, and FOX+
provides an unrivalled combination of TV, blockbuster movies, sports and documentaries. Starting
April 15, 2018, Globe At Home Postpaid Plans will come with 6-month access to FOX+. Meanwhile,
Globe At Home Prepaid WiFi devices will come with free 3-month access to VIU starting April 30,
2018.
Globe At Home has committed itself to transforming home entertainment from strict schedules to
making primetime your time through its high-speed internet and partnerships with world class
content partners. Through Globe At Home’s partnership with FOX Networks Group, customers can
experience a wider variety of content (latest Hollywood movies, TV shows, live sports and more)
Globe At Home closes the gap between OFWs and their families as the Prepaid Home WiFi
becomes finally available on SarisariPH2. Sending a Globe Prepaid Home WiFi along with other gift
items through SarisariPH is easy: customers simply choose the items from over 170 brands for
dining, shopping, health, leisure, and other services on the website. Then, they must fill out an order
form, pay by credit card or pay cash via PayRemit outlets in key OFW cities abroad. The recipient
will receive the eGift via SMS or email within a few minutes. Globe will contact eGift recipient within
24 hours upon receipt of eGift to confirm his/her preferred date and time of delivery.
Globe has various sales and distribution channels to address the diverse needs of its subscribers.
1. Independent Dealers
Globe utilizes a number of independent dealers throughout the Philippines to sell and distribute its
prepaid wireless services. This includes major distributors of wireless phone handsets who usually have
their own retail networks, direct sales force, and sub-dealers Dealers are compensated based on the
type, volume and value of reload made in a given period. This takes the form of fixed discounts for
prepaid airtime cards and SIM packs, and discounted selling price for phonekits. Additionally, Globe
also relies on its distribution network of over 1.2 million AutoloadMax retailers nationwide who offer
prepaid reloading services to Globe and TM subscribers.
2. Globe Stores
As of December 31, 2018, the Company has a total of 224 Globe Stores all over the country where
customers are able to inquire and subscribe to wireless, broadband and fixed line services, reload
prepaid credits, make GCASH transactions, purchase handsets and accessories, request for handset
repairs, try out communications devices, and pay bills. The Globe Stores are also registered with the
Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) as remittance outlets.
In line with the Company’s thrust to become a more customer-focused and service-driven organization,
Globe departed from the traditional store concept which is transactional in nature and launched the
redesigned Globe Store which carries a seamless, semi-circular, two-section design layout that allows
anyone to easily browse around the product display as well as request for after sales support. It boasts
of a wide array of mobile phones that the customers can feel, touch and test. There are also laptops
with high speed internet broadband connections for everyone to try. The Globe store has an Express
Section for fast transactions such as modification of account information and subscription plans; a Full-
Service Section for more complex transactions and opening of new accounts; and a Cashier Section
for bill payments. The store also has a self-help area where customers can, among others, print a copy
of their bill, and use interactive touch screens for easy access to information about the different mobile
phones and Globe products and services. Globe stores also include NegoStore areas, which serve as
additional sales channels for current and prospective Globe customers. Moreover, select stores also
have ‘Tech Coaches’ or device experts that can help customers with their concerns on their
smartphones. The Company opened the first concept store in Greenbelt 4 in 2010 and accelerated its
roll-out throughout 2011, averaging 4-5 new stores a month.
In 2012, Globe introduced other store formats in response to the need for more customer service
channels to accommodate more subscribers availing of Globe postpaid, prepaid and internet services.
The new store formats - the premium dealership store, pop-up store, microstore, kiosk, and store-on-
the-go – were carefully designed based on demographics, lifestyle and shopping behaviors of its
customers, each providing a different retail mix and experience to subscribers.
In 2013, Globe opened 50 concept stores and will open more concept stores in the country as part of
its commitment to a wonderful customer service experience.
_____________________________
1
FOX+ is a video-streaming service in Asia promising an unrivalled combination of the latest TV series, first-run Hollywood
blockbusters, hit Asian series and movies, live sports, thrilling documentaries and a big library of content all in one place in
stunning high-definition.
2
SarisariPH, an online gifting service made possible by Globe International Business, allows Filipinos from all over the world to
send electronic gift certificates or eGifts to their family and friends in the Philippines.
Continuing with its journey of transforming customer experience, Globe opened two more Gen3 stores
in 2015. On July 2015, Globe opened its third Gen3 store in Ayala Center, Cebu and on August 2015,
opened its fourth Gen3 and first two-storey store in Greenbelt, Makati.
In 2016, Globe opened its Flagship ICONIC store in Bonifacio Global City Central Square Taguig.
Designed by Tim Kobe of Eight Inc., the same designer of the Globe GEN3 stores, the Globe ICONIC
store is the first all-in-one retail and entertainment space and was launched in two phases. Phase 1
was completed in the June 2016 and featured the entertainment space that will house shows, concerts,
and a variety of on-ground events and activities. Phase 2 completed in December 2016 features the
complete Globe ICONIC Store with a glass bridge that links two Globe stores from opposite sides of
the BGC Central Square.
To better serve the various needs of its customers, Globe is organized along two key customer facing
units (CFUs) tasked to focus on the integrated mobile, Fixed Line and international voice and roaming
needs of specific market segments. The Company has a Consumer CFU with dedicated marketing and
sales groups to address the needs of retail customers, and a Business CFU (Globe Business) focused
on the needs of big and small businesses. Globe Business provides end-to-end mobile and Fixed Line
solutions and is equipped with its own technical and customer relationship teams to serve the
requirements of its client base. Globe Business also caters to the international voice and roaming needs
of overseas Filipinos, whether transient or permanent. Moreover, it is tasked to grow the Company's
international revenues by leveraging on Globe's product portfolio and developing and capitalizing on
regional and global opportunities.
4. Others
Globe also distributes its prepaid products SIM packs, prepaid call cards and credits through consumer
distribution channels such as convenience stores, gas stations, drugstores and bookstores. Lower
denomination IDD prepaid loads are also available in public utility vehicles, street vendors, and selected
restaurants and retailers nationwide via the IDD Tingi load, an international voice scratch card in
affordable denominations.
D. Operating Revenues
1 Mobile
voice service revenues include the following:
a) Prorated monthly service fees on consumable minutes of postpaid plans;
Revenues from (a) to (d) are reduced by any payouts to content providers.
2Mobile SMS revenues consist of local and international revenues from value-added services such as inbound and outbound
SMS and MMS, infotext, and subscription fees on unlimited and bucket prepaid SMS services, net of any interconnection or
settlement payouts to international and local carriers and content providers.
3 Mobile data service revenues consist of revenues from mobile internet browsing and content downloading, mobile commerce
services, other add-on value added services (VAS), and service revenues of GXI and Yondu, net of any interconnection or
settlement payouts to international and local carriers and content providers, except where Globe is acting as principal to the
contract where revenues are presented at gross billed to subscriber and settlement pay-out are classified as part of costs and
expenses. Beginning 2017, revenues from premium content services (where Globe is acting as principal to the contract) will be
reported gross of the licensors’ fees. Revenues for similar services reported in 2016 have also been restated for purposes of
comparison.
5 Corporate data (previously called Fixed line data) service revenues consist of the following:
a) Monthly service fees from international and domestic leased lines;
b) Other wholesale transport services;
c) Revenues from value-added services; and
d) One-time connection charges associated with the establishment of service.
Globe’s mobile business contributed ₱106.9 billion in 2018 accounting for 71% of total operating
revenues, 9% higher than last year’s level of ₱98.5 billion. Mobile voice service revenues amounted to
₱30.3 billion in 2018, contributing 20% of operating revenues. Mobile SMS service revenues contributed
₱21.3 billion in 2018 or 14% of operating revenues. Mobile data posted strong revenue growth
compared to last year’s level and contributed ₱55.3 billion in 2018, 37% of operating revenues.
Accounting for 22% of total operating revenues, Globe’s fixed line and broadband business grew 13%,
registering ₱33.3 billion in 2018, compared to ₱29.4 billion in 2017. Home broadband contributed
revenues of ₱18.5 billion, or 12% of operating revenues. Corporate data contributed 8%, at ₱11.8 billion
and fixed line voice contributed 2% at ₱3.0 billion.
E. Competition
The Philippine mobile market has a total industry SIM base of more than 134 million with an industry
penetration rate of 124% as of December 31, 2018. With the growing penchant of Filipinos for
smartphones, the mobile data business in the Philippines presents more opportunities for revenue
The Philippine government liberalized the communications industry in 1993, after a framework was
developed to promote competition in the industry and accelerate the development of the
telecommunications market. Ten (10) operators were granted licenses to provide CMTS services –
Globe, Innove (previously Isla Communications, Inc. or “Islacom”), Bayan Telecommunications, Inc.
(“Bayantel”), Connectivity Unlimited Resources Enterprises (“CURE”), Digitel Telecommunications
Philippines, Inc. (“Digitel”), Express Telecom (“Extelcom”), MultiMedia Telephony, Inc., Next Mobile
(“NEXTEL”), Pilipino Telephone Corporation (“Piltel”) and Smart Communications, Inc. (“Smart”).
Nine of the ten operators continued on to operate commercially except for Bayantel, which have yet
to roll out their CMTS services commercially.
When Sun Cellular, Digitel’s mobile brand, entered the market in 2003, it introduced to the market
value-based unlimited call and text propositions, allowing it to build subscriber scale over time. With
the market’s preference for these value-based unlimited and bulk call and text services, Globe and
Smart responded by creating a new set of value propositions for their subscribers. Today, with the
high level of mobile penetration, driven in part by the prevalence of multi-SIMming (i.e., individuals
having two SIMs), and the continued shift of consumer preferences to unlimited and bulk offers, the
competition in the mobile market remains intense, albeit in a more rational environment.
The mobile market is currently at 134.6 million SIMs, a 13% increase from the previous year mostly
due to the pronouncement of the National Telecommunications Commission (NTC), the Department
of Information and Communications Technology (DICT), and the Department of Trade and Industry
(DTI) that under Joint Memorandum Circular No. 05-12-2017, all prepaid load will now carry a one-
year expiration period regardless of amount. Due to this, Globe ended 2018 with a higher SIM base
of 74.1 million, with an estimated SIM share of approximately 55%, up from 51% in 2017.
Since 2000, the mobile communications industry has experienced a number of consolidations and
ushered in new entrants, namely:
• In 2000, Philippine Long Distance and Telephone Company (“PLDT”) acquired and
consolidated Smart and Piltel, complementing the former’s fixed line businesses with the
latter’s wireless businesses. Subsequently in 2008, PLDT, through Smart, purchased
SEC FORM 17-A 104
CURE, one of the four recipients of 3G licenses awarded by the NTC, and has since
launched another wireless brand in the market in Red Mobile, further heightening
competition in the market at that time.
In October 2011, PLDT also acquired 99.4% of the outstanding common stock of Digitel,
which owns the Sun Cellular brand, thereby allowing it to control over two-thirds of the
industry subscribers. As a condition of PLDT’s acquisition of Digitel, PLDT returned to the
NTC the 3G license in CURE, which is expected to be re-auctioned in the near-term.
• In 2008, San Miguel Corporation (“SMC”), partnering with Qatar Telecom, bought interests
in Liberty Telecom Holdings, Inc. (“Liberty”) and announced plans to enter the mobile and
broadband businesses.
In 2010, SMC acquired 100% stake in Bell Telecommunication Philippines, Inc. (“BellTel”),
after acquiring shares in three companies that own the shares of BellTel. Also in 2010, SMC
purchased a 40% stake in Eastern Telecommunications Philippines, Inc. (“ETPI”) to expand
its telecommunications services. SMC subsequently gained a majority stake of ETPI in 2011.
It now owns 77.7% of the telecommunications company.
In 2012, NTC has granted BellTel, San Miguel Corporation’s mobile telephony arm, an
extension to its operating license to provide cellular mobile telephone system (CMTS)
service in the country for another three years.
• In 2001, Globe acquired Islacom (now Innove). Globe, likewise, acquired approximately
96.5% of the total debt of Bayantel, in December 2012. On October 2013, Globe converted
a portion of the debt it holds in Bayantel into a 38% interest in the latter, based on the
Amended Rehabilitation Plan approved by the Rehabilitation Court in August of the same
year. Upon obtaining relevant and regulatory approvals, Globe would further convert debt
into a total 56.6% share of the common stock of Bayantel.
• In May 2013, ABS-CBN Convergence, Inc. (“ABS-C”, formerly Multimedia Telephony, Inc.)
announced the launch of its mobile brand, ABS-CBN Mobile. The launch of the new mobile
brand was being supported through a network sharing agreement with Globe, wherein the
latter provides network capacity and coverage to ABS-C on a nationwide basis. ABS-C
formally launched the brand in November 26, 2013. On November 30, 2018, ABS-C
discontinued its mobile phone services business and terminated the mobile network sharing
arrangement with Globe Telecom.
• In November 2015, Cherry Mobile, a leading mobile phone company in the Philippines,
entered into a co-branding partnership with Globe to launch the Cherry Prepaid SIM that
also comes bundled with a Cherry Mobile phone. The Cherry Prepaid SIM will operate
through a network sharing agreement with Globe, similar to ABS-CBN-Mobile.
Today, only the PLDT Group and the Globe Group have built significant bases of mobile subscribers.
The number of lines in service in the fixed line voice market is estimated at 4.01 million lines as of
December 31, 2018 with PLDT’s subscriber market share at 68% and Globe subscriber market share
at 32%.
The fixed line voice market is currently in decline as the country continues to shift towards alternative
communication solutions like VoIP and chat messaging applications. Globe’s fixed line voice
subscriber base declined 3% to 1.35 million versus 1.40 million last year.
The fixed line data business is a growing segment of the fixed line industry. As the Philippine
economy grows, businesses are increasingly utilizing new networking technologies and the internet
for critical business needs such as sales and marketing, intercompany communications, database
management and data storage. The expansion of the local IT Enabled Service (ITES) industry which
includes call centers and Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) companies has also helped drive
the growth of the corporate data business.
Dedicated business units have been created and organized within the Company to focus on the
mobile and fixed line needs of specific market segments and customers – be they residential
subscribers, wholesalers and other large corporate clients or smaller scale industries. This structure
has also been driven by Globe’s corporate clients’ preferences for integrated mobile and fixed line
communications solutions.
Home broadband continues to be a major growth area for the local telecom industry. Industry home
broadband subscribers is now at 3.64 million, growing 12% versus 2017. Globe’s subscriber market
share stands at 44% as of December 31, 2018, up from 40% a year ago. The aggressive network
roll-out of the various operators, the wider availability of affordable prepaid broadband packages, as
well as lower PC and tablet prices were the main drivers of subscriber growth. Operators used both
wired and wireless technologies to serve the growing demand for internet connectivity.
While household penetration rates remain low, competition continues to intensify as telecom
operators aim to capture the market by accelerating the rollout of broadband network to provide
subscribers with faster internet connection and introducing more affordable and bundled offerings.
The Company has some of the best-recognized brands in the Philippines. This strong brand
recognition is a critical advantage in securing and growing market share, and significantly enhances
Globe’s ability to cross-sell and push other product and service offerings in the market.
Globe’s financial position remains strong with ample liquidity, and gearing comfortably within bank
covenants. At the end of 2018, Globe had total interest-bearing debt of ₱148.3 billion representing
67% of total book capitalization. As of December 31, 2018, consolidated gross debt to equity ratio is
at 2.03x, well within the 2.5:1 debt to equity limit. Additionally, debt to EBITDA is also well within the
3:1 covenant level, currently at 2.33x. Approximately 84% of its debt is in pesos while the balance
of 16% is denominated in US dollars. Expected US dollar inflows from the business offset any
unhedged US dollar liabilities, helping insulate Globe’s balance sheet from any volatilities in the
foreign exchange markets.
Globe intends to maintain its strong financial position through prudent fiscal practices including close
monitoring of its operating expenses and capital expenditures, debt position, investments, and
currency exposures.
Globe has a strong management team with the proven ability to execute on its business plan and
achieve positive results. With its continued expansion, it has been able to attract and retain senior
SEC FORM 17-A 106
managers from the telecommunications, consumer products and finance industries with experience
in managing large scale and complex operations.
The Company’s principal shareholders are Ayala Corporation (AC) and Singapore Telecom (STI),
both industry leaders in the country and in the region. Apart from providing financial support, this
partnership has created various synergies and has enabled the sharing of best practices in the areas
of purchasing, technical operations, and marketing, among others.
F. Suppliers
Globe works with both local and foreign suppliers and contractors. Equipment and technology required
to render telecommunications services are mainly sourced from foreign countries. Its principal
suppliers, among others, are as follows:
The Company’s suppliers of mobile equipment include Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (China) and
Nokia Corporation (Finland); and For transmission and IP equipment, Company has partnered with
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, (China), Nokia Corporation (Finland), NEC (Japan), ECI Telecom, Ltd.
(Israel), Aviat Networks (USA).
For Fixed Line and Fixed Broadband Service, Globe’s principal equipment suppliers include Huawei
Technologies Co., Ltd. (China), FiberHome Telecom Tech (China), Nokia Corporation (Finland), Juniper
Networks (USA), ZTE Corporation, and Tellabs (USA/Singapore).
For WiFi service, Company partnered with Aruba Networks (USA) and Ruckus Networks (USA).
For Network Management and Operational Support Systems, Globe’s primary solution provider
includes IBM (USA), Mycom OSI (United Kingdom), Incognito (Canada), Netcracker (USA), Radcom
(Israel) among others.
For the Company’s IT modernization program, Globe has selected Amdocs, the leading provider of
customer experience systems and services, to improve and upgrade Globe’s Business Support
Systems (BSS) and enterprise data warehouse. As part of the transformation program, Amdocs is
tasked to manage and consolidate all of Globe’s legacy systems onto a single Business Support System
(BSS) platform. This will enable the Company to manage its customer relationships better across all it
various product offerings, simplify business processes and shorten the time to deliver bundled and more
innovative products to the market.
G. Customers
Globe has a large subscriber base across the country. The Company ended 2018 with 74.1 million
mobile subscribers, comprised of 2.6 million postpaid and 71.5 million prepaid subscribers. Meanwhile,
Globe has over 1.6 million home broadband customers and around 1.4 million fixed line voice
subscribers.
No single customer and contract accounted for more than 20% of the Company’s total sales in 2018.
1. Licenses
2. Trademarks
Globe has the following registered trademarks in the Philippines: Globe, Globe Life Device,
#LevelUpPH, #Next Level Ka Tournament, 0917,Adblast,AdSpark, Airfair, Airfair Enterprise, Barkada
Congress, Bingeon,, BingeWatch, BingeWatching, Create Wonderful, Creating a Wonderful World,
Data Rollover, DigiAds,Digimall, Duo International, EasyShare, EasyExtend, Game Sa Lahat, GG30,
GG50, Globe AppMarket, Globe At Home, Globe At Home Streamfest, Globe Broadband, Globe
Creating a Wonderful World, Globe Home Broadband,Globe International, Globe Live, Globe
MyBusiness, Globe Prepaid #LevelUpPH, Globe Prism, Globe Rewards, Globe Rollover, Globe
Streamwatch, Globe Studios, Globe Switch, Gmovies, GoBinge, Gocery, Good Games, GoWatch, Load
Up, Konekt, My Shopkeeper, MyBizKit, MyBusiness Tracker, Park Ninja, Points Battle, Rollover, Rush,
Seats, Sunkissed Boracay, SurfAlert, Supersurf, Tattoo,Tattoo Home Broadband, Tattoo@Home,
Ticket Hub, TM Barkada Congress, Txt Connect and W00T. Globe also applied for the following
trademarks: Elements Music Camp, Globe At Home Air, Globe at Home Air Fiber.
Globe and Saga Events, Inc. own the registered trademark “Stylefestph”.
Further, Globe also applied and registered the following brand names: Globe Telecom (Australia,
Taiwan, Japan, Singapore, Macau, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia,
Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Korea,
Canada, China, Saudi Arabia), Globe and Globe Life Device (Hong Kong, Taiwan, Singapore, Japan,
Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain,
Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal,
Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Macau, Qatar, UAE, USA, Saudi Arabia), Globe GCash
(Singapore, Hong Kong, United Kingdom, Taiwan, Japan, Macau, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy,
Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain,
Sweden, Qatar, Korea, UAE, Saudi Arabia, New Zealand, Ireland, Lebanon, Denmark, Sweden,
Switzerland, Israel), Globe Kababayan (Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, United Kingdom, Australia,
Japan, Macau, USA, Saudi Arabia, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia,
Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden,
Malaysia, UAE, Italy, Korea, Taiwan), Globe Autoload Max (Norway, Singapore, Austria, Belgium,
Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Greece,
Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovak
Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Japan, Hong Kong), Globe M-Commerce Hub (Taiwan, Singapore,
Korea, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great
Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland,
Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Australia, Macau, Qatar, Malaysia), Muzta, and
Smiley With Salakot Device (Japan, UK, Australia, Kuwait, USA, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, UAE), Smiley
with Salakot (Japan, United Kingdom, Australia, USA, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, UAE), and Muzta
(Bahrain, UAE, Canada, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, UAE), GCash Remit and Logo (Austria, Belgium, Cyprus,
Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland,
Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia,
Spain, Sweden. Lebanon, Japan, Switzerland, Macau, Hong Kong, Taiwan, New Zealand, China,
Japan, Israel), GCash Express and Logo (Hong Kong, Singapore, Taiwan, Malaysia), Globe Load
(Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Great
Britain, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland,
Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Macau).
Globe subsidiaries and affiliates have applied/registered their respective marks with the Intellectual
Property Office, namely:
a) Innove Communications, Inc. has registered the mark GoWifi. Innove also applied EasySurf and
GoWifi Auto.
3. Patents
Gxchange, Inc. and UTIBA Pty Ltd. have registered the following patents in the Philippines:
Gxchange, Inc. and UTIBA Pty Ltd. have likewise registered the following patents in the United States:
Gxchange, Inc. and UTIBA Pty Ltd. have likewise filed the following patent applications in Indonesia,
Singapore and Europe.
Globe has applied the patent for “Systems and/or Methods for Authorizing and Facilitating Third-Party
Withdrawals or Payment” with the Intellectual Property Office.
I. Government approvals/regulations
The Globe Group is regulated by the NTC under the provisions of the Public Service Act (CA 146),
Executive Order (EO) 59, EO 109, and RA 7925. Under these laws, Globe is required to do the following:
a) To secure a CPCN/PA from the NTC for those services it offers which are deemed regulated
services, as well as for those rates which are still deemed regulated, under RA 7925.
c) To observe (and has complied with) the provisions of EO 109 and RA 7925 which impose an
obligation to rollout 700,000 fixed lines as a condition to the grant of its provisional authorities for
the cellular and international gateway services.
d) Globe remains under the supervision of the NTC for other matters stated in CA 146 and RA 7925
and pays annual supervision fees and permit fees to the NTC.
On October 19, 2007, the NTC granted Globe a CPCN to operate and maintain an International Cable
Landing Station and submarine cable system in Nasugbu, Batangas.
On May 19, 2008, Globe Telecom, Inc. announced that the National Telecommunications Commission
(NTC) has approved the assignment by its wholly-owned subsidiary Innove Communications (Innove)
of its Touch Mobile (TM) consumer prepaid subscriber contracts in favor of Globe. Globe would be
managing all migrated consumer mobile subscribers of TM, in addition to existing Globe subscribers in
its integrated cellular network.
On September 11, 2008, the NTC granted Globe a CPCN to operate and maintain an International
Cable Landing Station in Ballesteros, Cagayan Province.
Globe incurred market research costs amounting to ₱150 million in 2018, 10% lower versus 2017
spend.
The Globe Group complies with the Environmental Impact Statement (‘EIS’) system of the Department
of Environment and Natural Resources (‘DENR’) and pays nominal filing fees required for the
submission of applications for Environmental Clearance Certificates (‘ECC’) or Certificates of Non-
Coverage (‘CNC’) for its cell sites and certain other facilities, as well as miscellaneous expenses
incurred in the preparation of applications and the related environmental impact studies. The Globe
Group does not consider these amounts material.
Globe has not been subject to any significant legal or regulatory action regarding non-compliance to
relevant environmental regulations.
L. Employees
The Globe Group has 7,729 active regular employees as of December 31, 2018, of which 4% or 330
are covered by a Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) through the Globe Telecom Employee’s Union
(GTEU).
Breakdown of employees by main category of activity from 2016 to 2018 are as follows:
In conformance with the Department of Labor and Employment’s (DOLE) Collective Bargaining
Agreement (CBA), the Globe Telecom Employees Union-Federation of Free Workers (GTEU-FFW)
remains active to pledge the right of every Ka-Globe to form a collective bargaining unit. All employees
are allowed to participate in CBA and through GTEU-FFW, everyone is informed and made aware of
the mandates.
Globe has a long-standing, healthy, and constructive relationship with the GTEU characterized by
healthy and constructive discussions and industrial peace. Both have shared goals such as enhancing
productivity levels and ensuring consistent quality of service to customers across various segments.
Globe and GTEU-FFW renewed their collective bargaining agreement for another 5 years, beginning
2016. This is a testament to the strong partnership built between them and the alignment in their
advocacies.
M. Risk Factors
The achievement of Globe’s key business objectives can be affected by a wide array of risk factors.
Some of these risk factors are universal while some are unique to the telecommunications industry. The
risks vary widely in occurrence and severity, some of which are beyond the company’s control. There
may also be risks that are either presently unknown or not currently assessed as significant, which may
later prove to be material. We aim to mitigate these exposures through appropriate RM strategies,
strong internal controls and capabilities, close monitoring of risks and mitigation plans. The section
below sets out the principal risk types, listed in no particular order of significance:
The growth and profitability of Globe may be influenced by the overall political and economic situation
of the Philippines. Any political or geopolitical instability in the Philippines could negatively affect the
country’s general economic conditions which, in turn, could adversely affect the company’s business,
financial condition or results of operations, including the ability to enhance the growth of its customer
base, improve its revenue base and implement its business strategies.
A regular environmental scanning exercise is performed to ensure the identification of any uncertainties
arising from political and socioeconomic factors. Management is closely monitoring the shift in policies
to anticipate the potential impact to the business plans as well as maintaining open communication lines
with the various government sectors.
Exposure to foreign exchange risks remains a risk to Globe. Foreign exchange risk results
primarily from movements of the Philippine peso against the US dollar (USD) with respect to the
company’s USD-denominated financial assets, liabilities, revenues and expenditures.
There are no assurances that declines in the value of the Peso will not occur in the future or that
the availability of foreign exchange will not be limited. Recurrence of these conditions may
adversely affect Globe’s financial condition and results of operations.
In order to fund major expenditures, Globe has entered into various short and long-term debt
obligations, which exposes the company to the risk of changes in interest rates.
The company’s exposure to interest rate risk and currency risk are being managed by:
• Using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt that are meant to achieve a balance between cost
and volatility.
• Entering into interest rate swaps, in which the company agrees to exchange, at specified
intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference
to an agreed upon notional principal amount.
• Using a combination of natural hedges and derivative hedging to manage foreign exchange
exposure.
Globe also regularly evaluates its projected and actual cash flows and continuously assess
conditions in the financial markets for opportunities to pursue fund raising activities, in case any
requirements arise.
These factors are seen to further heighten the competitive dynamics amidst a mature mobile
market.
The continued growth and development of the telecommunications industry will depend on many
factors. Any significant economic, technological, or regulatory development could result in either
a slowdown or growth in demand for mobile services and may impact the company’s business,
revenues, and net income.
These factors heighten the need to continuously expand and modernize the company’s network
and IT services, thus requiring an equally heightened level of capital spending.
Globe continues to assert its market position through the offering of personalized plans and
attractive product/device bundles, and launching innovative products and services that are
relevant and responsive to the needs of the customers and focusing on superior customer
experience. The company also partners with leading providers of content, mobile messaging,
social media and other popular applications in order to provide products and services that
anticipate and cater to shifting customer preferences.
The introduction of new, modifications, or the inconsistent application of laws or regulations from
time to time, may materially affect the operations of Globe, and ultimately the company’s earnings
which could impair its ability to service debt. There is no assurance that the regulatory
environment will support any increase in the company’s business and financial activity.
Globe manages its regulatory risks through regular monitoring of regulatory rulings, especially
those that could negatively impact its businesses, and proactive engagement with the regulators.
Mobile data applications and the rising popularity of smartphones, mobile applications, and social
media platforms as enabled by mobile and connected devices are key contributors to the
explosion of data traffic. This phenomenon is putting a strain on the company’s network capacity
as well as the supporting back end systems, negatively impacting customer experience.
Globe’s business, product and technical teams continue to keep abreast of the latest innovations
and trends in telecommunications technologies, devices and gadgets. The information and
insights gathered are considered in the roadmap of future products and services and the
company’s network and IT infrastructure evolution. Proper timing of investments in technology
and infrastructure always consider its strategic implications, velocity of technology cycles and
customer adoption.
The Globe data network is continuously being enhanced by deploying new mobile and data
technologies, increasing network capacity and coverage while modernizing the fixed line data
infrastructure.
Globe is in the process of transforming its businesses and such changes permeate into its
network and IT systems and supporting processes. Crucial changes in the company’s network
infrastructure are being pursued mainly to improve network quality, anticipate the surge in voice
and data traffic, decrease total cost of ownership, and make the network robust enough to meet
future needs. IT transformation programs are set to re-engineer the company’s IT systems and
key processes to enhance its ability to deliver superior customer experience and understand what
customers value, while being able to roll out products to the market in a more efficient and
effective manner.
Should Globe Telecom’s ambitious and complex transformation programs fail to achieve the
desired outcomes, Globe could ultimately lose market share thus impacting its financial results.
Globe has institutionalized the appropriate program governance organizations with Management
Team oversight and accountability to ensure program risks are properly considered and managed
aimed at achieving key program objectives and improving customer experience. Globe ensures
that a competent program office and project organization are in place for major change programs.
Supporting processes have been established to closely monitor and provide a venue for regular
progress updates, alignment of efforts, discussion of critical implementation issues and
challenges and help ensure successful execution of its change programs.
Leading the digital lifestyle for customers and diversification of Globe’s business portfolio is critical
to maintain market competitiveness. Failure to drive the entire organization to quickly adapt work
practices and make the right shift in skills and competencies necessary for the company to lead
in the digital space and forge into adjacent spaces may lead to missed business opportunities.
Globe has initiated cultural change programs that focus on customer centricity and innovation.
Opportunistic hiring of talents required for innovation and new investment areas are also carefully
considered. Globe continues to build the right leadership structures and system team that will
support an agile, future-ready and customer-centric organization.
Globe is exposed to risks in staffing critical functions with competent management and technical
expertise. Globe’s greatest asset is its people and the company’s success is largely dependent
on its ability to attract highly skilled personnel and to retain and motivate the best employees.
As new players are poised to ramp up their operations, this may result in poaching of key
employees from the company’s talent pool.
In line with Globe’s Purpose of treating people right, and in support of the Department of Labor
and Employment’s campaign against all illegal forms of contractualization, Globe strictly monitors
its accredited partners on their sustained compliance with pertinent labor laws and regulations.
Various people-related programs designed to engage and motivate employees are being
implemented in order to retain and attract key talents. Globe University was formally organized
to address the growing competency and development needs of Globe. With the need to develop
key talent imperatives, it is a significant move towards achieving key improvements in workforce
capabilities and performance.
Globe is recognized as one of the Philippines’ top companies providing innovative services and
delivering superior customer experience while maintaining a socially responsible business. The
company is exposed to reputational risks which may result from its actions or that of its
competitors; indirectly due to the actions of an employee; or consequently through actions of
outsourced partners, suppliers, or joint venture partners.
Damage to Globe Telecom’s reputation and erosion of brand equity could also be triggered by
the inability to swiftly and adequately handle negative traditional and social media sentiments on
Globe Telecom’s products and services resulting from unfavorable customer experience, among
others.
The cyber security landscape is rapidly evolving and users are heavily relying on digitized
information and sharing vast amounts of data across complex and inherently vulnerable
networks. This exposes Globe to various forms of cyber-attacks which could result in
disruption of business operations, damage to reputation, legal and regulatory fines and
customer claims.
New technologies and systems being installed in the name of advanced capabilities and
processing efficiencies may introduce new risks which could outpace the organization’s ability
to properly identify, assess and address such risks. Further, new business models that rely
heavily on global digitization, use of cloud, big data, mobile devices and social media increase
the organization’s exposure to cyber-attacks.
Globe continues to strengthen and enhance its existing security detection, vulnerability and
patch management, configuration management, identity access management, events
monitoring, data loss prevention and network/end-user perimeter capabilities to ensure that
cyber threats are effectively managed.
As part of the company’s mission to promote the intelligent and judicious use of the internet,
Globe also educates the youth to better understand the impact of their online behavior so
they can be responsible digital citizens, thereby lessening cyber threats to Globe. In parallel,
online security is promoted through customer education drives.
Globe, in the course of regular business, acquires personal information of its customers and
retains the same either electronically or via hard copies. Existing laws require that information,
especially customer information, be adequately protected against unauthorized access and
or/disclosure. The risk of data leakage is high with the level of empowerment granted to in-
house and outsourced employees handling sales and after sales support transactions to
enable the efficient discharge of their functions.
Employee awareness on data protection and loss prevention is reinforced through regular
corporate communication channels. Further, employees are made accountable for
maintaining the confidentiality of data handled, including disclosures and information shared
in various social media platforms. Controls over processes that require handling of
customers’ personal information are being tightened, coupled with enhancements in existing
security capabilities to prevent compromise of customer data.
A Chief Information Security Officer and Data Protection Officer was appointed to strengthen
the management of risks relating to the confidentiality and integrity of customer information
while ensuring compliance with Data Privacy Act of 2012 or Republic Act 10173 (DPA). Our
CISO/DPO reports to our Chief Technology and Information Officer (CTIO), and acts as
Chairman of the Information Security and Privacy Committee in Management as well as leads
our Information Security and Data Privacy Division (ISDP). ISDP is a fully-operationalized
group that focuses on Globe’s data privacy and cybersecurity matters.
The CISO provides regular updates on information security and data privacy matters to the
Board, through the ARPT Committee to ensure that cyber risks and technology or digital
threats to the business and our customers are addressed and managed effectively.
The quality and continued delivery of Globe’s services are highly dependent on its network
and IT infrastructure which are vulnerable to damages caused by extreme weather
disturbances, natural calamities, fire, acts of terrorism, intentional damage, malicious acts
and other similar events which could negatively impact the attainment of revenue targets and
the company’s reputation.
Since 2012, our Business Continuity Management System (BCMS), which governs our
Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Planning, has been certified by BSI, Singapore
– an internationally recognized certification body. The Globe BCMS is primarily responsible
in ensuring that programs are in place for Globe to continuously improve on:
• the readiness of our employees to manage disastrous incidents;
• the ability of the organization to deliver critical products and services especially
during disasters, and;
• the commitment to deliver on important legal and regulatory requirements.
The company is continuously enhancing its incident and crisis management plans and
capabilities and have incorporated disaster risk reduction and response objectives in its
business continuity planning. Part of Globe’s Business Continuity Management Program
initiatives include:
• Partnering with the Metropolitan Manila Development Authority (MMDA) and the
Philippine Disaster Recovery Foundation (PDRF), to create a network of support during
disasters.
• Sponsored the development of hazard maps for 54 out of 81 Philippine provinces,
which will be used by Phivolcs to assist the provinces in their disaster management
plans.
• Reinforced Ayala ASSIST, an app that enables Globe and other Ayala employees to
easily seek assistance during disasters.
• Re-certification in Business Continuity (ISO 22301) on an enterprise-wide scale
• Reinforcing the company’s business continuity policies and best practices through
various awareness drives and training programs
Globe strengthens its revenue assurance capabilities through the identification and
embedding of appropriate revenue assurance controls into new products, services, and new
systems as well as the implementation of sound controls on existing products and services.
(v) Fraud
Globe runs the risk of falling victim to fraud perpetrated by unscrupulous persons or
syndicates either to avail of “free” services, to take advantage of device offers or defraud its
customers. With the increased complexity of technologies, network elements and IT
infrastructure, new types of fraud that are more difficult to detect or combat could also arise.
This risk also involves irregularities in transactions or activities executed by employees for
personal gain.
Globe implements standards and practices that remind and deter employees, who through
the course of business transactions with various partners, from engaging in corrupt or
unethical practices. Management has zero tolerance for such acts and have corresponding
severe penalties as provided in the company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics (CoC). Globe
employees, by virtue of his/her employment, are bound to uphold trust given to them by not
seeking to gain any undue personal or pecuniary advantage (other than the rightful proceeds
of employment) from dealings with or for and in behalf of Globe. Our employees maintain the
highest standards of honesty, integrity, and professional conduct. Seeking undue financial
and material advantage from transactions with Globe is a breach of trust between the
employee and the company. Globe’s CoC promulgates policies governing conflict of interest,
whistleblowers, unethical, and corrupt practices, among others.
N. Management of Risks
Realizing the need to protect the business from losses arising from failures in internal processes,
people, and systems or external events, which is an integral part of Globe’s RM responsibility, an
Operational Risk Management and Business Protection (ORB) department was established. ORB’s
primary objective is to provide end-to-end support for all activities under risk management, overseeing
safety, environment, infrastructure hazard management, insurance, as well as enterprise business
continuity management. ORB reports to the Head of Logistics and Administrative Services who directly
reports to the CFO/CRO. The department is mandated to do the following:
• Provide hazard identification and risk assessment for Globe Telecom’s operations, activities,
events, and infrastructure;
• Facilitate implementation of risk control and mitigation measures for safety and environmental
management, in collaboration with operational and business groups;
• Provide and facilitate risk transfer and business protection solutions through insurance or
contractor liability agreements;
• Establish an effective framework for business continuity management for the organization to
effectively respond to threats such as natural disasters, equipment failure, data breaches, and
in effect, protect its business interests.
O. Debt Issues
For details on Globe Group’s Loans Payable see Note 16 of Globe’s 2018 Consolidated Financial
Statements which is part of the exhibits to this report.
For further details on the Globe’s financial condition and operations, please refer to its 2018
Consolidated Financial Statements which is incorporated herein as part of Index to Financial
Statements and Supplementary Schedules. Also, for further information on Globe, please refer to its
SEC17A which is available in its website www.globe.com.ph.
Ayala Corporation
Ayala Corporation owns, among others the following properties: significant area in the 4 floors of the
Tower One Building located in Ayala Triangle, Ayala Avenue, Makati (which were purchased in 1995
and are used as corporate headquarters of the Company); various provincial lots relating to its business
operations totaling about 1,397.33 hectares and Metro Manila lots totaling 3.12 hectares including lots
and buildings for the Honda Cars Makati, Honda Cars Pasig, Honda Cars Alabang and Isuzu Alabang
dealerships (which are leased to these dealerships). Certain properties are subject to certain conditions,
restrictions and covenants in which the Company is compliant.
ALI
The following table provides summary information on ALI’s land bank as of December 31, 2018.
Properties included are either wholly-owned or part of a joint venture and free of lien unless noted.
Leased Properties
ALI has an existing contract with BCDA to develop, under a lease agreement a mall with an estimated
gross leasable area of 152,000 square meters on a 9.8-hectare lot inside Fort Bonifacio. The lease
agreement covers 25 years, renewable for another 25 years subject to reappraisal of the lot at market
value. The annual fixed lease rental amounts to P106.5 million while the variable rent ranges from 5%
to 20% of gross revenues. Subsequently, ALI transferred its rights and obligations granted to or imposed
under the lease agreement to SSECC, a subsidiary, in exchange for equity.
Rental Properties
ALI’s properties for lease are largely shopping centers, office buildings and hotels and resorts. As of
December 31, 2018, rental revenues from these properties amount to 34.9 billion or 15% consolidated
revenues before intercompany adjustments, 17% higher than P29.9 billion recorded in 2017.
Property Acquisitions
With 11,624 hectares in its land bank as of December 31, 2018, Ayala Land believes that it has sufficient
properties for development in next 25 years.
Nevertheless, ALI continues to seek new opportunities for additional, large-scale, master-planned
developments in order to replenish its inventory and provide investors with an entry point into attractive
long-term value propositions. The focus is on acquiring key sites in the Mega Manila area and other
geographies with progressive economies that offer attractive potential and where projected value
appreciation will be fastest.
On May 15, 2018, Ayala Land, Inc. (“ALI”) entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Green
Square Properties Corporation (“GSPC”) and Green Circle Properties and Resources, Inc. (“GCPRI”)
on May 11, 2018 for the formation of a Joint-Venture Company (“JVC”) that will own and develop 27,852
hectares of land (“the Properties”), specifically located in Dingalan, Aurora and General Nakar, Province
of Quezon. ALI will own 51%, and GSPC and GCPRI will jointly own 49% of the JVC.
On April 4, 2018, Ayala Land, Inc. (ALI) signed a Deed of Absolute Sale with Central Azucarera de
Tarlac, Inc. for the acquisition of several parcels of land with an aggregate area of approximately 290
hectares located in Barangay Central, City of Tarlac, Province of Tarlac.
On February 20, 2018, the Philippine Competition Commission (PCC) approved the setting up of a joint
venture between ALI and Royal Asia Land, Inc. to acquire, own, and develop a 936-hectare commercial
and residential project in Silang and Carmona, Cavite. Both firms will own 50% equity in the joint venture
vehicle while Royal Asia Land will receive a consultation fee of 2% of the joint venture firm's gross
revenue for its participation in the planning and development of the property. ALI, meanwhile, will
develop and market the project and receive a management fee of 12% and sales and marketing fee of
5% of the gross revenue. The PCC has deemed that the transaction does not result in a substantial
lessening of competition because it will not have a structural effect on the market.
In June 2015, ALI, through SM-ALI Group consortium, participated and won in the bidding for Lot No.
8-B-1, containing an area of 263,384 sqm, which is a portion of Cebu City-owned lot located at the
South Road Properties, Cebu City covered by Transfer Certificate of Title No. 107-2011000963 (the
“Property”). SM-ALI Group consortium is a consortium among SM Prime Holdings, Inc. (“SM”), Ayala
Land, and Cebu Holdings, Inc. (“CHI”, together with ALI collectively referred to as the “ALI Group”). The
SM-ALI Group will co-develop the property pursuant to a joint master plan.
In April 2015, ALI purchased all of the 8.2 million common shares of Aegis PeopleSupport Realty
Corporation amounting to P435 million. Aegis PeopleSupport Realty Corporation is a PEZA-registered
entity and the owner of Aegis building along Villa Street, Cebu IT Park, Lahug, Cebu City. The building
is a certified LEED-Gold Office with a gross leasable area of 18,092 sqm and is largely occupied by
Teleperformance under a long-term lease.
On February 6, 2015, ALI purchased the combined remaining interest of Allante Realty and
Development Corporation (Allante) and DBH, Inc. (DBH) in North Triangle Depot Commercial
Corporation (NTDCC) consisting of 167,548 common shares and 703,904 preferred shares amounting
to P229 million. This brings ALIC) consisting of 167,548 common shares and 703,904 total outstanding
capital stock of NTDCC.
In January 2014, ALI entered and signed into a 50-50% joint venture agreement with AboitizLand, Inc.
for the development of a 15-hectare mixed-use community in Mandaue City, Cebu. The first project of
SEC FORM 17-A 119
this joint venture will involve the construction of a mall and a residential condominium unit with an
estimated initial cost of P3 billion.
On November 23, 2013, ALI, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ayala Hotels and Resorts Corp,
(AHRC) signed an agreement to acquire 100% interest in Asian Conservation Company, Inc. (ACCI)
which effectively consolidates the remaining 40% interest in Ten Knots Development Corp. (TKDC) and
Ten Knots Philippines Inc. (TKPI) (60%-owned subsidiary of ALI prior to this acquisition). The
agreement resulted in ALI effectively obtaining 100% interest in TKPI and TKDC.
On April 16, 2013, ALI entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement (SPA) with Global International
Technologies Inc. (GITI) to acquire the latter’s 32% interest in ALI Property Partners Co. (APPCo) for
P3.52 billion. GITI is a 100% owned company of the Goldman Sachs Group Inc. The acquisition
increased ALI’s stake in APPCo from 68% to 100%. APPCo owns BPO buildings in Makati, Quezon
City and Laguna with a total gross leasable area of around 230,000 sqm. The carrying amount of the
non-controlling interest is reduced to nil as APPCo became wholly owned by ALI. The difference
between the fair value of the consideration paid and the amount by which the non-controlling interest is
adjusted is recognized in equity attributable to ALI amounting to P2,722.6 million.
ALI has certain properties in Makati City that are mortgaged with BPI in compliance with BSP rules on
directors, officers, stockholders and related interests.
MWC
The Concession Agreement grants MWC the right to operate, maintain in good working order, repair,
decommission, and refurbish the MWSS facilities in the East Zone, which include treatment plants,
pumping stations, aqueducts and the business area office. However, legal title to these facilities
remains with MWSS. The net book value of these facilities on Commencement Date based on MWSS’
closing audit report amounted to Php4.6 billion, with a sound value, or the appraised value less
observed depreciation, of Php10.40 billion. These assets are not reflected in the financial statements
of MWC.
Pursuant to the terms of the Concession Agreement, new assets contributed to the MWSS system by
MWC during the term of the Concession Agreement are reflected in MWC’s financial statements and
remain with MWC until the Expiration Date (as defined in the Concession Agreement), at which time all
right, title and interest in such assets automatically vest to MWSS. The Concession Agreement allows
MWC to mortgage or create security interests over its assets solely for the purpose of financing, or
refinancing, the acquisition or construction of the said assets, provided that no such mortgage or
security interest shall (i) extend beyond the Expiration Date of the Concession Agreement, and (ii) be
subject to foreclosure except following an event of termination as defined under the Concession
Agreement.
On July 17, 2008, MWC, together with all of its Lenders signed an Omnibus Amendment Agreement
and Intercreditor Agreement and these agreements became effective on September 30, 2008.
Prior to the execution of the Omnibus Amendment Agreement, the obligations of MWC to pay amounts
due and owing or committed to be repaid to the lenders under the existing facility agreements were
secured by Assignments of Interests by Way of Security executed by the MWC in favor of a trustee
acting on behalf of the lenders. The Assignments were also subject to the provisions of the Amended
and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated March 1, 2004 and its Amendatory Agreement dated
December 15, 2005 executed by MWC, the lenders and their appointed trustee.
Under the Omnibus Amendment Agreement, the lenders effectively released MWC from the assignment
of its present and future fixed assets, receivables and present and future bank accounts, all the Project
Documents (except for the Agreement, Technical Corrections Agreement and the Department of
Finance Undertaking Letter), all insurance policies where MWC is the beneficiary and performance
bonds posted in its favor by contractors or suppliers.
In consideration for the release of the assignment of the above-mentioned assets, MWC agreed not to
create, assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist, any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest, charge,
encumbrance or other preferential arrangement of any kind, upon or with respect to any of its properties
or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon or with respect to any right to receive
income, subject only to some legal exceptions. The lenders shall continue to enjoy their rights and
IMI
IMI has production facilities in the Philippines (Laguna, Cavite and Taguig), China (Shenzhen, Jiaxing,
Chengdu, and Suzhou), Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Germany, Mexico and the UK. It also has a
prototyping and NPI facility located in Tustin, California. Engineering and design centers, on the other
hand, are located in the Philippines, Singapore, China, United States, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, and
Germany. IMI also has a global network of sales and logistics offices in Asia, North America and Europe.
IMI’s global facilities and capabilities of each location as of December 31, 2018 are shown below:
Floor Area
Location Capabilities
(square meters)
Manufacturing Sites
Philippines-Laguna 96,182 ▪ 31 SMT lines, 2 FC lines
(2 sites) ▪ 5 COB/COF lines
▪ Box build to Complex Equipment manufacturing
▪ LVHM, HVLM
▪ Solder Wave, Potting, Al & AG W/B
▪ Protective Coating
▪ ICT, FCT, AOI, RF Testing
▪ Design & Development
▪ Test & System Development
▪ Cleanroom to class 100
▪ Low Pressure Molding (Overmold)
▪ Precision Metals/Machining
Philippines-Cavite 2,350 ▪ 3 SMT lines
▪ Box Build
▪ System Integration
▪ PTH, Solder Wave
▪ ICT, FCT, AOI
▪ 3D X-ray
▪ LVHM
Philippines-PSi Laguna 9,858 ▪ Power Component Discrete Packaging, e.g.,
2L,3L,4L TO-247, 3L TO252, 2L,3L TO-220
▪ Silicon Carbide and Gallium Nitride Packaging
▪ Ag Sintering Process
▪ Diversified Packaging - from Low to High Power
and Small to Large Outline
▪ R&D line/ Captive Lines for Power QFN and
Modules
▪ Customized Power Packaging Requirements
▪ Low/ Med Power Discrete Packaging and
Processes including Au Wire Bonding
▪ Al Ribbon, Cu Clip interconnect
▪ 3D Packaging, MCM, High Reliability OFN
Packages: 3 x 3 mm,3.3x3.3 mm, 4x5 mm,
5x6mm, 6x5mm 8x8 mm at 1 mm to 1.5 mm
package height
China-Pingshan 29,340 ▪ 17 SMT lines, 1 COB line
▪ Box Build
▪ PTH, Solder Wave
▪ POP, Auto Pin Insertion
▪ Potting, Conformal coating and Burn-in
▪ ICT, FCT, AOI, RF Testing
▪ Test & System Development
▪ Design & Development
▪ LVHM, HVLM
China-Kuichong 23,524 ▪ 21 SMT lines
▪ Box Build
▪ PTH, Auto Pin Insertion, Solder Wave
▪ ICT, FCT, AOI, SPI, RF Testing
▪ Test & System Development
▪ LVHM, HVLM
Total 409,317
BPI
In view of the planned re-development of the BPI Head Office building located at 6768 Ayala Avenue,
Makati City, BPI’s executive office and select business and support units have temporarily relocated to
the Ayala North Exchange Tower 1, Ayala Avenue corner Salcedo St., Legaspi Village, Makati City.
The rest of the business and support units have also temporarily relocated to BPI Buendia Center and
various other sites in Makati, San Juan, Quezon City, and Muntinlupa.
Of the Bank’s 856 local branches, 694 operate as BPI branches: 358 in Metro Manila/Greater Metro
Manila Area and 336 in the provincial area. The parent bank owns 31% of these branches and leases
the remaining 69%. Total annual lease expenses amounted to P992 million in 2018. Expiration dates
of the lease contracts vary from branch to branch.
These office and branches are maintained in good condition for the benefit of both the employees and
the transacting public. The Bank enforces standards for branch facade, layout, number and types of
equipment and upkeep of the premises. The Bank also continuously reconfigures the mix of its
traditional branches, and kiosk branches as it adjusts to the needs of its customers.
Globe
Globe Telecom’s Corporate Office is located at The Globe Tower, 32 nd Street corner 7th Avenue,
Bonifacio Global City, Taguig.
Globe also owns several floors of condominium corporation Pioneer Highlands Towers 1 and 2, located
at Pioneer Street in Mandaluyong City. In addition, the Company also owns host exchanges in the
following areas: Bacoor, Batangas, Ermita, Iligan, Makati, Mandaluyong, Marikina, Cubao-Aurora,
among others.
Globe leases office spaces in W City Center, located at 7th Avenue corner 30th Street, Bonifacio Global
City, Taguig, for its Network Technical Group. It also leases office spaces in Limketkai Gateway Tower
located in Cagayan de Oro City and in Abreeza Technohub located in Davao City. It also leases the
space for most of its Globe Stores, as well as the Company’s base stations and cell sites scattered
throughout the Philippines.
Globe’s existing business centers and cell sites located in strategic locations all over the country are
generally in good condition and are covered by specific lease agreements with various lease payments,
expiration periods and renewal options. As Globe continues to expand its network, Globe intends to
lease more spaces for additional cell sites, stores, and support facilities with lease agreements,
payments, expiration periods and renewal options that are undeterminable at this time. (For additional
details on Buildings and Leasehold Improvements see Note 9 of Globe’s 2018 Consolidated Financial
Statements which is part of the exhibits to this report).
Except as disclosed herein or in the Definitive Information Statements (DIS) of the Company or its
subsidiaries or associates and joint ventures which are themselves public companies or as has been
otherwise publicly disclosed, there are no material legal proceedings, bankruptcy petition, conviction by
final judgment, order, judgment or decree or any violation of a securities or commodities law for the past
five years to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associates and joint ventures or its directors
or executive officers is a party or of which any of its material properties is subject in any court or
administrative government agency. The Company’s DIS is available at its website www.ayala.com.ph.
In any event, below are the significant legal proceedings involving the Company’s subsidiaries,
associates and joint ventures:
ALI
As of December 31, 2018, ALI, its subsidiaries, and its affiliates, are not involved in any litigation
regarding an event which occurred during the past five (5) years that they consider material.
However, there are certain litigation ALI is involved in which it considers material, and though the events
giving rise to the said litigation occurred beyond the five (5) year period, the same are still unresolved,
as follows:
Certain individuals and entities have claimed an interest in ALI’s properties located in Las Piñas, Metro
Manila, which are adjacent to its development in Ayala Southvale.
Prior to purchasing the aforesaid properties, ALI conducted an investigation of titles to the properties
and had no notice of any title or claim that was superior to the titles purchased by ALI. ALI traced its
titles to their original certificates of title and ALI believes that it has established its superior ownership
position over said parcels of land. ALI has assessed these adverse claims and believes that its titles
are in general superior to the purported titles or other evidence of alleged ownership of these claimants.
On this basis, beginning October 1993, ALI filed petitions in the Regional Trial Court of Makati and Las
Piñas for quieting of title to nullify the purported titles or claims of these adverse claimants. These cases
are at various stages of trial and appeal. Some of these cases have been decided by the Supreme
Court. These include decisions affirming the title of ALI to some of these properties, which have been
developed and offered for sale to the public as Sonera, Ayala Southvale. The remaining pending cases
involve the remaining area of approximately 126 hectares.
As a result of the explosion which occurred on October 19, 2007 at the basement of the Makati
Supermarket Building, the Philippine National Police has filed a complaint with the Department of
Justice (“DOJ”) and recommended the prosecution of certain officers/employees of Makati Supermarket
Corporation, the owner of the building, as well as some employees of ALI’s subsidiary, APMC, among
other individuals, for criminal negligence. In a Joint Resolution dated April 23, 2008, the DOJ special
panel of prosecutors ruled that there was no probable cause to prosecute the APMC employees for
criminal negligence. This was affirmed by the DOJ Secretary in a Resolution dated November 17, 2008.
A Motion for Reconsideration was filed by the Philippine National Police which remains pending with
the DOJ. To date, no civil case has been filed by any of the victims of the incident.
ALI has made no allowance in respect of such actual or threatened litigation expenses.
MWC
2. Manila Water Company, Inc. and Maynilad Water Services, Inc. vs. Hon. Borbe, et al.
CBAA Case No. L-69
Central Board of Assessment Appeals (“Central Board”)
This is an appeal from the denial by the Local Board of Assessment Appeals of Bulacan Province (the
“Local Board”) of the Company’s (and Maynilad Water Services, Inc.’s [Maynilad]) appeal from the
Notice of Assessment and Notice of Demand for Payment of Real Property Tax in the amount of
P357,110,945 made by the Municipal Assessor of Norzagaray, Bulacan. The Company is being
assessed for half of the amount.
In a letter dated April 3, 2008, the Municipal Treasurer of Norzagaray and the Provincial Treasurer of
the Province of Bulacan, informed both the Concessionaires (the Company and Maynilad) that their
total real property tax accountabilities have reached P648,777,944.60 as of December 31, 2007. This
amount, if paid by the Concessionaires, will ultimately be charged to the customers as part of the water
tariff rate. The Concessionaires (and the MWSS, which intervened as a party in the case) are thus
contesting the legality of the tax on a number of grounds, including the fact that the properties subject
of the assessment are owned by MWSS, which is both a government-owned and controlled corporation
and an instrumentality of the National Government exempt from taxation under the Local Government
Code.
The Central Board conducted a hearing on June 25, 2009. In the said hearing, the parties were given
the opportunity and time to exchange pleadings regarding a motion for reconsideration filed by the
Municipality of Norzagaray, Bulacan to have the case remanded to and heard by the Local Board rather
than by the Central Board.
The Company and Maynilad have already concluded presentation of their respective evidence and
witnesses, while MWSS waived its right to present evidence.
On August 12, 2015, the newly-constituted members of the Central Board’s Panel conducted an ocular
inspection of the subject properties. On September 17, 2015, the Province of Bulacan presented its first
witness, Ms. Gloria P. Sta. Maria, the former Municipal Assessor of Norzagaray, Bulacan. The
Company, Maynilad and MWSS have completed their cross-examination of Ms. Sta. Maria.
In an Order dated July 15, 2016, the Central Board denied the motion for reconsideration of the
Municipality of Norzagaray, Bulacan for which it filed a Petition for Certiorari with the Court of Tax
Appeals (“CTA”) on August 24, 2016. In compliance with the directive of the CTA, the Company filed a
Comment dated January 3, 2017. MWSS and Maynilad have likewise filed their respective Comments.
On January 31, 2017, the CTA requested the parties to file their respective memoranda. The Company
filed its Memorandum on March 27, 2017. Maynilad filed its Memorandum dated March 16, 2017 while
the Office of the Solicitor General (“OSG”) filed its Memorandum last March 29, 2017.
On May 10, 2018, the CTA rendered a Decision denying the Petition for Certiorari finding that there was
no grave abuse of discretion on the part of the Central Board.
At present, the Company has not received any motion for reconsideration or appeal from the
Municipality of Norzagaray, Bulacan of the said Decision.
3. Manila Water Company, Inc. vs. The Regional Director, Environmental Management Bureau-
National Capital Region, et al.
CA-G.R. No. 112023 (DENR-PAB Case No. NCR-00794-09), Supreme Court
This case arose from a complaint filed by the OIC Regional Director Roberto D. Sheen of the
Environmental Management Bureau-National Capital Region (“EMB-NCR”) before the Pollution
Adjudication Board (“PAB”) against the Company, Maynilad and the MWSS for alleged violation of R.A.
On April 22, 2009, the PAB, through the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (“DENR”)
Secretary and Chair Jose L. Atienza, Jr., issued a Notice of Violation finding the Company, Maynilad
and MWSS to have committed the aforesaid violation of R.A. 9275. Subsequently, a Technical
Conference was scheduled on May 5, 2009. In the said Technical Conference, the Company, MWSS
and Maynilad explained to the PAB their respective positions and it was established that DENR has a
great role to play to compel people to connect to existing sewage lines and those that are yet to be
established by the Company and Maynilad.
In addition to the explanations made by the Company during the Technical Conference, the Company
together with MWSS and Maynilad wrote a letter dated May 25, 2009 and addressed to the respondent
Secretary where they outlined their position on the matter.
In response to the May 25, 2009 letter, the OIC Regional Director for NCR, the Regional Director of
Region IV-A and the Regional Director of EMB Region III submitted their respective Comments. The
Company thereafter submitted its letter dated July 13, 2009 to the PAB where it detailed its compliance
with the provisions of R.A. No. 9275 and reiterated its position that the continuing compliance should
be within the context of the Company’s Concession Agreement with MWSS. Despite the explanations
of the Company, the PAB issued an Order dated October 7, 2009 which found the Company, Maynilad
and MWSS to have violated R.A. 9275. The Company filed its Motion for Reconsideration dated October
22, 2009 which the PAB denied in an Order dated December 2, 2009. Hence, the Company filed its
Petition for Review dated December 21, 2009 with the Court of Appeals. The Company thereafter filed
an amended Petition for Review dated January 25, 2010.
In a Decision dated August 14, 2012, the Court of Appeals denied the Company’s Petition for Review
and on September 26, 2012, the Company filed a Motion for Reconsideration of the Court of Appeals’
Decision.
On April 29, 2013, the Company received the Resolution dated April 11, 2013 of the Court of Appeals,
denying its Motion for Reconsideration.
The Company has filed its appeal from the Decision and Resolution of the Court of Appeals in the form
of a Petition for Review on Certiorari with the Supreme Court on May 29, 2013. In this Petition, the
Company reinforced its argument that it did not violate Section 8 of R.A. 9275 as it was able to connect
existing sewage lines to available sewage facilities, contrary to the findings of the Court of Appeals.
Per Resolution dated 19 September 2017, the Supreme Court acted on the Manifestation and Motion
to Withdraw Appearance dated 1 August 2017 filed by Atty. A. Edsel C.F. Tupaz, counsel for petitioner
Water for All Refund Movement, Inc. in G.R. No. 212581, and resolved to: (a) note the Manifestation,
stating that he has been representing Petitioner Water for All Refund Movement in a pro bono capacity
since the commencement of the case but he had recently been appointed to a public office since 13
March 2017; (b) defer action on the Motion to Withdraw Appearance; (c) grant Atty. Tupaz's request
that notice relative to the instant Manifestation and Motion to Withdraw Appearance be sent to his
current address of record; (d) note the Letter dated 15 August 2017 submitting the compact disc
containing the soft copy of the aforementioned Manifestation and Motion to Withdraw.
On June 25, 2013, the Company received a copy of the Petition for Certiorari and Mandamus with
Prayer for the Issuance of a Temporary Restraining Order dated June 20, 2013 filed by the Waterwatch
Coalition (“Waterwatch”), Inc. The issues raised in the Petition are as follows:
(a) The Concession Agreements are unconstitutional for granting inherent sovereign powers to the
Concessionaires which insist they are private entities and mere agents of the MWSS;
(b) The Concessionaires are public utilities;
(c) The Concession system of MWSS, the Company and Maynilad is in a state of regulatory
capture;
(d) The Concession Agreements are State Contracts and cannot invoke the non-impairment clause
in the Constitution;
(e) The Concessionaires have no vested property rights; and
(f) MWSS is in a state of regulatory capture.
On August 14, 2013, the Company received a copy of a Petition for Certiorari, Prohibition and
Mandamus dated August 5, 2013 filed by the Water for All Refund Movement (“WARM”). The issues
raised in the WARM Petition are as follows:
(a) The Concession Agreements unduly grant to the Concessionaires the exercise of governmental
powers even without the benefit of legislation or, at the very least, a franchise for such purpose;
(b) Concessionaires are performing public service and are therefore, governed by the Public
Service Law, and subject to the 12% rate of return cap;
(c) Concessionaires are public utilities, not mere agents or contractors of the MWSS;
(d) Public utility or not, Concessionaires may not pass on their income taxes to the water
consumers as expenditures; and
(e) The Concession Agreements cannot cause the creation of a Regulatory Office, a public office
performing public functions, or even source its funding from the Concessionaires, which are the
very same entities it is supposed to regulate.
On January 3, 2014, the Company received a copy of a Petition for Certiorari, Prohibition and
Mandamus dated December 13, 2013 filed by the Virginia S. Javier, et.al, (“Javier”) who were suing in
their capacity as consumers/customers of the Concessionaires. The issues raised in the Javier Petition
are as follows:
(a) The Concession Agreements are unconstitutional and/or ultra vires for being delegations of
sovereign power without the consent of Congress;
(b) The Concessionaires are public utilities;
(c) Respondents have improperly implemented RORB calculations for purposes of establishing
tariffs;
(d) The Concession Agreements are not protected by the non-impairment clause;
(e) Respondents should be enjoined from proceeding with arbitration; and
(f) MWSS is in a state of regulatory capture.
On February 4, 2014, the Company received a copy of the Supreme Court’s Resolution dated January
14, 2014 consolidating the three (3) cases. The Company filed a Consolidated Comment on the
aforesaid Petitions. The arguments raised by the Company in response to the Petitions are as follows:
(a) The Concession Agreements are valid, legal and constitutional as these have statutory basis
and do not involve any grant or delegation of the “inherent sovereign powers of police power,
eminent domain and taxation”;
(b) The Concessionaires are not public utilities in themselves but are mere agents and contractors
of a public utility (MWSS);
(d) The rates set under the Concession Agreements are compliant with the 12% rate of return cap
in the MWSS Charter. Not being public utilities but mere agents of the MWSS, the
Concessionaires are not subject to audit by the Commission on Audit (COA); and
(e) The Concessionaires are authorized to pass on corporate income taxes to water consumers.
On September 22, 2014, the Company received another Petition for Certiorari and Prohibition filed by
the ABAKADA-Guro Party List, represented by Atty. Florante B. Legaspi, Jr. This Petition was likewise
consolidated with the Waterwatch, WARM and Javier Petitions due to similarities in the issues raised.
In particular, the Petition questions the constitutionality of the Concession Agreements entered into by
MWSS with both the Company and Maynilad and the extension of the Concession Agreements for
another 15 years from year 2022. The Petition also seeks to nullify the arbitration proceedings between
MWSS and the Concessionaires. The Company has filed its Comment on the Petition.
In its Resolution dated April 21, 2015, the Supreme Court directed the parties to file their respective
memoranda within thirty (30) days from notice thereof. After moving for the extension of the deadline
on several occasions, on September 18, 2015, the Company filed its Memorandum.
Maynilad, MWSS and Waterwatch have likewise filed their respective Memoranda. Petitioners WARM,
ABAKADA-Guro and Javier, et al. have manifested that they would adopt their respective Petitions as
their Memoranda.
This case is a Petition for Certiorari and Prohibition [with Application for the Issuance of a Temporary
Restraining Order and/or Writ of Preliminary Injunction] dated August 6, 2015 filed by petitioners Neri
Colmenares and Carlos Isagani Zarate, representatives of Bayan Muna Partylist. The Petition was filed
primarily for the following purposes:
(a) To nullify, supposedly for being unconstitutional, the Arbitration Clause contained in the
Concession Agreements entered into by MWSS with the Company and Maynilad, respectively;
(b) To nullify, supposedly for being unconstitutional, the Sovereign Guarantee contained in the
Undertaking Letters executed by the Republic in favor of the Concessionaires; and
(c) To declare that the Concessionaires’ payments for corporate income taxes cannot be deducted
as part of their operational expenditures; and
(d) To prevent Secretary Cesar V. Purisima and President Benigno Simeon C. Aquino III from
processing the Concessionaires’ claims under the Sovereign Guarantee.
On November 16, 2015, the Supreme Court issued a Resolution consolidating the Colmenares Petition
with the Waterwatch, WARM, Javier, and ABAKADA-Guro Petitions and directing the respondents to
file their respective Comments. On November 23, 2015, the Company filed its Comment/Opposition
(Re: Petition for Certiorari and Prohibition [with Application for the Issuance of a Temporary Restraining
Order and/or Writ of Preliminary Injunction] dated 06 August 2015). On November 13, 2015, the MWSS
and MWSS-Regulatory Office filed their Comment. On November 28, 2015, Maynilad filed its Comment
with Opposition (To the Application for the Issuance of a Temporary Restraining Order and/or Writ of
Preliminary Injunction).
On 10 March 2016, the Company received the Manifestation dated 7 March 2016 of the OSG requesting
that the Department of Finance and the said Office be excused from filing a Comment on the instant
Petition in view of the pendency of the arbitration proceedings related to the Undertaking Letters.
In its Resolution dated 15 March 2016, the Supreme Court noted and granted the Manifestation dated
7 March 2016 of the OSG and excused the same from filing a Comment on the instant Petition. On 16
June 2016, the Company received Maynilad’s Motion for Reconsideration dated 7 June 2016 praying
that the Supreme Court reconsider its Resolution dated 15 March 2016.
On 25 July 2016, the Company filed its Manifestation and Motion of even dated (“Manifestation and
Motion”), where the Company joined Maynilad in seeking a reconsideration of the Supreme Court’s
Resolution dated 15 March 2016 and moved to set the consolidated cases for oral arguments. The
Company’s Manifestation and Motion was noted in the Supreme Court’s Resolution dated 2 August
2016.
On 15 August 2016, the Company received the Manifestation dated 10 August 2016 of the Secretary
of Finance Carlos G. Dominguez III, represented by the OSG, stating that he is adopting the position
taken by his predecessor in office as stated in the Manifestation dated 7 March 2016, that the Secretary
of Finance and the OSG be excused from filing a comment on the instant Petition.
The Manifestation and Motion filed by the Company, as well as the Manifestation dated 10 August 2016
filed by Secretary of Finance Carlos G. Dominguez III, were noted in the Supreme Court’s Resolution
dated 23 August 2016.
In a Resolution dated September 19, 2017, the Supreme Court denied Maynilad’s Motion for
Reconsideration. Maynilad again filed another Motion for Reconsideration dated November 6, 2017 to
apprise the Supreme Court that in the interim, the arbitration between the Republic and Maynilad had
been resolved by the issuance of an award in favor of Maynilad. Thus, according to Maynilad, the OSG
can no longer use said arbitration proceeding as an excuse from filing its comment. Last December 12,
2017, the Company filed a Manifestation and Comment in support of Maynilad’s Motion.
In a Resolution dated March 6, 2018, the Supreme Court granted the Motion for Reconsideration dated
November 6, 2017 filed by Maynilad and the Motion for Leave to File Manifestation and Comment dated
December 12, 2017 by the Company.
On 31 July 2018, the Company received MWSS' Comment dated 18 July 2018 on the Petition.
On May 23, 2014, Allan Mendoza, et al. (“Petitioners”) filed a Petition for Mandamus under Rule 65 of
the Rules of Court praying that the Company and its President, Mr. Gerardo C. Ablaza, Jr. be
commanded to: (a) reinstitute the Welfare Fund, under terms and conditions which are no less favorable
than those provided in the MWSS Employees Savings and Welfare Plan; to make an accounting, and
reimburse and/or return to the MWC Welfare Fund the employer’s share as of December 2005 which
was diverted to the MWC Retirement Plan; and to implement the progressive employer share from the
time the Welfare Fund was dissolved in 2005 up to the time when the Fund is finally reinstituted for the
petitioners who are still employed, and up to the end of employment for those who are already separated
on account of resignation, retirement, termination, etc.; (b) to implement correctly the benefits of
petitioners which are guaranteed against non-diminution, as indicated in Exhibit “F” of the Concession
Agreement; (c) to allow petitioners to accumulate their paid leaves of 15 days of vacation leave and 15
days of sick leave annually; and (d) to pay interest on the foregoing at 12% per annum.
In an Order dated June 11, 2014, the Company and Mr. Ablaza were directed to file their Comment. On
June 27, 2014, the Company and Mr. Ablaza filed their Comment and argued as follows: (a) the court
has no jurisdiction over the subject matter of the instant Petition; being essentially an action for payment
of employee benefits, the Labor Arbiters under the National Labor Relations Commission have original
and exclusive jurisdiction over this case; (b) petitioners have resorted to mandamus in order to avoid
payment of filing fees for a collection case; thus, the court has not acquired jurisdiction over the case
for failure of the petitioners to pay the prescribed docket fees as set forth in Rule 141 of the Rules of
Court; (c) petitioners are not entitled to a writ of mandamus; (d) there was a plain, speedy and adequate
remedy available to the petitioners; (e) the case should not be treated as a class suit; (f) the claims of
petitioners have prescribed; (g) the Complaint should be dismissed because petitioners’ alleged cause
In an Order dated July 28, 2014, the Court set the presentation of petitioners’ evidence on September
10, 2014 and October 8, 2014. However, the September 10, 2014 hearing was cancelled because the
branch clerk of court, the clerk-in-charge of civil cases, the court interpreter and the court aide of the
branch were attending a seminar for the e-Court system.
Thereafter, petitioners filed a Motion to Cancel (the October 8, 2014) Hearing and to Allow Parties to
Submit Memoranda. In their Motion, petitioners claimed that the issues for resolution in the instant case
are legal questions and prayed that the parties be required to submit Memoranda in lieu of presentation
of evidence.
On October 1, 2014, the Company and Mr. Ablaza filed a Comment on the Motion and stated that they
do not entirely agree with petitioners’ statement as they have made factual allegations in their Petition
that would need to be proven in a full-blown trial. These allegations include, among others, that the
employees have suffered diminution of benefits and that the Company had allegedly used part of the
Welfare Fund as seed money for the Retirement Fund.
However, the Company and Mr. Ablaza proposed that the following legal issues be initially disposed of
by way of simultaneous Memoranda to be submitted by the parties, namely, whether or not: (a) the
court has jurisdiction over the subject matter of the Petition being essentially an action for payment of
employee benefits; (b) the court has acquired jurisdiction over the case considering the failure of the
petitioners to pay the prescribed docket fees as set forth in Rule 141 of the Rules of Court; (c) the
petitioners are entitled to a writ of mandamus; (d) there was a plain, speedy and adequate remedy
available to the petitioners; (e) this case should be treated as a class suit; (f) the claims of petitioners
have prescribed; and (g) the Petition should be dismissed because petitioners’ alleged cause of action
is barred by laches.
On October 8, 2014, the scheduled hearing for the initial presentation of petitioners’ evidence was
cancelled reset to March 5, 2015 due to the absence of the presiding judge. At the March 5, 2015
hearing, petitioners reiterated their prayer that the parties be required to submit Memoranda in lieu of
presentation of evidence considering that only legal questions are involved. The Company and Mr.
Ablaza again countered that petitioners have made factual allegations in their Petition that would need
to be proven in a full-blown trial.
The presiding judge stated that the proceedings for a petition for mandamus are summary in nature.
Thus, he directed the parties to simultaneously submit their respective Memoranda within sixty days, or
by May 5, 2015. He directed the parties to address all legal issues and if there are factual issues, to
attach judicial affidavits of witnesses. Upon submission of the Memoranda, he will determine if a party
would be allowed to cross-examine the other’s witnesses or if he would still conduct oral arguments.
In an Order dated September 14, 2015, the parties were directed to manifest whether they would be
submitting the case on the basis of their respective Memoranda or if they would request for a trial on
the merits. At the October 12, 2015 hearing before the clerk of court, the Company and Mr. Ablaza,
through counsel, reiterated that they would prefer if the issues on jurisdiction and other grounds for
dismissal be resolved first before deciding whether or not the case should go to trial. The clerk of court
noted this manifestation for discussion with the presiding judge.
The trial court thereafter set the case for initial trial on March 30, 2016. During the hearing, both parties
stated that their respective positions are already set forth in the Memorandum each submitted. The
issues on jurisdiction and other grounds for dismissal were submitted for resolution. In an Order dated
April 1, 2016, the trial court dismissed the case, without prejudice, on the ground that the Petition filed
by Mr. Mendoza failed to state a cause of action for mandamus. In an Order dated July 14, 2016, the
trial court denied the Motion for Reconsideration of the petitioners.
Mr. Allan M. Mendoza proceeded to file a Petition for Certiorari with the Court of Appeals. On October
24, 2016, the Court of Appeals ordered the counsel of Mr. Mendoza to submit an Amended Petition,
this time impleading the names of the other petitioners, stating their actual addresses, and appending
copies of their Special Powers of Attorney. On December 1, 2016, the Amended Petition was filed.
In a Resolution dated January 19, 2017, the Court of Appeals directed the counsel for the petitioners to
submit the addresses of some of the co-petitioners and to implead one additional petitioner. On
In a Resolution dated September 8, 2017, the Court of Appeals directed the Company to comment on
the Amended Petition. The Company filed its Comment on October 30, 2017.
The Court of Appeals thereafter referred the parties to compulsory mediation, which however failed. In
a Resolution dated March 6, 2018, the parties were directed to file their respective Memoranda. The
Company filed its Memorandum on May 24, 2018.
In a Resolution dated July 31, 2018, the Court of Appeals admitted the Memorandum filed by the
Company. However, the Memorandum filed by the Petitioners was deemed not filed, as their Motion for
Extension of Time to file the same was unsigned. The Petitioners were directed to show cause why
their Memorandum should be admitted despite being filed late. In a Compliance with Manifestation and
Motion to Admit, Petitioners’ counsel explained that late filing was an oversight caused by counsel’s
recent surgery and the medications prescribed, and prayed that Petitioners’ Memorandum be admitted.
IMI
There are no material pending legal proceedings, bankruptcy petition, conviction by final judgment,
order, judgment or decree or any violation of a securities or commodities law for the past five years up
to the present date to which IMI or any of its subsidiaries or its directors or executive officers is a party
or of which any of its material properties are subject in any court or administrative government agency.
IMI filed a civil case on April 11, 2011 against Standard Insurance (“Standard”) seeking to collect
Standard’s share in the loss incurred by IMI consisting in damage to production equipment and
machineries as a result of the May 24, 2009 fire at the IMI’s Cebu facility which IMI claims to be covered
by Standard’s “Industrial All Risks Material Damage with Machinery Breakdown and Business
Interruption” policy. The share of Standard in the loss is 22% or US $1,117,056.84 after its co-insurers
all paid the amount of loss respectively claimed from them. IMI had to resort to court action after
Standard denied its claim on the ground that the claim is an excepted peril. Standard filed a motion to
dismiss on various grounds, such as lack of cause of action and of prescription. The Regional Trial
Court denied the motion to dismiss but Standard filed a Motion for Reconsideration with the Court of
Appeals (CA). On April 26, 2013, the CA dismissed the case on the ground that the claim has
prescribed. On April 19, 2013, IMI filed a Motion for Reconsideration. On December 10, 2013, IMI
received a decision promulgated on December 2, 2013 denying the said Motion for Reconsideration.
IMI filed a Petition for Review on Certiorari dated January 23, 2014 which is pending with the Supreme
Court as of December 31, 2018.
BPI
BPI does not have any material pending legal proceedings to which BPI or any of its subsidiaries or
affiliates is a party or of which any of their property is the subject.
Globe
a. On October 10, 2011, the NTC issued Memorandum Circular No. 02-10-2011 titled Interconnection
Charge for Short Messaging Service requiring all public telecommunication entities to reduce their
interconnection charges to each other from ?0.35 to ?0.15 per text, which Globe Telecom complied
as early as November 2011. On December 11, 2011, the NTC One Stop Public Assistance Center
(OSPAC) filed a complaint against Globe Telecom, Smart and Digitel alleging violation of the said
MC No. 02-10-2011 and asking for the reduction of SMS off-net retail price from ₱1.00 to ₱0.80 per
text. Globe Telecom filed its response maintaining the position that the reduction of the SMS
interconnection charges does not automatically translate to a reduction in the SMS retail charge
per text.
On November 20, 2012, the NTC rendered a decision directing Globe Telecom to:
• Reduce its regular SMS retail rate from ₱1.00 to not more than ₱0.80;
SEC FORM 17-A 132
• Refund/reimburse its subscribers the excess charge of ₱0.20; and
• Pay a fine of ₱200.00 per day from December 1, 2011 until date of compliance.
On May 7, 2014, NTC denied the Motion for Reconsideration (MR) filed by Globe Telecom last
December 5, 2012 in relation to the November 20, 2012 decision. Globe Telecom’s assessment is
that Globe Telecom is in compliance with the NTC Memorandum Circular No. 02-10-2011. On
June 9, 2014, Globe Telecom filed petition for review of the NTC decision and resolution with the
Court of Appeals (CA).
The CA granted the petition in a resolution dated September 3, 2014 by issuing a 60-day temporary
restraining order on the implementation of Memorandum Circular 02-10-2011 by the NTC. On
October 15, 2014, Globe Telecom posted a surety bond to compensate for possible damages as
directed by the CA.
On June 27, 2016, the CA rendered a decision reversing the NTC’s abovementioned decision and
resolution requiring telecommunications companies to cut their SMS rates and return the excess
amount paid by subscribers. The CA said that the NTC order was baseless as there is no showing
that the reduction in the SMS rate is mandated under MC No. 02-10-2011; there is no showing,
either that the present ₱1.00 per text rate is unreasonable and unjust, as this was not mandated
under the memorandum. Moreover, under the NTC’s own MC No. 02-05-2008, SMS is a value-
added service (VAS) whose rates are deregulated.
Thereafter, the NTC and Bayan Muna Party List (Bayan Muna) Representatives Neri Javier
Colmenares and Carlos Isagani Zarate, who, in the meantime, had intervened in the case, filed
their respective motions for reconsideration, which motions were both denied by the CA.
The NTC thus elevated the CA’s ruling to the Supreme Court (SC) via a Petition for Review on
Certiorari dated 15 September 2017. Globe awaits the SC’s action on said petition.
For its part, Bayan Muna filed its own Petition for Review on Certiorari of the CA’s Decision. On 04
January 2018, Globe received a copy of the SC’s Resolution dated 06 Nov. 2017, requiring it to
comment on said petition.
Globe Telecom believes that it did not violate NTC MC No. 02-10-2011 when it did not reduce its
SMS retail rate from Php 1.00 to Php 0.80 per text, and hence, would not be obligated to refund its
subscribers. However, if it is ultimately decided by the Supreme Court (in case an appeal is taken
thereto by the NTC from the adverse resolution of the CA) that Globe Telecom is not compliant with
said circular, Globe may be contingently liable to refund to its subscribers the ₱0.20 difference
(between ₱1.00 and ₱0.80 per text) reckoned from November 20, 2012 until said decision by the
SC becomes final and executory. Management does not have an estimate of the potential claims
currently.
b. On July 23, 2009, the NTC issued NTC Memorandum Circular (MC) No. 05-07-2009 (Guidelines
on Unit of Billing of Mobile Voice Service). The MC provides that the maximum unit of billing for the
CMTS whether postpaid or prepaid shall be six (6) seconds per pulse. The rate for the first two (2)
pulses, or equivalent if lower period per pulse is used, may be higher than the succeeding pulses
to recover the cost of the call set-up. Subscribers may still opt to be billed on a one (1) minute per
pulse basis or to subscribe to unlimited service offerings or any service offerings if they actively and
knowingly enroll in the scheme.
On December 28, 2010, the Court of Appeals (CA) rendered its decision declaring null and void
and reversing the decisions of the NTC in the rates applications cases for having been issued in
violation of Globe Telecom and the other carrier’s constitutional and statutory right to due process.
However, while the decision is in Globe Telecom’s favor, there is a provision in the decision that
NTC did not violate the right of petitioners to due process when it declared via circular that the per
pulse billing scheme shall be the default.
Last January 21, 2011, Globe Telecom and two other telecom carriers, filed their respective Motions
for Partial Reconsideration (MR) on the pronouncement that “the Per Pulse Billing Scheme shall be
the default”. The petitioners and the NTC filed their respective Motion for Reconsideration, which
were all denied by the CA on January 19, 2012.
On March 12, 2012, Globe and Innove elevated to the Supreme Court the questioned portions of
the Decision and Resolution of the CA dated December 28, 2010 and its Resolution dated January
c. (1) PLDT and its affiliate, Bonifacio Communications Corporation (BCC) and Innove are in litigation
over the right of Innove to render services and build telecommunications infrastructure in the
Bonifacio Global City. In the case filed by Innove before the NTC against BCC, PLDT and the Fort
Bonifacio Development Corporation (FBDC), the NTC has issued a Cease and Desist Order
preventing BCC from performing further acts to interfere with Innove’s installations in the BGC.
On January 21, 2011, BCC and PLDT filed with the CA a Petition for Certiorari and Prohibition
against the NTC, et al. seeking to annul the Order of the NTC dated October 28, 2008 directing
BCC, PLDT and FBDC to comply with the provisions of NTC MC 05-05-02 and to cease and desist
from performing further acts that will prevent Innove from implementing and providing
telecommunications services in the Fort Bonifacio Global City pursuant to the authorization granted
by the NTC. On April 25, 2011, Innove Communications, filed its comment on the Petition.
On August 16, 2011, the CA ruled that the petition against Innove and the NTC lacked merit, holding
that neither BCC nor PLDT could claim the exclusive right to install telecommunications
infrastructure and providing telecommunications services within the BGC. Thus, the CA denied the
petition and dismissed the case. PLDT and BCC filed their motions for reconsideration thereto,
which the CA denied.
On July 6, 2012, PLDT and BCC assailed the CA’s rulings via a petition for review on certiorari with
the Supreme Court. Innove and Globe filed their comment on said petition on January 14, 2013, to
which said petitioners filed their reply on May 21, 2013. The case remains pending with the
Supreme Court.
(2) In a case filed BCC against FBDC, Globe Telecom, and Innove before the RTC of Pasig, which
case sought to enjoin Innove from making any further installations in the BGC and claimed damages
from all the parties for the breach of the exclusivity of BCC in the area, the court did not issue a
TRO and has instead scheduled several hearings on the case. The defendants filed their respective
motions to dismiss the complaint on the grounds of forum shopping and lack of jurisdiction, among
others. On March 30, 2012, the RTC of Pasig, as prayed for, dismissed the complaint on the
aforesaid grounds.
The motion for reconsideration filed by BCC on July 20, 2012 remains pending with the trial court.
d. In a letter dated June 7, 2016 issued by Philippine Competition Commission (PCC) to Globe
Telecom, PLDT, SMC and VTI regarding the Joint Notice filed by Globe Telecom, PLDT and SMC
on May 30, 2016 disclosing the acquisition by Globe Telecom and PLDT of the entire issued and
outstanding shares of VTI, the PCC claims that the Notice was deficient in form and substance and
concludes that the acquisition cannot be claimed to be deemed approved.
On June 10, 2016, Globe Telecom formally responded to the letter reiterating that the Notice, which
sets forth the salient terms and conditions of the transaction, was filed pursuant to and in
accordance with Memorandum Circular No. l6-002 (MC No. l6-002) issued by the PCC. MC No. 16-
002 provides that before the implementing rules and regulations for Republic Act No. 10667 (the
Philippine Competition Act) come into full force and effect, upon filing with the PCC of a notice in
which the salient terms and conditions of an acquisition are set forth, the transaction is deemed
approved by the PCC and as such, it may no longer be challenged. Further, Globe Telecom clarified
in its letter that the supposed deficiency in form and substance of the Notice is not a ground to
prevent the transaction from being deemed approved. The only exception to the rule that a
transaction is deemed approved is when a notice contains false material information. In this regard,
Globe Telecom stated that the Notice does not contain any false information.
On June 17, 2016, Globe Telecom received a copy of the second letter issued by PCC stating that
notwithstanding the position of Globe Telecom, it was ruling that the transaction was still subject for
review.
On July 12, 2016, Globe Telecom asked the CA to stop the government's anti-trust body from
reviewing the acquisition of SMC's telecommunications business. Globe Telecom maintains the
position that the deal was approved after Globe Telecom notified the PCC of the transaction and
that the anti-trust body violated its own rules by insisting on a review. On the same day, Globe
Telecom filed a Petition for Mandamus, Certiorari and Prohibition against the PCC, docketed as
CA-G.R. SP No. 146538. On July 25, 2016, the CA, through its 6th Division issued a resolution
Meanwhile, PLDT filed a similar petition with the CA, docketed as CA G.R. SP No. 146528, which
was raffled off to its 12th Division. On August 26, 2016, PLDT secured a TRO from said court.
Thereafter, Globe Telecom’s petition was consolidated with that of PLDT, before the 12th Division.
The consolidation effectively extended the benefit of PLDT’s TRO to Globe Telecom. The parties
were required to submit their respective Memoranda, after which, the case shall be deemed
submitted for resolution.
On February 17, 2017, the CA issued a Resolution denying PCC’s Motion for Reconsideration dated
September 14, 2016 for lack of merit. In the same Resolution, the Court granted PLDT’s Urgent
Motion for the Issuance of a Gag Order and ordered the PCC to remove the offending publication
from its website and also to obey the sub judice rule and refrain from making any further public
pronouncements regarding the transaction while the case remains pending. The Court also
reminded the other parties, PLDT and Globe, to likewise observe the sub judice rule. For this
purpose, the Court issued its gag order admonishing all the parties “to refrain, cease and desist
from issuing public comments and statements that would violate the sub judice rule and subject
them to indirect contempt of court. The parties were also required to comment within ten days from
receipt of the Resolution, on the Motion for Leave to Intervene, and Admit the Petition-in Intervention
dated February 7, 2017 filed by Citizenwatch, a non-stock and non-profit association.
On April 18, 2017, PCC filed a petition before the Supreme Court docketed as G.R. No. 230798, to
lift the CA's order that has prevented the review of the sale of San Miguel Corp.'s
telecommunications unit to PLDT Inc. and Globe Telecom. On April 25, 2017, Globe filed before
the Supreme Court a Motion for Intervention with Motion to Dismiss the petition filed by the PCC.
As of June 30, 2017, the Supreme Court did not issue any TRO on the PCC's petition to lift the
injunction issued by the CA. Hence, the PCC remains barred from reviewing the SMC deal.
On July 26, 2017, Globe received the Supreme Court's en banc Resolution granting Globe's
Extremely Urgent Motion to Intervene. In the same Resolution, the Supreme Court treated as
Comment, Globe's Motion to Dismiss with Opposition Ad Cautelam to PCC's Application for the
Issuance of a Writ of Preliminary Injunction and/or TRO.
On August 31, 2017, Globe received another Resolution of the Supreme Court en banc, requiring
the PCC to file a Consolidated Reply to the Comments respectively filed by Globe and PLDT, within
ten (10) days from notice. Globe has yet to receive the Consolidated Reply of PCC since the latter
requested for extension of time to file the same.
In the meantime, in a Decision dated October 18, 2017, the Court of Appeals, in CA-G.R. SP No.
146528 and CA-G.R. SP No. 146538, granted Globe and PLDTs Petition to permanently enjoin and
prohibiting PCC from reviewing the acquisition and compelling the PCC to recognize the same as
deemed approved. PCC elevated the case to the SC via Petition for Review on Certiorari.
e. Other Developments
The Globe Board of Directors approved last July 5, 2018, the creation of a separate tower holding
company and started the process of incorporation. Following our press release dated 08 February
2018, the establishment of a tower company will help speed up the building and deployment of
cellular towers in the country. On August 17, 2018, Globe received the approval of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC) on the incorporation of GTowers lnc.
Moreover, Globe announced last July 16, 2018 that after a thorough assessment, ABS-CBN
Convergence deemed its current mobile business model to be financially unsustainable. As a result,
ABS-CBN Convergence and Globe reached an agreement not to renew their mobile network
sharing agreement and look at more profitable opportunities in the content business. ABS-CBN
On July 19, 2018, NTC released Memorandum Circular (MC) no. 05-07-2018 for the amendment
of interconnect charge for voice from ₱2.50 per minute to ₱0.50 and text messaging rates from
₱0.15 per message to ₱0.05. This memorandum circular shall take effect fifteen days after
publication.
In compliance with the directive of the NTC, Globe Telecom lowered its interconnection rates for
voice calls to 50 centavos per minute from ₱2.50 per minute and Short Messaging Services (SMS)
to 5 centavos per message from 15 centavos per message effective from September 1, 2018.
Moreover, in compliance with the directive of the National Telecommunications Commission (NTC),
all telephone numbers of Globe customers in Greater Metro Manila (MM) with 02 area code will
move to an 8-digit format on March 18, 2019. This directive is to ensure there will be sufficient
resource pool to cater to the rapid growth of landline customers in major cities. The commission
assigned a public telecommunications entity (PTE) identifier for telecom operators as an additional
prefix in expanding from 7-digit to 8-digit landline number. The assigned PTE identifier for Globe
and its subsidiary Innove is “7.” For instance, a Globe customer with existing landline or DUO
number of (02) 576-4567 will have to change his or her number to (02) 7576-4567 come March 18,
2019. Meanwhile, Bayan Telecommunications customers will follow the numbering format (02)
3000-XXXX to (02) 3499-XXXX effective March 18, 2019.
Details on these transactions have been extensively discussed in the disclosures filed by Globe with
the SEC and PSE and may be accessed from the PSE and Globe websites.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
A) Market Information
The following table shows the high and low prices (in PHP) of Ayala Corporation’s shares in the
Philippine Stock Exchange for the year 2018 and 2017:
2018 2017
High Low High Low
1st qtr 1,095.00 916.00 850.00 722.50
2nd qtr 990.00 876.00 899.00 837.00
3rd qtr 1,020.00 876.00 995.00 841.00
4th qtr 970.50 882.00 1116.00 970.00
Source: Bloomberg
The market capitalization of the Company’s common shares as of end-2018, based on the closing
price of P900 .00/share, was approximately P568 billion.
The price information of Ayala common, preferred B series 1 and preferred B series 2 shares as of
the close of the latest practicable trading date, March 20, 2019 is P927.00, P474.60, and P497.60,
respectively.
B) Holders
The following are the top 20 registered holders of the Company’s securities based on the records
of our stock transfer agents:
Common Shares
There are 6,486 registered holders of common shares as of February 28, 2019.
There are 17 registered holders of preferred B series 1 shares as of February 28, 2019.
Percentage of
No. of preferred B
Stockholder name preferred B series
series 1 shares
1 shares
1. PCD Nominee Corp – Filipino 19,820,250 99.1012%
2. PCD Nominee Corp – Non-Filipino 92,680 0.4634%
3. Insigne Fortuna Holdings Inc. 19,320 0.0966%
4. One Point Contact, Inc. 18,000 0.0900%
5. Mariano Vicente Lim Tan or Katherine Tan or Elena Lim
Tan 8,000 0.0400%
6. Santos, Leonel A. and/or Santos, Alicia 7,000 0.0350%
7. Tan, Ben Cuevo and/or Tan, Imelda Toralba 6,000 0.0300%
8. Chan, Raymond O. or Chan Lynette 5,000 0.0250%
9. Chavez, Felix B. or Aida T. Chavez or Irene T. Chavez 5,000 0.0250%
10. Philippine British Assurance Company, Inc. 4,000 0.0200%
11. Zalamea, Enriquez M. Jr. 4,000 0.0200%
12. Jose Maximillan F. Lumawig or Grace T. Lumawig 4,000 0.0200%
13. Henry Dy Tan and or Sherly G. Tan 3,400 0.0170%
14. Macabuhay, Melchor T. 1,540 0.0077%
15. Bautista, Feliciano M. and or Bautista, Elisa D. 1,000 0.0050%
16. Lim, Iris Veronica Go 600 0.0030%
17. GD Tan and Company 200 0.0010%
There are nine (9) registered holders of preferred B series 2 shares as of February 28, 2019.
Percentage of
No. of preferred B
Stockholder name preferred B series
series 2 shares
2 shares
1. PCD Nominee Corp – Filipino 26,885,170 99.5747%
2. PCD Nominee Corp – Non Filipino 55,310 0.2048%
3. First Life Financial Co., Inc. 40,000 0.1481%
4. Jayme Alba or Elizabeth Alba 7,520 0.0279%
5. Manalo Marwin Roman Tadeo and Ma. Dorothy
Teodora Modomo 4,000 0.0148%
6. Ramon, Carmen Paz C. 4,000 0.0148%
7. Teh, Alfonso S. 2,000 0.0074%
8. Luna, Reynaldo H. 1,000 0.0037%
9. Leoncio, Hipolito A. 1,000 0.0037%
There are 1,031 registered holders of voting preferred shares as of February 28, 2019.
Percentage of
No. of voting
Stockholder name voting preferred
preferred shares
shares
1. Mermac, Inc. 170,809,468* 85.4047%
2. Mitsubishi Corporation 21,514,970* 10.7575%
3. Deutsche Bank AG Manila OBO UBS HK A/C 1,561,478 0.7807%
12105904001
4. Fernando Zobel de Ayala 554,983 0.2775%
5. Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala 543,802 0.2719%
6. CBNA MLA OBO AC 6002079755 364,810 0.1824%
7. Delfin L. Lazaro 258,297 0.1291%
8. Britel Fund Trustees Limited 170,064 0.0850%
9. HSBC Manila OBO A/C 000-808154-573 169,803 0.0849%
10. Deutsche Regis Partners, Inc. A/C Clients 137,372 0.0687%
11. BDO Securities Corporation 115,794 0.0579%
12. AB Capital Securities Inc. 113,164 0.0566%
13. Deutsche Bank AG, Manila Branch 111,385 0.0557%
14. Mercedita S. Nolledo 84,996 0.0425%
15. Ariston Dela Rosa Estrada, Jr. 84,396 0.0422%
16. Asiasec Equities Inc. 78,007 0.0390%
17. HSBC Manila OBO A/C 000-083766-550 73,272 0.0366%
SEC FORM 17-A 138
18. HSBC Manila OBO A/C 000-171512-575 72,884 0.0364%
19. Papa Securities Corporation 69,646 0.0348%
20. Ansaldo Godinez & Company Inc. 65,977 0.0330%
*On February 28, 2019, Mermac, Inc. acquired 6,727,060 voting preferred shares from Mitsubishi Corporation.
C) Dividends
Stock Dividends
Percent Record Date Payment Date
20% May 22, 2007 June 18, 2007
20% April 24, 2008 May 21, 2008
20% July 5, 2011 July 29, 2011
Dividend policy
The following shares were issued to/subscribed by the Company’s executives as a result of the
exercise of stock options (ESOP) and the subscription to the stock ownership (ESOWN) plans:
No. of shares
Year ESOP ESOWN*
2017 169,035 957,850
2018 8,636 518,681
*Net of cancelled subscriptions.
The above shares formed part of the 8,864,000 ESOP and ESOWN shares subject of the
Commission’s resolution dated January 12, 2006 confirming the issuance of such shares as exempt
transactions pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Securities Regulation Code.
E) Corporate Governance
i. The evaluation system which was established to measure or determine the level of compliance
of the Board of Directors and top-level management with its Revised Corporate Governance
Manual consists of a Board Performance Assessment which is accomplished by the Board of
Directors indicating the compliance ratings. The above is submitted to the Chief Compliance
Officer who issues the required Annual Corporate Governance Report to the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
ii. To ensure good governance, the Board establishes the vision, strategic objectives, key policies,
and procedures for the management of the Company, as well as the mechanism for monitoring
and evaluating Management’s performance. The Board also ensures the presence and
adequacy of internal control mechanisms for good governance.
iii. There were no deviations from the Company’s Revised Corporate Governance Manual. The
Company has adopted in the Revised Corporate Governance Manual the leading practices and
principles of good corporate governance, and full compliance therewith has been made since
its adoption.
iv. The Company is taking further steps to enhance adherence to principles and practices of good
corporate governance. In line with this, the Board also adopted the Charter of the Board of
Directors on June 26, 2014.
2018
Ayala Corporation’s net income in 2018 grew five percent to ₱31.8 billion from the previous year,
boosted by strong earnings contribution from its real estate, telecommunications, and power
businesses.
Sale of goods and services expanded 13 percent to ₱274.9 billion of which 3% was a result of the
adoption of PFRS 15 (new accounting standard in 2018 pertaining to Revenues from Contracts with
Customers). Revenue growth was driven by Ayala Land which posted higher sales across all its
business segments, supported by higher sales from IMI’s Europe, China, Philippines, and Mexico units
as well as contribution of VIA Optronics and Manila Water’s new business units.
Real Estate
Ayala Land sustained its growth momentum during the year with net income expanding 16 percent to
₱29.2 billion, primarily driven by the strong performance of its property development and commercial
leasing businesses.
Property development revenues jumped 18 percent to ₱120.3 billion on strong sales across its
residential, office-for-sale, and commercial lot segments. Residential revenues jumped 20 percent to
₱101.1 billion, while reservation sales grew 16 percent to ₱141.9 billion, bolstered by strong demand
from local and overseas Filipinos, which accounted for 82 percent of total sales during the year.
Fresh bookings from One Vertis Plaza in Vertis North, Quezon City, The Stiles East Enterprise Plaza
in Circuit Makati, and completion of Park Triangle Corporate Plaza in Bonifacio Global City lifted the
sale of office spaces, with revenues reaching ₱11.4 billion, 14% higher year-on-year. In addition,
revenues from the sale of commercial and industrial lots grew 10 percent to ₱7.7 billion, lifted by sales
from its estates in the Visayas and Mindanao region, Evo City in Cavite, Alviera in Pampanga, and
Cavite Technopark.
Meanwhile, the opening of new malls and office spaces as well as the launch of new hotel and resort
rooms drove the 17 percent expansion in commercial leasing revenues to ₱34.9 billion from its year-
ago level. In 2018, Ayala Land added 142,000 square meters of mall space with the opening of three
new malls: the Circuit Mall in Makati, the Capitol Central Mall in Bacolod, One Bonifacio High Street in
Taguig, bringing its total mall gross leasable area to 1.9 million square meters. Moreover, the completion
of Bacolod Capitol Corporate Center, Vertis North Corporate Center 3, and Ayala North Exchange
pushed up Ayala Land’s total office GLA to 1.1 million square meters.
Ayala Land’s commercial leasing business was further boosted by its hotels and resorts portfolio, which
continues to benefit from the growth of the country’s tourism sector. In 2018, it added 390 rooms across
its portfolio of branded hotels and its own Seda brand as well as bed and breakfast rooms in its Lio and
Sicogon eco-tourism estates, bringing the total to 2,973 rooms.
The sustained strong performance of its leasing segment has supported the continued buildup of Ayala
Land’s recurring income business, which increased at a compounded annual rate of 26 percent since
2013. Meanwhile, its development income, which comprises residential, office, and lot sales, grew at a
compounded annual rate of 18 percent.
Water
Manila Water recorded a net income of ₱6.5 billion, 6 percent higher from the previous year, largely
driven by the Manila Concession, boosted by the contribution of its newly acquired platforms in Thailand
and Indonesia.
The Manila Concession posted steady growth, with a three percent increase in billed volume to 503
million cubic meters. This was supported by the 28 percent positive tariff adjustment granted by the
Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System to be implemented on a staggered basis over a five-
year period from 2018 to 2022.
Manila Water Asia Pacific’s overseas investments continues to bear fruit. It booked a 53 percent surge
in equity share in net income of associates to ₱699 million. This was mainly driven by the two platforms
it acquired during the year, East Water in Thailand, and PT Sarana Tirta Ungaran in Indonesia, which
contributed ₱262.7 million and ₱1.4 million in equity earnings, respectively.
To support its diversification strategy, Manila Water continues to ramp up its domestic and international
business development initiatives, securing 13 new businesses in 2018. These include the full
concession projects in Calbayog in Samar, San Jose in Nueva Ecija, and in Iloilo, Isabela, Pangasinan,
Batangas, Bulacan, and Laguna as well as the acquisition of a 19 percent stake in East Water and a
20 percent stake in PT Sarana Tirta Ungaran.
Power
AC Energy’s net earnings expanded 16 percent to ₱4.1 billion in 2018, largely driven by its domestic
thermal and renewable assets as well as higher contribution from its Indonesia investments.
The strong performance and higher equity stake in GNPower Mariveles, strong wind regime, and fresh
contribution of its greenfield offshore project, the 75-megawatt Sidrap wind farm in Indonesia, as well
as the full-year recognition of SD Geothermal boosted AC Energy’s performance during the year. Equity
earnings from AC Energy’s investee companies reached ₱3.6 billion, 37 percent higher from the
previous year. Recovery of the costs incurred due to adjustments in the construction schedule of
GNPower Kauswagan also lifted AC Energy’s net earnings during the period.
During the year, AC Energy generated 2,800 gigawatt hours of attributable energy, of which 48 percent
was from renewable sources. To support its strategy to scale up its renewable portfolio, AC Energy
raised US$410 million in green bond in January 2019, the first publicly syndicated US dollar green bond
in Southeast Asia to be certified by the Climate Bonds Initiative.
AC Energy continued to expand its international footprint through strategic partnerships with developers
and operating companies. AC Energy has identified the Philippines, Vietnam, Indonesia, and Australia
as key markets in its expansion strategy. The 330-MWp Ninh Thuan solar farm in Vietnam, a joint
venture between AC Energy and the BIM Group, is expected to commence early in the second quarter
of 2019. Once completed, it will be one of the largest solar farms in Southeast Asia, benefiting Ninh
Thuan province with income generation and job creation. AC Energy also broke ground on the 80-MWp
solar farms located in the provinces of Khanh Hoa and Dak Lak, in partnership with AMI Renewables
Energy. In addition, AC Energy signed a memorandum of understanding with Quang Binh Province to
jointly develop a wind power project with AMI Renewables.
AC Energy has also entered the Australian renewables market through a joint venture with international
RE developer UPC Renewables, investing US$30M for a 50% ownership in UPC's Australian business.
The platform is developing the 1,000 MW Robbins Island and Jims Plain projects in North West
Tasmania and the 700 MW New England Solar Farm located near Uralla in New South Wales. It also
has a further development portfolio of another 3,000 megawatts located in NSW, Tasmania and Victoria.
In September, AC Energy announced the partial sell-down of its thermal platform to Aboitiz Power,
which includes the GNPower Mariveles and GNPower Dinginin assets in Bataan. The sale, valued at
US$ 579.2 million, represents approximately 35% of AC Energy’s attributable thermal capacity and is
part of the company’s strategy to actively recycle capital and will enable the expansion of AC Energy’s
domestic and offshore renewable energy businesses. In late February, AC Energy received approval
on the transaction from the Philippine Competition Commission.
Industrial Technologies
AC Industrials’ net income dropped 53 percent year-on-year to ₱578 million, largely due to the weaker
performance of its automotive businesses and startup losses from newly acquired businesses. This
decline was partially offset by a one-time gain in its electronics manufacturing services arm.
IMI’s revenues expanded 24 percent to ₱70.8 billion on the back of a 16 percent growth in revenues
from traditional businesses and a 61 percent growth in recently acquired companies, VIA and STI. It
IMI reported a net income of ₱2.4 billion, up 34 percent from a year ago, boosted by non-operating
items such as net gains from the sale of a China entity and reversal of contingent consideration related
to the STI acquisition, partially offset by impairment provisions on some offshore investments. The effect
of the RMB and EUR depreciation and higher interest rates also added downward pressure to IMI’s
performance during the year. Excluding the impact of the one-time net gain, IMI’s net income went down
49 percent year-on-year.
AC Motors registered a 76 percent decline in net earnings to ₱164 million owing to significantly lower
earnings of the group’s Honda and Isuzu dealerships, both hit by weaker sales amid an industry-wide
slowdown. This was aggravated by lower contributions from AC Industrials’ investments in the
Philippine distribution companies of Isuzu and Honda. Meanwhile Volkswagen’s sales volume was
affected by the delay in delivery of its China-sourced vehicles.
AC Industrials continues to ramp up its automotive retail portfolio and in 2018, it partnered with Kia
Motors and China’s SAIC Motor for the distribution of Kia and Maxus vehicles in the Philippines,
respectively.
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures grew 11 percent to ₱20.5 billion, lifted by Globe’s higher
data-driven revenues plus the growth in BPI’s core businesses. The adoption of the new accounting
standards PFRS 9 (Financial Instruments) and PFRS 15 has minimal effect in the net income of BPI
and Globe in 2018. Higher equity in net earnings from AC Energy’s investee companies, namely GN
Power Mariveles, SD Geothermal, and Sidrap, as well as contribution of Manila Water’s new overseas
investments also drove the increase. However, this was partially offset by Ayala Land’s consolidation
of MCT, previously reported as an associate, as well as AC Ventures’ share in net losses of Zalora and
Mynt.
Banking
Bank of the Philippine Islands reported a net income of ₱23.1 billion, up 3 percent from the previous
year, boosted by the robust growth of its core banking business but tempered by higher provisions and
operational spending.
The bank’s total revenues grew 11 percent to ₱78.5 billion on the back of a 16 percent growth in net
interest income, which reached ₱55.8 billion. The increase in net interest income was a result of a 9
percent improvement in average asset base and a 21-basis point expansion in net interest margin.
Total loans stood at ₱1.35 trillion, reflecting a 13 percent growth year-on-year, boosted by strong
performance of its corporate loans and credit card loans, which increased 13 percent and 24 percent,
respectively. Total deposits reached ₱1.59 trillion, up 1.5 percent, with current and savings accounts
registering faster growth at 2.4 percent. The bank’s current account and savings account ratio stood at
71.9 percent while the loan-to-deposit ratio was at 85.4 percent.
The bank recorded higher fee income from its transaction-based service charges, credit card, and rental
businesses. However, lower trust, investment management, and corporate finance fees, and securities
trading income during the year, tempered BPI’s non-interest income, which slid 1 percent to ₱22.7
billion.
Operating expenses totaled ₱43.6 billion for 2018, an increase of 13.2 percent year-on-year on
accelerated spending to support the bank’s digitalization strategy and investments in its microfinance
network. In 2018, BPI Direct Banko, its microfinance arm, doubled its branch network to 200. These
initiatives resulted in cost-to-income ratio of 55.5 percent in 2018 from 54.3 percent a year ago.
At the end of 2018, the bank’s total assets stood at ₱2.1 trillion, up 9.5 percent from the previous year,
with return on assets at 1.2 percent. With the success of its capital raising exercises - the ₱50 billion
stock rights offering, the US$600 million in senior unsecured bonds, and the ₱25 billion in peso fixed
rate bonds - BPI’s total capital reached ₱248.52 billion, up by 38 percent from its year-ago level. Capital
adequacy ratio was at 16.09 percent and Common equity tier 1 ratio was at 15.19 percent.
Data-driven demand across its business segments bolstered Globe’s net profits, which reached ₱18.6
billion during the year.
On a post-PFRS basis, service revenues reached ₱132.9 billion. Mobile revenues grew nine percent to
₱106.9 billion driven by mobile data services, which accounted for 51 percent of the segment from 44
percent a year ago. This was supported by the sustained higher prepaid top-ups, indicating greater
consumer spending on mobile data. This in turn, drove the mobile data traffic growth to 956 petabytes
from 600 petabytes a year ago.
Globe’s home broadband business jumped 19 percent to ₱18.5 billion on continued subscriber
expansion in fixed wireless solutions, specifically the Home Prepaid Wi-Fi product. Similarly, its
corporate data business expanded 15 percent to ₱11.8 billion amid increasing demand for fast, reliable,
and secure internet connectivity and modern business solutions.
With a consistent strong revenue and well managed costs throughout the year, Globe’s EBITDA
improved 22 percent to ₱64.9 billion, with EBITDA margin at 46 percent from its year-ago level of 42
percent.
Globe continues to build its network capacities to address the increasing data traffic growth and
customer base as it ramped up its LTE rollout. It spent ₱43.3 billion in capital expenditures in 2018,
equivalent to 32 percent of its service revenues.
Consolidated cost of sales and rendering services rose 12 percent to ₱196.6 billion, tracking the
revenue growth.
General and administrative expenses expanded 18 percent to ₱29.8 billion, primarily driven by the
combined increments in the group’s expenses, particularly Ayala Land’s taxes, contracted services,
depreciation; Manila Water’s management fees, manpower-related and selling expenses, and Ayala
parent’s higher business development and manpower costs. Moreover, the consolidation of our new
subsidiaries namely MCT of Ayala Land, MT Technologies and Merlin Solar of AC Industirals, and VIA
Optronics and STI of IMI drove the higher GAE during the period. This was further lifted by IMI‘s
restructuring costs from its employee relocation in China prior to the property sale. Without the effect
of these newly consolidated subsidiaries, GAE grew nine percent year-on-year.
At the end of 2018, Ayala’s total assets stood at ₱1.2 trillion. Investments in associates and joint
ventures expanded 19 percent to ₱240.1 billion owing to Ayala parent’s subscription to BPI’s stock
rights offering as well as new investments of Manila Water in East Water in Thailand and PT Sarana in
Indonesia, and AC Energy in renewable platforms in Australia and Vietnam. Furthermore, the growth
was lifted by additional investments of AC Infrastructure in the LRT 1 project and higher share of net
earnings in BPI and Globe and investee companies of Ayala Land, Manila Water, and AC Energy. This
was partly offset by Ayala Land’s consolidation of MCT, which was previously reported as associate as
well AC Ventures‘ equity losses in Zalora and Mynt.
Investments in properties jumped 12 percent to ₱227.6 billion driven by Ayala Land’s expansion projects
in its malls, office properties, land development initiatives, and the impact of the consolidation of MCT.
An adjustment in land classification required under the PFRS 15 likewise contributed to the increase.
At the end of the year, total debt at the consolidated level stood at ₱412 billion, 18 percent higher from
the end-2017 level. This was driven by higher borrowings of the parent as well as higher loan balances
of Ayala Land, Manila Water, and AC Energy.
Ayala’s balance sheet remained healthy with enough capacity to undertake investments and cover its
dividend and debt obligations. As of end-2018, parent level cash stood at ₱8.5 billion, while net debt
stood at ₱96 billion. Loan-to-value ratio, the ratio of its parent net debt to the total value of its assets,
stood at 11 percent.
The conglomerate’s peso-dollar debt split ended at 64:36 for 2018. Ayala’s dollar denominated debts
are fully covered by foreign currency assets.
Most ASEAN economies experienced a slowdown in 2018 as external risks weighed on local demand
and exports. As the US economy showed strength, the Federal Reserve continued to raise policy rate
that prompted ASEAN central banks to increase interest rates to temper currency depreciation. In
addition, household consumption declined as global oil prices surged, while exports struggled amid the
growth slowdown in China.
Moving forward, risk-aversion is expected as many awaits the development on key global geopolitical
and economic issues, including the US-China trade war and the Brexit.
On the domestic front, inflation challenges marked the Philippine economy in 2018 as average inflation
accelerated to a nine-year high, largely fueled by higher global oil prices, local food supply problems,
and the weaker peso.
At the start of 2019, inflation has softened, falling to its lowest level in 10 months. Many analysts believe
this trend will continue over the medium term as the national government carried out efforts to ease
supply of key food items to allow food prices to stabilize.
Looking ahead, with inflation now in a downtrend, the Philippine economy has the opportunity to return
to a low-inflation and high growth environment, especially as election spending boosts overall demand.
Investment spending is still expected to be robust in 2019 to meet strong consumer demand.
Against the backdrop of these developments, the Ayala group will continue to execute on its five-year
growth strategy for 2020 as it closely monitors key trends and potential risks in the global and domestic
economies as well as in the industries where it operates.
Ayala maintains a healthy balance sheet with access to various funding options to meet requirements.
A robust risk management system allows the company to maximize opportunities for reinvention, and
navigate the challenges faced by its business units.
Capital Expenditure
= 217.4 billion was spent at the group level in support of the parent’s own
For the year 2018, a total of P
investment program as well as the expansion initiatives of its real estate, telecom, water, and energy
units, and the ramp-up of its industrial technologies, education, infrastructure, and healthcare
businesses.
Ayala
Ayala parent has set aside P= 51.8 billion in capital spending for the year. In 2018, 84% or P
= 43.7 billion
of this budget has been deployed largely to support the stock rights offering of BPI and IMI as well as
to fund the expansion of our emerging businesses: AC Energy, AC Industrials, AC Infra, AC Health and
AC Education.
ALI
ALI spent P
= 110.1 billion in capital expenditures to support the aggressive completion of new projects,
41% of which was spent on residential projects; 23% on commercial projects; 15%, land acquisition;
12%, development of estates; and 9%, on investments.
MWC
MWC ended 2018 with total capital expenditures of P
= 10.0 billion, 23% lower than the previous year.
The Manila Concession spent a total of P= 8.0 billion (inclusive of concession fee payments) for capital
expenditures in 2018. Of the total amount, 93% was spent on wastewater expansion, network reliability,
and water supply projects, while the balance of 7% was accounted for by concession fees paid to
MWSS.
Meanwhile, total capital expenditures of the domestic subsidiaries dropped by 20% to P = 1.9 billion from
the P
= 2.3 billion spent in 2017. Of the total amount, P = 561 million was spent by Laguna Water for its water
network expansion, while Boracay Water and Tagum Water disbursed P = 444 million and P = 203 million,
respectively. Estate Water spent P = 490 million for its greenfield and brownfield projects, with the balance
being taken on by the remaining subsidiaries for its various projects.
ACEI
For the year 2018, ACEI’s budget for capital expenditures amounts to P
= 20.1 billion of which P
= 9.8 billion
has been disbursed as of the twelve-month period mainly for investments in GNPD and GNPK and in
foreign countries mainly Vietnam and Australia.
BPI
For the whole year 2018, total capital expenditures amounted to P
= 3.5 billion.
Globe
As of end-December 2018, total cash capital expenditures stood at about P = 43.3 billion (approximately
US$821 million), 2% higher than last year’s level of P
= 42.5 billion. The increase in capex was due to
Globe’s continued network upgrade and expansion.
The table sets forth the comparative key performance indicators of the Company and its significant
subsidiaries.
The December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 consolidated financial statements show several
significant increases in Balance Sheet and Income Statement accounts relating to two (2) key factors:
In year 2017
b. AC Energy, Inc.’s (ACEI’s) acquisition of 100% ownership of Visayas Renewable Corp. (VRC)
(formerly Bronzeoak Clean Energy), AC Energy Development, Inc. (AEDI) (formerly AC Energy
Devco, Inc.), and 66% in Manapla Sun Power Development Corp. (MSPDC) in March 2017;
100% ownership in SCC Bulk Water Supply, Inc. (SCC) and Solienda, Inc. (Solienda) in
December 2017.
c. Integrated Micro-Electronic’s (IMI’s) acquisition of 80% stake in Surface Technology
International Enterprises Limited (STI) in April 2017.
d. AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc.’s (AITHI’s/ACI’s) acquisition through AC Industrials
(Singapore) Ptd. Ltd. of 94.9% ownership of MT Technologies Gmbh (MT) in July 2017.
2. Adoption of three major accounting standards – PFRS 9 (Financial Instruments) and 15 (Revenue
from Contracts with Customers) and PIC Q&A (Advances to Contractors and Land Classification)
give rise to new accounts in the balance sheet plus certain reclassifications within the balance sheet
(contract assets and contract liabilities). The summarized impact of these new standards in the
balance sheet are shown below. The impact to income statement is shown in the discussion of
income statement variances.
Given the above, the discussion of variances below will focus on comparison of pre-PFRS/ PIC
balances.
Accounts and notes receivable (current) – 44% increase from P = 124,109 million to P= 178,256 million
Increase resulting from ALI’s higher sales and impact of consolidation of MCT; higher sales of IMI; and
ACEI’s retail electricity supply (RES) business and advances for projects; partly offset by ALI’s sale of
trade accounts to banks; and AITHI/ACI’s decline due to lower sales. This account is at 15% and 12%
of the total assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Investments in associates & joint ventures – 18% increase from P = 202,649 million to P
= 238,535 million
Increase attributable to AC’s subscription to BPI’s SRO; new investments of MWC (East Water –
Thailand and PT Sarana - Indonesia) and ACEI (UPC Renewables Australia and solar unit in Vietnam)
and additional infusion of AC Infrastructure Holdings, Inc. (AC Infra) for Light Rail Manila Holdings, Inc.
(LRMHI); plus equity in net earnings (less dividends) from BPI, Globe, and from existing investees of
ALI, MWC and ACEI groups. These were partly offset by ALI’s step-up acquisition of MCT as discussed
in item 1 above; ACEI’s reclassification of part of its coal investments to assets held for sale and AC
Ventures Holding Corp.’s (AVHC’s) share in equity losses in Zalora and Mynt. This account is at 20%
of the total assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – 21% increase from P = 169,653 million to P
= 204,759 million
Increase mainly coming from ALI’s trade payables, accrued project and manpower costs; IMI’s increase
in sales volume driving the vendors payable; and MWC’s increase arising from acceleration of projects
and accrual of expenses. These were partly offset by AITHI/ACI’s and ACEI’s lower trade payables.
This account is at 28% of the total liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
1
The Parent Company's pension fund is known as the AC Employees Welfare and Retirement Fund (ACEWRF). ACEWRF is a
legal entity separate and distinct from the Parent Company, governed by a board of trustees appointed under a Trust Agreement
between the Parent Company and the initial trustees. It holds common and preferred shares of the Parent Company in its
portfolio. All such shares have voting rights under certain conditions, pursuant to law. ACEWRF's portfolio is managed by a
committee appointed by the fund's trustees for that purpose. The members of the committee include the Parent Company’s Chief
Finance Officer, Group Head of Corporate Governance, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Compliance Officer, Head
for Strategic Human Resources, Treasurer and Comptroller. ACEWRF has not exercised voting rights over any shares of the
Parent Company that it owns.
SEC FORM 17-A 148
Other current liabilities – 60% increase from P= 25,984 million to P
= 41,652 million
Excluding the PFRS reclassification, account increase due to ALI’s higher customer deposits. This
account is at 6% and 4% of the total liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Fair value reserve of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) – 63%
decrease from negative P = 1,108 million to negative P1,806 million
Decrease attributable to decline in market value of securities held by BPI group. This account is at less
than 1% of the total equity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
In 2017, the Group changed the presentation of its consolidated statement of income from the single
step to the multiple step presentation. This presentation better reflects and distinguishes other income
from revenue and other charges from the operating expenses of the Group. Prior years consolidated
statements of income have been re-presented for comparative purposes. The change in presentation
has no impact on the consolidated net income, equity, cash flows and earnings per share of the Group.
For 2018, the Group classified certain revenues from goods and rendering services to contract
revenues, in compliance with provisions of PFRS 15 (see Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements) summarized as follows. Prior years consolidated statements of income have been re-
presented for comparative purposes:
IMPACT OF PFRS 15
For the year 2018 For the year 2017 Inc (dec)
(in million pesos) As reported PFRS 15 Pre - PFRS As reported PFRS 15 Pre - PFRS Pre - PFRS
Sale of goods & services
Revenues from customer contracts
Real estate 129,415 (129,415) - 109,876 (109,876) -
Manufacturing services 69,731 (69,731) - 55,028 (55,028) -
Water and sewer services 19,836 (19,836) - 18,516 (18,516) -
Others 22,317 (22,317) - 30,176 (30,176) -
Rental income 33,582 (33,582) - 28,631 (28,631) -
Sale of goods - 200,766 200,766 - 178,676 178,676 22,090
Rendering of services - 73,254 73,254 - 63,552 63,552 9,702
274,881 (862) * 274,019 242,228 - 242,228 31,792 13%
*pertains to IMI's adjustment of revenues under PFRS 15.
Sale of goods and rendering services – 13% increase from P = 242,228 million to P
= 274,881 million
Increase in overall sale of goods and rendering services due to ALI’s higher sales coming from all
segments; IMI from its Europe, China, Philippines and Mexico units plus contribution of Via; MWC’s and
ACEI’s service revenues arising from consolidation of new subsidiary and its RES unit. As a percentage
to total revenue, this account is at 91% in December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Interest income from real estate – 30% increase from P= 5,410 million to P
= 7,042 million
Increase attributable to interest income from ALI group. This account is at 2% of the total revenue in
December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Cost of sales and rendering services – 12% increase from P = 175,674 million to P
= 196,608 million
Increase in the overall cost of sales and rendering services is aligned with the growth in revenues. As
a percentage to total costs and expenses, this account is at 87% in December 31, 2018 and 2017.
General and administrative expenses (GAE) – 18% increase from P = 25,213 million to P
= 29,822 million of
which P2,283 million or 50% of the increase represent impact of consolidation of new subsidiaries
Increase mainly on combined increments in the group’s expenses specifically from: ALI (taxes,
contracted services and depreciation plus impact of consolidation of MCT), MWCI (management fees,
SEC FORM 17-A 150
manpower-related, selling expenses, provision for doubtful accounts and taxes), AITHI/ACI (mainly
impact of consolidation of MT and Merlin), IMI (restructuring costs of Shenzen plant, consolidation of
VIA and STI and partial impairment of certain goodwill asset), and AC (higher business development,
sustainability and manpower costs. Without the effect of newly consolidated subsidiaries, GAE
increased by P2,326 million or 9% year on year. As a percentage to total costs and expenses, this
account is at 13% in December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Provision for income tax (current and deferred) – 23% increase from P
= 12,260 million to P
= 15,120 million
Increase primarily due to higher taxable income attributable mainly to ALI’s on account of better
sales/revenues and better operating results plus ACEI’s deferred income tax for GNPK investment.
2017
Ayala Corporation recorded a net income of ₱30.3 billion in 2017, climbing 16 percent from the previous
year on the back of robust double-digit growth of its real estate and power businesses.
Sales of goods and services climbed 22 percent to ₱242.2 billion, on the back of higher sales in all
housing, residential, and condominium units of Ayala Land; strong vehicle sales across AC Industrials‘
automotive brands; and the improved output of Integrated Micro-Electronics‘ automotive electronics and
industrial segments, as well as the consolidation of its new subsidiary. In addition, higher service
revenues from AC Energy, primarily from the consolidation of its new subsidiary and Retail Electricity
Supply (RES) unit, as well as from IMI and Manila Water, contributed to this. The account stands at 91
percent of Ayala’s total revenues for 2017.
Real Estate
The resurgence of property sales combined with a solid leasing business drove Ayala Land’s net
earnings during the year, jumping 21 percent to ₱25.3 billion.
Revenues from property development, which includes residential and office-for-sale developments, as
well as commercial lot sales, rose 23 percent to ₱101.5 billion on new bookings and project completion.
Growth in reservation sales bounced back to double-digit levels during the year at 13 percent, reaching
₱122 billion.
Commercial leasing revenues, meanwhile, grew 10 percent to ₱31 billion driven by new mall openings,
stabilized occupancy of office spaces, and the improved performance of its hotels and resorts portfolio.
Ayala Land’s strategy to rebalance its net income mix is increasingly taking shape. In terms of location,
established estates (Makati, Nuvali, Bonifacio Global City, Alabang and Cebu) accounted for 54
percent, while new estates and growth centers made up for 46 percent of Ayala Land’s net earnings in
2017. In terms of business line, Ayala Land’s recurring income (mall and office leasing, hotels and
resorts, and property management segments) accounted for 35 percent, while development income
(property sales and construction) contributed 65 percent of Ayala Land’s net income during the year.
Water
Manila Water posted a muted net income growth of one percent to ₱6.2 billion as higher operating
expenses and business development costs tempered topline growth during the year.
Revenues rose five percent to ₱18.5 billion, bolstered by strong revenue contributions from Laguna
Water and Boracay Water, as well as higher supervision fees recognized by Estate Water balancing
out flat revenue growth in the Manila Concession.
Operating expenses expanded 19 percent to ₱7.4 billion on higher overhead costs owing to Estate
Water’s expansion, business development costs, and a one-time write-off of uncollectible accounts in
Laguna Water.
Manila Water posted higher billed volume across all its business lines, with the non-Manila Concession
posting strong double-digit billed volume growth. This brought total billed volume to 738.7 million cubic
meters, three percent higher year-on-year. In the Manila Concession, the two percent-increase in billed
volume helped offset the impact of tariff reduction.
Manila Water continues to intensify its infrastructure build-up with a 48 percent expansion in capital
expenditures. Last year, the Manila Concession completed the Marikina North Sewerage Treatment
Plant, while the Pasig North and South System Project is scheduled for completion in November 2019.
Both projects have a capacity of 100 million liters per day.
Further, Manila Water received a notice of award from the City of Ilagan Water District to establish a
joint venture for a bulk water supply and septage management company. Manila Water also received a
notice of award from the Leyte Metropolitan Water District to establish a joint venture for a concession
company. As part of its ongoing expansion in Southeast Asia, Manila Water is establishing a footprint
in Thailand with the signing of a share purchase agreement in February to acquire an 18.72 percent
stake in Eastern Water Resources Development and Management Public Company Limited, a publicly-
listed water supply and distribution company in Thailand.
Industrial Technologies
AC Industrials registered a net income of ₱1.2 billion, up four percent from its year-ago level, on the
better performance of both its electronics manufacturing and vehicle retail units.
IMI’s net earnings expanded 21 percent to US$34 million on the back of solid revenue growth, which
exceeded the US$1 billion mark during the year. This topline growth was driven by contribution from
recent acquisitions and sustained growth in the automotive and industrial markets.
Last February, IMI successfully completed its ₱4.998 billion rights offer with the issue of 350 million
common shares to existing shareholders. AC Industrials, which previously held 50.6 percent of IMI’s
outstanding shares, subscribed to its proportionate share, as well as any unsubscribed rights shares.
This raised its stake in IMI to 52 percent. Proceeds of the rights offer will be used to fund IMI’s capital
expenditure program and for debt refinancing.
Meanwhile, revenues from AC Automotive expanded 37 percent to ₱31.2 billion, boosted by strong
sales across all brands—Honda, Isuzu, Volkswagen, and KTM.
AC Industrials continues to ramp up its portfolio in global and domestic industrial technologies by
capitalizing on opportunities arising from disruptive technological shifts, changing industry landscapes,
and increasing demand from end-users. Last month, AC Industrials acquired a controlling stake in
Merlin Solar Technologies Inc., with an ownership interest of 78.2 percent after the close of the
transaction and completion of other related activities. Merlin is an emerging company that is developing
differentiated solar solutions resulting in products with high durability, flexibility, and increased solar
power output, allowing for potentially innovative applications in areas with demanding environments,
such as transportation and infrastructure. Headquartered in San Jose, California, Merlin currently has
additional manufacturing facilities in Thailand.
AC Energy’s net earnings jumped 31 percent to ₱3.5 billion in 2017, primarily driven by fresh equity
earnings contribution from its geothermal platform, and boosted by solid contributions from its wind
energy assets.
A strong wind regime bolstered the better performance of NorthWind and North Luzon Renewables
during the year. Services income derived from the financial close of a new power plant likewise
contributed to AC Energy’s net earnings.
AC Energy continues to execute on its diversification strategy. Following the acquisition of Salak and
Darajat Geothermal in Indonesia in early 2017, AC Energy is assembling a portfolio of renewable energy
assets in Southeast Asia. It is developing a 75 megawatt wind project in Sidrap, Indonesia, which is
expected to come online in the first quarter of 2018.
Last January, AC Energy, in partnership with BIM Group of Vietnam, agreed to jointly develop over 300
megawatts of solar power projects in Ninh Thuan province, Vietnam. The initial 30 megawatts of the
solar project broke ground, with investment for this phase expected to reach 800 billion VND and to be
completed within the year. The solar project is envisioned to be expanded by an additional 300
megawatts.
Similarly, AC Energy is boosting its conventional energy portfolio. Last December, the project financing
for the second unit of its 2 x 668 MW super-critical coal fired power plant in Bataan, GNPower Dinginin,
achieved financial close. AC Energy has approximately 50 percent economic stake in the project, which
has an estimated cost of US$1.7 billion. The project will support the increasing electricity demand of
Luzon and Visayas. Construction of the first unit is well underway, and is targeted for commercial
operations by 2019, with the second unit scheduled for completion by 2020.
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures reached ₱18.5 billion, up two percent, primarily on the
steady increase of equity earnings from investees of Ayala Land and AC Energy, and the better
performance of BPI. This was partially offset by a slight decline in share in earnings from Globe.
Banking
Bank of the Philippine Islands recorded a net income of ₱22.4 billion, up 1.7 percent from its year-ago
level, as the absence of one-off gains tempered strong growth in its core banking business during the
year. Excluding one-off gains from the sale of securities in 2016, net income grew 31 percent in 2017.
Total revenues rose seven percent to ₱71 billion as net interest income expanded 13 percent to ₱48
billion driven by asset growth and improvement in net interest margin. Non-interest income, meanwhile,
dropped five percent to ₱22.9 billion on the absence of significant trading gains registered in 2016. This
was partially offset by the bank’s higher fee-based income, which grew 16 percent to ₱19.9 billion,
lifted by higher credit card fees, trust and investment management fees, insurance fees, bank
commissions, and service charges.
BPI continues to be a leader in profitability metrics, with cost-to-income ratio at 54.3 percent, slightly
higher from the 52.5 percent posted a year ago, mainly driven by its digitalization initiatives.
Total loans jumped 16 percent to ₱1.2 trillion, boosted by corporate loans. Asset quality improved with
the gross 90-day non-performing loans ratio declining from 1.46 percent to 1.29 percent and reserve
cover ratio increasing from 119 percent to 129 percent.
Last year, BPI announced the creation of a business banking segment, a new client group focused on
the banking needs of the country’s small and medium scale enterprises. It also raised a record
₱12.2 billion from its offering of long-term negotiable certificates of time deposit, the largest issuance
by far in the industry.
Last January, the bank announced a stock rights offering of up to ₱50 billion to support its strategic
initiatives, including the strengthening of its market-leading businesses and core franchises through the
expansion of lending activities across consumer, SME, and microfinance segments to capture positive
momentum in the domestic economy. In addition, the stock rights offer will strengthen BPI’s capital base
as it pursues its growth strategy in the medium term. Ayala has signified its participation in the rights
offering.
Globe Telecom’s net earnings dropped five percent to ₱15.1 billion in 2017 due to higher operating
expenses and depreciation charges as a result of increased investments in its data network.
Topline growth, however, remains strong, with service revenues reaching ₱127.9 billion during the year,
up six percent year-on-year. This was fueled by sustained demand for data-related products. Mobile
revenues grew seven percent to ₱98.5 billion. Globe’s mobile subscriber base reached 60.7 million at
the end of 2017, three percent lower from a year ago. The decline in the cumulative mobile subscriber
base was a result of the change in reporting Globe’s prepaid subscribers in 2017, which excluded
prepaid subscribers who do not reload within 90 days of the second expiry period. Mobile data continues
to drive Globe’s total mobile revenues, accounting for 44 percent from 38 percent a year ago.
Globe’s home broadband segment posted a seven percent increase in revenues to ₱15.6 billion in
2017. Total home broadband subscribers climbed 15 percent to 1.3 million year-on-year, putting Globe
on track with its target to provide internet service to two million homes by 2020. Corporate data business
increased four percent from a year ago to ₱10.3 billion owing to strong demand for data-driven solutions
by corporates.
Globe’s consolidated EBITDA improved seven percent to ₱53.3 billion, while EBITDA margin stood at
42 percent from 41 percent in the previous year.
Globe spent around ₱42.5 billion in capital expenditure in 2017 to support its continuous network
infrastructure enhancement. It launched new products to enable the Filipino digital lifestyle, including
Mynt’s rollout of the GCash scan-to-pay system in malls, fast food chains, major retailers, and
convenience stores.
Other income surged 66 percent to ₱20.9 billion in 2017, as compared to ₱12.6 billion in the previous
year. This was largely attributed to income from higher rehabilitation works of Manila Water; the reversal
of impairment provision for a real estate property and higher management and marketing fees of Ayala
Land; commission fees of AC Energy; and gains on disposal of certain investments of AG Holdings.
Other charges which pertain to rehabilitation works consequently increased in 2017.
Consolidated cost of sales for the year stood at ₱175.7 billion, a 24 percent increase, brought about by
higher sales from the real estate segment, particularly in lots and residential units, AC Industrials‘
electronic manufacturing and automotive retail businesses, and stronger service revenues of the energy
group.
Consolidated general and administrative expenses rose 20 percent to ₱25.2 billion. This was a result
of combined increments in the groups expenses, particularly from Ayala Land’s contracted services,
professional fees, taxes, retirement, and trainings; the parent’s, AC Energy’s, and Manila Water’s
manpower, insurance costs, depreciation expenses, as well as Manila Water’s AR provisions; AC
Industrials‘ automotive business‘ marketing and promotional expenses, and IMI’s manpower costs and
professional and management fees. This also includes the impact of consolidation of IMI and AC
Energy’s new subsidiaries.
Ayala’s balance sheet remains at a healthy level, allowing it to continue supporting its investments and
meet its debt and dividend obligations.
Investments in associates and joint ventures rose to ₱202.6 billion, as a result of new investments made
by AC Energy, AC Ventures, and Ayala Land. The parent’s share in net earnings from BPI and Globe,
as well as existing investees of Ayala Land, Manila Water, AC Energy, and AC Infrastructure, also
contributed to growth, tempered in part by Bestfull’s disposal of certain investments.
Investments in property jumped 24 percent to ₱137.7 billion through the real estate unit’s expansion
projects in malls, office properties, and select land development. Meanwhile, investments in property
and equipment recorded a 33 percent increase to ₱85.4 billion. This was lifted by AC Energy’s
At the end of 2017, total debt at the consolidated level stood at ₱350.6 billion, a 19 percent increase
from the December 2016 level of ₱295.9 billion. This was due to capital-raising exercises by the parent,
AYC, and Ayala Land, as well as borrowings for expansion projects of the real estate, energy, and water
segments. Total assets crossed the ₱1 trillion mark in 2017.
Cash at the parent level reached ₱18.6 billion, while net debt stood at ₱64.7 billion. Net debt-to-equity
ratio was 0.68 at the consolidated level, and 0.59 at the parent level. Ayala’s loan-to-value ratio, or the
ratio of the parent net debt to the total value of its investments, was 6.4 percent as of end-December
2017.
Capital Expenditure
Ayala
In 2017, Ayala spent P= 16.1 billion with significant allocation for the expansion plans of its power unit,
ACEHI, and AC Industrial's Automotive group. The Company continues to strategically deploy capital
across its businesses to explore new avenues of growth.
ALI
Ayala Land spent P91.4 billion in capital expenditures, higher than its estimated budget of P88.0 billion
at the start of 2017, to support the aggressive completion of new projects in its pipeline. 48% was spent
on residential projects, 29% on commercial projects, 17% for land acquisition and other investments
and 6% for the development of the estates.
MWC
MWC ended 2017 with total capital expenditures of P
= 13.03 billion, posting a growth of 48% over the
previous year.
Manila Concession spent a total of P= 10.63 billion (inclusive of concession fee payments) for capital
expenditures in 2017, 64% more than the P = 6.46 billion spent in the same period the previous year. Of
the total amount, 91% was spent on wastewater expansion, network reliability and water supply
projects, while the balance of 9% was accounted for by concession fees paid to MWSS.
Meanwhile, total capital expenditures of the domestic subsidiaries grew by 3% to P = 2.41 billion from the
P
= 2.34 billion spent in 2016. Of the total amount, P = 955 million was used by Laguna Water for its
development of new water sources and network expansion, while Boracay Water and Clark Water
disbursed P = 464 million and P
= 263 million, respectively. Estate Water spent P
= 481 million for its greenfield
and brownfield projects while the balance was spent by Cebu Water, Tagum Water, Zamboanga Water
and MWTS.
IMI
In 2017, IMI spent $65.3 million on capital expenditures as it continues to expand its footprint in higher
complex box build offerings, while making disciplined investments to fund its growth initiatives. For
2018, IMI expects additional $75 million of capital expenditures majority of which are new SMT lines for
expansions and new businesses, new manufacturing facilities and expansion buildings, innovation and
automation, and additional software licenses. These are intended to expand IMI’s capacity and support
expected increases in demand, as well as to sustain IMI’s productivity and efficiency.
ACEHI
In 2017, ACEHI spent P = 17.16 billion in capital expenditures which were partly funded through capital
infusions from Ayala Corporation, internally generated funds and long-term borrowings. These
investments are geared towards completion of project development in the country, investment tie-ups
for offshore energy projects and the recent retail electricity supply area.
2017 marked a year of stronger-than-expected, broad-based economic growth for the world, with a
recovery in global trade, investment, and manufacturing. This is expected to continue in the short-term,
though medium-term prospects are somewhat more muted. Asia continues to remain a bright spot in
the global economy.
Ayala remains overall positive about the macroeconomic environment and its prospects for growth as
it continues to execute on its five-year growth strategy through 2020.
Ayala maintains a healthy balance sheet with access to various funding options to meet requirements.
A robust risk management system allows the company to maximize opportunities for reinvention, and
navigate the challenges faced by its business units.
The table sets forth the comparative key performance indicators of the Company and its significant
subsidiaries.
The audited consolidated financial statements show several significant increases in Balance Sheet and
Income Statement accounts (vs. December 31, 2016 balances) relating to the following acquisitions of
certain subsidiaries:
1. AC Energy Inc.’s (ACEI’s) acquisition of 100% ownership of Visayas Renewable Corp. (VRC)
(formerly Bronzeoak Clean Energy), AC Energy DevCo Inc. (AEDCI) (formerly San Carlos
Clean Energy), SCC Bulk Water Supply, Inc. (SCC) and Solienda, Inc. (Solienda) and 66% in
Manapla Sun Power Development Corp. (MSPDC);
2. IMI’s acquisition of 80% stake in Surface Technology International Enterprises Limited (STI);
and
3. AC Industrial’s acquisition of 94.9% ownership of MT Misslbeck Technologies Gmbh.
Accounts and notes receivable (non-current) – 25% increase from P = 36,484 million to P
= 45,774 million
Increase attributable to ALI’s growth in real estate sales, following the introduction of new longer
payment terms resulting to the reclassification of trade receivables from current accounts. This account
is at 4% of the total assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Investments in associates & joint ventures – 12% increase from P = 180,314 million to P
= 202,649 million
Growth was attributable to new and additional investments of ACEHI (Chevron and UPC Sidrap units),
AC Ventures (Zalora and Mynt accounts) and ALI (Eton); plus share in net earnings from BPI, Globe,
and from existing investees of ALI, MWCI, ACEHI, Infra groups; partially offset by BHL’s partial disposal
of investments (Vinaphil/ CII). This account is at 20% of the total assets as of December 31, 2017 and
2016.
2
The Company's pension fund is known as the AC Employees Welfare and Retirement Fund (ACEWRF). ACEWRF is a legal
entity separate and distinct from the Company, governed by a board of trustees appointed under a Trust Agreement between the
Company and the initial trustees. It holds common and preferred shares of the Company in its portfolio. All such shares have
voting rights under certain conditions, pursuant to law. ACEWRF's portfolio is managed by a committee appointed by the fund's
trustees for that purpose. The members of the committee, all of whom are Managing Directors of the Company, are Jose Teodoro
K. Limcaoco. (the Company's Chief Finance Officer, Chief Risk Officer & Finance Group Head), Solomon M. Hermosura (the
Company's Group Head of Corporate Governance, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary & Compliance Officer), John Philip S.
Orbeta (the Company’s Head for Strategic Human Resources), Ma. Cecilia T. Cruzabra (the Company’s Treasurer), and
Josephine G. de Asis (the Company’s Comptroller). ACEWRF has not exercised voting rights over any shares of the Company
that it owns.
SEC FORM 17-A 158
Other noncurrent liabilities – 6% increase from P
= 40,870 million to P
= 43,234 million
Increase primarily due to ALI’s higher real estate deposits; and IMI’s higher balances arising from
consolidation of new subsidiaries; partially offset by MWC’s reclassification of deposit to accounts
payable account. This account is at 7% and 8% of the total liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and
2016, respectively.
Remeasurement gains (losses) on defined benefit plan – 16% increase from negative P = 1,548 million to
negative P= 1,303 million
Increase attributable to the effect of PAS 19- immediate recognition of service cost and re-measurement
of unrealized actuarial gains/losses.
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale financial assets – 137% decline from negative P = 467
million to negative P
= 1,108 million
Decline pertains mainly to realized gain recognized in P&L by BHL and AC upon disposal of certain
AFS investments; partially offset by increase in the market value of securities held by BPI group as AFS
financial assets. This account is at less than 1% of the total equity as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
In 2017, the Group changed the presentation of its consolidated statement of income from the single
step to the multiple step presentation. This presentation better reflects and distinguishes other income
from revenue and other charges from the operating expenses of the Group. Prior years consolidated
statements of income have been re-presented for comparative purposes. The change in presentation
has no impact on the consolidated net income, equity, cash flows and earnings per share of the Group
in 2016 and 2015.
Sale of goods and rendering services – 22% increase from a total of P = 199,209 million to P= 242,228
million
Growth in sale of goods came primarily from higher sales of: ALI group (higher lot sales, all segment of
housing, residential and condo units); IMI group (consolidation of its new subsidiary and better output
of its automotive electronics and industrial segments); and ACI/ Automotive group (vehicle sales across
brands plus notable sales for motorcycles). Higher revenues from rendering of services of ACEHI group
primarily coming from consolidation of new subsidiary and its RES unit; and higher revenues of IMI and
MWCI. As a percentage to total income, this account is at 84% in December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Cost of sales and rendering services – 24% increase from P = 141,350 million to P
= 175,674 million
Increase resulting from higher sales of ALI arising from lot sales and residential units, and higher sales
of IMI and ACI/Automotive group and higher service revenues of ACEHI. As a percentage to total costs
and expenses, this account is at 77% in December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Provision for income tax (current and deferred) – 17% increase from P = 10,507 million to P
= 12,260 million
Increase primarily due to higher taxable income of several subsidiaries significant portion is attributable
to ALI group on account of better sales and other operating results.
Income attributable to Owners of the parent – 16% increase from P = 26,011 million to P
= 30,264 million
Increase resulting from better performance of most subsidiaries of the Group.
The consolidated financial statements and schedules as listed in the accompanying Index to Financial
Statements and Supplementary Schedules are filed as part of this Form 17 A.
The Company has engaged the services of SGV & Co. during the two most recent fiscal years. There
were no disagreements with SGV & Co. on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial
statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedure.
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year except for the
adoption of the new and amended Philippine Financial Reporting Standards (PFRS) and the Philippine
Accounting Standards (PAS) and Interpretations issued by the Philippine Interpretations Committee
(PIC) which became effective beginning January 1, 2018. Extensive discussions are made in the
Group’s financial statements for PFRS 15 and 9, PIC Q&A on Land Classification, and PIC Q&A on
Advances to Contractors, as all these standards have significant impact on the Group. The Group will
also adopt several amended and revised standards and interpretations in the coming years 2019, 2020
and 2021.
Please refer to Note 3 of the attached Company’s audited financial statements on the Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies for the accounting of the new PFRS, PAS and PIC which became
effective in 2018 and new PFRS and PIC that will be effective in 2019, 2020 and 2021.
a. The external auditor of the Company is the accounting firm of SyCip, Gorres, Velayo & Company
(SGV & Co.). The Board, upon the recommendation of the Company’s Audit Committee (with Mr.
The re-appointment of SGV & Co., and the fixing of its remuneration will be presented to the
stockholders for their approval at the annual stockholders’ meeting.
b. Representatives of SGV & Co. for the current year and for the most recently completed fiscal year
are expected to be present at the annual stockholders’ meeting. They will have the opportunity to
make a statement if they desire to do so and are expected to be available to respond to appropriate
questions.
Pursuant to the General Requirements of SRC Rule 68 (2011 Amended), Par. 3 (Qualifications and
Reports of Independent Auditors), the Company has engaged SGV & Co. as external auditor, and
Ms. Lucy L. Chan is the Partner In-Charge starting audit year 2016 given the required audit partner
rotation every five years.
The Company paid or accrued the following fees, including VAT, to its external auditor in the past two
years:
SGV & Co. was engaged by the Company to audit its annual financial statements and midyear review
of financial statements in connection with the statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for the
years ended 2018 and 2017. The audit-related fees include assurance and services that are reasonably
related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements pursuant to the
regulatory requirements.
No tax consultancy services were secured from SGV & Co. for the past two years.
In 2017 and 2018, SGV & Co. billed the Company a fee of P.12M for the validation of stockholders’
votes during the annual stockholders’ meeting each year.
The Audit Committee reviewed the nature of non-audit services rendered by SGV & Co. and the
corresponding fees and concluded that these are not in conflict with the audit functions of the
independent auditor.
The Audit Committee has an existing policy to review and to pre-approve the audit and non-audit
services rendered by the Company’s independent auditor. It does not allow the Company to engage
the independent auditor for certain non-audit services expressly prohibited by regulations of the SEC to
be performed by an independent auditor for its audit clients. This is to ensure that the independent
auditor maintains the highest level of independence from the Company, both in fact and appearance.
The following persons have been nominated to the Board for election at the annual stockholders’
meeting and have accepted their respective nominations:
The nominees were formally nominated to the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee of
the Board by a minority shareholder of the Company, Ms. Maria Angelica B. Estacio, who holds 1,383
common shares, or 0.0002% of the total outstanding voting shares of the Company, and who is not
related to any of the nominees. Messrs. Ramon R. del Rosario, Jr., Xavier P. Loinaz and Antonio Jose
U. Periquet, all incumbent directors, are being nominated as independent directors in accordance with
SRC Rule 38 (Requirements on Nomination and Election of Independent Directors). The Corporate
Governance and Nomination Committee evaluated the qualifications of all the nominees and prepared
the final list of nominees in accordance with the Amended By-Laws and the Charter of the Board of
Directors of the Company.
Only nominees whose names appear on the final list of candidates are eligible for election as directors.
No nominations will be entertained or allowed on the floor during the annual stockholders’ meeting.
All nominees, except for Mr. Matsunaga, have served as directors of the Company for more than five
years. Mr. Matsunaga has served for two years.
The officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board during its organizational meeting.
A summary of the qualifications of the incumbent directors, who are all nominees for directors for
election at the stockholders’ meeting and incumbent officers, including positions held as of December
31, 2018 and in the past five years and personal data as of December 31, 2018, of directors and
executive officers, is set forth below.
Board of Directors
Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala, Filipino, 59, Director of Ayala Corporation since May 1987. He is the
Chairman and CEO of Ayala Corporation since April 2006. He holds the following positions in publicly
listed companies: Chairman of Globe Telecom, Inc., Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. and Bank of the
Philippine Islands; and Vice Chairman of Ayala Land, Inc. and Manila Water Company, Inc. He is also
the Chairman of AC Education, Inc., Ayala Retirement Fund Holdings, Inc., AC Industrial Technology
Holdings, Inc., AC Ventures Holding Corp., AC Infrastructure Holdings Corporation and Asiacom
Philippines, Inc.; Co-Chairman of Ayala Foundation, Inc. and Ayala Group Club, Inc.; Director of
Alabang Commercial Corporation, Ayala International Pte. Ltd., AC Energy, Inc., Ayala Healthcare
Holdings, Inc., Light Rail Manila Holdings, Inc. and AG Holdings Ltd. Outside the Ayala group, he is a
member of various business and socio-civic organizations in the Philippines and abroad, including the
JP Morgan International Council, JP Morgan Asia Pacific Council, Mitsubishi Corporation International
Advisory Council, and Council on Foreign Relations. He sits on the board of the Singapore Management
University, the global advisory board of University of Tokyo, and on various advisory boards of Harvard
University, including the Global Advisory Council, HBS Board of Dean’s Advisors, and HBS Asia-Pacific
Advisory Board, which he chairs. He is Chairman Emeritus of the Asia Business Council, Co-Vice
Chairman of the Makati Business Club, Chairman of Endeavor Philippines, and a board member of
Eisenhower Fellowships. He was awarded the Presidential Medal of Merit in 2009, the Philippine Legion
of Honor with rank of Grand Commander in 2010, and the Order of Mabini with rank of Commander in
SEC FORM 17-A 162
2015 by the President of the Philippines in recognition of his outstanding public service. In 2017, he
was recognized as a United Nations Sustainable Development Goals Pioneer for his work in sustainable
business strategy and operations. The first recipient of the award from the Philippines, he was one of
10 individuals recognized for championing sustainability and the pursuit of the 17 SDGs in business.
He graduated with B.A. in Economics (Cum Laude) from Harvard College in 1981 and obtained an MBA
from the Harvard Graduate School of Business in 1987.
Fernando Zobel de Ayala, Filipino, 58, Director of Ayala Corporation since May 1994. He is the
President and Chief Operating Officer of Ayala Corporation since April 2006. He holds the following
positions in publicly listed companies: Chairman of Ayala Land, Inc. and Manila Water Company, Inc.;
and Director of Bank of the Philippine Islands, Globe Telecom, Inc. and Integrated Micro-Electronics,
Inc.; and Independent Director of Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation. He is the Chairman of AC
International Finance Ltd., ALI Eton Property Development Corporation, Liontide Holdings, Inc., AC
Energy, Inc., Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc., Automobile Central Enterprise, Inc., Alabang Commercial
Corporation, Accendo Commercial Corp. and Hero Foundation, Inc.; Co-Chairman of Ayala Foundation,
Inc. and Ayala Group Club, Inc.; Vice-Chairman of AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc., Aurora
Properties Incorporated, Vesta Property Holdings, Inc., Ceci Realty Inc., Fort Bonifacio Development
Corporation, Bonifacio Land Corporation, Emerging City Holdings, Inc., Columbus Holdings, Inc.,
Berkshires Holdings, Inc. AKL Properties, Inc., AC Ventures Holdings Corp., and Bonifacio Art
Foundation, Inc.; Director of LiveIt Investments, Ltd., AG Holdings Ltd., AC Infrastructure Holdings
Corporation, Asiacom Philippines, Inc., Ayala Retirement Fund Holdings, Inc., AC Education, Inc.
Honda Cars Philippines, Inc., Isuzu Philippines Corporation, and Manila Peninsula; Member of the
Board of INSEAD and Georgetown University; Member of the International Advisory Board of Tikehau
Capita; Member of the Philippine-Singapore Business Council, INSEAD East Asia Council, World
Presidents’ Organization; and Chief Executives Organization; Chairman of Habitat for Humanity’s Asia-
Pacific Capital Campaign Steering Committee; and Member of the Board of Trustees of Caritas Manila,
Pilipinas Shell Foundation, and the National Museum. He graduated with B.A. Liberal Arts at Harvard
College in 1982 and holds a CIM from INSEAD, France.
Delfin L. Lazaro, Filipino, 72, Non-Executive Director of Ayala Corporation since January 2007. He
holds the following positions in publicly listed companies: Director of Ayala Land, Inc., Integrated Micro-
Electronics, Inc., Manila Water Company, Inc., and Globe Telecom, Inc. His other significant positions
include: Chairman of Atlas Fertilizer & Chemicals Inc., Chairman and President of A.C.S.T. Business
Holdings, Inc.; Vice Chairman and President of Asiacom Philippines, Inc.; Director of AC Industrial
Technology Holdings, Inc., AYC Holdings, Ltd.., AC International Finance, Ltd., Purefoods International
Limited and Probe Productions, Inc. He graduated with BS Metallurgical Engineering at the University
of the Philippines in 1967 and took his MBA (with Distinction) at Harvard Graduate School of Business
in 1971.
Keiichi Matsunaga, Japanese, 54, has been a Director of Ayala Corporation since April 2017. He is
the General Manager of Mitsubishi Corporation Manila Branch. Currently, he is also the Chairman of
International Elevator & Equipment Inc.; President of MC Diamond Realty Investment Phils., MC
Oranbo Investment, MC Cavite Holdings, Inc., FMT Kalayaan, Inc.; and Director of Century City
Development II Corporation (CCDC II), Isuzu Philippines Corporation, Kepco Ilijan Corporation, Trans
World Agro-Products Corp., Portico Land Corp., Japanese Chamber of Commerce & Industry of the
Philippines (JCCIPI) and The Japanese Association Manila, Inc. (JAMI). He is not a director of any
publicly listed company in the Philippines other than Ayala Corporation. He entered Mitsubishi
Corporation after graduating from the Faculty of Law at Waseda University in 1988 and has since held
various leadership positions.
Xavier P. Loinaz, Filipino, 75, Independent Director of Ayala Corporation since April 2009. He has been
our Lead Independent Director since April 2017. He is also an Independent Director of the Bank of the
Philippine Islands, a publicly listed company. He also holds the following positions: Independent Director
of BPI Family Savings Bank, Inc., and BPI/MS Insurance Corporation; Trustee of E. Zobel Foundation;
Chairman of Alay Kapwa Kilusan Pangkalusugan and XPL Manitou Properties, Inc.; and Vice Chairman
of XPL MTJL Properties, Inc. He was formerly the President of the Bank of the Philippine Islands (BPI)
from 1982 to 2004. He was also the President of Bankers Association of the Philippines from 1989 to
1991. He graduated with an AB Economics degree at Ateneo de Manila University in 1963 and took
his MBA-Finance at Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania in 1965.
Antonio Jose U. Periquet, Filipino, 57, Independent Director of Ayala Corporation since September
2010. He is the chairman of Campden Hill Group, Inc., and of BPI Asset Management and Trust
Corporation. He also sits as an independent director of publicly listed companies such as Bank of the
Philippine Islands, ABS-CBN Corporation, DMCI Holdings, The Max's Group of Companies and The
Philippine Seven Corporation. He is also an independent director of Albizia ASEAN Tenggara Fund. Mr.
Periquet is a trustee of Lyceum of the Philippines University and a member of the Dean's Global
Advisory Council at the University of Virginia's Darden School of Business. He graduated with an AB
Economics degree at Ateneo de Manila University in 1982 and took his Masters of Science in
Economics at the Oxford University, UK in 1988 and Masters in Business Administration at University
of Virginia, USA in 1990.
*/*** Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
*/*** Fernando Zobel de Ayala Vice Chairman, President and Chief Operating Officer
** Cezar P. Consing Senior Managing Director, President and CEO of Bank of the Philippine
Islands
** Bernard Vincent O. Dy Senior Managing Director, President and CEO of Ayala Land, Inc.
** Arthur R. Tan Senior Managing Director, CEO of Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc., and
President and CEO of AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc.
** Ernest Lawrence L. Cu President and CEO of Globe Telecom, Inc.
** Ferdinand M. dela Cruz Managing Director, President and CEO of Manila Water Company, Inc.
*** Jose Rene Gregory D. Managing Director, Public Affairs Group Head, President and CEO of AC
Almendras Infrastructure Holdings Corporation
** Alfredo I. Ayala Managing Director, President and CEO of AC Education, Inc.
*** Paolo Maximo F. Borromeo Managing Director, Corporate Strategy and Development Group Head,
President and CEO of Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc.
*** John Eric T. Francia Managing Director, President and CEO of AC Energy, Inc.
*** Solomon M. Hermosura Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer, Corporate Secretary, Chief
Compliance Officer, Data Protection Officer, and Corporate Governance
Group Head
*** Jose Teodoro K. Limcaoco Managing Director, Chief Finance Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief
Sustainability Officer, and Finance Group Head
** Ruel T. Maranan Managing Director, President of Ayala Foundation, Inc.
*** John Philip S. Orbeta Managing Director, Chief Human Resource Officer, and Corporate Resources
Group Head
Catherine H. Ang Executive Director and Chief Audit Executive
Estelito C. Biacora Executive Director and Treasurer
Josephine G. De Asis Executive Director and Controller
Dodjie D. Lagazo Assistant Corporate Secretary
Joanne M. Lim Assistant Corporate Secretary
* Members of the Board of Directors.
** Ayala Group Management Committee members.
*** Ayala Corporation Management Committee and Ayala Group Management Committee members
Bernard Vincent O. Dy, Filipino, 55, is a Senior Managing Director of Ayala Corporation and has been
a member of the Ayala Group Management Committee since April 2014. He is the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Ayala Land, Inc. (ALI). Prior to this post, he was the Head of the Residential
Business, Commercial Business and Corporate Marketing and Sales of ALI. He also holds the following
positions in other publicly listed Companies: Chairman of Prime Orion Philippines, Inc. and Director of
Cebu Holdings, Inc. and MCT Bhd of Malaysia. His other significant positions include: Chairman of
Alveo Land Corp., Ayala Property Management Corporation, Makati Development Corporation, Amaia
Land Corporation, Avencosouth Corp., AyalaLand Commercial Reit, Inc., Bellavita Land Corporation,
Ayagold Retailers, Inc., Station Square East Commercial Corporation, Aviana Development Corp.,
Cagayan De Oro Gateway Corp., BGSouth Properties, Inc., BGNorth Properties, Inc., BGWest
Properties, Inc., Nuevocentro, Inc., Portico Land Corp. and Philippine Integrated Energy Solutions, Inc.;
Vice Chairman of Ayala Greenfield Development Corporation and Alviera Country Club, Inc.; Director
and President of Bonifacio Land Corporation, Emerging City Holdings, Inc., Columbus Holdings, Inc.,
Berkshires Holdings, Inc., Fort Bonifacio Development Corporation, Aurora Properties Incorporated,
Vesta Property Holdings, Inc., Ceci Realty Inc., Alabang Commercial Corporation and Accendo
Commercial Corp.; President of the Hero Foundation Incorporated and Bonifacio Art Foundation, Inc.;
Director of Avida Land Corp., Amicassa Process Solutions, Inc., Whiteknight Holdings, Inc., AyalaLand
Medical Facilities Leasing, Inc., Serendra, Inc., Alveo-Federal Land Communities, Inc., ALI Eton
Property Development Corporation and AKL Properties, Inc.; Trustee of Ayala Foundation, Inc. and
Ayala Group Club, Inc. In 2015, he was inducted as member of the Advisory Council of the National
Advisory Group for the Police Transformation Development of the Philippine National Police. He earned
a degree of B.B.A Accountancy from the University of Notre Dame in 1985. He also received his
Master’s Degree in Business Administration in 1997 and in International Relations in 1989, both at the
University of Chicago.
Arthur R. Tan, Filipino, 59, has been a Senior Managing Director of Ayala Corporation since January
2007 and has been a member of the Ayala Group Management Committee since 2002. He has been
the Chief Executive Officer of Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. (IMI), a publicly listed company, since
April 2002. He is also the Group President and Chief Executive Officer of AC Industrial Technology
Holdings, Inc. Concurrently, he is also the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of PSi
Technologies Inc. and Merlin Solar Technologies (Phils.), Inc.; President and Chief Executive Officer of
Speedy-Tech Electronics Ltd.; Chairman of the Board of Surface Technology International (STI), Ltd.,
Chairman of the Advisory Board of Via Optronics GmbH and MT Technologies GmbH. He was the
President of IMI from April 2002 to June 23, 2016. Prior to IMI, he was the Northeast Area Sales
Manager and Acting Design Center Manager of American Microsystems Inc. (Massachusetts, USA),
from 1994 to 1998, of which he became the Managing Director for Asia Pacific Region/Japan from 1998
to 2001. He graduated with B.S. in Electronics Communications Engineering degree from Mapua
Institute of Technology in 1982 and attended post-graduate programs at the University of Idaho,
Singapore Institute of Management, IMD and Harvard Business School.
Ernest Lawrence L. Cu, Filipino, 58, has been a member of the Ayala Group Management Committee
since January 2009. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Globe Telecom, Inc., a publicly
listed company. He is a trustee of Ayala Foundation, Inc. and Hero Foundation, Inc. Prior to joining
Globe, he was the President and CEO of SPI Technologies, Inc. In 2017, he was adjudged Best CEO
Ferdinand M. dela Cruz, Filipino, 51, has been a Managing Director since 2011 and a member of the
Ayala Group Management Committee since April 2017. He is the President and CEO of Manila Water
Company, Inc. (MWC). Prior to his election as President of MWC, he was the Chief Operating Officer
for Manila Water Operations; and President of Manila Water Total Solutions Corporation and Manila
Water Foundation. He joined MWC in July 2011 as the East Zone Business Operations Group Director
and was concurrently Group Director for Corporate Strategic Affairs. Before joining MWC, he was the
head of Consumer Sales Group and the Consumer Sales and Consumer Sales Group of Globe
Telecom for two years, and was head of its Wireless Business Group from October 2002 to June 2009.
Prior to that, he was the President and General Manager of Kraft Foods (Philippines) Inc. for more than
a year and the same company’s Country General Manager for its various operating companies in
Indonesia. He also held senior leadership roles in ALI, San Miguel Brewing Philippines, Inbisco
Philippines, Unilever Philippines. He graduated cum laude with a degree in BS Mechanical Engineer
from the University of the Philippines. He is a board top-notcher and a licensed Mechanical Engineer.
Jose Rene Gregory D. Almendras, Filipino, 58, has been a Managing Director and member of the
Ayala Corporation Management Committee and the Ayala Group Management Committee since
August 2016. He is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of AC Infrastructure Holdings
Corporation (AC Infra); Chairman of Light Rail Manila Holdings 6, Inc. and MCX Tollway, Inc.; and
Executive Vice President of Asiacom Philippines, Inc. He also serves as a member of the Board of
Directors of the following companies within the Ayala Group: Light Rail Manila Holdings, Inc., Light Rail
Manila Holdings 2, Inc., AC Energy, Inc. and A2 Airport Partners, Inc. On a concurrent basis, he heads
the Public Affairs Group of Ayala Corporation. He served as Secretary of Foreign Affairs for the Republic
of the Philippines from March to June 2016. He also served as the Cabinet Secretary under the Office
of the President from November 2012 to March 2016. Prior to his appointment as Cabinet Secretary,
he served as the Secretary of the Department of Energy from July 2010 to October 2012. Under his
leadership, the Department of Energy ranked as one of the Top 10 Performers, in a survey among
government agencies on government performance specifically in ensuring integrity in public service. In
2011, he became the co-chair of the high-level discussion on the Long Term Strategy for the
International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA) held in Abu Dhabi. In the same year, the Philippines
became a rotating member of the Executive Board of the International Energy Forum (IEF). Last
September 2013, after stepping down as Energy Secretary, Rene was awarded ASEAN Individual
Excellence in Energy Management by his fellow Energy Ministers during the 31st ASEAN Ministers on
Energy Meeting (AMEM) and ASEAN Energy Awards, which was another 1st for the Philippines. In
June 2013, he was given the rare privilege of addressing the United Nations Economic and Social
Council (ECOSOC) at the Palais des Nations, Geneva and then again in December 2013 for the United
Nations’ Special Meeting of the ECOSOC in New York. He was the President and CEO of Manila Water
Company, Inc. before he decided to serve the government in 2010. During his term, the company was
awarded as one of the Best Managed Companies in Asia, the Best in Corporate Governance, one of
the Greenest Companies in the Philippines and hailed as the world’s Most Efficient Water Company. In
June 2016, a Presidential Award, Order of Lakandula, Rank of Gold Cross Bayani, highest honor given
to a civilian by the Republic of the Philippines, was awarded to him by President Benigno S. Aquino III,
for his remarkable performance during the Aquino administration. He obtained his Bachelors of Science
in Business Management degree from the Ateneo de Manila University in 1981. He attended the
Strategic Business Economics Program from University of Asia & the Pacific in 1999.
Alfredo I. Ayala, Filipino, 57, has been a Managing Director of Ayala Corporation and a member of the
Ayala Group Management Committee since June 2006. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer
of LiveIt Investments Limited and of AC Education, Inc. which are Ayala Corporation’s holding
companies for its business processing outsourcing and educations investments, respectively.
Currently, he also holds the following positions: Director of Affinity Express Holdings, Ltd., and Azalea
International Venture Partners Limited.; Chairman and President of AC College of Enterprise and
Technology, Inc., National Teachers College, and LINC Institute; Chairman of Affordable Private
Education Center, Inc. and Newbridge International Investments Limited; Vice Chairman and Vice
President of Affinity Express Philippines, Inc,; Vice Chairman of University of Nueva Caceres; and
Trustee of Ayala Foundation, Inc. He is also a Trustee of Philippine Business for Education (PBEd). He
has an MBA from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration in 1987 and B.A. in
Development Studies (Honors) and Economics from Brown University in 1982.
John Eric T. Francia, Filipino, 47, has been a Managing Director and a member of the Ayala
Corporation Management Committee and the Ayala Group Management Committee since January
2009. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of AC Energy, Inc. In his previous role as Head
of Ayala’s Corporate Strategy and Development group, he led Ayala’s entry into the energy and
transport infrastructure sectors in 2011. Under his leadership, Ayala invested in over 1,000MW of
attributable capacity in the energy sector, and secured over $1bn worth of PPP projects in the transport
infrastructure space. He is a Director of Manila Water Company, Inc., a publicly listed company. He is
also a member of the Board of Directors of the following companies within the Ayala Group: Purefoods
International Limited, Ayala Healthcare Holding, Inc., AC Education, Inc., AC College of Enterprise and
Technology, Inc., LINC Institute, Inc., AC Ventures Holding Corp., Ayala Aviation Corporation, Zapfam,
Inc., Northwind Power Development Corporation, North Luzon Renewable Energy Corporation, Light
Rail Manila Corporation, AC Infrastructure Holdings Corporation, MCX Tollway, Inc., Ayala Hotels, Inc,,
Michigan Holdings, Inc., and other various companies under the AC Energy Group. Prior to joining
Ayala, he was a senior consultant and member of the management team of Monitor Group, a strategy
consulting firm based in Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. Prior to consulting, he spent a few years in
the field of academe and media. He received his undergraduate degree in Humanities and Political
Economy from the University of Asia & the Pacific, graduating magna cum laude in 1993. He then
completed his Masters Degree in Management Studies at the University of Cambridge in the United
Kingdom, graduating with First Class Honors in 1995.
Solomon M. Hermosura, Filipino, 56, has served as Managing Director of Ayala Corporation since
1999 and a member of the Ayala Corporation Management Committee since 2009 and the Ayala Group
Management Committee since 2010. He is also the Group Head of Corporate Governance, and the
Chief Legal Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Corporate Secretary and Data Protection Officer of Ayala
Corporation. He is the CEO of Ayala Group Legal. He serves as the Corporate Secretary and Group
General Counsel of Ayala Land, Inc., and Corporate Secretary of Globe Telecom, Inc., Manila Water
Company, Inc., Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. and Ayala Foundation, Inc. He also serves as a
Corporate Secretary and a member of the Board of Directors of a number of companies in the Ayala
group. He is currently a member of the faculty of the College of Law of San Beda University. He
graduated valedictorian with Bachelor of Laws degree from San Beda College in 1986 and placed third
in the 1986 Bar Examinations.
Jose Teodoro K. Limcaoco, Filipino, 56, has been the Chief Finance Officer and Finance Group Head
of Ayala Corporation since April 2015. He is also the Chief Risk Officer and Sustainability Officer of
Ayala Corporation. He is a director of Globe Telecom, Inc. and Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc., two
of the publicly listed companies of the Ayala Group; and an independent director of SSI Group, Inc, also
a publicly listed company. He is the Chairman of Darong Agricultural and Development Corporation and
Zapfam Inc. He is the President and CEO of AC Ventures Holding Corp., AYC Finance Limited, Bestfull
Holdings Limited and Purefoods International Limited. He is the Vice Chairman of Lagdigan Land
Corporation. He is the President of Liontide Holdings, Inc. and of Philwater Holdings Company, Inc.
He is a Director of Ayala Hotels, Inc., AC Energy, Inc., Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc., AC Infrastructure
Holdings Corporation, Ayala Aviation Corporation, AC Education, Inc., Asiacom Philippines, Inc., Ayala
Group Legal, Michigan Holdings, Inc., AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc., A.C.S.T Business
Holdings, Inc., LICA Management Inc., and Just For Kids, Inc. He is the Treasurer of Ayala Retirement
Fund Holdings, Inc. He joined Ayala Corporation as a Managing Director in 1998. Prior to his
appointment as CFO in April 2015, he held various responsibilities including President of BPI Family
Savings Bank, President of BPI Capital Corporation, Officer-in-Charge for Ayala Life Assurance, Inc.
and Ayala Plans, Inc., Trustee and Treasurer of Ayala Foundation, Inc., President of myAyala.com, and
CFO of Azalea Technology Investments, Inc. He served as the President of the Chamber of Thrift Banks
Ruel T. Maranan, Filipino, 56, has been a Managing Director of Ayala Corporation since January 2015.
He has served as President of Ayala Foundation, Inc. since March 1, 2015. He is also a member of the
board of directors of Asticom Technology, Inc. and a member of the board of representatives of CIFAL
Philippines. He was the Group Director of Manila Water Company, Inc. (MWC)’s Corporate Human
Resources Group from 2004 to 2014. Before joining MWC, he was part of various organizations such
as Globe Telecom, Inc., Vitarich Corporation, and Integrated Farm Management, among others. In
MWC, he introduced numerous innovations in human resources management, rallying behind the
company’s being the first Filipino company to win the prestigious Asian Human Capital Award in 2011,
an award sponsored by the Singapore Ministry of Manpower, CNBC Asia-Pacific, and INSEAD.
Through his leadership in human resources, MWC was vested the 2006 Outstanding Employer of the
Year by the People Management Association of the Philippines. Mr. Maranan earned his AB Social
Sciences degree from the Ateneo de Manila University and his law degree from the University of Santo
Tomas. The latter institution has recently granted him the UST 2016 Outstanding Alumni Award under
Private Sector. He has also completed the Leadership Management Program under Harvard.
John Philip S. Orbeta, Filipino, 57, has served as a member of the Ayala Corporation Management
Committee since May 2005 and the Ayala Group Management Committee since April 2009. He is
currently the Managing Director, Chief Human Resources Officer and Group Head for Corporate
Resources, covering Strategic Human Resources, Knowledge Management, Information &
Communications Technology, AC Synergy and Corporate Support Services at Ayala Corporation. He
is currently the Chairman of Ayala Aviation Corporation, Ayala Group HR Council, Ayla Group Corporate
Security Council, and Ayala Business Clubs; Chairman and President of HCX Technology Partners,
Inc.; and Vice Chairman of Ayala Group Club, Inc. Mr. Orbeta also serves as a Board Director of Ayala
Group Legal, AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc., Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc., Ayala
Retirement Fund Holdings, Inc., Zapfam, Inc., BPI Family Bank, Inc., ALFM Growth Fund, Inc., ALFM
Money Market Fund, Inc., ALFM Peso Bond Fund, Inc., ALFM Dollar Bond Fund, Inc., ALFM Euro Bond
Fund, Inc. and the Philippine Stock Index Fund Corp.; and as Trustee of Ayala Foundation, Inc. Mr.
Orbeta served as the President and CEO of AC Industrial Technology Holdings, Inc. (formerly Ayala
Automotive Holdings Corporation) and Automobile Central Enterprise, Inc. (Philippine importer of
Volkswagen), as Chairman and CEO of Honda Cars Makati, Inc., Isuzu Automotive Dealership, Inc.
and Iconic Dealership, Inc.; and as Board Director of Honda Cars Cebu, Inc. and Isuzu Cebu, Inc. Prior
to joining Ayala Corporation, he was the Vice President and Global Practice Director of the Human
Capital Consulting Group at Watson Wyatt Worldwide (now Willis Towers Watson), overseeing the
firm's practices in executive compensation, strategic rewards, data services and organization
effectiveness around the world. He was also a member of Watson Wyatt's Board of Directors. He
graduated with a degree in A.B. Economics from the Ateneo de Manila University in 1982.
Catherine H. Ang, Filipino, 48, has served as Executive Director and Chief Audit Executive of Ayala
Corporation since July 2013. She joined the Company in February 2012 as Head for Risk Management
and Sustainability. Currently, she also holds the following positions: Director of Technopark Land, Inc.;
Audit and Risk Committee Member of Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc., AC Energy, Inc., AC
Infrastructure Holdings Corporation, Affinity Express Holdings, Ltd., and Ayala Multi-Purpose
Cooperative; Audit Committee Member of Light Rail Manila Corporation and AF Payments, Inc.; Audit
Committee Chair of the Financial Executives Institute of the Philippines (FINEX); and a member of the
Governance Committee of The Institute of Internal Auditors – Philippines (IIAP). She was also the 2017
- 2018 Audit Committee Chair and Good Governance Committee Vice Chairperson of FINEX, 2016
Finance Committee Chair of FINEX Foundation, 2015-2016 Institute of Corporate Directors’ Scorecard
Circle Chair, 2014 Chair of the Board of Trustees, and a member of the Board of Directors from 2009
to 2013 of IIAP. Prior to joining Ayala Corporation, she was the Chief Audit Executive of Globe Telecom,
Inc. where she started as an Internal Audit Manager in 1996 and rejoined the company in 2000. In 1998,
she joined PricewaterhouseCoopers - Singapore as Manager for Operational and Systems Risk
Management. She started her career at SGV & Co in 1991 as a financial and IT auditor. She is a
Certified Public Accountant, a Fellow of the Institute of Corporate Directors, a qualified Crisis
Communication Planner, and holds an Associate (Level 1) Certification from Global Innovation
Management Institute (GIMI). She graduated magna cum laude from Saint Louis College in 1991 with
a degree in Bachelor of Science in Commerce major in Accounting.
Estelito C. Biacora, Filipino, 48, is the Executive Director and Treasurer of Ayala Corporation since
November 2018. He is Director and Treasurer of Michigan Holdings, Inc., Pameka Holdings, Inc.,
Technopark Land, Inc., Director of AYC Finance, Limited, AYC Holdings Limited, and Zapfam, Inc.
Josephine G. De Asis, Filipino, 47, has been the Controller of Ayala Corporation since August 2012.
Currently, she also holds the following positions: Chairwoman of PPI Prime Venture, Inc.; Director and
Chief Finance Officer of Pameka Holdings, Inc.; Director of Azalea International Venture Partner Ltd.,
Darong Agricultural & Development Corporation, Technopark Land, Inc., and Zapfam, Inc.; Chief
Finance Officer of Azalea International Venture Partner Ltd. and Michigan Holdings, Inc.; Treasurer and
Chief Finance Officer of AG Counselors Corporation; and Audit and Risk Committee Member of AC
Energy, Inc. and AC Infrastructure Holdings Corporation. Prior to joining Ayala Corporation, she served
as the Head of Financial Control Division of Globe Telecom, Inc. from 2010 to 2012 and Controller of
the Wireless Business of Globe Telecom, Inc. from 2005-2010. She is a Certified Public Accountant.
She graduated with a degree in BS Accountancy (summa cum laude) from Polytechnic University of
the Philippines in 1991 and attended an Executive Management Program from the University of
California Los Angeles in 2004-2005.
Dodjie D. Lagazo, Filipino,39, Filipino, has served as Assistant Corporate Secretary of Ayala
Corporation since April 2015. He is the Head for Legal and Regulatory, as well as the Assistant
Corporate Secretary, of AC Energy, Inc. He also serves as the Corporate Secretary of the various AC
Energy subsidiaries and affiliates. He was a Director of Ayala Group Legal’s management committee
from January 2014 to July 2017. Prior to joining the Ayala Group, he was an associate at SyCip Salazar
Hernandez & Gatmaitan. He received his undergraduate degree in Political Science from the University
of the Philippines, Diliman, graduating magna cum laude. He then completed his Bachelor of Laws
Degree in the College of Law of the University of the Philippines, Diliman, ranked sixth in the graduating
class of 2003. He is a member in good standing of the Integrated Bar of the Philippines.
Joanne M. Lim, Filipino, 36, has served as Assistant Corporate Secretary of Ayala Corporation since
June 2016. She is also the Assistant Corporate Secretary of Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc, Ayala
Foundation, Inc., AC Education, Inc, LiveIt Investments Limited and other companies within the Ayala
Group to which she also provides other legal services. She is a Senior Counsel at Ayala Group Legal.
Prior to joining Ayala Group Legal in 2015, she was a Project Legal Advisor for CFT Transaction
Advisors. She served as Director of the Legal Affairs Office of the Department of Finance from 2011 to
2013 and was an Associate at SyCip, Salazar, Hernandez & Gatmaitan Law Offices from 2007 to 2010.
She obtained her Bachelor of Laws degree in 2007 and her Bachelor of Arts degree in Broadcast
Communication (magna cum laude) in 2003, both from the University of the Philippines, Diliman. She
has a Master of Laws degree in Global Business Law from New York University and a Master of Laws
degree in Corporate and Financial Services Law from National University of Singapore. She was
admitted to the Philippine Bar in 2008 and to the New York State Bar in 2015.
Significant Employees
The Company attributes its continued success to the collective efforts of its employees, all of whom
contribute significantly to the business in various ways.
Family Relationships
Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Fernando Zobel de Ayala,
President and Chief Operating Officer, are brothers.
Except for the foregoing, there are no known family relationships between the current members of the
Board and key officers.
Solomon M. Hermosura
Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer,
Corporate Secretary, Chief Compliance
Officer, Data Protection Officer, and
Corporate Governance Group Head
The total annual compensation consists of basic pay and other taxable income (guaranteed bonus and
performance-based bonus).
The Company has no other arrangement with regard to the remuneration of its existing officers aside
from the compensation received as herein stated.
i. Since 1995, the Company has offered its officers options to acquire common shares under its
executive stock option plan (ESOP). In 2018, there were options covering 8,636 shares exercised
by a retired officer of the Company, whose availment of stock option is still valid after retirement
pursuant to the Company’s Stock Option Plan, to wit:
ii. The Company has adjusted the exercise price and market price of the options awarded to the
above-named officers due to the stock dividends declared by the Company in May 2004, June
2007, May 2008 and July 2011 and to the reverse stock split in May 2005.
Compensation of Directors
Section 20 - Each Director shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation, pursuant to a resolution of
the Board of Directors, fees and other compensation for his services as Director. The Board of Directors
shall have the sole authority to determine the amount, form and structure of the fees and other
compensation of the Directors. In no case shall the total yearly compensation of Directors exceed one
percent (1%) of the net income before income tax of the Corporation during the preceding year.
The compensation and remuneration committee of the Board of Directors shall have the responsibility
of recommending to the Board of Directors the fees and other compensation for directors. In discharging
this duty, the committee shall be guided by the objective of ensuring that the level of compensation
should fairly pay Directors for work required in a company of the Corporation’s size and scope. (As
amended on 18 April 2011.)
i. Standard arrangement
On April 21, 2017, the Board, upon the recommendation of its Personnel and Compensation
Committee to make the level of remuneration more commensurate with their responsibilities,
approved a resolution fixing the current remuneration of non-executive directors as follows:
Directors who hold executive or management positions do not receive directors’ fees. The
compensation of executive directors is included in the compensation table in Item 10 above.
None of the non-executive and independent directors who are paid fees as set forth above
(Standard arrangement) is contracted and compensated by the Company for services other than
those provided as a director.
The Company has no other arrangement with regard to the remuneration of its existing non-
executive directors aside from the compensation received as herein stated.
The Company’s Personnel and Compensation Committee is chaired by Mr. Del Rosario, Jr., an
independent director, with Messrs. Lazaro and Matsunaga as members.
Security ownership of certain record and beneficial owners (of more than 5%) as of February 28, 2019.
Title of Name and address of record owner Name of beneficial Citizenship No. of Percent of
class and relationship with Issuer owner and shares held outstanding
of voting relationship with voting
shares record owner shares
Common Mermac, Inc.3 Mermac, Inc.4 Filipino 296,625,706 35.7109%
Voting 3/F Makati Stock Exchange Building, 170,809,468 20.5638%
Preferred Ayala Triangle,
Ayala Avenue, Makati City
Common PCD Nominee Corporation PCD participants Various 180,765,980 21.7625%
(Non-Filipino)5 acting for themselves Non-Filipino
G/F MSE Bldg. or for their
Ayala Ave., Makati City customers6
Common Mitsubishi Corporation7 Mitsubishi Japanese 41,577,540 5.0055%
Voting 3-1, Marunouchi 2- Chome, Chiyoda- Corporation8 21,514,970 2.5902%
Preferred ku, Tokyo 100-8086
Common PCD Nominee Corporation PCD participants Filipino 89,821,592 10.8137%
(Filipino)4 acting for themselves
G/F MSE Bldg. or for their
Ayala Ave., Makati City customers5
Title of class Name of beneficial owner Amount and nature of beneficial Citizenship Percent of
of ownership total
outstanding outstanding
shares shares
Directors
Common 300,187 (indirect) 0.0342%
Preferred B 20,000 (indirect) 0.0023%
Series 1 Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala Filipino
Voting 543,802 (direct) 0.0620%
Preferred
Common 306,317 (direct & indirect) 0.0349%
Voting Fernando Zobel de Ayala 554,983 (direct) Filipino 0.0632%
Preferred
Common 33,775 (direct & indirect) 0.0038%
Voting Delfin L. Lazaro 258,297 (direct) Filipino 0.0294%
Preferred
Common Keiichi Matsunaga 1 (direct) Japanese 0.0000%
Common 126,614 (direct) 0.0144%
Voting Xavier P. Loinaz 65,517 (direct) Filipino 0.0075%
Preferred
Common 1,200 (direct) 0.0001%
Preferred B Antonio Jose U. Periquet 400,000 (direct) Filipino 0.0456%
Series 2
Common Ramon R. Del Rosario, Jr. 1 (direct) Filipino 0.0000%
CEO and most highly compensated officers
Common 300,187 (direct & indirect) 0.0342%
Preferred B Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala 20,000 (indirect) Filipino 0.0023%
Series 1
3
The Co-Vice Chairmen of Mermac, Inc. (“Mermac”), Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala and Fernando Zobel de Ayala, are the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, respectively. Mr. Jaime
Augusto Zobel de Ayala has been named and appointed to exercise the voting power of Mermac.
4
The Board of Directors of Mermac has the power to decide how Ayala shares held by Mermac are to be voted.
5
PCD Nominee Corporation (PCD) is not related to the Company.
6
Each beneficial owner of shares through a PCD participant is the beneficial owner to the extent of the number of shares in his
account with the PCD participant. Out of the 270,587,572 common shares registered in the name of PCD Nominee
Corporation, 71,055,048 (8.5543% of the voting stock) and 60,086,903 (7.2339% of the voting stock) are for the accounts of
Deutsche Bank Manila (DB) and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC), respectively. The Company has
no record relating to the power to decide how the shares held by PCD are to be voted. As advised to the Company, none of DB
and HSBC or any of their customers beneficially owns more than 5% of the Company’s common shares.
7
Mitsubishi Corporation (“Mitsubishi”) is not related to the Company.
8
The Board of Directors of Mitsubishi has the power to decide how Mitsubishi’s shares in Ayala are to be voted. Mr. Keiichi
Matsunaga has been named and appointed to exercise the voting power.
SEC FORM 17-A 172
Voting 543,802 (direct) 0.0620%
Preferred
Common 306,317 (direct & indirect) 0.0349%
Voting Fernando Zobel de Ayala 554,983 (direct) Filipino 0.0632%
Preferred
Common 90,100 (indirect) 0.0103%
Voting Solomon M. Hermosura 53,583 (direct) Filipino 0.0061%
Preferred
Common Jose Teodoro K. Limcaoco 255,679 (indirect) Filipino 0.0291%
Common John Philip S. Orbeta 575,491 (indirect) Filipino 0.0656%
Other executive officers (Ayala group ManCom members/Senior Leadership Team)
Common Cezar P. Consing 91,461 (indirect) Filipino 0.0104%
Common Bernard Vincent O. Dy 21,681 (indirect) Filipino 0.0025%
Common Arthur R. Tan 319,158 (indirect) Filipino 0.0364%
Common Jose Rene Gregory D. 66,099 (direct & indirect) Filipino 0.0075%
Almendras
Common Alfredo I. Ayala 163,409 (direct & indirect) Filipino 0.0186%
Common Paolo Maximo F. Borromeo 51,210 (indirect) Filipino 0.0058%
Common Ferdinand M. Dela Cruz 46,592 (indirect) Filipino 0.0053%
Common John Eric T. Francia 147,933 (indirect) Filipino 0.0168%
Common Ernest Lawrence L. Cu 117,435 (indirect) Filipino 0.0134%
Common Ruel T. Maranan 17,089 (indirect) Filipino 0.0019%
Common Estelito C. Biacora 0 Filipino 0.0000%
Common Josephine G. De Asis 23,038 (indirect) Filipino 0.0026%
Common 22,505 (indirect) 0.0026%
Voting Catherine H. Ang 5,290 (direct) Filipino 0.0006%
Preferred
Common Dodjie D. Lagazo 0 Filipino 0.0000%
Common Joanne M. Lim 0 Filipino 0.0000%
All Directors and Officers as a group 4,678,447 0.5331%
No director or member of the Company’s management owns 2.0% or more of the outstanding capital
stock of the Company.
The Company knows of no person holding more than 5% of common shares under a voting trust or
similar agreement.
No change of control in the Company has occurred since the beginning of its last fiscal year.
The Company, in the regular conduct of business, has entered into transactions consisting of advances,
loans and reimbursements of expenses, purchase, lease and sale of real estate properties, and
administrative agreements, with associates and other related parties. Sales and purchases of goods
and services to and from related parties are made at arms-length, fair, and inure to the best benefit of
both parties. Material related party transactions are reviewed by the Risk Management and Related
Party Transactions Committee of the Board and properly disclosed in the accompanying audited
financial statements. Material transactions involving the Company or its associates and in which any
of its directors and executive officers has a direct or indirect material interest are likewise reviewed by
the Risk Management and Related Party Transactions Committee of the Board to ensure arms-length
and fair terms.
To date, there have been no complaints received by the Company regarding related-party transactions.
Related party transactions are further discussed in the Note 31 of the Consolidated Financial
Statements for December 31, 2018 which forms part of the Index of this SEC17A report.
There are no transactions with promoters within the past five (5) years.
• Finance Asia
o Ayala Corporation ranked number one as Best Managed Company, Best Growth Story, and
Best ESG and ranked third in Best Investor Relations.
o Jaime Augusto Zobel de Ayala was cited Best CEO and Jose Teodoro K. Limcaoco as Best
CFO.
The Company’s official website is www.ayala.com.ph. Further details on the Company’s corporate
information, background, activities, and other areas like governance initiatives is available at the
website. Also as part of our stakeholder engagement, Ayala maintains the following social media
accounts:
• Facebook.com/AyalaCorporation
• Twitter.com/Ayala_1834
• Instagram.com/Ayala_Corporation
• Linkedin.com/company/ayala-corporation
• Youtube.com/user/ayala1834.
For detailed discussion of key transactions and information from December 31, 2018 up to issuance
date of the 2018 consolidated financial statements, please refer to Note 39 of the Ayala Corporation’s
Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2018 which forms part of the Index of this
SEC17A report.
Other Information
Other information about the Group are disclosed in appropriate notes in the accompanying Audited
Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2018 or discussed in previously filed SEC17Q
and SEC17-C reports for 2018 (refer to Item 14. Exhibits and Schedules Reports on SEC Form 17-C).
Also, the Company's Definitive Information Statement (DIS) report and Annual Report (AR) document
are also sources of other information about Ayala group. These documents are available at the
Company's website www.ayala.com.ph.
In addition, the Group has the following major transactions and information from the issuance date of
the 2018 consolidated financial statements to the issuance date of this SEC17A report :
Ayala
a) On March 8, 2019, the Company clarified the news article entitled, “Ayala Corp. 2019 capex
set at P= 249.4 billion” posted on Business Mirror (Internet Edition) on March 8, 2019. The
Company confirmed the statement made by the Chief Finance Officer, Mr. Jose Teodoro K.
Limcaoco, that the Ayala group’s capital expenditure budget is similar, if not slightly higher than
last year. In addition, we confirm that at the parent level, the capital expenditure budget will be lower
compared to last year.
b) On March 12, 2019, the Board of Directors (BOD), at its regular meeting held this day, approved
the following:
i. The amendment to the Primary Purpose under the Second Article of our Articles of
Incorporation to expressly include, as part of the acts which our Company may perform
in furtherance of its primary purpose, its acting as guarantor or surety for the loans and
obligations of its affiliates or associates; and
ii. The amendments of Sections 5, 6 and 8 of Article Ill of our By-Laws to allow our
shareholders to vote through remote communication or in absentia, subject to the
rules and regulations that may be issued by the Securities and Exchange
Commission from time to time.
The amendment to the Articles of Incorporation will be presented to the stockholders for
approval at their annual meeting on April 26, 2019. Given that the stockholders have
delegated to the BOD the authority to amend the By-Laws, the amendments to the By-laws
will become effective upon the approval by the SEC. The amendments to the By-Laws will
also be presented to the stockholders at their annual meeting on April 26, 2019 as part of the
acts of the Board for ratification.
c) On March 26, 2019, the approved resolution of the Toll Regulatory Board (TRB) on AC’s 2016
Petition for Approval of Periodic Toll Rate Adjustment with Application for Provisional Relief
was received. The approved new toll rates are as follows.
As indicated in the resolution, prior to TRB’s issuance of the Notice to Start Collection, AC is
directed to publish the approved new rates (in accordance with TRB rules) and to submit proof
of such publication
AC Energy
a) On January 29, 2019, ACEI, through its wholly-owned subsidiary AC Energy Finance
International Limited (ACEFIL), issued US dollar-denominated senior Green Bonds (Bonds) at
an aggregate principal amount of US$225 million with a 5-year tenor and a coupon of 4.75%
On February 12, 2019, IFC invested an additional US$75 million in ACEI’s Bonds described
above via a tap on the facility - bringing the total five-year issue size to US$300 million. On the
same date, ACEFIL also issued 10-year Bonds with a principal amount of US$110 million, with
a coupon of 5.25% per annum, priced at 99.616. These were also listed on the Singapore
Exchange.
The Bonds, now with an aggregate principal amount of US$ 410 million, were issued off a
recently established US$1.00 billion Medium Term Note Programme and are guaranteed by
ACEI.
b) On March 7, 2019, the Company clarified the news article entitled, “Ayala Energy plans
divestment of oil and gas part of PHINMA acquisition” posted on Manila Bulletin (Internet
Edition) on March 6, 2019. The Company clarified that there is no current plan to divest or
unload the upstream petroleum part of PHINMA Energy Corporation. While there is currently
no mandate for AC Energy to invest in oil and gas sector, the Company will require time to study
what to do with the asset after completing the transaction.
AITHI
a.) On March 25, 2019, AITHI and Roadworthy Cars, Inc. (RCI) executed a subscription agreement
for additional subscriptions in KPMC that will result in AITHI’s ownership at KPMC at 67.2%
voting interest and 65% economic interest. AITHI also extended a loan to RCI amounting to
P1.6 billion which bears interest at the rate of 8% per annum and is payable on or before year
2029.
b.) On March 13, 2019, AITHI through its subsidiary MT Technologies GmbH, has entered into an
agreement with the shareholders of C-CON Group for the acquisition of a 75.1% stake in C-
CON Group for a total consideration of EURO 1.1 million. The closing of the transaction
transpired on April 1, 2019. C-CON Group is a German engineering, design and manufacturing
group catering to the automotive, industrial and aerospace space industries.
AHHI
a.) On March 13, 2019, AHHI signed conditional agreements to subscribe to an additional 2.5%
stake in the Generika group of companies, which is composed of Actimed, Inc., Erikagen, Inc.,
Novelis Solutions, Inc., and Pharm Gen Ventures Corp., (collectively, the "Generika Group").
Hence, increasing its stake from 50% to 52.5%. Issuance of shares will only be made after the
satisfaction of the conditions precedent.
Please refer to the Definitive Information Sheet and Annual Corporate Governance Report posted in
the Company’s Official Website www.ayala.com.ph. The detailed discussion of the Annual Corporate
Governance Section deleted as per SEC Memorandum Circular No. 5, series of 2013, issued last March
20, 2013.
Item 14. Exhibits and Reports on SEC Form 17-C (Current Report)
(a) Exhibits - See accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Schedules
(b) Reports on SEC Form 17-C
Aside from compliance with periodic reporting requirements, Ayala promptly discloses major and
market sensitive information such as dividend declarations, joint ventures and acquisitions, the sale
and disposition of significant assets, and other information that may affect the decision of the
investing public.
In 2018 the Company filed, among others, unstructured disclosures and clarification of news
articles as follows:
Unstructured Disclosures
1. Issuance of 8,810,000 Common Shares to Caisse De Depot Et Placement Du Quebec
2. 2018 ESOWN Grant
3. Resignation and appointment of new treasurer
4. Participation of directors and key officers in Corporate Governance Seminars
5. Notice and Agenda of the 2018 Annual Stockholders' Meeting
6. Results of 2018 Annual Stockholders' Meeting and Organizational Board of Directors' Meeting
7. Declaration of cash dividends to outstanding Common and Preferred Shares
8. Acquisition and sale of Company shares by the directors, officers, and 10% owners
9. Annual and Quarterly Press Statements on the Company’s financial and operating results
10. Notice of Interest Payment for all outstanding Corporate Bonds
11. Notice of Analysts' Briefings
12. Notice of Special Analysts' Briefing on AC Energy
13. Public Ownership Reports
14. Top 100 Stockholders Reports
15. Setting of 2019 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting
16. AC Education acquires of National Teachers College
17. AC Education merges with iPeople, inc.
18. AC Energy invests in renewable energy company The Blue Circle
19. AC Energy launches second renewable energy platform in Vietnam with 80 MW of solar
projects
20. AC Energy and BIM Group scale up Vietnam solar project
21. Aboitiz Power Corporation invests in AC Energy’s thermal platform company
22. AC Health invests in Negros Grace Pharmacy, Inc.
23. AC Health expands health technology portfolio through investment in AIDE app
24. AC Industrial signs Distributorship Agreement with Kia Motors Corporation
25. AC Industrial Technology Holdings Inc. as the official distributor of Maxus vehicles in the
Philippines
26. AC Industrial Technology Holdings acquires a controlling stake in Merlin Solar Technologies
27. AC Infrastructure and Brillant 1257 GmbH & Co. Vierte Verwaltungs Kg. (“Brillant”) forms a
holding company to invest in courier and freight forwarding services
28. AC Infrastructure Holdings Corporation joins a consortium that submitted unsolicited proposal
under the BOT Law to the Philippine Statistics Authority
29. AC Infrastructure signs Investment Agreement with fulfillment solutions company
30. AC Infrastructure joins NAIA consortium that submitted unsolicited proposal for the
rehabilitation, upgrade, expansion, operation, and maintenance of the Ninoy Aquino
International Airport
V. 2018 Ayala Corporation and Subsidiaries Special Form for Financial Statements (SFFS)
3 4 2 1 8
COMPANY NAME
A Y A L A C O R P O R A T I O N A N D S U B S I D I A
R I E S
3 2 F - 3 5 F T o w e r O n e a n d E x c h a n g e
P l a z a , A y a l a T r i a n g l e , A y a l a A
v e n u e , M a k a t i C i t y
Form Type Department requiring the report Secondary License Type, If Applicable
A A C F S
COMPANY INFORMATION
Company’s Email Address Company’s Telephone Number Mobile Number
No. of Stockholders Annual Meeting (Month / Day) Fiscal Year (Month / Day)
April 26 December 31
NOTE 1 In case of death, resignation or cessation of office of the officer designated as contact person, such incident shall be reported to the Commission within
thirty (30) calendar days from the occurrence thereof with information and complete contact details of the new contact person designated.
2 All Boxes must be properly and completely filled-up. Failure to do so shall cause the delay in updating the corporation’s records with the Commission
and/or non-receipt of Notice of Deficiencies. Further, non-receipt of Notice of Deficiencies shall not excuse the corporation from liability for its deficiencies.
*SGVFS032939*
SyCip Gorres Velayo & Co. Tel: (632) 891 0307 BOA/PRC Reg. No. 0001,
6760 Ayala Avenue Fax: (632) 819 0872 October 4, 2018, valid until August 24, 2021
1226 Makati City ey.com/ph SEC Accreditation No. 0012-FR-5 (Group A),
Philippines November 6, 2018, valid until November 5, 2021
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Ayala Corporation and its
subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at
December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of
comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and notes to the
consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of Ayala Corporation and its subsidiaries as at December 31, 2018 and
2017, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in accordance with Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards (PFRSs).
We conducted our audits in accordance with Philippine Standards on Auditing (PSAs). Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit
of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in
accordance with the Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants in the Philippines (the Code of Ethics),
together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial
statements in the Philippines, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the
context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our
description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report, including in relation to these matters.
Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of
the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements. The results of our audit
procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our
audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-2-
Effective January 1, 2018, the Group adopted the new revenue recognition standard, PFRS 15, Revenue
from Contracts with Customers, under the modified retrospective approach. The Group recorded
transition adjustments that increased retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 by P = 232.7 million, as well
as recognition of contract assets and contract liabilities amounting to P
= 73.9 billion and P
= 18.1 billion,
respectively, consider this as a key audit matter because the adoption of PFRS 15 requires the
application of significant management judgment and estimation across various aspects of the five-step
revenue recognition model. The adoption of PFRS 15 has led to significant changes in the Group’s
revenue recognition policies, processes and procedures, which are described below.
For Ayala Land, Inc. and subsidiaries (the ALI Group), accounting for real estate revenue requires
significant judgment and estimation in the following areas: (1) identification of the contract for sale of real
estate property that would meet the requirements of PFRS 15; (2) assessment of the probability that the
entity will collect the consideration from the buyer; (3) application of the output method as the measure of
progress in determining real estate revenue; (4) determination of the actual costs incurred as cost of
sales; and (5) recognition of cost to obtain a contract.
The ALI Group identifies the contract that meets all the criteria required under PFRS 15 for a valid
revenue contract. In the absence of a signed contract to sell, the ALI Group identifies alternative
documentation that are enforceable and that contains each party’s rights regarding the real estate
property to be transferred, the payment terms and the contract’s commercial substance.
In evaluating whether collectability of the amount of consideration is probable, the ALI Group considers
the significance of the buyer’s initial payments in relation to the total contract price (or buyer’s equity).
Collectability is also assessed by considering factors such as past history with the buyer, age of
residential and office development receivables and pricing of the property. ALI Group’s management
regularly evaluate the historical sales cancellations and back-outs if it would still support its current
threshold of buyers’ equity before commencing revenue recognition.
In measuring the progress of its performance obligation over time, the ALI Group uses the output method.
This method measures progress based on the physical proportion of work done on the real estate project
which requires technical determination by the ALI Group’s specialists (project engineers).
In determining the actual costs incurred to be recognized as cost of sales, the ALI Group estimates costs
incurred on materials, labor and overhead which have not yet been billed by the contractor.
The ALI Group identifies sales commission after contract inception as the cost of obtaining the contract.
For contracts which qualified for revenue recognition, the ALI Group capitalizes the total sales
commission due to sales agent as cost to obtain the contract and recognizes the related commission
payable. The ALI Group uses the percentage of completion method in amortizing sales.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-3-
For Integrated Micro-Electronics, Inc. and subsidiaries (the IMI Group), the adoption of PFRS 15 involves
the application of significant management judgment in determining the timing of satisfaction of
performance obligation over time or point in time and resulted in the change in the timing of revenue
recognition of certain contracts. For recognition of revenue over time, IMI Group applied the cost
approach in determining the measure of progress towards the complete satisfaction of the performance
obligation.
For Manila Water Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the MWC Group), its adoption of PFRS 15 involved
the application of significant judgment in the assessment of the impracticability of the retrospective
restatement in accounting for connection fees. In addition, its revenue recognition process for the East
Zone requires the processing of data from a large number of customers classified as either residential,
commercial, semi-business, or industrial within the MWC Group’s concession area. The amounts billed to
customers consist of a number of components, including basic charge, environmental charge and foreign
currency differential adjustment and where applicable, sewer charge. These tariffs depend on the
customer type and are determined based on a formula as prescribed by the Metropolitan Waterworks and
Sewerage System Regulatory Office (MWSS RO). The revenue recognized also depends on the
completeness of capture of water consumption based on the meter readings taken on various dates over
the concession area taken on various dates; the propriety of rates applied across customer types; and the
reliability of the systems involved in processing the billing transactions.
The disclosures related to the adoption of PFRS 15 are included in Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements.
Audit Response
For the different revenue streams mentioned above, we obtained an understanding of the Group’s
process of implementing the new revenue recognition standard. We reviewed the PFRS 15 adoption
papers and accounting policies prepared by management, including revenue streams identification and
scoping, and contract analysis.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-4-
∂ In recognizing real estate revenue and cost of sales, we obtained an understanding of the ALI
Group’s processes to determine the percentage of completion (POC) under the output method
and performed tests of the relevant controls. We obtained the certified POC reports prepared by
the project engineers and assessed the competence and objectivity of the project engineers by
reference to their qualifications, experience and reporting responsibilities. For selected projects,
we conducted ocular inspections, made relevant inquiries and obtained the supporting details of
POC reports showing the stage of completion of the major activities of project construction.
∂ For the real estate inventories and cost of sales, we obtained an understanding of the ALI
Group’s cost accumulation process and performed tests of the relevant controls. For selected
projects, we traced the accumulated costs, including costs incurred but not yet billed, to
supporting documents such as invoices and accomplishment reports from the contractors and
official receipts.
∂ For the recognition of cost to obtain a contract, we obtained an understanding of the sales
commission process. For selected contracts, we agreed the basis for calculating the sales
commission capitalized and the portion recognized in profit or loss, particularly: (a) the
percentage of commission due against contracts with sales agents, (b) the total commissionable
amount (e.g., net contract price) against the related contract to sell, and, (c) the POC used in the
sales commission computation against the POC used in recognizing the related revenue from
real estate sales.
b. Manufacturing services
∂ We checked whether IMI Group’s timing of revenue recognition is based on when the
performance occurs and control of the related goods or services is transferred to the customer.
∂ We reviewed the transition adjustment calculation prepared by management by testing the
calculations and inputs used including the costs incurred and gross profit margins.
∂ We obtained an understanding of the IMI Group’s cost accumulation process and performed test
of relevant controls. For selected projects, we tested the cost incurred by tracing to the cost
accumulation worksheet which included raw materials issued to production, labor and overhead
costs incurred.
∂ Furthermore, we tested the gross profit margins by comparing to the agreed sales price,
performing trend analysis and comparing the prior years.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-5-
∂ We involved our internal specialist in the testing of the related controls over these processes.
∂ We performed test calculation of the billed amounts using the volume of water consumption and
MWSS RO-approved rates and compared them with the amounts reflected in the billing
statement.
We also performed test computations of the transition adjustments and evaluated the disclosures made in
the consolidated financial statements on the adoption of PFRS 15.
On January 1, 2018, the Group adopted Philippine Financial Reporting Standards (PFRS) 9, Financial
Instruments. PFRS 9, which replaced PAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,
introduces a forward-looking expected credit loss model to assess impairment on debt financial assets
not measured at fair value through profit or loss. The Group adopted the modified retrospective approach
in adopting PFRS 9.
Specifically, the ALI Group’s adoption of the ECL model is significant to our audit as it involves the
exercise of significant management judgment and estimation. Key areas of judgment include:
segmenting the ALI Group’s credit risk exposures; determining the method to estimate lifetime ECL;
defining what comprises default; determining assumptions to be used in the ECL model such as the
expected life of the residential and office development receivables and timing and amount of expected net
recoveries from defaulted accounts; and incorporating forward-looking information in calculating ECL.
Refer to Notes 3 and 4 of the consolidated financial statements for the disclosures in relation to the
adoption of PFRS 9 ECL model.
Audit Response
We obtained an understanding of the approved methodologies and models used for the ALI Group’s
different credit risk exposures and assessed whether these considered the requirements of PFRS 9 to
reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and, the best available
forward-looking information.
We (a) assessed the ALI Group’s segmentation of its credit risk exposures based on homogeneity of
credit risk characteristics; (b) checked the methodology used in applying the simplified approach by
evaluating the key inputs, assumptions, and formulas used; (c) compared the definition of default against
historical analysis of accounts and credit risk management policies and practices in place, (d) tested loss
given default by inspecting historical recoveries including the timing, related direct costs, and write-offs;
(e) evaluated the forward-looking information used for overlay through statistical test and corroboration
using publicly available information; and (f) tested the effective interest rate, or an approximation thereof,
used in discounting the expected loss.
Further, we checked the data used in the ECL models, such as the historical analysis of defaults, and
recovery data, by reconciling data from source system reports to the data warehouse and from the data
warehouse to the loss allowance analysis/models and financial reporting systems. To the extent that the
loss allowance analysis is based on credit exposures that have been disaggregated into subsets with
similar risk characteristics, we traced or re-performed the disaggregation from source systems to the loss
allowance analysis. We also assessed the assumptions used where there are missing or insufficient
data.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-6-
We recalculated impairment provisions on a sample basis. We evaluated the disclosures made in the
consolidated financial statements on allowance for credit losses using the ECL model.
Amortization of MWC Group’s Service Concession Assets using the Units-of-production Method
The service concession assets (SCA) of MWC Group are related to its concession agreements. MWC
Group uses units-of-production (UOP) method in amortizing its SCA based on the actual billed volume
over the estimated billable water volume for the remaining period of the concession agreement. The UOP
amortization method is a key audit matter as the method involves significant management judgment and
estimates, particularly in determining the total estimated billable water volume over the remaining periods
of the concession agreements. It considers different factors such as population growth, supply and
consumption, and service coverage, including ongoing and future expansions.
Relevant disclosures related to this matter are provided in Notes 3 and 13 to the consolidated financial
statements.
Audit Response
The Group had a number of acquisitions in 2018 and finalized the purchase price allocations of its 2017
acquisitions which resulted in the recognition of real estate properties, intangible assets and goodwill,
among others. We considered the accounting for these acquisitions as a key audit matter because these
required significant management judgment and estimation in identifying the underlying acquired assets
and liabilities and in determining their fair values, specifically the acquired real estate properties and
intangible assets.
Further details of the acquisitions made by the Group are disclosed in Note 24 to the consolidated
financial statements.
Audit Response
We reviewed the purchase agreements covering the acquisitions, the consideration paid and the finalized
purchase price allocation. We reviewed the identification of the underlying assets and liabilities based on
our understanding of the businesses of the acquired entities and management’s explanations on the
rationale for the acquisitions. We assessed the competence, capabilities and objectivity of the external
appraisers by considering their qualifications, experience and reporting responsibilities. We also involved
our internal specialists in evaluating the methodologies and assumptions used in arriving at the fair values
of the said underlying assets. We compared the key assumptions used such as discount rate, property
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-7-
values, lease rates, revenue and earnings forecast, royalty rates, and water supply contract rate, against
historical information and relevant market data. We reviewed the presentation and disclosures of these
business combinations in the consolidated financial statements.
The Group has goodwill amounting to P = 9.026 million as of December 31, 2018 which are required to be
tested for impairment at least annually. The impairment testing is a key audit matter because it requires
management to make significant estimates and assumptions with respect to the estimated future cash
flows of the related cash-generating units (CGU), revenue growth rate and the discount rate used in
calculating the present value of the cash flows.
Management's disclosures on goodwill are included in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
Audit Response
We involved our internal specialists in evaluating the methodologies and assumptions used in their value
in use calculation, specifically on identifying the cash-generating units, assessing the reasonableness of
estimated future cash flows and the discount rates. We paid particular attention to the assumptions used
such as the forecasted revenue growth rates, which we compared against actual historical growth rates
and industry outlook, and gross margins against historical rates. We tested the parameters used in the
derivation of the discount rates against market data. We also reviewed the Group’s disclosures about
those assumptions to which the outcome of the impairment test is more sensitive; specifically those that
have the most significant effect on the determination of the recoverable amount of goodwill.
The Group has effective ownership of 48% in Bank of the Philippine Islands and Subsidiaries (BPI),
as associate, and 31% in Globe Telecom, Inc. and Subsidiaries (Globe), a joint venture, as of
December 31, 2018, which are accounted for using the equity method. BPI and Globe contributed
P
= 10.9 billion and P
= 5.6 billion or 20% and 10%, respectively, to the Group’s consolidated net income of the
Group in 2018.
BPI’s net income is significantly affected by the level of impairment provisioning on its BPI’s loans and
receivables which requires substantial management judgment and estimation. PFRS 9 which introduce a
forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) model to assess impairment on debt financial assets not
measured at fair value through profit or loss. Meanwhile, Globe’s net income is affected by the propriety
of the revenue recognized given the significant volume of transactions, the operational complexity of the
billing systems, the determination of the accounting for new products introduced during the year and the
implementation of PFRS 15.
Relevant disclosures related to the Group’s investments in BPI and Globe are provided in Note 10 to the
consolidated financial statements.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-8-
Audit Response
We sent instructions to the statutory auditors of BPI and Globe to perform an audit on the relevant
financial information of BPI and Globe for the purpose of our audit of the Group’s consolidated financial
statements. These audit instructions contained a discussion of their scope of work, risk assessment
procedures, audit strategy and reporting requirements. We discussed with the statutory auditors of BPI
and Globe about their identified key audit areas, including its significant area of estimation and judgment,
planning and execution of audit procedures, and results of their work for the year ended December 31,
2018.
We reviewed their audit working papers and obtained relevant conclusion statements related to their audit
procedures. For BPI, we focused the testing of its ECL model for its loans portfolio and treasury
products. We discussed with BPI’s statutory auditor the overall characteristics of the loan portfolio,
changes during the year, and rationale for the changes in impairment provisioning. We reviewed the
procedures performed in testing the processes and controls over loan loss provisioning, including
reconciliations, automated calculations and management’s review of the estimates. We also reviewed the
procedures performed in testing the impairment model used, including the assessment of reasonableness
of the inputs used in the ECL model, such as exposure at default, probability of default and loss given
default.
In the case of Globe, we involved our internal specialist in the review of Globe’s statutory auditor’s
procedures in testing Globe’s IT general and application controls over the revenue recognition process.
We also reviewed the testing of Globe’s processes and controls over the identification of the performance
obligations in their contracts with customers, the allocation of the transaction price to the performance
obligations based on the stand-alone selling prices, and the recognition of revenue at a point in time or
over-time.
We obtained the relevant financial information of BPI and Globe and recomputed the Group’s share in the
net income of BPI and Globe for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Consolidation process
Ayala Corporation is the holding company of a multiple number of domestic and foreign legal entities with
diversified business portfolios. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, several factors are
considered such as fair value adjustments arising from business combinations, the presence of non-
controlling interests, numerous intercompany transactions, translation of subsidiaries’ foreign-currency
denominated financial information to Ayala Corporation’s functional currency, and other equity
adjustments. Accordingly, we consider the consolidation process as a key audit matter due to the
complexity involved in consolidating the financial information of domestic and foreign subsidiaries
comprising the Group.
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements provides the relevant disclosures on the Group’s
investees.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
-9-
Audit Response
We obtained an understanding of the consolidation process and relevant controls through which the
consolidated financial statements are prepared. We also obtained an understanding of the Group’s
process for identifying related parties and related party transactions and the reconciliation of
intercompany transactions and balances. We tested significant consolidation adjustments, including
eliminations, deferral and realization of intercompany transactions and balances, amortization/
depreciation/reversal of fair value adjustments arising from business combinations, currency translation
adjustments, and movements in non-controlling interests and other equity adjustments.
Other Information
Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information
included in the SEC Form 20 IS (Definitive Information Statement), SEC Form 17-A and Annual Report
for the year ended December 31, 2018, but does not include the consolidated financial statements and
our auditor’s report thereon. The SEC Form 20 IS (Definitive Information Statement), SEC Form 17-A
and Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2018 are expected to be made available to us after
the date of this auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the
other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other
information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge
obtained in the audits, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated
Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial
statements in accordance with PFRSs, and for such internal control as management determines is
necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and
using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or
to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements
as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with PSAs will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken
on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
- 10 -
As part of an audit in accordance with PSAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain
professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
∂ Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements,
whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of
not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal control.
∂ Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.
∂ Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates and related disclosures made by management.
∂ Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and,
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to
the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate,
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of
our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue
as a going concern.
∂ Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements,
including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying
transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
∂ Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or
business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements.
We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit. We remain solely
responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned
scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in
internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant
ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related
safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that
were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and
are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we
determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of
doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
- 11 -
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Lucy L. Chan.
Lucy L. Chan
Partner
CPA Certificate No. 88118
SEC Accreditation No. 0114-AR-5 (Group A),
November 16, 2018, valid until November 15, 2021
Tax Identification No. 152-884-511
BIR Accreditation No. 08-001998-46-2018,
February 26, 2018, valid until February 25, 2021
PTR No. 7332535, January 3, 2019, Makati City
*SGVFS032939*
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
AYALA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(Amounts in Thousands)
December 31
2017
(As restated -
2018 see Note 3)
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 5, 31, 32 and 33) P
= 60,624,263 P
= 64,259,279
Short-term investments (Notes 6, 31, 32 and 33) 5,956,489 5,400,239
Accounts and notes receivable (Notes 7, 31, 32 and 33) 105,518,572 100,242,845
Contract assets (Note 16) 52,209,458 −
Inventories (Note 8) 120,560,493 105,195,768
Other current assets (Notes 9 and 32) 67,890,147 61,854,311
Total Current Assets 412,759,422 336,952,442
Noncurrent Assets
Noncurrent accounts and notes receivable (Notes 7, 32 and 33) 6,366,250 45,774,058
Noncurrent contract assets (Note 16) 35,929,990 −
Investments in associates and joint ventures (Note 10) 240,140,558 202,649,300
Investment properties (Note 11) 227,645,548 202,873,411
Property, plant and equipment (Note 12) 104,492,357 85,430,631
Service concession assets (Note 13) 98,404,486 91,049,570
Intangible assets (Note 14) 16,553,369 16,705,000
Deferred tax assets - net (Note 25) 15,546,040 12,720,910
Other noncurrent assets (Notes 15, 31, 32 and 33) 40,087,599 27,390,430
Total Noncurrent Assets 785,166,197 684,593,310
Total Assets P
= 1,197,925,619 P
= 1,021,545,752
*SGVFS032939*
-2-
December 31
2018 2017
Equity
Equity attributable to owners of the parent company
Paid-in capital (Note 21) P
= 83,361,675 P
= 75,001,174
Share-based payments (Note 28) 238,871 248,212
Remeasurement losses on defined benefit plans (Note 27) (1,299,319) (1,303,288)
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale
financial assets (Note 15) − (1,107,962)
Fair value reserve of financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) (Note 15) (544,555) −
Cumulative translation adjustments 2,276,669 2,794,303
Equity reserve (Notes 2 and 24) 10,872,124 11,600,281
Equity conversion option (Note 19) 1,087,015 1,113,003
Retained earnings (Note 21) 196,914,989 170,302,028
Treasury stock (Note 21) (2,300,000) (2,300,000)
290,607,469 256,347,751
Non-controlling interests (Note 2) 178,500,886 154,744,637
Total Equity 469,108,355 411,092,388
Total Liabilities and Equity = 1,197,925,619 P
P = 1,021,545,752
*SGVFS032939*
AYALA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in Thousands, Except Earnings Per Share Figures)
REVENUE
Sale of goods and rendering of services (Notes 11, 22,
29 and 31) = 274,881,486 P
P = 242,227,640 P
= 199,208,899
Share in net profits of associates and joint ventures
(Notes 10 and 29) 20,459,804 18,494,458 18,153,893
Interest income from real estate (Note 7) 7,042,078 5,409,944 5,010,993
Dividend income 106,803 653,721 570,455
302,490,171 266,785,763 222,944,240
NET INCOME P
= 55,065,114 P
= 49,866,775 P
= 43,432,609
Net Income Attributable to:
Owners of the Parent Company (Note 26) P
= 31,817,721 P
= 30,263,842 P
= 26,011,263
Non-controlling interests 23,247,393 19,602,933 17,421,346
P
= 55,065,114 P
= 49,866,775 P
= 43,432,609
*SGVFS032939*
AYALA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in Thousands)
NET INCOME P
= 55,065,114 P
= 49,866,775 P
= 43,432,609
*SGVFS032939*
AYALA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Amounts in Thousands)
As of January 1, 2017 P
= 74,379,760 P
= 495,759 (P
= 1,548,192) (P
= 466,676) P
= 1,414,550 P
= 12,211,275 P
= 1,113,745 P
= 145,622,311 (P
= 2,300,000) P
= 230,922,532 P
= 140,073,346 P
= 370,995,878
Net income – – – – – – – 30,263,842 – 30,263,842 19,602,933 49,866,775
Other comprehensive income (loss) – – 191,482 (707,108) 1,274,590 – – – – 758,964 1,194,857 1,953,821
Share in other comprehensive income (loss) of associates
and joint ventures – – 53,422 65,822 105,163 – – – – 224,407 – 224,407
Total comprehensive income (loss) – – 244,904 (641,286) 1,379,753 – – 30,263,842 – 31,247,213 20,797,790 52,045,003
Exercise of ESOP/ESOWN 621,414 (247,043) – – – – – – – 374,371 – 374,371
Cost of share-based payments – (504) – – – – – – – (504) – (504)
Exercise of exchange option (Note 19) – – – – – 8,606 (742) – – 7,864 2,048 9,912
Cash dividends – – – – – – – (5,584,125) – (5,584,125) (5,395,567) (10,979,692)
Change in non-controlling interests – – – – – (619,600) – – – (619,600) (732,980) (1,352,580)
At December 31, 2017 P
= 75,001,174 P
= 248,212 (P
= 1,303,288) (P
= 1,107,962) P
= 2,794,303 P
= 11,600,281 P
= 1,113,003 P
= 170,302,028 (P
= 2,300,000) P
= 256,347,751 P
= 154,744,637 P
= 411,092,388
*SGVFS032939*
-2-
As of January 1, 2016 P
= 73,919,322 P
= 568,847 (P
= 1,249,716) (P
= 554,297) P
= 288,683 P
= 12,402,311 P
= 1,113,745 P
= 124,468,464 (P
= 2,300,000) P
= 208,657,359 P
= 119,886,624 P
= 328,543,983
Net income – – – – – – – 26,011,263 – 26,011,263 17,421,346 43,432,609
Other comprehensive income (loss) – – (14,392) (113,809) 1,196,774 – – – – 1,068,573 624,140 1,692,713
Share in other comprehensive income (loss) of associates
and joint ventures – – (284,084) 201,430 (70,907) – – – – (153,561) – (153,561)
Total comprehensive income (loss) – – (298,476) 87,621 1,125,867 – – 26,011,263 – 26,926,275 18,045,486 44,971,761
Exercise of ESOP/ESOWN 460,438 (321,094) – – – – – – – 139,344 – 139,344
Cost of share-based payments – 248,006 – – – – – – – 248,006 – 248,006
Cash dividends – – – – – – – (4,857,416) – (4,857,416) (5,335,772) (10,193,188)
Change in non-controlling interests – – – – – (191,036) – – – (191,036) 7,477,008 7,285,972
At December 31, 2016 P
= 74,379,760 P
= 495,759 (P
= 1,548,192) (P
= 466,676) P
= 1,414,550 P
= 12,211,275 P
= 1,113,745 P
= 145,622,311 (P
= 2,300,000) P
= 230,922,532 P
= 140,073,346 P
= 370,995,878
*SGVFS032939*
AYALA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in Thousands)
*SGVFS032939*
-2-
*SGVFS032939*
AYALA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Corporate Information
Ayala Corporation (the Parent Company) is incorporated in the Republic of the Philippines on
January 23, 1968. On April 15, 2016, during the annual meeting of its stockholders, the stockholders
ratified the amendment of the Fourth Article of the Articles of Incorporation (AOI) to extend the
corporate term for 50 years from January 23, 2018. The amendment to the AOI was approved by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on April 5, 2017. The Parent Company’s registered
office address and principal place of business is 32F-35F, Tower One and Exchange Plaza, Ayala
Triangle, Ayala Avenue, Makati City. The Parent Company is a publicly listed company which is
47.04% owned by Mermac, Inc. and the rest by the public.
The Parent Company is the holding company of the Ayala Group of Companies (the Group), with
principal business interests in real estate and hotels, financial services and insurance,
telecommunications, water infrastructure, electronics solutions and manufacturing, industrial
technologies, automotive, power generation, infrastructure, international real estate, healthcare,
education and technology ventures.
2. Group Information
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Parent Company and
the following subsidiaries of the Group:
% of Economic Ownership
Interest held by the Group
Subsidiaries Nature of Business 2018 2017
AC Energy, Inc. (ACEI) Power Generation 100.0% 100.0%
AC Infrastructure Holdings Corporation Infrastructure 100.0 100.0
(AC Infra)
AC International Finance Limited (ACIFL)* Investment Holding 100.0 100.0
AG Counselors Corporation (AGCC) Consulting Services 100.0 100.0
AC Industrial Technology Holdings Inc. Industrial Technology and 100.0 100.0
(AITHI/ACI) Automotive
Ayala Aviation Corporation (AAC) Air Charter 100.0 100.0
AC Education, Inc. (AEI) Education 100.0 100.0
Ayala Land, Inc. (ALI) Real Estate and Hotels 47.0 47.1
AYC Finance Ltd. (AYCFL)* Investment Holding 100.0 100.0
Azalea International Venture Partners Business Process 100.0 100.0
Limited (AIVPL)** Outsourcing (BPO)
Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc.(AHHI) Healthcare 100.0 100.0
Bestfull Holdings Limited (BHL)*** Investment Holding – International 100.0 100.0
Darong Agricultural and Development Agriculture 100.0 100.0
Corporation (DADC)
HCX Technology Partners, Inc. (HCX) HR Technology Services 100.0 100.0
Integrated Microelectronics, Inc. (IMI) Electronics Manufacturing 52.1 50.7
Manila Water Company, Inc. (MWC) Water Infrastructure 51.4 51.6
Michigan Holdings, Inc. (MHI) Investment Holding 100.0 100.0
Philwater Holdings Company, Inc. Investment Holding 100.0 100.0
(Philwater)
Purefoods International, Ltd. (PFIL)** Investment Holding 100.0 100.0
Technopark Land, Inc. (TLI) Real Estate 78.8 78.8
AC Ventures Holding Corporation (AVHC) Investment Holding 100.0 100.0
*Incorporated in Cayman Islands
**Incorporated in British Virgin Islands
***Incorporated in Hong Kong
*SGVFS032939*
-2-
Unless otherwise indicated, the principal place of business and country of incorporation of the Parent
Company’s investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures is the Philippines.
Except as discussed below, the voting rights held by the Parent Company in its investments in
subsidiaries are in proportion to its ownership interest.
The following significant transactions affected the Parent Company’s investments in its subsidiaries:
Investment in ACEI
On January 19, 2018, the Board of Directors (BOD) of the Parent Company approved the
restructuring of ACEI as follows (see Note 10):
Effective January 29, 2018, ACE Mariveles Power Ltd. Co. (AMPLC), a wholly owned subsidiary of
ACEI, became the legal and registered owner of the limited partnership interest in GNPower
Mariveles Coal Plant Ltd. Co (GMCP).
On June 7, 2018, Ingrid Power Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACEI was incorporated.
On July 12, 2018, ACEI Group restructured Gigasol2, Inc. to transfer 100% ownership from AC
Laguna Solar Inc., AC La Mesa Solar Inc., AC Subic Solar Inc., Gigasol1 Inc., Gigasol3 Inc.
SolarAce1 Inc. and SolarAce2. These companies including Gigasol2 were 100%-owned by Presage
Corporation (Presage), a wholly owned subsidiary of ACEI.
On September 7, 2018, ACE Thermal, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACEI was incorporated. On
September 20, 2018, AA Thermal, Inc. (AA Thermal), a wholly owned affiliate of ACEI was
incorporated.
On September 24, 2018, ACEI transferred 100% of its limited partnership interest in each of ACE
Mariveles Power Ltd. Co. and Dinginin Power Holdings Ltd. Co. (DPHLC) to AA Thermal. The
transfer is part of ACEI Group’s restructuring plan for its thermal assets.
On September 25, 2018, ACEI and Arlingon Mariveles Netherlands Holdings B.V. (AMNHB), a
subsidiary of ACEI, signed a subscription agreement for the purchase of shares of stock of AA
Thermal, Inc.
On various dates in 2018, ACEI acquired 100% ownership interest in Pagudpud Wind Power Corp.
(Pagudpud Wind) and HDP Bulk Water Supply, Inc. (HDP) for P= 2.5 million and P
= 110.1 million,
respectively (see Note 24).
In 2017, the Parent Company infused additional capital to ACEI which amounted to P
= 3.9 billion. The
proceeds were used to finance the various renewable energy, wind and coal projects of ACEI to
complete its planned 2,000 megawatt (MW) capacity.
On March 16, 2017, ACEI signed definitive documents to acquire 100% ownership of Bronzeoak
Clean Energy (BCE) and San Carlos Clean Energy (SCCE). With the acquisition, SCCE and BCE
have been renamed as AC Energy DevCo Inc. (AEDCI) and Visayas Renewables Corp. (VRC),
respectively (see Note 24). In addition, ACEI acquired Manapla Sun Power Dev’t. Corp., SCC Bulk
Water Supply, Inc. and Solienda, Inc. (Solienda) in 2017 (see Note 24). These acquired entities will
be referred to as AC Energy DevCo Inc. Group in the notes to the financial statements.
On December 29, 2017, the SEC approved the change in name of AC Energy Holdings, Inc. to AC
Energy, Inc.
In December 2016, ACEI sold all of its 70% ownership interest in QuadRiver Energy Corporation
(Quadriver), Philnew Hydro Power Corporation (Hydro Power) and PhilnewRiver Corporation
(PhilnewRiver) to Sta. Clara Power Corporation (Sta. Clara). As consideration for its purchase, Sta.
Clara issued a noninterest-bearing note for P
= 350.0 million, payable over four (4) years. ACEI
*SGVFS032939*
-3-
recognized P= 143.6 million gain from the disposal included under “Other Income” account in the
consolidated statement of income (see Note 23) and, as the note is noninterest-bearing, ACEI also
recognized a ‘Day 1’ loss of P
= 60.8 million. Subsequently, ACEI recognized a provision for impairment
losses on the note amounting to P = 289.2 million (see Note 23).
Investment in AC Infra
On August 6, 2018, AC Infra acquired 57.90% ownership interest in Entrego Fulfilment Solutions, Inc.
(Entrego) for a total amount of P
= 158.86 million (see Note 24).
On various dates in 2018 and 2017, the Parent Company infused additional capital to AC Infra
amounting to P= 1,649.3 million and P
= 243.8 million, respectively. The additional capital was used to
fund the investments in Light Rail Manila Holdings, Inc. (see Note 10), Entrego, AF Payments, Inc.
(AFPI) and the operating and capital expenditures of AC Infra.
Investment in ACIFL
In March and April 2017, ACIFL repurchased its 115,000,000 shares and 39,968,660 shares,
respectively, which were issued and registered in the name of the Parent Company, ACIFL’s sole
shareholder. The repurchase price was at par of US$1.00 per share for a total amount of
US$155.0 million. ACIFL remained a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company after the
transaction.
Investment in AITHI
In March 2018, AITHI completed its subscription to 208,187,173 proportionate and unsubscribed
rights share in IMI’s stock rights offering (SRO), raising its ownership in IMI to 52.03%.
On February 24, 2018, AITHI completed its acquisition of a controlling stake in Merlin Solar
Technologies, Inc. (Merlin US) through its offshore subsidiary, ACI Solar Holdings NA, Inc. (ACI
Solar). AITHI had a previously held interest of 8.2% in Merlin US which it acquired in 2016. The
2018 acquisition resulted to a total ownership interest of 98.96% in Merlin US (see Note 24).
On various dates in 2018, AITHI was appointed as distributor of KIA and Maxus vehicles in the
Philippines (see Note 39).
In 2018 and 2017, the Parent Company infused P = 3.7 billion and P
= 7.8 billion, respectively, to AITHI
Group to fund its subscription entitlement in IMI’s stock offering, planned business expansion and
various investments.
On June 1, 2017, AITHI, through its wholly owned subsidiary AC Industrial (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (ACI
Singapore), entered into an agreement to acquire 94.9% ownership interest in MT Misslbeck
Technologies GmbH (MT) which was subsequently renamed to MT Technologies GmbH. The closing
of the transaction transpired on July 5, 2017 upon completion of pre-closing conditions and regulatory
approval (see Note 24).
Investment in AAC
The Parent Company infused additional capital to AAC amounting to P = 25.6 million in 2017. The
additional capital was used to purchase new aircrafts and support working capital requirements.
In 2017, AAC converted its advances from the Parent Company amounting to P
= 259.3 million to
4,321,742 common shares.
*SGVFS032939*
-4-
Investment in AEI
On February 8, 2018, AEI and most of the shareholders of National Teachers College (NTC)
executed a Share Purchase Agreement for the acquisition of shares in NTC subject to certain closing
conditions. On April 30, 2018, AEI assumed ownership of approximately 96.0% of the voting shares
of NTC for a total consideration of P
= 1.2 billion (see Note 24).
On October 1, 2018, AEI and iPeople, Inc. (IPO) executed a memorandum of agreement (MOA) for
the merger, with IPO as the surviving entity and with House of Investments (HI) and the Parent
Company owning 48.18% and 33.5%, respectively (Notes 9 and 27). The merger, which was
approved by the stockholders of IPO and AEI on December 12, 2018 and December 5, 2018,
respectively, was approved by the PCC on December 12, 2018. On January 31, 2019, AEI and IPO
executed the Plan and Articles of merger, as approved by their respective boards of directors and
stockholders.
On December 18, 2018, AEI purchased the rest of the non-controlling interest held by Pearson
Affordable Learning Fund Limited (PALF) in Affordable Private Education Center, Inc. doing business
under the name of APEC Schools (APEC), making APEC a wholly owned subsidiary of AEI
(see Note 24).
On various dates in 2018 and 2017, the Parent Company infused additional capital to AEI which
amounted to P
= 2,597.0 million and P
= 225.6 million, respectively, to fund its various investments.
On February 27, 2017, SEC approved the change in name of Ayala Education, Inc. to AC
Education, Inc. as approved by the BOD of AEI on December 9, 2016.
Investment in ALI
ALI shares with cost of P
= 258.9 million and P= 198.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, were collateralized to secure the Parent Company’s loan facility. The fair value of ALI
shares collateralized amounted to P = 13.8 billion and P
= 11.6 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively (see Note 19).
The fair value of ALI shares held by the Parent Company amounted to P= 281.1 billion and
P
= 309.2 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The voting rights held by the Parent
Company in ALI is 68.7% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The divestment resulted in P= 152.7 million loss in 2016 based on the remaining carrying value of the
investment which is net of losses recognized in prior years (see Note 23).
Investment in AHHI
On December 6, 2018, AHHI entered into a share purchase agreement with Jasminum Corporation
for the acquisition of a 75% ownership stake in Negros Grace Pharmacy, Inc. (Negros Grace). As of
December 31, 2018, the purchase is subject to the fulfillment of certain closing conditions, including
any necessary regulatory approval. This transaction, once completed, will allow AHHI to expand its
portfolio in the pharma retail space, particularly in the Visayas region.
*SGVFS032939*
-5-
Investment in BHL
In July 2017, the Parent Company sold to ACIFL 1,286,320 common shares of BHL for a total
consideration of P
= 652.1 million. BHL remained a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent Company
after the transaction.
Investment in IMI
On January 30, 2018, IMI obtained the approval of the Philippine Stock Exchange (PSE) for a stock
rights offer of up to 350 million new common shares to eligible shareholders in order to raise up to
= 5.0 billion proceeds. Under the rights offer, each shareholder is entitled to subscribe to one rights
P
share for every 5.3551 existing common shares held as of record date February 14, 2018. The offer
price was determined to be at P = 14.28 per rights share which was based on the 30-day volume-
weighted average price of IMI common shares listed at PSE as of February 7, 2018 at a discount of
25.3%. The listing of the shares was completed on March 2, 2018. As a result of the transaction, the
ownership interest of the Group increased from 50.7% to 52.1%
On April 9, 2018, IMI, through its subsidiary, VIA Optronics GmbH (VIA), and Toppan Printing Co.,
Ltd. (Toppan) have agreed to form a new joint venture company to serve the market for copper-based
metal mesh touch sensors by transferring 65% of the shares of Toppan Touch Panel Products Co.,
Ltd., a newly formed spin-off form Toppan, to VIA. The name of the new joint venture company is
VTS-Touchsensor Co., Ltd. (VTS) (see Note 24).
In May 2017, IMI, through its subsidiary IMI UK, acquired 80% interest in Surface Technology
International Enterprises Limited (STI) for US$54.7 million (see Note 24).
The fair value of the IMI shares held by the Group amounted to P
= 12.2 billion and P
= 17.8 billion as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The voting rights held by the Group in IMI is 52.1% and
50.7% in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Investment in MWC
The fair value of the MWC shares held by the Group amounted to P= 23.1 billion and P
= 24.3 billion as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The voting rights held by the Group in MWC is 80.3%
and 80.4% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Investment in AVHC
On various dates in 2018 and 2017, the Parent Company infused a total of P = 0.02 billion and
P
= 1.3 billion, respectively, to AVHC to fund its various investments in BF Jade E-Service Philippines,
Inc. (BF Jade), the owner of Zalora Philippines (Zalora) and Globe Fintech Innovations, Inc. (GFI or
Mynt) (see Note 10).
On August 22, 2017, the SEC approved the amended AOI and amended By-laws of AVHC with the
following changes:
i. Change in name of Water Capital Works, Inc. to AC Ventures Holding Corp;
ii. Increase of capital stock, from P = 1.0 million divided into 1 million shares at P
= 1.00 par value each to
P= 5.0 billion divided into 50 million shares at P= 100.00 par value each; and
iii. Amendment in its primary purpose to include, among others, engaging in investment, loans and
other transactions other than providing services for the capital works program of MWC.
*SGVFS032939*
-6-
The summarized financial information of these subsidiaries is provided below. These information are
based on amounts before inter-company eliminations.
*SGVFS032939*
-7-
Basis of Preparation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared on a historical
cost basis, except for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), financial assets at
fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI), available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets and
derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial
statements are presented in Philippine Peso (P = ) and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand
pesos (P = 000) unless otherwise indicated.
The consolidated financial statements provide comparative information in respect of the previous
period.
Statement of Compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in compliance with Philippine
Financial Reporting Standards (PFRSs), which include the availment of the relief granted by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under Memorandum Circular Nos. 14-2018 and 3-2019
as discussed in the section below on Adoption of New and Amended Accounting Standards and
*SGVFS032939*
-8-
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2018.
Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement
with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.
Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:
a. Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant
activities of the investee)
b. Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and
c. The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns
When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group
considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee,
including:
a. The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee
b. Rights arising from other contractual arrangements
c. The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights
The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that
there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary
begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control
of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of
during the year are included or excluded in the consolidated financial statements from the date the
Group gains control or until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.
The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent
Company, using consistent accounting policies. All intra-group balances, transactions, unrealized
gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions and dividends are eliminated in full.
Non-controlling interests pertain to the equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly to
the Parent Company. Any equity instruments issued by a subsidiary that are not owned by the
Parent Company are non-controlling interests including preferred shares and options under share-
based transactions. The portion of profit or loss and net assets in subsidiaries not wholly-owned are
presented separately in the consolidated statement of income, consolidated statements of
comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statement of
financial position, separately from the Parent Company’s equity. Non-controlling interests are net of
any outstanding subscription receivable.
Losses within a subsidiary are attributed to the non-controlling interests even if that results in a
deficit balance.
In accounting for call and put options over non-controlling interests, management determines whether
it has present access to the returns associated with the non-controlling interests. If the options give
the Group access to the returns over the non-controlling interests, the Group consolidates the
acquiree as if it acquired a 100% interest.
If the options does not give the Group present access to the returns over the non-controlling interests,
the Group takes the view that the non-controlling interests should be accounted for in accordance
with PFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements and must be presented within equity separate from
the equity of the Parent Company, until the option is exercised.
*SGVFS032939*
-9-
For all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2017, the Group accounted for call
options under PAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. For the year ended
December 31, 2018, the call options are accounted for in accordance with PFRS 9, Financial
Instruments, as a derivative asset carried at fair value through profit or loss.
The financial liability for the put option is accounted for under PFRS 9 like any other written put option
on equity instruments. On initial recognition, the corresponding debit is made to a component of
equity attributable to the parent, not to the non-controlling interest. All subsequent changes in the
carrying amount of the financial liability that result from the remeasurement of the present value
payable on exercise are recognized in profit or loss also attributable to the parent.
If the put option is exercised, the entity accounts for an increase in its ownership interest. At the
same time, the entity derecognizes the financial liability and reverses the component of equity that
was reduced on initial recognition. If the put option expires unexercised, the financial liability is
reclassified to the same component of equity that was reduced on initial recognition.
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an
equity transaction. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are
adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized directly in equity as
“Equity reserve” and attributed to the owners of the Parent Company.
If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the related assets (including goodwill),
liabilities, non-controlling interest and other components of equity, while the resulting gain or loss is
recognised in profit or loss. Any investment retained is recognised at fair value.
The amendments to PFRS 2 address three main areas: the effects of vesting conditions on the
measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; the classification of a share-
based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and the
accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment
transaction changes its classification from cash-settled to equity-settled. Entities are required to
apply the amendments to: (1) share-based payment transactions that are unvested or vested but
unexercised as of January 1, 2018, (2) share-based payment transactions granted on or after
January 1, 2018 and to (3) modifications of share-based payments that occurred on or after
January 1, 2018. Retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and if
it is possible to do so without hindsight.
The Group’s accounting policy for cash-settled share-based payments is consistent with the
approach clarified in the amendments. In addition, the Group has no share-based payment
transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations and had not made any
modifications to the terms and conditions of its share-based payment transaction. Therefore,
these amendments do not have any impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
*SGVFS032939*
- 10 -
PFRS 9 replaces PAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for annual
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, bringing together all three aspects of the
accounting for financial instruments: classification and measurement; impairment; and hedge
accounting.
The Group applied PFRS 9 under the modified retrospective approach, with an initial application
date of January 1, 2018. The Group has not restated the comparative information, which
continues to be reported under PAS 39. Differences arising from the adoption of PFRS 9 have
been recognized directly in retained earnings and other comprehensive income (OCI) as of
January 1, 2018, as appropriate.
As previously
reported As restated
January 1, 2018 Adjustments January 1, 2018
Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss (FVTPL) P
= 6,063,585 P
= 1,087,593 P
= 7,151,178
Available-for-sale financial assets 4,466,367 (4,466,367) −
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income
(FVOCI) − 3,378,774 3,378,774
Investments in associates and joint
ventures 202,649,300 170,195 202,819,495
P
= 213,179,252 P
= 170,195 P
= 213,349,447
Retained earnings P
= 170,302,028 (P
= 1,200,872) P
= 169,101,156
Net unrealized gain (loss) on AFS
financial assets / Fair value
reserve of financial assets at
FVOCI (1,107,962) 1,261,195 153,233
Non-controlling interests 154,744,637 109,872 154,854,509
P
= 323,938,703 P
= 170,195 P
= 324,108,898
The assessment of the Group’s business model was made as of the date of initial application,
January 1, 2018, and then applied prospectively to those financial assets that were not
derecognized before January 1, 2018. The assessment of whether contractual cash flows on
debt instruments are solely comprised of principal and interest was made based on the facts and
circumstances as at the initial recognition of the assets.
The Group continued measuring at fair value all financial assets previously held at fair value
under PAS 39. The following are the changes in the classification of the Group’s financial assets:
∂ Cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and accounts and notes receivables
previously classified as loans and receivables are held to collect contractual cash flows and
give rise to cash flows representing solely payments of principal and interest. These are now
classified and measured as financial assets at amortized cost beginning January 1, 2018.
∂ Equity investments in listed and certain non-listed companies previously classified as
Available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets are now classified and measured as financial assets
designated at fair value through OCI. The Group elected to classify irrevocably its equity
*SGVFS032939*
- 11 -
investments under this category as it intends to hold these investments for the foreseeable
future. Impairment losses recognized in profit or loss for these investments in prior periods
have been transferred from retained earnings to OCI in accordance with the requirements of
PFRS 9 to recognize the difference between the cost of the equity instrument and its fair
value upon transition in OCI.
∂ Certain unquoted equity instruments classified as AFS financial assets as at December, 31
2017 are classified and measured as Financial assets at FVTPL beginning January 1, 2018.
The Group has not designated any financial liabilities as at FVTPL and there are no changes in
classification and measurement for the Group’s financial liabilities.
In summary, upon adoption of PFRS 9, the Group had the following required or elected
reclassifications as at January 1, 2018.
Impairment
The adoption of PFRS 9 has fundamentally changed the Group’s accounting for impairment
losses for financial assets by replacing PAS 39’s incurred loss approach with a forward-looking
expected credit loss (ECL) approach. PFRS 9 requires the Group to record an allowance for
impairment losses for all loans and other debt financial assets not held at FVPL. ECLs are based
on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all
the cash flows that the Group expects to receive. The shortfall is then discounted at an
approximation to the asset’s original effective interest rate. The expected cash flows will include
cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the
contractual terms.
For residential and office development receivables presented under trade receivables and
contract assets, ALI Group has applied the standard’s simplified approach and has calculated
ECLs based on lifetime expected credit losses. Therefore, ALI Group does not track changes in
credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting
date.
ALI Group used the vintage analysis accounts for expected credit losses by calculating the
cumulative loss rates of a given trade receivables and contract assets pool. It derives the
probability of default from the historical data of a homogenous portfolio that share the same
origination period. The information on the number of defaults during fixed time intervals of the
accounts is utilized to create the probability model. It allows the evaluation of the loan activity
from its origination period until the end of the contract period.
*SGVFS032939*
- 12 -
In addition to life of loan loss data, primary drivers like macroeconomic indicators of qualitative
factors such as forward-looking data on gross domestic product and inflation rate were added to
the expected loss calculation to reach a forecast supported by both quantitative and qualitative
data points.
The key inputs in the model include ALI Group’s definition of default and historical data of three
years for the origination, maturity date and default date. ALI Group considers an installment
contracts receivable (ICR) in default when contractual payment are 30 days past due, except for
certain circumstances when the reason for being past due is due to reconciliation with customers
of payment records which are administrative in nature which may extend the definition of default
to 30 days and beyond. However, in certain cases, ALI Group may also consider a financial
asset to be in default when internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely to
receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking into account any credit
enhancements held by ALI Group.
The probability of default is applied to the estimate of the loss arising on default which is based
on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that ALI Group would expect
to receive, including those from the repossession of the subject real estate property, net of cash
outflows. For purposes of calculating loss given default, accounts are segmented based on
facility/collateral type and completion. In calculating the recovery rates, ALI Group considered
collections of cash and/or cash from resale of real estate properties after foreclosure, net of direct
costs of obtaining and selling the real estate properties after the default event such as
commission, refurbishment, payment required under the Maceda law and cost to complete
(for incomplete units).
As these are future cash flows, these are discounted back to the time of default using the
appropriate effective interest rate, usually being the original EIR or an approximation thereof.
For other trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies the provision matrix which is
based on historical observed default rate or losses and adjusted by forward-looking estimates.
For other financial assets such as accrued receivable, receivable from related parties, receivables
from officers and employees, dividend receivable and advances to other companies and other
receivables, ECLs are recognized in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not
been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, ECLs are provided for credit
losses that result from default events that are possible within the next 12-months (a 12-month
ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk
since initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the remaining
life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime ECL).
For cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, the Group applies the low credit risk
simplification. The probability of default and loss given defaults are publicly available and are
considered to be low credit risk investments. It is the Group’s policy to measure ECLs on such
instruments on a 12-month basis. However, when there has been a significant increase in credit
risk since origination, the allowance will be based on the lifetime ECL. The Group uses the
ratings from Standard and Poor’s (S&P), Moody’s and Fitch to determine whether the debt
instrument has significantly increased in credit risk and to estimate ECLs.
Hedge accounting
Under PAS 39, all gains and losses arising from the Group’s cash flow hedging relationships
were eligible to be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. However, under PFRS 9, gains and
losses arising on cash flow hedges of forecast purchases of non-financial assets need to be
incorporated into the initial carrying amounts of the non-financial assets. This change is not
applicable to the Group because it does not have cash flow hedging arrangements.
*SGVFS032939*
- 13 -
The amendments address concerns arising from implementing PFRS 9, the new financial
instruments standard before implementing the new insurance contracts standard. The
amendments introduce two options for entities issuing insurance contracts: a temporary
exemption from applying PFRS 9 and an overlay approach. The temporary exemption is first
applied for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. An entity may elect the
overlay approach when it first applies PFRS 9 and apply that approach retrospectively to financial
assets designated on transition to PFRS 9. The entity restates comparative information reflecting
the overlay approach if, and only if, the entity restates comparative information when applying
PFRS 9.
PFRS 15 supersedes PAS 11, Construction Contracts, PAS 18, Revenue and related
interpretations and it applies, with limited exceptions, to all revenue arising form contracts with its
customers. PFRS 15 establishes a five-step model to account for revenue arising from contracts
with customers and requires that revenue be recognized at an amount that reflects the
consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or
services to a customer.
PFRS 15 requires entities to exercise judgment, taking into consideration all the relevant facts
and circumstances when applying each step of the model to contracts with their customers. The
standard also specifies the accounting for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract and the
costs directly related to fulfilling a contract. In addition, the standard requires extensive
disclosures.
The Group adopted PFRS 15 using the modified retrospective method of adoption with the date
of initial application of January 1, 2018. Under this method, the standard can be applied either to
all contracts at the date of initial application or only to contracts that are not completed at this
date. The Group elected to apply the standard to all open contracts as of January 1, 2018.
The cumulative effect of initially applying PFRS 15 is recognized at the date of initial application
as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Therefore, the comparative
information was not restated and continues to be reported under PAS 11, PAS 18 and related
interpretations.
On February 14, 2018, the PIC issued PIC Q&A No. 2018-12 (PIC Q&A) which provides guidance
on some implementation issues of PFRS 15 affecting the real estate industry. On October 25,
2018 and February 8, 2019, the SEC issued SEC Memorandum Circular No. 14 Series of 2018
and SEC Memorandum Circular No. 3 Series of 2019, respectively, providing relief to the real
estate industry by deferring the application of the following provisions of the above PIC Q&A for a
period of three years:
*SGVFS032939*
- 14 -
Under the same SEC Memorandum Circular No. 3 Series of 2019, the adoption of PIC Q&A No.
2018-14: PFRS 15 - Accounting for Cancellation of Real Estate Sales was also deferred until
December 31, 2020. The SEC Memorandum Circular also provided the mandatory disclosure
requirements should an entity decide to avail of any relief. Disclosures should include:
Except for the CUSA charges discussed under PIC Q&A No. 2018-12-H which applies to leasing
transactions, the above deferral will only be applicable for real estate sales transactions.
Effective January 1, 2021, real estate companies will adopt PIC Q&A No. 2018-12 and PIC Q&A
No. 2018-14 and any subsequent amendments thereof retrospectively or as the SEC will later
prescribe.
ALI Group availed of the deferral of adoption of the above specific provisions of PIC Q&A. Had
these provisions been adopted, it would have the following impact in the consolidated financial
statements:
∂ The exclusion of land and uninstalled materials in the determination of POC would reduce the
percentage of completion of real estate projects resulting in a decrease in retained earnings
as at January 1, 2018 as well as a decrease in the revenue from real estate sales in 2018.
This would result to the land portion of sold inventories together with connection fees, to be
treated as contract fulfillment asset.
∂ The mismatch between the POC of the real estate projects and right to an amount of
consideration based on the schedule of payments explicit in the contract to sell would
constitute a significant financing component. Interest income would have been recognized for
contract assets and interest expense for contract liabilities using effective interest rate
method and this would have impacted retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 and the
revenue from real estate sales in 2018. Currently, any significant financing component
arising from the mismatch discussed above is not considered for revenue recognition
purposes.
∂ ALI Group is acting as a principal for the provision of air-conditioning services, common use
service area services and administration and handling services. This would have resulted in
the gross presentation of the related revenue and the related expenses and cost. Currently,
the related revenue is presented net of costs and expenses. These would not result to any
adjustment in the retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 and net income.
∂ Upon sales cancellation, the repossessed inventory would be recorded at fair value plus cost
to repossess (or fair value less cost to repossess if this would have been opted). This would
have increased retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 and gain from repossession in 2018.
Currently, the Group records the repossessed inventory at cost.
*SGVFS032939*
- 15 -
Increase/(Decrease)
(In thousands)
ALI IMI MWC Others Total
Assets
Accounts and notes receivables (P
= 73,937,300) P
=− (P
= 402,417) P
=− (P
= 74,339,717)
Contract assets - current 40,604,755 2,442,585 195,463 − 43,242,803
Inventories − (2,152,071) − − (2,152,071)
Noncurrent contract assets 33,332,545 − 258,970 − 33,591,515
Investments in associates and joint
venture − − − 1,493,586 1,493,586
Other noncurrent assets − − (52,016) − (52,016)
Total Assets − 290,514 − 1,493,586 1,784,100
Liabilities and Equity
Current Liabilities
Contract liabilities 13,293,444 280,898 − 13,574,342
Other current liabilities (18,085,639) (280,898) − (18,366,537)
Total Current Liabilities (4,792,195) − − (4,792,195)
Noncurrent Liabilities
Contract liabilities - net of current
portion 4,792,195 − − − 4,792,195
Deferred tax liabilities - net − 51,855 − − 51,855
Total Noncurrent Liabilities 4,792,195 51,855 − − 4,844,050
Total Liabilities − 51,855 − − 51,855
Equity
Equity attributable to owners
of the parent
Retained earnings − 121,000 − 1,493,586 1,614,586
Non-controlling interests − 117,659 − − 117,659
Total Equity − 238,659 − 1,493,586 1,732,245
Total Liabilities and Equity P
=− P
= 290,514 P
=− P
= 1,493,586 P
= 1,784,100
The adoption of PFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the consolidated statement of
financial position, results of operations or the operating, investing and financing cash flows of the
other subsidiaries in the Group.
Set out below are the amounts by which each financial statement line item of the subsidiaries is
affected as at and for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the adoption of PFRS 15.
The adoption of PFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the Group’s OCI. The first column
shows amounts prepared under PFRS 15 and the second column shows what the amounts
would have been had PFRS 15 not been adopted:
Consolidated statement of financial position for the year ended December 31, 2018
(Forward)
*SGVFS032939*
- 16 -
Consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2018
The nature of the adjustments as at January 1, 2018 and the reasons for the significant changes
in the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2018 and the consolidated
statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2018 are described below:
ALI Group
ALI Group records any excess of progress of work over the right to an amount of consideration
that is unconditional, recognized as installment contract receivables, as contract asset while the
excess of collection over progress of work is recorded as contract liability.
Before the adoption of PFRS 15, contract asset is not presented separately from trade residential
and office development receivables while contract liabilities are presented as customers’ deposit.
MWC Group
Accrued receivable for supervision fees and for performance fees
Before the adoption of PFRS 15, MWC Group recognized receivables even if the receipt of the
total consideration was conditional on the final acceptance and milestone completion of the
related services. Under PFRS 15, any earned consideration that is conditional should be
recognized as a contract asset rather than receivable. Therefore, upon the adoption of PFRS 15,
MWC Group reclassified P = 247.5 million (inclusive of the noncurrent portion amounting to
P
= 52.0 million) from Receivables to Contract assets as at January 1, 2018.
*SGVFS032939*
- 17 -
financial receivable representing the consideration to be received. Therefore, upon the adoption
of PFRS 15, MWC Group reclassified P = 207.0 million from Concession financial receivables to
Contract assets as at January 1, 2018.
IMI Group
Prior to the adoption of PFRS 15, IMI Group recognized revenue from sale of goods when goods
are shipped or goods are received by the customer (depending on the corresponding agreement
with the customers), title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or
determinable, and recoverability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sale of services was
recognized when the related services to complete the required units have been rendered.
Under PFRS 15, IMI Group assessed that revenue from manufacturing services shall be
recognized over time. For turnkey contracts, revenue is recognized over time since the products
created have no alternative use to IMI Group considering that manufacturing services are
performed only based on customer purchase order or scheduling agreement, and IMI Group has
right to payment for performance completed to date including the related profit margin, in case of
termination for reasons other than IMI Group’s failure to perform as promised. For consignment
contracts, revenue is recognized over time as services are rendered since the customer
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as IMI Group performs.
For WIP and FG inventories not covered by customer purchase orders or firm delivery schedule,
and non-recurring engineering charges, tooling and other pre-production revenue stream,
revenues are recognized at a point in time.
∂ Amendments to PAS 28, Measuring an Associate or Joint Venture at Fair Value (Part of Annual
Improvements to PFRSs 2014 - 2016 Cycle)
The amendments clarify that an entity that is a venture capital organization, or other qualifying
entity, may elect, at initial recognition on an investment-by-investment basis, to measure its
investments in associates and joint ventures at fair value through profit or loss. They also clarify
that if an entity that is not itself an investment entity has an interest in an associate or joint
venture that is an investment entity, the entity may, when applying the equity method, elect to
retain the fair value measurement applied by that investment entity associate or joint venture to
the investment entity associate’s or joint venture’s interests in subsidiaries. This election is made
separately for each investment entity associate or joint venture, at the later of the date on which
(a) the investment entity associate or joint venture is initially recognized; (b) the associate or joint
venture becomes an investment entity; and (c) the investment entity associate or joint venture
first becomes a parent. Retrospective application is required.
The amendments do not have material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
The amendments clarify when an entity should transfer property, including property under
construction or development into, or out of investment property. The amendments state that a
change in use occurs when the property meets, or ceases to meet, the definition of investment
property and there is evidence of the change in use. A mere change in management’s intentions
for the use of a property does not provide evidence of a change in use. Retrospective application
of the amendments is not required and is only permitted if this is possible without the use of
hindsight.
Since the Group’s current practice is in line with the clarifications issued, the Group does not
expect any effect on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption of these amendments.
*SGVFS032939*
- 18 -
The interpretation clarifies that, in determining the spot exchange rate to use on initial recognition
of the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) on the derecognition of a non-monetary
asset or non-monetary liability relating to advance consideration, the date of the transaction is the
date on which an entity initially recognizes the nonmonetary asset or non-monetary liability arising
from the advance consideration. If there are multiple payments or receipts in advance, then the
entity must determine the date of the transaction for each payment or receipt of advance
consideration. Retrospective application of this interpretation is not required.
Since the Group’s current practice is in line with the clarifications issued, the Group does not
expect any effect on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption of this interpretation.
Under PFRS 9, a debt instrument can be measured at amortized cost or at fair value through
other comprehensive income, provided that the contractual cash flows are ‘solely payments of
principal and interest (SPPI) on the principal amount outstanding’ (the SPPI criterion) and the
instrument is held within the appropriate business model for that classification. The amendments
to PFRS 9 clarify that a financial asset passes the SPPI criterion regardless of the event or
circumstance that causes the early termination of the contract and irrespective of which party
pays or receives reasonable compensation for the early termination of the contract. The
amendments should be applied retrospectively and are effective from January 1, 2019, with
earlier application permitted.
PFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of
leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model
similar to the accounting for finance leases under PAS 17, Leases. The standard includes two
recognition exemptions for lessees - leases of ’low-value’ assets (e.g., personal computers) and
short-term leases (i.e., leases with a lease term of 12 months or less). At the commencement
date of a lease, a lessee will recognize a liability to make lease payments (i.e., the lease liability)
and an asset representing the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (i.e., the
right-of-use asset). Lessees will be required to separately recognize the interest expense on the
lease liability and the depreciation expense on the right-of-use asset.
Lessees will be also required to remeasure the lease liability upon the occurrence of certain
events (e.g., a change in the lease term, a change in future lease payments resulting from a
change in an index or rate used to determine those payments). The lessee will generally
recognize the amount of the remeasurement of the lease liability as an adjustment to the
right-of-use asset.
Lessor accounting under PFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from today’s accounting under
PAS 17. Lessors will continue to classify all leases using the same classification principle as in
PAS 17 and distinguish between two types of leases: operating and finance leases.
PFRS 16 also requires lessees and lessors to make more extensive disclosures than under
PAS 17.
*SGVFS032939*
- 19 -
A lessee can choose to apply the standard using either a full retrospective or a modified
retrospective approach. The standard’s transition provisions permit certain reliefs.
The amendments to PAS 19 address the accounting when a plan amendment, curtailment or
settlement occurs during a reporting period. The amendments specify that when a plan
amendment, curtailment or settlement occurs during the annual reporting period, an entity is
required to:
• Determine current service cost for the remainder of the period after the plan amendment,
curtailment or settlement, using the actuarial assumptions used to remeasure the net defined
benefit liability (asset) reflecting the benefits offered under the plan and the plan assets after
that event.
• Determine net interest for the remainder of the period after the plan amendment, curtailment
or settlement using: the net defined benefit liability (asset) reflecting the benefits offered under
the plan and the plan assets after that event; and the discount rate used to remeasure that net
defined benefit liability (asset).
The amendments also clarify that an entity first determines any past service cost, or a gain or loss
on settlement, without considering the effect of the asset ceiling. This amount is recognized in
profit or loss. An entity then determines the effect of the asset ceiling after the plan amendment,
curtailment or settlement. Any change in that effect, excluding amounts included in the net
interest, is recognized in other comprehensive income.
The amendments clarify that an entity applies PFRS 9 to long-term interests in an associate or
joint venture to which the equity method is not applied but that, in substance, form part of the net
investment in the associate or joint venture (long-term interests). This clarification is relevant
because it implies that the expected credit loss model in PFRS 9 applies to such long-term
interests.
The amendments also clarified that, in applying PFRS 9, an entity does not take account of any
losses of the associate or joint venture, or any impairment losses on the net investment,
recognized as adjustments to the net investment in the associate or joint venture that arise from
applying PAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.
The amendments should be applied retrospectively and are effective from January 1, 2019, with
early application permitted. The Group is currently assessing the impact of adopting this
interpretation.
The interpretation addresses the accounting for income taxes when tax treatments involve
uncertainty that affects the application of PAS 12 and does not apply to taxes or levies outside
the scope of PAS 12, nor does it specifically include requirements relating to interest and
penalties associated with uncertain tax treatments.
*SGVFS032939*
- 20 -
An entity must determine whether to consider each uncertain tax treatment separately or together
with one or more other uncertain tax treatments. The approach that better predicts the resolution
of the uncertainty should be followed.
The Group is currently assessing the impact of this interpretation in the calculation of current and
deferred taxes as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The amendments clarify that, when an entity obtains control of a business that is a joint
operation, it applies the requirements for a business combination achieved in stages, including
remeasuring previously held interests in the assets and liabilities of the joint operation at fair
value. In doing so, the acquirer remeasures its entire previously held interest in the joint
operation.
A party that participates in, but does not have joint control of, a joint operation might obtain
joint control of the joint operation in which the activity of the joint operation constitutes a
business as defined in PFRS 3. The amendments clarify that the previously held interests in
that joint operation are not remeasured.
An entity applies those amendments to business combinations for which the acquisition date is
on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1,
2019 and to transactions in which it obtains joint control on or after the beginning of the first
annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early application permitted.
These amendments are currently not applicable to the Group but may apply to future
transactions.
The amendments clarify that the income tax consequences of dividends are linked more
directly to past transactions or events that generated distributable profits than to distributions
to owners. Therefore, an entity recognizes the income tax consequences of dividends in profit
or loss, other comprehensive income or equity according to where the entity originally
recognized those past transactions or events.
An entity applies those amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
January 1, 2019, with early application is permitted. These amendments are not relevant to
the Group because dividends declared by the Group do not give rise to tax obligations under
the current tax laws.
*SGVFS032939*
- 21 -
• Amendments to PAS 23, Borrowing Costs, Borrowing Costs Eligible for Capitalization
The amendments clarify that an entity treats as part of general borrowings any borrowing
originally made to develop a qualifying asset when substantially all of the activities necessary
to prepare that asset for its intended use or sale are complete.
An entity applies those amendments to borrowing costs incurred on or after the beginning of
the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments. An entity
applies those amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019,
with early application permitted.
The amendments to PFRS 3 clarify the minimum requirements to be a business, remove the
assessment of a market participant’s ability to replace missing elements, and narrow the
definition of outputs. The amendments also add guidance to assess whether an acquired
process is substantive and add illustrative examples. An optional fair value concentration test is
introduced which permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and
assets is not a business.
An entity applies those amendments prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2020, with earlier application permitted.
The amendments refine the definition of material in PAS 1 and align the definitions used across
PFRSs and other pronouncements. They are intended to improve the understanding of the
existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements.
An entity applies those amendments prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2020, with earlier application permitted.
The overall objective of PFRS 17 is to provide an accounting model for insurance contracts that is
more useful and consistent for insurers. In contrast to the requirements in PFRS 4, which are
largely based on grandfathering previous local accounting policies, PFRS 17 provides a
comprehensive model for insurance contracts, covering all relevant accounting aspects. The
core of PFRS 17 is the general model, supplemented by:
• A specific adaptation for contracts with direct participation features (the variable fee
approach)
*SGVFS032939*
- 22 -
• A simplified approach (the premium allocation approach) mainly for short-duration contracts
PFRS 17 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021, with
comparative figures required. Early application is permitted.
The new standard is not applicable to the Group since none of the entities within the Group have
activities that are predominantly connected with insurance or issue insurance contracts.
Deferred Effectivity
∂ Amendments to PFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements, and PAS 28, Sale or Contribution
of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
The amendments address the conflict between PFRS 10 and PAS 28 in dealing with the loss of
control of a subsidiary that is sold or contributed to an associate or joint venture. The
amendments clarify that a full gain or loss is recognized when a transfer to an associate or joint
venture involves a business as defined in PFRS 3. Any gain or loss resulting from the sale or
contribution of assets that does not constitute a business, however, is recognized only to the
extent of unrelated investors’ interests in the associate or joint venture.
On January 13, 2016, the Financial Reporting Standards Council deferred the original effective
date of January 1, 2016 of the said amendments until the International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB) completes its broader review of the research project on equity accounting that may
result in the simplification of accounting for such transactions and of other aspects of accounting
for associates and joint ventures.
(a) Land and improvements previously presented as non-current asset includes land which the
BOD of ALI has previously approved to be developed into residential development for sale.
Before the adoption of PIC Q&A No. 2018-11, the classification was based on the Group’s
timing to start the development of the property. This was reclassified under inventories in the
consolidated statement of financial position. Land with undetermined future use was
reclassified to investment properties.
(b) Advances to contractors and suppliers previously presented under accounts and notes
receivables-current, representing prepayments for the construction of investment property
and property and equipment was reclassified to non-current asset while the portion
representing prepayments for the construction of real estate inventories was reclassified to
other current assets. Before the adoption of PIC Q&A No. 2018-15, the classification of the
Group is based on the timing of application of these advances against billings and timing of
delivery of goods and services. This interpretation aims to classify the prepayment based on
the actual realization of such advances based on the determined usage/realization of the
asset to which it is intended for (e.g. inventory, investment property, property plant and
equipment).
*SGVFS032939*
- 23 -
In addition, in 2018, the Group reclassified its creditable withholding taxes amounting to
P
= 314.5 million from current assets to noncurrent. The 2017 consolidated statement of financial
position has been restated to conform with the current year presentation. This resulted in the
decrease in current and increase in noncurrent other assets by P = 314.6 million and P
= 270.5 million as
of December 31, 2017 and January 1, 2017, respectively.
These reclassifications have no impact on the prior year net income, equity, total assets, total
liabilities and cash flows. Accordingly, no third consolidated statement of financial position has been
presented and accounts affected have been disclosed.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as noncurrent assets and liabilities.
Short-term Investments
Short-term investments are short-term placements with maturities of more than three months but less
than one year from the date of acquisition. These earn interest at the respective short-term
investment rates.
Financial Instruments
For all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2017, the Group accounted for
financial instruments under PAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. For the
year ended December 31, 2018, the Group accounted for financial instruments in accordance with
PFRS 9, Financial Instruments.
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial
liability or equity instrument of another entity.
*SGVFS032939*
- 24 -
The Group determines the classification of its financial instruments at initial recognition and, where
allowed and appropriate, re-evaluates such designation at every reporting date.
Financial instruments are classified as liability or equity in accordance with the substance of the
contractual arrangement. Interest, dividends, gains and losses relating to a financial instrument or a
component that is a financial liability, are reported as expense or income. Distributions to holders of
financial instruments classified as equity are charged directly to equity, net of any related income tax
benefits.
‘Day 1’ difference
Where the transaction price in a non-active market is different from the fair value from other
observable current market transactions in the same instrument or based on a valuation technique
whose variables include only data from observable market, the Group recognizes the difference
between the transaction price and fair value (a ‘Day 1’ difference) in the consolidated statement of
income under “Interest income” or “Interest and other financing charges” unless it qualifies for
recognition as some other type of asset or liability. In cases where use is made of data which is not
observable, the difference between the transaction price and model value is only recognized in the
consolidated statement of income when the inputs become observable or when the instrument is
derecognized. For each transaction, the Group determines the appropriate method of recognizing the
‘Day 1’ difference amount.
Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the
purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Derivatives, including separated embedded
derivatives, are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging
instruments or a financial guarantee contract. Fair value gains or losses on investments held for
trading, net of interest income or expense accrued on these assets, are recognized in the
consolidated statement of income under “Other income” or “Other charges”. Interest earned or
incurred is recorded in “Interest income” or “Interest and other financing charges” while dividend
income is recorded in “Other income” when the right to receive payment has been established.
Where a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the hybrid contract may be designated
as financial asset or financial liability at FVPL, except where the embedded derivative does not
significantly modify the cash flows or it is clear that separation of the embedded derivative is
prohibited.
*SGVFS032939*
- 25 -
Financial assets and financial liabilities may be designated at initial recognition as at FVPL if any of
the following criteria are met:
(i) the designation eliminates or significantly reduces the inconsistent treatment that would otherwise
arise from measuring the assets or liabilities or recognizing gains or losses on them on a different
basis; or
(ii) the assets or liabilities are part of a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both which are
managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a
documented risk management or investment strategy; or
(iii) the financial instrument contains an embedded derivative that would need to be separately
recorded.
The Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL pertain to government securities, other
investment securities, derivatives not designated as accounting hedges and embedded derivatives.
Derivative instruments (including bifurcated embedded derivatives) are initially recognized at fair
value on the date in which a derivative transaction is entered into or bifurcated, and are subsequently
remeasured at fair value. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of derivatives that do
not qualify for hedge accounting are taken directly to the consolidated statement of income.
Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is
negative.
The Group uses derivative instruments such as structured currency options and currency forwards to
hedge its risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative instruments provide
economic hedges under the Group’s policies but are not designated as accounting hedges.
An embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative if all of
the following conditions are met: a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded
derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract; b) a
separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a
derivative; and c) the hybrid or combined instrument is not recognized at FVPL.
The Group assesses whether embedded derivatives are required to be separated from the host
contracts when the Group first becomes a party to the contract. Reassessment of embedded
derivatives is only done when there are changes in the contract that significantly modifies the
contractual cash flows that otherwise would be required under the contract.
After initial measurement, loans and receivables are subsequently measured at amortized cost using
the effective interest rate method, less any allowance for impairment losses. Amortized cost is
calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees that are integral
parts of the effective interest rate. Gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of
income when the loans and receivables are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the
amortization process. The amortization is included in the “Interest income” account in the
consolidated statement of income. The losses arising from impairment of such loans and receivables
are recognized under “Provision for doubtful accounts” in the consolidated statement of income.
Loans and receivables are included in current assets if maturity is within 12 months or when the
Group expects to realize or collect within 12 months from the reporting date. Otherwise, they are
classified as noncurrent assets.
*SGVFS032939*
- 26 -
Financial assets may be designated at initial recognition as AFS if they are purchased and held
indefinitely, and may be sold in response to liquidity requirements or changes in market conditions.
After initial measurement, AFS financial assets are measured at fair value. The unrealized gains or
losses arising from the fair valuation of AFS financial assets are recognized in other comprehensive
income and are reported as “Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale financial assets” (net of
tax where applicable) in equity. The Group’s share in its associates’ or joint ventures’ net unrealized
gain (loss) on AFS is likewise included in this account.
When the security is disposed of, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is
recognized in the consolidated statement of income under “Other income” or “Other charges”. Where
the Group holds more than one investment in the same security, the cost is determined using the
weighted average method. Interest earned on AFS financial assets is reported as interest income
using the effective interest rate. Dividends earned are recognized under “Other income” in the
consolidated statement of income when the right to receive payment is established. The losses
arising from impairment of such investments are recognized under “Provision for impairment losses”
in the consolidated statement of income.
When the fair value of AFS financial assets cannot be measured reliably because of lack of reliable
estimates of future cash flows and discount rates necessary to calculate the fair value of unquoted
equity instruments, these investments are carried at cost, less any allowance for impairment losses.
The Group’s AFS financial assets pertain to investments in debt and equity securities included in
“Investments in bonds and other securities” under “Other noncurrent assets” in the consolidated
statement of financial position. AFS financial assets are included under “Other current assets” if
expected to be realized within 12 months from reporting date.
After initial measurement, other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost
using the effective interest rate method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any
discount or premium on the issue and fees that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. Any
effects of restatement of foreign currency-denominated liabilities are recognized in the consolidated
statement of income.
This accounting policy applies primarily to the Group’s short-term and long-term debt, accounts
payable and accrued expenses, and other current and noncurrent liabilities and obligations that meet
the above definition (other than liabilities covered by other accounting standards, such as income tax
payable).
Other financial liabilities are included in current liabilities if maturity is within 12 months or when the
Group expects to realize or collect within 12 months from the reporting date. Otherwise, they are
classified as noncurrent liabilities.
*SGVFS032939*
- 27 -
Exchangeable bonds
AYCFL issued exchangeable bonds (see Note 19). On issuance of exchangeable bonds, the
proceeds are allocated between the embedded exchange option and the liability component. The
embedded exchange option is recognized at its fair value. The liability component is recognised as
the difference between total proceeds and the fair value of the exchange option.
The exchange option is subsequently carried at its fair value with fair value changes recognized in
profit or loss. The liability component is carried at amortised cost until the liability is extinguished on
exchange or redemption.
When the exchange option is exercised, the carrying amounts of the liability component and the
exchange option are derecognized. The related investment in equity security of the guarantor is
likewise derecognized.
Upon consolidation, the exchangeable bond is classified as a compound instrument and accounted
for using split accounting. The value allocated to the equity component at initial recognition is the
residual amount after deducting the fair value of the liability component from the issue proceeds of
the exchangeable bonds. Transaction costs incurred in relation to the issuance of the exchangeable
bonds was apportioned between the liability and equity component based on their values at initial
recognition.
Subsequently, the liability component is carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate
method while the equity component is not revalued. When the convertion option is exercised, the
carrying amount of the liability and equity component is derecognized and their balances transferred
to equity. No gain or loss is recognized upon exercise of the conversion option.
Where the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a
pass-through arrangement, and has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and
rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized to the extent of the
Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a
guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the
asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.
*SGVFS032939*
- 28 -
Financial liability
A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or
has expired. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on
substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an
exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a
new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the consolidated
statement of income.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred, the amount of the loss is
measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated
future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the
financial asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e., the effective interest rate computed at initial
recognition). The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account
and the amount of the loss is charged to the consolidated statement of income under “Provision for
doubtful accounts”. Interest income continues to be recognized based on the original effective
interest rate of the asset. Loans and receivables, together with the associated allowance accounts,
are written off when there is no realistic prospect of future recovery and all collateral has been
realized. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the estimated impairment loss decreases because
of an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment
loss is reversed. Any subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in consolidated
statement of income, to the extent that the carrying value of the asset does not exceed its amortized
cost at the reversal date.
For the purpose of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of
such credit risk characteristics such as customer type, payment history, past-due status and term.
Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are
estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to
those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to
reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss
experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist
*SGVFS032939*
- 29 -
currently. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed
regularly by the Group to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
In the case of debt instruments classified as AFS, impairment is assessed based on the same criteria
as financial assets carried at amortized cost. Future interest income is based on the reduced carrying
amount and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount future cash flows for the purpose of
measuring impairment loss and is recorded as part of “Interest income” account in the consolidated
statement of income. If, in a subsequent year, the fair value of a debt instrument increased and the
increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in
the consolidated statement of income, the impairment loss is reversed through the consolidated
statement of income.
The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual
cash flow characteristics and the Group’s business model for managing them. With the exception of
trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has
applied the practical expedient, the Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in
the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade
receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has applied
the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price determined under PFRS 15. Refer to
the accounting policies under revenue from contracts with customers.
In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost or fair value through
OCI, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are ‘solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI)’ on
the principal amount outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the SPPI test and is performed
at an instrument level.
*SGVFS032939*
- 30 -
The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial
assets in order to generate cash flows. The business model determines whether cash flows will
result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both.
Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within a time frame established
by regulation or convention in the market place (regular way trades) are recognized on the trade date,
i.e., the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.
Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in four categories:
∂ Financial asets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
∂ Financial assets at fair value through OCI with recycling of cumulative gains and losses (debt
instruments)
∂ Financial assets designated at fair value through OCI with no recycling of cumulative gains and
losses upon derecognition (equity instruments)
∂ Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR)
method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss when the
asset is derecognized, modified or impaired.
The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term
investments, and accounts and notes receivables.
For debt instruments at fair value through OCI, interest income, foreign exchange revaluation and
impairment losses or reversals are recognized in the consolidated statement of income and computed
in the same manner as for financial assets measured at amortised cost. The remaining fair value
changes are recognized in OCI. Upon derecognition the cumulative fair value change recognized in
OCI is recycled to profit or loss.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group does not have financial assets at fair value through
OCI (debt instrument).
*SGVFS032939*
- 31 -
Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are
recognized as other income in the consolidated statement of income when the right of payment has
been established, except when the Group benefits from such proceeds as a recovery of part of the
cost of the financial asset, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments
designated at fair value through OCI are not subject to impairment assessment.
The Group elected to classify irrevocably its listed and unquoted equity investments under this
category.
Financial assets at FVTPL are carried in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value
with net changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statement of income.
This category includes derivative instruments and listed equity investments which the Group had not
irrevocably elected to classify at fair value through OCI. Dividends on listed equity investments are
also recognized as other income in the consolidated statement of income when the right of payment
has been established.
A derivative embedded in a hybrid contract, with a financial liability or non-financial host, is separated
from the host and accounted for as a separate derivative if: the economic characteristics and risks are
not closely related to the host; a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded
derivative would meet the definition of a derivative; and the hybrid contract is not measured at fair
value through profit or loss. Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair
value recognised in profit or loss. Reassessment only occurs if there is either a change in the terms
of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required or a
reclassification of a financial asset out of the fair value through profit or loss category.
A derivative embedded within a hybrid contract containing a financial asset host is not accounted for
separately. The financial asset host together with the embedded derivative is required to be
classified in its entirety as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss.
Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a finanancial asset or part of a group of similar
financial assets) is primarily derecognized (i.e., removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of
financial position) when:
∂ The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or
∂ The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an
obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a
‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks
and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all
the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.
*SGVFS032939*
- 32 -
When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a
pass-through arrangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of
ownership. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of
the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the Group continues to recognise the transferred asset
to the extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, the Group also recognises an associated
liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the
rights and obligations that the Group has retained.
Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at
the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that
the Group could be required to repay.
For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating
ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss
allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision
matrix for trade receivables and a vintage analysis for residential and office development receivables
and contract assets that is based on historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking
factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.
For other financial assets such as accrued receivable, receivable from related parties, receivable from
officers and employees, and advances to other companies, ECLs are recognized in two stages. For
credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within
the next 12-months (a 12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses
expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime
ECL).
For cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, the Group applies the low credit risk
simplification. The probability of default and loss given defaults are publicly available and are
considered to be low credit risk investments. It is the Group’s policy to measure ECLs on such
instruments on a 12-month basis. However, when there has been a significant increase in credit risk
since origination, the allowance will be based on the lifetime ECL. The Group uses the ratings from
Standard and Poor’s (S&P), Moody’s and Fitch to determine whether the debt instrument has
significantly increased in credit risk and to estimate ECLs.
The Group considers a debt investment security to have low credit risk when its credit risk rating is
equivalent to the globally understood definition of ‘investment grade’.
The key inputs in the model include the Group’s definition of default and historical data of three years
for the origination, maturity date and default date. The Group considers trade receivables and
contract assets in default when contractual payment are 90 days past due, except for certain
circumstances when the reason for being past due is due to reconciliation with customers of payment
records which are administrative in nature which may extend the definition of default to 90 days and
beyond. However, in certain cases, the Group may also consider a financial asset to be in default
when internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely to receive the outstanding
contractual amounts in full before taking into account any credit enhancements held by the Group.
*SGVFS032939*
- 33 -
the Group considers that there has been a significant increase in credit risk when contractual
payments are more than 90 days past due.
An exposure will migrate through the ECL stages as asset quality deteriorates. If, in a subsequent
period, asset quality improves and also reverses any previously assessed significant increase in
credit risk since origination, then the loss allowance measurement reverts from lifetime ECL to
12-months ECL.
Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit
or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an
effective hedge, as appropriate.
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and
payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.
The Group’s financial liabilities include accounts payable and accrued expenses, short-term debt,
long-term debt, other current and non-current liabilities (other than liabilities accrued by other
accounting standards such as income tax payable, provisions, etc.).
Subsequent measurement
The measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:
Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are incurred for the purposes of
repurchasing in the near term. This category also includes derivative financial instruments entered
into by the Group that are not designated as heding instruments in hedge relationships as defined by
PFRS 9. Separated embedded derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are
designated as effective hedging instruments.
Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognized in the consolidated statement of income.
Financial liabilities designated upon initial recongnition at fair value through profit or loss are
designated at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in PFRS 9 are satisfied. The Group
has not designated any financial liability as at fair value through profit or loss.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees
or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as interest and other
financing charges in the consolidated statement of income.
*SGVFS032939*
- 34 -
After initial measurement, other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost
using the effective interest rate method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any
discount or premium on the issue and fees that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. Any
effect of restatement of foreign currency-denominated liabilities is recognized in profit or loss.
This accounting policy applies to the Group’s accounts payable and accrued expenses, dividends
payables and subscriptions payable (other than liabilities covered by other accounting standards such
as pension liability and income tax payable).
Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or
expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on
substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an
exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of
a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the consolidated
statement of income.
Exchangeable bonds
AYCFL issued exchangeable bonds (see Note 19). On issuance of exchangeable bonds, the
proceeds are allocated between the embedded exchange option and the liability component. The
embedded exchange option is recognized at its fair value. The liability component is recognised as
the difference between total proceeds and the fair value of the exchange option.
*SGVFS032939*
- 35 -
The exchange option is subsequently carried at its fair value with fair value changes recognized in
profit or loss. The liability component is carried at amortised cost until the liability is extinguished on
exchange or redemption.
When the exchange option is exercised, the carrying amounts of the liability component and the
exchange option are derecognized. The related investment in equity security of the guarantor is
likewise derecognized.
Upon consolidation, the exchangeable bond is classified as a compound instrument and accounted
for using split accounting. The value allocated to the equity component at initial recognition is the
residual amount after deducting the fair value of the liability component from the issue proceeds of
the exchangeable bonds. Transaction costs incurred in relation to the issuance of the exchangeable
bonds was apportioned between the liability and equity component based on their values at initial
recognition.
Subsequently, the liability component is carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate
method while the equity component is not revalued. When the convertion option is exercised, the
carrying amount of the liability and equity component is derecognized and their balances transferred
to equity. No gain or loss is recognized upon exercise of the conversion option.
Inventories
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV). Costs incurred in bringing
each product to its present location and conditions are generally accounted for as follows:
Finished goods and work-in-process - determined on a moving average basis; cost includes direct
materials and labor and a proportion of manufacturing overhead costs based on normal operating
capacity.
Parts and accessories, materials, supplies and others - purchase cost on a moving average basis.
*SGVFS032939*
- 36 -
NRV for real estate inventories, vehicles, finished goods and work-in-process and parts and
accessories is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of
completion and estimated costs necessary to make the sale, while NRV for materials, supplies and
others represents the related replacement costs. In the event that NRV is lower than cost, the decline
shall be recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income.
An allowance for inventory losses is provided for slow-moving, obsolete and defective inventories
based on management’s physical inspection and evaluation. When inventories are sold, the cost and
related allowance is removed from the account and the difference is charged against operations.
Prepaid Expenses
Prepaid expenses are carried at cost less the amortized portion. These typically comprise
prepayments for marketing fees and promotion, taxes and licenses, rentals and insurance.
The net amount of VAT recoverable from, or payable, to the taxation authority is included as part of
receivables or payables in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Deposits in Escrow
Deposits in escrow pertain to the proceeds from the sale of the Group’s projects that have only been
granted temporary License to Sell (LTS) as of reporting date. These proceeds are deposited in a
local bank and earn interest at prevailing bank deposit rates.
The Group measures noncurrent asset held for sale at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value
less cost to sell (see Note 9).
*SGVFS032939*
- 37 -
A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the
arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually
agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant
activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.
The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint control are similar to those
necessary to determine control over subsidiaries.
The Group’s investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.
Under the equity method, the investment in associates or joint ventures is initially recognized at cost.
The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognize changes in the Group’s share of net
assets of the associate or joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the associate
or joint venture is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortized nor
individually tested for impairment.
The consolidated statement of income reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the
associate or joint venture. Any change in OCI of these investees is presented as part of the Group’s
OCI. In addition, when there has been a change recognized directly in the equity of the associate or
joint venture, the Group recognizes its share of any changes, when applicable, in the consolidated
statement of changes in equity. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from transactions between the
Group and the associate or joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the associate or
joint venture.
The aggregate of the Group’s share in net profits or loss of associates and joint ventures is shown on
the face of the consolidated statement of income and represents profit or loss after tax and non-
controlling interests in the subsidiaries of the associate or joint venture.
The financial statements of the associate or joint venture are prepared for the same reporting period
as the Group. When necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with
those of the Group.
After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognize an
impairment loss on its investment in its associate or joint venture. At each reporting date, the Group
determines whether there is objective evidence that the investment in the associate or joint venture is
impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference
between the recoverable amount of the associate or joint venture and its carrying value, then
recognizes the loss as “Share in net profits of associates and joint ventures” in the consolidated
statement of income.
Upon loss of significant influence over the associate or joint control over the joint venture, the Group
measures and recognizes any retained investment at its fair value. Any difference between the
carrying amount of the associate or joint venture upon loss of significant influence or joint control and
the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognized in profit or loss.
Investment Properties
Investment properties comprise completed property and property under construction or
re-development that are held to earn rentals and for capital appreciation, and are not occupied by the
companies in the Group. The Group uses the cost model in measuring investment properties since
this represents the historical value of the properties subsequent to initial recognition. Investment
properties, except for land, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization and
any impairment in value. Land is carried at cost less any impairment in value.
*SGVFS032939*
- 38 -
Expenditures incurred after the investment property has been put in operation, such as repairs and
maintenance are normally charged against income in the period in which the costs are incurred.
Construction-in-progress (including borrowing cost) are carried at cost and transferred to the related
investment property account when the construction and related activities to prepare the property for
its intended use are complete, and the property is ready for occupation.
Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the assets, regardless of utilization. The estimated useful lives and the depreciation and
amortization method are reviewed periodically to ensure that the period and method of depreciation
and amortization are consistent with the expected pattern of economic benefits from items of
investment properties.
Investment properties are derecognized when either they have been disposed of or when the
investment property is permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected
from its disposal. Any gain or loss on the retirement or disposal of an investment property is
recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the year of retirement or disposal.
Transfers are made to investment property when there is a change in use, evidenced by ending of
owner-occupation, commencement of an operating lease to another party or ending of construction or
development. Transfers are made from investment property when, and only when, there is a change
in use, evidenced by commencement of owner-occupation or commencement of development with a
view to sale. Transfers between investment property, owner-occupied property and inventories do
not change the carrying amount of the property transferred and they do not change the cost of the
property for measurement or for disclosure purposes.
The Group discloses the fair values of its investment properties in accordance with PAS 40. The
Group engaged independent valuation specialist to assess fair value as at December 31, 2018 and
2017. The Group’s investment properties consist of land and building pertaining to land properties,
retail (malls) and office properties. These were valued by reference to market-based evidence using
comparable prices adjusted for specific market factors such as nature, location and condition of the
property.
Construction-in-progress is stated at cost. This includes cost of construction and other direct costs.
Construction-in-progress is not depreciated or amortized until such time that the relevant assets are
completed and put into operational use.
Major repairs are capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment only when it is probable that
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the items can
be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged against current operations as
incurred.
*SGVFS032939*
- 39 -
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment commences once the property, plant
and equipment are available for use and computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the property, plant and equipment as follows:
The assets’ residual values, useful lives and depreciation and amortization methods are reviewed
periodically to ensure that the amounts, periods and method of depreciation and amortization are
consistent with the expected pattern of economic benefits from items of property, plant and
equipment.
When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and the related
accumulated depreciation and amortization and accumulated provision for impairment losses, if any,
are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited to or charged against
current operations.
The “Service concession assets” (SCA) pertain to the fair value of the service concession obligations
at drawdown date and construction costs related to the rehabilitation works performed by the Group
and other local component costs and cost overruns paid by the Group.
Amortization of SCA commences once the SCA are available for use and are calculated on a straight-
line basis over the remaining concession period. Beginning May 1, 2017, the SCA of MWC, Boracay
Island Water Company (BIWC), Clark Water Corporation (CWC), and Laguna AAA Water Corporation
(LAWC) are amortized using the units of production (UOP) method over the expected total billable
volume for the remaining concession period to better reflect the usage of the SCA, which is directly
related to its expected total billable volume and is aligned with industry practice. This change in
method resulted to a P= 554.0 million reduction of amortization expense from May 1 to December 31,
2017.
In addition, the Parent Company, MWC, LAWC, BIWC, CWC, Obando Water Company, Inc. (Obando
Water), Calasiao Water Company, Inc. (Calasiao Water), Cebu Manila Water Development, Inc.
(CMWDI), and Tagum Water Company, Inc. (TWC) recognize and measure revenue from
rehabilitation works in accordance with PAS 11, Construction Contracts, and PAS 18, Revenue, for
the services it performs. Recognition of revenue is by reference to the ‘stage of completion method,’
also known as the ‘percentage of completion method’ as provided under PAS 11. Contract revenue
and costs from rehabilitation works are recognized as “Revenue from rehabilitation works” and “Cost
of rehabilitation works,” respectively, in profit or loss in the period in which the work is performed.
*SGVFS032939*
- 40 -
The Parent Company recognizes its contractual obligations to restore certain parts of the
infrastructure to a specified level of condition in accordance with PAS 37, Provisions, Contingent
Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as the obligations arise.
Under this model, the operator recognizes a financial asset in its consolidated statement of financial
position in consideration for the services it provides (design, construction, etc.). Such financial assets
are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position under “Other current assets” and
“Other noncurrent assets” in an amount corresponding to the fair value of the infrastructure on first
recognition and subsequently at amortized cost. The receivable is settled when payments from the
grantor are received. The financial income calculated on the basis of the effective interest rate is
recognized in profit or loss.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of
intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at the date of acquisition.
Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and provision
for impairment loss, if any. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development
costs, are not capitalized and expenditure is reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the
year in which the expenditure is incurred.
The estimated useful life of intangible assets is assesse as either finite or indefinite.
The estimated useful lives of intangible assets with finite lives are assessed at the individual asset
level. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight
line basis. Periods and method of amortization for intangible assets with finite useful lives are
reviewed annually or earlier when an indicator of impairment exists.
Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic
benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the amortization period or method, as
appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense on
intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the
expense category consistent with the function of the intangible assets.
*SGVFS032939*
- 41 -
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually,
either individually or at the CGU level. The assessment of indefinite useful life is reviewed annually to
determine whether the indefinite useful life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful
life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.
A gain or loss arising from derecognition of an intangible asset is measured as the difference
between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the intangible assets and is
recognized in the consolidated statement of income when the intangible asset is derecognized.
Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at cost
less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization of the asset
begins when development is complete and the asset is available for use. It is amortized over the
period of expected future benefit. The estimated useful life of research and development costs is 5
years. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for
appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic
circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the separation of
embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s
previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date and
included under “Remeasurement gain/loss arising from business combination” in the consolidated
statement of income.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognized at fair value at the
acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is
deemed to be an asset or liability will be recognized in accordance with PAS 39 either in profit or loss
or as a change to other comprehensive income. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity,
it should not be remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration
transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of
the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized in profit or loss as bargain purchase gain. The
Group reassess whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities
assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure amounts to be recognized at the acquisition
*SGVFS032939*
- 42 -
date if the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the
aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognized in profit or loss.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment loss. Goodwill
is reviewed for impairment, annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. For purposes of impairment testing, goodwill
acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s
cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of
the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those
units or groups of units.
∂ represent the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal
management purposes; and
∂ not be larger than an operating segment determined in accordance with PFRS 8, Operating
Segments.
Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the CGU (or group of CGUs), to
which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the CGU (or group of CGUs) is less
than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Where goodwill forms part of a CGU (or
group of CGUs) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with
the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the
gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in these circumstances is measured
based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU retained. If the
acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities
exceeds the cost of the business combination, the acquirer shall recognize immediately in the
consolidated statement of income any excess remaining after reassessment.
If the initial accounting for a business combination can be determined only provisionally by the end of
the period in which the combination is effected because either the fair values to be assigned to the
acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities or contingent liabilities or the cost of the combination can be
determined only provisionally, the acquirer shall account for the combination using those provisional
values. The acquirer shall recognize any adjustments to those provisional values as a result of
completing the initial accounting within twelve months of the acquisition date as follows: (i) the
carrying amount of the identifiable asset, liability or contingent liability that is recognized or adjusted
as a result of completing the initial accounting shall be calculated as if its fair value at the acquisition
date had been recognized from that date; (ii) goodwill or any gain recognized shall be adjusted by an
amount equal to the adjustment to the fair value at the acquisition date of the identifiable asset,
liability or contingent liability being recognized or adjusted; and (iii) comparative information presented
for the periods before the initial accounting for the combination is complete shall be presented as if
the initial accounting has been completed from the acquisition date.
∂ The assets and liabilities of the combining entities are reflected in the consolidated financial
statements at their carrying amounts. No adjustments are made to reflect fair values, or
recognize any new assets or liabilities, at the date of the combination. The only adjustments that
are made are those adjustments to harmonize accounting policies.
∂ No new goodwill is recognized as a result of the combination. The only goodwill that is
recognized is any existing goodwill relating to either of the combining entities. Any difference
between the consideration paid or transferred and the equity acquired is reflected within equity.
∂ The consolidated statement of income reflects the results of the combining entities for the full
year, irrespective of when the combination took place.
∂ Comparative financial information are presented as if the entities had always been combined.
*SGVFS032939*
- 43 -
The effects of any intercompany transactions are eliminated to the extent possible.
Asset Acquisitions
If the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition transaction do not constitute a
business as defined under PFRS 3, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. The
Group identifies and recognizes the individual identifiable assets acquired (including those assets that
meet the definition of, and recognition criteria for, intangible assets) and liabilities assumed. The
acquisition cost is allocated to the individual identifiable assets and liabilities on the basis of their
relative fair values at the date of purchase. Such transaction or event does not give rise to goodwill.
Where the Group acquires a controlling interest in an entity that is not a business, but obtains less
than 100% of the entity, after it has allocated the cost to the individual assets acquired, it notionally
grosses up those assets and recognizes the difference as non-controlling interests.
For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is
any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have
decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognized
impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the
asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the
carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot
exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation and amortization,
had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in
the consolidated statement of income unless the asset is carried at revalued amount, in which case
the reversal is treated as revaluation increase. After such a reversal, the depreciation and
amortization charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less
any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.
Impairment of goodwill
For assessing impairment of goodwill, a test for impairment is performed annually and when
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined for
goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or group of CGUs) to which the goodwill
relates. Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment
loss is recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.
*SGVFS032939*
- 44 -
The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible to by the Group.
The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants
would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic
best interest.
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which
sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs
and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the consolidated financial
statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest
level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
∂ Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
∂ Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement is directly or indirectly observable.
∂ Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement is unobservable.
For assets and liabilities that are recognized in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring
basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by
reassessing categorization (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.
For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities
on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair
value hierarchy as explained above.
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result
of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be
required to settle the obligations and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.
Equity
Capital stock is measured at par value for all shares subscribed, issued and outstanding. When the
shares are sold at premium, the difference between the proceeds at the par value is credited to
“Additional paid-in capital” (APIC) account. Direct costs incurred related to equity issuance are
chargeable to APIC account. If APIC is not sufficient, the excess is charged against retained
*SGVFS032939*
- 45 -
earnings. When the Group issues more than one class of stock, a separate account is maintained for
each class of stock and the number of shares issued.
Subscriptions receivable pertains to the uncollected portion of the subscribed shares and is presented
as reduction from equity.
Retained earnings represent accumulated earnings of the Group less dividends declared.
Own equity instruments which are reacquired (treasury shares) are recognized at cost and deducted
from equity. No gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of income on the purchase,
sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. Any difference between the
carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognized in additional paid-in capital. Voting
rights related to treasury shares are nullified for the Group and no dividends are allocated to them
respectively. When the shares are retired, the capital stock account is reduced by its par value and
the excess of cost over par value upon retirement is debited to additional paid-in capital when the
shares were issued and to retained earnings for the remaining balance.
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the
Group and the revenue can be reliably measured, regardless of when payment is being made.
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account
contractually defined terms of payment and excluding taxes or duty. The following specific
recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognized:
For real estate sales, the Group assesses whether it is probable that the economic benefits will flow
to the Group when the sales prices are collectible. Collectibility of the sales price is demonstrated by
the buyer’s commitment to pay, which in turn is supported by substantial initial and continuing
investments that give the buyer a stake in the property sufficient that the risk of loss through default
motivates the buyer to honor its obligation to the seller. Collectibility is also assessed by considering
factors such as the credit standing of the buyer, age and location of the property.
Revenue from sales of completed real estate projects is accounted for using the full accrual method.
In accordance with PIC Q&A No. 2006-01, the percentage-of-completion method is used to recognize
income from sales of projects where the Group has material obligations under the sales contract to
complete the project after the property is sold, the equitable interest has been transferred to the
buyer, construction is beyond preliminary stage (i.e., engineering, design work, construction contracts
execution, site clearance and preparation, excavation and the building foundation are finished), and
the costs incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably. Under this method, revenue is
recognized as the related obligations are fulfilled, measured principally on the basis of the physical
proportion of contract work. The percentage of completion is determined by the Company’s project
engineers.
Any excess of collections over the recognized receivables are included in the “Deposits and other
current liabilities” account in the liabilities section of the consolidated statement of financial position.
If any of the criteria under the full accrual or percentage-of-completion method is not met, the deposit
method is applied until all the conditions for recording a sale are met. Pending recognition of sale,
cash received from buyers are presented under the “Deposits and other current liabilities” account in
the liabilities section of the consolidated statement of financial position.
*SGVFS032939*
- 46 -
Cost of real estate sales is recognized consistent with the revenue recognition method applied and is
determined with reference to the specific, including estimated costs, on the property allocated to sold
area. Cost of residential and commercial lots and units sold before the completion of the
development is determined on the basis of the acquisition cost of the land plus its full development
costs, which include estimated costs for future development works, as determined by the Company’s
in-house technical staff.
Estimated development costs include direct land development, shared development cost, building
cost, external development cost, professional fees, post construction, contingency, miscellaneous
and socialized housing. Miscellaneous costs include payments such as permits and licenses,
business permits, development charges and claims from third parties which are attributable to the
project. Contingency includes fund reserved for unforeseen expenses and/ or cost adjustments.
Revisions in estimated development costs brought about by increases in projected costs in excess of
the original budgeted amounts are considered as special budget appropriations that are approved by
management and are made to form part of total project costs on a prospective basis and allocated
between costs of sales and real estate inventories.
Revenue from construction contracts included in the “Real estate” account in the consolidated
statement of income is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, based on the
completion of a physical proportion of the contract work inclusive of the uninstalled goods and
materials delivered to the site.
Contract costs include all direct materials and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract
performance. Expected losses on contracts are recognized immediately when it is probable that the
total contract costs will exceed total contract revenue. Changes in contract performance, contract
conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and
final contract settlements which may result in revisions to estimated costs and gross margins are
recognized in the year in which the changes are determined.
Rental income under noncancellable and cancellable leases on investment properties is recognized
in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the terms of
the lease, respectively, or based on a certain percentage of the gross revenue of the tenants, as
provided under the terms of the lease contract.
Rooms revenue from hotel and resort operations is recognized when the services are rendered.
Revenue from banquets and other special events are recognized when the events take place.
Supervision fees
Supervision fees are recognized using the percentage of completion (POC) method of accounting,
measured principally on the basis of the physical proportion of the contract work to the estimated
completion of a project.
*SGVFS032939*
- 47 -
Distributors’ fee
Distributors’ fee is recognized when significant risk and rewards of ownership of trade assets have
been transferred to the distributor.
The timing of transfers of risks and rewards varies depending on the individual terms of the contract
of sale but usually occurs when the customer receives the product.
Performance fees
Performance fees are recognized when the non-revenue water reduction (NRW) has been recovered
based on specific targets and schedule as agreed in the Non-revenue Water Reduction Service
Agreement (NRWSA) with Zamboanga City Water District (ZCWD).
Service fees
Service fees for technical assistance extended to ZCWD are recognized when the related services
have been rendered.
When the Group provides construction or upgrade services, the consideration received or receivable
is recognized at its fair value. The Group accounts for revenue and costs relating to operation
services in accordance with PAS 18.
Toll revenues
Revenue from toll fees is recognized upon entry of vehicles in the toll road facility and receipt of cash
payment. Toll fees received in advance, through transponders or magnetic cards, are included under
“Accounts Payable”.
Revenue from sales of electronic products and vehicles and related parts and accessories
Revenue from sales of electronic products and vehicles and related parts and accessories are
recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the
buyer and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. Revenue is measured at the fair value of
the consideration received excluding discounts, returns, rebates and sales taxes.
Energy sales
Energy sales is recognized upon actual delivery of concerted electricity from the 51.9M NorthWind
Renewable Energy Plant (REP) at Bagui Farm and 18MW DC Solar Power Plant of Montesolar at
Bais, Negros Oriental.
*SGVFS032939*
- 48 -
The tariff on the generation of REP’s original twenty (20) turbines (Phases I & II) is a Feed-in-Tariff
(FIT) rate specific to ACEI of P
= 5.76/kWh, as approved by the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC)
in its decision dated June 30, 2014. The FIT specific to ACEI is lower than the national FIT and is
valid for twenty (20) years, less the actual years of operation as provided for under the FIT Rules.
The tariff on the new six (6) turbines (Phase III) shall be the national FIT of P
= 8.53/kWh, subject to
compliance by ACEI of the requirements under the FIT System. Being a new plant and established
under the incentives granted under RA 9513, it shall have FIT period of twenty (20) years.
Revenue from sale of electricity through Retail Electricity Supply (RES) Contract is composed of
generation charge from monthly energy supply with various contestable customers and is recognized
monthly based on the actual energy delivered. The basic energy charges for each billing period are
inclusive of generation charge and retail supply charge.
Interest income
Interest income is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest method.
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue is accounted for under PFRS 15, Revenue from
Contracts with Customers.
The disclosures of significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions relating to revenue
from contracts with customers are provided in Note 4.
*SGVFS032939*
- 49 -
In measuring the progress of its performance obligation over time, the Group uses the output method.
The Group recognizes revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to customers of the
goods or services transferred to date, relative to the remaining goods or services promised under the
contract. Progress is measured using survey of performance completed to date. This is based on the
monthly project accomplishment report prepared by the project engineers as approved by the
construction manager which integrates the surveys of performance to date of the construction
activities for both sub-contracted and those that are fulfilled by the developer itself.
Any excess of progress of work over the right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional,
recognized as residential and office development receivables, under trade receivables, is included in
the “contract asset” account in the asset section of the consolidated statement of financial position.
Any excess of collections over the total of recognized trade receivables and contract assets is
included in the “contract liabilities” account in the liabilities section of the consolidated statement of
financial position.
Cost recognition
The Group recognizes costs relating to satisfied performance obligations as these are incurred taking
into consideration the contract fulfillment assets such as land and connection fees. These include
costs of land, land development costs, building costs, professional fees, depreciation, permits and
licenses and capitalized borrowing costs. These costs are allocated to the saleable area, with the
portion allocable to the sold area being recognized as costs of sales while the portion allocable to the
unsold area being recognized as part of real estate inventories.
In addition, the Group recognizes as an asset only costs that give rise to resources that will be used
in satisfying performance obligations in the future and that are expected to be recovered.
Rental income under noncancellable and cancellable leases on investment properties is recognized
in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the terms of
the lease, respectively, or based on a certain percentage of the gross revenue of the tenants, as
provided under the terms of the lease contract.
Marketing fees, management fees from administration and property management are recognized
over time as the customer receives and consumes the benefit from the performance of the services.
Contract costs include all direct materials and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract
performance. Expected losses on contracts are recognized immediately when it is probable that the
total contract costs will exceed total contract revenue. Changes in contract performance, contract
conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and
*SGVFS032939*
- 50 -
final contract settlements which may result in revisions to estimated costs and gross margins are
recognized in the year in which the changes are determined.
The sale of real estate unit may cover the contract for either the (i) serviced lot; (ii) service lot and
house, and (ii) condominium unit and ALI Group concluded that there is one performance obligation
in each of these contracts. ALI Group recognizes revenue from the sale of these real estate projects
under pre-completed contract over time during the course of the construction.
Payment commences upon signing of the contract to sell and the consideration is payable in cash or
under various financing schemes entered with the customer. The financing scheme would include
payment of 10% of the contract price spread over a certain period (e.g., one to two years) at a fixed
monthly payment with the remaining balance payable (a) in full at the end of the period either through
cash or external financing; or (b) through in-house financing which ranges from two (2) to ten (10)
years with fixed monthly payment. The amount due for collection under the amortization schedule for
each of the customer does not necessarily coincide with the progress of construction, which results to
either a contract asset or contract liability.
After the delivery of the completed real estate unit, ALI Group provides one year warranty to repair
minor defects on the delivered serviced lot and house and condominium unit. This is assessed by
ALI Group as a quality assurance warranty and not treated as a separate performance obligation.
Construction
Revenue from fixed price construction contracts are recognized over time using the milestone-based
revenue recognition which is in reference to the output method. The output method is determined
based on the start and completion of a task of the contract work inclusive of uninstalled goods and
materials delivered to the site.
The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially
satisfied) as at December 31, 2018 are as follows:
December 31,
2018
(In Thousands)
Within one year P
= 47,937,926
More than one year 55,328,212
P
= 103,266,138
The remaining performance obligations expected to be recognized within one year and in more than
one year relate to the continuous development of ALI Group’s real estate projects. ALI Group’s
condominium units are completed within three years and five years, respectively, from start of
construction while serviced lots and serviced house and lots are expected to be completed within two
to three years from start of development.
*SGVFS032939*
- 51 -
∂ Performance fees
Performance fees are recognized as revenue over time as the NRW are recovered based on
specific targets and schedule as agreed in the NRWSA with ZCWD.
MWC Group recognizes revenue from water and sewer services, environmental charge, operation and
maintenance services and performance fees based on the amount to which MWC Group has a right to
invoice since MWC Group bills a fixed amount for every cubic meter of water delivered or NRW
recovered.
∂ Construction revenue
Construction revenue arise from the NRWSA with ZCWD for the establishment of district
metering areas. Revenue from construction services is recognized over time, using input method.
Under this method, progress is measured based on actual costs incurred on materials, labor, and
overhead relative to the total project costs.
∂ Service fees
Service fees for technical assistance extended to ZCWD are recognized over time, using input
method, when the related services have been rendered to the ZCWD. Under this method,
progress is measured based on actual costs incurred on manpower and overhead relative to the
total project costs.
MWC Group determined that the input method is the appropriate method in measuring progress of
the rehabilitation works, construction revenue and service fees because there is a direct relationship
between MWC Group’s effort (i.e., actual cost incurred incurred) and the transfer of service to the
customer.
*SGVFS032939*
- 52 -
∂ Supervision fees
Supervision fees arise from MWPVI, Aqua Centro MWPV Corp. (Aqua Centro), a wholly owned
subsidiary of MWC, and LAWC’s provision of design and project management services in the
development of water and used water facilities. Revenue from supervision fees is recognized
over time, using output method. Under this method, progress is measured using survey of
performance completed to date and milestone reached. This is based on the work
accomplishment report prepared by the project contractor as approved by the project
management head.
MWC Group has determined that the output method is the appropriate method in measuring progress
of the project management services, and pipeworks and integrated used water services since this
depicts MWC Group’s performance in managing and providing service connection from water and
used water facilities to the developments.
Manufacturing services
IMI Group provides manufacturing services in accordance with the customer’s specifications. IMI
Group promises to provide a combined performance obligation comprised of non-distinct goods or
services, which include issuance of materials to production, assembly, testing and packaging.
Contracts with customers are generally classified as turnkey or consignment. In a turnkey contract,
IMI Group procures the materials and provides the assembly services to the customer. In a
consignment contract, IMI Group only provides assembly services to the customer.
*SGVFS032939*
- 53 -
For turnkey contracts, revenue is recognized over time since the products created have no alternative
use to IMI Group and IMI Group has right to payment for performance completed to date including the
related profit margin, in case of termination for reasons other than IMI Group’s failure to perform as
promised.
For consignment contracts, revenue is recognized over time as services are rendered since the
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as IMI Group performs its obligation.
Tooling
Non-recurring engineering charges, tooling and other pre-production revenue stream (NREs) are
recognized at a point in time since the criteria for over time recognition is not met. This is based on
the assessment that while, in general, IMI Group has no alternative use for these NREs, either due to
customization or restrictions by the customer, there is no assurance or relevant experience that IMI
has enforceable right to payment or can recover the cost, plus reasonable margin, in case of contract
termination. Point in time revenue recognition for NREs would mean revenue is recognized upon
customer acceptance of the NREs (transfer of control).
IMI Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance
obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g., customer options
that provide material rights to customers, warranties). In determining the transaction price, IMI Group
considers the effects of variable consideration, the existence of significant financing components,
noncash consideration and consideration payable to the customer, if any.
Revenue from the sale of equipment and installation service is recognized at a point in time because
the equipment has no design specifications that are unique to the customer. Revenue is recognized
when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally upon acceptance of the equipment
by the customer.
Variable consideration
If the consideration in a contract includes a variable amount, IMI Group estimates the amount of
consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for transferring the goods to the customer. The
variable consideration is estimated at contract inception and constrained until it is highly probable that
a significant revenue reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the
associated uncertainty with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
IMI Group does not have significant separate performance obligations wherein the transaction price
needs to be allocated as of December 31, 2018.
*SGVFS032939*
- 54 -
Warranty obligations
IMI Group provides warranties for general repairs of defects that existed at the time of sale. The
warranties provided are customary per industry practice. These assurance-type warranties are
accounted for under PAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.
IMI Group does not provide warranty beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale or outside
of industry practice. After-sales repairs are arranged with customers separately and are accounted
for as any other manufacturing service contract with customers.
Toll revenues
Revenue from toll fees is recognized upon entry of vehicles in the toll road facility and receipt of cash
payment. Toll fees received in advance, through transponders or magnetic cards, are included under
“Accounts Payable”.
Energy sales
Energy sales is recognized upon actual delivery of concerted electricity from the 51.9MW NorthWind
Renewable Energy Plant (REP) at Bagui Farm and 18MW DC Solar Power Plant of Montesolar at
Bais, Negros Oriental.
The tariff on the generation of REP’s original twenty (20) turbines (Phases I & II) is a Feed-in-Tariff
(FIT) rate specific to ACEI of P
= 5.76/kWh, as approved by the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC)
in its decision dated June 30, 2014. The FIT specific to ACEI is lower than the national FIT and is
valid for twenty (20) years, less the actual years of operation as provided for under the FIT Rules.
The tariff on the new six (6) turbines (Phase III) shall be the national FIT of P
= 8.53/kWh, subject to
compliance by ACEI of the requirements under the FIT System. Being a new plant and established
under the incentives granted under RA 9513, it shall have FIT period of twenty (20) years.
Revenue from sale of electricity through Retail Electricity Supply (RES) Contract is composed of
generation charge from monthly energy supply with various contestable customers and is recognized
monthly based on the actual energy delivered. The basic energy charges for each billing period are
inclusive of generation charge and retail supply charge.
Interest income
Interest income is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest method.
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognized when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established.
*SGVFS032939*
- 55 -
Contract Balances
Receivables
A receivable represents the Group’s right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional (i.e.,
only the passage of time is required before payment of the consideration is due).
Contract assets
A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to the
customer. If the Group performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer
pays consideration or before payment is due, a contract asset is recognized for the earned
consideration that is conditional.
Contract liabilities
A contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group
has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. If a customer
pays consideration before the Group transfers goods or services to the customer, a contract liability is
recognized when the payment is made or the payment is due (whichever is earlier). Contract
liabilities are recognized as revenue when the Group performs under the contract.
The contract liabilities also include payments received by the Group from the customers for which
revenue recognition has not yet commenced.
Costs incurred prior to obtaining contract with customer are not capitalized but are expensed as
incurred.
A capitalized cost to obtain a contract is derecognized either when it is disposed of or when no further
economic benefits are expected to flow from its use or disposal.
At each reporting date, the Group determines whether there is an indication that cost to obtain a
contract may be impaired. If such indication exists, the Group makes an estimate by comparing the
carrying amount of the assets to the remaining amount of consideration that the Group expects to
receive less the costs that relate to providing services under the relevant contract. In determining the
estimated amount of consideration, the Group uses the same principles as it does to determine the
contract transaction price, except that any constraints used to reduce the transaction price will be
removed for the impairment test.
Where the relevant costs or specific performance obligations are demonstrating marginal profitability
or other indicators of impairment, judgement is required in ascertaining whether or not the future
economic benefits from these contracts are sufficient to recover these assets. In performing this
impairment assessment, management is required to make an assessment of the costs to complete
the contract. The ability to accurately forecast such costs involves estimates around cost savings to
be achieved over time, anticipated profitability of the contract, as well as future performance against
any contract-specific performance indicators that could trigger variable consideration, or service
credits. Where a contract is anticipated to make a loss, their judgements are also relevant in
determining whether or not an onerous contract provision is required and how this is to be measured.
*SGVFS032939*
- 56 -
Refund liabilities
A refund liability is the obligation to refund some or all of the consideration received (or receivable)
from the customer and is measured at the amount the Group ultimately expects it will have to return
to the customer.
The Group updates its estimates of refund liabilities (and the corresponding change in the transaction
price) at the end of each reporting period. Refer to above accounting policy on variable
consideration.
Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains a lease is based on the substance of the
arrangement at inception date of whether the fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use
of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. A reassessment is
made after inception of the lease only if one of the following applies: (a) there is a change in
contractual terms, other than a renewal or extension of the arrangement; (b) a renewal option is
exercised or extension granted, unless the term of the renewal or extension was initially included in
the lease term; (c) there is a change in the determination of whether fulfillment is dependent on a
specified asset; or (d) there is a substantial change to the asset.
Where a reassessment is made, lease accounting shall commence or cease from the date when the
change in circumstances gave rise to the reassessment for scenarios (a), (c) or (d) and at the date of
renewal or extension period for scenario (b).
Group as lessee
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the
consolidated asset are classified as operating leases. Fixed lease payments are recognized as an
expense in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis while the variable rent is
recognized as an expense based on terms of the lease contract.
Finance leases, which transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the
leased item, are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if
lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned
between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of
interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against
income.
Capitalized leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets
or the respective lease terms.
*SGVFS032939*
- 57 -
Group as lessor
Leases where the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the
assets are classified as operating leases. Lease payments received are recognized as income in the
consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Initial direct costs
incurred in negotiating operating leases are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and
recognized over the lease term on the same basis as the rental income. Contingent rent is
recognized as revenue in the period in which it is earned.
Expenses
Expenses are recognized in the consolidated statement of income when decrease in future economic
benefit related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured
reliably.
∂ On the basis of a direct association between the costs incurred and the earning of specific items
of income;
∂ On the basis of systematic and rational allocation procedures when economic benefits are
expected to arise over several accounting periods and the association can only be broadly or
indirectly determined; or
∂ Immediately when expenditure produces no future economic benefits or when, and to the extent
that, future economic benefits do not qualify or cease to qualify, for recognition in the
consolidated statement of financial position as an asset.
Direct operating expenses and general and administrative expenses are recognized as they are
incurred.
Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of an asset that necessarily
takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of
the cost of the respective assets (included in “Inventories”, “Investment properties”, “Property, plant
and equipment” and “Service concession assets” accounts in the consolidated statement of financial
position). All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs
consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.
The interest capitalized is calculated using the Group’s weighted average cost of borrowings after
adjusting for borrowings associated with specific developments. Where borrowings are associated
with specific developments, the amounts capitalized is the gross interest incurred on those
borrowings less any investment income arising on their temporary investment. Interest is capitalized
from the commencement of the development work until the date of practical completion. The
capitalization of borrowing costs is suspended if there are prolonged periods when development
activity is interrupted. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, an
impairment loss is recorded.
Pension Cost
Defined benefit plan
The net defined benefit liability or asset is the aggregate of the present value of the defined benefit
obligation at the end of the reporting period reduced by the fair value of plan assets (if any), adjusted
for any effect of limiting a net defined benefit asset to the asset ceiling. The asset ceiling is the
present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in
future contributions to the plan.
The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plans is actuarially determined using the
projected unit credit method. This method reflects services rendered by employees up to the date of
valuation and incorporates assumptions concerning employees’ projected salaries. Actuarial
valuations are conducted with sufficient regularity, with the option to accelerate when significant
changes to underlying assumptions occur.
*SGVFS032939*
- 58 -
Service costs which include current service costs, past service costs and gains or losses on non-
routine settlements are recognized as expense in profit or loss. Past service costs are recognized
when plan amendment or curtailment occurs.
Net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset is the change during the period in the net
defined benefit liability or asset that arises from the passage of time which is determined by applying
the discount rate based on government bonds to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Net interest
on the net defined benefit liability or asset is recognized as expense or income in profit or loss.
Remeasurements comprising actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets and any change in the
effect of the asset ceiling (excluding net interest on defined benefit liability) are recognized
immediately in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. Remeasurements are
not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods.
Pension liabilities are the aggregate of the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of
the reporting period reduced by the fair value of plan assets, adjusted for any effect of limiting a net
pension asset to the asset ceiling. The asset ceiling is the present value of any economic benefits
available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.
Plan assets are assets that are held by a long-term employee benefit fund. Plan assets are not
available to the creditors of the Group, nor can they be paid directly to the Group. Fair value of plan
assets is based on market price information. When no market price is available, the fair value of plan
assets is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using a discount rate that reflects both
the risk associated with the plan assets and the maturity or expected disposal date of those assets
(or, if they have no maturity, the expected period until the settlement of the related obligations). If the
fair value of the plan assets is higher than the present value of the defined benefit obligation, the
measurement of the resulting defined benefit asset is limited to the present value of economic
benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.
Termination benefit
Termination benefits are employee benefits provided in exchange for the termination of an
employee’s employment as a result of either an entity’s decision to terminate an employee’s
employment before the normal retirement date or an employee’s decision to accept an offer of
benefits in exchange for the termination of employment.
A liability and expense for a termination benefit is recognized at the earlier of when the entity can no
longer withdraw the offer of those benefits and when the entity recognizes related restructuring costs.
Initial recognition and subsequent changes to termination benefits are measured in accordance with
the nature of the employee benefit, as either post-employment benefits, short-term employee
benefits, or other long-term employee benefits.
Income Tax
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to
compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted as of reporting date.
*SGVFS032939*
- 59 -
Current tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is recognized in equity and not in profit or
loss. The Group periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in
which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where
appropriate.
Deferred tax
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences, with certain
exceptions, at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying
amounts for financial reporting purposes.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, with certain exceptions.
Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carryforward benefit of
unused tax credits from excess of minimum corporate income tax (MCIT) over the regular corporate
income tax and unused net operating loss carryover (NOLCO), to the extent that it is probable that
taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and carryforward
benefits of MCIT and NOLCO can be utilized.
Deferred tax liabilities are not provided on nontaxable temporary differences associated with
investments in domestic subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures. With respect to
investments in foreign subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax liabilities
are recognized except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled
and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the
extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all as part of
the deferred tax assets to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at each
reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable
income will allow all as part of the deferred tax assets to be recovered.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply to the period
when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been
enacted or substantively enacted as at the end of the reporting period. Movements in the deferred
income tax assets and liabilities arising from changes in tax rates are charged or credited to income
for the period.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable
entity and the same authority.
For periods where the income tax holiday (ITH) is in effect, no deferred taxes are recognized in the
consolidated financial statements as the ITH status of the subsidiary neither results in a deductible
temporary difference or temporary taxable difference. However, for temporary differences that are
expected to reverse beyond the ITH, deferred taxes are recognized.
*SGVFS032939*
- 60 -
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate as at the date of initial transaction.
Nonmonetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange
rate at the date when the fair value was determined.
The functional currency of AYCF, ACIFL, PFIL, BHL, AIVPL and IMI is the US Dollar (US$). As of the
reporting date, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into the presentation
currency of the Parent Company (the Philippine Peso) at the closing rate as at the reporting date and
their statement of income accounts are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the
year. The exchange differences arising on the translation are recognized in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income and reported as a separate component of equity as “Cumulative
Translation Adjustment”. On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognized
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income relating to that particular foreign operation
shall be recognized in the consolidated statement of income.
Exchange differences arising from elimination of intragroup balances and intragroup transactions are
recognized in profit or loss. As an exception, if the exchange differences arise from intragroup
balances that, in substance, forms part of an entity’s net investment in a foreign operation, the
exchange differences are not to be recognized in profit or loss, but are recognized in OCI and
accumulated in a separate component of equity until the disposal of the foreign operation.
On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognized in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income relating to that particular foreign operation shall be recognized in
profit or loss.
The Group’s share in the translation adjustments of associates and joint ventures are likewise
included under the “Cumulative Translation Adjustments” account in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income.
MWC Group
As approved by the MWSS Board of Trustees (BOT) under Amendment No. 1 of the Concession
Agreement with MWSS, the following will be recovered through billings to customers:
In view of the automatic reimbursement mechanism, the MWC Group recognizes deferred foreign
currency differential adjustment (FCDA) (included as part of “Other noncurrent assets” or “Other
noncurrent liabilities” in the consolidated statement of financial position) for both the realized and
unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses. Other water revenue-FCDA is credited (debited) upon
recovery (refund) of realized foreign exchange losses (gains). The write-off or reversal of the
deferred FCDA pertaining to concession fees will be made upon determination of the rebased foreign
exchange rate, which is assumed in the business plan approved by MWSS-Regulatory Office (RO)
during the latest Rate Rebasing exercise, unless indication of impairment of the deferred FCDA would
be evident at an earlier date.
Share-based Payments
The Group has equity-settled, share-based compensation plans with its employees.
*SGVFS032939*
- 61 -
PFRS 2 Options
For options granted after November 7, 2002 that have not vested on or before January 1, 2005, the
cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the
date on which they are granted. In valuing equity-settled transactions, vesting conditions, including
performance conditions, other than market conditions (conditions linked to share prices), shall not be
taken into account when estimating the fair value of the shares or share options at the measurement
date. Instead, vesting conditions are taken into account in estimating the number of equity
instruments that will ultimately vest. Fair value is determined by using the Binomial Tree and Black-
Scholes model, further details of which are provided in Note 28 to the consolidated financial
statements.
No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is
conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the
market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied.
Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum, an expense is recognized as
if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognized for any increase in the
value of the transaction as a result of the modification, as measured at the date of modification.
Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation,
and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately. However, if a new
award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement award on the date
that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a modification of the
original award, as described in the previous paragraph.
Pre-PFRS 2 Options
For options granted before November 7, 2002 that have vested before January 1, 2005, the intrinsic
value of stock options determined as of grant date is recognized as expense over the vesting period.
The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of
diluted earnings per share (see Note 26).
*SGVFS032939*
- 62 -
Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income attributable to common equity holders by the
weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the year plus the
weighted average number of common shares that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive
potential common shares. Calculation of diluted EPS considers the potential ordinary shares of
subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures that have dilutive effect on the basic EPS of the Parent
Company. The calculation of diluted EPS does not assume conversion, exercise or other issue of
potential common shares that would have an antidilutive effect on earnings per share. Basic and
diluted EPS are adjusted to give retroactive effect to any stock dividends declared during the period.
Operating Segments
The Group’s operating businesses are organized and managed separately according to the nature of
the products and services provided, with each segment representing a strategic business unit that
offers different products and serves different markets. Financial information on operating segments is
presented in Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements.
Contingencies
Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. These are disclosed
unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote. Contingent
assets are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements but disclosed when an inflow of
economic benefits is probable.
The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with PFRSs
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The estimates and assumptions used in
the accompanying consolidated financial statements are based upon management’s evaluation of
relevant facts and circumstances as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Actual
results could differ from such estimates.
Judgments
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following
judgments, apart from those involving estimations, which have the most significant effect on the
amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:
*SGVFS032939*
- 63 -
ALI Group
Existence of a contract
ALI Group’s primary document for a contract with a customer is a signed contract to sell. It has
determined, however, that in cases wherein contract to sell are not signed by both parties, the
combination of its other signed documentation such as reservation agreement, official receipts,
buyers’ computation sheets and invoices, would contain all the criteria to qualify as contract with the
customer under PFRS 15.
In addition, part of the assessment process of ALI Group before revenue recognition is to assess the
probability that ALI Group will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the
real estate property that will be transferred to the customer. In evaluating whether collectability of an
amount of consideration is probable, an entity considers the significance of the customer’s initial
payments in relation to the total contract price. Collectability is also assessed by considering factors
such as past history with the customer, age and pricing of the property. Management regularly
evaluates the historical cancellations and back-outs if it would still support its current threshold of
customers’ equity before commencing revenue recognition.
ALI Group has determined that output method used in measuring the progress of the performance
obligation faithfully depicts ALI Group’s performance in transferring control of real estate development
to the customers.
IMI Group
Identifying contracts with customers
Generally, a valid and approved manufacturing service agreement (MSA), scheduling agreement
(SA), customer accepted quote, customer forecast, and/or customer purchase order or firm delivery
schedule will be in place before IMI Group provides services or manufacture goods for the customers.
IMI Group is not obligated to transfer any goods or provide services until the customer submits a
purchase order or firm delivery schedule under the MSA or SA, respectively. The purchase order or
firm delivery schedule creates the enforceable rights and obligations and is therefore evaluated
together with the MSA or SA for revenue recognition in accordance with PFRS 15.
*SGVFS032939*
- 64 -
Determining the method to measure of progress for revenue recognized over time
IMI Group measures progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation using an
input method (i.e., costs incurred). Management believes that this method provides a faithful depiction
of the transfer of goods or services to the customer because IMI Group provides integration service to
produce a combined output and each item in the combined output may not transfer an equal amount
of value to the customer.
Water infrastructure services revenue recognized using the input and output method
MWC Group recognizes revenue from rehabilitation works, construction revenue, and service fees
using the input method while it recognizes supervision fees and revenue from pipeworks and
integrated used water services using the output method. The input or output method of recognizing
revenue over the period covered by the separate contracts with customers requires MWC Group to
base the level of transfer of control over these services based on MWC Group's review and
concurrence with work accomplishment reports prepared by project managers or submitted by
independent project contractors.
Quantitative criterion - for sales contracts receivable, the customer receives a notice of cancellation
and does not continue the payments.
Qualitative criteria
The customer meets unlikeliness to pay criteria, which indicates the customer is in significant financial
difficulty. These are instances where:
a. The customer is experiencing financial difficulty or is insolvent
b. The customer is in breach of financial covenant(s)
c. An active market for that financial assets has disappeared because of financial difficulties
d. Concessions have been granted by ALI Group, for economic or contractual reasons relating to
the customer’s financial difficulty
e. It is becoming probable that the customer will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization
The criteria above have been applied to the financial instruments held by ALI Group and are
consistent with the definition of default used for internal credit risk management purposes. The
default definition has been applied consistently to model the Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given
Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD) throughout ALI Group’s expected loss calculation.
To do this, ALI Group considers a range of relevant forward-looking macro-economic assumptions for
the determination of unbiased general industry adjustments and any related specific industry
adjustments that support the calculation of ECLs. Based on ALI Group’s evaluation and assessment
and after taking into consideration external actual and forecast information, ALI Group formulates a
‘base case’ view of the future direction of relevant economic variables as well as a representative
range of other possible forecast scenarios. This process involves developing two or more additional
economic scenarios and considering the relative probabilities of each outcome. External information
includes economic data and forecasts published by governmental bodies, monetary authorities and
selected private-sector and academic institutions.
The base case represents a most-likely outcome and is aligned with information used by ALI Group
for other purposes such as strategic planning and budgeting. The other scenarios represent more
optimistic and more pessimistic outcomes. Periodically, ALI Group carries out stress testing of more
extreme shocks to calibrate its determination of these other representative scenarios.
*SGVFS032939*
- 65 -
ALI Group has identified and documented key drivers of credit risk and credit losses of each portfolio
of financial instruments and, using an analysis of historical data, has estimated relationships between
macro-economic variables and credit risk and credit losses.
The Group’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are graded in the top investment
category by globally recognized credit rating agencies such as S&P, Moody’s and Fitch and,
therefore, are considered to be low credit risk investments. It is the Group’s policy to measure ECLs
on such instruments on a 12-month basis. However, when there has been a significant increase in
credit risk since origination, the allowance will be based on the lifetime ECL. The Group uses the
ratings from these credit rating agencies both to determine whether the debt instrument has
significantly increased in credit risk and to estimate ECLs.
Using its expert credit judgement and, where possible, relevant historical experience, the Group may
determine that an exposure has undergone a significant increase in credit risk based on particular
qualitative indicators that it considers are indicative of such and whose effect may not otherwise be
fully reflected in its quantitative analysis on a timely basis.
Investment in Subsidiaries
The Group determined that it has control over its subsidiaries (see Note 2) by considering, among
others, its power over the investee, exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the
investee, and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns. The following were
also considered:
∂ The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee
∂ Rights arising from other contractual agreements
∂ The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights
Consolidation of entities in which the Group holds only 50% or less than majority of voting rights
The Group determined that it controls certain entities even though it owns 50% or less than majority
of the voting rights. The factors considered include, among others, the size of its block of voting
shares, the relative size and dispersion of holdings of other shareholders, and contractual
agreements to direct the relevant activities of the entities.
Investment in Associates
The Group determined that it exercises significant influence over its associates (see Note 10) by
considering, among others, its ownership interest (holding 20% or more of the voting power of the
investee), board representation and participation on board sub-committees, and other contractual
terms.
*SGVFS032939*
- 66 -
On the other hand, the Group has made a judgment that the concession agreement with DOTr, PGC
and TWD qualifies under the Financial Asset model as it has an unconditional contractual right to
receive cash or other financial assets for its construction services directly from the grantors.
The accounting policy on the Group’s SCA under the Intangible Asset and Financial model is
discussed in Note 3.
When the acquisition of subsidiaries does not represent a business, it is accounted for as an
acquisition of a group of assets and liabilities. The cost of the acquisition is allocated to the assets
and liabilities acquired based upon their relative fair values, and no goodwill or deferred tax is
recognized.
Contingencies
The Group is currently involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary conduct of business. The
estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims has been developed in consultation
with internal and external counsel handling the defense in these matters and is based upon an
analysis of potential results.
The Group currently does not believe that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on
the Group’s financial position and results of operations (see Note 36).
*SGVFS032939*
- 67 -
Further, management has measured the inventories, property and equipment and investment
properties that were acquired using the appraisal report that was prepared by the external appraiser.
These appraisals involve selecting the appropriate valuation methodology and making various
assumptions such as price per sqm, adjustment factors, discount rate, location, size and time element
factors. The properties were valued using the sales comparison approach. Significant assumptions
used include comparable property prices adjusted for nature, location and condition of the land.
AEI and AITHI acquired 96% ownership interest in NTC and 98.96% ownership interest in Merlin
which resulted in goodwill amounting to P= 44.9 million and P
= 88.7 million, respectively, in 2018.
Significant assumptions used in computing the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired include
discount rate, property values, lease rates, revenue and earnings forecast, and royalty rates.
In 2018, AITHI finalized the purchase price allocation for its 2017 acquisition of MT and determined
the fair value of land and building which amounted to €4.9 million (P= 247.9 million) and €13.3 million
(P
= 674.1 million), respectively. The determination of the fair value of MT’s land and building arising
from the finalization of the purchase price allocation also involves estimates such as discount rate,
lease rates and land value.
Furthermore, ACEI finalized the purchase price allocation for its 2017 acquisitions of Bronzeoak
entities and determined the fair value of equity investments through FVOCI, investment properties,
water supply contract and leasehold rights which amounted to P = 579.9 million, P
= 253.7 million,
P
= 127.5 million and P
= 470.7 million, respectively. The determination of the fair value of Bronzeoak’s
tangible and intangible assets arising from the finalization of the purchase price allocation also
involves estimates such as discount rate, land value and future cash flows.
Further details on the purchase price allocation exercise are provided in Note 24.
IMI management assessed that the discounted, probability-weighted cash flow methodology is the
appropriate model to derive the present value of the redemption amount. The key estimates and
assumptions used in the valuation include the current equity value of the acquiree, forecasted interest
rate and probability of trigger events occurring. The current equity value of VIA is determined using
the discounted cash flow approach. The future cash flows are projected using the projected revenue
growth rate of VIA. The discount rate represents the current market assessment of the risk specific to
*SGVFS032939*
- 68 -
the acquiree, taking into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying
assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate calculation is
based on the specific circumstances of the acquiree and is derived from its weighted average cost of
capital. For STI, IMI management used the market approach by approximating the EBITDA multiple
taken from comparable companies of STI that are engaged in providing electronic services solutions
to derive its current equity value. IMI management computed EBITDA as the difference of forecasted
gross profit and selling and administrative expenses before depreciation and amortization.
Further details on the valuation of the put options are disclosed in Note 33.
Further details on the valuation of the contingent consideration liability are disclosed in Note 33.
Provision for expected credit losses of trade receivables and contract assets
ALI Group
ALI Group uses a provision matrix to calculate ECLs for trade receivables other than the residential
and office development trade receivables and contract assets. The provision rates are based on days
past due for groupings of various customer segments that have similar loss patterns.
The provision matrix is initially based on ALI Group’s historical observed default rates. ALI Group will
calibrate the matrix to adjust the historical credit loss experience with forward-looking information
such as inflation rate and Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth rates. At every reporting date, the
historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are
analyzed.
ALI Group uses vintage analysis approach to calculate ECLs for residential and office development
receivables and contract assets. The vintage analysis accounts for expected losses by calculating
the cumulative loss rates of a given loan pool. It derives the probability of default from the historical
data of a homogenous portfolio that share the same origination period. The information on the
number of defaults during fixed time intervals of the accounts is utilized to create the PD model. It
allows the evaluation of the loan activity from its origination period until the end of the contract period.
The assessment of the correlation between historical observed default rates, forecast economic
conditions (inflation and interest rates) and ECLs is a significant estimate. The amount of ECLs is
sensitive to changes in circumstances and of forecast economic conditions. ALI Group’s historical
credit loss experience and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of
customer’s actual default in the future.
The provision matrix is initially based on the Group’s historical observed default rates. The Group will
calibrate the matrix to adjust the historical credit loss experience with forward-looking information. .At
every reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-
looking estimates are analyzed.
*SGVFS032939*
- 69 -
The assessment of the correlation between historical observed default rates, forecast economic
conditions, and ECLs is a significant estimate. The amount of ECLs is sensitive to changes in
circumstances and of forecast economic conditions. The Group’s historical credit loss experience
and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of customer’s actual default in
the future.
Although lifetime expected credit losses are determined collectively, trade receivables and contract
assets are also assessed individually based on default or delinquencies and possibility of financial
difficulties or possibility of bankruptcy of the customers.
In the event that NRV is lower than the cost, the decline is recognized as an expense. The amount
and timing of recorded expenses for any period would differ if different judgments were made or
different estimates were utilized.
The Group estimates the recoverable amount as the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and
value in use. For investments in associates and joint ventures, fair value less costs to sell pertain to
quoted prices (listed equities) and to fair values determined using discounted cash flows or other
valuation technique such as multiples. In determining the present value of estimated future cash
flows expected to be generated from the continued use of the assets, the Group is required to make
estimates and assumptions that may affect investments in associates and joint ventures, investment
properties, property, plant and equipment, service concession assets and intangible assets.
For goodwill, this requires an estimation of the recoverable amount which is the fair value less costs
to sell or value in use of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating a
value in use amount requires management to make an estimate of the future cash flows for the cash
generating unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of
cash flows.
Further details on investments in associates and joint ventures, investment properties, property, plant
and equipment, service concession assets and intangible assets are provided in
Notes 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 70 -
Deferred FCDA
Under the concession agreements entered into by the MWC Group with MWSS and TIEZA, MWC
and Boracay Island Water Company (BIWC) are entitled to recover (refund) foreign exchange losses
(gains) arising from concession loans and any concessionaire loans. MWC and BIWC recognized
deferred FCDA (included as part of “Other noncurrent assets” or “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the
consolidated statement of financial position) for both realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains
and losses. Deferred FCDA is set up as an asset for the realized and unrealized exchange losses
since this is a resource controlled by MWC and BIWC as a result of past events and from which
future economic benefits are expected to flow to MWC and BIWC. Realized and unrealized foreign
exchange gains, on the other hand, which will be refunded to the customers, are presented as
liability.
The deferred FCDA of MWC and BIWC arises from a rate adjustment mechanism for the recovery or
compensation on a current basis, subject to quarterly review and adjustment by MWSS or TIEZA,
when necessary, of accrued foreign exchange gains and losses, arising from MWSS or TIEZA loans
and concession loans used for capital expenditures and concession fee payments.
Further details on deferred FCDA of MWC and BIWC are provided in Note 15.
*SGVFS032939*
- 71 -
Further details on the carrying amount of the Group’s income taxes payable are provided in
Note 25.
Share-based payments
The expected life of the options is based on the expected exercise behavior of the stock option
holders and is not necessarily indicative of the exercise patterns that may occur. The volatility is
based on the average historical price volatility which may be different from the expected volatility of
the shares of stock of the Parent Company and certain subsidiaries.
Further details on the share-based payments recognized by the Group are provided in Note 28.
In determining the appropriate discount rate, the Group considers the interest rates of government
bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, with extrapolated
maturities corresponding to the expected duration of the defined benefit obligation.
The mortality rate is based on publicly available mortality tables for the specific country and is
modified accordingly with estimates of mortality improvements. Future salary increases and pension
increases are based on expected future inflation rates for the specific country.
Further details about the assumptions used are provided in Note 27.
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Cash on hand and in banks (Note 31) P
= 26,213,080 P= 21,448,048
Cash equivalents (Note 31) 34,411,183 42,811,231
P
= 60,624,263 P= 64,259,279
Cash in banks earns interest at the prevailing bank deposit rates. Cash equivalents are short-term,
highly liquid investments that are made for varying periods of up to three months depending on the
immediate cash requirements of the Group and earn interest at the prevailing short-term rates.
*SGVFS032939*
- 72 -
6. Short-term Investments
Short-term investments pertain to money market placements made for varying periods of more than
three months but less than one year and earn interest ranging from 1.8% to 4.6% per annum in 2018
and 1.6% to 3.7% per annum in 2017.
2017
(As restated -
2018 see Note 3)
(In Thousands)
Trade:
Real estate P
= 54,390,917 P
= 100,885,847
Electronics 16,202,397 13,022,906
Automotive 2,896,516 5,532,186
Water infrastructure 2,614,044 2,234,960
Power generation 1,072,345 1,151,909
Information technology and BPO 261,012 290,915
International and others 47,348 22,518
Advances to other companies 24,842,066 19,029,334
Receivable from related parties (Note 31) 8,964,594 3,070,255
Receivable from officers and employees (Note 31) 1,497,997 1,479,532
Dividend receivable (Note 31) 1,334,894 1,153,206
Receivable from BWC 388,411 501,014
Others (Note 31) 388,518 287,484
114,901,059 148,662,066
Less allowance for expected credit losses 3,016,237 2,645,163
111,884,822 146,016,903
Less noncurrent portion 6,366,250 45,774,058
P
= 105,518,572 P
= 100,242,845
Real estate
Real estate receivables consist of:
∂ Residential and office development - pertain to receivables from the sale of high-end, upper
middle-income and affordable residential lots and units; economic and socialized housing units
and sale of commercial lots; sale of office units; and leisure community developments. Upon
adoption of PFRS 15, the Group records any excess of progress of work over the right to an
amount of consideration that is unconditional, recognized as residential and office development
trade receivables, as contract asset (see Notes 3 and 16).
∂ Corporate business - pertain to lease receivables from office and factory buildings and
receivables from sale of industrial lots
∂ Shopping centers - pertain to lease receivables from retail spaces
∂ Construction contracts - pertain to receivables from third party construction projects
∂ Management fees - pertain to receivables from facilities management services
∂ Others - pertain to receivables from hotel operations and other support services
*SGVFS032939*
- 73 -
Sales contract receivables, under residential and office development receivables are collectible in
monthly installments over a period of one (1) to ten (10) years. These are carried at amortized cost
using the effective interest rate method with annual interest rates ranging from 8.3% to 13%. Titles to
real estate properties are transferred to the buyers only once full payment has been made.
Corporate business receivables are collectible on a monthly or quarterly basis depending on the terms
of the lease contracts.
Receivables from shopping centers, construction contracts and management fees are due within
30 days upon billing.
Receivables from hotel operations and other support services are normally due within 30 to 90 days
upon billing.
ALI Group sold real estate receivables on a without recourse basis to partner mortgage banks, which
include BPI Family Savings Bank, a related party, totaling P
= 12,323.6 million in 2018 and
P
= 7,711.3 million in 2017. These were sold at a discount with total proceeds of P= 11,459.7 million and
P
=P= 7,320.8 million, respectively. ALI Group recognized loss on sale amounting to P = 863.9 million in
2018 and P = 390.5 million in 2017 (see Note 23).
Electronics
Pertain to receivables arising from manufacturing and other related services for electronic products
and components and have credit terms averaging 80 days from invoice date.
Automotive
Automotive receivables relate to sale of passenger cars, motorcycles and commercial vehicles and
are collectible within 30 to 90 days from date of sale.
Water infrastructure
Water infrastructure receivables arise from water and sewer services rendered to residential,
commercial, semi-business and industrial customers of MWC Group and are collectible within 30
days from billing date.
These receivables also include receivables from pipework services collectible within 12 months,
receivables from distributors’ fees arising from the Exclusive Distributorship Agreement (EDA)
entered into by Manila Water Total Solutions Corp. (MWTS), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MWC, with
distributors of its Healthy Family drinking water which are collectible within the period that is agreed
with the distributors and receivables arising from supervision fees on the development of water and
used water facilities which are collectible within thirty (30) days from billing date.
Power generation
Power generation receivables pertain to ACEI Group’s receivable from its various RES customers,
Philippine Electric Market Corporattion (PEMC), Ilocos Norte Electric Cooperative, Inc. (INEC),
Wholesale Electricity Sport Market (WESM) and National Transmission Corporation (TransCo), acting
as administrator of FIT system.
*SGVFS032939*
- 74 -
Advances to other companies also includes receivables from MRT Development Corporation
(MRTDC) shareholders which pertains to interest-bearing advances made by North Triangle Depot
Commercial Corporation (NTDCC) to MRTDC equivalent to the Pre-2006 Development Rights
Payment (DRP) Payables and the Residual Depot DRP which is due more than one year, in relation
to the funding and repayment agreement. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, receivables from
MRTDC shareholders for both years amounted to P = 436.7 million and P
= 445.5 million, respectively.
The Group entered into agreements with BPI Asset Management and Trust Corporation (BPI Trust)
in 2018 and 2017 for the assignment of interest-bearing employee receivables amounting to
P
= 11.3 million and P
= 69.0 million, respectively. The transactions were without recourse and did not
result to any gain or loss.
The assigned receivable will be paid by BWC at an amount equal to 30% of the product consumed by
all of BWC’s customers and the tariff imposed by MWC on its customers falling under the
corresponding classification pursuant to the Concession Agreement, and all amounts received by
BWC as connection fees from customers, and any fee BWC may charge in relation to the
interconnection with the wastewater treatment plant of areas of developments outside the BWC
service area. The assigned receivable from BWC is interest bearing and MWC Group classifies as
current the portion of its gross receivable from BWC that is due within the next twelve (12) months in
accordance with the agreed terms.
Others
Other receivables include accrued interest receivable and other nontrade receivables from non-
related entities which are non-interest bearing and are due and demandable. This also includes
receivable from the DPWH pertaining to the additional costs incurred by the Parent Company in the
construction of the Daang Hari-South Luzon Expressway (SLEX) Link Road arising from the
government directive to revise the interconnection design of the road amounting to P
= 215.9 million
(see Note 13).
As of December 31, 2017, nominal amounts of trade receivables from residential and office
development totaling P
= 99,530.8 million was recorded initially at fair value. The fair values of the
receivables were obtained by discounting future cash flows using the applicable rates of similar types
of instruments.
*SGVFS032939*
- 75 -
Movements in the unamortized discount of ALI Group’s receivables as of December 31, 2017 follows:
2017
(In Thousands)
Balance at beginning of the year P
= 7,448,048
Additions during the year 8,294,042
Accretion for the year (5,409,944)
Balance at end of the year P
= 10,332,146
*SGVFS032939*
- 76 -
Movements in the allowance for expected credit losses follow (amounts in thousands):
2018
Information Parent
Water Technology and Power Company
Real Estate Electronics Infrastructure Automotive BPO Generation and Others Total
At January 1 P
= 725,946 P
= 100,373 P
= 1,064,885 P
= 78,480 P
= 174,758 P
= 352,562 P
= 148,159 P
= 2,645,163
Provisions during the year (Note 23) 236,048 4,640 199,118 16 1,896 14,807 35,991 492,516
Write-offs (652) (3,623) – – – – – (4,275)
Reversals/Adjustments (Note 23) (89,074) – (24,242) (713) (102) – (11,323) (125,454)
Reclassification/Others – 4,518 – – – – 3,770 8,288
At December 31 P
= 872,268 P
= 105,908 P
= 1,239,761 P
= 77,783 P
= 176,552 P
= 367,369 P
= 176,597 P
= 3,016,238
*Disclosure of individually and collectively impaired receivables is not required under PFRS 9.
2017
Information Parent
Water Technology and Power Company
Real Estate Electronics Infrastructure Automotive BPO Generation and Others Total
At January 1 P
= 1,189,847 P
= 86,202 P
= 770,207 P
= 53,427 P
= 176,217 P
= 307,771 P
= 120,683 P
= 2,704,354
Provisions during the year (Note 23) 93,718 11,261 586,226 24,356 1,814 50,121 61,437 828,933
Addition through business combination
Write-offs (47,900) (1,428) – – – – – (49,328)
Reversals/Adjustments (Note 23) (509,861) 3,974 (291,548) 697 (3,273) – (8,674) (808,685)
Reclassification/Others 142 364 – – – (5,330) (25,287) (30,111)
At December 31 P
= 725,946 P
= 100,373 P
= 1,064,885 P
= 78,480 P
= 174,758 P
= 352,562 P
= 148,159 P
= 2,645,163
Individually impaired P
= 550,660 P
= 100,373 P
= 67,074 P
= 29,903 P
= 171,346 P
=– P
=– P
= 919,356
Collectively impaired 175,286 – 997,811 48,577 3,412 352,562 148,159 1,725,807
Total P
= 725,946 P
= 100,373 P
= 1,064,885 P
= 78,480 P
= 174,758 P
= 352,562 P
= 148,159 P
= 2,645,163
Gross amount of loans and receivables individually
determined to be impaired P
= 550,660 P
= 100,373 P
= 67,074 P
= 29,903 P
= 171,346 P
=– P
=– P
= 919,356
*SGVFS032939*
- 77 -
8. Inventories
This account consists of the following:
2017
(As restated -
2018 see Note 3)
(In Thousands)
At cost:
Residential and condominium units and offices P
= 52,254,774 P
= 46,739,183
Residential and commercial lots 51,704,811 43,685,334
Vehicles 4,640,443 3,601,894
Work-in-process 681,059 1,367,598
Finished goods 106,041 1,812,228
Materials, supplies and others 10,833,660 7,441,182
120,220,788 104,647,419
At NRV:
Materials, supplies and others 307,610 −
Parts and accessories 29,207 460,415
Finished goods 2,888 78,869
Residential and commercial lots − 9,065
339,705 548,349
P
= 120,560,493 P
= 105,195,768
2018
Residential and
Residential and Condominium
Commercial Lots units and Offices Total
(In Thousands)
Opening balances at January 1 P
= 43,694,399 P
= 46,739,183 P
= 90,433,582
Land acquired during the year 6,694,113 540,324 7,234,437
Acquisition through business combination – 13,620,873 13,620,873
Construction/Development costs incurred 23,640,668 29,317,230 52,957,898
Borrowing costs capitalized – 167,036 167,036
Disposals (recognized as cost of sales) (29,520,948) (38,263,140) (67,784,088)
Transfers from/to investment properties and
other assets 7,196,579 133,268 7,329,847
P
= 51,704,811 P
= 52,254,774 P
= 103,959,585
*SGVFS032939*
- 78 -
On January 1, 2018, the Group adopted PIC Q&A 2018-11, Classification of Land by Real Estate
Developer. Land and improvements previously presented as non-curret asset includes land which
the BOD of ALI has previously approved to be developed into residential development for sale.
Before the adoption of PIC Q&A 2018-11, the classification was based on the Group’s timing to start
the development of the property. This was reclassified under inventories in the consolidated
statement of financial position (see Note 3).
In 2018 and 2017, ALI reversed nil and P = 1,298.4 million allowance for impairment in residential and
commercial lots, respectively, due to higher fair value than its carrying amount. This is included
under “Other income” (see Note 23).
The Group recognized provision for inventory obsolescence amounting to P = 125.5 million in 2018
and recorded a reversal of provision for inventory obsolescence amounting to P = 13.7 million and
P
= 128.0 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The provision is included under “General and
administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of income (see Note 23).
2017
(As Restated -
2018 see Note 3)
(In Thousands)
Input VAT P
= 15,694,759 P
= 20,403,191
Prepaid expenses 13,546,821 12,480,978
Advances to contractors 11,452,729 16,529,615
Noncurrent assets held for sale (Notes 10 and 24) 10,162,121 1,821,049
Financial assets at FVTPL 9,236,804 6,063,585
Creditable withholding tax 4,771,550 3,671,713
Deposits in escrow 322,666 259,898
Concession financial receivable 193,199 197,044
Derivative assets (Notes 32 and 33) 65,788 85,347
Others 2,443,710 341,891
P
= 67,890,147 P
= 61,854,311
Input VAT
Input VAT is applied against output VAT. The remaining balance is recoverable in future periods.
Prepaid expenses
Prepaid expenses mainly include prepayments for commissions, taxes and licenses, rentals and
insurance and current project costs.
Advances to contractors
Advances to contractors represents prepayments for the construction of inventories.
*SGVFS032939*
- 79 -
In 2018 and 2017, the Group made additional investment in TRG investments amounting to
US$1.4 million and US$8.3 million, respectively, representing capital call for the year.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group’s remaining capital commitment with the TRG
Investments amounted to US$0.3 million and US$1.7 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2017, ALI Group invested in BPI Money Market Fund (MMF) with a fair value of
P
= 82.98 million. The BPI MMF’s Net Asset Value (NAV) was at P
= 5,866.9 million with duration of
142 days.
ARCH Fund
In 2007, the private equity fund, called ARCH Capital Asian Partners, L.P. (ARCH Fund I) was
established. The ARCH Fund I achieved its final closing, resulting in a total investor commitment of
US$330.0 million in 2007. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the BHL
Group’s investment in ARCH Fund I amounted to US$1.1 million (P = 57.8 million) and US$2.2 million
(P
= 109.8 million), respectively.
In 2018 and 2017, the ARCH Fund I returned capital amounting to US$1.2 million (P = 63.1 million) and
US$0.7 million (P
= 34.5 million), respectively. The proceeds from the return of capital of ARCH Fund 1
came from its real estate project called The Concordia. Phase 1 to 3 of The Concordia was fully sold
and hand over of units to buyers have already started.
In 2011, BHL Group committed to invest US$50.0 million in ARCH Capital’s second real estate fund,
ARCH Capital-TRG Asian Partners, L.P. (ARCH Fund II), which had its first closing on
June 30, 2011. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the ARCH Fund II
amounted to US$16.2 million (P
= 851.8 million) and US$26.7 million (P
= 1.3 billion), respectively.
On various dates in 2018 and 2017, ARCH Fund II made capital calls where BHL Group’s share
amounted to US$0.1 million (P = 5.3 million) and US$0.3 million (P
= 14.3 million), respectively. In 2018
and 2017, the ARCH Fund II returned capital amounting to US$13.3 million (P = 699.3 million) and
US$7.2 million (P
= 359.5 million), respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, BHL Group’s remaining capital commitment with the ARCH
Fund II amounted to nil and US$0.1 million (P
= 5.0 million), respectively.
On July 1, 2014, the Group committed to invest 10% of capital raised, capped at US$50.0 million in
ARCH Capital’s third real estate fund, ARCH Capital-TRG Asian Partners III, L.P. (ARCH Fund III).
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the investment in the ARCH Fund III
amounted to US$58.5 million (P = 3,075.9 million) and US$36.6 million (P
= 1,827.4 million), respectively.
On various dates in 2018 and 2017, the ARCH Fund III made capital calls where the Group’s share
amounted to US$11.5 million (P
= 604.7 million) and US$15.6 million (P
= 778.9 million), respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 80 -
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group’s remaining capital commitment with the ARCH Fund
III amounted to US$6.0 million (P
= 315.5 million) and US$18.2 million (P
= 908.7 million), respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ALI Group’s investment in ARCH Fund amounted to
P
= 390.5 million and P= 457.6 million, respectively. Contributions and return of capital in 2018 amounted
to P
= 2.7 million and P
= 69.8 million, respectively. In 2017, contributions and return of capital amounted
to P
= 39.4 million and P
= 17.2 million, respectively.
Alibaba
Alibaba Group's New Retail Strategic Opportunities Fund is a fund which aims to invest in traditional
brick-and-mortar retail companies based in China and integrate them with Alibaba's e-commerce
platform, leveraging on Alibaba's consumer reach, data scale and technology.
On January 12, 2018, AVHC, through Total Jade Group Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of BHL,
invested an additional US$0.8 million to Alibaba’s New Strategic Retail Opportunities Fund.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the investment in the Alibaba amounted
to US$0.8 million (P
= 43.1 million) and US$0.5 million (P
= 24.7 million), respectively.
In 2018 and 2017, Arbor Fund I made capital calls where the Group’s share amounted to
US$0.3 million (P
= 15.8 million) and US$0.5 million (P
= 22.9 million), respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the investment in Arbor Fund I amounted
to US$2.3 million (P = 123.0 million) and US$1.6 million (P
= 77.5 million), respectively. The Group’s
remaining capital commitment amounted to US$0.2 million (P = 10.5 million) and US$0.4 million
(P
= 22.3 million) in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the investment in Arbor Fund II amounted
to US$0.5 million (P
= 24.7 million) and US$0.4 million (P
= 20.0 million), respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 81 -
TRG Global Opportunity Fund (GOF) and TRG Special Opportunity Fund (SOF)
The GOF is a multi-strategy hedge fund which invests primarily in emerging markets securities. The
SOF focuses on less liquid assets in emerging markets (Latin America, Asia, Emerging Europe,
Middle East and Africa) such as distressed debt, NPLs, corporate high yield, mid and small cap
stocks, real estate (debt and equity) and private equity. In 2018, the Group received return of capital
and realized loss amounting to nil. In 2017, the Group received return of capital and realized loss
amounting to US$0.13 million (P = 6.8 million) and US$0.03 million (P
= 1.4 million), respectively
(see Note 23).
The aggregate carrying amount of GOF and SOF amounted to US$1.3 million (P = 68.3 million) and
US$1.6 million (P
= 79.4 million) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
In 2018 and 2017, Sares Regis returned capital amounting to nil and US$1.9 million (P = 94.9 million),
respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the investment in Sares
Regis amounted to US$22.7 million (P = 1,193.6 million) and US$19.0 million (P
= 947.2 million),
respectively. In 2018, this investment was reclassified as FVTPL from AFS financial assets as a result
of the Group’s adoption of PFRS 9 (see Note 3).
Wave Computing
In 2017, the Group invested US$2.2 million (P = 109.8 million) in Wave Computing. As of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of the invested amounted to US$9.6 million
(P
= 504.8 million) and US$2.2 million (P
= 109.8 million), respectively. In 2018, this investment was
reclassified as FVTPL from AFS financial assets as a result of the Group’s adoption of PFRS 9 (see
Note 3).
These investments are accounted for at FVTPL. There is no change in management’s intention to
hold the investments for trading purpose. Net changes in fair value of financial assets at FVTPL
amounting to P= 996.2 million, P
= 779.5 million and P
= 473.8 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively,
is included under “Other income” in the consolidated statements of income (see Note 23).
Deposits in escrow
Deposits in escrow pertain to the proceeds from the sale of ALI Group that have been only granted
with a temporary License To Sell (LTS) by the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB).
For projects with temporary LTS, all payments, inclusive of down payments, reservation, and monthly
amortization, among others, made by the buyer within the selling period shall be deposited in an
escrow account.
In 2016, due to the declaration of the state of calamity arising from the El Niño, CMWDI and MCWD
invoked the force majeure clause in the Bulk Water Supply Contract which effectively lifted the
requirement for MCWD to purchase and for CMWDI to deliver the agreed thirty five (35) million liters
of water starting January 2016 up to September 2016. Due to this change in the timing of the
*SGVFS032939*
- 82 -
implementation of the thirty five (35) million liters of guaranteed volume, CMWDI recognized an
impairment loss amounting to P = 8.60 million on its concession financial receivable. This is recorded
as part of “Provision for probable losses and doubtful accounts” in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income (see Note 23).
In 2018 and 2017, CMWDI also invoked the force majeure clause due to high water turbidity which
resulted to intermittent delivery of the required 35.0 million liters of water to MCWD for a period of four
(4) months. As a result, an additional P = 3.3 million and P
= 2.6 million impairment loss was recognized
for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Current P
= 193,706 P
= 197,044
Noncurrent 853,335 1,187,508
P
= 1,047,041 P= 1,384,552
Others
In 2018, others include accrued liquidated damages (see Notes 12 and 23). In 2017, others include
noncurrent assets held for sale arising from the sale and purchase agreement between Speedy-Tech
Electronics (Singapore) Co., Ltd. (STSN), a subsidiary of IMI, and Jinnuo Century Trading Limited in
connection with the plan to relocate its manufacturing facility in Liantang, Luohu, in line with the urban
redevelopment projects of the Shenzhen City government. On January 5, 2018, the 33% share
transfer related to the sale was approved by the China government (Note 23). The net gain
recognized from sale amounted to US$19.1 million, net of employee relocation incentive
(see Note 23).
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Investment in stocks - cost
Balance at beginning of year P
= 158,766,616 P
= 145,178,507
Additions 38,118,448 14,879,077
Acquisition of control on previously held interest (6,376,975) (1,290,968)
Disposal/ transfer to non-current asset held for sale (6,741,378) −
Balance at end of year 183,766,711 158,766,616
Accumulated equity in net earnings:
Balance at beginning of year 47,771,969 38,001,485
Impact of adoption of PFRS 9 (248,674) −
Balance at the beginning of the year (as restated) 47,523,295 38,001,485
Equity in net earnings during the year 20,459,804 18,494,458
Dividends received during the year (7,553,088) (8,224,602)
Disposal/ transfer to non-current asset held for sale (1,090,466) −
Provision and others (539,025) (499,372)
Acquisition of control on previously held interest (1,094,148) −
Balance at end of year 57,706,372 47,771,969
Other Comprehensive Income:
Balance at beginning of year (3,889,285) (2,866,249)
Impact of adoption of PFRS 9 1,912,454 −
Balance at the beginning of the year (as restated) (1,976,831) (2,866,249)
Share of associates and joint ventures in OCI 644,306 (1,023,036)
Balance at end of year (1,332,525) (3,889,285)
P
= 240,140,558 P
= 202,649,300
*SGVFS032939*
- 83 -
Details of the Group’s investments in associates and joint ventures and the related percentages of
ownership are shown below:
Unless otherwise indicated, the principal place of business and country of incorporation of the
Group’s investments in associates and joint ventures is the Philippines.
Except as discussed in subsequent notes, the voting rights held by the Group in its investments in
associates and joint ventures are in proportion to their ownership interest.
*SGVFS032939*
- 84 -
*SGVFS032939*
- 85 -
*SGVFS032939*
- 86 -
Financial information on significant joint ventures (amounts in millions, except earnings per share
figures) follows:
*SGVFS032939*
- 87 -
*SGVFS032939*
- 88 -
In addition to the interest in associates and joint ventures discussed above, the Group also has
interest in a number of individually immaterial associates and joint ventures. Below is a summary of
certain financial information concerning these immaterial associates and joint ventures:
2018 2017
(In Millions)
Carrying amount P
= 23,977 P
= 17,926
Share in net income 90 188
Share in other comprehensive income (loss) 648 4
Share in total comprehensive income 738 192
The following significant transactions affected the Group’s investments in associates and joint
ventures:
Investment in BPI
On January 17, 2018, the BOD of BPI approved the offering for subscription of up to 567.0 million
shares of BPI by way of a SRO up to P
= 50.0 billion.
On April 25, 2018, BPI completed the SRO, issuing 558,659,210 new common shares at P = 89.50 per
share. The issuance received strong support from domestic and foreign shareholders such that a
total of 683,258,317 shares were subscribed, representing an oversubscription of 22.4%. The Group
subscribed to its proportionate and unsubscribed rights share which was very minimal, raising its
effective ownership in BPI to 48.6%.
Adoption of PFRS 9
The adoption of PFRS 9 resulted in changes in accounting policies and adjustments to the amounts
previously recognized by BPI Group. Resulting adjustments to the carrying amounts of financial
assets and liabilities at the date of transition were recognized in the opening balance of Surplus and
Reserves of BPI Group as of January 1, 2018.
The adoption of PFRS 9 has resulted in changes mainly in BPI Group’s accounting policies for
recognition, classification and measurement and impairment of financial assets using the ECL
method. There were no changes in the classification of financial liabilities.
The changes in BPI Group’s classification and measurement and impairment of financial assets
resulted to an increase in BPI’s surplus by P = 62.0 million and decrease in accumulated other
comprehensive loss by P = 4,111.0 million as of January 1, 2018, of which the Group’s share amounted
to P
= 31.4 million and P
= 1,912.4 respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 89 -
Adoption of PFRS 15
The impact of PFRS 15 adoption did not result to a significant change in the revenue recognition of
BPI Group.
BPI spun-off its BPI Asset Management and Trust Group (BPI AMTG) to a newly-established Stand-
Alone Trust Corporation (SATC) named BPI Asset Management and Trust Corp. (BPI AMTC). BPI
AMTC officially commenced its operations on February 1, 2017.
The fair value of the BPI shares held by the Group amounted to P
= 130.7 billion and P
= 138.5 billion as
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the notional goodwill resulting from the difference between the
share in the net assets in BPI and its carrying value amounted to P
= 19.2 billion.
Investment in LHI
In July 2018, LHI completed its subscription to 112,191,314 proportionate and unsubscribed rights
share in BPI’s SRO by securing from a local bank a P = 10.0 billion loan bearing 5.9134% interest per
annum and maturing on April 20, 2025.
As of December 31, 2017, LHI owns 618,338,612 common shares of BPI representing a direct
ownership interest in BPI of 20.1%. The Parent Company and GIC Special Investments Pte. Ltd.
(GICSI), as joint venture partners, agreed to vote their BPI shares based on the common position
reached jointly by them as shareholders. In January 2017, the SEC approved the reclassification of
48,574,200 of LHI’s Common B shares into redeemable preferred shares (RPS). In March 2017,
Arran Investment Pte Ltd, the holder of these RPS, issued a notice to LHI for a redemption in-kind
involving 10,913,830 RPS shares for 45,627,477 shares of BPI held by LHI. The redemption in-kind
has a total consideration of US$90.9 million (P
= 4.6 billion) worth of BPI shares. The cross at the PSE
was executed on May 5, 2017.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, LHI owns 904.2 million and 792.0 million common shares of BPI
representing a direct ownership interest in BPI of 20.1%. The Parent Company and GIC Special
Investments (GICSI) Pte Ltd., the entity controlling Arran Investments Pte. Ltd., as joint venture
partners, agreed to vote its BPI shares based on the common position reached jointly by them as
shareholders.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the notional goodwill resulting from the difference between the
share in the net assets in LHI and its carrying value amounted to P
= 12.9 billion.
Investment in Globe
In 2018, Globe Group adopted PFRS 9 and 15 and the resulting adjustments were recognized in the
opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2018.
The impact of the adoption of PFRS 15 and 9 on the Globe Group’s retained earnings as of
January 1, 2018 is as follows:
a) PFRS 15 - increase in retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 by P = 4.9 billion, of which the
Group’s share is P= 1.5 billion, brought about by:
∂ Re-allocation of contract consideration between wireless communication services and the
sale of handsets
∂ Capitalization of certain commissions and installation costs as deferred contract costs and
amortized over the period when the performance obligations are satisfied
∂ Deferral of installation fees as contract liabilities and recognized as revenue on a straight-line
basis over the subscription contract
*SGVFS032939*
- 90 -
b) PFRS 9 - decrease in retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 by P = 5.6 billion, of which the
Group’s share is P
= 1.7 billion, brought about by the recognition of additional impairment losses on
subscriber receivables under the ECL method.
On February 28, 2017, Globe and PLDT each subscribed to 2,760,000 new preferred shares to be
issued out of the unissued portion of the existing authorized capital stock of Vega Telecom, Inc. (VTI),
at a subscription price of P
= 4,000 per subscribed shares (inclusive of a premium over par of P = 3,000
per subscribed share) or a total subscription price of P
= 11,040 million (inclusive of a premium over par
of P
= 8,280 million). Globe and PLDT’s assigned advances from San Miguel Corporation (SMC), which
amounted to P = 11,040 million, were treated as deposit for future stock subscription by VTI and applied
subsequently as full payment of the subscription price.
Also, on the same date, Globe and PLDT each subscribed to 800,000 new preferred shares to be
issued out of the unissued portion of the existing authorized capital stock of VTI, at a subscription
price of P
= 4,000 per subscribed share (inclusive of a premium over par of P = 3,000 per subscribed
share), or a total subscription price of P
= 3,200 million (inclusive of a premium over par of P
= 2,400
million). Globe and PLDT each paid P = 148 million in cash for the subscribed shares. The remaining
balance of the subscription price shall be paid by Globe and PLDT upon call of the VTI BOD.
On February 17, 2017, Globe Telecom and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, GFI/Mynt and Globe
Capital Venture Holdings, lnc. (GCVHI) entered into an investment agreement with Alipay and the
Parent Company, for Alipay and the Parent Company to invest in the unissued common shares of
GFI/Mynt.
On September 27, 2017, following the approval from PCC, GFI/Mynt received the capital infusion
from Alipay and the Parent Company through AVHC amounting to P = 2,784.60 million in exchange for
GFI/Mynt’s 513 million common shares. The issuance of shares to Alipay and AVHC diluted GCVHI’s
ownership interest to 45% and resulted in a loss of control over GFI/Mynt. Thereafter, investment in
GFI/Mynt was accounted for as a joint venture under equity method since no single party controls the
arrangement and approvals of all parties are required for business decisions. The transaction
resulted in a gain on fair value of retained interest in Globe’s consolidated financial statements
amounting to P = 1,889.9 million in 2017.
The fair value of Globe shares held by the Parent Company amounted to P
= 78.2 billion as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the notional goodwill resulting from the difference of the share in
the net assets in Globe and its carrying value amounted to P
= 3.9 billion.
The Parent Company also holds 60% ownership interest in Asiacom, which owns 158.5 million Globe
preferred shares and 460.0 million AC preferred shares as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The
Parent Company does not exercise control over Asiacom and Globe since it is a joint venture with
Singapore Telecommunications Limited (SingTel).
Investment in OHI
OHI owns 99.5% interest in Ortigas & Company Limited Partnership (OCLP), an entity engaged in
real estate development and leasing businesses. In 2016, ALI acquired a 21.0% stake in OHI
consistent with its thrust of expanding its operations to other areas within and outside of Metro Manila
through partnerships. The acquisition was made possible via the purchase of shares from existing
OHI shareholders, and this was recorded under “Investments in associates and joint ventures”
account for P= 7,320.7 million. In 2017, the Group finalized the purchase price allocation of its
acquisition of OHI through business combination in March 2016. The final purchase price allocation
resulted in gain from bargain purchase of P = 148.0 million included under “Other income”
(see Note 23).
*SGVFS032939*
- 91 -
On April 17, 2003, the following transactions were consummated pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Assignment Agreement (Agreement), dated February 8, 2003, among ALI,
Evergreen Holdings, Inc. (EHI), Greenfield Development Corporation and Larouge,
B.V. (Larouge), as amended, and the Agreement, dated November 23, 2002, among ALI, EHI
and Neo Oracle Holdings, Inc. ([formerly Metro Pacific Corporation (MPC)] as amended:
(a) The assignment to ALI and EHI of the rights and obligations of Larouge under the loan
agreement between Larouge and MPC, pursuant to which, Larouge extended MPC a loan in the
principal amount of US$90.0 million, together with all the rights, title and interests of Larouge in
the pledge constituted on 50.38% of the outstanding shares in BLC. The consideration paid by
ALI and EHI for such assignment was approximately US$90.0 million, subject in part to foreign
exchange adjustment.
(b) The assignment to ALI and EHI [acting in this instance through the joint venture corporation,
Columbus Holdings, Inc. (Columbus)] of the controlling interests in BLC representing 50.38% of
BLC’s outstanding capital stock. The assignment was effected by MPC under a dacion en pago
arrangement, and included an assignment of payables of BLC in the principal amount of
P
= 655.0 million together with its underlying security in the form of shares in Fort Bonifacio
Development Corporation (FBDC) representing 5.6% of its outstanding capital stock.
The Agreement, as amended, also provides for the constitution of a pledge over 5% of BLC’s
unencumbered shares as security for contingent liabilities and breach of representation and
warranties. The pledge lien over the 5% BLC shares shall continue to subsist until the third
anniversary of the closing date.
ALI and EHI jointly hold the 50.38% equity interest in BLC through ECHI and BHI. ALI and EHI
assigned the notes receivable from MPC to ECHI and BHI, which acquired the shares of stock of
Columbus. Columbus directly owns the 50.38% interest in BLC. BLC owns 55% interest in FBDC,
the primary developer of certain areas in Fort Bonifacio Global City for residential, commercial and
business development.
Columbus accounted for the acquisition of the 50.38% interest in BLC using the purchase method,
resulting in a negative goodwill of P
= 1.4 billion.
Subsequent to this, ALI and EHI acquired additional shares of BLC through a combination of direct
acquisition and through its associates at varying dates as follows:
On July 31, 2008, the Group acquired, through ALI, Regent and Columbus, additional 4,360,178
shares of BLC from FBDC amounting to P = 689.0 million, equivalent to 7.66% ownership in BLC. In
January and October 2009, a total of 2,295,207 BLC shares were acquired from Development Bank
of the Philippines and MPC, pertaining to the pledged shares, through Columbus amounting to
P
= 362.6 million. This resulted in an increase in the Group’s effective interest in BLC to 45.05% as of
December 31, 2009.
In 2011, BLC redeemed its 3,485,050 preferred shares with an aggregate redemption price of
P
= 500.0 million.
*SGVFS032939*
- 92 -
On September 12, 2015, LRMC took over the operations of LRT Line 1. In December 2015, LRMC
started its rehabilitation of certain LRT 1 stations. As of December 31, 2018, the structural restoration
project and the rehabilitation and upgrade of propulsion, train control and management systems of
the LRT 1 generation 2 trains were 89.72% and 53.74% complete, respectively, while the
rehabilitation of eleven (11) rectifier subs-stations and the design, supply and installation of CCTV,
access control, and security network systems were at the design, planning and mobilization phase.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, AC Infra’s remaining equity investment commitment for the
LRT 1 project amounted to P
= 4.1 billion and P
= 5.2 billion, respectively.
Investment in SLTEC
SLTEC is a 50-50 joint venture between ACEI and PHINMA Energy Corporation (PEC) incorporated
for the construction and operation of the 135 MW power plant in Calaca, Batangas. The power plant
employs the environment-friendly Circulating Fluidized Bed boiler technology. SLTEC will operate as
a base load plant to serve the anticipated demand for power in the Luzon grid. On April 24, 2015 and
February 26, 2016, Unit 1 and 2 have achieved Commercial Operations Date (COD), respectively.
Upon COD, PEC entered into a 15-year power purchase agreement to purchase all of the generated
output of SLTEC.
On December 20, 2016, ACEI sold 5,374,537 common shares and 5,374,537 preferred shares in
SLTEC to Axia Power Holdings Philippines Corp. (Axia Power), a subsidiary of Marubeni Corporation,
which resulted in a net gain of P
= 1.2 billion. The transaction resulted in the decrease in ownership
interest of ACEI in SLTEC from 50% to 35%.
Investment in GMCP
In 2014, AMPLC closed the acquisition from AMNHB of 17.02% limited partnership interest and
0.08% general partnership interest in GMCP for a consideration amounting to US$163.9 million
(P
= 7.2 billion) and agreed that until the issuance of Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR) of tax clearance
certificate authorizing the transfer of registration of the ownership interests from the seller to the
buyer, AMNHB remains to be the legal and registered owner of the limited partnership interest.
On August 29, 2017, GMCP signed a Notes Facility Agreement with certain lenders for an aggregate
principal amount of US$800.0 million (the NFA). Financial Closing under the NFA was successfully
achieved on September 29, 2017 with the proceeds of the loan being used to refinance its existing
loan obligations, return of capital to the partners, and for other general corporate purposes.
GMCP recognized loan breakage costs and accounting mark-to-market losses amounting to
US$45.8 million due to refinancing, which in turn reduced the equity earnings of ACEI by
P
= 396.0 million as of December 31, 2017.
Following the return of capital to the project sponsors and owners last October 12, 2017, the sharing
percentage of ACEI (through its limited partnership interest) increased from 17.0246% to
20.3372%, pursuant to the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership
Agreement for GMCP.
Effective January 29, 2018, AMPLC became the legal and registered owner of the limited partnership
interest in GMCP.
On September 20, 2018, AA Thermal, a wholly owned affiliate of ACEI was incorporated.
On September 24, 2018, ACEI transferred 100% of its limited partnership interests in each of AMPLC
and DPHLC to AA Thermal. The transfer is part of ACEI’s restructuring plan for its thermal assets.
The AA Thermal platform will initially consist of ACEI’s limited partnership interests in GMCP, the
owner and operator of an operating 2x316 MW coal plant in Mariveles, Bataan, and in GNPD, the
developer and owner of a 2x668 MW supercritical coal plant project in Dinginin, Bataan, which is
currently under construction.
*SGVFS032939*
- 93 -
On September 25, 2018, ACEI and AMNHB signed a subscription agreement for the purchase of
shares of stock of AA Thermal, Inc.
On September 26, 2018, Aboitiz Power Corp. (Aboitiz Power) entered into a share purchase
agreement with ACEI Group for the acquisition of 12.20% effective interest in GMCP and 30.00%
effective interest in GNPD. The closing of the sale transaction is subject to conditions precedent
(including the approval by the Philippine Competition Commission [PCC]). The transaction was
valued at US$579.2 million. After the sale, the Group’s effective ownership in GMCP and GNPD will
be reduced to 8.13% and 20%, respectively.
Consequently, as a result of the share purchase agreement, the Group’s interest in GMCP and
GNPD, in so far as it relates to the portion to be sold to Aboitiz Power is reclassified to noncurrent
asset held for sale as of December 31, 2018 (see Note 9). ACEI Group also determined that the
asset held for sale shall be carried at reclassification date at the carrying value of the two investments
amounting to P= 5,635.3 million since this is lower than the fair value less cost to sell of US$579.20
million.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the notional goodwill resulting from the difference of the share in
net assets in GMCP and the carrying value amounted to US$128.0 million. A portion of this goodwill
has been reclassified to “Noncurrent asset held-for-sale” as a result of the share purchase agreement
between ACEI Group and Aboitiz Power.
Investment in GNPD
On May 21, 2014, ACEI, through its subsidiary DPHLC, acquired 50.0% interest in GNPD. GNPD
was registered primarily to develop, construct, operate and own an approximately 2x600 MW (net)
supercritical coal-fired power plant located in Mariveles, Bataan.
GNPD achieved financial close for its first 2x600 MW plant and its second unit for 2x668 MW super-
critical coal fired power plant, in Dinginin, Bataan on September 2, 2016 and December 12, 2017,
respectively. The estimated project cost of the GNPD Project is US$1.7 billion with the debt
component to be provided by Philippine banks. The GNPD Project will support the increasing
electricity demand of Luzon and Visayas. Construction of the first unit is well underway, and is
targeted for commercial operations by 2019, with the second unit scheduled for completion by 2020.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ACEI’s remaining total capital commitment on its investment in
GNPD amounted to US$82.2 million and US$122.2 million, respectively.
Investment in AKL
AKL Properties, Inc. is a 50:50 joint venture between Ayala Land, Inc. and Royal Asia Land, Inc., and
is organized primarily for future mixed-use development in South Luzon area.
Investment in PWHC
On July 12, 2013, ACEI, through PWHC, signed an Investment Framework Agreement and
Shareholders’ Agreement with UPC Philippines Wind Holdco I B.V. (UPC), a wholly-owned company
of UPC Renewable Partners and the Philippine Investment Alliance for Infrastructure fund (PINAI),
*SGVFS032939*
- 94 -
comprised of the Government Service Insurance System, Langoer Investments Holding B.V. and
Macquarie Infrastructure Holdings (Philippines) Pte. Limited, to develop wind power projects in Ilocos
Norte through North Luzon Renewable Energy Corp. (NLREC) as their joint venture company. An
initial equity investment has been agreed for the first 81 MW project with an investment value of
approximately US$220.0 million with ACEI funding 64% of equity, PINAI 32% and UPC 4%.
The 81MW wind power project received a declaration of commerciality on June 17, 2013 from the
Department of Energy (DOE).
In 2014, the DOE issued a Certificate of Endorsement for FIT for the wind power project after it was
commissioned and started commercial operations (see Note 38).
On April 13, 2015, the wind power project received their Feed-in-Tariff Certificate of Compliance (FIT
COC) from the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC). This entitled the wind power project to a feed-
in-tariff (FIT) of P
= 8.53 per kilowatt hour for a period of 20 years from November 11, 2014 to
November 10, 2034.
Investment in BF Jade
On February 23, 2017, the Parent Company, ALI , BPI Capital Corporation (BPI Capital), and
Kickstart Ventures Inc. (Kickstart) signed an investment agreement to acquire ownership stakes in BF
Jade, subject to the fulfillment of certain closing conditions, including the approval of the
acquisition by the PCC. BF Jade is the owner and operator of online fashion platform Zalora
Philippines (Zalora). BPI Capital and Kickstart are wholly owned subsidiaries of BPI and Globe,
respectively. The transaction will result in the following ownership interest by new investors over BF
Jade: Parent Company at 43.28%, while the rest at 1.91% each for a total of 49% for the Ayala
Group.
On August 14, 2017, certain conditions precedent to closing the transaction have been complied with,
including the approval (or deemed approval) from the PCC.
On August 31, 2017, the parties completed the closing of the transaction and the new investors
subscribed to shares of BF Jade. The Parent Company and ALI assigned their rights to subscribe to
their wholly owned subsidiaries AVHC and AMSI,Inc., respectively.
As of January 31, 2018, the parties, BF Jade, AVHC, ALI Kickstart and BPI Capital, completed the
post-closing conditions of the acquisition of BF Jade and made their respective capital contributions
to BF Jade. AVHC paid P = 334.7 million while AMSI, Inc., BPI Capital and Kickstart paid P
= 14.8 million.
The valuation of BF Jade was based on enterprise value/sales multiples of similar e-commerce
fashion companies.
In 2018, the PPA for the above acquisition was finalized. AVHC’s total investment amounted to
P
= 1,113.9 million. As of December 31, 2018, the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities
acquired amounted to P = 1,293.4 million and P
= 1,171.3 million, respectively. AVHC’s share in the net
assets of BF Jade is P= 53.0 million and corresponding notional goodwill on this investment amounted
to P
= 1,060.9 million which formed part of the carrying amount of the investment as of December 31,
2018 and 2017. The goodwill recognized on the acquisition can be attributed to Zalora’s brand and
current workforce.
On October 4, 2018, AVHC infused additional capital of P = 151.9 million at the same valuation as the
last infusion. AMSI, Inc. BPI Capital and Kickstart waived their right to infuse additional capital. As a
result, AVHC assumed their portion of the capital infusion, increasing the ownership stake of AVCH to
43.89% from 43.28%. Following AVCH’s infusion, Ayala Group’s combined ownership remained at
49.00%.
*SGVFS032939*
- 95 -
Investment in Rize-Ayalaland
Rize-Ayalaland (Kingsway) GP, Inc. was incorporated on January 25, 2013 under the laws of British
Columbia, Canada. ALI’s effective ownership is 49% through its Vancouver-based subsidiary,
AyalaLand Real Estate Investments Inc.
The PCC approved the transaction on August 23, 2017 paving the way for the deal closing where the
Parent Company (through AVHC) and Ant Financial will subscribe to new shares of Mynt. On
September 27, 2017, parties completed the closing of this transaction.
Standard valuation methodologies such as the use of comparable company multiples and discounted
cash flows were used to determine fair value computations and in preparing the purchase price
allocation.
In 2018, the PPA for the above acquisition was finalized. AVHC’s investment amounted to
P
= 506.3 million. With Mynt’s assets and liabilities valued at P
= 4,975.7 million and P
= 1,805.2 million,
respectively, AVHC’s corresponding notional goodwill on this investment amounted to P = 189.3 million
and is included as part of the carrying amount of the investment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Investment in AFPI
AFPI was incorporated on February 10, 2014 and is engaged in the design, construction, installation
and operation and maintenance of a contactless automated fare collection system for public utility
transport facilities. AC Infra, Globe and BPI owns 10%, 20% and 20%, respectively of the total
shares and voting interest of AFPI.
AFPI has incurred operating losses since the launch of its contactless smartcard for the stored value
ridership and contactless medium technology as replacement of the old-magnetic-based ticketing
system. The target growth turned significantly lower than actual and expectation has also been
tempered by AFPI’s revenue generation forecasts. On this basis and following the key requirements
of PAS 36 wherein assets can be carried at no more than their recoverable amount, management has
recognized impairment provisions of P
= 78.4 million and P= 64.9 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018, the net carrying value of the investment in AFPI amounted to nil.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, AC Infra’s remaining equity investment commitment for the
project amounted to P
= 125.0 million and P
= 155.0 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 96 -
The purchase price allocation for the above acquisition has been prepared on a preliminary basis due
to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation. These include, among others,
information based on discounted future cash flows and information necessary for the valuation of
identifiable intangible assets. Reasonable changes are expected as additional information becomes
available. The provisional purchase price allocation will be finalized within one year from the dates of
closer of the above transactions.
On July 24, 2017, ACEI together with Star Energy Geothermal Holdings, Pte. Ltd. entered into
definitive agreements for the transfer of 99% of their consortium interests in ACEI-Star Holdings, Inc.
(ACEI-Star) to AllFirst Equity Holdings, Inc. ACEI-Star is the special purpose company that signed a
share sale and purchase agreement with Chevron in December 2016 to acquire Chevron’s Philippine
geothermal assets subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, including the approval of
the PCC.
In 2018, the purchase price allocation for the above acquisition was finalized. As of December 31,
2018 and 2017, ACEI’s investment in Salak-Darajat amounted to US$168.5 million. The identifiable
assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising from the transaction follows: Salak-Darajat’s
assets and liabilities amounting to US$2,677.2 million and US$1,826.7 million, respectively. Assets
include developed and undeveloped geothermal intangible assets amounting to US$44.3 million and
US$1,196.2 million, respectively, which will not be amortized but will be subjected to impairment
assessment. ACEI’s corresponding notional goodwill on this investment amounted to US$0.1 million
and is included as part of the carrying value of the investment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
*SGVFS032939*
- 97 -
In 2013, KDW finalized its purchase price allocation which resulted in a notional goodwill amounting
to P
= 1.4 billion.
The purchase price allocation for the above acquisition has been prepared on a preliminary basis due
to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation. These include, among others,
information based on discounted future cash flows and information necessary for the valuation of
identifiable intangible assets. Reasonable changes are expected as additional information becomes
available. The provisional purchase price allocation will be finalized within one year from the dates of
closer of the above transactions.
UPC Renewables Australia is developing the 1,000 MW Robbins Island and Jims Plain projects in
North West Tasmania and the 600 MW New England Solar Farm located near Uralla in New South
Wales. UPC Renewables Australia also has a further development portfolio of another 3,000 MW’s
located in NSW, Tasmania and Victoria.
The purchase price allocation for the above acquisition has been prepared on a preliminary basis due
to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation. These include, among others,
information based on discounted future cash flows and information necessary for the valuation of
identifiable intangible assets. Reasonable changes are expected as additional information becomes
available. The provisional purchase price allocation will be finalized within one year from the dates of
closer of the above transactions.
*SGVFS032939*
- 98 -
In 2014, MWSAH finalized the notional goodwill amounting to P = 288.8 million arising from the
acquisition of shares of stock in SWI by MWC Group as of December 31, 2013. There were no
adjustments made to the fair values of the net assets as of acquisition date.
On June 21, 2017, MWSAH subscribed to an additional 6.15 million primary shares of SWI for
P
= 229.16 million (VND103.87 billion) which increased MWSAH’s holding in SWI to 37.99% from
31.47%. The notional goodwill arising from the additional subscription amounted to P
= 39.4 million.
In 2018, MSWAH recognized impairment loss on its investment in SWI amounting to P = 65.4 million
arising from the decline in the market capitalization and distributed profit of SWI shares. This is
presented as part of “Other income” (see Note 23).
The purchase price allocation for acquisitions made in 2018 have been prepared on a preliminary
basis due to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation. These include, among
others, information based on discounted future cash flows and information necessary for the valuation
of identifiable intangible assets. Reasonable changes are expected as additional information
becomes available. The provisional purchase price allocation will be finalized within one year from
the dates of closer of the above transactions.
Investments in UPC Sidrap HK Ltd. and UPC Renewables Asia III Ltd. (UPC III)
On January 21, 2017, ACEI signed investment agreements with UPC Renewables Indonesia Ltd. for
the development, construction, and operation of a wind farm project in Sidrap, South Sulawesi,
Indonesia (the Sidrap Project). The project will be developed through PT UPC Sidrap Bayu Energi
(UPC Sidrap), a special purpose company based in Indonesia and 72%-owned by UPC Renewables
Asia III Ltd. The Sidrap Project, with generating capacity of 75 MW, started commercial operations in
April 2018 and is the first utility-scale wind farm project in Indonesia once completed. The investment
in UPC Sidrap HK Ltd. is comprised of 1,130 Redeemable Class B shares amounting to US$6.4
million (P
= 334.0 million). In 2017, ACEI SG infused a total of US$23.7 million to UPC Renewables
Asia III Ltd. representing 51% ownership interest.
In 2018, the purchase price allocation for the above acquisition was finalized. The fair values of the
identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising from the transaction follows: net assets
and liabilities amounting US$0.2 million. Assets include certain project development assets. ACEI’s
corresponding notional goodwill on this investment amounted to US$23.5 million is included as part of
the carrying amount of the investment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Investment in MCT
In 2015, ALI acquired 9.16% shares of MCT, a property development company specializing in mixed-
use projects which include retail, offices, hotels, and mid-to-affordable residences, through its wholly-
owned subsidiary, Regent Wise Investments Limited (RWIL) who entered into call option agreements
with the founders and majority shareholders of MCT which were exercised by RWIL for a total
consideration of US$92.0 million, increasing the ownership interest in to 32.95% and providing ALI
with the opportunity to establish a stronger foothold in the Real Estate sector in Malaysia.
*SGVFS032939*
- 99 -
On January 2, 2018, ALI Group through RWIL acquired an additional 17.24% share in MCT Bhd for a
total cost of RM202.5 million (P
= 2.6 billion) which brought ALI’s shareholding in MCT to 50.19% from
32.95%. On February 19, 2018, as a result of the mandatory take-over offer, ALI Group’s
shareholdings in MCT increased from 50.19% to 72.31% (see Note 24).
Others
Investment in PT STU
PT STU is incorporated in Indonesia with principal place of business in Semarang, Indonesia.
On March 6, 2018, MWC through its wholly-owned subsidiary PT Manila Water Indonesia (PTMWI),
acquired 4,478 ordinary shares in PT STU to own twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding capital
stock. The acquisition cost of the investment amounted to P = 37.0 million (IDR10.00 billion). The
investment in associate account includes a notional goodwill amounting to P = 1.1 million arising from
the acquisition of shares of stock in PT STU. Share in net identifiable assets on date of acquisition
amounted to P = 35.9 million.
Investment in TBC
On April 26, 2018, AC Energy International Pte Ltd. (ACEI SG), a wholly owned subsidiary of ACEI,
and Jetfly Asia Pte. Ltd. executed a Share Sale Purchase Agreement for the acquisition of 25%
interest in The Blue Circle Pte. Ltd. (TBC). ACEI’s investment in TBC is US$1.9 million representing
ownership of 489,227 ordinary shares (SGD1.00 par value per share). TBC has a platform of wind
projects in the Southeast Asia.
The purchase price allocation for the above acquisition has been prepared on a preliminary basis due
to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation. These include, among others,
information based on discounted future cash flows and information necessary for the valuation of
identifiable intangible assets. Reasonable changes are expected as additional information becomes
available. The provisional purchase price allocation will be finalized within one year from the dates of
closer of the above transactions.
PFM is the official Area Franchisee of the Family Mart brand of convenience stores in the Philippines
with a current network of 67 company-owned and franchised stores all over the country. Prior to this
transaction, SIAL CVS Retailers, Inc., a 50-50 joint venture company between ALI Capital Corp. (a
100% subsidiary of ALI) and SSI Group, Inc. (SSI), owned 60% of PFM, while Japanese companies,
FamilyMart Co., Ltd. and ITOCHU Corporation, owned 37.6% and 2.4% respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group has no contingent liabilities in relation to its
investments in associates and joint ventures.
On certain investments in associates and joint ventures, the Group entered into shareholders’
agreements with fellow shareholders.
*SGVFS032939*
- 100 -
2018
Construction-
Land Building in-Progress Total
(In Thousands)
Cost
Balance at beginning of the year P
= 85,924,880 P
= 95,058,339 P
= 49,660,703 P
= 230,643,922
Additions 6,346,917 16,744,741 13,781,075 36,872,733
Acquisition through business
combination (Note 24) 1,223,498 4,489,137 − 5,712,635
Exchange differences 209,538 107,665 − 317,203
Disposals (1,642,908) (115,958) − (1,758,866)
Transfers (7,493,526) 3,233,277 (8,026,620) (12,286,869)
Balance at end of the year 84,568,399 119,517,201 55,415,158 259,500,758
Accumulated depreciation and
amortization
Balance at beginning of the year – 27,641,070 – 27,641,070
Depreciation and amortization (Note 23) – 4,068,284 – 4,068,284
Disposals – (3,892) – (3,892)
Exchange differences – 20,307 – 20,307
Balance at end of the year 31,725,769 − 31,725,769
Accumulated impairment losses
Balance at beginning and end of the year 129,441 − − 129,441
Net book value P
= 84,438,958 P
= 87,791,432 P
= 55,415,158 P
= 227,645,548
On January 1, 2018, the Group adopted PIC Q&A No. 2018-11, Classification of Land by Real Estate
Developer. Land and improvements previously presented as noncurrent asset includes land which
the BOD of ALI has previously approved to be developed into residential development sale. Before
the adoption of PIC Q&A No. 2018-11, the classification was based on the Group’s timing to start the
development of the property. Land with undetermined future use was reclassified to Investment
Properties (see Note 3).
Certain parcels of land are leased to several individuals and corporations. Some of the lease
contracts provide, among others, that within a certain period from the expiration of the contracts, the
lessee will have to demolish and remove all improvements (such as buildings) introduced or built
within the leased properties. Otherwise, the lessor will cause the demolition and removal thereof and
*SGVFS032939*
- 101 -
charge the cost to the lessee unless the lessor occupies and appropriates the same for its own use
and benefit.
Construction in progress pertain to buildings under construction to be leased as retail and office
spaces upon completion.
The aggregate fair value of the Group’s investment properties amounted to P = 338.3 billion in 2018 and
P
= 334.4 billion in 2017. The fair values of the investment properties were arrived at using the Market
Data Approach and Cost Approach for land and building, respectively, and were determined by
independent professionally qualified appraisers.
The values of the land and buildings were arrived at using the Market Data Approach. Market Data
Approach provides an indication of value by comparing the subject asset with identical or similar
assets for which price information is available. This approach was used for the land and
condominium unit as it is commonly used in the property market since inputs and data for this
approach are available. For Market Data Approach, the higher the price per sqm., the higher the fair
value.
Consolidated rental income from investment properties amounted to P = 33.6 billion in 2018,
P
= 28.6 billion in 2017 and P
= 23.2 billion in 2016. Consolidated direct operating expenses arising from
the investment properties amounted to P = 7.5 billion in 2018, P
= 5.0 billion in 2017 and P = 4.4 billion in
2016, respectively.
2018
Land, Hotel
Buildings and Machinery Property and Furniture,
Improvements and Equipment Fixtures and Transportation Construction-
(Note 19) Equipment (Note 19) Equipment Equipment in-Progress Total
(In Thousands)
Cost
At January 1 P
= 17,578,981 P
= 27,105,172 P
= 14,093,725 P
= 11,406,113 P
= 6,062,370 P
= 36,707,006 P
= 112,953,367
Additions 3,723,434 2,670,054 287,562 2,080,723 384,562 4,765,699 13,912,034
Additions through business
combination (Note 24) 3,943,696 1,609,365 – 129,198 35,883 – 5,718,142
Disposals (2,414,111) (2,326,724) (361,871) (914,843) (382,406) (219) (6,400,174)
Transfers 3,652,638 326,394 421,846 16,247 (10,324) – 4,406,801
Exchange differences 731,626 (207,812) – 206,034 34,201 3,443,039 4,207,088
Others (3,653) 227 – (3,348) (119,071) (975) (126,820)
At December 31 27,212,611 29,176,676 14,441,262 12,920,124 6,005,215 44,914,550 134,670,438
Accumulated depreciation
and amortization and
impairment loss
At January 1 5,954,838 10,053,614 2,487,261 7,022,646 1,915,624 88,753 27,522,736
Depreciation and amortization
for the year (Note 23) 1,932,429 1,599,308 466,319 287,926 974,078 – 5,260,060
Impairment loss 25,159 46,271 – – – (88,753) (17,323)
Disposals (426,976) (1,209,941) (343,028) (533,470) (304,911) – (2,818,326)
Exchange differences 172,102 164,837 – 137,667 63,520 – 538,126
Others (840) (425,797) – 126,709 (7,264) – (307,192)
At December 31 7,656,712 10,228,292 2,610,552 7,041,478 2,641,047 – 30,178,081
Net book value P
= 19,555,899 P
= 18,948,384 P
= 11,830,710 P
= 5,878,646 P
= 3,364,168 P
= 44,914,550 P
= 104,492,357
*SGVFS032939*
- 102 -
2017
Land, Hotel
Buildings and Machinery Property and Furniture,
Improvements and Equipment Fixtures and Transportation Construction-
(Note 19) Equipment (Note 19) Equipment Equipment in-Progress Total
(In Thousands)
Cost
At January 1 P
= 16,409,853 P
= 24,282,520 P
= 12,017,829 P
= 10,700,460 P
= 4,191,564 P
= 21,924,238 P
= 89,526,464
Additions 1,341,422 4,378,438 526,608 797,019 2,512,536 15,633,957 25,189,980
Additions through business
combination (Note 24 954,697 667,618 – 16,774 11,703 22,766 1,673,558
Disposals (759,108) (2,794,885) – (153,161) (635,862) (73,009) (4,416,025)
Transfers (386,665) 160,842 1,549,288 68,727 765 (816,588) 576,369
Exchange differences 18,782 410,639 – (23,706) (18,336) 15,642 403,021
At December 31 17,578,981 27,105,172 14,093,725 11,406,113 6,062,370 36,707,006 112,953,367
Accumulated depreciation
and amortization and
impairment loss
At January 1 5,692,258 9,369,138 2,063,261 6,566,459 1,672,124 88,753 25,451,993
Depreciation and amortization
for the year (Note 23) 706,221 3,075,447 424,000 589,598 561,469 – 5,356,735
Impairment loss (40,538) (5,657) – 3 – – (46,192)
Disposals (418,528) (2,532,616) – (133,543) (314,790) – (3,399,477)
Exchange differences 18,349 146,653 – 977 (3,429) – 162,550
Transfers (2,924) 649 – (848) 250 – (2,873)
At December 31 5,954,838 10,053,614 2,487,261 7,022,646 1,915,624 88,753 27,522,736
Net book value P
= 11,624,143 P
= 17,051,558 P
= 11,606,464 P
= 4,383,467 P
= 4,146,746 P
= 36,618,253 P
= 85,430,631
Construction in progress of ACEI Group pertains to the construction and development of GNPower
Kauswagan (GNPK), a 4x135 MW (net) coal-fired power generating facility and private port facility
located in the Barangays of Tacub and Libertad in the Municipality of Kauswagan, Province of Lanao
del Norte.
GNPK has the right to claim compensation due to the adjustment in construction schedule using the
rate of US$20,550 per day on the Onshore Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) and
US$42,710 per day on the Offshore EPC or a total of US$63,260 per day rate. Unit 1’s completion
date was expected and contracted to be on December 1, 2017 which resulted in thirty (30) days of
adjustment. Total compensation in 2018 and 2017 amounted to US$36.5 million (P = 1,788.5 million)
and nil, respectively (see Note 23). As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ACEI Group has cost
recoveries from liquidated damages amounting to US$31.3 million (P= 1.6 billion) and US$2.0 million
(P
= 100.0 million), respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying value of IMI Group’s pledged equipment with BNP
Paribas amounted to US$1.4 million (P
= 71.0 million) and US$1.4 million (P
= 67.4 million), respectively.
Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant and equipment amounted to
P
= 5.3 billion in 2018, P
= 5.4 billion in 2017 and P
= 5.4 billion in 2016 (see Note 24).
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Cost
At January 1 P
= 122,151,008 P
= 110,490,224
Additions during the year
Construction and rehabilitation works 9,478,084 11,560,964
Transfers 16,649 3,952
Concession fees 948,016 91,419
Local component cost 13,095 4,449
Retirements/Disposals (179) −
At December 31 132,606,673 122,151,008
(Forward)
*SGVFS032939*
- 103 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Accumulated amortization
At January 1 P
= 31,101,438 P
= 28,067,975
Amortization (Note 23) 3,100,805 3,033,043
Transfers − 420
Retirements/Disposals (56) −
At December 31 34,202,187 31,101,438
Net book value P
= 98,404,486 P
= 91,049,570
SCA consists of the present value of total estimated concession fee payments, including regulatory
costs and local component costs, pursuant to the Group’s concession agreements and the revenue
from rehabilitation works which is equivalent to the related cost for the rehabilitation works covered by
the service concession arrangements.
The Parent Company has a concession agreement with the DPWH while the MWC Group has
concession agreements with MWSS, PGL, TIEZA, CDC, OWD, and CWD. These concession
agreements set forth the rights and obligations of the Parent Company and MWC Group throughout
the concession period (see Note 37).
Total interest and other borrowing costs capitalized as part of SCA amounted to P
= 1,018.3 million,
P
= 713.3 million and P
= 654.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The capitalization rates used
range from 0.64% to 7.57% in 2018, 5.12% to 9.15% in 2017, and 2.62% to 9.15% in 2016.
Variation Order
On February 25, 2013, the DPWH sent a Variation Notice to Perconsult International, the Project’s
Independent Consultant (IC), instructing the IC to advise the Parent Company to submit a request for
Prior Clearance and Variation Proposal in connection with TRB’s directive to include in the Project’s
design a provision for future expansion of SLEX to accommodate possible fifth lane for both
directions at the Filinvest to Susana Heights Section. IC, in its letter to the Project’s Management
Consultant dated March 4, 2013, effectively directed the Parent Company to comply with the DPWH
letter dated February 25, 2013.
Such proposal was made in accordance with the Concession Agreement which provides that in the
event the DPWH initiates a variation, the Parent Company as concessionaire shall prepare a
proposal setting out the necessary details and additional cost estimates.
On April 10, 2014, the Parent Company submitted a variation proposal to the DPWH and sought for
approval of (1) Direct payment of the construction cost for the works related to the provisioning of the
SLEX future expansion amounting to P = 251.2 million inclusive of VAT and (2) Extension of the
concession period by 3 ½ years due to the delays encountered as a result of the variation order.
DPWH, in its letter to IC dated February 6, 2015, advised the same that it has issued the approved
Prior Clearance/Authority to Issue Variation Order No. 1 with a cap of P
= 223.0 million.
On May 27, 2015, the DPWH approved the adjusted cost of the variation order in the amount of
P
= 223.0 million (which was rectified by the Bureau of Construction) variation proposal and endorsed it
to the National Economic and Development Authority (NEDA) for information and appropriate action.
Accordingly, the Parent Company reclassified the amount of P = 223.0 million from service concession
account to receivables from the Government upon DPWH’s approval of the variation order.
NEDA in its meeting held on July 15, 2015 confirmed the recommendation of the variation order.
*SGVFS032939*
- 104 -
On May 31, 2016, variation order for the project amounting to P = 16.6 million was reclassified to service
concession assets under investment in toll road. Also, various reimbursement for expenses incurred
during the acquisition of the right of way amounting to P
= 1.1 million was received from the DPWH
under the Reimbursement Agreement.
On November 21, 2016, the IC recommended to the DPWH that a Certificate of Final Completion be
issued for the project. Subsequently, DPWH, on its letter dated December 21, 2016, issued the
certificate of completion. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, total outstanding receivable balance
from DPWH is P = 215.9 million (see Notes 9 and 15).
Under the Minimum Performance Standards and Specifications (MPSS), the Parent Company has
the obligation to perform routine and periodic maintenance. Routine maintenance pertains to day-to-
day activities to maintain the road infrastructures while periodic maintenance comprises of preventive
activities against major defects and reconstruction. Moreover, the Parent Company is required to
perform maintenance and repair work in a manner that complies with the MPSS once it hands the
asset back to the DPWH. The provision is a product of the best estimate of the expenditure required
to settle the obligation based on the usage of the road during the operating phase. The amount is
reduced by the actual obligations paid for heavy maintenance of the service concession asset.
a. 10% of the aggregate peso equivalent due under any MWSS loan which has been disbursed
prior to the Commencement Date, including MWSS loans for existing projects and the Umiray
Angat Transbasin Project (UATP), on the prescribed payment date;
b. 10% of the aggregate peso equivalent due under any MWSS loan designated for the UATP which
has not been disbursed prior to the Commencement Date, on the prescribed payment date;
c. 10% of the local component costs and cost overruns related to the UATP;
d. 100% of the aggregate peso equivalent due under MWSS loans designated for existing projects,
which have not been disbursed prior to the Commencement Date and have been either awarded
to third party bidders or elected by MWC for continuation; and
e. 100% of the local component costs and cost overruns related to existing projects;
f. MWC’s share in the repayment of MWSS loan for the financing of new projects; and
g. One-half of MWSS annual corporate budget.
In March 2010, MWSS entered into a loan agreement with The Export-Import Bank of China to
finance the Angat Water Utilization and Aqueduct Improvement Project Phase II (the Angat Project).
Total loan facility amounted to US$116.6 million with maturity of twenty (20) years including a 5-year
grace period. Interest rate is 3% per annum.
MWSS subsequently entered into a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) with MWC and Maynilad to
equally shoulder the repayment of the loan with such repayment to be part of the concession fees.
In 2016, MWC paid MWSS P = 500.0 million as compensation for additional water allocation in the
Angat reservoir. The payment made shall be part of the MWC’s business plan and shall be
considered in the next rate rebasing exercise.
*SGVFS032939*
- 105 -
Foreign Currency-
Denominated Peso Loans/
Loans Project Local Total Peso
Year (Translated to US$) Support Equivalent*
2019 $9,750,894 P
= 395,714,907 P
= 908,416,913
2020 9,348,648 395,714,907 887,266,819
2021 6,711,761 395,714,907 748,619,300
2022 6,419,168 395,714,907 733,234,760
2023 6,567,631 395,714,907 741,040,945
2024 onwards 51,115,013 5,540,008,695 8,227,636,079
$89,913,115 P
= 7,518,583,230 P
= 12,246,214,816
*Peso equivalent is translated using the PDEx closing rate as of December 31, 2018 amounting to P
= 52.58 to US$1.
Percentage of
Operational Period Water Sales
Years 1 to 5 4%
Years 6 to 10 3%
Years 11 to 25 2%
Seventy percent (70%) of the concession fees shall be applied against any advances made by LAWC
to PGL. The remaining thirty percent (30%) of the concession fees shall be payable annually thirty
(30) days after the submission of the audited financial statements by LAWC, starting on the first
operational period, which begins upon the expiration of the transition period. Advances as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 84.4 million (see Notes 9 and 15).
a. Servicing the aggregate peso equivalent of all liabilities of BWSS as of commencement date;
b. 5% of the monthly gross revenue of BIWC, inclusive of all applicable taxes which are for the
account of BIWC; and
c. Payment of annual operating budget of the TIEZA Regulatory Office starting 2010. For 2010 and
2011, the amount shall not exceed P = 15.0 million. For the year 2012 and beyond, BIWC shall pay
not more than P= 20.0 million, subject to annual CPI adjustments.
As a result of the extension of the Concession Agreement of CWC, payment of rental fees on the
CDC existing facilities was extended by an additional 15 years from October 1, 2025 to
October 1, 2040.
*SGVFS032939*
- 106 -
i. base concession fee which shall be used for operations of the OWD; and
ii. additional concession fee composed of amounts representing amortization payments for the
outstanding obligations of OWD and 2% of the gross annual receipts of Obando Water,
representing franchise tax to be paid by the OWD.
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, concession fees recognized as part of SCA and
SCO arising form the concession agreement with OWD amounted to P= 470.9 million and nil,
respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, concession fees recognized as part of SCA and
SCO arising from the concession agreement with CWD amounted to nil and P
= 80.1 million,
respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 107 -
2018
Project Leasehold
Customer Unpatented Developed Development and Other
Goodwill Relationships Technology Software Licenses Trademarks Cost Rights Others Total
(In Thousands)
Cost
At January 1 P
= 12,677,470 P
= 1,886,728 P
= 447,941 P
= 440,741 P
= 605,032 P
= 57,811 P
= 834,436 P
= 4,822,296 P
= 84,733 P
= 21,857,188
Additions during the year − − − 8,125 − − 270,823 5,728 − 284,676
Additions through business combination (Note 24) 326,686 38,802 894,083 − 482,091 121,237 − − − 1,862,899
Exchange differences (649,812) 396,404 (19,125) − 56,863 1,117 30,424 − − (184,129)
Reclassification/Others (1,224,690) (1,282,067) 212,969 470,430 (386,748) (57,811) 51,263 470,727 46,585 (1,699,342)
At December 31 11,129,654 1,039,867 1,535,868 919,296 757,238 122,354 1,186,946 5,298,751 131,318 22,121,292
Accumulated amortization and impairment loss
At January 1 1,981,708 1,830,072 113,920 373,054 372,648 46,166 51,520 298,367 84,733 5,152,188
Amortization (Note 23) − 355,789 151,345 635 95,789 7,283 100,826 409,451 11,326 1,132,444
Impairment Loss (Note 23) 361,170 − − − − − − − 361,170
Exchange differences (239,462) (305,194) 9,545 − 28,145 − 23,259 − − (483,707)
Reclassification/Others − (844,384) − 421,899 (42,805) (46,165) − − (82,717) (594,172)
At December 31 2,103,416 1,036,283 274,810 795,588 453,777 7,284 175,605 707,818 13,342 5,567,923
Net book value P
= 9,026,238 P
= 3,584 P
= 1,261,058 P
= 123,708 P
= 303,461 P
= 115,070 P
= 1,011,341 P
= 4,590,933 P
= 117,976 P
= 16,553,369
2017
Project Leasehold and
Customer Unpatented Developed Development Other
Goodwill Relationships Technology Software Licenses Trademarks Cost Rights Other Total
Cost
At January 1 P
= 7,320,980 P
= 1,882,598 P
= 32,159 P
= 439,320 P
= 421,782 P
= 57,811 P
= 1,266,098 P
= 3,611,808 P
= 88,861 P
= 15,121,417
Additions during the year – – 6,169 – 164,428 – 306,393 15,067 – 492,057
Additions through business combination (Note 24) 5,565,680 – 18,332 – – – 243 – – 5,584,255
Exchange differences 8,321 4,130 18,698 1,421 21,181 – 1,068 – – 54,819
Reclassification/Others (217,511) – 372,583 – (2,359) – (739,366) 1,195,421 (4,128) 604,640
At December 31 12,677,470 1,886,728 447,941 440,741 605,032 57,811 834,436 4,822,296 84,733 21,857,188
Accumulated amortization and impairment loss
At January 1 1,981,708 1,824,690 12,305 371,633 279,380 46,166 721,753 78,518 88,861 5,405,014
Amortization (Note 23) – 1,252 105,508 – 79,805 – 41,480 179,235 – 407,280
Retirement/Disposals – – – – – – 26,112 – – 26,112
Exchange differences – 4,130 229 1,421 15,410 – 1,541 – – 22,731
Reclassification/Others – – (4,122) – (1,947) – (739,366) 40,614 (4,128) (708,949)
At December 31 1,981,708 1,830,072 113,920 373,054 372,648 46,166 51,520 298,367 84,733 5,152,188
Net book value P
= 10,695,762 P
= 56,656 P
= 334,021 P
= 67,687 P
= 232,384 P
= 11,645 P
= 782,916 P
= 4,523,929 P
=− P
= 16,705,000
*SGVFS032939*
- 108 -
Goodwill pertains to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the identifiable assets and
liabilities of companies acquired by the Group.
IMI Group
Goodwill acquired through business combinations have been allocated to the particular CGUs of IMI
for impairment testing as follows (amounts in thousands):
2018 2017
In US$ In Php* In US$ In Php*
STI (Notes 2 and 25) US$54,965 P
= 2,890,060 US$55,955 P
= 2,793,833
VIA 45,643 2,399,909 44,540 2,223,882
Speedy Tech Electronics, Ltd. (STEL) 38,225 2,009,870 45,128 2,253,241
IMI 1,098 57,733 1,098 54,823
IMI CZ 520 27,342 650 32,455
US$140,451 P
= 7,384,914 US$147,371 P
= 7,358,234
*Translated using the PDEx closing exchange rate at the consolidated statement of financial position date (US$1:P
= 52.58 in
2018 and US$1:P = 49.93 in 2017).
2018 2017
STEL 14.25% 14.21%
STI 11.83% 8.70%
VIA 11.76% 13.40%
IMI CZ 10.15% 8.30%
Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a steady growth rate of 1%, which
does not exceed the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the global electronic manufacturing
services (EMS) industry.
∂ Revenue - Revenue forecasts are management’s best estimates considering factors such as
industry CAGR, customer projections and other economic factors.
∂ Forecasted gross margins - Gross margins are based on the mix of business model
arrangements with the customers.
∂ Pre-tax discount rates - Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks
specific to each CGU, taking into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the
underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. This is also the
benchmark used by management to assess operating performance. The discount rate
calculation is based on the specific circumstances of IMI Group and its operating segments and is
derived from its weighted average cost of capital.
In 2018, an impairment loss amounting to US$6.90 million was recognized for STEL (see Note 23)
and nil for the other CGUs. No impairment loss was assessed for STI, VIA, STEL and IMI CZ in 2017
and 2016.
*SGVFS032939*
- 109 -
IMI
The goodwill of IMI pertains to its acquisition of M. Hansson Consulting, Inc. (MHCI) in 2006 and IMI
USA in 2005. MHCI was subsequently merged to IMI as testing and development department. IMI
USA acts as direct support to IMI Group’s customers by providing program management, customer
service, engineering development and prototyping manufacturing services. IMI USA’s expertise in
product design and development particularly on the flip chip technology is being used across IMI
Group in providing competitive solutions to customers. The recoverable amount was based on the
market price of IMI’s shares at valuation date less estimated costs to sell. The fair value of the IMI’s
shares represents the value of IMI Group.
The comparison of the recoverable amounts and the carrying amounts resulted to no impairment loss
in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
CWC
Goodwill from the acquisition of CWC amounted to P = 130.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and
2017. MWC’s impairment tests for goodwill from the acquisition of CWC is based on value in use
calculations using a discounted cash flow model. The 2018 cash flows for the next twenty-two (22)
years assume a steady growth rate and is are derived from CWC’s latest business plan. The MWC
Group used the remaining concession life of CWC when testing for impairment. The recoverable
amount is most sensitive to discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model. The post-tax
discount rate applied to cash flows projections is 12.48% and 8.97% in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
ACEI Group
Goodwill acquired through business combinations pertaining to the AC Energy DevCo. Inc. Group
and Wind Power CGU of ACEI for impairment testing aggregated to P = 786.2 million and P
= 33.5 million
in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The recoverable amount is based on value in use calculations using cash flow projections from
financial budgets approved by ACEI management covering the period the CGU is expected to be
operational. The post-tax discount rates applied to cash flow projections is 10% which is based on
weighted average cost of capital of comparable entities. The value in use computation is most
sensitive to the discount rate and growth rate applied to the cash flow projections.
ACEI management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions would
cause the carrying value of the CGUs to exceed its recoverable amount.
Customer relationships
Customer relationships pertain to STEL Group’s and IMI BG’s contractual agreements with certain
customers which lay out the principal terms upon which the parties agree to undertake business.
Customer relationships of STEL and IMI BG aggregating $19.7 million (P = 1,035.8 million) were fully
amortized as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
*SGVFS032939*
- 110 -
Unpatented Technology
Unpatented technology of STEL Group pertains to products which are technologically feasible.
These technologies are also unique, difficult to design around, and meet the separability criteria.
Licenses
This includes acquisitions of computer software, applications and modules.
Developed Software
Developed Software includes the system application acquired by the Ayala Healthcare Holdings, Inc.
(AHHI) to compile its electronic medical records, as well as to facilitate online pharmacy and
consultation. It also includes developed software pertaining to HCXI.
Trademarks
Trademarks pertain to the trademark recognized by AITHI upon its acquisition of Merlin Solar
Technologies, Inc.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, project development cost pertaining to easement ROW
amounted to P
= 311.1 million and P
= 296.5 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 111 -
This account also includes MWC Group’s water banking rights pertaining to the rights to draw water
from the Luyang River, Pampanga River, Abacan River, Pasig-Potrero River and Agno River. On
August 22, 2012, the National Water Resources Board (NWRB) approved the assignment of Water
Permit No. 16241 from Central Equity Ventures Inc. (now Stateland Inc.) to MW Consortium which
MW Consortium allows CMWDI to use for its project. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, CMWDI’s
water banking right amounted to P
= 45.0 million.
In 2018 and 2017, MWPVI incurred costs to aquire conditional water permits form the NWRB
amounting to P = 5.7 million and P
= 15.1 million, respectively. A conditional water permit is necessary
prior to the issuance of the water permit by NWRB subject to submission of certain requirements,
including plans and specifications for the diversion works, pump structure, water measuring deivce
and water distribution system, and environmental compliance certification by the Department of
Environmental and Natural Resources, among others. In 2018, the NWRB granted MWPVI the
permits to use the water from the Pampanga River, Abacan River, and Pasig-Potrero River. These
permits supersede the conditional water permits granted to MWPVI in 2017. As of December 31,
2018, MWC Group believes that the remaining requirements for the Agno River are ministerial and is
certain that it will be able to comply with the conditions required.
2017
(As restated -
2018 see Note 3)
(In Thousands)
Advances to contractors P
= 10,272,615 P
= 7,336,662
Deferred charges 9,650,001 5,354,019
Deferred input VAT 6,907,123 2,403,553
Investment in bonds and other securities 3,034,245 4,466,367
Deferred FCDA 2,620,320 1,329,351
Deposits - others 2,478,582 4,239,797
Concession financial receivable (Note 9) 853,335 1,187,508
Creditable withholding taxes 500,700 515,133
Pension assets (Note 27) 82,005 97,952
Leasehold rights - net – 168,120
Others 3,688,673 291,968
P
= 40,087,599 P
= 27,390,430
Advances to contractors
Advances to contractors represents prepayments for the construction of investment properties,
property and equipment and service concession assets.
Deferred charges
Deferred charges pertain to project-related costs already paid but not yet consumed in the actual
construction activities. These are costs as the related awarded project progresses.
*SGVFS032939*
- 112 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Financial assets at FVOCI
Quoted equity investments P
= 2,200,447 P
=−
Unquoted equity investments 833,798 −
AFS financial assets
Quoted equity investments − 2,072,962
Unquoted equity investments − 2,393,405
P
= 3,034,245 P
= 4,466,367
As a result of adoption of new accounting standards, the Group presented the comparative
information with respect to the prior period AFS financial assets.
In 2018, BHL converted nil units of bonds. In 2018, a decrease in fair value of the investments
amounting to US$1.5 million (P
= 78.9 million) was recognized directly in equity. BHL did not dispose
any shares in 2018 (see Note 23).
In 2017, BHL converted 11,229,765 units of bonds to 3,977,329 shares at a ratio of 1:0.4 which
increased the value of the investment by US$4.8 million (P
= 173.9 million). In 2017, an increase in fair
value of the investments amounting to US$4.9 million (P
= 355.2 million) was recognized directly in
equity. BHL disposed 17,569,840 shares resulting in a gain of US$7.9 million (P = 394.4 million) in
2017 (see Note 24).
Investments in Negros Island Solar Power, Inc. (ISLASOL) and San Carlos Solar Energy, Inc.
(SACASOL)
ACEI’s investments in ISLASOL and SACASOL P = 336.5 million and P
= 260.9 million, respectively, are
equity securities of domestic corporations whose shares are not listed in PSE. The investments are
carried at fair value following the finalization of the purchase price allocation of VRC in 2018 (see
Note 24).
*SGVFS032939*
- 113 -
As of January 1, 2018, the investments in Sares Regis and Wave Computing amounting to
P
= 947.6 million and P
= 110.5 million, respectively, were reclassified to FVTPL as a result of the Group’s
adoption of PFRS 9 (see Note 10).
In 2018 and 2017, BHL recognized a gain on the conversion exercise amounting to nil and VND91.3
million (US$4.0 million), respectively (see Note 23).
The net fair value gain (loss) on financial assets at FVOCI and AFS financial assets as reflected in
the equity section is broken down as follows:
2018 2017
(In thousands)
Net unrealized gain on financial assets at FVOCI of
the Parent Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries (P
= 1,196,758) P
=–
Share in the net unrealized loss on financial assets
at FVOCI of associates and joint ventures 652,203 –
Net unrealized gain (loss) on AFS financial assets of
the Parent Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries – 96,215
Share in the net unrealized loss on AFS financial
assets of associates and joint ventures – (1,204,177)
(P
= 544,555) (P
= 1,107,962)
The rollforward of unrealized gain (loss) on financial assets at FVOCI/AFS financial assets of the
Parent Company and its consolidated subsidiaries is as follows:
2018 2017
(In thousands)
At January 1, as previously stated P
= 96,215 P
= 803,323
Effect of adoption of PFRS 9 (651,259) –
At January 1, as restated (555,044) 803,323
Changes in fair value recognized in equity (641,714) 424,415
Recognized in consolidated profit and loss
(see Note 24) – (1,129,306)
Others – (2,217)
At December 31 (P
= 1,196,758) P
= 96,215
Deferred FCDA
Deferred FCDA refers to the net unrecovered amounts from (amounts for refund to) customers of
MWC Group for realized losses (gains) from payments of foreign loans based on the difference
between the drawdown or rebased rate versus the closing rate at payment date. This account also
covers the unrealized gains or losses from loan valuations.
Deposits - others
This includes deposits and advances for projects which include escrow deposits and security deposits
on land leases, electric and water meter deposits. In 2018, deposit for land acquisition amounting to
P
= 1,299.8 million which was outstanding as of December 31, 2017 was reclassified to rehabilitation
works under SCA (see Note 13).
*SGVFS032939*
- 114 -
Leasehold rights
In 2017, leasehold rights pertain to the assigned rights of Solienda to various contracts of lease (see
Note 14). These were reclassified under “Intangible Assets” as a result of the finalization of the
purchase price allocation of Solienda (see Notes 14 and 24).
Others
Others pertain to prepayments for expenses that is amortized for more than one year. In 2018, this
includes restricted cash which amounted to P
= 2.4 billion that is not available for use by the Group (see
Note 19).
2018
(In thousands)
Contract Assets
Current P
= 52,209,458
Noncurrent 35,929,990
Total Contract Assets P
= 88,139,448
Contract Liabilities
Current P
= 21,988,850
Noncurrent 8,630,235
Total Contract Liabilities P
= 30,619,085
Set out below is the nature of contract assets and liabilities of the Group:
ALI Group
Contract assets and liabilities
2018
(In thousands)
Contract assets - current P
= 48,473,011
Noncurrent contract assets 35,437,047
Contract liabilities - current 21,874,681
Contract liabilities - net of current portion 8,630,235
Contract assets are initially recognized for revenue earned from real estate sales as receipt of
consideration is conditional on successful completion of installation. Upon completion of performance
obligation and acceptance by the customer, the amounts recognized as contract assets are
reclassified to trade residential and office development receivables.
Contract liabilities consist of collections from real estate customers which have not reached the 10%
threshold to qualify for revenue recognition and excess of collections over the recognized receivables
and contract assets based on percentage of completion.
As of December 31, 2018, nominal amount of contract assets from residential and office development
amounting to P
= 100,983.3 million was recorded initially at fair value. The fair values of the contract
assets were obtained by discounting future cash flows using the applicable rates of similar types of
instruments.
*SGVFS032939*
- 115 -
Movements in the unamortized discount of ALI Group’s contract assets as of December 31, 2018
follow:
2018
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year P
= 10,332,147
Additions during the year 13,783,125
Accretion for the year (7,042,078)
Balance at end of year P
= 17,073,194
The amount of revenue recognized in 2018 from amounts included in contract liabilities at the
beginning of the year amounted to P
= 11,479.4 million.
2018
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year P
= 2,258,052
Additions 5,713,387
Amortization (5,048,405)
Balance at end of year P
= 2,923,034
In line with ALI Group's accounting policy, as set out in Note 3, if a contract or specific performance
obligation exhibited marginal profitability or other indicators of impairment, judgement was applied to
ascertain whether or not the future economic benefits from these contracts were sufficient to recover
these assets. In performing this impairment assessment, management is required to make an
assessment of the costs to complete the contract. The ability to accurately forecast such costs
involves estimates around cost savings to be achieved over time, anticipated profitability of the
contract, as well as future performance against any contract-specific key performance indicators that
could trigger variable consideration, or service credits.
IMI Group
Contract assets and liabilities
As of December 31, 2018, IMI Group’s contracts assets and contract liabilities consist of:
In US$ In P
=
(In Thousands)
Contract assets - current US$63,484 P= 3,337,998
Contract liabilities - current 1,831 96,277
*Translated using the exchange rate at the reporting date (US$1:P
= 52.58 on December 31, 2018).
Contract assets are initially recognized for revenue earned from manufacturing of goods as receipt of
consideration is conditional on successful completion of the services. When goods are shipped or
goods are received by the customer, depending on the corresponding agreement with the customers,
the amounts recognized as contract assets are reclassified to trade receivables. Payments are
received from customers depending on the credit terms.
In 2018, IMI Group did not recognize a provision for expected credit losses on contract assets.
The amount of revenue recognized from amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of
the year amounted to US$5.6 million.
*SGVFS032939*
- 116 -
IMI Group applied the practical expedient in PFRS 15 on the disclosure of information about the
transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations given the customer contracts have
original expected duration of one year or less.
MWC Group
Contract assets
As of December 31, 2018, contracts assets consists of:
2018
(In Thousands)
Contract assets from:
Supervision fees P
= 262,202
NRWSA with ZCWD 66,475
Bulk Water Sales and Purchase Agreement
with TWD (Note 13) 69,770
Current portion 398,447
Bulk Water Sales and Purchase Agreement
with TWD (Note 13) 415,679
NRWSA with ZCWD 77,264
Noncurrent portion 492,943
P
= 891,390
Contract assets from supervision fees are initially recognized for revenue earned arising from the
provision of design and project management services in the development of water and used water
facilities. These contract assets are reclassified to “Accounts and notes receivables” upon
acceptance and reaching certain construction milestones for the related water and used water
facilities.
Contract assets from the NRWSA with ZCWD are initially recognized for revenue earned arising from
construction revenue and performance fees for NRW reduction services. These contract assets are
reclassified to “Accounts and notes receivables” upon acceptance of and billing to the customer.
Contract assets arising from the Bulk Water Sales and Purchase Agreement with TWD consist of the
cost of rehabilitation works which will be reclassified to “Concession financial receivables” upon
completion of construction of the related facilities. The rollforward of these contract assets follows:
2018
Balance at beginning of year P
= 206,954
Rehabilitation works 219,078
Finance income (Note 23) 70,847
Reclassification to concession financial receivables
(Note 10) (11,429)
Balance at end of year P
= 485,450
*SGVFS032939*
- 117 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Accounts payable P
= 120,312,117 P= 90,750,983
Accrued expenses
Project costs 18,641,346 15,946,912
Personnel costs 9,078,336 8,368,005
Professional and management fees 5,422,587 5,820,306
Rental and utilities 3,741,150 3,799,693
Repairs and maintenance 3,093,319 2,074,653
Advertising and promotions 1,416,910 1,120,738
Various operating expenses 3,479,680 3,024,200
Taxes payable 20,688,048 20,706,997
Retentions payable (Note 20) 6,762,286 4,924,173
Interest payable (Note 31) 4,137,612 3,682,835
Dividends payable 4,131,317 3,618,606
Liability for purchased land 2,544,623 3,710,462
Related parties (Note 31) 1,072,551 1,873,861
DRP obligation 236,362 230,103
P
= 204,758,244 P
= 169,652,527
Accounts payable and accrued expenses are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 15- to
60-day terms. Other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled within one year.
Accrued operating expenses include accruals for utilities, postal and communication, supplies,
commissions, royalty, transportation and travel, subcontractual costs, security, insurance, and
representation.
Project costs represent accrual for direct costs associated with the commercial, residential and
industrial project development and construction like engineering, design works, contract cost of labor
and direct materials.
Taxes payable consists of net output VAT, withholding taxes, business taxes, capital gains tax and
other statutory payables, which are due within one year.
Retentions payable pertains to the amount withheld by ALI Group on contractor’s billings to be
released after the guarantee period, usually one (1) year after the completion of the project or upon
demand. The retention serves as a security from the contractor should there be defects in the project.
Liability for purchased land pertains to the current portion of unpaid unsubdivided land acquired
payable during the year. These are normally payable in quarterly or annual installment payments or
upon demand.
Development Rights Payment (DRP) obligation pertains to the current portion of the liability arising
from the assignment agreement between ALI and MRTDC of the latter’s development rights. In
consideration of the lease, ALI will be charged an annual rent related to the original DRP obligation
on the MRTDC and 5% of the rental income from ALI’s commercial center business. Of the 5%
variable amount due, 2.42% shall be directly paid by ALI to the minority shareholders of Monumento
Rail Transit Corporation, 28.47% shall be paid directly to Metro Global Holdings Corporation and the
remaining 69.11% shall be applied against receivables.
*SGVFS032939*
- 118 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Deposits P
= 7,169,097 P= 23,722,969
Nontrade payables 1,490,379 575,974
Financial liabilities on put option (Notes 24 and 33) 1,371,226 1,094,079
Liabilities attributable to a disposal group (Note 24) 1,075,272 585,849
Derivative liability (Note 33) 15,700 1,505
Installment payable 7,560 3,418
P
= 11,129,234 P= 25,983,794
Deposits pertain to security and customers’ deposits. Security deposits are equivalent to three (3) to
six (6) months’ rent of tenants with cancellable lease contracts and whose lease term will end in the
succeeding year. This will be refunded to the lessees at the end of the lease term or be applied to
the last months' rentals on the related contracts. Customers’ deposits consist of collections from real
estate customers which have not reached the 10% threshold to qualify for revenue recognition (see
Note 3). As of December 31, 2018, the cutomers’ deposits account of ALI Group have been reported
as contract liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position under the modified
retrospective approach. Customers’ deposits also include deposits paid by MWC Group’s customers
for the set-up of new connections which will be refunded to the customers upon termination of the
customers’ water service connections or at the end of the concession, whichever comes first.
Nontrade payables pertain mainly to non-interest bearing real estate-related payables to contractors
and various non-trade suppliers which are due within one year.
Financial liabilities on put option relate to the acquisitions of VIA and STI and pertain to the right of
the non-controlling shareholders of VIA and STI to sell their shares in the aquiree to IMI Group
(see Note 24).
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Philippine peso debt - with interest rates ranging
from 4.38% to 7.03% per annum in 2018 and
2.64% to 7.00% per annum in 2017 P
= 18,120,547 P
= 22,925,600
Foreign currency debt - with interest rates ranging
from 2.50% to 6.04% in 2018 and 1.82% to
4.31% in 2017 21,397,698 6,979,123
P
= 39,518,245 P
= 29,904,723
ALI Group
The short-term debt of ALI Group amounting to P= 14,386.7 million and P
= 17,644.4 million as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, represents peso and foreign-currency denominated bank
loans with various interest rates. Peso-denominated short term loans had a weighted average cost of
5.00% and 2.64% per annum in 2018 and 2017.
*SGVFS032939*
- 119 -
In compliance with BSP rules on directors, officers, stockholders and related interests, certain short-
term and long-term debt with a carrying value of P = 14,170.3 million and P
= 17,697.5 million as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 are secured by real estate mortgages dated September 2, 2014 and
March 14, 2016 covering both land and building of the Greenbelt Mall. Net book value of the property
amounted to P= 2,618.9 million and P
= 3,121.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
which is accounted as part of the “Investment properties” account.
MWC Group
On March 5, 2018, MWTC entered into a one-year term facility agreement with Mizuho Bank, Ltd.,
Bangkok Branch (Mizuho Bangkok), whereby Mizuho Bangkok extended credit to MWTC for THB5.3
billion to finance MWTC’s acquisition of the shares in Eastern Water (see Note 11). The loan bears
interest of BIBOR plus margin and is guaranteed by the MWC Group.
As of December 31, 2018, the carrying value of the short-term debt amounted to P
= 8,596.54 million.
AITHI Group
The Philippine peso debt of AITHI Group pertains to short-term loans with various banks and
institutions amounting to P
= 4.5 billion and P
= 5.2 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. These loans are unsecured and bear interest rate of 4.38% to 7.03% per annum in
2018 and 2.7% to 4.0% per annum in 2017.
AIVPL Group
The peso-denominated and dollar-denominated debt of AIVPL Group through its subsidiary, Affinity
Express India Private Limited (AEIPL), pertains to short-term loans with various banks amounting to
P
= 260.8 million and P
= 243.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These loans are
unsecured and bear interest rate at 12.0% in 2018 and 5.5% to 7.0% in 2017.
IMI Group
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, IMI Group has short-term loans aggregating to US$136.3 million
(P
= 7,168.7 million) and US$135.1 million (P
= 6,743.4 million), respectively. These short-term loans
have maturities ranging from 30-180 days and bear fixed interest rates ranging from 2.50% to 3.12%
in 2018 and 1.82% to 2.34% in 2017.
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
The Parent Company:
Bank loans - with fixed interest rates ranging from
5.3% to 6.0% and floating interest rates based
on applicable benchmark plus credit spread
ranging from 0.5% to 0.70% with varying
maturity dates up to 2028 P
= 27,405,387 P
= 9,198,822
Bonds 39,762,594 39,719,659
67,167,981 48,918,481
Subsidiaries:
Loans from banks and other institutions:
Foreign currency - with interest rates ranging
from 1.39% to 5% in 2018; 1 month
Euribor plus 0.9% to 2.7%; 2.15% to
3-month LIBOR plus 2.9% spread per
annum in 2017 68,364,538 58,680,020
Philippine peso - with interest rates ranging
from 2.85% to 9.00% in 2018 and 1.86% to
9.00% in 2017 (Note 24) 76,558,056 66,976,028
(Forward)
*SGVFS032939*
- 120 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Bonds:
Fixed for life notes P
= 20,918,114 P
= 19,843,316
Exchangeable bonds due 2019 15,285,934 14,551,428
Due 2019 12,313,125 12,299,234
Due 2020 3,989,546 3,984,041
Due 2021 5,000,000 5,000,000
Due 2022 12,605,471 12,591,034
Due 2023 14,861,918 6,943,949
Due 2024 14,923,051 14,910,133
Due 2025 14,895,124 14,882,298
Due 2026 7,939,468 7,932,643
Due 2027 6,969,630 6,966,801
Due 2028 9,886,828 −
Due 2033 1,984,613 1,983,990
Fixed Rate Corporate Notes (FXCNs) 11,986,615 17,180,464
Short-dated notes 7,093,375 7,063,369
305,575,406 271,788,748
372,743,387 320,707,229
Less current portion 48,480,559 13,731,967
P
= 324,262,828 P
= 306,975,262
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Nominal amount P
= 374,143,753 P
= 322,180,330
Unamortized discount (1,400,366) (1,473,101)
P
= 372,743,387 P
= 320,707,229
The Parent Company positions its deals across various currencies, maturities and product types to
provide utmost flexibility in its financing transactions.
In October 2012, the Parent Company availed of a P = 2.0 billion loan from a local bank to mature in
2017. The P = 2.0 billion loan shall have interest rate per annum equal to the 3-month PDST-R2 plus a
spread of seventy five basis points (0.75%) per annum, or BSP reverse repurchase (RRP) rate,
whichever is higher. The first and second principal payment for the P = 2.0 billion loan amounting to
P
= 100.0 million each was paid in October 2015 and 2016, respectively. The Parent Company paid the
final principal payment which amounted to P = 1.8 billion in October 2017.
In November and December 2013, the Parent Company availed of a P = 2.0 billion and a P= 4.3 billion
loan from various banks to mature in 2018 and 2020, respectively. The P= 2.0 billion loan shall have
interest rate per annum equal to the 3-month PDST-R2 plus a spread of 100 basis points (1%) per
annum, or BSP overnight reverse repurchase (RRP) rate plus a spread of 25 basis points (0.25%),
whichever is higher. In February 2016 and November 2017, the Parent Company paid the first and
*SGVFS032939*
- 121 -
second principal payment for the P = 2.0 billion loan which amounted to P = 100.0 million each. In
November 2018, the Parent Company paid the final principal payment which amounted to
P
= 1.8 billion. The P
= 4.3 billion loan shall have interest rate per annum equal to the 6-month PDST-R1
plus a spread of thirty basis points (0.30%) for the first six months and 3-month PDST-R1 plus a
spread of sixty basis points (0.60%) thereafter. In December 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, the Parent
Company paid the four principal payments for the P = 4.3 billion loan which amounted to P= 42.5 million
each.
In August 2015, the Parent Company availed of a 7-year loan from a local bank amounting to
P
= 3.0 billion which bears fixed interest rate of 5.2883% per annum. Principal repayments amounting
to P
= 30.0 million shall be made at the end of the third year until the sixth year and payment of
remaining principal balance amounting to P = 2.9 billion at maturity date.
In December 2016, the Parent Company entered into a revolving term loan agreement amounting to
P
= 10.0 billion. The first drawdown of the loan amounted to P = 300.0 million on December 22, 2017 with
a quarterly repricing rate and a tenor of three years. The P = 300.0 million shall have interest rate
equivalent to (i) the Benchmark Rate-Floating plus a margin of seventy basis points (0.70%) per
annum or (ii) the 28-day BSP Deposit Facility Rate plus a margin of forty-five basis points (0.45%) per
annum, whichever is higher. On February 23, 2018 and July 19, 2018, the Parent Company drew an
additional P= 2.5 billion for three years and P= 0.5 billion for four years, respectively. Both drawdowns
are repriced quarterly similar to the terms of the initial drawdown. The Parent Company paid the first
principal payment for the P = 300.0 million and P
= 0.5 billion drawdowns amounting to P = 3.0 million and
P
= 12.5 million, respectively, in 2018.
On January 30, 2018, the Parent Company signed the following loan facilities with BPI that are
secured by collateral:
a. P
= 1.9 billion 10-year loan facility with ALI shares as collateral (70% of outstanding loan on 2:1
collateral ratio). The loan shall have interest rate equivalent to (i) the Benchmark Rate-Floating
plus a margin of sixty basis points (0.60%) per annum or (ii) the average of BSP Overnight
Deposit Facility (ODF) and BSP Term Deposit Auction Facility (TDF) Rate of the tenor nearest
the interest period, whichever is higher; and
b. P
= 10.0 billion 10-year loan facility with US$ deposits as collateral (1:1 ratio). The loan shall have
interest rate equivalent to (i) the Benchmark Rate-Floating plus a margin of sixty basis points
(0.60%) per annum or (ii) the average of BSP Overnight Deposit Facility (ODF) and BSP Term
Deposit Auction Facility (TDF) Rate of the tenor nearest the interest period, whichever is higher.
On February 26, 2018, the Parent Company drew down the full amount of the P = 1.9 billion loan with
ALI shares as collateral. In 2018, the Parent Company paid three principal payments for the
P
= 1.9 billion loan amounting to P
= 23.8 million each.
On April 30, 2018, the Parent Company drew down P = 6.0 billion from its P
= 10.0 billion 10-year loan
facility secured by an assignment of AYCFL’s deposits amounting to P = 115.7 million. On
May 15, 2018, the Parent Company drew down P = 0.5 billion from the same facility secured by an
assignment of AYCFL’s deposits amounting to P = 9.6 million. In 2018, Parent Company paid the first
principal payment for the P= 6.0 billion and P
= 0.5 billion draw down amounting to P = 4.1 billion and
P
= 25 million respectively.
In April 2018, the Parent Company signed an P = 11 billion fixed term loan facility with a local bank with
a tenor of 8 years. The loan shall have a fixed interest rate of 6.0043%, which was based on the
prevailing PDST-R2 benchmark plus a spread of 65 basis points. The amount was fully drawn on
April 30, 2018.
Also in April 2018, the Parent Company signed a P = 5.0 billion term loan facility with a local bank. The
Parent Company drew down P = 2.0 billion with a tenor of 5 years with fixed interest rate of 6.0043%,
which was based on the prevailing PDST-R2 benchmark plus a spread of 65 basis points.
*SGVFS032939*
- 122 -
Bonds
Below is the summary of the outstanding Peso bonds issued by the Parent Company:
The outstanding Peso bonds of the Parent Company have been rated “PRS Aaa” by PhilRatings.
The long-term debt of the Parent Company provide for certain restrictions and requirements with
respect to maintenance of financial ratios at certain levels. These restrictions and requirements were
complied with by the Parent Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Subsidiaries
*SGVFS032939*
- 123 -
In March 2016, AYCFL increased the existing Bilateral Term Loan Facility with The Bank of Tokyo-
Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd from US$100.0 million up to US$200.0 million with interest rates at certain basis
points over LIBOR and maturing in September 2022. The Bilateral Term Loan Facility has an
availability period of 5 years which offers the same flexibility as a Revolving Credit Facility. As of
December 31, 2018, AYCFL has withdrawn US$10.0 million from the loan facility.
Furthermore, AYCFL undertook the conversion of the US$200.0 million Club Term Loan facility into
Revolving Credit facility with Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation with
interest rates at certain basis points over LIBOR and maturing in March 2020. The loan facility is
guaranteed by the Parent Company. As of December 31, 2018, AYCFL has withdrawn US$10.0
million from the loan facility.
IMI Group
IMI
The long-term debts of IMI aggregating to US$180.0 million and US$154.5 million as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were obtained from Singapore-based and local banks
with terms of three to five years, subject to fixed annual interest rates ranging from 2.15% to 3.94% in
2018 and 2.85% to 2.86% in 2017.
Cooperatief
Cooperatief’s long-term debt aggregating to €14.3 million (US$20.4 million) as at July 29, 2011
relates primarily to the acquisition of EPIQ shares and receivables of EPIQ NV from IMI EU/MX
subsidiaries. Based on the payment schedule in the SPA, this long-term debt will be settled from
2013 to 2018, subject to interest rate of 1.60% plus 1.50%. The loan was fully paid in 2018.
IMI CZ
IMI CZ has term loan facility from Czech-based payable in 60 regular monthly installments and bears
interest of 1-month EURIBOR plus spread ranging from 0.9% to 2.70% but is not to exceed 15% per
annum. Outstanding balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to €3.1 million (US$3.5
million) and €4.2 million (US$5.1 million), respectively.
IMI BG
IMI BG has a long-term debt from European-based bank that relates to the term loan facility for
financing the construction of a new warehouse with a term of five years and bears interest based on
3-month EURIBOR plus 2.90%. The loan matured in December 2018. The warehouse was completed
in 2013.
The credit facility with the bank is subject to the following collateral: Security of Transfer of Ownership
Title relating to office and factory equipment with a carrying value of US$1.4 million.
VIA
VIA has a long-term debt from a Germany-based bank amounting to €0.1 million (US$0.1 million) as
of December 31, 2018 and €0.2 million (US$0.2 million) as of December 31, 2017. The debt is
unsecured and bears annual interest of 5.35% and matures on June 30, 2019.
VIA also has a long-term loan with a Japanese bank with a face amount of JPY500.0 million granted
in 2018 and will mature in 2023. The loan is payable monthly and bears interest of 1.67%.
Outstanding balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to US$4.4 million and nil,
respectively.
MWC Group
MWC International Finance Corporation (IFC) Loan
On March 28, 2003, MWC entered into a loan agreement with IFC (the First IFC Loan) to partially
finance MWC’s investment program from 2002-2005 to expand water supply and sanitation services,
improvement on the existing facilities of MWC, and concession fee payments. The First IFC Loan will
be made available in Japanese Yen (JPY) in the aggregate principal amount of JPY3,591.6 million
*SGVFS032939*
- 124 -
equivalent to US$30.0 million and shall be payable in 25 semi-annual installments, within 12 years
starting on July 15, 2006.
On July 15, 2018, MWC paid the outstanding balance of the loan as scheduled. As of December 31,
2018 and 2017, the carrying value of the loan amounted to nil and JPY143.2 million (P
= 63.0 million),
respectively.
MWC made its last drawdown on October 26, 2012. The total drawn amount for the loan is JPY4.0
billion. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, outstanding balance of the LBP loan amounted to
JPY1.2 billion (P
= 564.9 million) and JPY1.5 billion (P
= 669.2 million), respectively.
On October 2, 2012, MWC entered into a Subsidiary Loan Agreement with LBP under the Metro
Manila Wastewater Management Project (MWMP) with the World Bank. The MWMP aims to improve
used water services in Metro Manila through increased wastewater collection and treatment. The
loan has a term of 25 years, and was made available in US Dollars in the aggregated principal
amount of US$137.5 million via semiannual installments after the 7-year grace period. MWC made
four drawdowns in 2015 aggregating to US$22.6 million (P = 1,123.7 million) and three drawdowns in
2016 aggregating to US$17.5 million (P= 868.1 million). In 2017, MWC made an additional three
drawdowns with a total amount of US$22.4 million (P = 1,118.4 million). In 2018, MWC made additional
drawdown amounting to US$8.9 million (P = 468.0 million). The carrying value of the MWMP loan as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 is US$70.9 million (P = 3,727.9 million) and US$62.0 million
(P
= 3,097.2 million), respectively.
NEXI Loan
On October 21, 2010, MWC entered into a term loan agreement (NEXI Loan) amounting to US$150.0
million to partially finance capital expenditures within the East Zone. The loan has a tenor of 10 years
and is financed by a syndicate of four banks - ING N.V Tokyo, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., The
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and is insured by
Nippon Export and Investment Insurance. First, second and third drawdowns of the loan amounted to
US$84.0 million, US$30.0 million and US$36.0 million, respectively. The carrying value of this loan
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to US$37.0 million (P = 1,945.5 million) and US$55.1
million (P
= 2,751.1 million), respectively.
ALI Group
In October 2012, ALI executed and fully drawn a US$58.5 million long-term facility. The loan bears a
floating interest rate based on a credit spread over the three-month US Dollar London Interbank
Offered Rate (LIBOR), repriceable quarterly. The loan will mature on the third month succeeding the
tenth anniversary of the initial drawdown date. Subsequently in March 2016, a US$30.0 million long-
term facility was assigned by ALI Makati Hotel Property, Inc. (AMHPI) to ALI. The assigned loan
bears a floating interest rate based on a credit spread over the three-month US Dollar London
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), repriceable quarterly and had a remaining term of 3 years and 4
*SGVFS032939*
- 125 -
months from the time of assignment. ALI paid the remaining dollar-denominated loans on
December 20, 2018.
ACEI Group
GNPK
The peso-denominated and dollar-denominated debt of GNPK pertains to a construction and term
loan facility having an aggregate principal amount of P
= 1,700.0 million and US$605.0 million,
respectively, with interests ranging from 6.88% to variable at LIBOR plus a margin of three and one-
quarter of one percent (3.25%). The dollar-denominated debt is composed of the following: 1)
Tranche A Loan US$375.0 million; 2) Tranche B Loan US$60.0 million; and 3) Tranche C Loan
US$170.0 million.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the assets of GNPK amounting to US$831.0 million and
US$820.7 million, respectively, are pledged as collateral. The carrying value of the loans amounted
to US$696.2 million and US$579.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
ACEI SG
On April 20, 2018 and July 30, 2018, respectively, ACEI SG signed a short-term loan line and
revolving credit facility with Rizal Commercial Banking Corporation and Mizuho Bank Ltd. Singapore
amounting to US$65.0 million (P = 3,511.3 million) and US$50.0 million (P
= 2,701.0 million), respectively.
Proceeds of the loan are to be used to finance investments in power and power related projects and
for other general corporate purpose expenses.
As of December 31, 2018, outstanding drawdowns from the short-term loan line and revolving credit
facility amounted to US$35.0 million (P
= 1,890.7 million) and US$15.00 million (P
= 810.3 million),
respectively.
In 2018, ACEI SG received additional loan drawdowns from different banks aggregating to US$86.0
million (P
= 4,521.9 million) and made repayments amounting to US$50.0 million.
Philippine Peso Debt
MWC Group
MWC Parent Company
On August 16, 2013, MWC entered into a Credit Facility Agreement with a local bank having a fixed
nominal rate of 4.42% and with a term of 7 year from the issue date which is payable annually. MWC
may repay the whole and not a part only of the loan starting on the 3rd anniversary of the drawdown
date of such loan or on any interest payment date thereafter. The carrying value of the loan as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 4.9 billion.
On May 11, 2018, MWC signed a P = 5.0 billion, 10-year term loan facility with a local bank. The loan
will be used to finance general corporate requirements and capital investment programs in the Manila
Concession as well as to refinance existing concessionaire loans. The carrying value of the loan as
of December 31, 2018 amounted to P = 4.8 billion.
On April 8, 2016, MWC prepaid the outstanding balance of the Five-Year FXCN Note. The carrying
value of the FXCN as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 4.8 billion and P
= 4.9 bilion,
respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 126 -
On July 17, 2008, MWC, together with all of its Lenders signed an Omnibus Amendment Agreement
and Intercreditor Agreement and these agreements became effective on September 30, 2008.
Prior to the execution of the Omnibus Amendment Agreement, the obligation of MWC to pay amounts
due and owing committed to be repaid to the lenders under the existing facilty agreements were
secured by Assignment of Interest by Way of Security executed by MWC in favor of a trustee acting
on behalf of the lenders. The Assignments were also subject to the provisions of the Amended and
Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated March 1, 2004 and its Amendatory Agreement dated
December 15, 2005 executed by MWC, the lenders and their appointed trustee.
Under the Omnibus Amendment Agreement, the lenders effectively released MWC from the
assignment of its present and future fixed assets, receivables and present and future bank accounts,
all the Project Documents (except for the Agreement, Technical Corrections Agreement and the
Department of Finance Undertaking Letter), all insurance policies where MWC is the beneficiary and
performance bonds posted in its favor by contractors or suppliers.
In consideration for the release of the assignment of the above-mentioned assets, MWC agreed not
to create, assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist, any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest,
charge, encumbrance or other preferential arrangement of any kind, upon or with respect to any of its
properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon or with respect to any right to
receive income, subject only to some legal exceptions. The lenders shall continue to enjoy their
rights and privileges as Concessionaire Lenders (as defined under the Agreement), which include the
right to appoint a qualified replacement operator and the right to receive payments and/or other
consideration pursuant to the Agreement in case of a default of either MWC or MWSS. Currently, all
lenders of MWC Group are considered Concessionaire Lenders and are on pari passu status with
one another.
In November and December 2014, MWC Group signed Amendment Agreements to its loan
agreements with its existing lenders. This effectively relaxed certain provisions in the loan
agreements providing MWC Group more operational and financial flexibility. The loan amendments
include the shift to the use of MWC Group from consolidated financial statements for the purposes of
calculating the financial covenant ratios, the increase in maximum debt to equity ratio to 3:1 from 2:1
and the standardization of the definition of debt service coverage ratio at a minimum of 1.2:1 across
all loan agreements.
LAWC
On September 7, 2010, LAWC, entered into a loan agreement with two local banks for the financing
of its construction, operation, maintenance and expansion of facilities in its servicing area. Pursuant
to the loan agreement, the lenders have agreed to provide loans to LAWC up to P = 500.0 million,
principal payments of which will be made in 30 consecutive equal quarterly installments starting
August 2013. The carrying value of this loan amounted to P= 132.9 million and P = 199.1 million as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
On April 29, 2013, LAWC entered into a loan agreement with Development Bank of the Philippines
(DBP) to partially finance the modernization and expansion of the water network system and water
supply facilities in Biñan, Sta. Rosa and Cabuyao, Laguna. Under the agreement, the lender has
agreed to provide a loan to the borrower through the Philippine Water Revolving Fund (PWRF) in the
aggregate principal amount of up to P = 500.0 million bearing an effective interest rate of 7.29%. The
carrying value of this loan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 432.9 million and
P
= 462.3 million, respectively.
On January 9, 2014, LAWC excercised its option to avail of the second tranche of its loan agreement
with DBP to finance its water network and supply projects, including the development of a well-field
network on the Biñan, Sta. Rosa area of Laguna. Under the expanded facility agreement, DBP
provided additional loans to LAWC in the aggregate principal amount of P = 833.0 million. The carrying
value of the loans amounted to P= 743.1 million and P
= 793.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 127 -
On October 23, 2015, LAWC entered into a loan agreement with a local bank to finance the
modernization and expansion of its water network system and water supply facilities throughout the
province of Laguna. Under the loan agreement, the lender agreed to provide a loan to the borrower
in the aggregate principal amount of up to P
= 2.5 billion for an applicable fixed interest rate, as
determined in respect of each drawdown. The carrying value of the loan amounted to P = 2.3 billion and
P
= 2.5 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
On March 29, 2017, LAWC entered into a loan agreement with Grand Challenges Canada to fund the
project during the period beginning on the effective date of the loan agreement and ending on the
project end date of March 31, 2018 for up to an aggregate principal amount of CA$0.87 million
(P
= 34.7 million). The project supported by the loan is the “Bundling water and sanitation services for
the poor in informal urban communities.” As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying value of
the loan amounted to CA$0.87 million (P = 33.5 million) and CA$0.83 million (P
= 32.8 million),
respectively.
BIWC
On July 29, 2011, BIWC, entered into an omnibus loan and security agreement with DBP and a local
bank to finance the construction, operation, maintenance and expansion of facilities for the fulfillment
of certain service targets for water supply and waste water services for the Service Area under the
Concession Agreement, as well as the operation and maintenance of the completed drainage system.
The loan shall not exceed the principal amount of P= 500.0 million and is payable in twenty (20) years
inclusive of a three (3)-year grace period.
Sub-tranche 1
The loan shall be available in three sub-tranches, as follows:
∂ Sub-tranche 1A, the loan in the amount of P = 250.0 million to be provided by DBP and funded
through PWRF;
∂ Sub-tranche 1B, the loan in the amount of P = 125.0 million to be provided by a local bank and
funded through PWRF; and
∂ Sub-tranche 1C, the loan in the amount of P = 125.0 million to be provided by a local bank and
funded through its internally-generated funds.
The carrying value of the loan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P
= 371.8 million and
P
= 400.7 million, respectively.
Sub-trance 2
The Agreement provided BIWC the option to borrow additional loans from the lenders. On
November 14, 2012, BIWC entered into the second omnibus loan and security agreement with DBP
and a local bank. The agreed aggregate principal of the loan amounted to P
= 500.0 million which is
available in three sub-tranches:
The carrying value of the loan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P
= 397.7 million and
P
= 428.7 million, respectively.
Sub-trance 3
On October 9, 2014, BIWC signed a Third Omnibus Loan and Security Agreement in the amount of
P
= 650.0 million with SBC to fund capital expenditures related to water and sewerage services in the
concession area of BIWC. The carrying value of loan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amouted to
P
= 642.7 million and P= 641.8 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 128 -
On December 20, 2017, BIWC signed a Fourth Omnibus Loan and Security Agreement in the amount
of P
= 2.4 billion with the Bank of the Philippine Islands (BPI). The loan will be used to finance the
general corporate and capital expenditures requirements of BIWC. BIWC made its first drawdown on
April 30, 2018 amounting to P = 250.0 million. The second drawdown was made on September 25,
2018 amounting to P = 250.0 million. The third drawdown was made on December 20, 2018 amounting
to P
= 100.0 million. The carrying value of loan as of December 31, 2018 amounted to P = 595.6 million.
CWC
On April 10, 2015, CWC entered into a loan agreement with a local bank, whereby the bank extended
credit to CWC for up to P= 1.2 billion to partially finance its concession capital expenditures program.
Under the agreement, the loan bears interest at a rate of 6.179% and principal payments will be
made in forty eight (48) consecutive equal quarterly installments starting July 2018. The carrying
value of the loan amounted to P = 1.1 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
On December 13, 2018, CWC availed of a fifteen (15)-month term loan with RCBC amounting to
P
= 100.0 million to finance its working capital requirements. Under the agreement, the loan bears
interest at the rate of 7.55% payable monthly. The loan’s principal payment is due on March 13,
2020. The carrying value of the loan amounted to P = 100.0 million as of December 31, 2018.
CMWD
On December 19, 2013, the CMWD entered into an omnibus loan and security agreement
(the Agreement) with DBP to partially finance the construction works in relation to its bulk water
supply project in Cebu, Philippines. The lender has agreed to extend a loan facility in the aggregate
principal amount of P= 800.0 million or up to 70% of the total project cost whichever is lower. Principal
payments will be made in twenty (20) equal quarterly installments starting December 2017. The
carrying value of the loan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 655.8 million and
P
= 699.3 million, respectively.
MWPVI
On October 5, 2016, MWPVI signed a 15-year fixed rate term loan facility amounting to P = 4.0 billion
with various domestic banks. The terms of the loan include an option to increase the size of the
facility to a maximum of P
= 7.0 billion. The proceeds of the loan will be used to finance MWPVI’s
capital expenditures, future acquisitions and other general corporate requirements.
On November 9, 2017, MWPVI made its first drawdown amounting to P = 450.0 million from each bank.
On October 5 and December 19, 2018, MWPVI made its subsequent drawdowns amounting to
P
= 50.00 million and P
= 175.00 million from each bank, respectively. The carrying value of the loan as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 1,341.0 million and P
= 894.4 million, respectively.
TWC
On October 7, 2016, TWC signed a term loan agreement for P = 450.0 million. The proceeds of the
loan will be used to partially finance the development, construction, operation and maintenance of
bulk water supply facilities, including the delivery and sale of treated bulk water exclusively to the
TWD. TWC made its first drawdown on September 25, 2017 amounting to P = 130.0 million.
On April 18 and November 23, 2018, TWC made its subsequent drawdowns amounting to
P
= 120.0 million and P
= 154.0 million, respectively. The carrying value of the loan as of December 31,
2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 401.2 million and P = 129.3 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 129 -
ALI Group
In August to September 2015, ALI assumed an aggregate of P = 15,442.3 million various long-term
facilities of some subsidiaries from various banks. The loans bear fixed interest rates ranging from
4.5% to 4.7% per annum and terms ranging from 4.4 years to 10.5 years. In 2016, ALI paid
P
= 251.6 million. During 2017, ALI also paid P= 317.6 million for its current portion Peso-denominated
loans. In March 2017, ALI executed a P = 10,000.0 million long-term facility with a domestic bank, of
which ALI had simultaneously drawn an initial P = 5,000.0 million. The loan carries a fixed interest rate
of 4.949% per annum and a term of 10 years. The balance of facility of P = 5,000.0 million was drawn in
April 2017. In March 2018, ALI executed a P = 5,000.0 million long-term facility with a domestic bank, of
which ALI had simultaneously drawn the entire facility amount. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
remaining balance of the Peso-denominated long-term loans amounted to P = 29,465.7 million and
P
= 24,873.1 million, respectively.
Subsidiaries
The Philippine Peso bank loans include ALI subsidiaries’ loans that will mature on various dates up to
2028. Peso-denominated loans bear various floating interest rates at 60 bps to 80 bps spread over
the benchmark 91-day PDST-R2 or and fixed interest rates ranging from 3.89% to 6.49% per annum
Certain loans which are subject to floating interest rates are subject to floor floating interest rates
equivalent to (i) 95.0% or par of the Overnight Reverse Repurchase Agreement Rate of the Bangko
Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP Overnight Rate) or (ii) the BSP Overnight Rate plus a spread of 20 bps to
75 bps per annum or (iii) the average of the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas Overnight Deposit Rate and
Term Deposit Facility with a term closed to the 90-day interest period. The total outstanding balance
of the subsidiaries’ loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 21,738.1 million and
P
= 26,853.2 million loans, respectively.
ACEI Group
On February 20, 2017, ACEI entered into an unsecured loan agreement with The Philippine American
Life and General Insurance Company (PHILAM) amounting to P = 1.0 billion payable in 10 years from
the date of drawdown with 6% fixed interest per annum. The loan shall be paid in one lump sum at
the maturity date.
On April 27, 2017, ACEI entered in to an unsecured loan agreement with Philippine National Bank
(PNB) amounting to P = 7.0 billion. The loan is payable seven (7) years from initial the drawdown date.
ACEI shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of the loan at the fixed rate of 5.75% per
annum, with duration of three (3) months commencing on the drawdown date. All drawdown beyond
May 5, 2017, the relevant PDST-R2 benchmark rate will apply +1% per annum spread, with a floor of
5.25% per annum. Repayment of the principal amount shall be 20% of the loan from 5th to 27th
interest period and the remaining 80% shall be paid lump sum at the end of 28th interest period.
Drawdown of P = 250.0 million was made by ACEI on May 3, 2017. On May 25, 2018, an additional
drawdown of P = 2.0 billion was made by ACEI. Principal repayment amounted to P = 8.7 million and nil
in 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ACEI has undrawn loan
amounting to P= 4.8 billion and P = 6.8 billion, respectively.
On June 22, 2017, ACEI entered into unsecured loan agreement with Security Bank Corporation
(SBC) amounting to P = 5.0 billion. The tenor of the loan agreement is seven (7) years from the initial
drawdown date, with grace period on principal payments of up to three (3) years, reckoned from the
initial drawdown. Repayment of the principal amount shall be 16% of the loan from the 12th to 27th
interest period and the remaining 84% of the loan will be paid lump sum on the 28th interest period.
ACEI shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of the loan at the fixed rate of 5.75% per
annum for all drawdowns from June 2017 to June 2018. For all drawdowns beyond June 2018, the
interest rate shall be based on the relevant Peso Benchmark Rate PDST-R2 rate, plus credit spread,
the fixed interest rate shall have a floor rate of 5.00%.
*SGVFS032939*
- 130 -
Bonds
AYCFL US$400.0 Million Senior Unsecured and Guaranteed Fixed For Life Perpetual Notes (Fixed
For Life)
On September 7, 2017, the Parent Company announced that AYCFL had successfully set the terms
of a US dollar-denominated fixed-for-life (non-deferrable) senior perpetual issuance at an
aggregate principal amount of US$400 million with an annual coupon of 5.125% for life with no step-
up. The issuance is the first corporate fixed-for-life with no coupon step-up in Southeast Asia and the
first fixed-for-life with no step-up (and reset) deal in the Philippines. The issuer, AYCFL, may redeem
the Notes in whole but not in part on September 13, 2022 (first redemption date) or any interest
payment date falling after the first redemption date at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus
any accrued but unpaid interest. The proceeds of the issuance will be used to refinance the issuer’s
US Dollar maturing obligations and to fund investments of the Guarantor (the Parent Company) or its
offshore subsidiaries.
The pricing of the Notes reflected a 50-basis point compression from initial price guidance. The
offering was more than five times oversubscribed, with investors’ confidence reflecting the high
quality of the Ayala signature. 19% of the order book for the Notes was allocated to investors from
the Philippines, 10% from Europe with the remaining 71% from rest of Asia. By investor type, the split
was 67% to fund/asset managers, 12% to banks, 7% to insurance and pension funds, and the
remaining 14% to private banks and other investors. The Notes was settled on September 13, 2017
and was listed in the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited on September 14, 2017.
The Group will account for this as liability, and, thus shown forming part of long-term debt as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017. The cost of issuance is at US$2.7 million resulting in net
proceeds of US$397.3 million.
The put option entitles the bondholders to require AYCFL to redeem, in whole or in part, the Bonds on
May 2, 2017 (put option date) at 100% of the principal amount together with accrued and unpaid
interest. Moreover, if a change of control event occurs (the change of control put) or in the event that
the common shares of ALI are delisted or suspended from trading for a period of more than 20
consecutive trading days (the delisting put), the bondholders may require AYCFL to redeem the
Bonds, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount together with accrued and unpaid
interest.
The early redemption option gives the right to AYCFL to redeem the Bonds, in whole but not in part,
at any time after May 2, 2017 at 100% of the principal amount on the date fixed for such redemption,
provided, however, that no such redemption may be made unless the closing price of the common
shares of ALI (translated into US$ at the prevailing average to US$ exchange rate as published by
*SGVFS032939*
- 131 -
the BSP) for any 30 consecutive trading days was at least 130% of the exchange price then in effect
(translated into US$ at the fixed exchange rate of P= 44.31/US$1.00). In addition, if at any time the
aggregate principal amount of the Bonds outstanding is less than 10% of the aggregate principal
amount originally issued or if a tax event occurs, AYCFL may redeem the Bonds, in whole but not in
part, at 100% of principal amount together with accrued and unpaid interest.
The put and early redemption options were assessed to be embedded derivatives that are clearly and
closely related to the host contract, therefore, not required to be bifurcated. As the Bonds were
determined to be a compound instrument at the consolidated level, (i.e., it has a liability and an equity
component which pertains to the exchange option), the Group applied split accounting. The value
allocated to the equity component at issue date amounted P = 1.1 billion, being the residual amount
after deducting the fair value of the liability component amounting to P = 11.9 billion from the issue
proceeds of the Bonds.
As of December 31, 2018, an equivalent amount of US$7.2 million principal was exchanged and
converted into a total of 9,094,414 shares.
ALI Group
Below is the summary of the outstanding Peso bonds issued by ALI Group:
Philippine Rating Services Corporation (PhilRatings) rated the ALI’s 2018 bond issue “PRS Aaa” with
a stable outlook, and maintained the “PRS Aaa” rating with a stable outlook for all other outstanding
bonds.
Philippine Peso 3-Year Homestarter Bond due 2019 and 7-year Bonds due 2023
In October 2016, ALI issued a total of P = 10,000.0 million bonds, broken down into a
P
= 3,000.0 million Homestarter bond due 2019 at a fixed rate of 3.0% per annum and a P = 7,000.0
million fixed rate bond due 2023 at a rate equivalent to 3.8915% per annum The Bonds represent the
first tranche of Homestarter Bonds series and the third tranche of the Fixed-rate Bonds Series issued
under ALI's P = 50,000.0 million Debt Securities Program registered with the SEC, and listed in the
PDEx. The Bonds have been rated PRS Aaa with a Stable Outlook by PhilRatings. In 2017, ALI
paid P = 9.1 million as an early down payment of the outstanding 3-Year Homestarter Bond. In 2018,
ALI paid P = 8.4 million as an early down payment of the outstanding 3-Year Homestarter Bond. As of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, the remaining balance of the 3-Year Homestarter Bond amounted to
P
= 2,982.5 million and P = 2,990.9 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 132 -
Philippine Peso 5-, 10-, 15-Year FXCN due on 2016, 2021 and 2026
In January 2011, ALI issued P = 10,000.0 million FXCNs to various financial institutions and retail
investors. The notes will mature on various dates up to 2026. The FXCNs bear fixed interest
rates ranging from 5.6% to 7.5% per annum depending on the term of the notes. ALI prepaid
P
= 1,950.0 million of notes due in 2016 on January 19, 2013. In 2014, ALI paid P = 43.0 million for the
matured portion of the loan. In January 2016, ALI paid P = 3,750 million notes for the matured portion of
the loan. In 2017, ALI paid P
= 43.0 million for the matured portion of the loan. In 2018, ALI prepaid
P
= 3,234.0 million notes and paid P= 10.0mn for the matured portion of the loan. As of December 31,
2018 and 2017, the remaining balance of the FXCN amounted to P = 970.0 million and P= 4,214.0 million,
respectively.
The loan agreements on long-term debt of the Parent Company and some subsidiaries provide for
certain restrictions and requirements with respect to, among others, payment of dividends, incurrence
of additional liabilities, investment and guaranties, mergers or consolidations or other material
changes in their ownership, corporate set-up or management, acquisition of treasury stock,
disposition and mortgage of assets and maintenance of financial ratios at certain levels. These
restrictions and requirements were complied with by the Group as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
*SGVFS032939*
- 133 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Deposits and deferred credits P
= 22,995,791 P= 21,250,665
Contractors payable 7,264,642 7,955,096
Retentions payable 5,721,123 8,374,661
Liability for purchased land 5,021,034 2,303,140
DRP obligation 1,001,146 728,390
Subscriptions payable 802,702 516,695
Provisions (Note 36) 569,893 501,099
Others 1,837,598 1,604,070
P
= 45,213,929 P= 43,233,816
Contractors payable
Contractors payable represents estimated liability on property development.
Retentions payable
Retentions payable pertains to amount withheld by the Group from the contractors’ billings to be
released after the guarantee period, usually one (1) year after the completion of the project or upon
demand. The retention serves as a security from the contractor should there be defects in the
project.
DRP obligation
DRP obligation pertains to the liability arising from the assignment agreement between NTDCC, a
subsidiary of ALI, and MRTDC of the latter’s development rights (see Note 35). In consideration of
the lease, NTDCC will be charged an annual rent related to the original DRP obligation on MRTDC
and 5% of the rental income from NTDCC’s commercial center business.
Subscriptions payable
Subscription payable mainly pertains to POPI’s investment in Cyber Bay.
On April 25, 1995, Central Bay, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cyber Bay, entered into a Joint Venture
Agreement with the Philippine Reclamation Authority (PRA; formerly Public Estates Authority) for the
complete and entire reclamation and horizontal development of a portion of the Manila-Cavite Coastal
Road and Reclamation Project (the Project) consisting of three partially reclaimed and substantially
eroded islands (the Three Islands) along Emilio Aguinaldo Boulevard in Parañaque and Las Piñas,
*SGVFS032939*
- 134 -
Metro Manila with a combined total area of 157.8 hectares, another area of 242.2 hectares
contiguous to the Three Islands and, at Central Bay’s option as approved by the PRA, an additional
350 hectares more or less to regularize the configuration of the reclaimed area.
On March 30, 1999, the PRA and Central Bay executed an Amended Joint Venture Agreement
(AJVA) to enhance the Philippine Government’s share and benefits from the Project which was
approved by the Office of the President of the Philippines on May 28, 1999.
On July 9, 2002, the Supreme Court (SC) (in the case entitled “Francisco Chavez vs. Amari Coastal
Bay and Reclamation Corp.”) issued a ruling declaring the AJVA null and void. Accordingly, PRA and
Central Bay were permanently enjoined from implementing the AJVA.
On July 26, 2002, Central Bay filed a Motion for Reconsideration (MR) of said SC decision. On
May 6, 2003, the SC En Banc denied with finality Central Bay’s MR. On May 15, 2003, Central Bay
filed a Motion for Leave to Admit Second MR. In an En Banc Resolution of the SC dated
July 8, 2003, the SC resolved to admit the Second MR of Central Bay.
On November 11, 2003, the SC rendered a 7-7 split decision on Central Bay’s Second MR. Because
of the new issues raised in the SC’s latest resolution that were never tried or heard in the case,
Central Bay was constrained to file on December 5, 2003 a Motion for Re-deliberation of the SC’s
latest resolution which motion was denied with finality by the SC.
With the nullification of the AJVA, Central Bay has suspended all Project operations. On August 10,
2007, in view of the failure by the PRA to comply with its obligations and representations under the
AJVA, Cyber Bay and Central Bay have filed their claims for reimbursement of Project expenses in
the amount of P = 10,200.0 million with the PRA. Cyber Bay and Central Bay provided the PRA with the
summary and details of their claims on September 5, 2007.
On July 15, 2008, Cyber Bay sent a follow-up letter to the PRA. The PRA, in its letter dated
July 18, 2008, informed Cyber Bay that its claim is still being evaluated by the PRA. As at
October 3, 2013, the claim is still being evaluated by the PRA.
On November 13, 2012, the SEC approved the conversion of debt to equity of Cyber Bay resulting to
a change in percentage ownership of POPI from 22.3% to 10.5%. The management assessed that
POPI ceased to have significant influence over Cyber Bay. As a result of the debt to equity
conversion, the investment in Cyber Bay was reclassified to AFS financial asset.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ALI Group has unpaid subscription in Cyber Bay amounting to
P
= 481.7 million. The investment in Cyber Bay under “Investment in bonds and other securities”
amounted to P = 548.3 million and P
= 777.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
(see Note 15).
Provisions
Provisions relate to pending unresolved claims and assessments. The information usually required
by PAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, is not disclosed on the grounds
that it can be expected to prejudice the outcome of these claims and assessments (see Note 37).
Others
Others include nontrade payables, warranty payables and liability for the unpaid portion of the total
purchase price of several parcels of land acquired by ALI Group from Central Azucarera de Tarlac,
Inc. with an aggregate area of approximately 290 hectares located in Barangay Central, City of
Tarlac, Province of Tarlac. In 2017, others consisted of IMI Group’s contingent consideration arising
from the acquisition of STI amounting to US$24.6 million (P= 1.2 billion), respectively (see Notes 24
and 33).
*SGVFS032939*
- 135 -
21. Equity
The details of the Parent Company’s preferred and common shares follow:
Voting Preferred
Preferred A shares Preferred B shares Preferred C shares shares Common shares
2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Thousands, except par value per share)
Authorized shares 12,000 12,000 58,000 58,000 40,000 40,000 200,000 200,000 900,000 900,000
Par value per share P
= 100 P
= 100 P
= 100 P
= 100 P
= 100 P
= 100 P
=1 P
=1 P
= 50 P
= 50
Issued and subscribed
shares 12,000 12,000 58,000 58,000 – – 200,000 200,000 630,627 621,292
Outstanding shares
At beginning of year – – 47,000 47,000 – – 200,000 200,000 621,292 620,224
Issuance of shares – – – – – – – – 8,810 –
Issued shares on
exercise of share
options – – – – – – – – 7 110
Subscribed shares – – – – – – – – 518 958
At end of year – – 47,000 47,000 – – 200,000 200,000 630,627 621,292
Series 1 Series 2
Preferred B 2018 2017 2018 2017
Par value per share P
= 100 P
= 100 P
= 100 P
= 100
Issued and subscribed shares 28,000 20,000 30,000 27,000
Outstanding shares 20,000 20,000 27,000 27,000
Preferred Shares
Preferred A shares
On November 11, 2008, the Parent Company filed a primary offer in the Philippines of its Preferred A
shares at an offer price of P
= 500.00 per share to be listed and traded on the PSE.
Preferred A shares are cumulative, nonvoting and redeemable at the option of the Parent Company
under such terms that the BOD may approve at the time of the issuance of shares and with a
dividend rate of 8.88% per annum. The Preferred A shares may be redeemed at the option of the
Parent Company starting on the fifth year.
On June 28, 2013, the BOD approved and authorized the exercise of call option on Preferred A
shares effective November 25, 2013 based on the dividend rate of 8.88% per annum. The
redemption of Preferred A shares is presented as part of treasury stock.
Preferred B shares
In July 2006, the Parent Company filed a primary offer in the Philippines of its Preferred B shares at
an offer price of P
= 100.00 per share to be listed and traded in the PSE. The Preferred B shares are
cumulative, nonvoting and redeemable at the option of the Parent Company under such terms that
the BOD may approve at the time of the issuance of shares and with dividend rate of 9.4578% per
annum. The Preferred B shares may be redeemed at the option of the Parent Company starting on
the fifth year from the date of issuance.
On March 14, 2011, the BOD approved and authorized the exercise of call option on its Preferred B
shares effective July 21, 2011 based on the dividend rate of 9.5% per annum. The redemption of
Preferred B shares is presented as part of treasury stock.
*SGVFS032939*
- 136 -
Preferred C shares
Preferred C shares are cumulative, non-participating, non-voting and redeemable at the option of the
Parent Company under such terms that the BOD may approve at the time of the issuance of the
shares.
On April 16, 2010, the Parent Company’s stockholders ratified the reclassification.
On April 22, 2010, the SEC approved the amendments to the Parent Company’s Articles of
Incorporation embodying the reclassification of the unissued common shares to new Voting Preferred
shares.
The Voting Preferred shares are cumulative, voting and redeemable at the option of the Parent
Company under such terms that the BOD of the Parent Company may approve at the time of the
issuance of shares and with a dividend rate of 5.3% per annum. In 2016, the dividend rate was
repriced to 3.6950%.
Common Shares
The common shares may be owned or subscribed by or transferred to any person, partnership,
association or corporation regardless of nationality, provided that at any time at least 60% of the
outstanding capital stock shall be owned by citizens of the Philippines or by partnerships,
associations or corporations with 60% of the voting stock or voting power of which is owned and
controlled by citizens of the Philippines.
In July 2013, the SEC approved the amendments to the Parent Company’s Articles of Incorporation
for the exemption of 100 million common shares from the exercise of pre-emptive rights of holders of
common shares. These shares are allocated to support the financing activities of the Parent
Company.
On July 21, 2018, the Parent Company issued 8.8 million common shares at a price of P = 916.0 per
share to an institutional investor and paid the documentary stamp taxes amounting to P
= 4.4 million.
Treasury shares
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, treasury shares include 12.0 million Preferred A shares and
11.0 million Preferred B shares amounting to P
= 1.2 billion and P
= 1.1 billion, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 137 -
2018
Additional Total
Preferred Preferred Voting Common Paid-in Subscriptions Paid-in
Stock - A Stock - B Preferred Stock Subscribed Capital Receivable Capital
(In Thousands)
At beginning of year P
= 1,200,000 P
= 5,800,000 P
= 200,000 P
= 30,899,877 P= 164,725 P
= 37,929,927 (P
= 1,193,355) P
= 75,001,174
Issuance of new shares – – – 440,500 – 7,615,757 − 8,056,257
Exercise/Cancellation/
Subscription of
ESOP/ESOWN – – – 340 25,933 610,334 (500,942) 135,665
Collection of
subscription
receivables – – – − − − 168,579 168,579
At end of year P
= 1,200,000 P
= 5,800,000 P
= 200,000 P
= 31,340,717 P
= 190,658 P
= 46,156,018 (P
= 1,525,718) P
= 83,361,675
2017
Additional Total
Preferred Preferred Voting Common Paid–in Subscriptions Paid–in
Stock - A Stock - B Preferred Stock Subscribed Capital Receivable Capital
(In Thousands)
At beginning of year P
= 1,200,000 P
= 5,800,000 P
= 200,000 P
= 30,839,021 P
= 172,209 P
= 36,928,326 (P
= 759,796) P
= 74,379,760
Exercise/Cancellation/
Subscription of
ESOP/ESOWN – – – 5,479 47,893 1,001,601 (808,044) 246,929
Collection of
subscription
receivables – – – 55,377 (55,377) – 374,485 374,485
At end of year P
= 1,200,000 P
= 5,800,000 P
= 200,000 P
= 30,899,877 P
= 164,725 P= 37,929,927 (P
= 1,193,355) P
= 75,001,174
2016
Additional Total
Preferred Preferred Voting Common Paid-in Subscriptions Paid-in
Stock – A Stock – B Preferred Stock Subscribed Capital Receivable Capital
(In Thousands)
At beginning of year P
= 1,200,000 P
= 5,800,000 P
= 200,000 P
= 30,808,747 P
= 171,810 P
= 36,316,709 (P
= 577,944) P
= 73,919,322
Exercise/Cancellation/
Subscription of
ESOP/ESOWN – – – 4,116 26,557 611,617 (321,196) 321,094
Collection of
subscription
receivables – – – 26,158 (26,158) – 139,344 139,344
At end of year P
= 1,200,000 P
= 5,800,000 P
= 200,000 P
= 30,839,021 P
= 172,209 P= 36,928,326 (P
= 759,796) P
= 74,379,760
In accordance with SRC Rule 68, as Amended (2011), Annex 68-D, below is a summary of the
Parent Company’s track record of registration of securities.
2018 2017
Number of Number of
holders of holders of
Number of shares securities as of securities as of
registered Issue/offer price Date of approval December 31 December 31
Common shares 200,000,000* P
= 1.00 par value**; July 1976 6,507 6,587
P
= 4.21 issue price
Preferred A shares*** 12,000,000 P
= 100 par value; November 2008 − –
P
= 500 issue price
Preferred B shares 18,000,000 P
= 100 par value; July 2006 − –
P
= 500 issue price
Preferred B shares- 20,000,000 P= 100 par value; October 2013 19 19
Series 1**** P
= 500 issue price
Preferred B shares- 27,000,000 P= 100 par value; October 2014 10 11
Series 2***** P
= 500 issue price
Voting preferred 200,000,000 P
= 1 par value; March 2010 1,031 1,028
shares P
= 1 issue price
*Initial number of registered shares only.
**Par value now is P = 50.00
***The Preferred A shares were fully redeemed on November 25, 2013.
****The Preferred B- Series 1 shares were re-issued on November 15, 2013.
*****The Preferred B-Series 2 shares were re-issued on November 6, 2014.
*SGVFS032939*
- 138 -
Retained Earnings
Retained earnings include the accumulated equity in undistributed net earnings of consolidated
subsidiaries and associates and joint ventures accounted for under the equity method amounting to
P
= 142,844.6 million, P
= 116,104.3 million and P
= 93,176.0 million as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and
2016, respectively, which are not available for dividend declaration by the Parent Company until
these are declared by the investee companies.
Retained earnings are further restricted for the payment of dividends to the extent of the cost of the
shares held in treasury.
In accordance with the SRC Rule 68, as Amended (2011), Annex 68-C, the Parent Company’s
retained earnings available for dividend declaration as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to
P
= 34.0 billion and P
= 33.2 billion, respectively.
Capital Management
The primary objective of the Parent Company’s capital management policy is to ensure that it
maintains a robust balance sheet in order to support its business and maximize shareholder value.
The Parent Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in
economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Parent Company may adjust the
dividend payment to shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made in the objectives,
policies or processes for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
The Parent Company monitors capital using a gearing ratio of debt to equity and net debt to equity.
Debt consists of short-term and long-term debt of the Group. Net debt includes short-term and long-
term debt less cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash of the Group.
The Parent Company considers as capital the total equity.
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Short-term debt P
= 39,518,245 P= 29,904,723
Long-term debt 372,743,387 320,707,229
Total debt 412,261,632 350,611,952
Less:
Cash and cash equivalents 60,624,263 64,259,279
Short-term investments 5,956,489 5,400,239
Restricted cash 2,365,311 −
Net debt P
= 343,315,569 P
= 280,952,434
Total equity P
= 469,108,355 P
= 411,092,388
Debt to equity 87.9% 85.3%
Net debt to equity 73.2% 68.3%
*SGVFS032939*
- 139 -
The loan agreements on long-term debt of the Parent Company and some subsidiaries provide for
certain restrictions and requirements with respect to, among others, payment of dividends, incurrence
of additional liabilities, investment and guaranties, mergers or consolidations or other material
changes in their ownership, corporate set-up or management, acquisition of treasury stock,
disposition and mortgage of assets and maintenance of financial ratios at certain levels. These
restrictions and requirements were complied with by the Group as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Due to certain constraints in the local banking system regarding loans to directors, officers,
stockholders and related interest (DOSRI), some of the Parent Company’s credit facilities with a local
bank are secured by US dollar cash in accordance with BSP regulations. Any outstanding loan
amount, as well as the interest, all other charges and expenses, shall be secured by an assignment
of US dollar denominated deposits (thru its financing arm AYCFL, see Note 19) and remain on
holdout by the bank for as long as the loan is outstanding at a collateral to loan ratio of 1:1, which the
borrower agrees to maintain at all times.
The Parent Company also monitors capital through return-to-common equity ratio. For this ratio, the
Parent Company considers as capital the average amount of equity with the exclusion of accounts
pertaining to preferred shares and the non-controlling interests.
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Net income attributable to owners of the parent P
= 31,817,721 P
= 30,263,842
Less:
Dividends to equity preferred shares 1,285,015 1,285,015
Net debt P
= 30,532,706 P
= 28,978,827
Average common equity attributable to owners of
the parent P
= 249,959,899 P
= 220,117,430
Return to common equity 12.2% 13.2%
22. Revenue
*SGVFS032939*
- 140 -
ALI Group
Revenue from contracts with customers of ALI Group consists of:
ALI Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time, in
different product types. ALI Group’s disaggregation of each source of revenue from contracts with
customers are presented below:
Residential development
2018
(In thousands)
Type of Product
Condominium P
= 35,284,221
Coremid 33,694,884
Middle Income Housing 33,401,701
Lot only 18,253,589
P
= 120,634,395
All of ALI Group’s real estate sales from residential development are revenue from contracts with
customers recognized over time.
2018
(In thousands)
Type of Product
Rooms P
= 3,909,395
Food and beverage 2,116,548
Other operated department 296,049
Others 64,904
P
= 6,386,896
ALI Group’s construction revenue all pertains to transactions with related parties.
IMI Group
The following table presents revenue of IMI Group per product type (amounts in thousands):
*SGVFS032939*
- 141 -
MWC Group
The following are the disaggregation of MWC’s revenue from contracts with customers for the year
ended December 31, 2018:
Details of costs of sales and services included in the consolidated statements of income are as
follows:
Cost of sales includes, among others, the cost of real estate inventories amounting to cost of
P
= 67.8 billion in 2018, P
= 59.9 billion in 2017 and P = 47.4 billion in 2016; electronics goods amounting to
P
= 49.5 billion in 2018, P
= 44.2 billion in 2017 and P = 31.0 billion in 2016; and cost of vehicles, automotive
parts and accessories amounting to P = 19.7 billion in 2018, P = 28.4 billion in 2017 and P
= 20.4 billion in
2016. “Others” include various costs such as cost of energy sales, communication, dues and fees
and miscellaneous overhead, among others.
*SGVFS032939*
- 142 -
General and administrative expenses included in the consolidated statements of income are as
follows:
“Others” include various expenses such as plant relocation costs, management fees, marketing,
collection charges, sales commission, bank service charge, periodicals and miscellaneous operating
expenses. The plant relocation costs pertaining to the transfer of one of IMI’s operations in China
from Liantang, Luohu to Pingshan were also charged to certain general and administrative expenses.
Such plant relocation is in line with the urban redevelopment projects of the Shenzhen City
government.
Depreciation and amortization expense included in the consolidated statements of income follows:
*SGVFS032939*
- 143 -
“Others” mainly pertain to income derived from ancillary services and miscellaneous income of
consolidated subsidiaries. In 2018, this includes, among others, gain on reversal of contingent
consideration amounting to US$21.3 million (P = 1.0 billion), liquidated damages amounting to US$36.0
million (P
= 1.9 billion), commission income amounting to P = 827.2 million, marketing fees, integrated
used water and other water services (e.g., sale of packaged water, septic sludge disposal and
bacteriological water analysis); and income from sale of scrap. In 2018, gain on sale of investments
includes gain from sale by STSN to Jinnuo Century Trading Limited amounting to US$19.1 million
(P
= 1.0 billion). In 2017, this account consisted of AC Energy Cayman’s commission income
amounting to P = 1.5 billion (see Note 35) and ALI’s reversal of allowance for impairment in inventories
of ALI amounting to P = 1.3 billion (see Note 8). In 2017, ALI reversed its allowance for impairment in
inventories due to higher fair value than its carrying amount.
*SGVFS032939*
- 144 -
“Others” include, among others, various charges, such as pretermination costs, bond offering fees,
and credit card charges.
2018 Acquisitions
On January 5, 2018, the transfer of shares was completed, increasing ALI’s shareholding in MCT to
50.19% from 32.95%. RWIL also issued a notice of an unconditional mandatory take-over offer to the
BOD of MCT, to acquire all remaining shares of MCT that are not already held by RWIL, following the
completion of certain conditions to the share purchase agreement.
The mandatory take-over offer made in connection to the acquisition of additional shares in MCT
closed as of 5:00 p.m. (Malaysian time) February 19, 2018. Owners of 295,277,682 shares accepted
the offer, equivalent to 22.12% of MCT’s total outstanding shares. As a result of the offer, ALI’s
shareholdings in MCT increased from 50.19% to 72.31%. Total consideration paid is P = 6.0 billion.
ALI Group remeasured its previously held interest in MCT based on its acquisition-date fair value
which resulted to a remeasurement loss of P
= 1.8 billion.
ALI Group finalized the purchase price allocation of its acquisition of MCT through business
combination in December 2018. The final purchase price allocation resulted in gain from bargain
purchase of P
= 1.8 billion. The net gain of P
= 60.0 million from the acquisition is presented under ‘Other
income’ account in the 2018 consolidated statement of income.
The following are the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed (amounts in
thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 1,078,224
Trade and other receivables 2,833,560
Inventories 13,620,873
Investment properties 5,712,635
Property, plant and equipment 4,599,423
Other noncurrent assets 69,222
27,913,937
Liabilities
Accounts and other payables 5,506,336
Borrowings 2,752,114
Income tax payable 128,551
Deferred tax liabilities 2,287,772
10,674,773
Net assets P
= 17,239,164
Total net assets acquired (72.31%) 12,465,640
Negative goodwill (1,854,073)
Cost of acquisition P
= 10,611,567
*SGVFS032939*
- 145 -
In P
=
Cash consideration P
= 10,611,567
Previously held interest (4,849,007)
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary (1,078,224)
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from
investing activities) P
= 4,684,336
The fair value of the trade and other receivables approximate their carrying amounts since these are
short-term in nature. None of the trade receivables have been impaired and it is expected that the full
contractual amounts can be collected.
From January 8 to December 31, 2018, ALI Group’s share in MCT’s revenue and net income
amounted to P
= 7.6 billion and P
= 1.3 billion.
On April 30, 2018, AEI assumed ownership of approximately 96% of the voting shares of NTC for a
total consideration of P
= 1.16 billion. With NTC added to the existing AEI’s portfolio currently
composed of APEC Schools and University of Nueva Caceres (UNC), AEI’s combined student
population is now approximately 38,000 students.
The values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising as at the date of
acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash P
= 53,719
Trade and other receivables 54,222
Other current assets 217
Property, plant and equipment 865,325
Intellectual property rights 422,243
Student relationship 38,802
Other noncurrent assets 21,033
1,455,561
Liabilities
Accounts and other payables 36,587
Tax liabilities 143,154
Other payables 10,712
190,453
Net Assets P
= 1,265,108
Non-controlling interest (11.8%) (149,283)
Goodwill 44,911
Cost of acquisition P
= 1,160,736
The fair value of the receivables approximate their carrying amounts. None of the receivables have
been impaired and it is expected that the full contractual amounts can be collected.
*SGVFS032939*
- 146 -
The non-controlling interests have been measured at the proportionate share of the value of the net
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Acquisition-related costs, which consist of professional and legal fees, transaction costs, taxes,
representation and travel expenses amounting to P = 13.9 million were recognized as expense
in 2018.
In P
=
Cash consideration P
= 1,160,736
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary (53,719)
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from
investing activities) P
= 1,107,017
The Group has elected to measure non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value. The fair value
of the non-controlling interest in Merlin USA, a non-listed company, has been estimated by applying a
discounted cash flow technique. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are
not observable in the market. The fair value estimate is based on an assumed discount of 39.1% and
terminal value exit multiple of 1.2x.
The value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising as at the date of
acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
In US$ In P
=*
Assets
Cash US$65 P
= 3,386
Receivables 710 37,015
Inventories 1,510 78,674
Other current assets 469 24,010
Property, plant and equipment 2,130 110,962
Intangible assets - Intellectual Property and
Trademark 14,240 741,904
Other noncurrent assets 1,507 78,530
20,631 1,074,481
Liabilities
Trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities 4,272 222,218
Loans payable 3,046 158,691
7,318 380,909
Net assets US$13,313 P
= 693,607
Goodwill $1,702 88,702
Fair value of previously held interest (1,384) (72,119)
Non-controlling interest at fair value (303) (15,788)
Less: Fair value of net assets acquired 13,313 693,572
Cost of acquisition US$13,328 P
= 694,367
*Translated using the exchange rate at the date of the closing of the transaction ($1:P
= 52.10 on February 26, 2018).
*SGVFS032939*
- 147 -
The deferred tax assets mainly comprise of the tax effect of the net operating loss carryover and
temporary differences between financial statement balance and tax balance of accruals and tangible
and intangible assets.
The goodwill recognized on the acquisition can be attributed to the automotive Tier 1 manufacturing
competencies in modelling, cubing, tooling and plastic parts production that MT adds to AITHI’s
portfolio, as well as expected synergies from cross-selling and organizational efficiencies with other
AITHI companies.
In US$ In P
=*
Initial purchase consideration 11,985 624,419
Liabilities related to contingent consideration recognized 1,343 69,970
Cost of acquisition US$13,328 P
= 694,389
The initial purchase consideration of US$12.0 million was paid in cash. The transaction purchase price
also includes contingent consideration of US$1.3 million payable to the previous shareholders, subject
to certain conditions.
Acquisition-related costs, which consist of professional and legal fees, transaction costs and travel
expenses amounting to US$0.6 million were recognized as expense in 2018.
From the date of acquisition, AITHI’s share in Merlin’s revenue and net losses amounted to
US$3.0 million and US$11.3 million, respectively, covering 10 months from March to December
2018. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of 2018, the AITHI’s share in Merlin’s
revenue and net loss would have been US$3.1 million and US$15.0 million, respectively.
VTS will develop and manufacture the metal mesh touch sensors in Japan on the existing premises
of Toppan. The new setup will strengthen VIA’s portfolio of differentiated and value-added sensor
technology for touch panels, touch-display modules, display head assemblies, and interactive display
systems across multiple markets and segments.
The control concept according to PFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements, sets out three
elements of control consisting of power over investee, exposure or rights to variable returns from
involvement with the investee and the ability to use power over the investee to affect the amount of
these returns. Based on assessment, VIA has control over VTS and needs to consolidate VTS in its
consolidated financial statements.
The purchase price allocation for the acquisition of VTS has been prepared on a preliminary basis
due to unavailability of certain information to facilitate fair valuation computation, and reasonable
changes are expected as additional information becomes available. The provisional goodwill
recognized on the acquisition can be attributed to its years of knowledge and experience of market
*SGVFS032939*
- 148 -
requirements, system-level design, and production in the automotive, consumer and industrial
markets to support further development of the core sensor technology.
The provisional values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising as at the
date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets In US$ In P
=*
Receivables - net US$185 P
= 9,620
Inventories 1,244 64,688
Property, plant and equipment 97 5,044
Intangible assets 5,258 273,416
US$6,784 P
= 352,768
Liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities US$5,254 P
= 273,208
Net Assets US$1,530 P
= 79,560
In US$ In P
=*
Cash consideration US$1,966 P
= 102,232
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary – −
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from
investing activities) US$1,966 P
= 102,232
*Translated using the exchange rate at the closing date of transaction (US$1:P
= 52.00 on April 9, 2018).
The fair value of the receivables approximate their carrying amounts. None of the receivables have
been impaired and it is expected that the full contractual amounts can be collected.
Acquisition-related costs, which consists of professional and legal fees, travel and recruitment
services amounting to US$1.1 million were recognized as expense in 2018.
From the date of acquisition, VTS contributed US$26.5 million of revenue and US$0.9 million profit
before tax to the Group. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of 2018, the IMI’s share
in VTS’ revenue and net income would have been US$35.3 million and US$1.3 million, respectively.
This investment forms part of Ayala’s strategy to develop infrastructure that will result in better
efficiencies and improve the fulfillment goals of its existing businesses in real estate, banking,
telecommunications, and e-commerce.
*SGVFS032939*
- 149 -
The purchase price allocation has been prepared on a preliminary basis due to unavailability of
information to facilitate fair value computation which includes information necessary for the valuation
of other intangible assets, if any. The provisional goodwill is subject to reasonable changes, if any, as
additional information becomes available and the purchase price allocation has been finalized.
The provisional values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising as at the
date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 49,759
Receivables 39,653
Prepayments 4,951
Other current assets 4,385
Property and equipment 6,817
Other noncurrent assets 2,045
Subscription receivable 98,391
206,001
Liabilities
Accounts and other payables 74,492
Tax payable 4,992
Other current liability 1,772
81,256
Net Assets P
= 124,745
Non-controlling interest 2,964
Provisional goodwill 31,155
Cost of acquisition P
= 158,864
In P
=*
Cash consideration P
= 158,864
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary (49,759)
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from
investing activities) P
= 109,105
The fair value of the receivables and subscription receivable approximate their carrying amounts.
None of the receivables and subscription receivable have been impaired and it is expected that the
full contractual amounts can be collected.
The non-controlling interests have been measured at the proportionate share of the value of the net
identifiable assets acquired, except subscription receivable, and liabilities assumed.
Acquisition-related costs, which consist of legal fees, travel and meeting expenses amounting to
P
= 7.7 million were recognized as expense in 2018.
From the date of acquisition, AC Infra’s share in Entrego’s revenue and net loss amounted to
P
= 73.5 million and P= 73.0 million, respectively. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of
2018, AC Infra’s share in Entrego’s revenue and net loss would have been P = 99.7 million and
P
= 91.7 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 150 -
The provisional values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising as at the
date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 875
Prepayments and other current assets 530
1,405
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 1,497
Net assets (liabilities) (92)
Goodwill 2,592
Cost of acquisition P
= 2,500
Cash consideration P
= 2,500
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary (875)
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from investing activities) P
= 1,625
The purchase price allocation has been prepared on a preliminary basis due to unavailability of
information to facilitate the fair value computation. These include, among others, information based
on appraisal reports for property, plant and equipment and information necessary for the valuation of
identifiable intangible assets (i.e. process, projects development costs, etc.). Reasonable changes
are expected as additional information becomes available. The provisional purchase price allocation
will be finalized within one year from the date of closure of the above acquisition.
From November 27 to December 31, 2018, ACEI’s share in Pagudpud Wind’s revenue and net loss
amounted to nil and P
= 0.1 million, respectively. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of
2018, ACEI’s share in Pagudpud’s revenue and net loss would have been nil and P = 0.1 million,
respectively.
HDP is a domestic company that supplies water to San Carlos Bioenergy, Inc. (SCBI) under a Water
Supply Contract executed on October 31, 2006 (originally between SCBI and San Julio Realty Inc.
(SJRI), which was later assigned by SJRI to San Carlos Land, Inc. (SCLand) on December 22, 2008,
and then by SCLand to the HDP on December 11, 2017).
*SGVFS032939*
- 151 -
The provisional values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill arising as at the
date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 1,111
Receivables 3,463
Prepayments and other current assets 5,355
Intangibles 7,381
Property, plant and equipment 350
17,660
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 12,423
Net Assets 5,237
Goodwill 104,862
Cost of acquisition P
= 110,099
Cash consideration P
= 110,099
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary (1,111)
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from
investing activities) P
= 108,988
The purchase price allocation has been prepared on a preliminary basis due to unavailability of
information to facilitate the fair value computation. These include, among others, information based
on appraisal reports for property, plant and equipment and information necessary for the valuation of
identifiable intangible assets (i.e., process, projects development costs, etc.) Reasonable changes
are expected as additional information becomes available. The provisional purchase price allocation
will be finalized within one year from the date of closure of the above acquisition.
From December 7 to 31, 2018, ACEI’s share in HDP’s revenue and net income amounted to
P
= 1.65 million and P= 1.58 million, respectively. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of
2018, ACEI’s share in HDP’s revenue and net income would have been P = 18.03 million and
P
= 9.07 million, respectively.
On January 9, 2019, Aqua Centro paid 50% of the total contract price amounting to total consideration
of P
= 24.7 million, while the remaining 50% shall be payable upon compliance with all conditions
precedent, within six (6) months after agreement date.
On December 11, 2018, LAWC entered into four (4) APAs with EDCG’s subsidiaries to acquire the
subsidiaries’ assets related to or used in its water service provision operations in Biñan, Laguna. The
APAs are with the following EDCG subsidiaries, namely, Earth Aspire Corporation, Earth Prosper
Corporation, Earth and Style Corporation and Extraordinary Development Corp. Total acquisition cost
amounted to P = 20.5 million, while the remaining 50% shall be payable upon compliance with all
conditions precedent, within six (6) months after agreement date .
*SGVFS032939*
- 152 -
MWC management assessed that the following acquisitions are considered as acquisition of business
under PFRS 3 since: a) the assets purchased by MWC Group have the ability to create or operate
water services when one or more processes were applied; b) the business can be integrated to MWC
Group’s operations; and c) revenues from the provision of water is considered an output that MWC
Group will benefit from as a result of the acquisition.
The fair values of the identifiable assets on these transactions as of the date of acquisition were as
follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets Acquired
(Property, Plant and Goodwill
Equipment) Acquisition Cost (Bargain Purchase)
Aqua Centro
First Advance Development
Corporation P
= 40,790 P
= 20,769 (P
= 20,021)
Earth Aspire Corporation 3,753 1,356 (2,397)
Ambition Land Inc. 5,528 4,559 (968)
Prosperity Builders Resources Inc. 11,604 12,475 871
Tahanang Yaman Homes
Corporation 7,249 10,189 2,940
Laguna Water
Earth Prosper Corporation 13,952 6,881 (7,071)
Earth + Style Corporation 23,303 17,338 (5,965)
Extraordinary Development Corp. 5,753 81 (5,672)
Earth Aspire Corporation 18,278 16,619 (1,659)
No identifiable liabilities were assumed by Aqua Centro and LAWC in these acquisitions. Total gain
on bargain purchase amounting to P = 43.75 million is presented as part of “Other income” in the 2018
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2018, the purchase price allocations of Aqua Centro and Laguna Water for the
acquisitions are provisional as the valuation of property, plant and equipment is yet to be finalized.
2017 Acquisitions
AC Energy DevCo Inc. (AEDCI), Visayas Renewables Corp. (VRC) and Manapla Sun Power Dev’t.
Corp.
On March 16, 2017, ACEI signed definitive documents to acquire 100% ownership of Bronzeoak
Clean Energy (Bronzeoak) and SCCE. With the acquisition, SCCE and Bronzeoak have been
renamed as AC Energy DevCo Inc. and Visayas Renewables Corp. (VRC), respectively. In March
2017, ACEI Group also acquired 66.22% ownership interest in Manapla Sun. Manapla Sun is the
landowner of and lessor for Islasol’s solar farm in Manapla, Negros Occidential.
*SGVFS032939*
- 153 -
The fair values of the identifiable assets and assumed acquired liabilities and goodwill arising as at
the date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 9,381
Receivables 5,224
Prepayments and other current assets 19,527
Property, plant and equipment 2,447
36,579
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 10,315
Net Assets 26,264
Cost of acquisition 812,527
Goodwill (Note 14) P
= 786,263
Cash consideration P
= 812,527
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary 9,381
Net cash flow P
= 803,146
As of December 31, 2018, ACEI finalized its purchase price allocation and there were no changes to
the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
The goodwill arising from the acquisition of AEDCI is from the established capabilities of its
assembled workforce which includes:
a. Pre-development and development – which involves site acquisition, permitting and studies to get
the project to a shovel ready state
b. Construction – including sourcing of investors as well as managing the construction of the power
plants
c. Operations – covering management of the power plants in lieu of the investors for a fee
Further, the above acquisition included projects in its pipeline with a view of developing projects (new
and from the pipeline) for ACEI Group. Through this acquisition, ACEI Group is able to have the
capability to develop projects end-to-end from permits and feasibility studies all the way to
construction and operations.
Currently, the assembled workforce oversees the pre-development and development of several
potential sites for its solar projects within the Philippines, as well as the construction of offshore
renewable power plants where ACEI Group co-invested with local partners.
From March 16 to December 31, 2017, ACEI’s share in AEDCI’s revenue and net income amounted
to P
= 119.9 million and P
= 12.4 million, respectively. If the combination had taken place at the beginning
of 2017, ACEI’s share in AEDCI’s revenue and net income would have been P = 180.2 million and
P
= 31.8 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 154 -
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 6,226
Prepayments and other current assets 21
Equity investments at FVOCI 579,886
586,133
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 107
Net Assets 586,026
Cost of acquisition 586,026
Goodwill P
=−
Cash consideration P
= 586,026
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary 6,226
Net cash flow P
= 579,800
As of December 31, 2018, ACEI Group finalized its purchase price allocation resulting in the
recognition of equity investments at FVOCI amounting to P = 579.9 million and reduction in goodwill by
the same amount. The prior period comparative information was not restated, instead the adjustment
to the provisional goodwill recognized in 2017 was included under Reclassification/other adjustments
for 2018 in Note 14. The fair value of prepayments and other current assets and accounts payable
and accrued expenses approximate their carrying amounts since these are short-term in nature. The
valuation technique adopted for equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
dated March 16, 2017 is the discounted cash flow method. The fair value measurement using
unobservable data is based on Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
From March 16 to December 31, 2017, ACEI’s share in VRC’s revenue and net income amounted to
P
= 11.6 million and P= 11.3 million, respectively. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of
2017, ACEI’s share in VRC’s revenue and net income would have been P = 16.0 million and
P
= 15.6 million, respectively.
The fair values of the identifiable assets and assumed acquired liabilities and goodwill arising as at
the date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 2,684
Receivables 28,817
Prepayments and other current assets 8,255
Investment property 253,670
293,426
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 49,440
Net Assets 243,986
Cost of acquisition 236,000
Non-controlling Interest 7,986
Goodwill P
=−
Cash consideration P
= 236,000
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary 2,684
Net cash flow P
= 233,316
*SGVFS032939*
- 155 -
As of December 31, 2018, ACEI Group finalized its purchase price allocation resulting in the
recognition of investment property amounting to P
= 253.7 million and reduction in goodwill by the same
amount. The prior period comparative information was not restated, instead the adjustment to the
provisional goodwill recognized in 2017 was included under Reclassification/other adjustments for
2018 in Note 14. The fair value of receivables and accounts payable and accrued expenses
approximate their carrying amounts since these are short-term in nature. The valuation technique
adopted for the measurement of investment property (i.e., land) fair value is the market
approach. The market price per square meter of land amounts to P = 680.00. The fair value
measurement using unobservable data is based on Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
From March 16 to December 31, 2017, ACEI’s share in Manapla Sun’s revenue and net income
amounted to P = 46.0 million and P
= 37.5 million, respectively. If the combination had taken place at the
beginning of 2017, ACEI’s share in Manapla Sun’s revenue and net income would have been
P
= 40.3 million and P
= 36.6 million, respectively.
The fair values of the identifiable assets and assumed acquired liabilities and goodwill arising as at
the date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 152
Prepayments and other current assets 77
Property, plant and equipment 18,281
Water supply contract (Note 16) 127,476
Other assets 243
146,229
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses P
= 19,158
Net Assets 127,071
Cost of acquisition 127,071
Goodwill P
=−
Cash consideration P
= 127,071
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary 152
Net cash flow P
= 126,919
As of December 31, 2018, ACEI Group finalized its purchase price allocation resulting in the
recognition of water supply contract amounting to P
= 127.5 million and reduction in goodwill by the
same amount. The prior period comparative information was not restated, instead the adjustment to
the provisional goodwill recognized in 2017 was included under Reclassification/other adjustments for
2018 in Note 14.
The fair value of prepayments and other current assets, other assets and accounts payable and
accrued expenses approximate their carrying amounts since these are short-term in nature. The
valuation technique adopted for the measurement of property, plant and equipment and water supply
contract is the discounted cash flow method. The fair value measurement using unobservable data is
based on Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
From December 18 to 31, 2017, ACEI’s share in SSC Bulk Water’s revenue and net loss amounted to
nil. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of 2017, ACEI’s share in SSC’s revenue and
net loss would have been nil and P= 0.50 million, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 156 -
Solienda, Incorporated
The fair values of the identifiable assets and assumed acquired liabilities and goodwill arising as at
the date of acquisition follows (amounts in thousands):
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 13,665
Receivables 6,112
Prepayments and other current assets 3
Deferred tax assets 6,143
Leasehold rights 470,727
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses P
= 148,965
Net Assets 347,685
Cost of acquisition 347,685
Goodwill P
=−
Cash consideration P
= 347,685
Less: Cash acquired from the subsidiary 13,665
Net cash flow P
= 334,020
As of December 31, 2018, ACEI Group finalized its purchase price allocation resulting in the
recognition of leasehold rights amounting to P
= 470.7 million and reduction in goodwill by the same
amount. The prior period comparative information was not restated, instead the the adjustment to the
provisional goodwill recognized in 2017 under Reclassification/other adjustments for 2018 in Note 14.
The fair value of receivables, prepayments and other current assets and accounts payable and
accrued expenses approximate their carrying amounts since these are short-term in nature. The
valuation technique adopted for the measurement of leasehold rights is the discounted cash flow
method. The fair value measurement using unobservable data is based on Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy.
From December 28 to 31, 2017, ACEI’s share in Solienda’s revenue and net income amounted to nil.
If the combination had taken place at the beginning of 2017, ACEI’s share in Solienda’s revenue and
net income would have been P = 68.4 million and P
= 44.7 million, respectively.
In 2017, the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of STI has been prepared on a preliminary
basis due to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation.
*SGVFS032939*
- 157 -
IMI finalized the purchase price allocation with the following changes to the values based on
additional information subsequently obtained (amounts in thousands):
The changes in the fair values pertain to the audited balances of STI as of acquisition date. The prior
period comparative information was not restated since the audited fair values approximates the
provisional carrying values. Adjustment of the provisional goodwill recognized in 2017 was included
under Reclassification/other adjustments for 2018 in Note 14. The goodwill recognized on the
acquisition can be attributed to STI’s access to the UK market. Further, the partnership will allow IMI
Group’s entry into the aerospace, security and defense sectors. Management assessed that as a
contract manufacturer, STI does not hold any intellectual property rights and that there are no existing
customer relationships. For fixed assets, there is no fair value adjustment required due to the age
and nature of equipment. The fair value of the receivables approximates their carrying amounts. None
of the receivables have been impaired and is expected that the full contractual amounts can be
collected.
The initial purchase consideration of £23.0 million (US$29.8 million) was paid in cash upon signing of
the agreement. The contingent consideration is based on the actual normalized earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) performance less adjustments in 2018 and
2019. The contingent consideration was recognized at its fair value as part of the consideration
transferred using the probability-weighted average of payouts associated with each possible
outcome. Fair values of the contingent consideration amounted to £3.0 million (US$3.7 million) and
£19.3 million (US$25.0 million) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively (see Note 9). The
gain from the reversal of contingent liability amounting to US$21.30 million was included under “Other
Income” in the 2017 consolidated statement of income (see Note 23).
In US$ In P
=*
Initial purchase consideration US$29,750 P
= 1,477,980
Contingent consideration 24,976 1,240,808
Cost of acquisition US$54,726 2,718,788
*SGVFS032939*
- 158 -
The agreement also provided details regarding the sale of additional shares from the non-controlling
interest through the grant of put and call options. The Group accounted for the call option as a
derivative asset at nil value. The Group accounted for the put option as a financial liability measured
at the present value of the redemption amount which amounted to US$10.4 million (P = 546.8 million)
and US$10.2 million (P = 509.3 million) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Mark-to-
market gains (losses) amounting to (US$0.8 million) (P = 41.9 million) and US$2.6 million
(P
= 131.0 million) were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in
the consolidated statements of income.
From the date of acquisition up to December 31, 2017, STI contributed US$45.5 million of revenue
and US$0.3 million profit before tax to the Group. If the combination had taken place at the beginning
of the year, STI would have contributed revenue amounting to US$64.8 million and loss before tax
mounting to US$6.3 million.
Acquisition-related costs, which consist of professional and legal fees, financing and transaction
costs, taxes, representation and travel expenses amounting to US$1.4 million were recognized as
expense in the consolidated statements of income.
In 2017, the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of AITHI has been prepared on a preliminary
basis due to unavailability of information to facilitate fair value computation.
AITHI finalized the purchase price allocation in 2018 with the following changes to the fair values
based on additional information subsequently obtained (amounts in thousands):
In EUR In P
=*
Assets
Cash €2 P
= 147
Receivables 3,626 216,654
Inventories 10,382 620,347
Property, plant and equipment 24,994 1,493,389
Other noncurrent assets 257 15,332
39,261 2,345,869
Liabilities
Trade accounts payable 11,159 666,761
Long-term debt 25,629 1,531,343
Other noncurrent liabilities 2,954 176,503
39,742 2,374,607
Net assets (€481) (P
= 28,738)
Non-controlling interest (5.10%) €0.001 P
= 0.06
Goodwill 481 (28,738)
Cost of acquisition €0.001 P
= 0.06
*Translated using the exchange rate at the date of the closing of the transaction (€1:P
= 50.60 on July 5, 2017).
AITHI has elected to measure non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the proportionate share of the
non-controlling interest in the recognized amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The
carrying amount of non-controlling interest changes due to allocation of profit or loss, changes in
other comprehensive income and dividends declared for the reporting period.
*SGVFS032939*
- 159 -
The goodwill recognized on the acquisition can be attributed to the automotive Tier 1 manufacturing
competencies in modelling, cubing, tooling and plastic parts production that MT adds to AITHI’s
portfolio, as well as expected synergies from cross-selling and organizational efficiencies with other
AITHI companies.
In EUR In P
=*
Cost of acquisition €0.001 P
= 0.06
Assumption of shareholder and other loans 21,897 1,308,346
Less: Cash acquired with the subsidiary 2 147
Net cash flow (included in cash flows from
investing activities) €21,895 P
= 1,308,199
*Translated using the exchange rate at the date of the closing of the transaction (€1:P
= 50.50 on July 5, 2017).
The initial purchase consideration of EUR1 upon signing of the agreement was paid in cash. The
transaction also includes put and call options on the non-controlling interests in MT of 5.1%, the
exercise of which are subject to certain conditions. The estimated fair value of the financial liability
amounted to P = 68.5 million.
Acquisition-related costs, which consist of professional and legal fees, transaction costs, taxes,
representation and travel expenses amounting to EUR1.2 million were recognized as expense in
2017.
From July 5 to December 31, 2017, AITHI’s share in MT’s revenue and net loss amounted to
€19.3 million (P
= 1,147.3 million) and €3.2 million (P
= 190.3 million), respectively. If the combination had
taken place at the beginning of 2017, the AITHI’s share in MT’s revenue and net loss would have
been €32.7 million (P= 1,919.8 million) and €4.4 million (P
= 265.8 million), respectively.
On March 8, 2018, AINA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BHL, through its subsidiary PFIL North
America, Inc. (PFIL NA), sold 70% interest of RETC for a total consideration of US$10.8 million to
Marubeni Corporation (see Note 11). As a result of the transaction, BHL Group’s ownership interest
in RETC decreased from 100% to 30% (see Note 11). The Group recognized gain on loss of control
amounting to P= 2.2 million included under “Other income” (see Note 23).
On July 31, 2017, MWPVI assigned all its rights and obligations on the APA to BMDC under a Deed
of Assignment. On the same day, the Deed of Absolute Sale has also been executed between Asian
Land and BMDC. Total consideration paid by BMDC to Asian Land amounted to P = 54.0 million,
inclusive of VAT.
*SGVFS032939*
- 160 -
and a Deed of Absolute Sale to sell and transfer its properties pertaining to water facilities and its
operations in the Las Palmas Subdivisions Phases 1 to 7 to BMDC. Total consideration paid by
BMDC to Solar Resources amounted to P = 21.0 million, inclusive of VAT.
The fair values of the identifiable assets on these transactions as of the date of acquisition were as
follows:
Solar
Asian Land Resources Borland
Assets acquired
Property, plant and equipment P
= 103,122 P
= 17,544 P
= 6,050
Acquisition cost 48,214 18,750 7,280
Goodwill (Bargain purchase) (P
= 54,908) P
= 1,206 P
= 1,230
No identifiable liabilities were acquired by BMDC in these acquisitions. The gain on bargain purchase
is presented as part of “Other income” in the 2017 consolidated statement of income.
On October 1, 2018, AEI and IPO executed a memorandum of agreement (MOA) for the merger, with
IPO as the surviving entity and with HI and the Parent Company owning 48.18% and 33.5%,
respectively (see Note 10 for assets held for sale). The merger, which was approved by the
stockholders of IPO and AEI on December 12, 2018 and December 5, 2018, respectively, was
approved by the PCC on December 12, 2018. On January 31, 2019, AEI and IPO executed the Plan
and Articles of Merger, as approved by their respective boards of directors and stockholders.
Also on January 31, 2019, the Parent Company executed a share purchase agreement for 7.28% of
IPO with some of its stockholders, subject to the approval by the SEC of the merger and the
effectivity thereof.
The major classes of assets and liabilities of AEI classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2018
and 2017 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
2018 2017
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 1,464,681 P
= 423,234
Accounts and other receivables 162,876 89,097
Other current assets 68,996 55,706
Investment property 1,490,005 867,634
Property and equipment 556,294 312,936
Other noncurrent assets 783,972 72,442
4,526,824 1,821,049
(Forward)
*SGVFS032939*
- 161 -
2018 2017
Liabilities
Accounts and other payables P
= 410,660 P
= 88,312
Loans payable 30,000 80,000
Other noncurrent liabilities 634,612 417,537
P
= 1,075,272 P
= 585,849
Non-controlling interests P
= 358,427 P
= 315,339
The net cash flows incurred by AEI for the year are as follows:
Parent Company
MWC
On various dates in 2016, the Parent Company purchased additional 1,040,600 shares amounting to
P
= 21.3 million. In December 2016, the Parent Company disposed of 437,300 shares amounting to
P
= 3.7 million. The Parent Company recognized P= 9.4 million gain on sale. The transactions resulted to
an increase in the Parent Company’s ownership interest in MWC by 0.02%. As of December 31,
2017 and 2016, ownership interest of the Parent Company in MWC is at 35.3%.
The difference between the fair value of the consideration paid and the amount of which the
noncontrolling interest is adjusted amounting to P
= 675.4 million is recognized in equity under “Equity
Reserve” in 2015.
ALI Group
In January 2018, ALI purchased additional 202,774,547 shares of POPI from Genez Investment
Corporation for P
= 497.7 million increasing ALI’s ownership to 67%.
In 2018, ALI acquired additional 59,631,200 common shares of CHI totaling to P= 352.8 million.
Further, an additional 77,742,516 shares was acquired as a result of swap of CPVDC shares for a
total consideration of P
= 229.3 million which brings ALI’s ownership to 70.4%.
The transactions were accounted for as an equity transaction since there were no changes in control.
The movements within equity are accounted for as follows:
2018
Carrying value of Difference
Non-controlling recognized within
Consideration paid interests acquired Equity
(In Thousands)
4.14% in POPI P
= 497,652 P
= 315,951 P
= 181,701
20.00% in LTI 800,000 528,295 271,705
1.53% net reduction in CHI 582,106 826,752 (244,646)
P
= 1,879,758 P
= 1,670,998 P
= 208,760
*SGVFS032939*
- 162 -
In March 2018, the Irredeemable Convertible Unsecured Loan Stock of Dato Sri Tong and Tan Sri
Barry Go, founders of MCT, were converted into 122,218,357 shares. This resulted in a 6.07% dilution
of ALI’s stake in MCT as of date of share issuance. As such, the current ownership stake of ALI in
MCT is 66.25%. This resulted in an increase in Equity reserve amounting to P= 1,044.5 million.
In 2017, ALI purchased additional 97,763,900 common shares of CHI from BPI Securities Corporation
totaling P
= 575.0 million which brought up ALI’s ownership to 72% of the total outstanding capital stock
of CHI.
In February 2017, ALI purchased additional 631,000 common shares of POPI from BPI Securities
Corporation for P
= 1.26 million. ALI’s interest remains at 51% of the total POPI’s outstanding capital
stock.
In June 2017, Orion Land, Inc. (OLI), a subsidiary of POPI, acquired 512,480,671 common shares
equivalent to 11.69% ownership at P = 2.45 share amounting to P = 1,255.58 million. The acquisition of
POPI shares by OLI was treated as an acquisition of non-controlling interest resulting to a debit to
equity reserve of P
= 405.18 million. This increased ALI’s effective ownership to 63.05%.
The transactions were accounted for as an equity transaction since there were no change in control.
The movements within equity are accounted for as follows:
Carrying value of Difference
Non-controlling recognized within
Consideration paid interests acquired Equity
(In Thousands)
5.09% in CHI P
= 574,994 P
= 394,907 P
= 180,087
11.69% in POPI 1,258,579 852,656 405,923
P
= 1,833,573 P
= 1,247,563 P
= 586,010
In August 2017, AHRC entered into a memorandum of agreement with SIDECO and an individual to
develop Sicogon Island into a new leisure destination. The investment of SIDECO and an individual
to Sicogon Island Tourism Estate Corp. (SITEC) changed the ownership interest of AHRC in SITEC
from 100% to 77% without a loss of control. The difference between the amount by which
non-controlling interest of 23% are adjusted and the fair value of consideration paid is recognized
directly to equity amounting to P
= 134.0 million.
In 2016, ALI purchased additional 201,859,364 common shares of CHI for total consideration of
P
= 1,209.8 million which brought ALI’s ownership from 56.4% to 66.9%. The transaction was
accounted for as an equity transaction since there was no change in control. The difference between
the fair value of the consideration paid and the amount of which the noncontrolling interest is adjusted
amounting to P = 461.0 million is recognized in equity under “Equity Reserve”.
From March 2016 to July 2016, LLHI subscribed to 18,150,931 common and 48,876,456 preferred
shares of Nuevo Centro or equivalent to 45.0% stake of NCI’s total outstanding capital. This
transaction resulted into lower ALI’s interest to 55.0% in NCI as of December 31, 2016. The
transactions were accounted as an equity transaction since there was no change in control.
In 2015, ALI purchased additional shares from non–controlling interests of CHI, NTDCC, Aurora
Properties Incorporated (API). The transactions were accounted as an equity transaction since there
was no change in control. The movements within equity are accounted for as follows:
*SGVFS032939*
- 163 -
In 2014, ALI Group acquired additional shares from non-controlling interests of Philenergy (40.0%),
NTDCC (14.5%) and CECI (0.40%) and were accounted as an equity transaction since there was no
change in control.
In 2013, ALI Group acquired additional 32% interest in APPCo and additional 40% interests in TKDC
and TKPI increasing its ownership interest to 100%. The transactions were accounted as an equity
transaction since there was no change in control. Following is the schedule of the movement in equity
reserves recorded within the equity:
Carrying value of
Non-controlling Difference recognized
Consideration paid interests acquired within Equity
(In Thousands)
6.7% in CHI P
= 3,520,000 P
= 797,411 P
= 2,722,589
9.4% in NTDCC 2,000,000 1,413,960 586,040
P
= 5,520,000 P
= 2,211,371 P
= 3,308,629
IMI Group
STEL
On December 26, 2016, STEL acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in Shenzhen Speedy-
Tech Electronics Co., Ltd. for a total consideration of US$0.4 million.
In US$ In Php*
Non-controlling interest acquired US$190 P
= 9,447
Consideration paid to the non-controlling shareholder (360) (17,899)
Total amount recognized in “Equity Reserves” account
within equity (US$170) (P
= 8,452)
*Translated using the exchange rate at the reporting date (US$1:P
= 49.72 on December 31, 2016).
AEI
APEC Schools
In 2014, AEI entered into a joint venture agreement with UK-based Pearson Affordable Learning
Fund Limited (PALF), an affiliate of Pearson PLC, the world’s leading learning company, to roll out a
chain of affordable private high schools under APEC Schools. AEI owns 60% of APEC Schools and
Pearson owns the balance of 40% share.
In January 2018, AEI subscribed to and paid the amount of P = 82.4 million to APEC Schools,
increasing its ownership interest to 70.64% from 67.14%. Subsequently on December 31, 2018, AEI
acquired the remaining non-controlling interest of 29.36% in APEC held by Pearson Affordable
Learning Fund Ltd. (PALF) for a total consideration of P= 361.5 million. AEI recognized an decrease in
equity reserve in relation to the transaction amounting to P
= 338.8 million.
*SGVFS032939*
- 164 -
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Deferred tax assets on:
Difference between tax and book basis of
accounting for real estate transactions P
= 10,531,049 P
= 8,229,295
Service concession obligation 1,449,136 1,247,529
NOLCO 813,314 891,246
Unrealized foreign exchange loss 789,643 169,120
Allowance for probable losses 649,222 677,516
Accrued expenses 605,405 1,283,669
Retirement benefits 470,937 416,474
Fair value adjustments on long-term debt 165,769 –
Allowance for doubtful accounts 95,875 15,214
Advanced rental 32,537 32,926
Allowance for inventory obsolescence 7,866 12,722
Remeasurement loss 6,951 13,025
Contract asset 1,668 –
Fair value adjustment on property, plant and
equipment arising from business combination – 13,150
Others 575,984 523,178
16,195,356 13,525,064
Deferred tax liabilities on:
Capitalized interest and other expenses (434,023) (447,596)
Difference between amortization expense of SCA
per straight-line depreciation (215,293) –
Others – (356,558)
(649,316) (804,154)
Net deferred tax assets P
= 15,546,040 P
= 12,720,910
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Deferred tax assets on:
Allowance for probable losses P
= 116,102 P
= 42,863
Fair value adjustments on:
Long-term debt 88,852 104,269
AFS financial asset 1,116 1,116
NOLCO 52,616 10,325
Difference between tax and book basis of
accounting for real estate transactions 43,621 522,615
Accrued expenses 17,476 40,307
MCIT 9,051 5,910
Retirement benefits 3,637 2,462
Advanced rental – 970
Others 138,856 73,897
471,327 804,734
(Forward)
*SGVFS032939*
- 165 -
2018 2017
Deferred tax liabilities on:
Fair value adjustment arising from other
business combination (P
= 4,093,238) (P
= 1,709,279)
Fair value adjustments arising from business
combination with MWC:
Service concession assets (3,683,544) (3,887,223)
Land and improvements (625,490) (625,490)
Property, plant and equipment (173,056) (394,528)
Service concession obligation – (34,091)
Customers’ guaranty and other deposits – (18,691)
Difference between tax and book basis of
accounting for real estate transactions (1,006,586) (1,272,005)
Accrual of liquidated damage (651,970) –
Capitalized interest and other expenses (144,668) (15,658)
Unrealized lease income (75,850) −
Concession finance receivable (72,793) (76,799)
Depreciation (38,577) −
Contract asset (37,282) –
Prepaid expenses (21,381) (1,966)
Accrued receivables (11,327) (54,429)
Unrealized fair value gain less costs to sell of
biological assets (6,909) (9,583)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (2,486) (5,056)
Difference between amortization expense of
SCA per straight line method and per UOP (433) (12,149)
Retirement benefits – (102,983)
Unrealized gain on AFS financial assets – (32,209)
Gain on bargain purchase – (15,989)
Others (825,091) (644,911)
(11,470,681) (8,913,039)
Net deferred tax liabilities (P
= 10,999,354) (P
= 8,108,305)
Deferred tax related to remeasurement gain on defined benefit plans recognized in OCI amounted to
P
= 93.6 million and P
= 51.1 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018, NOLCO and MCIT that can be claimed as deduction from future taxable
income or used as deductions against income tax liabilities, respectively, are as follows:
*SGVFS032939*
- 166 -
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized on the
undistributed earnings and cumulative translation adjustment of foreign subsidiaries since the timing
of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled by the Group and management does not
expect the reversal of the temporary differences in the foreseeable future. The undistributed earnings
and cumulative translation adjustment amounted to P = 18.1 billion and P
= 14.4 billion as of December
31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The reconciliation between the statutory and the effective income tax rates follows:
The income tax on profits of overseas subsidiaries have been calculated at the rates of tax prevailing
in the countries where such subsidiary operates, based on existing legislation, interpretations and
practices in respect thereof.
The availment of OSD affected the recognition of several deferred tax assets and liabilities, in which
the related income and expenses are not considered in determining gross income for income tax
purposes. The MWC Group forecasts that it will continue to avail of the OSD, such that the manner
by which it will recover or settle the underlying assets and liabilities, for which the deferred tax assets
and liabilities were initially recognized, would not result in any future tax consequence under OSD.
The tax rate of 18% for the years in which OSD is projected to be utilized was used in computing the
deferred income taxes on the net service concession obligation starting 2009.
*SGVFS032939*
- 167 -
The following table presents information necessary to calculate EPS on net income attributable to
owners of the Parent Company:
The Parent Company and certain subsidiaries have their respective funded, noncontributory tax-
qualified defined benefit type of retirement plans covering substantially all of their employees. The
benefits are based on defined formula with a certain minimum lump-sum guarantee of effective salary
per year of service. The consolidated retirement costs charged to operations amounted to
P
= 878.4 million, P
= 969.2 million and P
= 817.4 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The Parent Company's pension fund is known as the AC Employees Welfare and Retirement Fund
(ACEWRF). ACEWRF is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Parent Company, governed by
a board of trustees appointed under a Trust Agreement between the Parent Company and the initial
trustees. It holds common and preferred shares of the Parent Company in its portfolio. All such
shares have voting rights under certain conditions, pursuant to law. ACEWRF's portfolio is managed
by a committee appointed by the fund's trustees for that purpose. The members of the committee
include the Parent Company’s Chief Finance Officer, Group Head of Corporate Governance, General
Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Compliance Officer, Head for Strategic Human Resources,
Treasurer and Comptroller. ACEWRF has not exercised voting rights over any shares of the Parent
Company that it owns.
For the subsidiaries, the funds are generally administered by a trustee bank under the supervision of
the Board of Trustees of the plan for each subsidiary. The Board of Trustees is responsible for
investment of the assets. It defines the investment strategy as often as necessary, at least annually,
especially in the case of significant market developments or changes to the structure of the plan
participants. When defining the investment strategy, it takes account of the plans’ objectives, benefit
obligations and risk capacity.
Existing regulatory framework in the Philippines requires a provision for retirement pay to qualified
private sector employees in the absence of any retirement plan in the entity, provided however that
the employee’s retirement benefits under any collective bargaining and other agreements shall not be
less than those provided under the law. The law does not require minimum funding of the plan.
Some of the entities of the Group also provides additional post employment healthcare benefits to
certain senior employees in the Philippines.
*SGVFS032939*
- 168 -
The components of expense (included in personnel costs under “Cost of rendering services” and
“General and administrative expenses”) in the consolidated statements of income follow:
The remeasurement effects recognized in other comprehensive income (included in Equity under
“Remeasurement losses (gains) on defined benefit plans”) in the consolidated statements of financial
position follow:
The funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position for the
pension plan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, as follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Benefit obligations P
= 10,027,735 P
= 10,035,831
Plan assets (7,437,883) (7,533,027)
Net pension liability position P
= 2,589,852 P
= 2,502,804
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, pension assets (included under “Other Noncurrent Assets”)
amounted to P
= 82.0 million and P
= 98.0 million (see Note 15), respectively, and pension liabilities
amounted to P
= 2.6 billion.
*SGVFS032939*
- 169 -
Changes in net defined benefit liability of funded funds in 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
2018
Remeasurements in
Net benefit cost in consolidated statement of income other comprehensive income
Loss (gain) Actuarial
on Actuarial gain due Foreign
Past Curtailments Return loss due to liability currency
Current Service and Benefits on plan to liability assumption Transfer Contribution exchange Reclassi-
January 1 service cost Cost Net interest Settlements Subtotal paid assets* experience changes Subtotal payments by employer differences fications Settlements December 31
(In Thousands)
Present value of defined benefit obligation P
=10,035,831 P
=763,607 P
=10,563 P
=505,571 P
=84 P
=1,279,825 (P
=795,581) P
=– (P
=549,360) P
=102,522 (P
=446,838) (P
=42,700) P
=– P
=– P
=– (P
=2,802) P
=10,027,735
Fair value of plan assets (7,533,027) – – (401,374) – (401,374) 357,789 699,513 – – 699,513 87,203 (650,789) – – 2,802 (7,437,883)
Net defined benefit liability (asset) P
=2,502,804 P
=763,607 P
=10,563 P
=104,197 P
=84 P
=878,451 (P
=437,792) P
=699,513 (P
=549,360) P
=102,522 P
=252,675 P
=44,503 (P
=650,789) P
=– P
=– P
=– P
=2,589,852
*Excluding amount included in net interest
2017
Remeasurements in
Net benefit cost in consolidated statement of income other comprehensive income
Loss (gain) Actuarial
on Actuarial loss due Foreign
Past Curtailments Return loss due to liability currency
Current Service and Benefits on plan to liability assumption Transfer Contribution exchange Reclassi-
January 1 service cost Cost Net interest Settlements Subtotal paid assets* experience changes Subtotal payments by employer differences fications Settlements December 31
(In Thousands)
Present value of defined benefit obligation P
=9,586,617 P
=787,865 P
=549 P
=521,151 (P
=8,679) P
=1,300,886 (P
=593,372) P
=– P
=71,456 (P
=151,681) (P=80,225) (P
=38,238) P
=– (P
=1,097) (P
=99,896) (P
=38,844) P
=10,035,831
Fair value of plan assets (7,354,356) – – (331,663) – (331,663) 593,372 (270,307) – – (270,307) 240,930 (495,764) (261) 46,178 38,844 (7,533,027)
Net defined benefit liability (asset) P
=2,232,261 P
=787,865 P
=549 P
=189,488 (P
=8,679) P
=969,223 P
=– (P
=270,307) P
=71,456 (P
=151,681) (P
=350,532) P
=202,692 (P
=495,764) (P
=1,358) (P
=53,718) P
=– P
=2,502,804
*Excluding amount included in net interest
*SGVFS032939*
- 170 -
The following tables present the changes in the present value of defined benefit obligation and fair
value of plan assets:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Balance at beginning of year P
= 10,035,831 P= 9,586,617
Current service cost 763,607 787,865
Interest cost 505,571 521,151
Past service cost 10,563 549
Remeasurements in other comprehensive income:
Actuarial changes arising from experience
adjustments 102,522 71,456
Actuarial changes arising from changes in
liability assumptions (549,360) (151,681)
Benefits paid from plan assets (795,581) (593,372)
Reclassifications to other current liabilities − (99,896)
Settlements (2,802) (38,844)
Transfer payments (42,700) (38,238)
Foreign currency exchange difference − (1,097)
Gain on curtailment and settlements 84 (8,679)
P
= 10,027,735 P
= 10,035,831
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Balance at beginning of year P
= 7,533,027 P= 7,354,356
Contributions 650,789 495,764
Interest income on plan assets 401,374 331,663
Return on plan assets (excluding amount included in
net interest) (699,513) 270,307
Foreign currency exchange difference − 261
Benefits paid (357,789) (593,372)
Transfer payments (87,203) (240,930)
Reclassifications to other current assets − (46,178)
Settlements (2,802) (38,844)
P
= 7,437,883 P
= 7,533,027
The fair value of plan assets by each classes as at the end of the reporting period are as follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P
= 33,714 P
= 339,677
Debt investments 5,342,728 3,997,425
Equity investments 2,039,884 3,142,117
Other assets 100,009 310,991
7,516,335 7,790,210
Liabilities
Trust fee payable (45,804) (2,670)
(45,804) (2,670)
Net Asset Value* P
= 7,470,531 P
= 7,787,540
*The difference of P
= 32.6 million and P
= 254.5 million in the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively, pertains to movements after the valuation date.
*SGVFS032939*
- 171 -
All equity and debt instruments held have quoted prices in active market. The remaining plan assets
do not have quoted market prices in active market.
The plan assets have diverse investments and do not have any concentration risk.
The cost of defined benefit pension plans and other post–employment medical benefits as well as the
present value of the pension obligation are determined using actuarial valuations. The actuarial
valuation involves making various assumptions. The principal assumptions used in determining
pension and post-employment medical benefit obligations for the defined benefit plans are shown
below:
2018 2017
Discount rates 0.9% to 8.5% 1.4% to 5.9%
Future salary increases 3.0% to 8.0% 1.2 to 8.0%
There were no changes from the previous period in the methods and assumptions used in preparing
sensitivity analysis.
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of each
significant assumption on the defined benefit obligation as of the end of the reporting period,
assuming if all other assumptions were held constant:
2018 2017
Increase (decrease) Net Pension Liabilities
(In Thousands)
Discount rates 1% (P
= 383,831) (P= 485,593)
(1%) 452,594 720,338
The management performed an Asset–Liability Matching Study (ALM) annually. The overall
investment policy and strategy of the Group’s defined benefit plans is guided by the objective of
achieving an investment return which, together with contributions, ensures that there will be sufficient
assets to pay pension benefits as they fall due while also mitigating the various risk of the plans. The
Group’s current strategic investment strategy consists of 71.08% of debt instruments, 27.14% of
equity instruments and 1.78% other assets.
The average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is
4.05 to 26.1 years in 2018 and 4.05 to 26.1 years in 2017.
Shown below is the maturity analysis of the undiscounted benefit payments as of December 31, 2018
(amounts in thousands):
2018 2017
Less than 1 year P
= 2,430,702 P
= 1,122,351
More than 1 year to 5 years 26,453,265 14,392,011
More than 5 years 118,301,970 27,956,423
P
= 147,185,937 P
= 43,470,785
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the plan assets include shares of stock of the Parent Company
with total fair value of P
= 341.1 million and P
= 459.8 million, respectively. The Parent Company gives the
trustee bank the discretion to exercise voting rights over the shares.
*SGVFS032939*
- 172 -
The fund includes investment in securities of its related parties. Details of the investment per type of
security are as follows (amounts in thousands):
Unrealized Gains
2018 Historical Cost Fair Value (Losses)
(In Thousands)
Equity securities P
= 830,611 P
= 825,021 P
= 13,752
Debt securities 1,777,777 1,705,619 (24,934)
Unit investment trust funds 112,885 109,830 (3,055)
Others 73,307 74,285 978
P
= 2,794,580 P
= 2,714,755 (P
= 13,259)
The overall expected rate of return on assets is determined based on the market prices prevailing on
that date.
The Group’s transactions with the fund mainly pertain to contributions, benefit payments, settlements
and curtailments.
The Parent Company has stock option plans for key officers (Executive Stock Option Plan - ESOP)
and employees (ESOWN) covering 3.0% of the Parent Company’s authorized capital stock. The
grantee is selected based on certain criteria like outstanding performance over a defined period of
time.
ESOP
The ESOP grantees may exercise in whole or in part the vested allocation in accordance with the
vesting percentage and vesting schedule stated in the ESOP. Also, the grantee must be an
employee of the Parent Company or any of its subsidiaries during the 10-year option period. In case
the grantee retires, he/she is given 3 years to exercise his/her vested and unvested options. In case
the grantee resigns, he/she is given 90 days to exercise his/her vested options.
A summary of the Parent Company’s stock option activity and related information for the years ended
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 follows:
The options have a contractual term of 10 years. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the weighted
average remaining contractual life of options outstanding is 2.53 years and 3.54 years, respectively,
and the exercise prices ranged from P= 227.50 to P
= 500.00.
*SGVFS032939*
- 173 -
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Merton
Formula. The fair values of stock options granted under ESOP at each grant date and the
assumptions used to determine the fair value of the stock options are as follows:
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends,
which may also necessarily be the actual outcome.
ESOWN
The Parent Company also has ESOWN granted to qualified officers wherein grantees may subscribe
in full to the shares awarded to them based on the average market price determined by the Personnel
and Compensation Committee as the offer price set at grant date. For any share awards
unsubscribed, grantees still have the option to subscribe from the start of the fifth year but not later
than on the start of the seventh year from date of grant.
To subscribe, the grantee must be an employee of the Parent Company or any of its subsidiaries
during the 10-year payment period. In case the grantee resigns, the unsubscribed shares are
cancelled, while the subscription may be paid up to the percent of holding period completed and
payments may be converted into the equivalent number of shares. In case the grantee is separated,
not for cause, but through retrenchment and redundancy, subscribed shares may be paid in full,
unsubscribed shares may be subscribed, and payments may be converted into the equivalent
number of shares. In case the grantee retires, the grantee may continue to subscribe to the
unsubscribed shares anytime within the 10-year period. The plan does not allow sale or assignment
of the shares. All shares acquired through the plan are subject to the Parent Company’s Right to
Repurchase.
In 2015, the Parent Company introduced a revised ESOWN plan wherein grantees are given
one (1) month from the time an allocation is awarded to subscribe in full, with any unsubscribed
awards forfeited.
ESOWN grants totaling 492,875, 456,286 and 501,564 were subscribed in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively. Movements in the number of options outstanding under ESOWN as of December 31,
2018, 2017 and 2016 follow:
The ESOWN grants are effectively treated as options on shares exercisable within a given period,
considering both the subscription period allowed to grantees and the subscription payment pattern.
As such, the fair values of these options are estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
Merton Formula and Binomial Tree Model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which
*SGVFS032939*
- 174 -
the options were granted. These models require six inputs to produce the stock option value, which
are namely: share price, exercise price, time to maturity, volatility rate, dividend yield, and risk-free
rate.
The fair value of stock options granted under ESOWN at grant date and the assumptions used to
determine the fair value of the stock options follow:
April 20, April 18, December 16, December 23, April 11,
2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
Number of unsubscribed
shares – – – – 8,344
Fair value of each option P
= 256.30 P
= 222.49 P
= 176.82 P
= 444.59 P
= 619.00
Share price P
= 919.00 P
= 859.00 P
= 732.00 P
= 718.88 P
= 673.96
Exercise price P
= 926.00 P
= 837.53 P
= 717.30 P
= 611.05 P
= 480.00
Expected volatility 30.28% 29.55% 30.31% 38.23% 42.13%
Dividend yield 0.75% 0.61% 0.70% 0.67% 0.74%
Interest rate 3.68% 2.89% 1.46% 4.81% 4.38%
Total expense arising from share-based payments (included under “General and administrative
expenses”) in the consolidated statements of income amounted to P
= 248.0 million in 2016.
In 2017, the Parent Company recognized an adjustment of P = 166.7 million reduction in the ESOWN
costs of share-based payments following the revised valuation methodology.
Subscriptions receivable from the stock option plans covering the Parent Company’s shares are
presented under equity.
ALI
ALI has stock option plans for key officers (ESOP) and employees (ESOWN) covering 2.5% of ALI’s
authorized capital stock. The grantee is selected based on certain criteria like outstanding
performance over a three-year period.
ESOP
The ESOP grantees may exercise in whole or in part the vested allocation in accordance with the
vesting percentage and vesting schedule stated in the ESOP. Also, the grantee must be an
employee of ALI or any of its subsidiaries during the 10-year option period. In case the grantee
retires, he is given 3 years to exercise his vested and unvested options. In case the grantee resigns,
he is given 90 days to exercise his vested options.
ALI has no ESOP grant and availment during 2018, 2017 and 2016.
ESOWN
In November 2001, ALI offered all its ESOWN subscribers with outstanding ESOWN subscriptions
the option to cancel the subscriptions within the 5-year holding period. In December 2001, the
program for ESOWN was indefinitely suspended.
In 2005, ALI introduced a revised ESOWN Plan (the Plan) wherein grantees may subscribe in whole
or in part to the shares awarded to them based on a discounted market price that was determined by
the Compensation Committee of ALI as the offer price set at grant date. The grantees paid for the
shares subscribed through installments over a maximum period of ten (10) years. The subscription is
subject to a holding period stated in the plan. To subscribe, the grantee must be an employee of ALI
or any of its subsidiaries during the ten (10)-year payment period. In case the grantee resigns,
unsubscribed shares are cancelled, while the subscription may be paid up to the percent of holding
period completed and payments may be converted into the equivalent number of shares. In case the
grantee is separated, not for cause, but through retrenchment and redundancy, subscribed shares
may be paid in full, unsubscribed shares may be subscribed, or payments may be converted into the
*SGVFS032939*
- 175 -
equivalent number of shares. In case the grantee retires, the grantee may subscribe to the
unsubscribed shares anytime within the ten (10)-year period. The plan does not allow sale or
assignment of the shares. All shares acquired through the Plan are subject to ALI’s right to
repurchase.
The subscribed shares are effectively treated as options exercisable within a given period which is
the same time as the grantee’s payment schedule. The fair values of stock options granted are
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Merton (BSM) Formula and Binomial Tree
Model (BTM), taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.
The BSM Formula and BTM Model requires six inputs to produce an option stock value namely;
market value of the share, book value of the share, time to maturity, volatility rate, dividend yield, and
risk free rate. The expected volatility was determined based on an independent valuation.
Movements in the number of options outstanding and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP)
under ESOWN follow:
The fair value of stock options granted under ESOWN at grant date and the assumptions used to
determine the fair value of the stock options follow:
Grant Date
March 28, March 01, April 05, March 20, March 20, March 18, March 13, March 31,
2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Number of unsubscribed
shares − − 181,304 − 1,369,887 1,713,868 3,967,302 3,843,057
Fair value of each option
(BTM) P
=− P
= 8.48 P
= 13.61 P
= 16.03 P
= 12.60 P
= 16.05 P
= 9.48 P
= 7.81
Fair value of each option
(BSM) P= 12.71 P
=− P= 18.21 P= 20.63 P= 12.16 P= 11.85 P
= 6.23 P= 7.27
Weighted average share price P= 41.02 P= 39.72 P= 35.58 P= 36.53 P= 31.46 P= 30.00 P= 21.98 P= 15.5
Exercise price P
= 45.07 P
= 35.81 P
= 26.27 P
= 29.58 P
= 22.55 P
= 21.45 P
= 14.69 P= 13.2
Expected volatility 34.04% 30.95% 32.03% 31.99% 33.50% 36.25% 33.00% 36.25%
Dividend yield 1.22% 1.34% 1.27% 1.02% 1.42% 1.93% 0.9% 1.01%
Interest rate 4.14% 4.41% 4.75% 4.11% 3.13% 2.78% 5.70% 5.60%
Total expense (included under “General and administrative expenses”) recognized in 2018, 2017 and
2016 in the consolidated statement of income arising from share–based payments of ALI amounted
to P
= 98.5 million, P
= 153.8 million and P
= 208.3 million, respectively.
IMI
IMI Group has an ESOWN, which is a privilege extended to IMI Group’s eligible managers and staff
whereby IMI Group allocates up to 10% of its authorized capital stock for subscription by said
personnel under certain terms and conditions stipulated in the ESOWN.
∂ The subscription price per share shall be based on the average closing price at the PSE for 20
consecutive trading days with a discount to be determined by the Compensation Committee of
IMI.
*SGVFS032939*
- 176 -
∂ Term of payment is eight years reckoned from the date of subscription with specified percentage
of payment (i.e., 2.5% initial payment, 5.0% on 1st anniversary, 7.5% on 2nd anniversary, 10% on
3rd anniversary and balance over remaining years).
∂ Holding period: 40%, 30% and 30% after one (1), two (2) and three (3) years from subscripton
date, respectively.
Movements in the number of shares outstanding under ESOWN in 2018, 2017 and 2016 follow:
Total expense arising from share-based payments of IMI (included under “General and administrative
expenses”) in the consolidated statement of income amounted to US$0.3 million (P = 15.8 million),
US$0.26 million (P
= 13.0 million), and US$0.7 million (P
= 33.2 million) in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively.
MWC
Executive Stock Option Plan (Executive SOP), Expanded Executive SOP and ESOWN
The subscribed shares are effectively treated as options exercisable within a given period which is the
same time as the grantee’s payment schedule.
For the unsubscribed shares of the ESOWN grants in 2013 and 2012, the employee still has the
option to subscribe within seven (7) years.
The fair values of stock options granted are estimated on the date of grant using the Binomial Tree
Model and Black–Scholes Merton Formula, txaking into account the terms and conditions upon which
the options were granted. The expected volatility was determined based on an independent
valuation.
The fair value of stock options granted under ESOWN at grant date and the assumptions used to
determine the fair value of the stock options follow:
Grant Dates
February 10, November 19,
March 7, 2018 2015 2013 October 5, 2012
Number of shares granted 16,054,873 7,281,647 6,627,100 4,772,414
Number of unsubscribed shares 5,161,140 884,873 351,680 460,000
Fair value of each option P
= 5.74 P
= 11.58 P
= 10.58 P
= 11.76
Weighted average share price P
= 26.55 P
= 21.35 P
= 23.00 P
= 26.24
Exercise price P
= 27.31 P
= 26.00 P
= 22.92 P
= 24.07
Expected volatility 24.92% 26.53% 24.90% 30.66%
Dividend yield 2.80% 2.55% 3.47% 2.56%
Risk-free interest rate 3.43% 3.79% 2.99% 4.57%
Expected life of option 45 days 4 years 4 years 4 years
To enjoy the rights provided for in the ESOWN, the grantee should be with MWC at the time the
holding period expires. The Holding Period of the ESOWN shares follows: 40%, 30% and 30% from
one year, two years and three years from subscription date, respectively.
For the 2013 and previous years’ grants, the ESOWN grantees were allowed to subscribe fully or
partially to whatever allocation may have been granted to them. In case of partial subscriptions, the
employees are still allowed to subscribe to the remaining unsubscribed shares granted to them
provided that this would be made at the start of Year 5 from grant date up to the end of Year 6. Any
*SGVFS032939*
- 177 -
additional subscription made by the employee (after the initial subscription) will be subjected to
another three (3)-year holding period. For the 2018 and 2015 grants, unsubscribed shares were
forfeited.
Movements in the number of stock options outstanding under ESOWN are as follows:
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
2018 price 2017 price
At January 1 231,980 P
= 23.49 4,923,730 P
= 23.49
Cancelled (100,380) − (4,691,750) –
At December 31 131,600 P
= 23.49 231,980 P
= 23.49
Total expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions of MWC (included under
“General and administrative expenses”) in the consolidated statements of income amounted to
P
= 24.0 million, P
= 12.2 million and P
= 33.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
On March 6, 2018, the Remuneration Committee of MWC’s BOD approved the grants of ESOWN
equivalent to 16,054,873 shares at the subscription price of P
= 27.31 per share. The subscription price
is equivalent to the average closing price of MWC’s common shares at the PSE for twenty (20)
consecutive trading days ending March 6, 2018.
The expected life of the options is based on management’s estimate and is not necessarily indicative
of exercise patterns that may occur. MWC’s expected volatility was used as an input in the valuation
of the outstanding options. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility
is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily reflect the actual outcome.
No other features of the options granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.
For management purposes, the Group is organized into the following business units:
∂ Parent Company - represents operations of the Parent Company including its financing entities
such as ACIFL, AYCFL, PFIL and MHI.
∂ Real estate and hotels - planning and development of large-scale fully integrated mixed-used
communities that become thriving economic centers in their respective regions. These include
development and sale of residential, leisure and commercial lots and the development and
leasing of retail and office space and land in these communities; construction and sale of
residential condominiums and office buildings; development of industrial and business parks;
development and sale of high-end, upper middle-income and affordable and economic housing;
strategic land bank management; hotel, cinema and theater operations; and construction and
property management.
∂ Financial services and insurance - commercial banking operations with expanded banking
license. These include diverse services such as deposit taking and cash management (savings
and time deposits in local and foreign currencies, payment services, card products, fund
transfers, international trade settlement and remittances from overseas workers); lending
(corporate, consumer, mortgage, leasing and agri-business loans); asset management (portfolo
management, unit funds, trust administration and estate planning); securities brokerage (on-line
stock trading); foreign exchange and capital markets investments (securities dealing); corporate
services (corporate finance, consulting services); investment banking (trust and investment
*SGVFS032939*
- 178 -
services); a fully integrated bancassurance operations (life, non-life, pre-need and reinsurance
services); and other services (internet banking, foreign exchange and safety deposit facilities).
∂ Water infrastructure – contractor to manage, operate, repair, decommission, and refurbish all
fixed and movable assets (except certain retained assets) required to provide water delivery,
sewerage and sanitation, distribution services, pipeworks, used water management and
management services. In 2016, a new business initiative was undertaken where the group will
exclusively provide water and used water services and facilities to all property development
projects of major real estate companies.
∂ Power generation – unit that will build a portfolio of power generation assets using renewable and
conventional technologies which in turn will operate business of generating, transmission of
electricity, distribution of electricity and supply of electricity, including the provision of related
services.
Management monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making
decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is
evaluated based on operating profit or loss and is measured consistently with operating profit or loss
in the consolidated financial statements.
*SGVFS032939*
- 179 -
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there were no revenue transactions with a
single external customer which accounted for 10% or more of the consolidated revenue from external
customers.
Intersegment transfers or transactions are entered into under the normal commercial terms and
conditions that would also be available to unrelated third parties. Segment revenue, segment
expense and segment results include transfers between operating segments. Those transfers are
eliminated in consolidation.
*SGVFS032939*
- 180 -
The following tables regarding operating segments present assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and revenue and income information for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 (amounts in millions):
2018
Financial
Parent Real Estate Services and Water Power Automotive and Intersegment
Company and Hotels Insurance Telecoms Infrastructure Electronics Generation Others Eliminations Consolidated
Revenue
Sales to external customers P
= 243 P
= 155,892 P
=– P
=– P
= 17,990 P
= 69,731 P
= 3,778 P
= 27,247 P
=– P
= 274,881
Intersegment 174 63 – – 837 − 695 413 (2,182) −
Share in net profits of associates and
joint ventures 51 740 10,906 5,646 700 − 2,730 (313) – 20,460
Interest income – 7,042 – – – – – – – 7,042
Dividend income 59 – – – – − 21 27 – 107
527 163,737 10,906 5,646 19,527 69,731 7,224 27,374 (2,182) 302,490
Costs and expenses
Costs of sales and services – 100,879 – – 7,697 62,617 3,627 23,773 (1,985) 196,608
General and administrative 3,940 9,367 – – 3,877 5,416 1,623 6,848 (1,249) 29,822
3,940 110,246 – – 11,574 68,033 5,250 30,621 (3,234) 226,430
Other income (charges)
Interest income 455 958 – – 413 53 769 58 − 2,706
Other income 939 1,541 – – 11,235 1,861 2,802 3,054 (1,250) 20,182
Interest and other financing charges (5,226) (10,799) – – (1,722) (672) (397) (308) 23 (19,101)
Other charges – – – – (9,662) – – – – (9,662)
(3,832) (8,300) – – 264 1,242 3,174 2,804 (1,227) (5,875)
Net income (loss) before income tax (7,245) 45,191 10,906 5,646 8,217 2,940 5,148 (443) (175) 70,185
Provision for (benefit from)
income tax 53 11,984 – – 1,814 353 863 98 (45) 15,120
Net income (loss) (P
= 7,298) P
= 33,207 P
= 10,906 P
= 5,646 P
= 6,403 P
= 2,587 P
= 4,285 (P
= 541) (P
= 130) P
= 55,065
Other information
Segment assets P
= 46,267 P
= 632,398 P
=– P
=– P
= 120,272 P
= 56,109 P
= 79,120 P
= 36,128 (P
= 28,055) P
= 942,239
Investments in associates and
joint ventures 168,203 23,376 – – 15,995 − 25,252 7,315 – 240,141
Deferred tax assets 80 13,041 – – 1,364 166 41 387 467 15,546
Total assets P
= 214,550 P
= 668,815 P
=– P
=– P
= 137,631 P
= 56,275 P
= 104,413 P
= 43,830 (P
= 27,588) P
= 1,197,926
Segment liabilities P
= 140,318 P
= 442,705 P
=– P
=– P
= 68,593 P
= 34,705 P
= 49,908 P
= 11,519 (P
= 29,930) P
= 717,818
Deferred tax liabilities 80 5,895 – – 3,842 207 757 172 46 10,999
Total liabilities P
= 140,398 P
= 448,600 P
=– P
=– P
= 72,435 P
= 34,912 P
= 50,665 P
= 11,691 (P
= 29,884) P
= 728,817
Segment additions to property, plant and
equipment and investment properties P
= 189 P
= 123,364 P
=– P
=– =−
P =−
P =−
P P
= 1,521 (P
= 73,781) P
= 51,293
Depreciation and amortization P
= 304 7,446 P
=– P
=– P
= 3,363 P
= 2,311 P
= 394 P
= 319 (P
= 576) P
= 13,561
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation
and amortization − P
= 66 P
=– P
=– P
= 328 P
= 499 P
= 20 P
= 153 (P
= 1) P
= 1,065
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities (P
= 5,811) P
= 11,767 P
=– P
=– P
= 3,298 (P
= 701) (P
= 5,034) (P
= 795) P
= 49,852 P
= 52,576
Investing activities P
= 15,296 (P
= 2,978) P
=– P
=– (P
= 8,859) (P
= 4,373) (P
= 23,925) (P
= 8,233) (P
= 74,920) (P
= 107,992)
Financing activities (P
= 164) (P
= 6,264) P
=– P
=– P
= 5,931 P
= 6,026 P
= 23,674 P
= 10,585 P
= 11,992 P
= 51,780
*SGVFS032939*
- 181 -
2017
Financial
Parent Real Estate Services and Water Automotive Intersegment
Company and Hotels Insurance Telecoms Infrastructure Electronics Power Generation and Others Eliminations Consolidated
Revenue
Sales to external customers P
= 254 P
= 133,161 P
=– P
=– P
= 16,659 P
= 55,029 P
= 2,155 P
= 34,970 P
=– P
= 242,228
Intersegment 266 (63) – – 547 – 262 845 (1,857) –
Share in net profits of associates and
joint ventures – 861 10,772 4,559 304 – 1,778 220 – 18,494
Interest income – 5,410 – – – – – – – 5,410
Dividend income 61 2 – – – – 390 201 – 654
581 139,371 10,772 4,559 17,510 55,029 4,585 36,236 (1,857) 266,786
Costs and expenses
Costs of sales and services 26 87,921 – – 7,299 48,405 1,563 31,885 (1,425) 175,674
General and administrative 3,255 7,315 – – 3,558 4,618 1,313 5,355 (201) 25,213
3,281 95,236 – – 10,857 53,023 2,876 37,240 (1,626) 200,887
Other income (charges)
Interest income 449 578 – – 358 6 81 36 (105) 1,403
Other income 1,055 2,344 – – 13,122 437 2,050 2,463 (533) 20,938
Interest and other financing charges (3,838) (9,070) – – (1,361) (345) (305) (205) 683 (14,441)
Other charges – – – – (11,672) – – – – (11,672)
(2,334) (6,148) – – 447 98 1,826 2,294 45 (3,772)
Net income (loss) before income tax (5,034) 37,987 10,772 4,559 7,100 2,104 3,535 1,290 (186) 62,127
Provision for (benefit from)
income tax 169 9,825 – – 1,734 376 (56) 279 (68) 12,259
Net income (loss) (P
= 5,203) P
= 28,162 P
= 10,772 P
= 4,559 P
= 5,366 P
= 1,728 P
= 3,591 P
= 1,011 (P
= 118) P
= 49,868
Other information
Segment assets P
= 47,213 P
= 536,543 P
=– P
=– P
= 110,892 P
= 45,906 P
= 54,506 P
= 32,857 (P
= 21,741) P
= 806,176
Investments in associates and
joint ventures 139,054 26,796 – – 8,263 – 24,562 3,974 – 202,649
Deferred tax assets 98 10,649 – – 1,203 60 116 176 419 12,721
Total assets P
= 186,365 P
= 573,988 P
=– P
=– P
= 120,358 P
= 45,966 P
= 79,184 P
= 37,007 (P
= 21,322) P
= 1,021,546
Segment liabilities P
= 112,443 P
= 378,185 P
=– P
=– P
= 54,008 P
= 31,982 P
= 36,021 P
= 13,050 (P
= 23,344) P
= 602,345
Deferred tax liabilities 102 3,544 – – 4,060 127 170 105 – 8,108
Total liabilities P
= 112,545 P
= 381,729 P
=– P
=– P
= 58,068 P
= 32,109 P
= 36,191 P
= 13,155 (P
= 23,344) P
= 610,453
Segment additions to property, plant and
equipment and investment properties P
= 164 P
= 30,676 P
=– P
=– P
= 1,299 P
= 3,089 P
= 14,088 P
= 3,178 P
= 929 P
= 53,423
Depreciation and amortization P
= 324 P
= 6,420 P
=– P
=– P
= 3,412 P
= 1,443 P
= 323 P
= 498 (P
= 122) P
= 12,298
Non-cash expenses other than depreciation
and amortization P
= 207 P
= 612 P
=– P
=– P
= 586 P
= 24 P
= 54 P
= 271 P
= 48 P
= 1,802
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities (P
= 5,097) P
= 25,641 P
=– P
=– P
= 129 (P
= 140) (P
= 5,034) (P
= 795) P
= 10,797 P
= 25,501
Investing activities P
= 7,951 (P
= 35,372) P
=– P
=– (P
= 4,174) (P
= 4,737) (P
= 23,925) (P
= 8,233) P
= 4,704 (P
= 63,786)
Financing activities (P
= 164) P
= 9,801 P
=– P
=– P
= 8,940 P
= 4,986 P
= 23,674 P
= 10,585 (P
= 15,501) P
= 42,321
*SGVFS032939*
- 182 -
2016
Financial
Parent Real Estate Services and Water Automotive Intersegment
Company and Hotels Insurance Telecoms Infrastructure Electronics Power Generation and Others Eliminations Consolidated
Income
Sales to external customers P
= 298 P
= 117,532 P
=– P
=– P
= 16,090 P
= 39,994 P
= 203 P
= 25,092 P
=– P
= 199,209
Intersegment 181 168 – – 414 – – 481 (1,244) –
Share in net profits of associates and
joint ventures – 554 10,637 4,754 369 – 1,542 298 – 18,154
Interest income 656 5,614 – – 258 14 56 80 99 6,777
Other income 1,104 660 – – 8,077 (215) 2,174 2,006 (660) 13,146
Total income 2,239 124,528 10,637 4,754 25,208 39,793 3,975 27,957 (1,805) 237,286
Operating expenses 3,293 83,552 – – 9,916 37,856 1,251 26,516 (1,622) 160,762
Operating profit (loss) (1,054) 40,976 10,637 4,754 15,292 1,937 2,724 1,441 (183) 76,524
Interest and other financing charges and
other charges 4,558 8,268 – – 8,183 183 222 1,069 101 22,584
Provision for (benefit from)
income tax 6 8,278 – – 1,543 324 143 230 (17) 10,507
Net income (loss) (P
= 5,618) P
= 24,430 P
= 10,637 P
= 4,754 P
= 5,566 P
= 1,430 P
= 2,359 P
= 142 (P
= 267) P
= 43,433
Other information
Segment assets P
= 49,110 P
= 501,579 P
=– P
=– P
= 95,040 P
= 31,540 P
= 43,067 P
= 26,245 (P
= 27,605) P
= 718,976
Investments in associates and
joint ventures 130,954 24,985 – – 6,200 – 13,743 4,432 – 180,314
Deferred tax assets 280 9,869 – – 1,656 77 1 137 395 12,415
Total assets P
= 180,344 P
= 536,433 P
=– P
=– P
= 102,896 P
= 31,617 P
= 56,811 P
= 30,814 (P
= 27,210) P
= 911,705
Segment liabilities P
= 101,980 P
= 359,393 P
=– P
=– P
= 40,993 P
= 19,727 P
= 27,903 P
= 8,772 (P
= 27,603) P
= 531,165
Deferred tax liabilities 97 4,357 – – 4,728 63 203 96 – 9,544
Total liabilities P
= 102,077 P
= 363,750 P
=– P
=– P
= 45,721 P
= 19,790 P
= 28,106 P
= 8,868 (P
= 27,603) P
= 540,709
Segment additions to property, plant and
equipment and investment properties P
= 105 P
= 33,649 P
=– P
=– P
= 944 P
= 2,404 P
= 21,703 P
= 734 (P
= 6,746) P
= 52,793
Depreciation and amortization P
= 333 P
= 5,873 P
=– P
=– P
= 3,734 P
= 1,158 P
= 86 P
= 371 P
=5 P
= 11,560
Non-cash expenses other than
depreciation and amortization P
= 388 P
= 434 P
=– P
=– P
= 46 (P
= 121) P
= 488 P
= 971 P
=– P
= 2,206
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities (P
= 5,244) P
= 12,807 P
=– P
=– P
= 1,256 P
= 2,441 P
= 7,166 (P
= 131) P
= 16,922 P
= 35,217
Investing activities (P
= 2,406) (P
= 39,648) P
=– P
=– (P
= 598) (P
= 5,136) (P
= 21,268) P
= 626 (P
= 7,753) (P
= 76,183)
Financing activities (P
= 22,387) P
= 28,683 P
=– P
=– (P
= 3,239) P
= 2,220 P
= 22,757 P
= 170 (P
= 9,169) P
= 19,035
*SGVFS032939*
- 183 -
Geographical Segments
Investment Properties and
Property, Plant and
Income Total Assets Equipment Additions
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2018 2017
Philippines P
= 228,95 P
= 205,230 P
= 194,219 P
= 1,136,933 P
= 947,944 P
= 49,091 P
= 47,982
Asia 23,395 21,292 16,982 25,681 52,914 81 1,011
USA 16,813 13,990 9,138 18,536 5,365 249 431
Europe 33,330 26,274 16,946 16,776 15,322 1,872 3,999
P
= 302,490 P
= 266,786 P
= 237,285 P
= 1,197,926 P = 1,021,545 P
= 51,293 P
= 53,423
30. Leases
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Within one year P
= 7,424 P
= 7,809
More than one (1) year but less than five (5) years − 7,242
P
= 7,424 P
= 15,051
ALI Group
ALI Group entered into lease agreements with third parties covering real estate properties. These
leases generally provide for either (a) fixed monthly rent, or (b) minimum rent or a certain percentage
of gross revenue, whichever is higher.
Future minimum rentals payable under noncancellable operating leases of ALI Group follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Within one year P
= 969,402 P
= 733,899
After one year but not more than five years 3,214,368 2,687,534
More than five years 38,974,801 18,594,127
P
= 43,158,571 P
= 22,015,560
*SGVFS032939*
- 184 -
ALI
On September 2, 2014, ALI signed a Lease Agreement with D.M. Wenceslao & Associates Inc. for
the lease of several parcels of land along Asean Avenue and Macapagal Boulevard, Aseana City,
Paranaque City with an aggregate area of 92,317 sqm. ALI signed a 45-year lease contract with an
option to renew for another 45 years subject to such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed
upon by the lessor and ALI.
On April 26, 2012, ALI signed a Lease Agreement with the Province of Negros Occidental for the
lease of a parcel of land with an aggregate area of 40,481 sq. m. located along Gatuslao cor. North
and South Capitol Roads, Bacolod City, registered in the name of the Province of Negros Occidental.
ALI signed a 50-year lease contract with an option to renew as may be mutually agreed upon by the
lessor and ALI.
On October 15, 2014, Arvo entered into a property lease agreement with Rotonda Development
Corporation for the construction, development and operation of a commercial and mall center. The
terms of the lease shall be 42 years, with an option to renew for another 40 years subject to mutual
agreement of the parties. The lease agreement provided rent-free period of 2 years and lease
payments shall commence thereafter. Lease payments shall be paid annually at P = 60.00 per sqm,
subject to an annual escalation of 4%.
On March 5, 2015, Arvo entered into a building lease agreement with L.C. Lopez Resources, Inc. that
has a lease term of 40 years with an option for renewal for another 10 years upon mutual agreement
of the parties. Arvo shall have the right but not the obligation to retrofit the leased premises as may
be deemed necessary. Arvo shall pay monthly rent equivalent of P = 170.00 per sqm with annual
escalation of 5%.
A retail establishment with about 63,000 sqm of gross leasable area and an office/BPO building about
8,000 sqm of gross leasable area shall be constructed on the property.
*SGVFS032939*
- 185 -
POPI
On August 28, 1990, POPI, through a Deed of Assignment, acquired all the rights, titles, interests and
obligations of Gotesco Investment, Inc. in a contract of lease of the land owned by PNR for the
Tutuban Terminal. The contract provided for a payment of a guaranteed minimum annual rental plus
a certain percentage of gross sales. The lease covers a period of 25 years until 2014 and is
automatically renewable for another 25 years, subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of
the lease agreement. On December 22, 2009, ALI entered into an agreement with PNR for the
renewal of its lease contract for another 25 years beginning September 5, 2014. Rent expense
charged to operations amounted to P = 149.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.
IMI Group
IMI Group has various operating lease agreement in respect of plant facilities, office spaces and land.
These lease agreements have terms ranging from 5 to 15 years, fixed payment subject to escalation
clauses, renewal option and early termination penalties.
Future minimum rentals payable under operating leases of IMI Group as of December 31, 2018 and
2017 follow:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Within one year P
= 321,019 P
= 256,015
After one year but not more than five years 977,865 621,821
More than five years 27,377 122,525
P
= 1,326,261 P= 1,000,361
MWC Group
MWC Group leases office space and storage and plant facilities wherein it is the lessee. The terms of
the lease range from one year or until the end of the concession period. As of December 31, 2018
and 2017, MWC Group’s future minimum lease payments are as follows:
2018 2017
Within one year P
= 54,395 P
= 52,549
After one year but not more than five years 101,974 128,681
More than five years 253,990 266,646
P
= 410,359 P
= 447,876
Operating leases - as lessor
Parent Company
The Parent Company is a party under various operating leases which have lease terms between one
to thirty years with an annual escalation rate of 4.5% to 10%.
*SGVFS032939*
- 186 -
Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases of the Parent Company
follow:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Within one year P
= 29,290 P
= 28,079
More than one (1) year but less than five (5) years 162,923 157,285
More than five (5) years 565,060 599,989
P
= 757,273 P
= 785,353
ALI Group
ALI Group have lease agreements with third parties covering their investment properties portfolio.
These leases generally provide for either (a) fixed monthly rent, or (b) minimum rent or a certain
percentage of gross revenue, whichever is higher.
Future minimum rentals receivable under noncancellable operating leases of ALI Group are as
follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousands)
Within one year P
= 8,300,061 P
= 887,835
After one year but not more than five years 27,223,203 3,457,212
More than five years 18,204,281 21,121,236
P
= 53,727,545 P= 25,466,283
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the
other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating
decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common
significant influence which include affiliates. Related parties may be individuals or corporate entities.
The Group, in its regular conduct of business, has entered into transactions with associates, joint
ventures and other related parties principally consisting of deposits/placements, advances, loans and
reimbursement of expenses, purchase and sale of real estate properties, various guarantees,
construction contracts, and development, management, underwriting, marketing and administrative
service agreements. Sales and purchases of goods and services as well as other income and
expense to and from related parties are made at normal commercial prices and terms.
i. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group maintains current and savings account,
money market placements and other short-term investments with BPI broken down as follows
(amounts in thousands):
2018 2017
Cash in banks P
= 6,699,666 P
= 5,955,749
Cash equivalents 19,542,962 26,226,780
Short-term investments 2,838,388 1,323,456
Financial assets at FVTPL 85,724 82,978
Other noncurrent assets - others (Note 15) 2,365,311 −
*SGVFS032939*
- 187 -
ii. From the Group’s placements and short-term investments with BPI, the Group has accrued
interest receivable amounting to P = 58.3 million and P
= 28.1 million as of December 31, 2018
and 2017, respectively. Cash in banks earns interest at 0.01% to 0.75% per annum. Cash
equivalents earn interest from 1.2% to 2.8% per annum. Investment in FVTPL pertain to
MMF which earns interest depending on the duration of time invested in the fund with fair
value of P= 85.7 million and P
= 83.0 million, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Interest income earned from all the deposits, placements and investments amounted to
P
= 476.0 million in 2018, P= 248.0 million in 2017 and P
= 511.8 million in 2016.
The Group also has short-term and long-term debt payable to BPI aggregating to
P
= 32.3 billion and P
= 29.6 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These short-
term and long-term debts are interest bearing with varying rates ranging from 3.92% to
4.70%, have various maturities starting 2019 and varying schedules of payments for interest.
The Group has accrued interest payable pertaining to the outstanding balance of the short-
term and long-term debt amounting to P = 51.1 million and P= 7.6 million as of December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively. Interest expense incurred from the debt amounted to
P
= 785.2 million in 2018, P
= 893.4 million in 2017 and P = 1.0 billion in 2016.
Receivables Payables
2018 2017 2018 2017
Associates:
BPI P
= 719,177 P
= 1,023,825 P
= 129,211 P
= 80,304
Alveo -Federal Land Communities, Inc.
(Alveo-Federal Land) 359,993 166,887 − –
Isuzu Philippines Corporation (IPC) 183,968 129,233 131,844 682,208
Honda Cars Philippines, Inc.(HCP) 105,695 117,366 247,580 616,974
CDPEI 75,378 416,352 69 69
Bonifacio Land Corp. (BLC) 377 375 214,352 212,696
BF Jade E-Services Philippines Inc. 35,304 − 45,830 –
1,479,892 1,854,038 768,886 1,592,251
Joint ventures:
UPC Renewables Asia III Limited 1,149,829 − − −
UPC Renewables Asia I Limited 630,960 − − −
Globe 228,816 249,802 26,035 17,362
2,009,605 249,802 26,035 17,362
Other related parties:
FBDC 3,200,203 573,421 − 10,348
ALI ETON Property Development 2,190,605 – − –
Others 84,289 392,994 277,630 253,900
5,475,097 966,415 277,630 264,248
P
= 8,964,594 P
= 3,070,255 P
= 1,072,551 P
= 1,873,861
i. Receivable from BPI includes trade receivables on vehicles sold and financing dealer
incentives by AITHI group, dividends receivable and accrued interest receivables on short-
term placements by the Group.
ii. Receivable from CDPEI pertains to development and construction related costs while
accounts from Alveo-Federal Land mainly consist of marketing and management fees; and
construction costs.
iii. Receivable from Globe includes trade receivables on vehicles sold and project management
and professional fees.
iv. Receivable from FBDC largely pertains to management fees which are included under
“Other income” and receivables of MDC Group for the construction of FBDC’s projects.
v. Receivable from IPC and HCP pertains to marketing and sales incentives arising from the
sale of vehicles.
vi. Receivable from UPC III relates to the contractual obligation of UPC Renewables Asia III to
redeem the preferred shares owned by ACEI Group at a determined amount through cash
payment at some future date.
*SGVFS032939*
- 188 -
vii. Receivable from FBDC mainly pertains to billed and unbilled receivables of Makati
Development Corporation, a subsidiary of ALI, for the construction of FBDC’s projects.
viii. Receivable from ALI-ETON pertains to the sale of land by Alveo to ALI-ETON.
ix. Other outstanding balances of receivable from related parties at year-end pertain mostly to
advances, including those for project development, logistics and reimbursement of operating
expenses.
x. All these are unsecured, interest free, will be settled in cash and are due and demandable,
unless otherwise stated.
xi. Payable to Columbus represent non-interest bearing advances for stock redemption.
xii. Payable to IPC and HCP consist of purchased parts and accessories and vehicles that are
trade in nature, interest-free, unsecured and are payable within 15 to 30 days.
xiii. Payable to BPI includes interest payable on Group’s borrowings payable at various payment
terms like monthly or quarterly and insurance premiums payable which are due in 30-60
days.
xiv. The other outstanding balances of payable to related parties at year-end consist of
advances, including those for development costs and land acquisitions, and expenses
incurred on utilities, professional services, logistics and other miscellaneous services.
xv. Unless otherwise stated, all these are unsecured, interest free, will be settled in cash and are
due and demandable.
xvi. Allowance for doubtful accounts on amounts due from related parties amounted to
P
= 83.5 million and P= 33.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
(see Note 7). Provision for doubtful accounts amounted to P = 50.4 million, P
= 0.7 million and
(P
= 0.6 million) in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively (see Note 23).
c. Dividends receivable from related parties pertain to accrued dividend declarations from
associates and joint ventures. These are non-interest bearing and usually collectible within one
year. This amounted to P= 1,334.9 million and P
= 1,153.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively (see Note 7).
*SGVFS032939*
- 189 -
Key management personnel of the Group include all officers with position of vice president and
up.
General
Like any other risks, financial risks are inherent in the business activities and are typical of any large
holding company. The financial risk management of the Parent Company seeks to effectively
contribute to better decision making, enhance performance, and satisfy compliance demands.
The Parent Company defines financial risks as risk that relates to the Parent Company’s ability to
meet financial obligations and mitigate funding risk, credit risk and exposure to broad market risks,
including volatility in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Funding risk refers to the
potential inability to meet contractual or contingent financial obligations as they arise and could
potentially impact the Parent Company’s financial condition or overall financial position. Credit risk is
the risk of financial loss arising from a counterparty’s failure to meet its contractual obligations or non-
payment of an investment. These exposures may result in unexpected losses and volatilities in the
Parent Company’s profit and loss accounts.
The Parent Company maintains a strong focus on its funding strategy to help provide access to
sufficient funding to meet its business needs and financial obligations throughout business cycles.
The Parent Company’s plans are established within the context of our annual strategic and financial
planning processes. The Parent Company also take into account capital allocations and growth
objectives, including dividend pay-out. As a holding company, the Parent Company generates cash
primarily on dividend payments of its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and other sources of
funding.
*SGVFS032939*
- 190 -
The Parent Company also establishes credit policies in setting up limits for counterparties that are
reviewed quarterly and monitoring of any changes in credit standing of counterparties.
The Parent Company has a formal foreign exchange and interest rate risk management policy. The
Parent Company actively monitors foreign exchange exposure and interest rate changes. And in
addition, the Parent Company ensures that all loan covenants and regulatory requirements are
complied with.
The Ayala Group continues to monitor and manage its financial risk exposures in accordance with
Board approved policies. The succeeding discussion focuses on Ayala Group’s financial risk
management.
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise financial assets at FVTPL and FVOCI, AFS
financial assets, bank loans, corporate notes and bonds. The financial debt instruments were issued
primarily to raise financing for the Group’s operations. The Group has various financial assets such
as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts and notes receivables and accounts
payable and accrued expenses which arise directly from its operations.
The Group’s main risks arising from the use of financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign
exchange risk, price risk, liquidity risk, and credit risk.
The Group also uses hedging instruments, the purpose of which is to manage the currency and
interest rate risks arising from its financial instruments.
The Group’s risk management policies relevant to financial risks are summarized below:
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group’s profit before tax and equity to a
reasonably possible change in interest rates as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, with all variables
held constant.
There is no other impact on the Group’s equity other than those already affecting the net income.
*SGVFS032939*
- 191 -
The terms and maturity profile of the interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities, together with its corresponding nominal amounts and carrying values follows:
(amounts in thousands):
Floating
Peso Variable at 0.60% to 0.70% over 3-month
PDST R2 or 0.45% over 28-day BSP
TDF Rate 3 months 11,543,250 492,212 8,563,559 2,423,735 11,479,506
Subsidiaries
Short-term debt Ranging from 2.50% to 6.04% Monthly, quarterly 21,397,698 21,397,698 − − 21,397,698
Ranging from 4.38% to 7.03% Monthly, quarterly 18,120,547 18,120,547 − − 18,120,547
Exchangeable bond Fixed at 0.50% 5 years 15,285,934 15,285,934 − − 15,285,934
Long-term debt
Fixed
3,4,5,7,10 and
Peso and foreign currency Fixed at 1.86% to 9.00% 15 years 288,655,774 29,800,309 59,370,346 186,146,450 275,317,105
Dollar
Floating
3 months,
Variable at 0.75% over 91-day PDST-R2 semi-annual 14,972,366 2,872,188 7,193,900 4,906,279 14,972,367
P
= 425,945,569 P
= 87,998,804 P
= 100,850,902 P
= 223,411,926 P
= 412,261,632
*SGVFS032939*
- 192 -
Floating
3 months,
Variable at 0.75% over 91-day PDST-R2 semi-annual 15,207,006 3,839,205 7,315,153 4,043,565 15,197,923
P
= 352,085,052 P
= 43,636,690 P
= 128,540,605 P
= 178,434,657 P
= 350,611,952
*SGVFS032939*
- 193 -
IMI Group
The IMI Group’s foreign exchange risk results primarily from movements of the functional currency of
each legal entity against other currencies. As a result of significant transactions denominated in RMB,
PHP and EUR the consolidated statements of income can be affected significantly by movements in
the USD versus these currencies. In 2018 and 2017, IMI entered into currency forward contracts to
hedge its risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations.
IMI Group also has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from sales or purchases
denominated in other than IMI’s functional currency. Approximately 60% and 48% of IMI Group’s
sales for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and 51% and 44% of costs for
the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are denominated in currencies other
than IMI’s functional currency.
IMI Group manages its foreign exchange exposure risk by matching, as far as possible, receipts and
payments in each individual currency. Foreign currency is converted into the relevant domestic
currency as and when the management deems necessary. The unhedged exposure is reviewed and
monitored closely on an ongoing basis and management will consider hedging any material exposure
where appropriate.
MWC Group
The MWC Group’s foreign exchange risk results primarily from movements of the PHP against the
US$ and JPY. Majority of revenues are generated in PHP, and substantially all capital expenditures
are also in PHP. Approximately 53.81% and 44.01% of debt as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, was denominated in foreign currency.
Information on the Group’s significant foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities
and their Php equivalent follows:
*SGVFS032939*
- 194 -
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses 478,697 3,667,373 555,768 4,246,808
Short-term debt 113,245 867,591 − −
591,942 4,534,964 555,768 4,246,808
Net foreign currency denominated
assets RMB235,042 P
= 1,800,690 RMB111,751 P
= 853,928
*Translated using the exchange rate at the reporting date RMB1: P
= 7.66 on December 31, 2018 and RMB1: P
= 7.64 on December 31, 2017).
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses 45,110 2,719,101 26,448 1,579,577
Other current liabilities 13,715 826,678 − −
Short term debt 13,212 796,393 4,997 298,568
Long-term debt 1,933 116,538 3,112 185,942
Other noncurrent liabilities 7,999 482,179 1,019 60,898
Total liabilities 81,969 4,940,889 35,576 2,124,985
Net foreign currency denominated
assets EUR9,157 P
= 551,965 EUR44,378 P
= 2,652,170
*Translated using the exchange rate at the reporting date (EUR1: P
= 60.15 on December 31, 2018 and EUR1: P
= 59.61 on December 31, 2017)
*SGVFS032939*
- 195 -
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the exchange
rate, with all variables held constant, of the Group’s profit before tax (due to changes in the fair value
of monetary assets and liabilities) and the Group’s equity (amounts in thousands).
Increase
(decrease) in
Peso per foreign
Currency currency Increase (decrease) in profit before tax
2018 2017
US$ P
= 1.00 (P
= 53,508) P
= 8,642
(1.00) 53,508 (8,642)
JPY 1.00 (29,095,030) (36,634,621)
(1.00) 29,095,030 36,634,621
RMB 1.00 235,042 111,751
(1.00) (235,042) (111,751)
EUR 1.00 411,893 44,378
(1.00) (411,893) (44,378)
VND 1.00 (279,598) 23,371,397
(1.00) 279,958 (23,371,397)
There is no other impact on the Group’s equity other than those already affecting net income.
The analysis below demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change of market index with
all other variables held constant, of the Group’s equity arising from fair valuation of quoted AFS
financial assets and financial assets at FVTPL and FVOCI (amounts in thousands):
Effect on
Equity
Change in Increase
Market Index Variables (decrease)
(In Thousands)
2018 PSEi 5% P
= 307,695
(5%) (307,695)
2017 PSEi 5% P
= 354,563
(5%) (354,563)
*SGVFS032939*
- 196 -
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is defined by the Group as the risk of losses arising from funding difficulties due to
deterioration in market conditions and/or the financial position of the Group that make it difficult to
raise the necessary funds or that forces the Group to raise funds at significantly higher interest rates
than usual.
This is also the possibility of experiencing losses due to the inability to sell or convert marketable
securities into cash immediately or in instances where conversion to cash is possible but at loss due
to wider than normal bid-offer spreads.
The Group seeks to manage its liquidity profile to be able to service its maturing debts and to finance
capital requirements. The Group maintains a level of cash and cash equivalents deemed sufficient to
finance operations. As part of its liquidity risk management, the Group regularly evaluates its
projected and actual cash flows. It also continuously assesses conditions in the financial markets for
opportunities to pursue fund-raising activities. Fund-raising activities may include bank loans and
capital market issues, both on-shore and off-shore.
ALI Group
ALI Group employs scenario analysis and contingency planning to actively manage its liquidity
position and guarantee that all operating, investing and financing needs are met. ALI Group has
come up with a three-layered approach to liquidity through the prudent management of sufficient cash
and cash equivalents, the potential sale of accounts receivables and the maintenance of short-term
revolving credit facilities.
Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at a level that will enable it to fund its general and
administrative expenses as well as to have additional funds as buffer for any opportunities or
emergencies that may arise. Management develops viable funding alternatives through a continuous
program for the sale of its receivables and ensures the availability of ample unused short-term
revolving credit facilities from both local and foreign banks as back-up liquidity.
IMI Group
IMI Group’s exposure to liquidity risk relates primarily to its short-term and long-term obligations. IMI
Group seeks to manage its liquidity profile to be able to finance its capital expenditures and
operations. IMI Group maintains a level of cash and cash equivalents deemed sufficient to finance its
operations. As part of its liquidity risk management, IMI Group regularly evaluates its projected and
actual cash flows. To cover financing requirements, IMI Group intends to use internally-generated
funds and loan facilities with local and foreign banks. Surplus funds are placed with reputable banks.
MWC Group
MWC Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through
the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, and debentures. MWC Group’s policy is to maintain a level of
cash that is sufficient to fund its operating cash requirements for the next four (4) to six (6) months
and any claim for refund of customers’ guaranty deposits. Capital expenditures are funded through
long-term debt, while operating expenses and working capital requirements are sufficiently funded
through internal cash generation.
*SGVFS032939*
- 197 -
The table summarizes the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities as of December 31, 2018
and 2017, based on contractual undiscounted payments.
Cash and cash equivalents, short–term investments and financial assets at FVTPL are used for the
Group’s liquidity requirements. Please refer to the terms and maturity profile of these financial assets
under the maturity profile of the interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities disclosed in the interest
rate risk section.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the Group’s counterparties to its financial assets will fail to discharge their
contractual obligations. The Group’s holding of cash and cash equivalents and short-term
investments and receivables from customers and other third parties exposes the Group to credit risk
of the counterparty. Credit risk management involves dealing with institutions for which credit limits
have been established. The Treasury and Financial Policies of the individual subsidiaries set credit
limits for their counterparty. The Group trades only with recognized, creditworthy third parties and
has a well-defined credit policy and established credit procedures.
*SGVFS032939*
- 198 -
The Group considers the probability of default upon initial recognition of asset and whether there has
been a significant increase in credit risk on an ongoing basis throughout each reporting period.
The Group has determined the default event on a financial asset to be when the counterparty fails to
make contractual payments, within 90 days when they fall due, which are derived based on the
Group’s historical information.
The Group considers “low risk” to be an investment grade credit rating with at least one major rating
agency for those investments with credit rating. To assess whether there is a significant increase in
credit risk, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset as at reporting date with
the risk of default as at the date of initial recognition.
Given the Group’s diverse base of counterparties, the Group is not exposed to large concentrations of
credit risk.
The maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the consolidated statement of financial
position is equal to the carrying values.
Part of the policies is the performance of impairment analysis for the credit accounts (see Note 3).
ALI Group
ALI Group’s credit risks are primarily attributable to installments receivable, rental receivables and
other financial assets. To manage credit risks, ALI Group maintains defined credit policies and
monitors its exposure to credit risks on a continuous basis.
In respect of installments receivable from the sale of properties, credit risk is managed primarily
through credit reviews and an analysis of receivables on a continuous basis. ALI Group also
undertakes supplemental credit review procedures for certain installment payment structures. ALI
Group’s stringent customer requirements and policies in place contribute to lower customer default
than its competitors. Customer payments are facilitated through various collection modes including
the use of postdated checks and auto-debit arrangements. Exposure to bad debts is not significant
as title to real estate properties are not transferred to the buyers until full payment has been made
and the requirement for remedial procedures is minimal given the profile of buyers.
Credit risk arising from rental income from leasing properties is primarily managed through a tenant
selection process. Prospective tenants are evaluated on the basis of payment track record and other
credit information. In accordance with the provisions of the lease contracts, the lessees are required
to deposit with ALI Group security deposits and advance rentals which helps reduce ALI Group’s
credit risk exposure in case of defaults by the tenants. For existing tenants, ALI Group has put in
place a monitoring and follow-up system. Receivables are aged and analyzed on a continuous basis
to minimize credit risk associated with these receivables. Regular meetings with tenants are also
undertaken to provide opportunities for counseling and further assessment of paying capacity.
Other financial assets are comprised of cash and cash equivalents excluding cash on hand, short-
term investments, financial assets at FVPL and financial assets at FVOCI. ALI Group adheres to
fixed limits and guidelines in its dealings with counterparty banks and its investment in financial
instruments. Bank limits are established on the basis of an internal rating system that principally
covers the areas of liquidity, capital adequacy and financial stability. The rating system likewise
makes use of available international credit ratings. Given the high credit standing of its accredited
counterparty banks, management does not expect any of these financial institutions to fail in meeting
their obligations. Nevertheless, ALI Group closely monitors developments over counterparty banks
and adjusts its exposure accordingly while adhering to pre-set limits.
ALI Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 is equal to the
carrying values of its financial assets.
*SGVFS032939*
- 199 -
Given ALI Group’s diverse base of counterparties, it is not exposed to large concentrations of credit
risk.
An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure
expected credit losses. The provision rate is based on days past due of all customers as they have
similar loss patterns. Generally, trade receivables are written off if past due for more than one year
and are not subject to enforcement activity. The security deposits and advance rental are considered
in the calculation of impairment as recoveries. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the exposure at
default amounts to P = 24,674.0 million and P
= 73,948.2 million, respectively. The expected credit loss
rate is 3.5% and 1.0% that resulted in the ECL of P = 872.3 million and P= 725.9 million as of
December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
IMI Group
The credit evaluation reflects the customer’s overall credit strength based on key financial and credit
characteristics such as financial stability, operations, focus market and trade references. All
customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. In addition,
receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that IMI Group’s exposure to
bad debts is not significant.
MWC Group
MWC Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and
from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange
transactions and other financial instruments.
Customer credit risk is managed by MWC Group’s established policy, procedures and control relating
to customer credit risk management. Credit risk for receivables from customers is managed primarily
through credit reviews and an analysis of receivables on a continuous basis. MWC Group has no
significant concentration of credit risk. Outstanding customer receivables and contract assets are
regularly monitored and customer payments are facilitated through various collection modes including
the use of postdated checks and auto-debit arrangements.
An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure
expected credit losses. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of customer
segments with similar loss patterns (i.e., by geographical region, and product type). The calculation
reflects the probability-weighted outcome and reasonable and supportable information that is
available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic
conditions.
The provision matrix is initially based on MWC Group’s historical observed default rates. MWC Group
will calibrate the matrix to adjust the historical credit loss experience with forward-looking information.
Generally, trade receivables are written-off when deemed unrecoverable and are not subject to
enforcement activity. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value
of each class of financial assets.
*SGVFS032939*
- 200 -
The aging analysis of accounts and notes receivables that are past due but not impaired follows:
*SGVFS032939*
- 201 -
Neither Past
Due nor Past Due but not Impaired Individually
Impaired <30 days 31-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days >120 days Total Impaired Total
(In Thousands)
Trade:
Real estate P
= 86,262,330 P
= 2,560,363 P
= 2,100,803 P
= 2,312,607 P
= 2,216,421 P
= 4,882,663 P
= 14,072,857 P
= 550,660 P
= 100,885,847
Electronics manufacturing 11,344,745 1,010,669 219,026 103,419 108,508 136,166 1,577,788 100,373 13,022,906
Automotive 3,142,350 1,005,980 494,173 319,579 190,426 349,775 2,359,933 29,903 5,532,186
Water infrastructure 2,167,886 – – – – – – 67,074 2,234,960
Power generation 1,151,909 – – – – – – – 1,151,909
Information technology and BPO 119,569 – – – – – – 171,346 290,915
International and others 16,723 1,352 1,201 1,932 652 658 5,795 – 22,518
Receivable from related parties 2,848,376 97,195 9,413 17,449 50,581 47,241 221,879 – 3,070,255
Receivable from officers and employees 1,432,504 18,032 5,138 5,903 3,865 14,090 47,028 – 1,479,532
Concession financial receivable 1,384,551 – – – – – – – 1,384,551
Dividend receivable 1,153,206 – – – – – – – 1,153,206
Receivable from BWC 501,014 – – – – – – – 501,014
Others 300,693 – – – – – – – 300,693
Total P
= 111,825,856 P= 4,693,591 P
= 2,829,754 P
= 2,760,889 P
= 2,570,453 P
= 5,430,593 P
= 18,285,280 P
= 919,356 P
= 131,030,492
*SGVFS032939*
- 202 -
The table below shows the credit quality of the Group’s financial assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (amounts in thousands):
*SGVFS032939*
- 203 -
*SGVFS032939*
- 204 -
Cash and cash equivalents, short–term investments, FVTPL financial assets, quoted financial assets
at FVOCI and AFS financial assets, investment in bonds classified as loans and receivable, advances
to other companies and related party receivables
High grade pertains to cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, quoted financial
assets, investment in bonds classified as loans and receivable, related party transactions and
receivables with high probability of collection.
Medium grade pertains to unquoted financial assets other than cash and cash equivalents and short–
term investments with nonrelated counterparties and receivables from counterparties with average
capacity to meet their obligation.
Low grade pertains to financial assets with the probability to be impaired based on the nature of the
counterparty.
Trade receivables
Real estate, information technology and BPO and international and others - high grade pertains to
receivables with no default in payment; medium grade pertains to receivables with up to 3 defaults in
payment in the past; and low grade pertains to receivables with more than 3 defaults in payment.
Electronics manufacturing - high grade pertains to receivable with favorable credit terms and can be
offered with a credit term of 15 to 45 days; medium grade pertains to receivable with normal credit
terms and can be offered with a credit term of 15 to 30 days; and low grade pertains to receivables
under advance payment or confirmed irrevocable Stand-by Letter of Credit and subjected to semi-
annual or quarterly review for possible upgrade or transaction should be under advance payment or
confirmed and irrevocable Stand-By Letters of credit; subject to quarterly review for possible upgrade
after one year.
Water infrastructure – high grade pertains to receivables that are collectible within 7 days from bill
delivery; medium grade pertains to receivables that are collectible from 11 to 30 days from bill
delivery.
Automotive – high grade pertains to receivables from corporate accounts and medium grade for
receivables from noncorporate accounts.
2018 2017
Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FVTPL
Held for trading P
= 9,236,804 P
= 9,236,804 P
= 6,063,585 P
= 6,063,585
Derivative assets
Embedded 65,324 65,324 83,785 83,785
Freestanding 464 464 1,562 1,562
Total financial assets at FVTPL 9,302,592 9,302,592 6,148,932 6,148,932
(Forward)
*SGVFS032939*
- 205 -
2018 2017
Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
AT AMORTIZED COST
Accounts and notes receivables
Trade receivables
Real estate P
= 54,390,916 P
= 54,548,005 P
= 100,885,847 P
= 101,042,936
Nontrade receivables
Receivable from officers and
employees 1,497,998 1,488,987 1,479,532 1,470,522
Concession financial receivable 1,517,892 2,358,369 1,384,552 3,188,264
Total loans and receivables 57,406,806 58,395,361 103,749,931 105,701,722
FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FVOCI / AFS
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Quoted equity investments 2,058,460 2,058,460 2,072,962 2,072,962
Unquoted equity investments 975,785 975,785 2,393,405 2,393,405
Total Financial assets at FVOCI /
AFS financial assets 3,034,245 3,034,245 4,466,367 4,466,367
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of
financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate such value:
Financial assets at FVTPL – Fair values of investment securities are based on quoted prices as of the
reporting date. For other investment securities such as FVTPL with no reliable measure of fair value,
these are carried at its last transaction price.
The fair value of the investment in UITF is based on net asset values as of reporting dates.
The fair value of the investment in ARCH Capital Fund is determined using the discounted cash flow
(DCF) method. Under the DCF method in fund fair valuation, it is estimated using assumptions
regarding the benefits and liabilities of ownership over the underlying asset’s life including an exit or
terminal value. This method involves the projection of a series of cash flows on a real property
interest. To this projected cash flow series, a market-derived discount rate is applied to establish the
present value of the income stream, associated with the underlying asset. The exit yield is normally
separately determined and differs from the discount rate. Significant inputs considered were rental,
growth and discount rates. The higher the rental and growth rates, the higher the fair value. The
higher the discount rates, the lower the fair value.
The fair value of other unquoted financial assets at FVTPL is determined using Weighted Average
Cost of Capital using market comparable. The rate used is 5% in 2018 and 2017.
*SGVFS032939*
- 206 -
Derivative instrument – The fair value of the freestanding currency forwards is based on counterparty
valuation. Derivative asset – The fair value is estimated using a modified stock price binomial tree
model for convertible callable bonds.
Noncurrent trade and nontrade receivables – The fair values are based on the discounted value of
future cash flows using the applicable rates for similar types of instruments. The discount rates used
ranged from 2.90% to 6.37% and 4.53% to 7.20% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Financial assets at FVOCI and AFS quoted equity securities – fair values are based on quoted prices
published in markets.
Financial assets at FVOCI unquoted equity securities – fair values are based on the latest selling
price available.
AFS unquoted equity securities – These are carried at cost less allowance for impairment losses
because fair value cannot be measured reliably due to lack of reliable estimates of future cash flows
and discount rates necessary to calculate the fair value.
Financial liabilities on put options – These pertain to the liabilities of IMI Group arising from the written
put options over the non-controlling interest of VIA and STI. The fair value of the financial liabilities is
estimated using the discounted, probability-weighted cash flow method. The future cash flows were
projected using the equity forward pricing formula with reference to the current equity value of the
acquiree and the forecasted interest rate which is the risk-free rate in Germany and UK. The risk-free
rate used is 0.26% for VIA and 0.91% for STI. Management applied weights on the estimated future
cash flows, based on management’s judgment on the chance that the trigger events for the put option
will occur.
The current equity value of VIA is determined using the discounted cash flow approach. The future
cash flows are projected using the projected revenue growth rate of VIA. The discount rate
represents the current market assessment of the risk specific to the acquiree, taking into
consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been
incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate calculation is based on the specific
circumstances of the acquiree and is derived from its weighted average cost of capital.
For STI, management used the market approach by approximating the EBITDA multiple taken from
comparable companies of STI that are engaged in providing electronics services solutions to derive
its current equity value. Management computed EBITDA as the difference of forecasted gross profit
and selling and administrative expenses before depreciation and amortization.
Other financial liabilities - noncurrent – The fair values are estimated using the discounted cash flow
methodology using the Group’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar borrowings with
maturities consistent with those remaining for the liability being valued. This also include the
contingent consideration related to the acquisition of STI determined based on the specific
circumstances of the acquiree and is derived from its weighted average cost of capital. The discount
rate is based on the specific circumstances of the acquiree and is derived from its weighted average
cost of capital. The discount rates used for Peso-denominated loans were 7.28% to 8.79% in 2018
and 3.93% to 7.20% in 2017 while the discount rates used for the foreign currency-denominated
loans ranged 5.22% to 7.53% in 2018 and 2.50% to 9.58% in 2017.
For variable rate loans that reprice every three months, the carrying value approximates the fair value
because of recent and regular repricing based on current market rates.
*SGVFS032939*
- 207 -
The following table shows the fair value hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities as at
December 31, 2018 and 2017 (amounts in thousands):
2018
Quoted
Prices in Significant Significant
Active Observable Unobservable
Markets Inputs Inputs
(Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total
Recurring financial assets measured
at fair value
Financial assets at FVTPL P
=– P
= 85,724 P
= 9,151,080 P
= 9,236,804
Derivative assets
Embedded – – 65,324 65,324
Freestanding – – 464 464
Total Financial assets at FVPL 85,724 9,216,868 9,302,592
Financial assets at FVOCI
Quoted equity investments 2,058,460 – – 2,058,460
Unquoted equity investments – – 975,785 975,785
P
= 2,058,460 P
= 85,724 P
= 10,192,653 P
= 12,336,837
Recurring financial assets for which fair
values are disclosed:
Trade and nontrade receivables P
=– P
=– P
= 56,036,992 P
= 56,036,992
Concession financial receivable – – 2,358,369 2,358,369
Deposits – – 2,801,248 2,801,248
P
=– P
=– P
= 61,196,609 P
= 61,196,609
Recurring financial liabilities measured at
fair value
Financial liabilities on put option P
=– P
=– P
= ,371,226 P
= 1,371,226
Contingent consideration (noncurrent liability) – – 195,920 195,920
Derivative liabilities
Freestanding – – – –
P
=– – P
= 1,567,146 P
= 1,567,146
Recurring financial liabilities for which fair
values are disclosed:
Long–term debt – – P
= 360,945,172 P
= 360,945,172
Service concession obligation – – 8,693,080 8,693,080
Deposits and other noncurrent liabilities – – 31,241,007 31,241,007
P
=– P
=– P
= 400,879,259 P
= 400,879,259
Nonfinancial assets for which fair values
are disclosed:
Investment properties P
=– P
=– P
= 338,357,200 P
= 338,357,200
Investments in associates and
joint ventures* 320,407,782 – – 320,407,782
P
= 320,407,782 P
=– P
= 338,357,200 P
= 658,764,982
*Fair value of investments in listed associates and joint ventures for which there are published price quotations
2017
Quoted
Prices in Significant Significant
Active Observable Unobservable
Markets Inputs Inputs
(Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total
Recurring financial assets measured
at fair value
Financial assets at FVTPL P
=– P
= 82,978 P
= 5,980,607 P
= 6,063,585
Derivative assets
Embedded – – 83,785 83,785
Freestanding – – 1,562 1,562
Financial assets at FVOCI
Quoted equity investments 1,161,169 911,793 – 2,072,962
Unquoted equity investments – – 2,393,405 2,393,405
1,161,169 994,771 8,459,359 P
= 10,615,299
Recurring financial assets for which fair
values are disclosed:
Trade and nontrade receivables P
=– P
=– P
= 102,513,458 P
= 102,513,458
Concession financial receivable – – 3,188,264 3,188,264
Deposits – – 4,499,695 4,499,695
P
=– P
=– P
= 110,201,417 P
= 110,201,417
*SGVFS032939*
- 208 -
Quoted
Prices in Significant Significant
Active Observable Unobservable
Markets Inputs Inputs
(Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total
Recurring financial liabilities measured at
fair value
Financial liabilities on put option P
=– P
=– P
= 1,094,079 P
= 1,094,079
Contingent consideration (noncurrent liability) – – 1,247,052 1,247,052
Derivative liabilities
Freestanding – 1,505 – 1,505
P
=– P
= 1,505 P
= 2,341,131 P
= 2,342,636
Recurring financial liabilities for which fair
values are disclosed:
Long–term debt – – 312,309,608 312,309,608
Service concession obligation – – 8,627,085 8,627,085
Deposits and other noncurrent liabilities – – 34,694,619 34,694,619
P
=– P
=– P
= 355,631,312 P
= 355,631,312
Nonfinancial assets for which fair values
are disclosed:
Investment properties P
=– P
=– P
= 334,437,827 P
= 334,437,827
Investments in associates and
joint ventures* 216,671,968 – – 216,671,968
P
= 216,671,968 P
=– P
= 334,437,827 P
= 551,109,795
*Fair value of investments in listed associates and joint ventures for which there are published price quotations
There was no change in the valuation techniques used by the Group in determining the fair market
value of the assets and liabilities.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, and no transfers into
and out of Level 3 fair value measurements.
The following table presents the valuation techniques and unobservable key inputs used to value the
Group’s financial assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3:
Unobservable Range of
Valuation Technique inputs unobservable inputs Sensitivity of the input to the fair value
Financial assets at Market comparable Weighted average 5% to 10% 5% increase / (decrease) in WACC would
FVTPL cost of capital result in increase / (decrease) in fair value
(WACC) by US$5,200,723/
(US$5,200,723)
10% increase / (decrease) in WACC would
result in increase / (decrease) in fair value
by US$10,401,445/
(US$10,401,445)
Financial liabilities Discounted, Growth rate 0% - 2% (1%) 1% increase in growth rate would result in an
on put options probability-weighted increase in fair value by US$1.78 million.
cash flow method Decrease in growth rate by 1% would result in
a fair value decrease of US$1.40 million.
Discount rate 10% - 12% (11%) 1% increase in discount rate would result in a
decrease in fair value by US$1.82 million.
Decrease in discount rate by 1% would result
in a fair value increase of US$2.32 million.
Probability of trigger 1% - 10% (5%) Increase in the probability to 10% would
events occurring result in an increase in fair value by
US$0.71 million. Decrease in the probability
to 1% would result in a decrease in fair value
by US$1.08 million.
Other noncurrent Discounted, Discount rate 7% - 9% (8%) 1% increase in growth rate for the remaining
liabilities probability-weighted period of the contingent consideration would
(contingent payout result in an increase in contingent liability of
consideration) US$1.87 million. Decrease in growth rate by
1% would result to a decrease in contingent
liability of US$0.01 million.
Probability of pay- £0 to £23.3 million £0 to £2.9 million (US$0 to US$3.7 million)
out ($0 to $30.20 million)
*SGVFS032939*
- 209 -
ALI Group categorizes trade receivable, receivable from employees, long-term debt and deposits and
other noncurrent liabilities under Level 3. The fair value of these financial instruments is determined
by discounting future cash flows using the applicable rates of similar types of instruments plus a
certain spread. This spread is the unobservable input and the effect of changes to this is that the
higher the spread, the lower the fair value.
A reconciliation of the beginning and closing balances of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at
FVTPL are summarized below:
Derivatives
2018 2017
Derivative Assets
Embedded derivatives
*SGVFS032939*
- 210 -
BHL
Convertible bonds
In June 2014, BHL invested VND113 billion (equivalent to USD5.3 million) in CII convertible bonds
through its wholly owned subsidiary, VIP. These bonds have a maturity of 5 years, and a coupon rate
of 5% per annum
On June 23, 2016, the third bond conversion exercise, BHL Group converted 69,235 bonds into
6,293,461 shares at a closing price of VND 26,500 per share. Based on the initial bond offering
submission made by CII, the conversion ratio would be 90.9:1 (1 convertible bond to 90.9 shares),
where the number of converted shares will be rounded down to the next last whole number. This
conversion increased the investment in CII shares by VND 166.6 billion (equivalent to US$7.5
million).
BHL Group recognized a total gain of VND 37.9 million (US$1.7 million) on the conversion exercise,
out of which VND 28.3 million (US$1.3 million) was the gain on the difference between the CII share
price on the date of conversion and the carrying amount of convertible bond, and VND 9.6 million
(US$ 0.4 million) was the gain on the realization of the valuation reserve previously recorded on the
convertible bonds (see Note 24).
In 2017, the last bond conversion exercise, BHL Group converted 43,755 bonds into 3,977,329
shares at a closing price of VND 37,250 per share. Based on the initial bond offering submission
made by CII, the conversion ratio would be 90.9:1 (1 convertible bond to 90.9 shares), where the
number of converted shares will be rounded down to the next last whole number. This conversion
increased the investment in CII shares by VND 148.2 billion (equivalent to US$6.7 million). BHL
Group recognized a total gain of VND91.4 billion (US$4.0 million) on the conversion exercise, out of
which VND 35.7 billion (US$1.6 million) was the gain on the difference between the CII share price on
the date of conversion and the carrying amount of convertible bond, and VND 55.7 million (US$ 2.4
million) was the gain on the realization of the valuation reserve previously recorded on the convertible
bonds (see Note 24).
ACEI
On June 26, 2017, ACEI entered into a three (3) year contract with DirectPower Services Inc.
(“DPSI”) (an affiliate) effective from June 26, 2017 up to June 25, 2020. The contract enables DPSI
to meet the electricity requirements of its customers. Under the contract, the Parent Company or
DPSI, as the case may be has the obligation to pay the Exposure Fee in accordance with the fee
computation formula agreed to by both parties.
The contracts with SLPGC and DPSI resulted to a fair value losses in 2018 and 2017 amounting to
P
= 15.7 million and nil, respectively. The fair value of derivative liability as of December 31, 2018 and
2017 amounted to P = 15.70 million and nil, respectively.
Derivative Assets
2018 2017
Balance at beginning of year P
= 85,347 P
= 245,887
Fair value of currency forwards − 797
Net changes in fair value of derivatives 45,035 (22,832)
130,382 223,852
Fair value of settled instruments (65,058) (138,505)
Balance at end of year P
= 65,324 P
= 85,347
*SGVFS032939*
- 211 -
Derivative Liabilities
2018 2017
Balance at beginning of year P
= 7,328 P
= 5,809
Fair value of currency forwards − 1,505
Net changes in fair value of derivatives 15,700 14
23,028 7,328
Fair value of settled instruments (7,328) (5,823)
Balance at end of year P
= 15,700 P
= 1,505
No other financial assets or liabilities are carried at fair value as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Net changes in fair value of derivative asets and liabilities was recognized in the consolidated
statement of income under “Other Income”. However, the net changes in fair value of IMI Group’s
freestanding currency forward are recognized in the consolidated income under “Foreign exchange
gains (losses)” (see Note 23).
Foreign
January 1, Cash Non-cash Exchange December 31,
2018 Flows Changes Movement 2018
Short-term debt and
Long-term debt P
= 350,611,952 P
= 51,310,587 P
= 4,318,490 P
= 6,020,603 P
= 412,261,632
Dividends payable 3,618,607 (10,769,923) 11,282,633* − 4,131,317
Other noncurrent liabilities 43,233,816 3,572,007 (1,591,894) − 45,213,929
Service concession obligation 7,447,677 (955,120) 1,386,684 49,286 7,928,527
Total liabilities from
financing activities P
= 404,912,052 P
= 43,157,551 P
= 15,395,913 P
= 6,069,889 P
= 469,535,405
*This amount pertains to dividends declared by the Parent Company and by the subsidiaries to the non-controlling shareholders during the year.
Foreign
January 1, Cash Non-cash Exchange December 31,
2017 Flows Changes Movement 2017
Short-term debt and
Long-term debt P
= 295,853,951 P
= 53,771,118 P
= 392,311 P
= 594,572 P
= 350,611,952
Dividends payable 3,503,405 (10,864,490) 10,979,692* – 3,618,607
Other noncurrent liabilities 40,870,522 1,181,104 1,182,190 – 43,233,816
Service concession obligation 7,699,645 (778,819) 587,455 59,541 7,447,677
Total liabilities from
financing activities P
= 347,927,523 P
= 43,308,913 P
= 2,161,956 P
= 654,113 P
= 404,912,052
*This amount pertains to dividends declared by the Parent Company and by the subsidiaries to the non-controlling shareholders during the year.
2018
∂ Transfer from investment properties to inventories amounting to P= 7,446.2 million.
∂ Transfer from inventories to investment properties amounting to P= 116.4 million.
∂ Transfer from investment properties to property and equipment amounting to P = 4,900.6 million.
∂ Transfer from investment properties to other noncurrent assets amounting to P = 60.0 million.
∂ Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment amounting to P= 346.2 million
∂ Acquisitions of SCA amounting to P = 20.8 million.
∂ Capitalization of depreciation related to the development phase of certain projects amounting to
P
= 80.4 million.
∂ Consolidation of previously held interest in MCT amounting to P= 6.9 billion.
∂ Reclassification of investments in GMCP and GNPD to noncurrent asset held for sale amounting
to P
= 5.6 billion.
*SGVFS032939*
- 212 -
2017
∂ Tansfer from land and improvements to inventories amounting to P = 10,908.5 million.
∂ Transfer from inventories to investment properties amounting to P
= 2,454.9 million.
∂ Transfer from land and improvements to investment properties amounting to P = 1,905.0 million.
∂ Transfer from investment properties to land and improvements amounting to P = 646.2 million.
∂ Transfer from investment properties to property and equipment amounting to P = 1,764.6 million.
∂ Transfer from investment properties to other current and noncurrent assets amounting to
P
= 86.3 million and P
= 62.1 million, respectively.
∂ Transfer from advances to contractors to land and improvements amounting to P = 1,581.2 million
∂ Capitalization of depreciation related to the development phase of certain projects amounting to
P
= 57.4 million.
∂ Transfer from other noncurrent assets to intangible assets mounting to P= 1,195.4 million.
∂ Conversion of BHL’s 69,235 investment in CII bonds to 6,293,461 shares.
2016
∂ Transfers from land and improvements to inventories amounted to P = 4,795.5 million.
∂ Transfer from land and improvements to investment properties amounted to P = 426.1 million.
∂ Transfer from land and improvements to other assets amounted to P = 174.3 million.
∂ Transfers from inventories to investment properties amounted to P = 1,065.3 million.
∂ Transfer from investment properties to property and equipment amounted to P = 16.7 million.
∂ Conversion of BHL’s 69,235 investment in CII bonds to 6,293,461 shares.
∂ Sale of ACEI’s 70% ownership interest in Quadriver, Hydro Power and PhilnewRiver to Sta. Clara
Power Corporation for a total selling price of P
= 350.0 million collectible in four (4) years.
∂ Sale of Integreon of which US$10.5 million will be due in four (4) years.
35. Commitments
Parent Company
The Parent Company acted as guarantor to AYCFL’s term loans and credit facilities as follows:
Amount
drawn as of 2018 2017
December 31,
Description of Facility Date Contracted 2018 Outstanding balance
(In Thousands)
US$200 million term loan
facility May 9, 2014 US$10,000 US$10,000 US$–
US$200 million transferable term
loan facility March 18, 2016 − – –
US$200 million revolving credit
facility March 18, 2016 10,000 10,000 –
US$20,000 US$20,000 US$−
On February 1, 2018, AYCFL entered a US$200.0 million revolving credit facility with an availability
period of up to one (1) month prior to February 1, 2023. The first drawdown of the credit facility
amounted to US$10.0 million on September 6, 2018 with a quarterly repricing rate.
On September 6, 2018, AYCFL drew down US$10.0 million with a quarterly repricing rate from its
US$200 million revolving credit facility contracted on March 18, 2016.
*SGVFS032939*
- 213 -
The Parent Company unconditionally guarantees the due and punctual payment of these loan
drawdowns if, for any reason AYCFL does not make timely payment of the amount due. The Parent
Company waived all rights of subrogation, contribution, and claims of prior exhaustion of remedies.
The Parent Company’s obligation as guarantor will remain in full force until no sum remains to be lent
by the lenders, and the lenders recover the outstanding loan drawdowns.
On May 2, 2014, AYCFL issued at face US$300.0 million Exchangeable Bonds (the Bonds) due on
May 2, 2019 with a fixed coupon rate of 0.50% per annum, payable semi-annually. The Bonds are
guaranteed by the Parent Company and constitute direct, unsubordinated, unconditional and
unsecured obligations of AYCFL, ranking pari passu and without any preference or priority among
themselves. The Bonds were listed in the Singapore Stock Exchange and include features such as
exchange option, put option and early redemption options. The Bondholders have the right to
exchange their Bonds for shares at any time during the exchange period. AYCFL shall lodge
sufficient shares in its securities account to service Exchange Rights. In consideration for the
reservation of the shares and by way of deposit for the exercise by the Bondholders of the Exchange
Right, AYCFL shall remit to the Parent Company from time to time such amount as may be agreed
between them, as defined in the Exchange Protocol agreed between AC and AYCFL.
On September 7, 2017, the Parent Company announced that AYCFL had successfully set the terms
of a US dollar-denominated fixed-for-life senior perpetual issuance at an aggregate principal amount
of US$400 million with an annual coupon of 5.125% for life with no reset and step-up. The issuer,
AYCFL, may redeem the Notes in whole but not in part on September 13, 2022 (first redemption
date) or any interest payment date falling after the first redemption date at 100% of the principal
amount of the Notes plus any accrued but unpaid interest. The Parent Company unconditionally
guarantees the due and punctual payment of this note if, for any reason AYCFL does not make timely
payment of the amount due.
ALI Group
ALI-NTDCC
On December 8, 2017, ALI assigned to NTDCC development rights on certain portions of the North
Triangle lot pads covered by a Deed of Assignment and Encroachment Settlement Agreement
amounting to P= 631.2 million.
ALI-LT Group
ALI and LT Group, Inc. (LTG) entered into an agreement on January 21, 2016 to jointly develop a
project along the C5 corridor. The project is envisioned to be a township development that spans
portions of Pasig City and Quezon City. A new company named, ALI-ETON Property Development
Corporation (ALI-ETON), was incorporated on March 13, 2016.
*SGVFS032939*
- 214 -
the agreed payment schedule in the Deed of Absolute Sale, the ALI Group has paid P
= 3.8 billion,
excluding taxes, as of August 1, 2017.
Assignment Agreement between Metro Rail Transit Corporation (Metro Rail) and MRTDC
On August 8, 1997, an Assignment Agreement was executed between Metro Rail whereby MRTDC
agreed to be bound by all obligations in respect of the Development Rights and make payments to
DOTC.
On January 13, 2006, the deed of assignment between MRTDC and NTDCC was acknowledged by
DOTC making MRTDC and NTDCC jointly and severally liable for the DRP and all other obligations
attached thereto. NTDCC has been paying rent to DOTC in behalf of MRTDC since January 1, 2006.
The DRP obligation is payable annually for 42 years from the date of assumption, renewable upon
expiration. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the DRP obligation amounted to P = 1,001.1 million
and P= 958.8 million, respectively (see Notes 17 and 21).Total DRP obligation paid amounted to
P
= 229.8 million and P= 223.1 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Total rent expense recognized in
the statements of comprehensive income under the “Cost of sales” account included in direct
operating expenses amounted to P = 318.0 million and P
= 344.8 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Funding and Repayment Agreement between NTDCC, MRTDC and MRTDC Shareholders
On December 17, 2014, NTDCC, MRTDC and MRTDC shareholders executed a “Funding and
Repayment Agreement” wherein the latter agrees to repay NTDCC, for the account of MRTDC, its
respective pro rata share in the Total Depot DRP Advances (the Pre-2006 DRP Payables and the
Residual Depot DRP, including 15% interest rate accrued on such DRP payables).
Long-term Management Agreement between AHRC and Mandarin Oriental Hotel Group
On June 4, 2014, AHRC, a wholly owned subsidiary of ALI has signed a long-term management
agreement with the Mandarin Oriental Hotel Group to develop and operate luxury hotel in Makati City.
Set to open its doors by 2020, the new Mandarin Oriental Manila will be featuring 275 spacious rooms
complemented by an extensive range of modern amenities including premium selection of restaurants
and a signature spa. ALI Group is committed to pay US$5 million (P= 223.6 million) to Manila Mandarin
Hotel, Inc. upon the opening of the New Hotel or June 30, 2017, whichever is earlier. In 2017, ALI
fully paid the said amount.
ALI-SPI
On May 12, 2014, ALI has signed the terms of reference with Sureste Properties, Inc. (SPI), a wholly
owned subsidiary of Bloomberry Resorts Corp. (BLOOM) for the retail area to be opened in the new
Phase 1-A of Solaire Resort & Casino. ALI will be the leasing and marketing agent of the said area
with gross leasable area of more than 5,000 sqm.
*SGVFS032939*
- 215 -
The concession will run for a period of 35 years from the start of the construction of the Project.
Under the terms of the concession agreement, ASITI will design, engineer, construct, operate and
maintain a mass transportation intermodal terminal at the outskirts of Metro Manila. The operation of
the Project includes the collection and remittance of terminal fees to DOTr of the concessionaire
during the concession period. In addition, ASITI will be permitted to develop and operate commercial
leasing facilities.
Upon the start of the construction the Project, DOTr will give to ASITI the full, exclusive and
uninterrupted use and possession of a 5.57 hectare property known as the Project Land. Ownership
of the Project Land shall remain with DOTr at all times while the possession, custody and risk of loss
or deterioration of the Project and commercial assets shall vest in the concessionaire during the
concession period. ASITI shall transfer the Project and the related assets, free from any liens or
encumbrances, to DOTr at the end of the concession period. ASITI will be entitled to annual
payments from DOTr amounting to P = 277.9 million during the 35-year concession period, subject to
meeting benchmarks set for certain key performance indicators enumerated in the CA.
As of December 31, 2018, construction of the Project has not yet commenced.
The Parent Company is authorized to adjust the toll rates once every two years in accordance with a
prescribed computation as set out in the concession agreement and upon compliance with the rules
and regulations on toll rate implementation as issued or may be issued by the Toll Regulatory Board.
In the event that the Parent Company is disallowed from charging and collecting the authorized
amounts of the toll rates as prescribed in the concession agreement from the users of the Project, the
Parent Company shall be entitled to either of the following:
a. Compensation from the DPWH of the toll income forgone by the Parent Company which shall be
calculated based on a prescribed computation under the concession agreement.
b. Extension of the concession period to compensate the Parent Company for the forgone toll
income which shall be mutually agreed by the Parent Company and the DPWH.
The Parent Company shall pay the DPWH an amount equal to 5% of all gross revenues arising from
non-toll user and toll user related facilities situated within the Project.
The concession period shall commence on the date of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed with
Segment II and shall end on the date that is 30 years thereafter, unless otherwise extended or
terminated in accordance with the concession agreement. Any extension of the concession period
*SGVFS032939*
- 216 -
shall in no event be beyond 50 years after the date of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed with
Segment II.
At the end of the Concession Period, the Project shall be turned over by the Parent Company to the
DPWH in the condition required for turnover under the Concession Agreement.
In accordance with the Concession Agreement, the Parent Company shall have the right to impose
and collect toll fees (inclusive of value-added tax) from the users of the MCX at the following rates:
On June 19, 2017, TRB sent an order directing the publication of the full petition in a newspaper of
general circulation, along with the notice to expressway users that they may file an opposition within
the period provided for under the Rules. Accordingly, the full petition was published on July 25, 2017.
On November 8, 2017, all TRB requirements for the approval of the toll rate increase were submitted.
On September 28, 2018, the second toll rate increase petition has been submitted to the TRB and the
order directing the publication of the full petition in a newspaper of general circulation, along with the
notice to expressway users that they may file an opposition within the period provided for under the
Rules, was sent by TRB on October 26, 2018. Accordingly, the petition was published on
November 13, 2018. No opposition has been reported until the prescribed filing period.
Interoperability Agreement
On July 21, 2015, the Parent Company, MCX Tollway, Inc. (MCXI) (an 80% owned subsidiary of AC
Infra), South Luzon Tollway Corporation (SLTC), and Manila Toll Expressway Systems, Inc. (MATES)
signed a Memorandum of Agreement on the Interoperability together with an Addendum thereto
(“MOA on Interoperability”) of the Project and the SLEX. The MOA on Interoperability provides the
framework that will govern the interface and integration of the technical operations and toll collection
systems between the Project and SLEX, and to ensure seamless travel for road users.
On the same date, MATES and MCXI also executed a Toll Collection Services Agreement, under
which, MATES was appointed as sub-contractor of MCXI for the provision of toll collection services
for the MCX toll plaza.
The Parent Company shall have the exclusive right and corresponding obligation to undertake the
O&M of the Project. As such, on December 19, 2014, the Parent Company entered into an
Operations and Maintenance Agreement (OMA) with MCXI for the operations and maintenance of the
Project. The OMA has a term of seven (7) years, renewable for another seven (7) years, with the
right of first offer in favor of MCXI. As compensation, the Parent Company shall pay an annual
recurring fee of P = 77.6 million, exclusive of VAT, subject to yearly escalation using the Consumer Price
Indexation formula.
*SGVFS032939*
- 217 -
On September 15, 2017, the Parent Company and MCXI together with San Miguel Holdings
Corporation, Private Infra Development Corporation, Citra Metro Manila Tollways Corporation,
Skyway O&M Corporation, Citra Central Expressway Corporation, Vertex Tollways Development
Incorporated, SLTC, MATES, Star Infrastructure Development Corporation, Star Tollway Corporation,
Metro Pacific Tollways Corporation, NLEX Corporation, Cavitex Infrastructure Corporation, MPCala
Holdings Inc., Bases and Conversion Development Authority, Department of Transportation,
Department of Public Works and Highways, Land Transportation Office and Toll Regulatory Board
signed the Memorandum of Agreement for Toll Collection Interoperability (MOA). The MOA aims for a
timely, smoothly, and fairly implementation of the ETC Systems and Cash Payment Systems’
interoperability of the covered expressways. As of December 31, 2018, discussions are ongoing
among and between the parties for the implementation of the MOA.
On the same date, MCXI signed two contracts with EGIS Projects Philippines, Inc. (Egis):
a. Operations Advisory Contract – to provide advice, among others, on the establishment and
implementation of procedures to enforce traffic regulations and safety measures in MCX; and
b. Maintenance Contract – to provide cleaning, inspection, repairs and maintenance on all parts of
MCX, its landscaping, traffic signs and others.
Both contracts have a term of seven (7) years and renewable for another seven (7) years. The
annual recurring fee for both contracts is P
= 18.2 million, exclusive of VAT, and P
= 40.9 million, exclusive
for VAT, respectively and subject to yearly escalation to the effect of changes in labor index rates and
consumer price index as provided by the Department of Labor and Employment.
In 2016, the Parent Company amended its existing O&M agreement with MCXI reducing the annual
fee to P
= 29.52 million and novated the existing agreement among MCXI and Egis to include the Parent
Company as another party to the Operation Advisory Contract and Maintenance contract.
The leased concession area shall be used by the Lessee for the purpose of developing and operating
a dealership showroom and service center and to carry out other related retail, services and support
activities incidental and complementary to its business and may be customary to the trade.
On February 2, 2017, the Parent Company entered into a lease agreement with Premier Petrol
Distributors, Inc. (the Lessee) for the lease of an approximately 10,667 square meters of the
concession area. The lease term is 20 years from September 1, 2017 to August 31, 2037, renewable
for another period not exceeding June 28, 2045 upon mutual agreement. The fixed initial basic rent
of the leased concession area shall be P = 1.1 million, exclusive of VAT, per month. Basic rent shall
escalate by 5% at the start of the second year and every year thereafter. As of December 31, 2018,
the lease terms are being re-negotiated.
*SGVFS032939*
- 218 -
On July 6, 2017, the Parent Company signed the contract of lease with Globe Telecom, Inc.
(the Lessee) for the use of the following locations:
The lease term shall be twenty-eight (28) years and eleven (11) months, commencing on August 1,
2016 and continuing until June 28, 2045. The fixed initial basic rent of the leased concession area
shall be P
= 31,400 per month, exclusive of VAT, subject to annual escalation of 4.5% starting at the
beginning of the second year.
On November 13, 2018, the Parent Company and Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation executed a
twenty (20) years lease contract for an approximate area of 9,689 square meters. The lease contract
was effective July 15, 2018 and ending on July 14, 2038, renewable for another period not exceeding
December 28, 2044 upon mutual agreement. The fixed initial monthly basic rent of the leased
concession area shall be P= 823,565, exclusive of VAT. Basic rent shall escalate by 5% at the start of
the third year and every year thereafter.
For all non-toll user related agreements, including short-term advertising leases, concerning the
concession area, the Parent Company will remit, to the DPWH, 5% of its share on the gross revenues
in accordance with Section 12.6.b of the Concession Agreement.
Under the Concession Agreement, MWSS grants MWC (as contractor to perform certain functions
and as agent for the exercise of certain rights and powers under RA No. 6234) the sole right to
manage, operate, repair, decommission, and refurbish all fixed and movable assets (except certain
retained assets) required to provide water delivery and sewerage services in the East Zone for a
period of 25 years commencing on August 1, 1997 (the Commencement Date) up to May 6, 2022
(the Expiration Date) or the early termination date as the case may be. While MWC has the right to
manage, operate, repair and refurbish specified MWSS facilities in the East Zone, legal title to these
assets remains with MWSS. The legal title to all fixed assets contributed to the existing MWSS
system by MWC during the Concession remains with MWC until the Expiration Date (or until the early
termination date) at which time all rights, titles and interest in such assets will automatically vest in
MWSS.
On Commencement Date, MWC officially took over the operations of the East Zone and rehabilitation
works for the service area commenced immediately thereafter. As provided in MWC’s project plans,
operational commercial capacity will be attained upon substantial completion of the rehabilitation
work.
a. Annual standard rate adjustment to compensate for increases in the consumer price index (CPI);
b. Extraordinary price adjustment (EPA) to account for the financial consequences of the occurrence
of certain unforeseen events stipulated in the Concession Agreement;
c. Foreign Currency Differential Adjustment (FCDA) to recover foreign exchange losses including
accruals and carrying costs thereof arising from MWSS loans and any Concessionaire loans used
for capital expenditures and concession fee payments, in accordance with the provisions set forth
in Amendment No. 1 of the Concession Agreement dated October 12; and
*SGVFS032939*
- 219 -
d. Rebasing Convergence Adjustment for the purposes of calculating the Rates Adjustment Limit for
each of the five Charging Years of the Rebasing Period determined based on the following:
i. where the Rebasing Adjustment is found to be positive, the Rebasing Convergence
Adjustment for the first Charging Year of the Rate Rebasing Period shall be equal to the
Rebasing Adjustment, and the Rebasing Convergence Adjustment for each of the following
four Charging Years shall be zero; and
ii. where the Rebasing Adjustment is found to be negative, the Rebasing Adjustment for each of
the five Charging Years of the Rebasing Period shall be equal to the Rebasing Adjustment
divided by five.
These rate adjustments are subject to a rate adjustment limit which is equivalent to the sum of CPI
published in the Philippines, EPA and Rebasing Convergence Adjustment as defined in the
Concession Agreement. The Concession Agreement also provides a general rate setting policy for
rates chargeable by MWC for water and sewerage services as follows:
1. For the period through the second Rate Rebasing date (January 1, 2008), the maximum rates
chargeable by MWC (subject to interim adjustments) are set out in the Concession Agreement.
2. From and after the second Rate Rebasing date, the rates for water and sewerage services shall
be set at a level that will permit MWC to recover, over the 25-year term of the concession, its
investment including operating, capital maintenance and investment incurred, Philippine business
taxes and payments corresponding to debt service on MWSS loans and MWC’s loans incurred to
finance such expenditures, and to earn a rate of return equal to the appropriate discount rate
(ADR) on these expenditures for the remaining term of the concession.
The maximum rates chargeable for such water and sewerage services shall be subject to general
adjustment at five-year intervals commencing on the second Rate Rebasing date, provided that the
MWSS-RO may exercise its discretion to make a general adjustment of such rates.
On April 16, 2009, the MWSS Board of Trustees passed Resolution No. 2009-072 approving the
15-year extension of the Concession Agreement (the Extension) from May 7, 2022 to May 6, 2037.
This resolution was confirmed by the Department of Finance (DOF), by authority from the office of the
President of the Republic of the Philippines, on October 19, 2009. The significant commitments
under the Extension follow:
a. To mitigate tariff increases such that there will be reduction of the balance of the approved 2008
rebased tariff by 66%, zero increase of the rebased tariff in 2009 and a P = 1.00 increase for years
2010 to 2016, subject to CPI and FCDA adjustments.
b. To increase the share in the current operating budget support to MWSS by 100% as part of the
concession fees starting 2009.
c. To increase the total investments from the approved P = 187.00 billion for the periods 2008 to 2022
to P
= 450.00 billion for 2008 to 2037.
With the approval of the Extension, the recovery period for MWC’s investment is now extended by
another 15 years from 2022 to 2037.
In March 2012, MWC submitted to MWSS a business plan embodying its rate rebasing proposals for
charging year 2013. The rate rebasing activity is done every five (5) years. The MWSS conducted a
review of the proposal including MWC’s last five (5) years’ financial performance. The financial
review process extended up to the third quarter of 2013. On September 10, 2013, the MWSS-RO
issued Resolution No. 13-09-CA providing for a negative rate rebasing adjustment of 29.47% on
MWC’s 2012 average basic water rate of P = 24.57 per cubic meter shall be implemented in 5 equal
tranches of negative 5.894% per charging year. MWC objected to the MWSS’ Rate Rebasing
determination and formally filed its Dispute Notice on September 24, 2013, before a duly-constituted
Appeals Panel, commencing the arbitration process, as provided under Section 12 (in relation to
Section 9.4 of the Concession Agreement).
*SGVFS032939*
- 220 -
On December 10, 2013, the MWSS Board of Trustees, through MWSS-RO Resolution No. 13-012
CA, approved the implementation of a status quo for MWC’s Standard Rates including FCDA until
such time that the Appeals Panel has rendered a final award on the 2013 Rate Rebasing
determination.
On April 21, 2015, MWC received the final award of the Appeals Panel in the arbitration which final
award included the following tariff component determination:
a. P
= 28.1 billion Opening Cash Position (OCP) which restored P= 11.0 billion from the September 2013
OCP determination of MWSS of P = 17.1 billion;
b. P
= 199.6 billion capital expenditures and concession fees which restores P= 29.5 billion from the
September 2013 future capital and concession fee expenditure of P = 170.1 billion;
c. 7.61% Appropriate Discount Rate (ADR) which was an improvement of 79 bps from the post-tax
ADR of 6.82% in September 2013; and
d. Exclusion of corporate income tax from cash flows beginning January 1, 2013.
Consequently, the final award resulted in a rate rebasing adjustment for the period 2013 to 2017 of
negative 11.05% on the 2012 basic average water charge of P = 25.07 per cubic meter. This
adjustment translates to a decrease of P
= 2.77 per cubic meter from the tariff during the intervening
years before the 2018 rate rebasing. Annual CPI adjustments and the quarterly FCDA will continue
to be made consistent with the MWC Group’s Concession Agreement with MWSS.
On September 27, 2018, the MWSS BOT (MWSS Resolution No. 2018-145-RO) approved the MWC
Group’s Rebasing Adjustment for the Fifth Rate Rebasing Period (2018 to 2022) as recommended by
the MWSS-RO (MWSS-RO Resolution No. 2018-10-CA). To mitigate the impact on the tariff of its
customers, the MWC Group shall stagger its implementation over a five-year period. The first tranche
took effect on October 16, 2018.
On December 13, 2018, the MWSS BOT (MWSS Resolution No. 2018-190-RO) approved the MWC
Group’s implementation of the 5.70% CPI Adjustment to be applied to the 2018 average basic charge
of P
= 26.98 per cubic meter and the 2.62% FCDA to be applied to the 2019 average basic charge.
These adjustments are recommended by the MWSS-RO (MWSS-RO Resolution No. 2018-12-CA)
and shall take effect on January 1, 2019.
Arbitration under the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Rules
(1976)
On April 23, 2015, the Parent Company served on the Republic of the Philippines (the “Republic”),
through the Department of Finance, its Notice of Claim of even date demanding that the Republic
indemnify the Parent Company in accordance with the indemnity clauses in the Republic’s Letter
Undertaking dated July 31, 1997 and Letter Undertaking dated October 19, 2009. At present, the
arbitration case remains pending.
The MWSS Board of Trustees approves the FCDA adjustment quarterly. The FCDA has no impact
on the net income of MWC, as the same is a recovery or refund mechanism of foreign exchange
losses or gains. During 2017 and 2016, the following FCDA adjustments and their related foreign
exchange basis took effect in 2016 to 2018.
Approval Date Effective Date FCDA Foreign Exchange Rate Basis
March 10, 2016 April 1, 2016 P
= 0.26 per cubic meter USD1: =P47.51 / JPY1: P
= 0.40
June 14, 2016 July 1, 2016 P
= 0.25 per cubic meter USD1: =P46.29 / JPY1: P
= 0.42
April 5, 2017 April 22, 2017 P
= 0.69 per cubic meter USD1: =P49.74 / JPY1: P
= 0.37
July 27, 2017 August 13, 2017 P
= 0.97 per cubic meter USD1: =P49.86 / JPY1: P
= 0.45
September 14, 2017 October 1, 2017 P
= 1.21 per cubic meter USD1: =P50.64 / JPY1: P
= 0.45
December 13, 2017 January 1, 2018 P
= 0.63 per cubic meter USD1: =P51.34 / JPY1: P
= 0.45
March 13, 2018 April 1, 2018 P
= 0.59 per cubic meter USD1: =P50.51 / JPY1: P
= 0.46
June 14, 2018 July 1, 2018 P
= 1.58 per cubic meter USD1: =P52.10 / JPY1: P
= 0.48
September 14, 2018 October 1, 2018 P
= 1.56 per cubic meter USD1: =P53.43 / JPY1: P
= 0.48
December 14, 2018 January 1, 2019 P
= 0.75 per cubic meter USD1: =P53.94 / JPY1: P
= 0.48
*SGVFS032939*
- 221 -
There were no FCDA adjustments for the third and fourth quarters of 2016 and for the first quarter of
2017 due to the vacancies in the MWSS BOT resulting in a lack of quorum necessary for the approval
of any MWSS-RO resolution, including the FCDA.
The significant commitments of MWC under the Concession Agreement and Extension are as
follows:
b. To post a performance bond, bank guarantee or other security acceptable to MWSS in favor of
MWSS as a bond for the full and prompt performance of the MWC Group’s obligations under the
Agreement. The aggregate amounts drawable in one or more installments under such
performance bond during the Rate Rebasing Period to which it relates are set out below.
Within 30 days from the commencement of each renewal date, MWC Company shall cause the
performance bond to be reinstated in the full amount set forth above as applicable for that year.
With a minimum of 10-day written notice to MWC, MWSS may make one or more drawings under
the performance bond relating to a Rate Rebasing Period to cover amounts due to MWSS during
that period; provided, however, that no such drawing shall be made in respect of any claim that
has been submitted to the Appeals Panel for adjudication until the Appeals Panel has handed
down its decision on the matter.
In the event that any amount payable to MWSS by MWC is not paid when due, such amount shall
accrue interest at a rate equal to that of a 364-day Treasury Bill for each day it remains unpaid;
c. With the Extension, MWC agreed to increase its annual share in MWSS operating budget by
100% from P= 100.0 million to P
= 395.0 million, subject to annual CPI;
d. To meet certain specific commitments in respect of the provision of water and sewerage services
in the East Zone, unless deferred by MWSS-RO due to unforeseen circumstances or modified as
a result of rate rebasing exercise;
f. To repair and correct, on a priority basis, any defect in the facilities that could adversely affect
public health or welfare, or cause damage to persons or third party property;
g. To ensure that at all times, MWC has sufficient financial, material and personnel resources
available to meet its obligations under the Agreement; and
h. To ensure that no debt or liability that would mature after the life of the Agreement will be incurred
unless with the approval of MWSS.
*SGVFS032939*
- 222 -
MWC is committed to perform its obligations under the Concession Agreement and Extension to
safeguard its continued right to operate the Concession.
Under the terms of the concession agreement, the PGL grants LAWC (as contractor and as agent for
the exercise of certain rights in Laguna) the sole and exclusive right and discretion during the
concession period to manage, occupy, operate, repair, maintain, decommission and refurbish the
identified facilities required to provide water services to specific areas for an operational period of 25
years which commenced on October 20, 2004.
While LAWC has the right to manage, occupy, operate, repair, maintain, decommission and refurbish
specified PGL facilities, legal title to these assets remains with PGL. Legal title to all assets procured
by LAWC in the performance of its obligations under the agreement remains with LAWC and shall not
pass to PGL until the end of the concession period at which time, LAWC will transfer, or if the
ownership is vested in another person, cause the transfer to PGL. LAWC has the exclusive rights to
provide water services in the service areas specified in the concession agreement. Concession fees
set forth in the concession agreement are computed as a percentage of revenue from water services.
Seventy percent (70%) of the concession fees are applied against any advances made by LAWC to
PGL. The remaining thirty percent (30%) of the concession fees are payable annually 30 days after
the submission of the audited financial statements by LAWC, from the start of the operational period.
On June 30, 2015, LAWC and the PGL signed an amendment to the concession agreement which
expands the concession area to cover all cities and municipalities in the province of Laguna, as well
as the service obligation to include the provision of wastewater services and the establishment of an
integrated sewage and septage system in the province.
In connection with the amendment to the concession agreement, the Sangguniang Bayan of the
municipality of Calauan, Laguna approved the resolution allowing LAWC to provide water and
wastewater services to the municipality of Calauan. The provision of services by LAWC in the
municipality of Calauan is being implemented in phases, with full coverage of the area targeted by the
first quarter of 2020.
Furthermore, the concession period’s commencement date was amended to mean the later of either:
(i) three (3) years from the takeover date (i.e., October 20, 2004); or (ii) availment by at least 25,000
customers of the services (i.e., September 30, 2010). The concession period is deemed to have
commenced on September 30, 2010 and shall end on September 30, 2035.
On August 23, 2017, the Sangguniang Bayan of Victoria, Laguna, has approved the inclusion of its
municipality within the service area of Laguna Water.
On May 3, 2018, the concession agreement was amended to include the approval of Environmental
Charge amounting to twenty percent (20%) of the water tariff for wastewater services, desludging
services, and other environmental-related costs which was implemented on September 22, 2018.
*SGVFS032939*
- 223 -
The significant commitments of LAWC under its concession agreement with PGL are as follows:
b. To manage, occupy, operate, repair, maintain, decommission, and refurbish the transferred
facilities;
c. To design, construct and commission the new facilities during the cooperation period;
e. To bill and collect payment from the customer for all services;
f. To extract raw water exclusively from all sources of raw water; and
g. To negotiate in good faith with PGL any amendment or supplement to the concession agreement
to establish, operate and maintain wastewater facilities if doing such is financially and
economically feasible.
Simultaneous to the signing of the amendment to the joint venture agreement between PGL and
MWPVI on June 30, 2015, and consequent to the amendment of the joint venture agreement of
LAWC, LAWC signed an amendment to its concession agreement with the PGL which includes the
following:
a) Expansion of its concession area to cover all cities and municipalities in the PGL; and
b) Inclusion in the service obligations of LAWC the provision of wastewater services and the
establishment of an integrated sewage and septage system in the province.
Under the concession agreement, TIEZA grants BIWC the sole right to manage, operate, repair,
decommission, and refurbish all fixed and movable assets (except certain retained assets) required to
provide water delivery and sewerage services in the entire Boracay Island. The legal title to all fixed
assets contributed to the existing TIEZA system by BIWC during the concession remains with BIWC
until the expiration date (or the early termination date) at which time all rights, titles and interest in
such assets will automatically vest in TIEZA.
On January 1, 2010, BIWC officially took over the operations of the service area. Rehabilitation
works for the service area commenced immediately thereafter. As provided in BIWC’s project plans,
operational commercial capacity will be attained upon completion of the rehabilitation works.
Under its concession agreement, BIWC is entitled to the following rate adjustments:
a. Annual standard rate adjustment to compensate for increases in the consumer CPI;
b. EPA to account for the financial consequences of the occurrence of certain unforeseen events
stipulated in the concession agreement; and
c. FCDA to recover foreign exchange losses including accruals and carrying costs thereof arising
from TIEZA loans and any loans used for capital expenditures and concession fee payments.
These rate adjustments are subject to a rate adjustment limit which is equivalent to the sum of CPI
published in the Philippines, EPA and Rebasing Convergence adjustment as defined in BIWC’s
concession agreement.
*SGVFS032939*
- 224 -
The rate rebasing date is set every 5 years starting January 1, 2011. Hence, the first rate rebasing
period commenced on January 1, 2010 and ended on December 31, 2010 and, in the case of
subsequent rate rebasing periods, the period commencing on the last rate rebasing date and ending
on December 31 of the fifth year thereafter.
In January 2016, BIWC implemented an increase of 8.18% comprising of rate rebasing adjustment of
6.97% and CPI of 1.21%. The downward FCDA adjustment of 14.34% was continuously
implemented throughout the year.
On June 7, 2017, TIEZA approved the new water rates of BIWC which is equivalent to an increase of
57.83% from its existing rate to be implemented on a staggered basis for a period of three (3) years
with an increase of 30.14%, 11.99% and 10.79% in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The first
tranche of tariff increase was implemented on July 1, 2017.
On December 15, 2017, TIEZA approved Boracay Water’s implementation of the second tranche of
tariff increase of 15.53% effective January 1, 2018.
On August 1, 2018, TIEZA-RO approved the suspension of the 14.34% downward adjustment, which
resulted to the implementation of 0.00% FCDA effective August 17, 2018.
On December 4, 2018, TIEZA approved Boracay Water’s implementation of the third tranche of tariff
increase equivalent to 18.08% of the basic water and sewer charge, inclusive of CPI, arising from its
2017 rate rebasing. Furthermore, a 3.00% increase shall be applied to the basic water and sewer
charge to account for FCDA. The new rates shall take effect on January 1, 2019.
BIWC’s concession agreement also provides a general rate setting policy for rates chargeable by
BIWC for water and sewerage services as follows:
a. For the period through the second rate rebasing date (January 1, 2016), the maximum rates
chargeable by BIWC (subject to interim adjustments) are set out in the Agreement; and
b. From and after the second rate rebasing date, the rates for water and sewerage services shall be
set at a level that will permit BIWC to recover, over the 25-year term of its concession, its
investment including operating expenses, capital maintenance and investment incurred,
Philippine business taxes and payments corresponding to debt service on the TIEZA loans
incurred to finance such expenditures, and to earn a rate of return on these expenditures for the
remaining term of the concession in line with the rates of return being allowed from time to time to
operators of long-term infrastructure concession arrangements in other countries having a credit
standing similar to that of the Philippines.
The maximum rates chargeable for such water and sewerage services shall be subject to general
adjustment at five-year intervals commencing on the second rate rebasing date, provided that the
TIEZA may exercise its discretion to make a general adjustment of such rates.
Also part of the concession agreement, BIWC assumed certain property and equipment of BIWC
Sewerage System (BWSS), as well as its outstanding loan from Japan International Cooperation
Agency (JICA), considered as part of its TIEZA loans under the concession agreement, and
regulatory costs.
As a result of the above terms of the concession agreement, BIWC recognized a total of
P
= 986.9 million service concession assets on commencement date. It includes the JICA loan
assumed by BIWC, regulatory costs, construction costs for the improvement and expansion of the
water and wastewater facilities and the advanced concession fees.
*SGVFS032939*
- 225 -
The significant commitments of BIWC under its concession agreement with TIEZA are as follows:
a. To meet certain specific commitments in respect of the provision of water and sewerage services
in the service area, unless deferred by the TIEZA Regulatory Office (TIEZA-RO) due to
unforeseen circumstances or modified as a result of rate rebasing exercise;
i. Assumption of all liabilities of the BWSS as of commencement date and service such
liabilities as they fall due. BWSS has jurisdiction, supervision and control over all waterworks
and sewerage systems within Boracay Island prior to commencement date. The servicing of
such liabilities shall be applied to the concession fees;
ii. Payment of an amount equivalent to 5% of the monthly gross revenue of BIWC, inclusive of
all applicable taxes. Such payments shall be subject to adjustment based on the gross
revenue of BIWC as reflected in its separate financial statements;
iii. Provision of the amount of the TIEZA BOD’s approved budget in 2012, payable semi-
annually and not exceeding:
iv. Provision of the annual operating budget of the TIEZA-RO, payable in 2 equal tranches in
January and July and not exceeding:
c. To establish, at Boracay Island, a TIEZA-RO building with staff house, the cost of which should
be reasonable and prudent;
e. To raise financing for the improvement and expansion of the BWSS water and wastewater
facilities;
f. To operate, maintain, repair, improve, renew and, as appropriate, decommission facilities, as well
as to operate and maintain the drainage system upon its completion, in a manner consistent with
the National Building Standards and best industrial practices so that, at all times, the water and
sewerage system in the service area is capable of meeting the service obligations (as such
obligations may be revised from time to time by the TIEZA-RO following consultation with BIWC);
g. To repair and correct, on a priority basis, any defect in the facilities that could adversely affect
public health or welfare, or cause damage to persons or third party property; and
h. To ensure that at all times, BIWC has sufficient financial, material and personnel resources
available to meet its obligations under the concession agreement.
*SGVFS032939*
- 226 -
In addition, MWC, as the main proponent of BIWC shall post a bank security in the amount of
US$2.50 million to secure MWC’s and BIWC’s performance of their respective obligations under the
agreement. The amount of the performance security shall be reduced by MWC following the
schedule below:
Amount of
Performance Security
Rate Rebasing Period (in US$ millions)
First US$2.50
Second 2.50
Third 1.10
Fourth 1.10
Fifth 1.10
On or before the start of each year, BIWC shall cause the performance security to be reinstated in the
full amount set forth as applicable for that year.
With a minimum of ten (10) days written notice period to BIWC, TIEZA may take one or more
drawings under the performance security relating to a Rate Rebasing Period to cover amounts due to
TIEZA during that period; provided, however, that no such drawing shall be made in respect of any
claim that has been submitted to the Arbitration Panel for adjudication until the Arbitration Panel has
handed its decision on the matter.
In the event that any amount payable to TIEZA by BIWC is not paid when due, such amount shall
accrue interest at a rate equal to that of a 364-day Treasury Bill for each day it remains unpaid.
Failure of BIWC to perform any of its obligations that is deemed material by TIEZA-RO may cause the
concession agreement to be terminated.
On September 1, 2000, in accordance with the terms of the concession agreement, VWPI assigned
its rights and obligations under the concession agreement to CWC by virtue of an assignment and
assumption agreement between VWPI and CWC. As consideration for the grant of the concession
and franchise to develop, operate and maintain the water and sewerage system within the CFZ, CWC
pays CDC an annual franchise fee of P = 1.50 million. Any new construction, change, alteration,
addition or improvement on the facilities is permitted to the extent allowed under the agreement with
CDC or with the prior written consent of CDC. Legal title, free of all liens and encumbrances, to
improvements made or introduced by CWC on the facilities as well as title to new facilities procured
by CWC in the performance of its obligations under the concession agreement shall automatically
pass to CDC on the date when the concession period expires or the date of receipt of a validly served
termination notice, in the latter case, subject to payment of the amount due as termination payments
as defined in the concession agreement.
*SGVFS032939*
- 227 -
On September 29, 2000, CDC leased in favor of CWC the existing facilities in compliance with the
condition precedent to the effectivity of and the respective obligations of CWC and CDC under the
concession agreement. Under the lease agreement, CWC was required to make a rental deposit
amounting to P = 2.8 million equivalent to six months lease rental and a performance security
amounting to P = 6.7 million to ensure the faithful compliance of CWC with the terms and conditions of
the lease agreement. CWC pays semi-annual rental fees of P = 2.8 million amounting to a total of
P
= 138.3 million for the entire concession period. The lease term shall be co-terminus with the
concession period unless sooner terminated for any of the reasons specified in the concession
agreement.
On August 15, 2014, the CWC and CDC signed an amendment agreement to the concession
agreement dated March 16, 2000. The Amendment provides for the following:
a. Extension of the original concession period for another 15 years up to October 1, 2040;
b. Additional investment of P
= 4.0 billion provided under the amended concession agreement to be
spent for further improvement and expansion water and waste water services in the area.
Investment requirement under the original concession agreement amounted to P = 3.0 billion and
the amended concession agreement required an additional investment of P = 2.0 billion. Total
investment prior to the amendment of the concession agreement amounted to P = 1.0 billion;
c. Introduction of rate rebasing mechanism for every four years starting 2014;
= 25.63/m3 to P
d. Reduction in tariff rates by 3.9% (from P = 24.63/m3) effective September 1, 2014,
subject to the Extraordinary Price Adjustment; and
As a result of the extension of the concession period, service concession assets and service
concession obligation as of August 15, 2014 increased by P = 56.6 million. Further, the recovery period
of the CWC’s investment is now extended by another 15 years from 2025 to 2040.
On May 26, 2017, CWC submitted its proposed 2018 rate rebasing plan following the four (4)-year
rebasing period stated in the concession agreement. As of December 31, 2018, the rate rebasing is
still ongoing.
The significant commitments of CWC under its concession agreement with CDC are follows:
b. Finance, design, and construct new facilities - defined as any improvement and extension works
to (i) all existing facilities - defined as all fixed and movable assets specifically listed in the
concession agreement; (ii) construction work - defined as the scope of construction work set out
in the concession agreement; and (iii) other new works that do not constitute refurbishment or
repair of existing facilities undertaken after commencement date;
c. Manage, exclusively possess, occupy, operate, repair, maintain, decommission and refurbish the
existing facilities, except for the private deep wells set out in the concession agreement, the
negotiations for the acquisition and control of which shall be the sole responsibility and for the
account of the CWC; and manage, own, operate, repair, maintain, decommission and refurbish
the new facilities;
*SGVFS032939*
- 228 -
e. Provide and manage all water and wastewater related services like assisting locator of relocating
of pipes and assess internal leaks;
f. Bill and collect payment from the customers for the services (with the exception of SM City Clark).
SM City Clark has been carved out by virtue of Republic Act 9400 effective 2007 even if it is
located within the franchise area; and
g. Extract raw water exclusively from all sources of raw water including all catchment areas,
watersheds, springs, wells and reservoirs in CFZ free of charge by CDC.
On December 13, 2013, CMWDI received a Notice of Award for the bulk supply of water to the
MCWD. On December 18, 2013, CMWDI and MCWD signed a 20-year Bulk Water Supply Contract
for the supply of 18.0 million liters per day of water for the first year and 35.00 million liters per day of
water for years 2 up to 20. CMWDI delivered its initial 18.0 million liters per day bulk water supply to
MCWD on January 5, 2015. CMWDI will increase its bulk water delivery to 35.0 million liters per day
in 2016.
a. Provide potable and treated water at an aggregate volume of 18,000 cubic meters per day for the
first year and 35,000 cubic meters per day for the succeeding years up to 20 years at P
= 24.59 per
cubic meter;
b. Ensure that the source shall be sustainable and 100% reliable at any day the duration of the
agreement; and
c. Construct a facility capable of delivering a production capacity of 35,000 cubic meters per day
and maintain the same on its account.
On June 2, 2015, ZWC entered into a NRWSA with ZCWD. Under the NRWSA, ZCWD grants ZWC
the right to implement Network Restructuring and NRW Reduction Programs for ZCWD’s water
distribution system.
*SGVFS032939*
- 229 -
The NRWSA sets forth the rights and obligations of the ZWC throughout the ten (10)-year period.
The significant provisions under the agreement with ZCWD consist of:
a. ZWC is required to implement Network Restructuring and NRW Reduction Programs for ZCWD’s
water distribution system; and
b. ZWC has the right to restructure and maintain the facilities in the ZCWD service area but legal
title to these assets remains with ZCWD. The legal title to all fixed assets contributed to the
existing ZCWD system by ZWC during the project tenure remains with ZWC until the expiration
date (or an early termination date) at which time all rights, titles and interest in such assets will
automatically vest in ZCWD.
Bulk Water Supply Agreements between Davao Water and Tagum Water District (TWD)
On July 28, 2015, the TWD awarded the Tagum City Bulk Water Supply Project to Davao del Norte
Water Infrastructure Company, Inc. (Davao Water), the joint venture company of MWC and iWater,
Inc.
On October 15, 2015, Davao Water has signed and executed a Joint Venture Agreement (JVA) with
TWD. The JVA governs the relationship of Davao Water and TWD as joint venture partners in the
Tagum Bulk Water Project. Pursuant to the JVA, Davao Water and the TWD caused the
incorporation of a joint venture company, namely, TWC, which shall implement the Tagum Bulk Water
Project for fifteen (15) years from the Operations Start Date as defined in the JVA.
The consortium of Davao Water owns 90.00%, while TWD owns 10.00% of TWC’s outstanding
capital stock. TWC was registered with the SEC on December 15, 2015 and its primary purpose is to
develop, construct, operate and maintain the bulk water supply facilities, including the development of
raw surface water sources, water treatment, delivery and sale of treated bulk water exclusively to
TWD.
On February 26, 2016, TWC and TWD signed and executed a Bulk Water Sales and Purchase
Agreement for the supply of bulk water to TWD for a period of fifteen (15) years from the Operations
Start Date.
TWC will have the sole and exclusive right and responsibility during the term of the agreement to:
d. Manage, use, occupy, operate, repair, maintain, upgrade and develop the facilities; and
Facilities and any and all assets, equipment and properties used by TWC to implement the bulk water
project will be owned by TWC even after the expiration of the BWSPA.
*SGVFS032939*
- 230 -
In 2017, MWAP successfully completed its pilot NRW reduction project in Yangon, significantly
reducing levels of water system loss. In partnership with Mitsubishi Corporation and the Yangon City
Development Committee, MWAP fulfilled its promise to demonstrate its technical capabilities
undertaking a pilot project and improving the waterways in selected areas.
On October 5, 2017, Aqua Centro was incorporated to handle property development projects, other
than those within the ALI Group, by engaging in the development, improvement, maintenance, and
expansion of water, sewerage, wastewater, and drainage facilities, and provide services necessary or
incidental thereto.
On December 28, 2017, MWPVI entered into a Novation Agreement with the SM Group and Aqua
Centro to transfer its rights, duties and obligations to provide water and/or used water services and
facilities to the property development projects of the SM Group to Aqua Centro, effective from the
inception of the MOA.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, Aqua Centro has six (6) and four (4) signed MOAs with the SM
Group, respectively. MWPVI has one (1) signed MOA with SM Group as of December 31, 2018 and
2017.
On June 19, 2017, MWC signed a JVA with CWD which will govern the relationship of the two in
undertaking the joint venture project. Under the JVA, MWC and CWD shall cause the incorporation
of a joint venture company where MWC and CWD shall own 90.00% and 10.00%, respectively, of the
outstanding capital stock. The joint venture company will then enter into a concession agreement
with CWD for the implementation of the joint venture project for twenty-five (25) years from the
commencement date, as defined in the concession agreement.
On August 2, 2017, the SEC approved the incorporation of Calasiao Water Company, Inc.
On October 23, 2017, Calasiao Water and CWD signed and executed a concession agreement.
Under the concession agreement, the CWD grants Calasiao Water, (as contractor to perform certain
functions and as agent for the exercise of certain rights and powers under Presidential Decree No.
564) the sole right to develop, manage, operate, maintain, repair, decommission, and refurbish all
fixed and movable assets (except certain retained assets) required to provide water delivery in the
entire Municipality of Calasiao for a period of twenty five (25) years commencing on December 29,
2017 (the Commencement Date) until December 29, 2042 (the Expiration Date) or the early
termination date as the case may be. While Calasiao Water has the right to manage, operate, repair,
and refurbish specified CWD facilities in the service area, legal title to these assets remains with the
CWD. The legal title to all fixed assets contributed to the existing CWD system by Calasiao Water
*SGVFS032939*
- 231 -
during the concession remains with Calasiao Water until the Expiration Date (or the early termination
date) at which time all rights, titles and interest in such assets will automatically vest in CWD.
Under the concession agreement, in the event that one or more grounds for EPA has occurred or is
expected to occur, an appropriate price adjustment to be applied to the tariff or an appropriate
adjustment to the service obligations of the concessionaire will be determined by the CWD.
a. change in law or change in the interpretation of the terms of the concession agreement;
b. extraordinary cost incurred due to prolonged force majeure;
c. a material change has been made to the basis of calculation or definition of the CPI or
replacement index agreed; or
d. the concessionaire has incurred significant additional costs as a result of an event of force
majeure which are not covered by insurance.
The significant commitments of Calasiao Water under its concession agreement with CWD are as
follows:
a. To finance, design, engineer, and construct new facilities for water and sanitation;
b. To upgrade existing water and sanitation facilities;
c. To operate, manage, and maintain water and sanitation facilities and services; and
d. To bill and collect tariff for water and sanitation services.
MWPVI APA with Asian Land and Incorporation of Bulacan MWPV Development Corp. (BMDC)
On January 4, 2017, MWPVI entered into an APA with Asian Land to acquire and operate the latter’s
assets used in the water business operations in Asian Land’s developments in the province of
Bulacan. The intention of MWPVI was to assign the rights under the APA to its wholly owned
subsidiary upon its incorporation.
On April 11, 2017, BMDC was incorporated to design, construct, rehabilitate, maintain, operate,
finance, expand, and manage water supply system and sanitation facilities. BMDC is the ultimate
entity that will own and operate the assets acquired from Asian Land.
On July 31, 2017, MWPVI assigned all its rights and obligations on the APA to BMDC, a wholly-
owned subsidiary of MWPVI, under a Deed of Assignment. On the same day, the Deed of Absolute
Sale was also executed between Asian Land and BMDC.
On February 2, 2017, Obando Water Consortium Holdings Corp. was registered with the SEC.
Obando Water Holdings is the consortium between MWC and MWPVI with an equity share of 49.00%
and 51.00%, respectively. The primary purpose of Obando Water Holdings is to engage in the
business of a holding company without acting as stockbroker or dealer in securities.
On July 26, 2017, Filipinas Water signed and executed a JVA with OWD. The JVA governs the
relationship of Filipinas Water and OWD as joint venture partners in the Obando Water Concession
Project (the “Obando Concession Project”). On October 10, 2017, Obando Water was incorporated.
Obando Water is 90% and 10% owned by Filipinas Water and OWD, respectively.
*SGVFS032939*
- 232 -
For the implementation of the Obando Concession Project, OWD and the joint venture company shall
execute a concession agreement. On October 10, 2017, the SEC approved the incorporation
Obando Water Company, Inc.
On October 12, 2017, Obando Water and OWD signed and executed a concession agreement
without the necessity for another bidding and subject to mutual agreement by Obando Water and the
OWD. Under the concession agreement, OWD grants Obando Water, (as contractor to perform
certain functions and as agent for the exercise of certain rights and powers under Presidential Decree
No. 564), the sole right to manage, operate, maintain, repair, refurbish, and expand the fixed and
movable assets required to provide water and sanitation services in the entire Municipality of Obando
for a period of twenty five (25) years commencing on
January 1, 2018 (the Commencement Date) until January 1, 2043 (the Expiration Date) or the early
termination date, as the case may be.
The initial water tariff, exclusive of value-added tax (VAT) and/or any applicable tax, to be charged to
the customers for the first three (3) years of the concession agreeement shall be based on the 2005
Local Water Utilities Administration (LWUA) approved tariff table of OWD. Under the concession
agreement, in the event that one or more grounds for EPA has occurred or is expected to occur, an
appropriate price adjustment to be applied to the tariff or an appropriate adjustment to the service
obligations of the concessionaire will be determined by OWD.
a. change in law or change in the interpretation of the terms of the concession agreement;
b. extraordinary cost incurred due to prolonged force majeure;
c. a material change has been made to the basis of calculation or definition of the CPI or
replacement index agreed;
d. change in assumptions at the time of the execution of the concession agreement; or
e. the concessionaire has incurred significant additional costs as a result of an event of force
majeure which are not covered by insurance.
The significant commitments of Obando Water under its concession agreement with OWD are as
follows:
a. To finance, design, engineer, and construct new facilities for water and sanitation;
b. To upgrade existing water and sanitation facilities;
c. To operate, manage, and maintain water and sanitation facilities and services; and
d. To bill and collect tariff for water and sanitation services.
On the same day, Solar Resources executed a Deed of Absolute Sale to sell and transfer its
properties pertaining to water facilities and its operations in the Las Palmas Subdivisions Phases 1 to
7 to BMDC.
*SGVFS032939*
- 233 -
The conditions precedent specified in the Notice of Award include the incorporation of a special
purpose vehile (SPV) which will implement the Leyte Project under a contractual joint venture with the
LMWD.
Upon completion of the conditions precedent specified in the Notice of Award, the SPV and the
LMWD shall enter into a joint venture agreement that will grant the SPV, as contractor to perform
certain functions and as agent for the exercise of, the sole and exclusive right to manage, operate,
maintain, repair, refurbish and improve, expand and as appropriate, decommission, the facilities of
LMWD in its Service Area, including the right to bill and collect tariff for the provision of water supply
and sanitation services in the Service Area of LMWD.
LMWD’s service area covers the City of Tacloban and seven other municipalities namely Palo,
Tanauan, Dagami, Tolosa, Pastrana, TabonTabon, and Santa Fe.
On February 20, 2018, the BOD of MWPVI approved the creation of a SPV for this project.
On November 16, 2018, MWPVI has signed and executed a JVA with TPGI. Under the agreement,
MWPVI and TPGI shall incorporate a joint venture company, with 50% and 50% ownership,
respectively, which shall implement the project.
MWPVI Lease Agreement with the Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA)
On December 18, 2017, MWPVI signed a twenty five (25) year Lease Agreement with PEZA.
Pursuant to the agreement, MWPVI will lease, operate, and manage the water and used water
facilities of PEZA in the Cavite Special Economic Zone for the provision of water and used water
services to the locators therein. MWPVI shall apply its expertise in the industrial zones operations
and shall provide capital expenditures for the duration of the agreement. The Cavite Special
Economic Zone is a 275-hectare industrial estate with 297 locators consuming approximately 350,000
cubic meters per month or 12.0 million liters per day.
a. Offer water supply and sewerage services to all current or future locators in the Laguna
Technopark, including future area(s) of expansion;
*SGVFS032939*
- 234 -
b. Ensure the availability of an uninterrupted 24-hour supply of water to all current and future
locators, subject to interruptions resulting from the temporary failure of items of the Water
Facilities (where LAWC acts promptly to remedy such failure) or required for the repair of the
construction of the Water Facilities where such repairs or construction cannot be performed
without interruption to the supply of water;
c. Upon request from a current or future locator in the LTI for a connection to a water main, make
such a connection as soon as reasonably practicable, upon payment of reasonable connection
fees as determined by LAWC;
d. Ensure at all times that the water supplied to current and future locators in LTI complies with
Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water as published by the Department of Health (or
successor entity responsible for such standards) and prevailing at such time and shall observe
any requirement regarding sampling, record keeping or reporting as may be specified by law;
e. Make available an adequate supply of water for firefighting and other public purposes as the
municipality and/or barangay in which LTI may reasonably request. LAWC shall not assess for
such water used for firefighting purposes but may charge for all other water used for public
purposes; and
f. LAWC shall make a supply of water available to current and future locators in LTI, including the
areas of expansion in the future.
Notice of Award from Ilagan City Water District (ICWD) and JVA with ICWD
On January 26, 2018, the MWC Group and MWPVI (collectively the "Consortium") received the
Notice of Award from ICWD for the implementation of the joint venture project for the development,
financing, operation and management of a raw water source, provision of bulk water supply with
system expansion, and the development of septage management in Ilagan City, Isabela (the “Ilagan
Project”).
On November 16, 2018, the Consortium signed and executed a JVA with the ICWD. Under the JVA,
the Consortium and ICWD shall incorporate a joint venture company, with 90.00% and 10.00%
ownership, respectively, which shall implement the Ilagan Project.
Upon completion of conditions precedent set out in the JVA, the joint venture company will
consequently enter into a Bulk Water Sales and Purchase Agreement and Septage Management
Agreement with ICWD for the implementation of the Ilagan Project for twenty five (25) years from the
commencement date.
Notice of Award from Bulacan Water District (BuWD) and JVA with BuWD
On April 30, 2018, the MWC Group and MWPVI (collectively the "Consortium") received the Notice of
Award from BuWD for the implementation of a joint venture project for the design, construction,
rehabilitation, maintenance, operation, financing, expansion and management of the water supply
system and sanitation facilities of the BuWD in the Municipality of Bulacan in Bulacan.
On August 16, 2018, Filipinas Water signed and executed a JVA with the BuWD. Under the JVA,
Filipinas Water and BuWD shall incorporate a joint venture company, with 90.00% and 10%
ownership, respectively, which shall be granted a concession by BuWD for the design, construction,
rehabilitation, maintenance, operation, financing, expansion, and management of the water supply
system and sanitation facilities of the BuWD in the municipality of Bulacan. On October 16, 2018, the
*SGVFS032939*
- 235 -
joint venture company was incorporated and was registered with the SEC under the name of Bulakan
Water Company, Inc.
The franchise shall be for a term of twenty-five (25) years and is expected to be operational by 2019.
Incorporation of EcoWater
On July 27, 2018, MWPVI incorporated EcoWater MWPV Corp. which will eventually handle the
Lease Agreement for the Operations and Management of the Water and Used Water Facilities of
PEZA in Cavite Economic Zone (CEZ) (see Note 20). Out of 75 million subscribed shares, 25 million
shares at P
= 1.00 par value or P
= 25 million was initially paid by MWPVI for the 100% equity interest.
The franchise shall be for a term of twenty-five (25) years and is expected to be operational by 2019.
Upon completion of conditions precedent specified in the notice, Manila Water and Lambunao Water
District shall enter into a JVA, the implementation of the joint venture activity of which shall be
undertaken by Aqua Centro.
*SGVFS032939*
- 236 -
Upon completion of conditions precedent specified in the notice, the MWC Group and Calinog Water
District shall enter into a JVA, the implementation of the joint venture activity of which shall be
undertaken by Aqua Centro.
Aqua Centro and Laguna Water APAs with Extraordinary Development Corporate Group (EDCG)
On December 11, 2018, Aqua Centro entered into seven (7) APAs with EDCG’s subsidiaries to
acquire the subsidiaries’ assets related to the provision of water service in ten (10) subdivisions in
Imus, General Trias, and Naic in the province of Cavite. These subsidiaries are Earth Aspire
Corporation, First Advance Development Corporation, Ambition Land Inc., Prosperity Builders
Resources Inc., Tahanang Yaman Homes Corporation, Extraordinary Development Corp., and Earth
+ Style Corporation.
As of December 31, 2018, Aqua Centro has already started operations in six (6) out of the ten (10)
subdivisions. Aqua Centro shall operate in the remaining subdivisions once all the conditions
precedent under the APAs have been fulfilled.
On December 11, 2018, Laguna Water entered into four (4) APAs with EDCG’s subsidiaries to
acquire the subsidiaries’ assets related to or used in its water service provision operations in Biñan,
Laguna. The APAs are with the following EDCG subsidiaries, namely, Earth Aspire Corporation,
Earth Prosper Corporation, Earth and Style Corporation and Extraordinary Development Corp.
Upon the completion of the conditions precedent specified in the notice of award, the consortium
partners and the water district would enter into a JVA that will grant them as contractor to perform
certain functions and as agent for the exercise of its right and powers, the sole right to develop,
manage, operate, maintain, repair, refurbish and improve, expand and as appropriate, decommission,
the facilities in the service area, including the right to bill and collect tariff for water and sanitation
services supplied in the service area of SJCWD.
Upon completion of the conditions precedent specified in the notice, the MWC Group shall enter into
a JVA with the Calbayog City Water District for the implementation of the joint venture project over a
twenty five (25) year contract period.
*SGVFS032939*
- 237 -
ACEI
On July 24, 2017, ACEI SG entered into a development funding arrangement with UPC Renewables
Asia Pacific Holdings Ltd. and UPC Renewables Asia I Limited for the development of small island
projects in Indonesia. Under the terms of the agreement, ACEI SG agreed to provide funding for the
development of power generation projects with sub-50MW capacities. ACEI will also have
accompanying rights to participate in further construction funding of other Indonesian renewable
energy projects. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ACEI’s total capital funding amounted to
US$9.0 million.
On February 29, 2016, GNPK and Meralco Industrial Engineering Services Corp. (MEISCOR)
executed the Supply, Delivery and Construction contract for the Kauswagan-Balo-I 230kV Double
Circuit Line Transmission Line Project. The Notice to Proceed was also issued during the Contract
signing. Construction cost amounted to P = 153.1 million where P
= 87.3 million was paid in 2016. Supply
cost is priced at US$3.9 million of which US$2.1 million was paid as of December 31, 2016.
On August 11, 2016, ACEI and ACEI SG, a Singapore private limited company and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of ACEI, executed a Fee Agreement with Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) VI L.P.
(Blackstone) whereby ACEI and ACEI SG agreed to perform certain services and undertake certain
obligations in favor of Blackstone in relation to Blackstone’s investments in the Philippines.
On December 22, 2016, ACEI SG and AC Energy Cayman, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACEI
through AC Energy HK Limited, executed an Assignment Agreement whereby the former assigned all
its rights, titles and interest under the Fee Agreement to the latter. Since the assignment was made
in relation to the GNPD project, where Blackstone was an investor, ACEI SG and AC Energy Cayman
agreed that the release of the fee (under the Fee Agreement) to AC Energy Cayman shall be made
based on the agreed milestone.
ACEI SG and AC Energy Cayman also agreed to cause Blackstone to deposit the fee to a trust
account with a trust bank that would administer the release of the fee.
On December 23, 2016, ACEI SG entered into a Trust Agreement with BPI Trust. As the trustee, BPI
Trust has the sole power and authority to manage the fund and operate the trust account (i.e. invest,
reinvest or lend the fund). The amount deposited in the trust account amounted to US$41.7 million
as of December 31, 2016.
On September 15, 2017, ACEI SG signed an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement with BPI
to revise the mechanics for the release of the fee.
On September 18, 2017 and December 22, 2017, BPI Trust, as Trustee under the Trust Agreement,
released a total of US$14.1 million to AC Energy Cayman in consideration for the achievement of the
GNPD loan drawdown milestone per the Trust Agreement. Consequently, AC Energy Cayman
recognized income of the same amount equivalent to P= 1.5 billion.
On June 18, 2018 and December 20, 2018, the Trustee released a total of US$10.8 million
(P
= 579.0 million) and US$4.7 million (P
= 248.2 million), respectively to AC Energy Cayman in
consideration for the achievement of the GNPD loan drawdown milestone per the Trust Agreement
(see Note 19).
On December 22, 2016, ACEI, as part of an Indonesian and a Philippine consortium, signed the
share Sale and Purchase Agreements with Chevron Group for the purchase of its geothermal
operations in Indonesia and Philippines. The Indonesian consortium consists of ACEI, Star Energy
Group Holdings Pte. Ltd. Star, Star Energy Geothermal Pte. Ltd. and Electricity Generating Public Co.
Ltd. The acquisition of the geothermal assets in Indonesia will be made through the joint venture
company, Star Energy Geothermal (Salak-Darajat) B.V., which is 19.8%-owned by ACEI. The
geothermal assets in the Philippines will be acquired through the joint venture company, ACEI-Star
Holdings, Inc., formed by the Philippine consortium of ACEI and Star Energy Group Holdings Pte.
*SGVFS032939*
- 238 -
Ltd. The closing of the transaction is subject to the satisfaction of certain agreed conditions
particularly to the consents and approvals of PCC. As of December 31, 2016, total bid deposits
amounted to US$52.03 million (P = 2.6 billion). In 2017, this amount formed part of ACEI Group’s
investment in associates and joint ventures (see Note 10).
On July 24, 2017, ACEI together with Star Energy Geothermal Holdings Pte. Ltd., entered into
definitive agreements for the transfer of 99% of their consortium interests in ACEI-STAR Holdings,
Inc. to AllFirst Equity Hodings, Inc. (AllFirst). AllFirst is Chevron’s current partner, and directly holds a
60% ownership interest in Philippine Geothermal Production Company.
On various dates in 2017 and 2016, ACEI purchased certain parcels of land in Kauswagan, Lanao
Del Norte. These parcels of land are used as project site for the construction and operations of the
Kauswagan Power Plant Project. Portion of the land will also be donated to the local government of
Kauswagan to be used for the relocation of informal settlers. The total land area acquired measures
719,600 square meters, for a total acquisition cost of P
= 395.0 million.
On June 20, 2016, the EPC contract of GNPK was amended to reflect the exercise of the option to
add a fourth generation unit to the Project. As of December 31, 2016, onshore EPC for the
construction and supply and offshore EPC for the engineering, design and procurement amounted to
US$98.4 million and US$267.8 million, respectively. In 2016, GNPK paid the onshore and offshore
EPC amounting to US$94.8 million and US$265.2 million, respectively.
AC Infra
On September 12, 2015, LRMC took over the operations of LRT Line 1. In December 2015, LRMC
started its rehabilitation of certain LRT 1 stations. As of December 31, 2017, LRT 1 stations are still
undergoing rehabilitation of certain LRT 1 stations. Construction of the Cavite extension is expected
to commence once right of way is delivered by the Grantors and is targeted to complete four years
thereafter. The EPC Agreement with Bouygues Travaux Publics Philippines Inc., Alstom Transport
S.A and Alstom Transport Construction Philippines Inc., for the Cavite extension, was signed on
February 11, 2016. The Notice to Proceed (NTP) was issued by LRMC on August 31, 2017 for the
authorization and direction to perform the Existing System and Cavite Extension Works.
As of December 31, 2018, the Existing System Works and Cavite Extension Works are 34.59% and
9.01% complete, respectively.
LRMC entered a two (2) year agreement with First Balfour, Inc. for its structural restoration project,
which includes the parapets, faulty concrete and repair of river bridges, in the existing LRT 1 line. The
notice to proceed was signed and issued on March 17, 2017.
LRMC signed an Independent Contractor Agreement with ESCA Incorporated for the expertise and
services necessary in managing the structural restoration project.
On January 12, 2018, LRMC entered into an agreement with Voith Digital Solutions Austria GmBH
and Co KG for the rehabilitation and upgrade of propulsion, train control and management systems of
the LRT-1 generation 2 (Adtranz) trains. As of December 31, 2018, the re-engineering project is
53.74% complete.
On October 24, 2018, LRMC entered into an agreement with First Balfour, Inc. and Mrail, Inc. for the
rehabilitation of eleven (11) rectifier sub-stations (RSS) of the LRT 1 line. On the same date, LRMC
signed a contract with Commsec Inc. for the design, supply, and installation of CCTV, access control,
and security network systems of the LRT 1 line. Both projects are at the design and planning or
mobilization phase as at December 31, 2018.
*SGVFS032939*
- 239 -
On February 12, 2018, the NAIA Consortium composed of Aboitiz InfraCapital, Inc., AC Infrastructure
Holdings Corporation, Alliance Global Group Inc., Asia’s Emerging Dragon Corporation, Filinvest
Development Corporation, JG Summit Holdings, Inc. and Metro Pacific Investments Corporation
submitted its unsolicited proposal for the rehabilitation, upgrade, expansion, operation, and
maintenance of the Ninoy Aquino International Airport.
The consortium has engaged Changi Airports Consultants Pte. Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Changi Airports International Pte. Ltd. (and its affiliates, together “CAI Group”) and a leading airport
consultant and manager in the global aviation market, to provide technical support in the areas of
master planning, operations optimization, and commercial development.
On September 13, 2018, the NAIA Consortium has been granted Original Proponent Status from the
Department of Transportation and the Manila International Airport Authority for its unsolicited proposal
to rehabilitate, upgrade, expand, operate, and maintain the Ninoy Aquino International Airport for a
period of 15 years.
Following the grant of Original Proponent Status, the NAIA Consortium’s proposal shall be subject to
review and approval by the NEDA Board and to a Swiss Challenge in accordance with the
requirements of Republic Act No. 7718 or the Build-Operate-Transfer Law.
AITHI Group
On December 5, 2018, AITHI signed a Distributorship Agreement with Kia Motors Corporation (KMC)
to distribute the Kia brand in the Philippines. A joint venture company, with AITHI as majority
stockholder, will be established in collaboration with Columbian Autocar Corporation (CAC) to
undertake this new business and re-establish the Kia brand in the Philippines. A comprehensive
transition is currently ongoing in line with a targeted relaunch under AITHI by January 2019.
On September 28, 2018, SAIC MAXUS Automotive Co., Ltd. (Maxus) has appointed AITHI as the
official distributor of Maxus vehicles in the Philippines. Maxus is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SAIC
Motor Corporation Limited, with an emerging portfolio focused on light commercial vehicles.
36. Contingencies
The Group has various contingent liabilities arising in the ordinary conduct of business which are
either pending decision by the courts or being contested, the outcome of which are not presently
determinable.
In the opinion of the Group’s management and its legal counsel, the eventual liability under these
lawsuits or claims, if any, will not have a material or adverse effect on the Group’s financial position
and results of operations.
MWC
On October 13, 2005, the Municipality of Norzagaray, Bulacan assessed MWC and Maynilad Water
Services, Inc. (jointly, the Concessionaires) real property taxes on certain common purpose facilities
registered in the name of and owned by MWSS purportedly due from 1998 to 2005 amounting to
P
= 357.1 million. On November 15, 2010, the local government of Quezon City demanded the
payment of P = 302.7 million for deficiency real property taxes from MWSS on MWSS properties within
its territorial jurisdiction. The assessments from the municipality of Norzagaray and Quezon City
have been questioned by the Concessionaires and MWSS, and are pending resolution before the
Central Board of Assessment Appeals and Supreme Court, respectively. On January 26, 2011, the
Supreme Court issued a Temporary Restraining Order enjoining the local government of Quezon City
from levying the real properties, machineries and equipment of MWSS. Total provision for these
assessments amounted to P = 416.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (see Note 13).
*SGVFS032939*
- 240 -
MWSS
MWC is granted the right to operate, maintain in good working order, repair, decommission and
refurbish the movable property required to provide the water and sewerage services under the
Agreement. The legal title to all movable property in existence at the Commencement Date,
however, shall be retained by MWSS and upon expiration of the useful life of any such movable
property as may be determined by MWC, such movable property shall be returned to MWSS in its
then-current condition at no charge to MWSS or MWC.
The Agreement also provides for the Concessionaires to have equal access to MWSS facilities
involved in the provision of water supply and sewerage services in both East and West Zones
including, but not limited to, the MWSS management information system, billing system, telemetry
system, central control room and central records.
The net book value of the facilities transferred to MWC on Commencement Date based on MWSS’
closing audit report amounted to P = 4.6 billion with a sound value of P
= 10.4 billion.
In 2015, MWC engaged the services of Royal Asia Appraisal Corporation to conduct a re-appraisal of
the assets managed by MWC as of 2015, based on the asset registry as of December 31, 2014.
Total reproduction cost as of December 31, 2015 amounted to P
= 123.5 billion, respectively with a
sound value of P
= 69.1 billion.
MWSS’ corporate headquarters is made available to the Concessionaires starting August 1, 1997,
subject to periodic renewal by mutual agreement of the parties. On October 27, 2006, MWC has
renewed the lease for 5 years, with expiry of October 27, 2011. Rent expense amounted to
P
= 32.2 million, P
= 27.8 million and P
= 18.5 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These are
included under “Rental and utilities” in the consolidated statement of income.
In March 2015, MWC and MWSS entered into an agreement for the lease of a portion of the San
Juan Reservoir and Aqueduct Complex being utilized by MWC as stockyard for its pipes and other
materials. The lease agreement shall continue to be in effect until the termination of the Concession
Agreement. Rent expense recognized in 2018 and 2017 amounted to P = 16.2 million.
PGL
LAWC is granted the right to manage, occupy, operate, repair, maintain, decommission and refurbish
the property required to provide water services under its concession agreement with PGL. The legal
title of all property in existence at the commencement date shall be retained by PGL. Upon expiration
of the useful life of any such property as may be determined by LAWC, such property shall be
returned to PGL in its then condition at no charge to PGL or LAWC.
In 2014, LAWC engaged the services of Cuervo Appraisers to conduct a re-appraisal of PGL assets
on record as of December 31, 2013. Total replacement cost as of December 31, 2013 amounted to
P
= 2.1 billion with a sound value of P
= 1.6 billion.
TIEZA
BIWC is granted the right to operate, maintain in good working order, repair, decommission and
refurbish the movable property required to provide the water and sewerage services under the
Agreement. The legal title to all movable property in existence at the commencement date, however,
shall be retained by TIEZA and upon expiration of the useful life of any such movable property as
may be determined by MWC, such movable property shall be returned to TIEZA in its then-current
condition at no charge to TIEZA or MWC.
The net book value of the facilities transferred to MWC on commencement date based on TIEZA’s
closing audit report amounted to P = 618.2 million.
*SGVFS032939*
- 241 -
In 2015, BIWC engaged the services of Cuervo Appraisers, Inc. to conduct an appraisal of its assets
as of August 18 to 20, 2015. Total replacement cost as of December 31, 2015 amounted to
P
= 1.1 billion with a sound value of P
= 793. 4 million.
OWD
On October 12, 2017, Obando Water is granted the right to manage, operate, maintain, repair,
refurbish and improve, expand and as appropriate, decommission all fixed and movable assets,
including movable property but excluding retained assets, required to provide water delivery and
sanitation services in the Municipality of Obando. Legal title to all facilities (including any fixed assets
resulting from the exercise of rights and powers), other than new assets contributed by Obando
Water, shall remain with OWD.
CWD
On October 23, 2017, Calasiao is granted the right to develop, manage, operate, maintain, repair,
refurbish and improve, expand and as appropriate, decommission all fixed and movable assets,
including movable property but excluding retained assets, required to provide water delivery and
sanitation services in the Municipality of Calasiao. Legal title to all facilities (including any fixed
assets resulting from the exercise of rights and powers), other than new assets contributed by
Calasiao Water, shall remain with CWD.
Republic Act No. 9513, An Act Promoting the Development, Utilization and Commercialization of
Renewable Energy Resources and for Other Purposes, which shall be known as the “Renewable
Energy Act of 2008” (the Act), became effective on January 30, 2009. The Act aims to: (a) accelerate
the exploration and development of renewable energy resources such as, but not limited to, biomass,
solar, wind, hydro, geothermal and ocean energy sources, including hybrid systems, to achieve
energy self-reliance, through the adoption of sustainable energy development strategies to reduce the
country’s dependence on fossil fuels and thereby minimize the country’s exposure to price
fluctuations in the international markets, the effects of which spiral down to almost all sectors of the
economy; (b) increase the utilization of renewable energy by institutionalizing the development of
national and local capabilities in the use of renewable energy systems,and promoting its efficient and
cost-effective commercial application by providing fiscal and non-fiscal incentives; (c) encourage the
development and utilization of renewable energy resources as tools to effectively prevent or reduce
harmful emissions and thereby balance the goals of economic growth and development with the
protection of health and environment; (d) establish the necessary infrastructure and mechanism to
carry out mandates specified in the Act and other laws.
As provided for in the Act, Renewable Energy (RE) developers of RE facilities, including hybrid
systems, in proportion to and to the extent of the RE component, for both power and non-power
applications, as duly certified by the DOE, in consultation with the Board of Investments, shall be
entitled to the following incentives, among others:
i. Income Tax Holiday (ITH) – For the first seven (7) years of its commercial operations, the duly
registered RE developer shall be exempt from income taxes levied by the National Government;
ii. Duty-free Importation of RE Machinery, Equipment and Materials – Within the first ten (10) years
upon issuance of a certification of an RE developer, the importation of machinery and equipment,
and materials and parts thereof, including control and communication equipment, shall not be
subject to tariff duties;
iii. Special Realty Tax Rates on Equipment and Machinery – Any law to the contrary
notwithstanding, realty and other taxes on civil works, equipment, machinery, and other
improvements of a registered RE developer actually and exclusively used for RE facilities shall
not exceed 1.5% of their original cost less accumulated normal depreciation or net book value;
*SGVFS032939*
- 242 -
iv. NOLCO – the NOLCO of the RE developer during the first three (3) years from the start of
commercial operation which had not been previously offset as deduction from gross income shall
be carried over as deduction from gross income for the next seven (7) consecutive taxable years
immediately following the year of such loss;
v. Corporate Tax Rate – After seven (7) years of ITH, all RE developers shall pay a corporate tax of
10% on its net taxable income as defined in the National Internal Revenue
Code of 1997, as amended by Republic Act No. 9337;
vi. Accelerated Depreciation – If, and only if, an RE project fails to receive an ITH before full
operation, it may apply for accelerated depreciation in its tax books and be taxed based on such;
vii. Zero Percent VAT Rate – The sale of fuel or power generated from renewable sources of energy
shall be subject to 0% VAT;
ix. Tax Exemption of Carbon Credits – All proceeds from the sale of carbon emission credits shall be
exempt from any and all taxes; and
Tax Credit on Domestic Capital Equipment and Services – A tax credit equivalent to 100% of the
value of the value-added tax and customs duties that would have been paid on the RE
machinery, equipment, materials and parts had these items been imported shall be given to an
RE operating contract holder who purchases machinery, equipment, materials, and parts from a
domestic manufacturer for purposes set forth in the Act.
a. Priority connections to the grid for electricity generated from emerging renewable energy
resources;
b. The priority purchase and transmission of, and payment for, such electricity by the grid
system operators; and
c. Determine the fixed tariff to be paid to electricity produced from each type of emerging
renewable energy and the mandated number of years for the application of these rates,
which shall not be less than twelve (12) years.
The feed-in tariff to be set shall be applied to the emerging renewable energy to be used in
compliance with the renewable portfolio standard as provided for in the Act and in accordance with
the feed-in-tariff rules to be promulgated by the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC) in
consultations with the National Renewable Energy Board. On July 27, 2012, ERC approved the feed-
in tariff of 8.53 kilowatt per hour (kWh) for wind renewable energy resource. The approved subsidy
will be reviewed and readjusted, if necessary, after its three-year initial implementation or when the
target installed capacity for each renewable resource set by the DOE has been met.
*SGVFS032939*
- 243 -
Within six (6) months from the effectivity of the Act, the DOE shall, in consultation with the Senate
and House of Representatives Committee on Energy, relevant government agencies and RE
stakeholders, promulgate the Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Act. On May 25, 2009, the
DOE issued the Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Act which became effective on June 12,
2009.
ACEI and its subsidiaries expect that the Act will impact their future operations and financial results.
The impact of the Act will be disclosed as the need arises.
Northwind
On January 18, 2010, Northwind filed its intent with the REMB for the conversion of its Negotiated
Commercial Contract into Wind Energy Service Contract and Registration as RE Developer as
provided for under the Act. On November 9, 2010, the DOE issued a Provisional Certificate of
Registration as an RE Developer in favor of Northwind, subject to negotiation and execution of a
Wind Energy Service Contract to replace the Negotiated Commercial Contract.
On April 6, 2011, Northwind filed with the ERC an application for a Feed-In Tariff (FiT). The FiT will
provide for a fixed rate per kilowatt of electricity produced over a period of fifteen years. On June 6,
2011, the ERC granted Northwind a provisional FiT rate of P = 9.30 per kilowatt hour which shall be
effective and collected only upon the final approval of the FiT for emerging renewable energy
technologies, specifically for wind energy.
On October 10, 2014, the DOE granted Northwind a Certificate of Endorsement for Feed-In Tariff
(FIT) Eligibility (COE-FIT No. 2014-10-001) for its Phase III expansion project. The endorsement
qualifies the Phase III expansion under the FIT System and accordingly, will be granted the national
FIT for wind projects amounting to 8.53/kWh. The endorsement shall be the basis for the Energy
Regulatory Commission (ERC) to issue a FIT Certificate of Compliance.
On November 11, 2014, commercial operations of the wind farm projects started in accordance with
the COE. On April 13, 2015, the FIT COC was subsequently issued for both the 19-MW wind farm
expansion in Bangui under Northwind and the 81-MW wind farm in Caparispisan, Pagudpud under
NLREC for a period of 20 years. The FIT rate covers the period October 10, 2014 to October 9, 2034
for Northwind’s 19MW Phase III wind farm and November 11, 2014 to November 10, 2034 for
NLREC’s 81MW project.
For the period from November 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Northwind generated 30.07
million kilowatt-hours of electricity from the Wind Farm Project which was entirely sold to WESM.
Such generation resulted to revenue (earned from WESM) amounting to P = 75.21 million (Ph2.50/kWh)
from November 11 to December 31, 2014. The Actual FIT Differential amounted to P = 183.02 million.
On June 5, 2015, Northwind and NLREC collected the first FIT differential payment from Transco.
Monte Solar
On June 13, 2016, the DOE, through its issuance of the Certificate of Endorsement, certified the
Montesolar’s Solar Farm Project as an eligible project under the FiT system. On July 4, 2016, the
ERC issued a provisional authority to operate until January 31, 2017. On December 28,
2016, Montesolar received another provisional authority to operate by the ERC dated December 8,
2016 but this time, as a renewable energy generation company, which allows Monte Solar to be
entitled to a FiT rate of P
= 8.69/Kwh for a period of twenty (20) years from March 13, 2016.
On August 8, 2017, Montesolar collected the first FIT differential payment from Transco.
*SGVFS032939*
- 244 -
Parent Company
a) On various dates in 2019, the Parent Company infused additional capital to the following
subsidiaries: AC Infra amounting to P = 1,268.0 million for LRT1 project (Cavite extension); AITHI
amounting to P= 60.3 million for operating expenses and US$6.0 million, through ACIFL, for Merlin
Solar projects; and AC Health amounting to P = 226.8 million for certain capital expenditure, clinic
expansion and new business development.
b) The holders of the remaining AYCFL US$292.8 million guaranteed exchangeable bonds as of
December 31, 2018 claimed the option to convert $75.4 million bonds into 96.4 million ALI
ordinary shares, bringing the balance of the guaranteed exchangeable bonds to US$217.4 million
as of March 12, 2019.
The Group’s effective ownership in ALI was reduced by 0.65% after this exchange.
c) On March 12, 2019, the BOD approved the amendment to the Parent Company’s primary
purpose under the Second Article of its Articles of Incorporation to expressly include, as part of
the acts which the Parent Company may perform in furtherance of its primary purpose, its acting
as guarantor or surety for the loans and obligations of its affiliates or associates, as may be
authorized by the BOD.
d) On March 12, 2019, the BOD approved the amendments of Sections 5, 6 and 8 of Article III of the
Parent Company’s By-Laws to allow the shareholders to vote through remote communication or
in absentia, subject to the rules and regulations that may be issued by the SEC from time to time.
ALI Group
a) On February 4, 2019, the Executive Committee of ALI approved the exchange of the 20% equity
interest acquired from Mitsubishi Corporation in Laguna Technopark, Inc. (LTI), equivalent to
8,051 common shares, with a total value of P = 800.0 million, for additional shares of stock in Prime
Orion Philippines, Inc. (POPI), equivalent to 323,886,640 common shares, subject to conditions
to be fulfilled by POPI.
b) On February 27, 2019, the BOD of ALI approved the declaration of cash dividends amounting to
P
= 0.26 per outstanding common share. These will be paid on March 29, 2019 to shareholders on
record as of March 13, 2019.
c) On the same date, the BOD of ALI approved the filing with the SEC of a 3-year shelf registration
of up to P= 50.0 billion of debt securities (‘the Shelf Registration’). It also approved the raising of
up to P= 45.0 billion through: (a) retail bonds of up to P= 16.0 billion under the Shelf Registration and
listed on the Philippine Dealing and Exchange Corporation (PDEx), (b) SEC-exempt Qualified
Buyer Notes of up to P = 4.0 billion for enrollment on the PDEx, and (c) bilateral term loans of up to
P
= 25.0 billion to partially finance general corporate requirements and to refinance maturing loans.
d) The BOD of ALI also approved ALI’s 2019 stock option program pursuant to their Employee
Stock Ownership Plan (the Plan). The program authorizes the grant to qualified executives, in
accordance with the terms of the Plan, stock options covering up to a total of 14,430,750
common shares at a subscription price of P= 44.49 per share, which is the average price of our
common shares at the Philippine Stock Exchange over the last 30-day trading as of February 26,
2019.
MWC Group
a) On January 21, 2019, LAWC signed and executed a contractual JVA with the PAGWAD.
Under the agreement, LAWC shall serve as the contractor or agent of PAGWAD tasked with the
operations, management, and maintenance as well as the design, improvement, upgrade,
rehabilitation, and expansion of water supply and sanitation facilities within the service area of
PAGWAD in Pagsanjan, Laguna.
*SGVFS032939*
- 245 -
Upon completion of conditions precedents in the agreement, LAWC and PAGWAD shall execute
the project for a period of sixteen (16) years until September 30, 2035.
b) On January 25, 2019, MWPVI received a Notice to Proceed from the Municipality of Manaoag,
Pangasinan, granting MWPVI a franchise for the provision and improvement of the water supply
operation, maintenance, management, financing and expansion, and the provision of septage
management in the Municipality of Manaoag. The franchise granted to MWPVI shall be for a
term of twenty five (25) years, excluding two (2) years of construction.
c) On February 4, 2019, MWC Group and MWPVI (collectively, the “Consortium”) signed and
executed a JVA with the Tanauan Water District for the design, construction, rehabilitation,
maintenance, operation, financing, expansion, and management of the water supply and
sanitation facilities and services of the Tanauan Water District in Tanauan City, Batangas (the
Tanauan Project). Upon completion of the conditions precedent set out in the JVA, the
Consortium, through a SPV, and the Tanauan Water District shall execute the Tanauan Project
for a period of twenty-five (25) years from the commencement date.
d) On February 26, 2019, the BOD of MWC approved the declaration of cash dividends of P = 0.4551
per share on outstanding common shares and P = 0.0455 per share on outstanding participating
preferred shares with date of record on March 14, 2019 and payment date of March 28, 2019.
ACEI
a) On January 9, 2019, Phinma Corporation approved and signed the Heads of Agreement for the
sale of its 1,283,422,198 shares in Phinma Energy Corporation (PHEN) representing 26.25%
ownership interest to ACEI subject to the execution of the appropriate definitive agreements.
Further to the transaction, ACEI will acquire Phinma Corporation’s and Phinma Inc.’s combined
51.48% stake in PHEN via a secondary share sale for approximately P = 3.4 billion, based on the
valuation date of December 31, 2018, and is subject to adjustments. ACEI will also subscribe to
approximately 2.632 billion PHEN primary shares at par value.
On February 8, 2019, ACEI, Phinma Corporation and Phinma, Inc. signed the Investment
Agreement.
Disclosures on the acquisition date fair value and carrying value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed of PHEN and any goodwill or gain from bargain purchase are not yet available
as of the report date.
b) On January 23, 2019, ACEI, through its wholly-owned subsidiary AC Energy Finance
International Limited, launched its US dollar-denominated senior Green Bond issuance at an
aggregate principal amount of US$225 million with a 5-year tenor and a coupon of 4.75% per
annum, priced at 99.451. The green bonds were successfully listed in the Singapore Exchange
on January 30, 2019.
c) On February 28, 2019, the PCC approved the acquisition of shares of stocks in AA Thermal by
Aboitiz Power. The remaining conditions precedent are the approval of AA Thermal’s application
for capital increase with SEC and other deliverables customary for transactions of a similar nature
(see Note 10).
AITHI
a) On January 17, 2019, KP Motor Corporations (KPMC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of AITHI, was
incorporated. KPMC is primarily engaged to assemble, manufacture, construct, purchase, import,
sell on wholesale basis, distribute, export, exchange, mortgage, pledge and otherwise dispose of,
and generally to deal in or engage in any commerce relating to automobiles, cars, automobile
products, and all kinds of component parts of Kia brand.
*SGVFS032939*
- 246 -
b) On January 30, 2019, AITHI relaunched the Kia brand in the Philippines wherein 3 new vehicle
models were introduced.
AEI
a) On January 31, 2019, AEI and IPO executed the Plan and Articles of Merger, as approved by the
companies’ respective boards of directors and stockholders. Subsequently on February 8, 2019,
the merger has been submitted for approval with the SEC. Post-SEC approval, the merger shall
be cleared with the BIR.
The consolidated financial statements of Ayala Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Group) as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2018 were endorsed for approval by the Audit Committee on March 7, 2019
and authorized for issue by the BOD on March 12, 2019.
*SGVFS032939*
II. 2018 Supplementary Schedules
Name of Issuing Entity & Association of Each Amount Shown in the Income Received &
Issue Balance Sheet Accrued
1/
A. OTHER SHORT-TERM CASH INVESTMENTS
Others 247,567
2/
B. SHORT-TERM INVESMENTS NOT APPLICABLE
3/
C. CURRENT MARKETABLE SECURITIES NOT APPLICABLE
1/
Short-term highly liquid investments with varying periods up to three months shown as part of the Cash and Cash
Equivalents account in the Balance Sheet. Cash Equivalents is 2.9% of the P1,197,925,619k Total Assets as of
December 31, 2018.
2/
Money Market Placements with varying maturity periods of more than three months and up to six months amounting to
P5,956,489k is 0.5% of the P1,197,925,619k Total Assets as of December 31, 2018. This is booked under the Short-term
Investments account.
3/
Current marketable securities are composed of Financial Assets at FVTPL amounting to P9,236,804k. An amount of
P85,724k is placed under BPI's UITF. The total FVTPL account is shown under the Other Current Assets account and is
0.8% of the P1,197,925,619k Total Assets as of December 31, 2018.
Foreign:
Star Energy Salak-Darajat B.V. 19.8% 9,044,936 858,768 376,059 - - 19.8% 10,279,763
Eastern Water Resources Development and Management
Public Company Limited - - 262,719 8,834,042 (223,449) (250,707) 20.0% 8,622,605
Thu Duc Water B.O.O. Corporation 49.0% 2,725,230 257,304 218,830 (127,678) - 49.0% 3,073,686
Kenh Dong Water Supply Joint Stock Company 47.4% 2,574,359 150,247 59,404 (62,692) - 47.4% 2,721,318
BIM Renewable/Energy Joint Stock Co. - - 1,952 2,239,039 - - 30.0% 2,240,991
UPC Renewables Australia - - (115,100) 1,577,400 - - 50.0% 1,462,300
Saigon Water Infrastructure Joint Stock Company 38.0% 1,150,546 27,469 - - (5,675) 38.0% 1,172,340
New Energy Investments Corporation - - (11,006) 1,142,925 - (1,098) 50.0% 1,130,821
UPC Sidrap HK Ltd. 11.0% 320,653 (3,525) 16,677 - - 11.0% 333,805
UPC Renewables Asia III Ltd. 51.0% 1,180,053 - 10,481 - (1,087,039) 51.0% 103,495
MCT Berhard (MCT) 33.0% 7,471,438 - - - (7,471,438) - -
TOTAL INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES & JOINT VENTURES 202,649,300 20,459,804 40,753,022 (7,553,088) (16,168,480) 240,140,558
BEGINNING ENDING
NAME OF COMPANY BALANCE ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS BALANCE
Amount in Others (Cost & Amount in
Pesos Equity Adj ) Others* Pesos
INVESTMENTS IN BONDS & OTHER SECURITIES
Financial Assets at FVOCI:
Quoted equity investments:
Club Shares 1,016,497 299,461 1,315,958
Cyber Bay Corporation 655,025 (106,725) 548,300
CII 308,641 (71,313) 237,328
Others 92,799 6,062 98,861
2,072,962 305,523 (178,038) 2,200,447
Unquoted equity investments:
Sacasol/Islasol - 597,443 597,443
Tech Ventures 35,752 10,962 46,714
Sares Regis fund 947,503 (947,503) -
Wave Computing 110,512 (110,512) -
Milestone Group Pty. Ltd. 291,109 (291,109) -
ACI Solar Holdings NA (RPS) 228,080 (228,080) -
AF Payments, Inc. 50,000 (50,000) -
Glory High 29,578 (29,578) -
Others 700,871 (511,230) 189,641
2,393,405 608,405 (2,168,012) 833,798
TOTAL INVESTMENTS IN BONDS & OTHER SECURITIES 4,466,367 913,928 (2,346,050) 3,034,245
* Reclassifications/ adjustments pertaining to Cost, Equity and PFRS 9 implementation.
Schedule B – Amounts Receivable from Directors, Officers, Employees, Related Parties and
Principal Stockholders (Other than Related Parties)
As of December 31, 2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Beginning Ending
Account Type Balance Additions Deductions Balance Current Non-current Payment Period
Advances to Employees 757,494 1,814,991 (2,254,978) 317,507 304,750 12,757 30 days to 1 year
Housing and Related Loan 416,099 242,246 (151,656) 506,689 315,012 191,677 1 year to 15 years
Car and Related Loan 144,656 168,541 (128,199) 184,997 112,884 72,113 1 year to 5 years
Others 161,283 511,452 (183,931) 488,804 335,523 153,281 6 months to 1 year
* Please refer to Notes 7 and 32 in the 2018 Consolidated Audited Financial Statements for detailed account analysis and discussion.
Creditor's
Relationship to the Beginning Ending
Creditor Reporting Co. Account Type Balance Movement Balance Nature of Accounts
AC Parent Dividends receivable 44,800 (14,800) 30,000 Dividends from AGCC and DADC
Rental fees, with interest on overdue accounts;
AC Parent Other receivable 43,283 79,966 123,249 other receivables
ACIFL Subsidiary Other receivable 111,463 (78,212) 33,251 Other receivables from AIVPL
AC Ventures Subsidiary Subscription receivable 568,825 (471,935) 96,889 Deposits on subscriptions, non-interest bearing
AGCC Subsidiary Trade receivable 30,101 1,784 31,884 Legal fees
AIVPL Subsidiary Other receivable 77,530 (77,530) - Other receivables from BHL
Advances, non-interest bearing and retention
ALI Subsidiary Accounts receivable 149,675 82,044 231,720 accounts for construction projects
Mainly non-interest bearing receivable from
AYC Subsidiary Other receivable 20,226,561 7,259,502 27,486,063 ACIFL (for various investment initiatives)
IMI Subsidiary Other receivable 15,897 53,747 69,644 Advances, non-interest bearing
PFIL Subsidiary Other receivable 76,879 4,080 80,959 Other receivables from ACIFL
Others Subsidiary Other receivable 82,160 1,960 84,120 Reimbursement of expenses, etc.
TOTAL 21,427,174 6,840,606 28,267,781
Schedule C.2. – Amounts Payable to Related Parties which are Eliminated during the
Consolidation of Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Debtor's
Relationship to the Beginning Ending
Debtor Reporting Co. Account Type Balance Movement Balance Nature of Accounts
*Please refer to respective notes in the 2018 Consolidated Audited Financial Statements (CAFS) for detailed account analysis and discussion.
**Pertains to restatements relating to PFRS 15 PIC Q&A on Real Estate Inventories and Advances to Contractors.
PARENT COMPANY:
Bank loans - with fixed interest rates ranging from 5.3% to 6.0% and
floating interest rates based on applicable benchmark plus credit spread
ranging from 0.5% to 0.70% with varying maturity dates up to 2028 525,500 26,879,887 27,405,387
Bonds - 39,762,594 39,762,594
525,500 66,642,481 67,167,981
SUBSIDIARIES:
Loans from banks and other institutions:
Foreign currency - with interest rates ranging from 1.39% to 5% in 2018 8,449,697 59,914,841 68,364,538
ACEI - 34,856,583 34,856,583
MWC 4,283,425 14,909,161 19,192,586
IMI 3,550,251 6,332,781 9,883,032
ALI 616,021 2,769,565 3,385,586
AYCFL - 1,046,751 1,046,751
Philippine peso - with interest rates ranging from 2.85% to 9.00% in
2018 11,858,003 64,700,053 76,558,056
ALI 10,316,622 39,395,406 49,712,028
MWC 1,068,221 17,951,043 19,019,264
ACEI 420,487 7,035,761 7,456,248
Others 52,673 317,843 370,516
20,307,700 124,614,894 144,922,594
Bonds:
Fixed for life bonds - 20,918,114 20,918,114
Exchangeable bonds due 2019 15,285,934 - 15,285,934
Due 2019 12,313,125 - 12,313,125
Due 2020 19,405 3,970,141 3,989,546
Due 2021 - 5,000,000 5,000,000
Due 2022 - 12,605,471 12,605,471
Due 2023 - 14,861,918 14,861,918
Due 2024 - 14,923,051 14,923,051
Due 2025 - 14,895,124 14,895,124
Due 2026 - 7,939,468 7,939,468
Due 2027 - 6,969,630 6,969,630
Due 2028 - 9,886,828 9,886,828
Due 2033 - 1,984,613 1,984,613
27,618,464 113,954,358 141,572,822
The Group also has P 1.1B in payables to unconsolidated subsidiaries and related parties*
*Please refer to Note 31 of the 2018 Consolidated Audited Financial Statements for detailed account analysis and
discussion.
* Please refer to Note 35 of the 2018 Consolidated Audited Financial Statements for the detailed discussion.
NUMBER OF SHARES
RESERVED FOR NUMBER OF
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF SHARES OPTIONS, WARRANTS, SHARES HELD DIRECTORS,
SHARES ISSUED AND CONVERSION & OTHER BY RELATED OFFICERS &
TITLE OF ISSUE AUTHORIZED OUTSTANDING RIGHTS PARTIES EMPLOYEES
a/
Common Stock issued & subscribed 900,000,000 629,034,590
d/
Voting Preferred shares 200,000,000 200,000,000 1,481,472
a/
Ayala Corporation has stock option plans for the key officers (Executive Stock Option Plan-ESOP) and
employees (Employee Stock Ow nership Plan - ESOWN) covering 3% of the Company's capital stock.
b/
Cumulative, nonvoting and redeemable w ith a par value of P100 per share and is listed and traded at the
Philippine Stock Exchange. It may be redeemed at the option of Ayala Corporation starting in the fifth year. The
offering price is P500 per share w ith a dividend rate of 8.88% per annum. This security w as redeemed on Nov.
25, 2013.
c/
Cumulative, nonvoting and redeemable w ith a par value of P100 per share. It is listed and traded at the
Philippine Stock Exchange and may be redeemed at the option of Ayala Corporation starting on the fifth year of
issue date. The offering price is P500 per share w ith a fixed quarterly dividend rate of 5.25% per annum for the
Preferred B Series 1 and 5.575% per annum for the Preferred B Series 2.
d/
Cumulative, voting and redeemable at the option of Ayala Corporation w ith a par value of P1 per share and
dividend rate of 3.6950% per annum.
* Please refer to Note 21 of the 2018 Consolidated Audited Financial Statements for the related discussion.
Add: Net income actually earned/realized during the period - Parent co. 6,321,047 8,061,091
Add (Less):
Dividend declarations during the period ₱ (5,618,475) ₱ (5,584,124)
PFRS 9/15 adjustment in retained earnings 141,513 -
Other adjustments 11,546 -
Deferred tax asset during the period - 184,218
(5,465,416) (5,399,906)
MERMAC, INC.
47.04%
AYALA CORPORATION
0.04%
100.00% 100.00%
Legend:
% of ownership appearing outside the box - direct economic % of ownership
% of ownership appearing inside the box - effective % of economic ownership
Amaia Land
Amorsedia Ayala Land Crans NorthBeacon
Alveo Land Avida Land Buendia Ayala Land Co. (formerly Crimson Field Ecoholdings Red Creek
Serendra, Inc. Development First Realty International Montana Commercial
Corporation Corporation Corporation Landholdings, Sales, Inc. Sales, Inc. Holdings, Inc. Enterprises, Company, Inc. Corporation Properties,
(100%) (28%) (100%) Inc. (100%) (100%) Communities, Inc. (100%) (100%) Inc. (100%)
(100%) (100%) (100%) (100%)
Inc.) (100%)
Buklod Ayalaland
OLC HLC Amaia
Allysonia Bahayan International
Serendra, Inc. Development Development Realty and Southern
Corporation Corporation International Marketing,
(39%) Ltd (100%) Development Properties,
(100%) (100%) Inc. (AIMI)
Corp. (100%) Inc. (65%) (100%)
Amicassa Ayalaland
BGSouth
Process International
Properties, Solutions, Inc.
Inc. (50%) Marketing
(100%) (Hong Kong)
Limited (100%)
Ten Knots Phils, Inc. Ten Knots Ayala Property Ayala Theatres Five Star Leisure and Allied Cavite Commercial First Longfield Aprisa Business DirectPower Philippine Adauge Ayalaland
(60%) Management Management, Inc. Cinema, Inc. Industries ALInet.com, Services, Inc. Integrated Energy ALI Capital Corp. Commercial Estates, Inc.
Development Corp. Town Center, Inc. Investments Process (formerly Varejo
Corporation (100%) (100%) (100%) Philippines, Inc. Inc. (100%) (100%) Solutions, Inc. Corporation (formerly
(60%) (100%) Limited (100%) Solutions, Inc. Corporation) (100%)
(50%) (100%) (100%) (60%) Southgateway
Development
Corp.) (100%)
Bacuit Bay
Development Integrated Eco-resort Inc.
Corporation (100%) Green Horizons Holdings (100%)
Limited (100%)
Next Urban Arca South Nuevo Centro, Inc. Ayalaland Southportal Arca South Ba y Ci ty Ca pi tol Central Aviana Ayalaland Medical
Aya l a Land
Integrated (54%) MetroNorth, Properties, Commerci al Commerci al Commerci al Development Facilities Leasing
Alliance Ma l ls, Inc. Inc. (100%)
Transport System, Ventures Ventures Corp. Ventures Corp.
Development Inc. (100%) Inc. (65%) Corporation (50%) (formerly Solerte,
Corp.(100%) (100%) (100%) Inc.)( 100%)
Corp. (100%) Inc. (100%)
Alviera Country Club
(93%)
AyalaLand Malls
Vismin, Inc. (100%)
AyalaLand Malls
NorthEast, Inc.
(100%)
Aya l aland Al ta raza Pri me AyalaLand Makati Cornerstone Anvaya Cove Golf and Anvaya Cove Beach and Prime Orion Prow Holdings ALI Commercial
Ma l ls Rea lty Premier, Leasing Corp.(100%) Sports Club, Inc. (76%) Nature Club, Inc. (73%) Properties Inc. (64%) Inc. (55%) Center, Inc. (100%)
Synergi es, Corpora tion Inc.(100%)
Inc. (100%) (100%) FLT Prime Orion I Laguna
Orion Land Orion Solutions, OE Holdings, AMC Japan
Inc. (100%) Insurance Corp. Inc. (100%) Inc. (100%) Holdings Technopark, Inc. Concepts, Inc.
(95%) (75%)
(78.77%) Philippines,
Inc. (100%)
Orion Maxis Ecozone Power
Orion Property Tutuban Management, Inc.
Properties, Inc. (100%) Lepanto (100%)
Development,
Inc. (100%) Inc. (100%) Ceramics,
ZHI Inc. (100%)
Holdings,
TPI Holdings Inc. (100%)
Corporation
(100%)
Cebu District ALI Eton Property Bonifacio Land Lagoon ALI Makati Hotels &
Emerging City Berkshires AKL Properties, Inc. Corp. (5%) Residences, Inc. (20%) ALI Makati Property, OCLP Holdings, Inc.
Property Enterprise, Holdings, Inc. (50%) Holdings, Inc. (50%) Development Development Inc. (20%) (Subsidiary
Inc. (35%) Corporation (50%) (50%) (An Associate of Corporation (30%) (21%)
(Subsidiary of the of the Group)
the Group) Group)
Manila Water
Company, Inc.
(MWCI)
Manila Water
Manila Water
Philippine Calasiao Water
Total Solutions
Ventures, Inc. Company, Inc. (CWCI)
(MWTS)
(MWPVI) 90.00%
100.00%
100.00%
Eastern Water
Resources
PT Sarana Tirta Development and
Ungaran Management
(STU)1 Public Company
20.00% Limited
(East Water)1
18.72%
AYALA CORPORATION
100%
AC Industrial Technology
Holdings, Inc.
AC Automobile Integrated
Iconic Isuzu Merlin Solar Micro-
Automotive Central Technologies
Dealership, Benguet Electronics,
Business Enterprises, (Phils), Inc.
Inc. Corporation Inc.
Services, Inc.
Adventure AC Isuzu
Honda Cars Cycle Industrials Automotive
Makati, Inc. Philippines, (Singapore) Dealership,
Inc. Pte Ltd. Inc.
100% 98.90%
Isuzu Iloilo
Misslbeck Merlin Solar Corp.
Kunststoffzent Technology
rum Gmbh Inc.
49%
Merlin Solar
Technology
Inc. (Thailand)
AC Industrials Others
52.03% 47.97%
Integrated Micro-Electronics,
Inc.
IMI
International PSI Technologies,
IMI USA IMI Japan
(Singapore) Inc.
Pte. Ltd.
100% 40%
100% 100% 100% PSiTech
Realty, Inc.
IMI International 40%*
IMI UK Speedy-Tech Regional Operating Cooperatief IMI
60%
Electronics Headquarter (“IMI Europe U.A.
40%
ROHQ”) Pacsem
80% Realty, Inc.
100% 100% 64%*
STI Enterprises Ltd. IMI Technology (SZ)
Co. Ltd. IMI France
SAS
100%
100% Speedy-Tech 100%
IMI Bulgaria 100% IMI
STI Limited 80% Electronics (Jiaxing) EOOD Microenergi
Co. Ltd. (“STJX”) (IMI BG) a EOOD
IMI MX,
100% 100% IMI
100%
Speedy-Tech S.A.P.I. de
Manufactura
100% STI Asia Litd.* Electronics (HK) C.V.
S.A.P.I. de
80% Limited (“STHK”) (IMI MX) C.V.
76.01% 100%
100%
100%
VIA Optronics VIA Optronics
Speedy-Tech GmbH LLC 76.01%
STI Supplychain Ltd.
(Philippines), Inc.
* 80%
(“STPHIL”) **
100%
100% VIA Optronics
IMI Niš (Suzhuo) Co.
100% (Serbia) Ltd. 76.01%
ST Intercept
80%
VTS
65%
Touchsensor
Co., Ltd.
49.40%
* In the process of liquidation.
** Dormant
Ayala Corporation
100%
AC Infrastructure
Holdings Corporation
70%
Light Rail
Manila
Corporation
Ayala Corporation
100%
Ayala Healthcare
Holdings Inc.
17% 24%
Wellbridge APPPPS
Health Inc. Partners Inc.
Talentw orks Asia CNG Global Wireless Internet Ayala Port, Inc.
Inc. Data Hub Sol, Inc.
Ayala Corporation
100%
AC Education, Inc.
AYALA
CORPORATION
100%
AC VENTURES
HOLDING CORP.
43.9% 10%
BF JADE E-
SERVICES GLOBE FINTECH
PHILIPPINES, INC. INNOVATIONS, INC.
AYALA CORPORATION
100%
BESTFULL HOLDINGS
LIMITED
100%
AG HOLDINGS LIMITED
100% 100%
100%
FINE STATE VIP
GROUP Infrastructure AG REGION
LIMITED Holdings Pte. PTE LTD
Ltd.
Ayala Corporation
100%
Azalea International
Venture Partners Ltd
Milestone LiveIt
Narra Venture
Group PTY, Investments
Capital II, LP
Ltd. Ltd.
100%
Affinity
Express
PAS 2 Inventories ✓
PAS 17 Leases ✓
The Group has P 9.0B in receivables or indebtedness of unconsolidated subsidiaries and related parties.
Please refer to Note 31 of the 2018 Consolidated Audited Financial Statements for detailed account analysis
and discussion.
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 2018 and 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Consolidated Parent
Notes 2018 2017 2018 2017
RESOURCES
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 2018 and 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Consolidated Parent
Notes 2018 2017 2018 2017
(The notes on pages 1 to 114 are an integral part of these financial statements)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018
(In Millions of Pesos, Except Per Share Amounts)
Consolidated Parent
Notes 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
INTEREST INCOME
On loans and advances 69,401 54,615 47,132 51,901 38,752 31,285
On investment securities 9,616 9,185 9,220 8,942 8,403 8,424
On deposits with BSP and other banks 1,173 2,049 1,960 548 977 886
80,190 65,849 58,312 61,391 48,132 40,595
INTEREST EXPENSE
On deposits 15 21,255 16,660 15,301 15,645 11,413 9,616
On bills payable and other borrowed
funds 16 3,092 1,150 634 2,588 885 406
24,347 17,810 15,935 18,233 12,298 10,022
NET INTEREST INCOME 55,843 48,039 42,377 43,158 35,834 30,573
PROVISION FOR CREDIT AND
IMPAIRMENT LOSSES 5,9,10,14 4,923 3,795 4,800 4,279 3,519 2,930
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
PROVISION FOR CREDIT AND
IMPAIRMENT LOSSES 50,920 44,244 37,577 38,879 32,315 27,643
OTHER INCOME
Fees and commissions 8,224 7,716 7,425 7,219 6,224 5,683
Income from foreign exchange trading 2,128 2,136 1,748 1,831 1,798 1,406
Income attributable to insurance
operations 2 1,223 1,413 1,360 - - -
Trading gain on securities 719 923 5,192 258 754 5,192
Other operating income 19 10,387 10,793 8,449 5,919 14,171 11,332
22,681 22,981 24,174 15,227 22,947 23,613
OTHER EXPENSES
Compensation and fringe benefits 21 15,315 13,897 13,463 11,834 10,691 10,713
Occupancy and equipment-related
expenses 11,20 13,146 11,344 10,156 10,570 9,062 8,172
Other operating expenses 21 15,141 13,292 11,322 11,257 9,626 8,148
43,602 38,533 34,941 33,661 29,379 27,033
PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX 29,999 28,692 26,810 20,445 25,883 24,223
INCOME TAX EXPENSE 22
Current 7,404 6,418 5,419 5,793 4,248 3,777
Deferred 13 (734) (462) (884) (776) (462) (439)
6,670 5,956 4,535 5,017 3,786 3,338
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR 23,329 22,736 22,275 15,428 22,097 20,885
Attributable to:
Equity holders of BPI 23,078 22,416 22,050 15,428 22,097 20,885
Non-controlling interests 251 320 225 - - -
23,329 22,736 22,275 15,428 22,097 20,885
Earnings per share for net income
attributable to the equity holders of BPI
during the year:
Basic and diluted 18 5.35 5.69 5.60 3.57 5.61 5.30
(The notes on pages 1 to 114 are an integral part of these financial statements)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
Consolidated Parent
Note 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR 23,329 22,736 22,275 15,428 22,097 20,885
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME 18
Items that may be subsequently reclassified
to profit or loss
Share in other comprehensive loss of
associates (1,281) (252) (74) - - -
Net change in fair value reserve on
investments in debt instruments measured
at FVOCI, net of tax effect (771) - - (461) - -
Fair value reserve on investments of
insurance subsidiaries, net of tax effect (400) 196 (131) - - -
Currency translation differences (26) 126 (113) - - -
Net change in fair value reserve on AFS, net
of tax effect - 713 543 - 449 502
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or
loss
Remeasurements of defined benefit obligation 612 (272) (579) 431 (338) (429)
Share in other comprehensive income (loss)
of associates 596 (528) - - - -
Net change in fair value reserve on
investments in equity instruments
measured at FVOCI, net of tax effect (19) - - 320 - -
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net
of tax effect (1,289) (17) (354) 290 111 73
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR
THE YEAR 22,040 22,719 21,921 15,718 22,208 20,958
Attributable to:
Equity holders of BPI 21,878 22,406 21,736 15,718 22,208 20,958
Non-controlling interests 162 313 185 - - -
22,040 22,719 21,921 15,718 22,208 20,958
(The notes on pages 1 to 114 are an integral part of these financial statements.)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
Consolidated
Attributable to equity holders of BPI (Note 18)
Accumulated
other Non-
Share Share comprehensive controlling Total
capital premium Reserves Surplus income (loss) Total interests equity
Balance, January 1, 2016 39,285 29,439 2,563 83,761 (4,764) 150,284 2,446 152,730
Comprehensive income
Net income for the year - - - 22,050 - 22,050 225 22,275
Other comprehensive loss for the
year - - - - (314) (314) (40) (354)
Total comprehensive income
(loss) for the year - - - 22,050 (314) 21,736 185 21,921
Transactions with owners
Exercise of stock option plans 23 152 45 - - 220 - 220
Cash dividends - - - (7,087) - (7,087) - (7,087)
Change in ownership interest in a
subsidiary - - - (19) - (19) (10) (29)
Other changes in non-controlling
interests - - - - - - (71) (71)
Total transactions with owners 23 152 45 (7,106) - (6,886) (81) (6,967)
Other movement
Transfer from surplus to reserves - - 103 (103) - - - -
Total other movement - - 103 (103) - - - -
Balance, December 31, 2016 39,308 29,591 2,711 98,602 (5,078) 165,134 2,550 167,684
Comprehensive income
Net income for the year - - - 22,416 - 22,416 320 22,736
Other comprehensive loss for the
year - - - - (10) (10) (7) (17)
Total comprehensive income
(loss) for the year - - - 22,416 (10) 22,406 313 22,719
Transactions with owners
Exercise of stock option plans 28 180 31 - - 239 - 239
Cash dividends - - - (7,091) - (7,091) - (7,091)
Total transactions with owners 28 180 31 (7,091) - (6,852) - (6,852)
Other movements
Transfer from surplus to reserves - - 90 (90) - - - -
Transfer from reserves to surplus - - (2,578) 2,578 - - - -
Total other movements - - (2,488) 2,488 - - - -
Balance, December 31, 2017 39,336 29,771 254 116,415 (5,088) 180,688 2,863 183,551
Impact of PFRS 9
adoption (Note 31) - - - (62) 4,111 4,049 (8) 4,041
Restated balance, January 1, 2018 39,336 29,771 254 116,353 (977) 184,737 2,855 187,592
Comprehensive income
Net income for the year - - - 23,078 - 23,078 251 23,329
Other comprehensive loss for the
year - - - - (1,200) (1,200) (89) (1,289)
Total comprehensive income
(loss) for the year - - - 23,078 (1,200) 21,878 162 22,040
Transactions with owners
Proceeds from stock rights offering 5,587 44,120 - - - 49,707 - 49,707
Exercise of stock option plans 38 290 (25) - - 303 - 303
Cash dividends - - - (8,104) - (8,104) - (8,104)
Total transactions with owners 5,625 44,410 (25) (8,104) - 41,906 - 41,906
Other movements
Transfer from surplus to reserves
(Note 18) - - 3,867 (3,867) - - - -
Others - - - (1) 1 - - -
Total other movements - - 3,867 (3,868) 1 - - -
Balance, December 31, 2018 44,961 74,181 4,096 127,459 (2,176) 248,521 3,017 251,538
(The notes on pages 1 to 114 are an integral part of these financial statements.)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
(The notes on pages 1 to 114 are an integral part of these financial statements.)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
Consolidated Parent
Notes 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
Profit before income tax 29,999 28,692 26,810 20,445 25,883 24,223
Adjustments for:
Impairment losses 5,9,10,14 4,923 3,795 4,800 4,271 3,519 2,930
Depreciation and amortization 11,14 4,797 4,255 3,878 2,916 2,783 2,541
Share in net income of associates 12 (700) (772) (814) - - -
Dividend and other income 19 (76) (68) (56) (904) (9,492) (6,083)
Share-based compensation 18 (25) 31 45 (32) 25 37
Interest income (80,190) (68,053) (60,297) (61,391) (49,783) (42,030)
Interest received 77,715 66,816 59,447 59,960 48,753 41,369
Interest expense 24,347 17,810 15,935 18,233 12,298 10,022
Interest paid (23,440) (17,495) (15,716) (17,494) (11,901) (9,920)
(Increase) decrease in:
Interbank loans receivable and
securities purchased under
agreements to resell (821) 595 1,316 (966) (353) 2,381
Trading securities (2,257) 9,272 (6,507) (236) 6,498 (4,861)
Loans and advances, net (154,077) (164,957) (171,462) (140,860) (168,485) (159,101)
Assets held for sale 655 313 1,007 509 447 1,119
Assets attributable to insurance
operations 465 (944) (54) - - -
Other assets (8,096) (3,940) (2,269) (3,761) (6,745) (2,056)
Increase (decrease) in:
Deposit liabilities 23,546 130,900 155,601 23,244 139,485 151,093
Due to Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas and
other banks 2,770 548 239 2,770 548 239
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding (91) (557) (729) (408) (131) (800)
Accrued taxes, interest and other
expenses 1,033 (51) 947 562 (252) 579
Liabilities attributable to insurance
operations (457) 146 (281) - - -
Derivative financial instruments 52 (311) 1,432 45 (306) 1,433
Deferred credits and other liabilities 2,493 7,550 (3,122) 2,506 6,037 (2,692)
Net cash (used in) from operations (97,435) 13,575 10,150 (90,591) (1,172) 10,423
Income taxes paid (7,115) (6,505) (5,645) (5,560) (4,395) (3,974)
Net cash (used in) from operating activities (104,550) 7,070 4,505 (96,151) (5,567) 6,449
(forward)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
Consolidated Parent
Notes 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
(Increase) decrease in:
Investment securities, net 8,9 (25,828) (7,029) (5,439) (31,400) 727 (3,559)
Bank premises, furniture, fixtures and
equipment, net 11 (5,048) (4,191) (4,109) (2,518) (2,018) (2,543)
Investment properties, net 14 1 - (35) 12 - -
Investment in subsidiaries and associates, net 12 305 745 28 (899) (95) (880)
Assets attributable to insurance operations 364 58 (136) - - -
Dividends received 18 76 68 56 904 9,492 6,084
Net cash (used in) from investing activities (30,130) (10,349) (9,635) (33,901) 8,106 (898)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
Cash dividends paid 17,18 (7,598) (7,089) (7,082) (7,598) (7,089) (7,082)
Proceeds from share issuance 18 50,035 207 175 50,035 207 175
Increase in bills payable and other borrowed
funds 16 83,384 21,544 41,032 80,158 18,466 39,431
Net cash from financing activities 125,821 14,662 34,125 122,595 11,584 32,524
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND
CASH EQUIVALENTS (8,859) 11,383 28,995 (7,457) 14,123 38,075
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
January 1 4,5 322,129 310,746 281,751 280,579 266,456 228,381
December 31 313,270 322,129 310,746 273,122 280,579 266,456
(The notes on pages 1 to 114 are an integral part of these financial statements.)
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
Bank of the Philippine Islands (“BPI” or the “Parent Bank”) is a domestic commercial bank with an expanded
banking license and has its registered office address, which is also its principal place of business, at BPI Building,
Ayala Avenue corner Paseo de Roxas, Makati City. BPI and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “BPI
Group”) offer a whole breadth of financial services that include corporate banking, consumer banking, investment
banking, asset management, corporate finance, securities distribution, and insurance services. At December 31, 2018,
the BPI Group has 18,909 employees (2017 - 17,047 employees) and operates 1,056 branches and 3,034 ATMs
(2017 - 839 branches and 3,105 ATMs) to support its delivery of services. The BPI Group also serves its customers
through alternative electronic banking channels such as telephone, mobile phone and the internet. The Parent Bank
was registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on January 4, 1943. This license was extended
for another 50 years on January 4, 1993.
The Parent Bank is considered a public company under Rule 3.1 of Implementing Rules and Regulations of the
Securities Regulation Code, which, among others, defines a public company as any corporation with a class of equity
securities listed on an exchange, or with assets of at least P50 million and having 200 or more shareholders, each of
which holds at least 100 shares of its equity securities.
These financial statements have been approved and authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors (BOD) of the
Parent Bank on February 20, 2019. There are no material events that occurred subsequent to February 20, 2019
until February 22, 2019.
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Parent Bank and the following
subsidiaries:
Country of % of ownership
Subsidiaries incorporation Principal activities 2018 2017
BPI Family Savings Bank, Inc. Philippines Banking 100 100
BPI Capital Corporation Philippines Investment house 100 100
BPI Direct BanKo, Inc., A Savings Bank Philippines Banking 100 100
BPI Asset Management and Trust Corporation Philippines Trust 100 100
BPI International Finance Limited Hong Kong Financing 100 100
BPI Europe Plc. England and Wales Banking (deposit) 100 100
BPI Securities Corp. Philippines Securities dealer 100 100
BPI Payments Holdings Inc. Philippines Financing 100 100
Filinvest Algo Financial Corp. Philippines Financing 100 100
BPI Investment Management, Inc. Philippines Investment management 100 100
Santiago Land Development Corporation Philippines Land holding 100 100
BPI Operations Management Corp. Philippines Operations management 100 100
BPI Computer Systems Corp. Philippines Business systems service 100 100
BPI Forex Corp. Philippines Foreign exchange 100 100
BPI Express Remittance Corp. USA USA Remittance 100 100
BPI Remittance Centre (HK) Ltd. Hong Kong Remittance 100 100
Green Enterprises S. R. L. in Liquidation Italy Remittance 100 100
First Far - East Development Corporation Philippines Real estate 100 100
FEB Stock Brokers, Inc. Philippines Securities dealer 100 100
BPI Express Remittance Spain S.A Spain Remittance 100 100
FEB Speed International Philippines Remittance 100 100
AF Holdings & Management Corp. Philippines Financial management
consultancy 100 100
Ayala Plans, Inc. Philippines Pre-need 98.67 98.67
FGU Insurance Corporation Philippines Non-life insurance 94.62 94.62
BPI Century Tokyo Lease and Finance
Corporation Philippines Leasing 51 51
BPI Century Tokyo Rental Corporation Philippines Rental 51 51
CityTrust Securities Corporation Philippines Securities dealer 51 51
BPI/MS Insurance Corporation Philippines Non-life insurance 50.85 50.85
Details of assets and liabilities attributable to insurance operations at December 31 are as follows:
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 4) 89 316
Insurance balances receivable, net 5,596 5,849
Investment securities
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 1,788 -
Financial assets at fair value through OCI 6,522 -
Financial assets at amortized cost 202 -
Available-for-sale securities - 5,970
Held-to-maturity securities - 2,674
Investment in associates 167 167
Accounts receivable and other assets, net 2,106 2,286
Land, building and equipment 112 144
16,582 17,406
(2)
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Liabilities
Reserves and other balances 12,909 13,416
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables 1,147 1,097
14,056 14,513
Details of income attributable to insurance operations before income tax and minority interest for the years ended
December 31 are as follows:
Operating segments are reported in accordance with the internal reporting provided to the chief executive officer, who
is responsible for allocating resources to the reportable segments and assessing their performance. All operating
segments used by the BPI Group meet the definition of a reportable segment under Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards (PFRS) 8, Operating Segments.
The BPI Group has determined the operating segments based on the nature of the services provided and the different
clients/markets served representing a strategic business unit.
Consumer banking - this segment addresses the individual and retail markets. It covers deposit taking and
servicing, consumer lending such as home mortgages, auto loans and credit card finance as well as the remittance
business. It includes the entire transaction processing and service delivery infrastructure consisting of the BPI,
BPI Family Savings Bank and BPI Direct BanKo, Inc., A Savings Bank network of branches and ATMs as well as
phone and internet-based banking platforms.
Corporate banking - this segment addresses both high-end corporations as well as middle market clients. It
covers deposit taking and servicing, the entire lending, leasing, trade and cash management services provided by
the BPI Group to corporate and institutional customers.
Investment banking - this segment includes the various business groups operating in the investment markets and
dealing in activities other than lending and deposit taking. These services cover corporate finance, securities
distribution, asset management, trust and fiduciary services as well as proprietary trading and investment
activities.
The performance of the Parent Bank is assessed as a single unit using financial information presented in the separate
or Parent only financial statements. Likewise, the chief executive officer assesses the performance of its insurance
business as a separate segment from its banking and allied financial undertakings. Information on the assets,
liabilities and results of operations of the insurance business is fully disclosed in Note 2.
(3)
The BPI Group and the Parent Bank mainly derive revenue (more than 90%) within the Philippines, accordingly,
no geographical segment is presented.
The segment report forms part of management’s assessment of the performance of the segment, among other
performance indicators.
There were no changes in the reportable segments during the year. Transactions between the business segments are
carried out at arm’s length. Funds are ordinarily allocated between segments, resulting in funding cost transfers
disclosed in inter-segment net interest income. Interest charged for these funds is based on the BPI Group’s cost of
capital.
Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each business. Revenue-
sharing agreements are used to allocate external customer revenues to a business segment on a reasonable basis.
Inter-segment revenues however, are deemed insignificant for financial reporting purposes, thus, not reported in
segment analysis below.
The BPI Group’s management reporting is based on a measure of operating profit comprising net interest income,
impairment charge, fees and commission income, other income and operating expenses.
Segment assets and liabilities comprise majority of operating assets and liabilities, measured in a manner consistent
with that shown in the statements of condition, but exclude items such as taxation.
The segment assets, liabilities and results of operations of the reportable segments of the BPI Group as at and for the
years ended December 31 are as follows:
2018
Total per
Consumer Corporate Investment management
banking banking banking reporting
(In Millions of Pesos)
Net interest income 33,973 11,019 16,148 61,140
Impairment charge 1,712 3,206 6 4,924
Net interest income after impairment charge 32,261 7,813 16,142 56,216
Fees, commissions and other income, net 12,292 3,260 5,280 20,832
Total income 44,553 11,073 21,422 77,048
Compensation and fringe benefits 12,554 2,132 1,002 15,688
Occupancy and equipment - related expenses 8,570 1,977 231 10,778
Other operating expenses 14,484 3,006 1,716 19,206
Total operating expenses 35,608 7,115 2,949 45,672
Operating profit 8,945 3,958 18,473 31,376
Share in net income of associates 700
Income tax expense 6,670
Total assets 534,234 1,113,367 409,797 2,057,398
Total liabilities 1,124,800 552,969 137,872 1,815,641
(4)
2017
Total per
Consumer Corporate Investment management
banking banking banking reporting
(In Millions of Pesos)
Net interest income 28,083 10,195 13,384 51,662
Impairment charge 2,085 1,710 5 3,800
Net interest income after impairment charge 25,998 8,485 13,379 47,862
Fees, commissions and other income, net 12,148 2,657 6,694 21,499
Total income 38,146 11,142 20,073 69,361
Compensation and fringe benefits 9,311 1,335 1,020 11,666
Occupancy and equipment - related expenses 4,242 1,210 125 5,577
Other operating expenses 13,512 2,706 1,652 17,870
Total operating expenses 27,065 5,251 2,797 35,113
Operating profit 11,081 5,891 17,276 34,248
Share in net income of associates 772
Income tax expense 5,956
Total assets 476,749 1,007,058 389,085 1,872,892
Total liabilities 1,063,069 550,367 85,946 1,699,382
2016
Total per
Consumer Corporate Investment management
banking banking banking reporting
(In Millions of Pesos)
Net interest income 29,225 9,724 6,374 45,323
Impairment charge 3,072 1,692 7 4,771
Net interest income after impairment charge 26,153 8,032 6,367 40,552
Fees, commissions and other income, net 10,334 2,446 10,119 22,899
Total income 36,487 10,478 16,486 63,451
Compensation and fringe benefits 9,133 1,279 1,035 11,447
Occupancy and equipment - related expenses 4,146 1,135 55 5,336
Other operating expenses 12,056 1,535 1,477 15,068
Total operating expenses 25,335 3,949 2,567 31,851
Operating profit 11,152 6,529 13,919 31,600
Share in net income of associates 814
Income tax expense 4,535
Total assets 536,231 770,413 386,550 1,693,194
Total liabilities 1,459,741 14,587 61,326 1,535,654
(5)
Reconciliation of segment results to consolidated results of operations:
2018
Total per
Total per Consolidation consolidated
management adjustments/ financial
reporting Others statements
(In Millions of Pesos)
Net interest income 61,140 (5,297) 55,843
Impairment charge 4,924 (1) 4,923
Net interest income after impairment charge 56,216 (5,296) 50,920
Fees, commissions and other income, net 20,832 1,849 22,681
Total income 77,048 (3,447) 73,601
Compensation and fringe benefits 15,688 (373) 15,315
Occupancy and equipment - related expenses 10,778 2,368 13,146
Other operating expenses 19,206 (4,065) 15,141
Total operating expenses 45,672 (2,070) 43,602
Operating profit 31,376 (1,377) 29,999
Share in net income of associates (included in Other income) 700 - 700
Income tax expense 6,670 - 6,670
Total assets 2,057,398 27,830 2,085,228
Total liabilities 1,815,641 18,049 1,833,690
2017
Total per
Total per Consolidation consolidated
management adjustments/ financial
reporting Others statements
(In Millions of Pesos)
Net interest income 51,662 (3,623) 48,039
Impairment charge 3,800 (5) 3,795
Net interest income after impairment charge 47,862 (3,618) 44,244
Fees, commissions and other income, net 21,499 1,482 22,981
Total income 69,361 (2,136) 67,225
Compensation and fringe benefits 11,666 2,231 13,897
Occupancy and equipment - related expenses 5,577 5,767 11,344
Other operating expenses 17,870 (4,578) 13,292
Total operating expenses 35,113 3,420 38,533
Operating profit 34,248 (5,556) 28,692
Share in net income of associates (included in Other income) 772 - 772
Income tax expense 5,956 - 5,956
Total assets 1,872,892 31,013 1,903,905
Total liabilities 1,699,382 20,972 1,720,354
(6)
2016
Total per
Total per Consolidation consolidated
management adjustments/ financial
reporting Others statements
(In Millions of Pesos)
Net interest income 45,323 (2,946) 42,377
Impairment charge 4,771 29 4,800
Net interest income after impairment charge 40,552 (2,975) 37,577
Fees, commissions and other income, net 22,899 1,275 24,174
Total income 63,451 (1,700) 61,751
Compensation and fringe benefits 11,447 2,016 13,463
Occupancy and equipment - related expenses 5,336 4,820 10,156
Other operating expenses 15,068 (3,746) 11,322
Total operating expenses 31,851 3,090 34,941
Operating profit 31,600 (4,790) 26,810
Share in net income of associates (included in Other income) 814 - 814
Income tax expense 4,535 - 4,535
Total assets 1,693,194 32,502 1,725,696
Total liabilities 1,535,654 22,358 1,558,012
“Consolidation adjustments/Others” pertain to balances of insurance operations, support units and inter-segment
elimination in accordance with the BPI Group’s internal reporting.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Cash and other cash items 43,536 35,132 42,419 34,160
Due from Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) 225,907 255,948 202,487 227,122
Due from other banks 12,477 14,406 8,615 10,894
Interbank loans receivable and securities purchased under agreements
to resell (Note 5) 31,261 16,327 19,601 8,403
Cash and cash equivalents attributable to insurance operations (Note 2) 89 316 - -
313,270 322,129 273,122 280,579
(7)
Note 5 - Interbank Loans Receivable and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell (SPAR)
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
BSP 24,791 7,297 14,000 -
Other banks 9,552 11,309 8,686 10,535
34,343 18,606 22,686 10,535
Accrued interest receivable 30 21 23 10
34,373 18,627 22,709 10,545
Allowance for impairment (50) (41) (50) (41)
34,323 18,586 22,659 10,504
As at December 31, 2018, Interbank loans receivable and SPAR maturing within 90 days from the date of
acquisition amounting to P31,261 million (2017 - P16,327 million) for BPI Group and P19,601 million
(2017 - P8,403 million) for the Parent Bank are classified as cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows
(Note 4).
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 34,253 18,164 22,589 10,082
Non-current (over 12 months) 120 463 120 463
34,373 18,627 22,709 10,545
Government bonds are pledged by the BSP as collateral under reverse repurchase agreements. The aggregate face
value of securities pledged is equivalent to the total balance of outstanding placements as at reporting date.
The range of average interest rates (%) of interbank loans receivable and SPAR for the years ended December 31
are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Peso-denominated 2.65 - 5.40 2.96 - 3.07 3.12 - 7.37 3.04 - 3.35
US dollar-denominated 1.50 - 2.34 0.73 - 1.04 1.50 - 2.34 0.73 - 1.04
Consolidated Parent
Note 2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Debt securities
Government securities 8,953 4,973 5,515 3,806
Commercial papers of private companies 3,497 29 800 -
Listed equity securities 238 330 - -
Derivative financial assets 7 4,033 4,981 4,031 4,975
16,721 10,313 10,346 8,781
Financial assets at FVTPL are classified as current as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
(8)
Note 7 - Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivatives held by the BPI Group for non-hedging purposes mainly consist of the following:
Foreign exchange forwards represent commitments to purchase or sell one currency against another at an
agreed forward rate on a specified date in the future. Settlement can be made via full delivery of forward
proceeds or via payment of the difference (non-deliverable forward) between the contracted forward rate and
the prevailing market rate on maturity.
Foreign exchange swaps refer to spot purchase or sale of one currency against another with an offsetting
agreement to sell or purchase the same currency at an agreed forward rate in the future.
Interest rate swaps refer to agreement to exchange fixed rate versus floating interest payments (or vice versa)
on a reference notional amount over an agreed period of time.
Cross currency swaps refer to an exchange of notional amounts on two currencies at a given exchange rate
where the parties on the transaction agree to pay a stated interest rate on the received notional amount and
accept a stated interest rate on the delivered notional amount, payable and receivable or net settled (non-
deliverable swaps) periodically over the term of the transaction.
The BPI Group’s credit risk represents the potential cost to replace the swap contracts if counterparties fail to fulfill
their obligation. This risk is monitored on an ongoing basis with reference to the current fair value, a proportion of
the notional amount of the contracts and the liquidity of the market. To control the level of credit risk taken, the
BPI Group assesses counterparties using the same techniques as for its lending activities.
The notional amounts of certain types of financial instruments provide a basis for comparison with instruments
recognized on the statements of condition. They do not necessarily represent the amounts of future cash flows
involved or the current fair values of the instruments and therefore are not indicative of the BPI Group’s exposure
to credit or price risks. The derivative instruments become favorable (assets) or unfavorable (liabilities) as a result
of fluctuations in market interest rates or foreign exchange rates relative to their terms.
The contract/notional amount and fair values of derivative financial instruments held for trading as at
December 31 are set out below:
Consolidated
(9)
Parent
Note 8 - Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI)
PFRS 9
Consolidated Parent
(In Millions of Pesos)
Debt securities
Government securities 32,718 27,814
Commercial papers of private companies 2,695 2,090
35,413 29,904
Accrued interest receivable 118 89
35,531 29,993
Equity securities
Listed 1,129 406
Unlisted 546 184
1,675 590
37,206 30,583
(10)
Financial assets previously classified as available-for-sale (AFS) as at December 31, 2017 are as follows:
PAS 39
Consolidated Parent
(In Millions of Pesos)
Debt securities
Government securities 14,406 5,420
Commercial papers of private companies 4,742 4,193
19,148 9,613
Accrued interest receivable 70 56
19,218 9,669
Equity securities
Listed 3,755 447
Unlisted 661 232
4,416 679
Allowance for impairment (321) (209)
23,313 10,139
In previous years, the BPI Group reclassified certain available-for-sale securities to held-to-maturity category. The
reclassification was triggered by management’s change in intention over the securities in light of volatile market
prices due to rising interest rates. Until December 31, 2017, under PAS 39, fair value losses recognized in other
comprehensive income at the dates of reclassification were amortized over the remaining lives of the instruments
using the effective interest rate method.
The relevant balances relating to the reclassified available-for-sale securities as at December 31, 2017 are
summarized as follows:
The net change in fair value reserve that would have been recognized in other comprehensive income if the
available-for-sale securities had not been reclassified amounts to P759 million net loss for the year ended
December 31, 2017. There are no other gains or losses recognized in profit or loss apart from the amortization of
fair value loss on securities.
Upon adoption of PFRS 9, these securities are carried at amortized cost consistent with the business model of the
BPI Group. Consequently, the cumulative loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is adjusted
against the carrying amount of the securities to establish their amortized cost on January 1, 2018 (transition date).
(11)
The account is expected to be realized as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 27,910 13,288 23,074 1,991
Non-current (over 12 months) 9,296 10,346 7,509 8,357
37,206 23,634 30,583 10,348
The range of average effective interest rates (%) of financial assets at FVOCI (2017 - AFS) for the years ended
December 31 follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Peso-denominated 1.18 - 4.20 0.53 - 0.85 1.65 - 5.43 1.15 - 2.28
Foreign currency-denominated 2.09 - 2.85 2.10 - 2.26 2.33 - 2.85 2.10 - 2.31
Interest income from debt instruments recognized in the statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2018 amounts to P278 million (2017 - P200 million; 2016 - P467 million) and P160 million
(2017 - P323 million; 2016 - P442 million) for the BPI Group and Parent Bank, respectively.
Dividend income from equity instruments recognized in the statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2018 amounts to P64 million (2017 - P53 million; 2016 - P55 million) and P41 million
(2017 - P26 million; 2016 - P17 million) for the BPI Group and Parent Bank, respectively.
PFRS 9
Consolidated Parent
(In Millions of Pesos)
Government securities 196,957 180,044
Commercial papers of private companies 86,826 83,964
283,783 264,008
Accrued interest receivable 3,790 3,491
287,573 267,499
Allowance for impairment (2) (2)
287,571 267,497
(12)
Investment securities previously classified as held-to-maturity (HTM) as at December 31, 2017 are as follows:
PAS 39
Consolidated Parent
(In Millions of Pesos)
Government securities 206,098 186,816
Commercial papers of private companies 67,584 65,138
273,682 251,954
Accrued interest receivable 3,790 3,428
277,472 255,382
HTM investments were neither past due nor impaired as at December 31, 2017.
The account is expected to be realized as follows (amounts gross of allowance for impairment):
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 30,159 13,182 28,038 11,849
Non-current (over 12 months) 257,414 264,290 239,461 243,533
287,573 277,472 267,499 255,382
The range of average effective interest rates (%)for the years ended December 31 follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Peso-denominated 3.53 - 3.90 3.46 - 3.65 3.55 - 3.93 3.42 - 3.61
Foreign currency-denominated 2.80 - 3.16 2.78 - 2.93 2.84 - 3.19 2.80 - 2.96
Interest income from these investment securities recognized in the statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2018 amounts to P9,035 million (2017 - P8,631 million; 2016 - P8,576 million) and P8,514 million
(2017 - P7,912 million; 2016 - P7,830 million) for the BPI Group and Parent Bank, respectively.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Corporate loans (In Millions of Pesos)
Large corporate customers 1,043,855 913,529 1,019,626 891,551
Small and medium enterprise 87,998 85,324 62,058 56,358
Retail loans
Credit cards 60,843 49,142 59,228 47,829
Real estate mortgages 126,088 115,772 12 22
Auto loans 51,845 53,343 - -
Others 5,145 4,707 14 4,106
1,375,774 1,221,817 1,140,938 999,866
Accrued interest receivable 8,454 5,458 5,963 4,070
Unearned discount/income (6,430) (4,274) (4,978) (3,154)
1,377,798 1,223,001 1,141,923 1,000,782
Allowance for impairment (22,902) (20,663) (15,967) (13,913)
1,354,896 1,202,338 1,125,956 986,869
There were no changes in the classification and measurement of loans and advances from PAS 39 to PFRS 9.
(13)
Loans and advances aggregating P31,520 million (2017 - P280 million) are used as security for bills payable
(Note 16) of the Parent Bank.
Loans and advances include amounts due from related parties (Note 26).
Following the adoption of PFRS 9 on January 1, 2018, the BPI Group has recognized expected credit loss (ECL)
provisions (included in Miscellaneous liabilities in Note 17) on undrawn loan commitments. Details are shown below:
Consolidated Parent
Corporate Retail Total Corporate Retail Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Undrawn committed credit facility 117,640 118,264 235,904 117,640 115,841 233,481
ECL provisions (65) (688) (753) (65) (658) (723)
117,575 117,576 235,151 117,575 115,183 232,758
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 554,183 521,688 515,723 489,240
Non-current (over 12 months) 823,615 701,313 626,200 511,542
1,377,798 1,223,001 1,141,923 1,000,782
The BPI Group, through BPI Century Tokyo Lease and Finance Corporation, mainly leases out vehicle and
equipment under various finance lease agreements which typically run for a non-cancellable period of two to five
years. The lease contracts generally include a lessee’s option to purchase the leased asset after the lease period at a
price that generally lies between 5% to 20% of the fair value of the asset at the inception of the lease. In the event
that the residual value of the leased asset exceeds the guaranteed deposit liability at the end of the lease term, the
BPI Group receives additional payment from the lessee prior to the transfer of the leased asset. On the other hand,
the BPI Group sets up a liability to the lessee for any excess of the guaranteed deposit liability over residual value
of the leased asset.
Details of finance lease receivables (included in “Corporate loans” category above) arising from lease contracts are as
follows:
Consolidated
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Total future minimum lease collections 11,203 9,102
Unearned finance income (1,321) (1,003)
Present value of future minimum lease collections 9,882 8,099
Allowance for impairment (304) (251)
9,578 7,848
(14)
Details of future gross minimum lease payments receivable follow:
Consolidated
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Not later than one year 4,299 3,371
Later than one year but not later than five years 6,270 5,323
More than five years 634 408
11,203 9,102
Unearned finance income (1,321) (1,003)
9,882 8,099
There are no contingent rents arising from lease contracts outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The range of average interest rates (%) of loans and advances for the years ended December 31 follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Commercial loans
Peso-denominated loans 4.11 - 5.52 3.97 - 4.19 3.98 - 5.44 3.76 - 4.02
Foreign currency-denominated loans 3.61 - 4.86 2.94 - 3.36 3.61 - 4.86 2.94 - 3.36
Real estate mortgages 6.61 - 6.97 6.60 - 7.09 7.04 - 8.00 6.67 - 8.00
Auto loans 7.46 - 10.93 9.27 - 9.41 - -
Details of the loans and advances portfolio of the BPI Group at December 31 are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Real estate, renting and other related activities 23.08 22.59 16.00 15.46
Manufacturing 16.28 16.23 19.26 19.41
Wholesale and retail trade 12.56 11.50 14.16 12.96
Consumer 8.16 8.78 5.08 5.30
Financial institutions 6.09 7.56 7.28 9.11
Agriculture and forestry 2.74 3.31 3.26 3.98
Others 31.09 30.03 34.96 33.78
100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
b) As to collateral
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Secured loans
Real estate mortgage 220,587 195,432 97,170 79,768
Chattel mortgage 54,731 64,420 9 168
Others 172,503 313,441 168,260 305,296
447,821 573,293 265,439 385,232
Unsecured loans 921,523 644,250 870,521 611,480
1,369,344 1,217,543 1,135,960 996,712
Other collaterals include hold-out deposits, mortgage trust indentures, government and corporate securities and
bonds, quedan/warehouse receipts, standby letters of credit, trust receipts, and deposit substitutes.
(15)
Non-performing loans net of allowance for credit losses are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Non-performing loans (NPL) 25,391 16,255 12,985 8,038
Accounts with specific allowance for credit losses (12,597) (10,479) (8,861) (5,395)
Net NPL 12,794 5,776 4,124 2,643
BSP Circular 941 Amendments to Regulations on Past Due and Non-Performing Loans states that loans,
investments, receivables, or any financial asset shall be considered non-performing, even without any missed
contractual payments, when it is considered impaired under existing accounting standards, classified as doubtful
or loss, in litigation, and if there is an evidence that full repayment of principal and interest is unlikely without
foreclosure of collateral. All other loans, even if not considered impaired, shall be considered non-performing if
any principal and/or interest are unpaid for more than ninety (90) days from contractual due date, or accrued
interests for more than ninety (90) days have been capitalized, refinanced, or delayed by agreement. Microfinance
and other small loans with similar credit characteristics shall be considered non-performing after contractual due
date or after it has become past due. Restructured loans shall be considered non-performing. However, if prior to
restructuring, the loans were categorized as performing, such classification shall be retained.
Consolidated
2018
Buildings and Furniture
leasehold and Equipment
Land improvements equipment for lease Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Cost
January 1, 2018 3,023 9,591 15,278 5,502 33,394
Additions - 1,443 2,052 1,875 5,370
Disposals (1) (145) (840) (1,765) (2,751)
Transfers 6 - 6 (32) (20)
December 31, 2018 3,028 10,889 16,496 5,580 35,993
Accumulated depreciation
January 1, 2018 - 4,849 11,749 1,739 18,337
Depreciation - 479 1,831 1,269 3,579
Amortization - 276 - - 276
Disposals - (93) (541) (1,800) (2,434)
Transfers - - 1 (18) (17)
December 31, 2018 - 5,511 13,040 1,190 19,741
Net book value, December 31, 2018 3,028 5,378 3,456 4,390 16,252
(16)
2017
Buildings and Furniture
leasehold and Equipment
Land improvements equipment for lease Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Cost
January 1, 2017 3,075 6,910 14,357 4,852 29,194
Additions - 1,354 1,770 2,387 5,511
Disposals (65) (189) (848) (1,734) (2,836)
Transfers 13 1,798 (2) - 1,809
December 31, 2017 3,023 9,873 15,277 5,505 33,678
Accumulated depreciation
January 1, 2017 - 3,110 10,687 1,588 15,385
Depreciation - 309 1,600 1,125 3,034
Amortization - 284 - - 284
Disposals - (111) (537) (971) (1,619)
Transfers - 1,540 (2) - 1,538
December 31, 2017 - 5,132 11,748 1,742 18,622
Net book value, December 31, 2017 3,023 4,741 3,529 3,763 15,056
Parent
2018
Buildings and Furniture
leasehold and
Land improvements equipment Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Cost
January 1, 2018 2,661 8,582 13,850 25,093
Additions (1) 1,178 1,590 2,767
Disposals - (145) (732) (877)
Transfers 17 - - 17
December 31, 2018 2,677 9,615 14,708 27,000
Accumulated depreciation
January 1, 2018 - 4,492 10,696 15,188
Depreciation - 439 1,634 2,073
Amortization - 203 - 203
Disposals - (94) (516) (610)
December 31, 2018 - 5,040 11,814 16,854
Net book value, December 31, 2018 2,677 4,575 2,894 10,146
(17)
2017
Buildings and Furniture
leasehold and
Land improvements equipment Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Cost
January 1, 2017 2,660 6,047 13,156 21,863
Additions - 1,023 1,452 2,475
Disposals - (78) (757) (835)
Transfers - 1,823 - 1,823
December 31, 2017 2,660 8,815 13,851 25,326
Accumulated depreciation
January 1, 2017 - 2,722 9,746 12,468
Depreciation - 270 1,437 1,707
Amortization - 233 - 233
Disposals - (41) (487) (528)
Transfers - 1,541 - 1,541
December 31, 2017 - 4,725 10,696 15,421
Net book value, December 31, 2017 2,660 4,090 3,155 9,905
Depreciation is included in “Occupancy and equipment-related expenses” category in the statements of income.
In 2018, the Parent Bank realized a gain of P969 million (Note 19) from the disposal of certain properties.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Carrying value (net of impairment)
Investments at equity method 5,659 6,386 - -
Investments at cost method - - 9,942 9,043
5,659 6,386 9,942 9,043
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated statements of condition
follow:
(18)
Details and movements of investments in associates accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated
financial statements follow:
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Acquisition cost
At January 1 2,681 2,589
Additions 60 100
Return of capital - (8)
At December 31 2,741 2,681
Accumulated equity in net income
At January 1 3,239 2,989
Share in net income for the year 700 772
Dividends received (675) (522)
At December 31 3,264 3,239
Accumulated share in other comprehensive income (loss)
At January 1 466 1,240
Share in other comprehensive loss for the year (672) (774)
At December 31 (206) 466
Allowance for impairment (140) -
5,659 6,386
AFPI is an associate of BPI Payments Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of the Parent Bank. In 2018, the BPI Group
recognized an allowance for impairment on its investment in AFPI in view of the latter’s recurring losses.
No associate is deemed individually significant for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the relevant
unaudited financial information of associates as at and for the years ended December 31 has been aggregated as
follows:
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Total assets 122,616 125,471
Total liabilities 105,960 107,209
Total revenues 18,618 33,538
Total net income 1,425 1,486
(19)
The details of equity investments accounted for using the cost method in the separate financial statements of the
Parent Bank follow:
Allowance for
Acquisition cost impairment Carrying value
2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Subsidiaries
BPI Europe Plc. 1,910 1,910 - - 1,910 1,910
BPI Asset Management and Trust Corporation
(BPI AMTC) 1,502 600 - - 1,502 600
BPI Direct BanKo, Inc., A Savings Bank 1,009 1,009 - - 1,009 1,009
Ayala Plans, Inc. 863 863 - - 863 863
BPI Capital Corporation 623 623 - - 623 623
BPI Payments Holdings Inc. (BPHI) 503 443 (299) - 204 443
BPI Century Tokyo Lease and Finance Corporation 329 329 - - 329 329
FGU Insurance Corporation 303 303 - - 303 303
BPI Forex Corp. 195 195 - - 195 195
BPI Express Remittance Corp. USA 191 191 - - 191 191
BPI Family Savings Bank, Inc. 150 150 - - 150 150
BPI Remittance Centre (HK) Ltd. (BERK HK) 132 - - - 132 -
First Far-East Development Corporation 91 91 - - 91 91
Green Enterprises S.R.L. in Liquidation 54 54 - - 54 54
FEB Stock Brokers, Inc. 25 25 - - 25 25
BPI Computer Systems Corp. 23 23 - - 23 23
BPI Express Remittance Spain S.A 26 26 - - 26 26
Others 321 321 - (104) 321 217
Associates 1,991 1,991 - - 1,991 1,991
10,241 9,147 (299) (104) 9,942 9,043
No non-controlling interest arising from investments in subsidiaries is deemed material to the BPI Group.
In 2018, the Parent Bank made an additional capital infusion to BPHI amounting to P60 million
(2017 - P103 million). Likewise, the Parent Bank in 2018, recognized impairment loss of P299 million on its
investment in BPHI due financial losses incurred by BPHI’s associate, AFPI, as disclosed above.
On October 17, 2018, the Parent Bank made additional investment to BPI AMTC via transfer of contractual
customer relationships (included in “Intangible assets” in Note 14) valued at P902 million.
On November 21, 2018, BPI International Finance Limited (included in “Others” subsidiaries in the table above)
distributed its shares in BERC HK valued at P132 million as a property dividend to the Parent Bank. BERK HK
became an immediate subsidiary of the Parent Bank following the property dividend declaration.
The Parent Bank reversed in 2018 previously recognized impairment loss of P104 million on its investments in
other smaller subsidiaries due to improvement in the investees’ operations.
(20)
Note 13 - Deferred Income Taxes
The significant components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Deferred income tax assets
Allowance for credit and impairment losses 7,833 7,286 5,329 4,736
Pension liability 661 738 454 683
Provisions 329 328 248 254
Net operating loss carry over (NOLCO) - 129 - -
Others 225 160 195 34
Total deferred income tax assets 9,048 8,641 6,226 5,707
Deferred income tax liabilities
Unrealized gain on property appraisal (491) (507) (491) (507)
Others (21) (43) (12) (20)
Total deferred income tax liabilities (512) (550) (503) (527)
Deferred income tax assets, net 8,536 8,091 5,723 5,180
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 8,091 7,543 5,180 4,571
Amounts recognized in statements of income 734 462 776 462
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (289) 86 (233) 147
At December 31 8,536 8,091 5,723 5,180
Details of deferred income tax items recognized in the statements of income are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Allowance for impairment (547) (443) (377) (593) (563) (57)
Provisions (1) (27) (301) 6 (9) (245)
Pension 68 174 (52) 9 (65) 36
NOLCO 129 (66) - - - -
Others (383) (100) (154) (198) 175 (173)
(734) (462) (884) (776) (462) (439)
(21)
Details of the outstanding NOLCO at December 31 are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
Year of Incurrence Year of Expiration 2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
2017 2020 69 69 - -
2016 2019 202 202 - -
2015 2018 197 197 - -
2014 2017 - 361 - -
468 829 - -
Used portion/ expired during the year (468) (361) - -
NOLCO not recognized - (37) - -
- 431 - -
Tax rate 30% 30% 30% 30%
Deferred income tax asset on NOLCO - 129 - -
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Sundry debits 3,392 945 3,292 939
Intangible assets 3,070 2,454 2,416 2,413
Accounts receivable 2,761 2,781 2,509 5,233
Residual value of equipment for lease 2,601 2,242 - -
Prepaid expenses 1,343 1,530 1,007 1,166
Rental deposits 671 563 573 484
Accrued trust and other fees 540 1,158 131 726
Creditable withholding tax 408 416 79 92
Investment properties 129 135 118 135
Miscellaneous assets 8,108 4,504 6,853 3,673
23,023 16,728 16,978 14,861
Allowance for impairment (824) (848) (665) (701)
22,199 15,880 16,313 14,160
Sundry debits pertain to float items arising from timing differences in recording transactions which are expected to
clear within seven days.
Investment properties have aggregate fair value of P1,786 million as at December 31, 2018 (2017 - P1,281 million).
The fair value of investment property is determined on the basis of valuation performed by duly accredited
appraisers. The property valuation was determined mainly using the market data approach (Level 2).
All investment properties generate rental income. Income from investment properties (included in “Rental
income” in Note 19) recognized in the statements of income amounts to P83 million in 2018 (2017 - P16 million;
2016 - P243 million). Direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from these
investment properties amount to P6 million in 2018 (2017 - P12 million; 2016 - P190 million).
(22)
The allowance for impairment as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 mainly pertains to accounts receivable. The
reconciliation of the allowance for impairment at December 31 is summarized as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 848 1,190 701 990
Provision for (reversal of) impairment losses 89 (295) (69) (240)
Transfer/reallocation (34) - 110 -
Write-off (79) (47) (77) (49)
At December 31 824 848 665 701
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 17,143 11,524 14,434 11,996
Non-current (over 12 months) 5,880 5,204 2,544 2,865
23,023 16,728 16,978 14,861
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Demand 256,279 252,238 245,620 241,100
Savings 883,650 860,612 778,246 751,351
Time 445,817 449,350 323,341 331,512
1,585,746 1,562,200 1,347,207 1,323,963
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 602,031 818,811 534,119 726,560
Non-current (over 12 months) 983,715 743,389 813,088 597,403
1,585,746 1,562,200 1,347,207 1,323,963
(23)
In 2017, the Parent Bank issued the first tranche of long-term negotiable certificates of deposit (LTNCD)
amounting to P12.2 billion from the P30-billion facility approved by the BSP. The LTNCDs pay interest on a
quarterly basis at a rate 3.7% per annum and carry a tenor of 5.5 years maturing on May 24, 2023. The proceeds
from the LTNCD issuance is included in “Time deposits” category.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Demand 687 616 557 630 557 514
Savings 7,384 6,723 6,774 6,061 5,489 5,497
Time 13,184 9,321 7,970 8,954 5,367 3,605
21,255 16,660 15,301 15,645 11,413 9,616
Under existing BSP regulations, the BPI Group should comply with a simplified minimum reserve requirement on
statutory/legal and liquidity reserves. Further, BSP requires all reserves be kept at the central bank. The reserve
requirement ratio imposed on universal and commercial banks decreased to 18% from 20% effective June 1, 2018
under BSP Circular No. 1004. The BPI Group is in full compliance with the simplified reserve requirement as at
December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The required statutory/legal and liquidity reserves as reported to BSP at December 31 follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Required reserves (included in Due from BSP) 214,196 233,509 195,883 215,088
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Bills payable
Local banks 58,810 37,064 46,761 25,810
Foreign banks 51,813 46,453 47,841 44,912
Other borrowed funds 56,278 - 56,278 -
166,901 83,517 150,880 70,722
Bills payable
Bills payable include funds borrowed from Land Bank of the Philippines (LBP), Development Bank of the
Philippines (DBP) and BSP which were relent to customers of the BPI Group in accordance with the financing
programs of LBP, DBP and BSP and credit balances of settlement bank accounts. The average payment term of
these bills payable is 0.39 years and 0.95 years for 2018 and 2017, respectively. Loans and advances of the BPI
Group arising from these financing programs serve as security for the related bills payable (Note 10).
The range of average interest rates (%) of bills payable for the years ended December 31 follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Private firms and local banks - Peso-denominated 2.75 - 7.35 3.22 - 4.10 2.75 - 5.06 4.26 - 4.66
Foreign banks - Foreign currency-denominated 1.32 - 4.20 1.69 - 1.82 1.32 - 3.26 1.69 - 1.82
(24)
Other borrowed funds
On September 19, 2018, the BOD of the Parent Bank approved the establishment of a Peso Bond and Commercial
Paper Program in the aggregate amount of up to P50,000 million. On December 6, 2018, the Parent Bank issued
P25,000 million with a coupon of 6.7970% per annum, payable quarterly to mature on March 6, 2020.
Likewise on June 21, 2018, the Parent Bank has established a Medium Term Note Programme in the aggregate
amount of up to US$2,000 million. Under this Programme, the Parent Bank issued on September 4, 2018
US$600 million in 5-year Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Reg S Notes with a coupon of 4.25% to mature on
September 4, 2023.
The proceeds from the above debt issuances are presented above as “Other borrowed funds”.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Bills payable 2,517 1,150 634 2,013 885 406
Other borrowed funds 575 - - 575 - -
3,092 1,150 634 2,588 885 406
Bills payable and other borrowed funds are expected to be settled as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(in millions of pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 99,381 63,671 84,086 50,877
Non-current (over 12 months) 67,520 19,846 66,794 19,845
166,901 83,517 150,880 70,722
The movement in bills payable and other borrowed funds is summarized as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 83,517 61,973 70,722 52,257
Additions 706,779 365,417 651,065 331,286
Maturities (623,196) (344,043) (570,594) (313,005)
Amortization of discount 121 71 120 71
Exchange differences (320) 99 (433) 113
At December 31 166,901 83,517 150,880 70,722
(25)
Note 17 - Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Bills purchased - contra 12,872 12,505 12,862 12,499
Accounts payable 8,096 5,534 5,635 3,339
Dividends payable 4,053 3,546 4,052 3,545
Deposits on lease contracts 2,438 2,136 - -
Outstanding acceptances 2,394 2,992 2,394 2,992
Withholding tax payable 674 599 514 459
Due to the Treasurer of the Philippines 650 636 575 562
Other deferred credits 810 418 67 83
Miscellaneous liabilities 11,133 11,613 9,694 9,733
43,120 39,979 35,793 33,212
Bills purchased - contra represents liabilities arising from the outright purchases of checks due for clearing as a
means of immediate financing offered by the BPI Group to its clients.
Miscellaneous liabilities include pension liability, insurance, allowance for impairment of undrawn committed credit
facilities and other employee-related payables.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current (within 12 months) 41,343 36,192 34,753 31,375
Non-current (over 12 months) 1,777 3,787 1,040 1,837
43,120 39,979 35,793 33,212
a) Share capital
(26)
Details of outstanding common shares follow:
On April 25, 2018, BPI completed its P50 billion stock rights offer, which paved the way for the issuance of
558,659,210 new common shares at P89.50 per share. The new shares were issued to shareholders as of record
date April 6, 2018, at a ratio of 1:7.0594, or 1 new common share for every 7 shares held, or 14.2% of BPI’s
outstanding common shares. These new shares were listed on the Philippine Stock Exchange (PSE) on
May 4, 2018.
BPI’s shares are listed and traded in the PSE since October 12, 1971. On February 10, 2014, additional 370,370,370
common shares were listed as a result of the stock rights offer.
As at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Parent Bank has 12,588, 11,488, and 11,596 common shareholders,
respectively. There are no preferred shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
b) Reserves
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
General loan loss provision (GLLP) 3,867 - - 3,867 - -
Executive stock option plan amortization 105 130 100 76 108 84
Reserve for trust business 90 90 2,577 - - 2,577
Reserve for self-insurance 34 34 34 34 34 34
4,096 254 2,711 3,977 142 2,695
In 2018, the BSP issued Circular 1011 which mandates among others, banks to set up GLLP equal to 1% of all
outstanding Stage 1 on-balance sheet loans, except for accounts considered as credit risk-free under existing
regulations. Under the said Circular, if the PFRS 9 loan loss provision is lower than the required GLLP, the
deficiency shall be recognized as an appropriation of retained earnings or surplus. Accordingly, the BPI Group
appropriated P3,867 million representing the excess of GLLP over PFRS 9 loan loss provision out of surplus
earnings to meet the requirement of the BSP.
In compliance with existing BSP regulations, 10% of the Parent Bank’s income from trust business is appropriated
to surplus reserve. This yearly appropriation is required until the surplus reserve for trust business reaches 20% of
the Parent Bank’s regulatory net worth. Starting 2017, the 10% appropriation is based on the income of BPI AMTC
following its spin-off.
Reserve for self-insurance represents the amount set aside to cover losses due to fire, defalcation by and other
unlawful acts of personnel and third parties.
(27)
Details of and movements in reserves for the years ended December 31 follow:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Surplus reserves
At January 1 254 2,711 2,563 142 2,695 2,555
Transfer from surplus to reserves 3,867 90 103 3,867 - -
Stock option plan (25) 31 45 (32) 25 37
Transfer from reserves to surplus - (2,578) - - (2,578) 103
At December 31 4,096 254 2,711 3,977 142 2,695
The BOD of the Parent Bank approved to grant the Executive Stock Option Plan (ESOP) and Executive Stock
Purchase Plan (ESPP) to qualified beneficiaries/participants up to the following number of shares for future
distribution:
The ESOP has a three-year vesting period from grant date while the ESPP has a five-year payment period.
The exercise price for ESOP is equal to the volume weighted average of BPI share price for the 30-trading days
immediately prior to the grant date. The weighted average fair value of options granted determined using the
Black-Scholes valuation model was P6.50, P17.41 and P13.83 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and
2016, respectively.
Movements in the number of share options under the ESOP are summarized as follows:
The impact of ESOP is not considered material to the financial statements, thus, the disclosures were limited only
to the information mentioned above.
The subscription price for ESPP is equivalent to 15% below the volume weighted average of BPI share price for the
30-trading days immediately prior to the grant date. The subscription dates for ESPP were on January 7, 2019,
February 15, 2017, and January 25, 2016.
(28)
c) Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Fair value reserve on available-for-sale
securities
At January 1 (3,125) (3,838) (4,381) (3,275) (3,724) (4,226)
Effect of PFRS 9 adoption 3, 125 - - 3,275
Unrealized fair value loss before tax - 264 (507) - 23 (133)
Amount recycled to profit or loss - 447 1,072 - 424 623
Deferred income tax effect - 2 (22) - 2 12
At December 31 - (3,125) (3,838) - (3,275) (3,724)
Fair value reserve on financial assets at
FVOCI
Effect of PFRS 9 adoption 757 - - 210 - -
Unrealized fair value loss before tax (364) - - (12) - -
Amount recycled to profit or loss (390) - - (128) - -
Deferred income tax effect (36) - - (1) - -
At December 31 (33) - - 69 - -
Share in other comprehensive income (loss)
of insurance subsidiaries
At January 1 45 (158) (67) - - -
Effect of PFRS 9 adoption 229 - - -
Share in other comprehensive income
(loss) for the year, before tax (316) 175 (108) - - -
Deferred income tax effect 6 28 17 - - -
At December 31 (36) 45 (158) - - -
Share in other comprehensive income of
associates
At January 1 479 1,259 1,333 - - -
Share in other comprehensive loss for the
year (685) (780) (74) - - -
At December 31 (206) 479 1,259 - - -
Translation adjustment on foreign operations
At January 1 (678) (804) (691) - - -
Translation differences (26) 126 (113) - - -
At December 31 (704) (678) (804) - - -
Remeasurements of defined benefit
obligation, net
At January 1 (1,809) (1,537) (958) (1,421) (1,083) (654)
Actuarial gains (losses) for the year 877 (387) (827) 616 (358) (613)
Deferred income tax effect (265) 115 248 (185) 20 184
At December 31 (1,197) (1,809) (1,537) (990) (1,421) (1,083)
(2,176) (5,088) (5,078) (921) (4,696) (4,807)
(29)
d) Dividend declarations
Cash dividends declared by the BOD of the Parent Bank in the years 2016 to 2018 follow:
Amount of dividends
Total
Date declared Per share (in millions of pesos)
June 15, 2016 0.90 3,543
December 14, 2016 0.90 3,543
June 15, 2017 0.90 3,545
December 15, 2017 0.90 3,546
June 20, 2018 0.90 4,052
December 19, 2018 0.90 4,052
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos, except earnings per share amounts)
a) Net income attributable to equity holders
of the Parent Bank 23,078 22,416 22,050 15,428 22,097 20,885
b) Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the year 4,316 3,939 3,937 4,316 3,939 3,937
c) Basic EPS (a/b) 5.35 5.69 5.60 3.57 5.61 5.30
The basic and diluted EPS are the same for the years presented as the impact of stock options outstanding is not
significant to the calculation of weighted average number of common shares.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit card income 3,197 2,953 1,423 3,126 2,894 1,412
Trust and asset management fees 2,818 3,516 3,376 - 190 2,202
Rental income 1,898 1,672 1,660 254 219 328
Gain on sale of assets 1,243 1,204 668 658 302 299
Dividend income 76 68 56 904 9,492 6,083
Others 1,155 1,380 1,266 977 1,074 1,008
10,387 10,793 8,449 5,919 14,171 11,332
Dividend income recognized by the Parent Bank substantially pertains to dividend distributions of subsidiaries.
Other income includes recoveries on charged-off assets and revenues from service arrangements with customers
and related parties.
(30)
Note 20 - Leases
The BPI Group and the Parent Bank (as lessee) have various lease agreements which mainly pertain to branch
premises that are renewable under certain terms and conditions. The rentals (included in Occupancy and equipment-
related expenses) under these lease contracts are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
(In Millions of Pesos)
2018 1,809 1,503
2017 1,495 1,211
2016 1,337 1,097
The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases of the BPI Group are as follows:
2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
No later than 1 year 107 90
Later than 1 year but no later than 5 years 214 186
More than 5 years 57 69
378 345
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Salaries and wages 12,624 11,642 11,332 9,702 8,891 8,998
Retirement expense (Note 24) 755 720 755 608 574 602
Other employee benefit expenses 1,936 1,535 1,376 1,524 1,226 1,113
15,315 13,897 13,463 11,834 10,691 10,713
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Insurance 4,105 3,940 3,426 2,789 2,448 2,160
Advertising 1,310 1,215 1,144 1,123 1,002 955
Travel and communication 1,002 902 812 825 748 687
Taxes and licenses 791 714 620 539 491 369
Management and other
professional fees 606 501 495 626 419 424
Office supplies 592 328 324 490 267 271
Supervision and examination fees 587 542 606 441 401 526
Litigation expenses 526 598 512 255 348 279
Amortization expense 293 296 312 11 289 308
Shared expenses - - - 26 16 12
Others 5,329 4,256 3,071 4,132 3,197 2,157
15,141 13,292 11,322 11,257 9,626 8,148
Other expenses mainly include fees and incentives paid to agents, outsourcing fees, freight charges and other
business expense such as those incurred in staff meetings, donations, periodicals and magazines.
(31)
Note 22 - Income Taxes
A reconciliation between the income tax expense at the statutory tax rate and the effective income tax for the years
ended December 31 follows:
Consolidated
2018 2017 2016
Rate Rate Rate
Amount (%) Amount (%) Amount (%)
(In Millions of Pesos)
Statutory income tax 9,000 30.00 8,608 30.00 8,043 30.00
Effect of items not subject to statutory tax rate:
Income subjected to lower tax rates (517) (1.72) (696) (2.42) (764) (2.85)
Tax-exempt income (1,582) (5.27) (4,350) (15.16) (3,942) (14.70)
Others, net (231) (0.77) 2,394 8.34 1,198 4.47
Effective income tax 6,670 22.24 5,956 20.76 4,535 16.92
Parent
2018 2017 2016
Rate Rate Rate
Amount (%) Amount (%) Amount (%)
(In Millions of Pesos)
Statutory income tax 6,134 30.00 7,765 30.00 7,267 30.00
Effect of items not subject to statutory tax rate:
Income subjected to lower tax rates (519) (2.54) (606) (2.34) (669) (2.76)
Tax-exempt income (495) (2.42) (2,907) (11.23) (2,577) (10.64)
Others, net (103) (0.50) (466) (1.80) (683) (2.82)
Effective income tax 5,017 24.54 3,786 14.63 3,338 13.78
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Return on average equity 10.21 12.75 8.50 16.81
Return on average assets 1.20 1.27 0.96 1.54
Net interest margin 3.11 2.91 2.87 2.65
(32)
Note 24 - Retirement Plans
The BPI Group maintains both defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans. Assets of both retirement
plans are held in trust and governed by local regulations and practices in the Philippines. The key terms of these
pension plans are discussed below.
BPI has a unified plan which covers all subsidiaries except insurance entities. Under this plan, the normal
retirement age is 60 years. Normal retirement benefit consists of a lump sum benefit equivalent to 200% of the
basic monthly salary of the employee at the time of his retirement for each year of service, if he has rendered at
least 10 years of service, or to 150% of his basic monthly salary, if he has rendered less than 10 years of service. For
voluntary retirement, the benefit is equivalent to 112.50% of the employee’s basic monthly salary for a minimum of
10 years of service with the rate factor progressing to a maximum of 200% of basic monthly salary for service years
of 25 or more. Death or disability benefit, on the other hand, shall be determined on the same basis as in voluntary
retirement.
The net defined benefit cost and contributions to be paid by the entities within the BPI Group are determined by
an independent actuary.
BPI/MS has a separate trusteed defined benefit plan. Under the plan, the normal retirement age is 60 years.
Normal retirement benefit consists of a lump sum benefit equivalent to 175% of the basic monthly salary of the
employee at the time of his retirement for each year of service, if he has rendered as least 10 years of service, or to
150% of his basic monthly salary, if he has rendered less than 10 years of service.
Death or disability benefit for all employees of the non-life insurance subsidiary shall be determined on the same
basis as in normal or voluntary retirement as the case may be.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Present value of defined benefit obligation 10,892 12,718 9,171 10,508
Fair value of plan assets (9,851) (10,710) (8,195) (9,003)
Pension liability recognized in the statements
of condition 1,041 2,008 976 1,505
Pension liability is shown as part of “Miscellaneous liabilities” within Deferred credits and other liabilities
(Note 17).
(33)
The movements in plan assets are summarized as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 10,710 10,084 9,003 8,543
Contributions 781 685 627 542
Interest income 616 525 513 445
Benefit payments (1,206) (1,051) (1,072) (840)
Remeasurement - return on plan assets (1,050) 467 (876) 443
Transfer to defined contribution plan - - - (130)
At December 31 9,851 10,710 8,195 9,003
The carrying values of the plan assets represent their fair value as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Debt securities 3,054 3,786 2,540 3,183
Equity securities 4,630 4,763 3,852 4,003
Others 2,167 2,161 1,803 1,817
9,851 10,710 8,195 9,003
The plan assets of the unified retirement plan include investment in BPI’s common shares with aggregate fair value
of P451 million at December 31, 2018 (2017 - P510 million). An officer of the Parent Bank exercises the voting
rights over the plan’s investment in BPI’s common shares.
The movements in the present value of defined benefit obligation are summarized as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 12,718 11,952 10,508 9,905
Interest cost 712 607 582 501
Current service cost 659 619 539 507
Remeasurement - change in assumptions
and experience adjustment (1,991) 587 (1,386) 561
Benefit payments (1,206) (1,051) (1,072) (840)
Transfers to defined contribution plan - - - (130)
Other movements - 4 - 4
At December 31 10,892 12,718 9,171 10,508
The BPI Group has no other transactions with the plan other than the regular funding contributions.
(34)
(b) Expense recognized in the statements of income
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
(In Millions of Pesos)
Current service cost 659 619 649 539 507 535
Net interest cost 96 82 76 69 56 53
Settlement loss - 9 163 - 9 123
Past service cost - (5) (197) - (5) (162)
755 705 691 608 567 549
The principal assumptions used for the actuarial valuations of the unified plan are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
Discount rate 8.66% 5.87% 8.66% 5.84%
Future salary increases 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%
Assumptions regarding future mortality and disability experience are based on published statistics generally used
for local actuarial valuation purposes.
The defined benefit plan typically exposes the BPI Group to a number of risks such as investment risk, interest rate
risk and salary risk. The most significant of which relate to investment and interest rate risk. The present value of
the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates
of government bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms
to maturity approximating the terms of the related pension liability. A decrease in government bond yields will
increase the defined benefit obligation although this will also be partially offset by an increase in the value of the
plan’s fixed income holdings. Hence, the present value of defined benefit obligation is directly affected by the
discount rate to be applied by the BPI Group. However, the BPI Group believes that due to the long-term nature of
the pension liability and the strength of the BPI Group itself, the mix of debt and equity securities holdings of the
plan is an appropriate element of the BPI Group’s long term strategy to manage the plan efficiently.
The BPI Group ensures that the investment positions are managed within an asset-liability matching framework that
has been developed to achieve long-term investments that are in line with the obligations under the plan. The BPI
Group’s main objective is to match assets to the defined benefit obligation by investing primarily in long-term debt
securities with maturities that match the benefit payments as they fall due. The asset-liability matching is being
monitored on a regular basis and potential change in investment mix is being discussed with the trustor, as necessary
to better ensure the appropriate asset-liability matching.
The BPI Group contributes to the plan depending on the suggested funding contribution as calculated by an
independent actuary engaged by management. The expected contributions for the year ending December 31, 2019
for the BPI Group and the Parent Bank amount to P659 million and P539 million, respectively. The weighted
average duration of the defined benefit obligation under the BPI unified retirement plan as at December 31, 2018 is
8 years (2017 - 8 years).
(35)
The projected maturity analysis of retirement benefit payments as at December 31 are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Up to one year 1,310 383 1,076 317
More than 1 year to 5 years 3,632 4,905 3,036 3,863
More than 5 years to 10 years 7,437 6,398 6,388 5,531
More than 10 years to 15 years 11,116 8,844 9,310 7,333
More than 15 years to 20 years 8,014 7,507 6,869 6,189
Over 20 years 27,103 16,150 21,193 12,326
The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation as at December 31 to changes in the weighted principal
assumptions follows:
Consolidated
2018
Impact on defined benefit obligation
Change in Increase in
assumption assumption Decrease in assumption
Discount rate 0.5% Decrease by 3.34% Increase by 3.57%
Salary growth rate 1.0% Increase by 7.59% Decrease by 6.73%
2017
Impact on defined benefit obligation
Change in Increase in
assumption assumption Decrease in assumption
Discount rate 0.5% Decrease by 3.90% Increase by 4.18%
Salary growth rate 1.0% Increase by 7.66% Decrease by 6.81%
Parent
2018
Impact on defined benefit obligation
Change in Increase in
assumption assumption Decrease in assumption
Discount rate 0.5% Decrease by 3.90% Increase by 4.17%
Salary growth rate 1.0% Increase by 8.86% Decrease by 7.86%
2017
Impact on defined benefit obligation
Change in Increase in
assumption assumption Decrease in assumption
Discount rate 0.5% Decrease by 3.92% Increase by 4.21%
Salary growth rate 1.0% Increase by 7.71% Decrease by 6.86%
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions
constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When
calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions, the same method
(present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the
reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the retirement liability recognized within the statements
of condition.
(36)
b) Defined contribution retirement plan
All non-unionized employees hired on or after the January 1, 2016 are automatically under the new defined
contribution plan. Employees hired prior to the effective date shall have the option to elect to become members of
the new defined contribution plan.
Under the normal or late retirement, employees are entitled to a benefit equal to the total of the following
amounts:
The higher between (a) cumulative fund balance equivalent to 8% of the basic monthly salary and
(b) the minimum legal retirement benefit under the Labor Code
Employee contributions fund
The defined contribution retirement plan has a defined benefit minimum guarantee equivalent to a certain
percentage of the monthly salary payable to an employee at normal retirement age with the required credited
years of service based on the provisions of Republic Act (“RA”) No. 7641.
Accordingly, the liability for the defined benefit minimum guarantee is actuarially calculated similar to the defined
benefit plan.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Fair value of plan assets 1,254 916 930 707
Present value of defined benefit obligation (298) (239) (219) (172)
956 677 711 535
Effect of asset ceiling 956 677 711 535
- - - -
The movements in the present value of the defined benefit obligation follow:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 239 235 172 192
Interest cost 15 12 10 10
Current service cost 48 43 31 29
Benefit payments (20) 3 (18) -
Transfer to the Plan - - - (36)
Remeasurement - change in assumptions and
experience adjustment 16 (54) 24 (23)
At December 31 298 239 219 172
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 916 660 707 536
Contribution paid by employer 183 152 139 116
Interest income 62 40 48 32
Benefit payments (20) - (18) -
Transfer to the plan - - 54 (36)
Remeasurement - return on plan assets 113 64 - 59
At December 31 1,254 916 930 707
(37)
Total retirement expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 under the defined contribution plan for the BPI
Group and Parent Bank is P43 million (2017 - P39 million) and P27 million (2017 - P26 million).
The components of plan assets of the defined contributions as at December 31, 2018 are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Debt securities 966 707 716 545
Equity securities 213 155 214 120
Others 75 54 - 42
1,254 916 930 707
The weighted average duration of the defined contribution retirement plan for the BPI Group and Parent Bank is
19 years (2017 - 20 years).
At December 31, 2018, the net asset value of trust and fund assets managed by the BPI Group through BPI AMTC
amounts to P591 billion (2017 - P591 billion).
As required by the General Banking Act, BPI AMTC has deposited government securities with the BSP valued at
P349 million (2017 - P306 million).
In the normal course of business, the Parent Bank transacts with related parties consisting of its subsidiaries and
associates. Likewise, the BPI Group has transactions with Ayala Corporation (AC) and subsidiaries (Ayala Group), on
an arm's length basis. AC is a significant stockholder of BPI as at reporting date.
The Parent Bank has a Board-level Related Party Transaction Committee that vets and endorses all significant
related party transactions, including those involving directors, officers, stockholders and their related interests
(DOSRI), for which the latter shall require final Board approval. The Committee consists of three directors,
majority of whom are independent directors including the Chairman, and two non-voting members from
management, namely, the Chief Audit Executive and the Chief Compliance Officer.
Transactions with related parties have terms and conditions that are generally comparable to those offered to non-
related parties or to similar transactions in the market.
(38)
A summary of significant related party transactions and outstanding balances as at and for the years ended
December 31 is shown below (transactions with subsidiaries have been eliminated in the consolidated financial
statements):
Consolidated
2018
Transactions Outstanding
for the year balances Terms and conditions
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loans and advances from:
Subsidiaries (81) 53 These are loans and advances granted
Associates 190 387 to related parties that are generally
Ayala Group 5,026 32,579 secured with interest rates ranging from
Other related parties 159 461 3.87% to 8.25% (including those
pertaining to foreign
currency-denominated loans) and with
maturity periods ranging from 5 days to
15 years. Additional information on
DOSRI loans are discussed below.
5,294 33,480
Deposits from:
Subsidiaries 373 8,722 These are demand, savings and time
Associates 38 417 deposits bearing the following average
Ayala Group 12,263 16,804 interest rates:
Key management personnel 162 543 Demand - 0.22% to 0.31%
Savings - 0.62% to 0.68%
Time - 2.61% to 4.37%
12,836 26,486
2017
Transactions Outstanding
for the year balances Terms and conditions
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loans and advances from:
Subsidiaries 59 134 These are loans and advances granted
Associates 152 197 to related parties that are generally
Ayala Group (609) 27,553 secured with interest rates ranging
Key management personnel - - from 1.37% to 7.64% (including those
Other related parties (592) 302 pertaining to foreign
currency-denominated loans) and with
maturity periods ranging from 4 days to
14 years. Additional information on
DOSRI loans are discussed below.
(990) 28,186
Deposits from:
Subsidiaries 1,111 8,349 These are demand, savings and time
Associates (469) 379 deposits bearing the following average
Ayala Group (7,665) 4,541 interest rates:
Key management personnel (959) 381 Demand - 0.23% to 0.25%
Savings - 0.70% to 0.79%
Time - 2.15% to 2.22%
(7,982) 13,650
(39)
2016
Transactions Outstanding
for the year balances Terms and conditions
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loans and advances from:
Subsidiaries 3 75 These are loans and advances
Associates 45 45 granted to related parties that are
Ayala Group (1,034) 28,162 generally secured with interest rates
Key management personnel - - ranging from 1.63% to 7.64%
Other related parties (552) 894 (including those pertaining to foreign
currency-denominated loans) and with
maturity periods ranging from 5 days
to 14 years. Additional information on
DOSRI loans are discussed below.
(1,538) 29,176
Deposits from:
Subsidiaries 146 7,238 These are demand, savings and time
Associates 135 848 deposits bearing the following
Ayala Group 845 12,206 average interest rates:
Key management personnel (545) 1,340 Demand - 0.23% to 0.27%
Savings - 0.81%
Time - 2.13% to 2.26%
581 21,632
Parent
2018
Transactions Outstanding
for the year balances Terms and conditions
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loans and advances from:
Subsidiaries (81) 53 These are loans and advances granted
Associates 190 387 to related parties that are generally
Ayala Group 5,026 32,579 secured with interest rates ranging from
Key management personnel - - 3.87% to 8.25% (including those
Other related parties 159 461 pertaining to foreign
currency-denominated loans) and with
maturity periods ranging from 5 days to
15 years. Additional information on
DOSRI loans are discussed below.
5,294 33,480
Deposits from:
Subsidiaries 388 8,631 These are demand, savings and time
Associates 55 414 deposits bearing the following average
Ayala Group 10,446 14,974 interest rates:
Key management personnel 103 463 Demand - 0.21% to 0.30%
Savings - 0.58% to 0.64%
Time - 2.33 to 4.67%
10,992 24,482
(40)
2017
Transactions Outstanding
for the year balances Terms and conditions
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loans and advances from:
Subsidiaries 59 134 These are loans and advances granted
Associates 152 197 to related parties that are generally
Ayala Group (609) 27,553 secured with interest rates ranging from
Key management personnel - - 1.37% to 7.64% (including those
Other related parties (592) 302 pertaining to foreign
currency-denominated loans) and with
maturity periods ranging from 4 days to
14 years. Additional information on
DOSRI loans are discussed below.
(990) 28,186
Deposits from:
Subsidiaries 1,098 8,243 These are demand, savings and time
Associates (482) 359 deposits bearing the following average
Ayala Group (7,452) 4,528 interest rates:
Key management personnel (772) 360 Demand - 0.21% to 0.24%
Savings - 0.66% to 0.75%
Time - 1.68% to 1.80%
(7,608) 13,490
2016
Transactions Outstanding
for the year balances Terms and conditions
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loans and advances from:
Subsidiaries 3 75 These are loans and advances
Associates 45 45 granted to related parties that are
Ayala Group (1,034) 28,162 generally secured with interest rates
Key management personnel - - ranging from 1.63% to 7.64%
Other related parties (552) 894 (including those pertaining to foreign
currency-denominated loans) and with
maturity periods ranging from 5 days to
14 years. Additional information on
DOSRI loans are discussed below.
(1,538) 29,176
Deposits from:
Subsidiaries 141 7,145 These are demand, savings and time
Associates 130 841 deposits bearing the following average
Ayala Group 1,231 11,980 interest rates:
Key management personnel (641) 1,132 Demand - 0.22% to 0.25%
Savings - 0.76% to 0.77%
Time - 1.43% to 1.48%
861 21,098
(41)
The aggregate amounts included in the determination of income before income tax (prior to elimination) that
resulted from transactions with each class of related parties are as follows:
Consolidated
(42)
Parent
Other income mainly consists of rental income and revenue from service arrangements with related parties.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Outstanding DOSRI loans 8,248 4,376 8,248 4,335
In percentages (%)
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
% to total outstanding loans and advances 0.60 0.36 0.73 0.44
% to total outstanding DOSRI loans
Unsecured DOSRI loans 21.51 29.63 21.51 29.85
Past due DOSRI loans - 0.03 - 0.03
Non-performing DOSRI loans - 0.02 - 0.02
The BPI Group is in full compliance with the General Banking Act and the BSP regulations on DOSRI loans. At
December 31, 2018 and 2017.
(43)
As at December 31, 2018, allowance for credit losses amounting to P40 million (2017 - P139 million) have been
recognized against receivables from related parties.
The BPI Group makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. Estimates
and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. It is reasonably possible that
the outcomes within the next financial year could differ from assumptions made at reporting date and could result in
the adjustment to the carrying amount of affected assets or liabilities.
(i) Measurement of the expected credit loss for loans and advances under PFRS 9
The measurement of the expected credit loss (ECL) for loans and advances is an area that requires the use of complex
models and significant assumptions about future economic conditions and credit behavior (e.g. the likelihood of
customers defaulting and the resulting losses).
A number of significant judgements are also required in applying the accounting requirements for measuring ECL,
such as:
Forward-looking scenarios
Three distinct macroeconomic scenarios (baseline, upside and downside) are considered in the BPI Group’s
estimation of expected credit losses in Stage 1 and Stage 2. These scenarios are based on assumptions supported by
economic theories and historical experience. The downside scenario reflects a negative macroeconomic event
occurring within the first 12 months, with conditions deteriorating for up to two years, followed by a recovery for
the remainder of the period. This scenario is grounded in historical experience and assumes a monetary policy
response that returns the economy to a long-run, sustainable growth rate within the forecast period. The
probability of each scenario is determined using expert judgment and recession probability tools provided by
reputable external service providers. The baseline case incorporates the BPI Group’s outlook for the domestic and
global economy. The best and worst case scenarios take into account certain adjustments that will lead to a more
positive or negative economic outcome.
Other forward-looking considerations not otherwise incorporated within the above scenarios, such as the impact of
any regulatory, legislative or political changes is likewise considered, if material.
(44)
The most significant period-end assumptions used for the ECL estimate are set out below. The scenarios “base”,
“upside” and “downside” were used for all portfolios.
At January 1, 2018
Base Scenario Upside Scenario Downside Scenario
Next 12 2 to 5 years Next 12 2 to 5 years Next 12 2 to 5 years
Months (Average) Months (Average) Months (Average)
Real GDP growth (%) 6.5 6.7 7.7 7.9 2.0 -6.4
Inflation Rate (%) 2.8 2.6 2.1 2.0 9.6 23.6
PDST-R2 5Y (%) 5.0 6.7 4.9 6.2 18.5 36.2
US Treasury 5Y (%) 2.7 4.3 2.5 3.8 8.1 8.2
Exchange Rate 53.231 53.861 48.831 48.133 65.470 146.286
Sensitivity analysis
The loan portfolios have different sensitivities to movements in macroeconomic variables, so the above three
scenarios have varying impact on the expected credit losses of BPI Group’s portfolios. The allowance for impairment
is calculated as the weighted average of expected credit losses under the baseline, upside and downside scenarios. The
impact of weighting these multiple scenarios was an increase in the allowance for impairment by P1,850 million from
the baseline scenario as of December 31, 2018.
Transfers from Stage 1 and Stage 2 are based on the assessment of significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) from
initial recognition, as described in Note 31.3.2.2. The impact of moving from 12 months expected credit losses to
lifetime expected credit losses, or vice versa, varies by product and is dependent on the expected remaining life at the
date of the transfer. Stage transfers may result in significant fluctuations in expected credit losses. Assuming all
Stage 2 accounts are considered as Stage 1, allowance for impairment would have decreased by P1,436 million as at
December 31, 2018.
The BPI Group reviews its loan portfolios to assess impairment on a regular basis. In determining whether an
impairment loss should be recorded in profit or loss, the BPI Group makes judgments as to whether there is any
observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of
loans before the decrease can be identified with an individual loan in that portfolio. This evidence may include
observable data indicating that there has been an adverse change in the payment status of borrowers in a group, or
national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on assets in the group. Management uses estimates
based on historical loss experience for loans with credit risk characteristics and objective evidence of impairment
similar to those in the portfolio when scheduling its future cash flows. The methodology and assumptions used for
estimating both the amount and timing of future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between
loss estimates and actual loss experience. To the extent that the net present value of estimated cash flows of
individually impaired accounts and the estimated impairment for collectively assessed accounts differs by +/- 5%,
impairment provision for the year ended December 31, 2017 would be an estimated P466 million higher or lower.
(45)
(iii) Fair value of derivatives and other financial instruments (Notes 7 and 28.4)
The fair values of financial instruments that are not quoted in active markets are determined by using generally
accepted valuation techniques. Where valuation techniques (for example, discounted cash flow models) are used to
determine fair values, they are validated and periodically reviewed by qualified personnel independent of the area that
created them. Inputs used in these models are from observable data and quoted market prices in respect of similar
financial instruments.
All models are approved by the BOD before they are used, and models are calibrated to ensure that outputs reflect
actual data and comparative market prices. Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect reported fair
value of financial instruments. The BPI Group considers that it is impracticable to disclose with sufficient reliability
the possible effects of sensitivities surrounding the fair value of financial instruments that are not quoted in active
markets.
The BPI Group estimates its pension benefit obligation and expense for defined benefit pension plans based on the
selection of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Those assumptions include, among
others, the discount rate and future salary increases. The BPI Group determines the appropriate discount rate at the
end of each year. This is the interest rate that should be used to determine the present value of estimated future cash
outflows expected to be required to settle the retirement obligations. The present value of the defined benefit
obligations of the BPI Group at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are determined using the market yields on Philippine
government bonds with terms consistent with the expected payments of employee benefits. Plan assets are invested in
either equity securities, debt securities or other forms of investments. Equity markets may experience volatility, which
could affect the value of pension plan assets. This volatility may make it difficult to estimate the long-term rate of
return on plan assets. Actual results that differ from the BPI Group’s assumptions are reflected as remeasurements in
other comprehensive income. The BPI Group’s assumptions are based on actual historical experience and external
data regarding compensation and discount rate trends. The sensitivity analysis on key assumptions is disclosed in
Note 24.
(v) Useful lives of bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment (Note 11)
The BPI Group determines the estimated useful lives of its bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment based
on the period over which the assets are expected to be available for use. The BPI Group annually reviews the
estimated useful lives of bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment based on factors that include asset
utilization, internal technical evaluation, technological changes, environmental and anticipated use of assets
tempered by related industry benchmark information. It is possible that future results of operations could be
materially affected by changes in these estimates brought about by changes in the factors mentioned.
The BPI Group considers that it is impracticable to disclose with sufficient reliability the possible effects of
sensitivities surrounding the carrying values of bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment.
Impairment assessment on investments in subsidiaries (at the Parent Bank’s level) and associates (at the BPI
Group level) is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. Impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is computed based on the higher of the asset’s fair value less cost to
sell or value-in-use. Recoverable amounts are estimated for individual nonfinancial assets or, if it is not possible,
for the cash-generating unit to which the nonfinancial asset belongs.
The carrying values of its investments in subsidiaries and associates and the related allowance for impairment
losses are disclosed in Note 12.
(46)
B. Critical accounting judgments
The BPI Group follows the guidance of PFRS 9 starting January 1, 2018 in classifying financial assets at initial
recognition whether it will be subsequently measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, at amortized
cost, or at fair value through profit or loss. The BPI Group determines the classification based on the contractual cash
flow characteristics of the financial assets and on the business model it uses to manage these financial assets. The BPI
Group determines whether the contractual cash flows associated with the financial asset are solely payments of
principal and interest (the “SPPI”). If the instrument fails the SPPI test, it will be measured at fair value through
profit or loss.
Prior to January 1, 2018, the BPI Group followed the guidance of PAS 39 in classifying its financial assets. Key
judgment was applied particularly in classifying non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable
payments and fixed maturity as held-to-maturity at amortized cost. In making this judgment, the BPI Group has
assessed its intention and ability to hold such investments to maturity.
Management reviews at each reporting date the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets. The carrying amount of
deferred tax assets is reduced to the extent that the related tax assets cannot be utilized due to insufficient taxable
profit against which the deferred tax assets will be applied. Management believes that sufficient taxable profit will be
generated to allow all or part of the deferred income tax assets to be utilized.
The BOD carries out its risk management function through the Risk Management Committee (RMC) of the BOD. The
RMC is tasked with nurturing a culture of risk management across the enterprise. The RMC sets the risk appetite;
proposes and approves risk management policies, frameworks, and guidelines; and regularly reviews risk
management structures, metrics, limits, and issues across the BPI Group, in order to meet and comply with regulatory
and international standards on risk measurement and management.
At the management level, the Risk Management Office (RMO) is headed by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO). The CRO is
ultimately responsible in leading the formulation of risk management policies and methodologies in alignment with
the overall business strategy of BPI, ensuring that risks are prudently and rationally undertaken and within its risk
appetite, as well as commensurate and disciplined to maximize returns on shareholders' capital. Risk management is
carried out by a dedicated team of skilled risk managers and senior officers who have extensive prior operational
experience. BPI’s risk managers regularly monitor key risk indicators and report exposures against carefully
established financial and business risk metrics and limits approved by the RMC. Finally, independent reviews are
regularly conducted by the Internal Audit group and regulatory examiners to ensure that risk controls and mitigants
are in place and functioning effectively as intended.
The possibility of incurring losses is, however, compensated by the possibility of earning more than expected
income. Risk-taking is, therefore, not entirely negative to be avoided. Risk-taking actions present opportunities if
risks are fully identified and accounted, deliberately taken, and are kept within prudent and rationalized limits.
The most important financial risks that the BPI Group manages are credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk.
(47)
28.1 Credit risk
The BPI Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that may arise if a borrower or counterparty fails to
meet its obligations in accordance with agreed terms. Credit risk is the single largest risk for the BPI Group’s
business; management therefore carefully manages its exposure to credit risk as governed by relevant regulatory
requirements and international benchmarks.
Credit risk may also arise due to substantial exposures to a particular counterparty which the BPI Group manages by
adopting proper risk controls and diversification strategies to prevent undue risk concentrations from excessive
exposures to particular counterparties, industries, countries or regions.
The most evident source of credit risk is loans and advances; however, other sources of credit risk exist throughout
the activities of the BPI Group, including in credit-related activities recorded in the banking, investment securities
in the trading books and off-balance sheet transactions.
The Credit Policy and Risk Management division supports the Credit Committees in coordination with various
business lending and operations units in managing credit risk, and reports are regularly provided to Senior
Management and the Board of Directors. A rigorous control framework is applied in the determination of ECL
models. The BPI Group has policies and procedures that govern the calculation of ECL. All ECL models are
regularly reviewed by the Risk Management Office to ensure that necessary controls are in place and the models
are applied accordingly.
The review and validation are performed by groups that are independent of the team that prepares the
calculations, e.g., Risk Models Validation and Internal Auditors. Expert judgements on measurement
methodologies and assumptions are reviewed by a group of internal experts from various functions.
The BPI Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The BPI Group monitors its
portfolio based on different segmentation to reflect the acceptable level of diversification and concentration. Credit
concentration arises from substantial exposures to particular counterparties. Concentration risk in credit
portfolios is inherent in banking and cannot be totally eliminated. However, said risk may be reduced by adopting
proper risk control and diversification strategies to prevent undue risk concentrations from excessive exposures to
particular counterparties, industries, countries or regions.
The BPI Group structures the levels of credit risk it undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk accepted in
relation to one borrower, or groups of borrowers, and to geographical and industry segments. Such risks are
monitored on a regular basis and subjected to annual or more frequent review, when deemed necessary. Limits on
large exposures and credit concentration are approved by the BOD through the RMC.
The exposure to any one borrower is further restricted by sub-limits covering on- and off-balance sheet exposures.
Actual exposures against limits are monitored regularly.
Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities, foreign exchange currencies, or equities is
made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt in cash, securities, foreign exchange currencies, or equities. Daily
settlement limits are established for each counterparty to cover the aggregate of all settlement risk arising from the
BPI Group’s market transactions on any single day. For certain securities, the introduction of the delivery versus
payment facility in the local market has brought down settlement risk significantly.
(48)
The BPI Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. Some of these specific control and
risk mitigation measures are outlined below:
One of the most traditional and common practice in mitigating credit risk is requiring security particularly for
loans and advances. The BPI Group implements guidelines on the acceptability of specific classes of collateral for
credit risk mitigation. The BPI Group assesses the valuation of the collateral obtained as part of the loan
origination process. This assessment is reviewed periodically. The common collateral types for loans and advances
are:
Mortgages over physical properties (e.g., real estate and personal);
Mortgages over financial assets (e.g., guarantees); and
Margin agreement for derivatives, for which the BPI Group has also entered into master netting
agreements
In order to minimize credit loss, the BPI Group seeks additional collateral from the counterparty when
impairment indicators are observed for the relevant individual loans and advances.
The BPI Group’s policies regarding obtaining collateral have not significantly changed during the reporting period
and there has been no significant change in the overall quality of the collaterals held by the BPI Group since the
prior period.
(b) Derivatives
The BPI Group maintains market limits on net open derivative positions (i.e., the difference between purchase and
sale contracts). Credit risk is limited to the net current fair value of instruments, which in relation to derivatives is
only a portion of the contract, or notional values used to express the volume of instruments outstanding. This
credit risk exposure is managed as part of the overall lending limits with customers, together with potential
exposures from market movements. Collateral or other security is not usually obtained for credit risk exposures on
these instruments (except where the BPI Group requires margin deposits from counterparties).
The BPI Group further restricts its exposure to credit losses by entering into master netting arrangements with certain
counterparties with which it undertakes a significant volume of transactions. Master netting arrangements do not
generally result in an offset of balance sheet assets and liabilities, as transactions are usually settled on a gross basis.
However, the credit risk associated with favorable contracts (asset position) is reduced by a master netting
arrangement to the extent that if a default occurs, all amounts with the counterparty are terminated and settled on a
net basis. The BPI Group’s overall exposure to credit risk on derivative instruments subject to master netting
arrangements can change substantially within a short period, as it is affected by each transaction subject to the
arrangement.
Documentary and commercial letters of credit - which are written undertakings by the BPI Group on behalf of a
customer authorizing a third party to draw drafts on the BPI Group up to a stipulated amount under specific terms
and conditions - are collateralized by the underlying shipments of goods to which they relate and therefore carry less
risk than a direct loan.
(49)
28.1.2 Credit risk rating
The BPI Group uses internal credit risk gradings that reflect its assessment of the probability of default of
individual counterparties. The BPI Group use internal rating models tailored to the various categories of
counterparty. Borrower and loan specific information collected at the time of application (such as disposable
income, and level of collateral for retail exposures; and turnover and industry type for wholesale exposures) is fed
into this rating model. In addition, the models enable expert judgement from the Credit Review Officer to be fed
into the final internal credit rating for each exposure. This allows for considerations which may not be captured as
part of the other data inputs into the model.
The BPI Group has put in place a credit classification system to promptly identify deteriorating exposures and to
determine the appropriate credit losses. Classification is being done on the basis of BPI Group’s existing internal
credit risk rating system, credit models or determined using reputable external rating agencies. The following are the
considerations observed by the BPI Group in classifying its exposures:
Standard monitoring refers to accounts which do not have a greater-than-normal risk and do not possess the
characteristics of special monitoring and defaulted loans. The counterparty has the ability to satisfy the obligation
in full and therefore minimal loss, if any, is anticipated.
Special monitoring are accounts which need closer and frequent monitoring to prevent any further deterioration
of the credit. The counterparty is assessed to be vulnerable to highly vulnerable and its capacity to meet its
financial obligations is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions.
Default refers to accounts which exhibit probable to severe weaknesses wherein possibility of non-repayment of
loan obligation is ranging from high to extremely high severity.
The mapping of internal credit risk ratings (CRRs) with the BPI Group’s standard account classification is shown
below:
The BPI Group’s internal credit risk rating system comprises a 30-scale rating with eighteen (18) ‘pass’ rating levels
for large corporate accounts; 14-scale rating system with ten (10) ‘pass’ rating grades for SME; and 26-scale rating
system with thirteen (13) pass ratings for cross-border accounts mapped based on reputable external rating agency.
(50)
ii. Retail loans
The BPI Group uses automated scoring models to assess the level of risk for retail accounts. Behavioral indicators are
considered in conjunction with other forward-looking information (e.g., industry forecast) to assess the level of risk of
a loan. After the date of initial recognition, the payment behavior of the borrower is monitored on a periodic basis to
develop a behavioral score which is mapped to a PD.
Investments in high grade securities and bills are viewed as a way to gain better credit quality mix and at the same
time, maintain a readily available source to meet funding requirements. The level of credit risk for treasury and other
investment debt securities and their associated probability of default (PD) are determined using reputable external
ratings and/or available and reliable qualitative and quantitative information. In the absence of credit ratings, a
comparable issuer or guarantor rating is used. Should there be a change in the credit rating of the chosen comparable,
evaluation is made to ascertain whether the rating change is applicable to the security being assessed for impairment.
For other financial assets (accounts receivable, accrued interest and fees receivable, sales contract receivable,
rental deposits), the BPI Group applies the PFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which
uses a lifetime expected credit loss methodology. These financial assets are grouped based on shared risk
characteristics and aging profile. For some of these, impairment is assessed individually at a counterparty level.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Corporate and SME loans, net 1,122,610 986,332 1,074,782 938,337
Retail loans, net 232,286 216,006 51,174 48,532
1,354,896 1,202,338 1,125,956 986,869
(51)
The carrying amount of loans and advances above also represents the BPI Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.
The following tables contain an analysis of the credit risk exposure of each financial instrument for which an ECL
allowance is recognized.
Consolidated
2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring 1,034,673 23,243 - 1,057,916 937,103
Special monitoring 48,392 16,077 - 64,469 52,765
Default - - 13,564 13,564 8,877
Gross carrying amount 1,083,065 39,320 13,564 1,135,949 998,745
Loss allowance (5,768) (1,843) (5,728) (13,339) (12,413)
Carrying amount 1,077,297 37,477 7,836 1,122,610 986,332
Retail loans
2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring 217,645 8,531 - 226,176 209,621
Special monitoring 1,002 5,727 - 6,729 6,598
Default - - 8,944 8,944 8,037
Gross carrying amount 218,647 14,258 8,944 241,849 224,256
Loss allowance (4,114) (1,405) (4,044) (9,563) (8,250)
Carrying amount 214,533 12,853 4,900 232,286 216,006
2018
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring 232,257 74 - 232,331
Special monitoring 3,246 264 - 3,510
Default - - 63 63
Gross carrying amount 235,503 338 63 235,904
Loss allowance (710) (30) (13) (753)
Carrying amount 234,793 308 50 235,151
(52)
Parent
2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring 995,540 22,727 - 1,018,267 896,166
Special monitoring 43,147 14,737 - 57,884 46,122
Default - - 9,772 9,772 6,538
Gross carrying amount 1,038,687 37,464 9,772 1,085,923 948,826
Loss allowance (5,108) (1,734) (4,299) (11,141) (10,489)
Carrying amount 1,033,579 35,730 5,473 1,074,782 938,337
Retail loans
2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring 51,886 338 - 52,224 48,223
Special monitoring 203 935 - 1,138 1,089
Default - - 2,638 2,638 2,645
Gross carrying amount 52,089 1,273 2,638 56,000 51,956
Loss allowance (1,839) (482) (2,505) (4,826) (3,424)
Carrying amount 50,250 791 133 51,174 48,532
2018
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring 229,849 69 - 229,918
Special monitoring 3,242 258 - 3,500
Default - - 63 63
Gross carrying amount 233,091 327 63 233,481
Loss allowance (682) (28) (13) (723)
Carrying amount 232,409 299 50 232,758
(53)
The tables below present the gross amount of loans and advances that were Stage 2 accounts (PFRS 9) and past
due but not impaired (PAS 39).
Consolidated
Parent
Credit risk exposures relating to treasury and other investment securities are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Due from BSP 225,907 255,948 202,487 227,122
Due from other banks 12,477 14,406 8,615 10,894
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR 34,323 18,586 22,659 10,504
Financial assets at FVTPL 16,483 9,983 10,346 8,781
Financial assets at FVOCI 35,531 - 29,993 -
Investment securities at amortized cost 287,571 - 267,497 -
Available-for-sale - debt securities - 19,218 - 9,669
Held-to-maturity securities - 277,472 - 255,382
612,292 595,613 541,597 522,352
(54)
Credit quality of treasury and other investment securities
Consolidated
2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring
Due from BSP 225,907 - - 225,907 255,948
Due from other banks 12,480 - - 12,480 14,406
Interbank loans receivable and
SPAR 34,306 - - 34,306 18,627
Financial assets at FVTPL 16,483 - - 16,483 9,983
Financial assets at FVOCI 35,531 - - 35,531 -
Investment securities at
amortized cost 287,573 - - 287,573 -
Available-for-sale - debt - -
securities - - 19,218
Held-to-maturity securities - - - - 277,472
Default
Interbank loans receivable and
SPAR - - 67 67 -
Gross carrying amount 612,280 - 67 612,347 595,654
Loss allowance (5) - (50) (55) (41)
Carrying amount 612,275 - 17 612,292 595,613
Parent
2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL Total Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Credit grade
Standard monitoring
Due from BSP 202,487 - - 202,487 227,122
Due from other banks 8,615 - - 8,615 10,894
Interbank loans receivable and
SPAR 22,642 - - 22,642 10,545
Financial assets at FVTPL 10,346 - - 10,346 8,781
Financial assets at FVOCI 29,993 - - 29,993 -
Investment securities at
amortized cost 267,499 - - 267,499 -
Available-for-sale - debt -
securities - - - 9,669
Held-to-maturity securities - - - - 255,382
Default
Interbank loans receivable and
SPAR - - 67 67 -
Gross carrying amount 541,582 - 67 541,649 522,393
Loss allowance (2) - (50) (52) (41)
Carrying amount 541,580 - 17 541,597 522,352
(55)
Other financial assets
Other financial assets that are exposed to credit risk are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Other financial assets
Accounts receivable, net 1,916 2,030 1,315 4,618
Other accrued interest and fees receivable 671 634 573 598
Sales contracts receivable, net 541 279 360 279
Rental deposits 360 563 131 484
Others, net 2,179 1,170 2,047 1,172
5,667 4,676 4,426 7,151
The carrying amounts of the above financial assets represent the BPI Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.
The BPI Group’s other financial assets (shown under Other assets, net) generally arise from transactions with
various unrated counterparties with good credit standing. The BPI Group the applies the PFRS 9 simplified
approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss methodology for other financial
assets.
To measure the expected credit losses, other financial assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of receivables over
a period of 36 month before December 31, 2018 or January 1, 2018 and corresponding historical credit losses
experienced within these periods. The impact of forward-looking variables on macroeconomic factors is considered
insignificant in calculating ECL provisions for other financial assets.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Undrawn loan commitments 300,721 160,030 295,744 157,338
Unused letters of credit 22,064 17,971 22,064 17,971
Others 685 1,189 685 1,189
323,470 179,190 318,493 176,498
(56)
28.1.4 Credit impaired loans and advances
The BPI Group closely monitors collaterals held for financial assets considered to be credit-impaired, as it becomes
more likely that the BPI Group will take possession of collateral to mitigate potential credit losses. Financial assets
that are credit-impaired and related collateral held in order to mitigate potential losses are shown below:
Consolidated
Parent
The BPI Group acquires assets by taking possession of collaterals held as security for loans and advances.
As at December 31, 2018, the BPI Group’s foreclosed collaterals have carrying amount of P3,363 million
(2017 - P3,578 million). The related foreclosed collaterals have aggregate fair value of P9,859 million
(2017 - P9,864 million). Foreclosed collaterals include real estate (land, building, and improvements), auto and
chattel. Repossessed properties are sold as soon as practicable and are classified as Assets held for sale in the
statements of condition.
The loss allowance recognized in the period is impacted by a variety of factors, as described below:
Transfers between Stage 1 and Stages 2 or 3 due to financial instruments experiencing significant increases (or
decreases) of credit risk or becoming credit-impaired in the period, and the consequent “step up” (or “step
down”) between 12-month and Lifetime ECL;
Additional allowances for new financial instruments recognized during the period, as well as releases for
financial instruments de-recognized in the period;
Impact on the measurement of ECL due to changes in PDs, EADs and LGDs in the period;
Impacts on the measurement of ECL due to changes made to models and assumptions;
Foreign exchange translations for assets denominated in foreign currencies and other movements; and
Financial assets derecognized during the period and write-offs of allowances related to assets that were
written off during the period.
(57)
The following tables summarize the changes in the loss allowance for loans and advances between the beginning
and the end of the annual period:
Consolidated
Parent
(58)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
12-month Lifetime
Retail loans ECL Lifetime ECL ECL Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Loss allowance, at January 1, 2018 929 205 2,290 3,424
Provision for impairment for the year
Transfers:
Transfer in (out of) Stage 1 (309) 413 1,255 1,359
Transfer in (out of) Stage 2 16 (119) 194 91
Transfer in (out of) Stage 3 1 1 (22) (20)
New financial assets originated 137 - - 137
Financial assets derecognized during the period (41) (20) (496) (557)
Changes in models assumptions 1,106 2 686 1,794
910 277 1,617 2,804
Write-offs and other movements - - (1,402) (1,402)
Loss allowance, at December 31, 2018 1,839 482 2,505 4,826
In 2018, the BPI Group’s corporate loan portfolio expanded by 15% consistent with its organic loan growth strategy
resulting to an increase in loss allowance.
The reconciliation of allowance for impairment by class at December 31, 2017 follows:
Consolidated Parent
Corporate Corporate
and SME and SME
PAS 39 loans Retail loans Total loans Retail loans Total
(In Millions of Pesos) In Millions of Pesos)
At January 1 10,968 7,708 18,676 8,890 2,838 11,728
Provision for (reversal of)
impairment losses 1,765 2,552 4,317 1,896 1,984 3,880
Write-off and other
movements (320) (2,010) (2,330) (297) (1,398) (1,695)
12,413 8,250 20,663 10,489 3,424 13,913
No movement analysis of allowance for impairment for treasury and other investment debt securities and other
financial assets subject to impairment as the related loss allowance is deemed insignificant for financial reporting
purposes.
Write-off policy
The BPI Group writes off financial assets when it has exhausted all practical recovery efforts and has concluded
there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery
include (i) ceasing enforcement activity and (ii) where the BPI Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral
and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full.
The BPI Group may write-off financial assets that are still subject to enforcement activity. The write-off of loans is
approved by the BOD in compliance with the BSP requirements. Loans written-off in 2018 are fully covered with
allowance.
(59)
28.1.6 Concentrations of risks of financial assets with credit risk exposure
The BPI Group’s main credit exposure at their carrying amounts, as categorized by industry sectors follow:
Consolidated
Financial Less -
PFRS 9 institutions Consumer Manufacturing Real estate Others allowance Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Due from BSP 225,907 - - - - - 225,907
Due from other banks 12,480 - - - - (3) 12,477
Interbank loans receivable
and SPAR 34,373 - - - - (50) 34,323
Financial assets at FVTPL 4,682 99 3 3 11,696 - 16,483
Financial assets at FVOCI 2,411 - 52 - 33,068 - 35,531
Investment securities at
amortized cost, net 65,164 680 4,714 1,777 215,238 (2) 287,571
Loans and advances, net 85,441 110,627 226,604 317,595 637,531 (22,902) 1,354,896
Other financial assets - - - - 6,225 (558) 5,667
At December 31, 2018 430,458 111,406 231,373 319,375 903,758 (23,515) 1,972,855
Financial Less -
PAS 39 institutions Consumer Manufacturing Real estate Others allowance Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Due from BSP 255,948 - - - - - 255,948
Due from other banks 14,406 - - - - - 14,406
Interbank loans receivable
and SPAR 18,586 - - - - - 18,586
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative financial assets 4,786 10 155 - 24 - 4,975
Trading securities - debt
securities - - 1 28 4,973 5,002
Available-for-sale securities 4,672 - 90 103 14,353 - 19,218
Held-to-maturity securities 52,583 704 3,911 1,657 218,617 - 277,472
Loans and advances, net 92,472 107,355 198,550 276,262 548,362 (20,663) 1,202,338
Other financial assets - - - - 5,233 (557) 4,676
At December 31, 2017 443,453 108,069 202,707 278,050 791,562 (21,220) 1,802,621
Parent
Financial Less -
PFRS 9 institutions Consumer Manufacturing Real estate Others allowance Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Due from BSP 202,487 - - - - - 202,487
Due from other banks 8,615 - - - - - 8,615
Interbank loans receivable
and SPAR 22,709 - - - - (50) 22,659
Financial assets at FVTPL 4,679 99 2 - 5,566 - 10,346
Financial assets at FVOCI 1,952 - 52 - 27,989 - 29,993
Investment securities at
amortized cost, net 63,541 - 4,487 1,777 197,694 (2) 267,497
Loans and advances, net 83,098 57,991 219,927 182,685 598,222 (15,967) 1,125,956
Other financial assets - - - - 4,816 (390) 4,426
At December 31, 2018 387,081 58,090 224,468 184,462 834,287 (16,409) 1,671,979
(60)
Financial Less -
PAS 39 institutions Consumer Manufacturing Real estate Others allowance Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Due from BSP 227,122 - - - - - 227,122
Due from other banks 10,894 - - - - - 10,894
Interbank loans receivable
and SPAR 10,504 - - - - - 10,504
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative financial
assets 4,786 10 155 - 24 - 4,975
Trading securities -
debt securities - - - - 3,806 - 3,806
Available-for-sale
securities 4,157 - 50 - 5,462 - 9,669
Held-to-maturity securities 50,717 - 3,838 1,657 199,170 - 255,382
Loans and advances, net 91,123 52,184 194,294 154,682 508,499 (13,913) 986,869
Other financial assets - - - - 7,563 (412) 7,151
At December 31, 2017 399,303 52,194 198,337 156,339 724,524 (14,325) 1,516,372
Financial assets at FVTPL, financial assets at FVOCI (2017 - available-for-sale) and investments securities at
amortized cost (2017 - held-to-maturity securities) under “Others” category include local and US treasury bills.
Likewise, Loans and advances under the same category pertain to loans granted to borrowers belonging to various
industry sectors.
The BPI Group is exposed to market risk - the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument
will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk is managed by the RMO guided by policies and
procedures approved by the RMC and confirmed by the Executive Committee/BOD.
Market risk management is incumbent on the BOD through the RMC. Market risk management in BPI covers
managing exposures to trading risk, foreign exchange risk, counterparty credit risk, interest rate risk of the banking
book and liquidity risk. At the management level, the BPI Group’s market risk exposures are managed by the RMO,
headed by the Parent Bank’s CRO who reports directly to the RMC. In addition, the Internal Audit is responsible for
the independent review of risk assessment measures and procedures and the control environment.
The BPI Group reviews and controls market risk exposures of both its trading and non-trading portfolios. Trading
portfolios include those positions arising from the BPI Group’s market-making transactions. Non-trading
portfolios primarily arise from the interest rate management of the BPI Group’s retail and commercial banking
assets and liabilities.
The BPI Group has exposures in interest rate swaps, currency swaps and structured notes as part of its trading and
position taking activities. Derivatives while used to hedge open exposures to mitigate price risk inherent in the BPI
Group's portfolios do not qualify as accounting hedges.
Value-at-Risk (VaR) measurement is an integral part of the BPI Group’s market risk control system. This metric
estimates, at 99% confidence level, the maximum loss that a trading portfolio may incur over a trading day. This
metric indicates as well that there is 1% statistical probability that the trading portfolios’ actual loss would be
greater than the computed VaR. In order to ensure model soundness, the VaR is periodically subject to model
validation and back testing. VaR is supplemented by other risk metrics and measurements that would provide
preliminary signals to Treasury and to the management to assess the vulnerability of Bank’s positions. To control
the risk, the RMC sets risk limits for trading portfolios which are consistent with the BPI Group’s goals, objectives,
risk appetite, and strategies.
(61)
Stress tests indicate the potential losses that could arise in extreme conditions that would have detrimental effect to
the Bank’s positions. The Bank periodically performs stress testing (price risk and liquidity risk) to assess the Bank’s
condition on assumed stress scenarios. Contingency plans are frequently reviewed to ensure the Bank’s preparedness
in the event of real stress. Results of stress tests are reviewed by Senior Management and by the RMC.
The average daily VaR for the trading portfolios are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Local fixed-income 33 48 25 38
Foreign fixed-income 168 47 154 37
Foreign exchange 44 51 9 11
Derivatives 95 67 95 67
Equity securities 28 14 - -
Mutual fund 7 3 - -
375 230 283 153
(62)
28.2.1 Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instrument will fluctuate because
of changes in foreign exchange rates. It arises on financial instruments that are denominated in a foreign currency.
As at reporting date, the BPI Group is mainly exposed to movements of US Dollar (USD) against the Philippine Peso.
The table below summarizes the BPI Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at December 31.
Consolidated
(63)
Parent
Presented below is a sensitivity analysis demonstrating the impact on pre-tax income of reasonably possible
change in the exchange rate between US Dollar and Philippine Peso. The fluctuation rate is based on the historical
movement of US Dollar year on year.
(64)
28.2.2 Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that cash flows or fair value of a financial instruments will fluctuate due to movements in
market interest rates. Interest rate risk in the banking book arises from the BPI Group’s core banking activities. The
BPI Group is subject to re-pricing risk arising from financial assets and liabilities that have different maturities and
are re-priced taking into account the prevailing market interest rates.
The BPI Group employs two methods to measure the potential impact of interest rate risk in Group’s financial
positions - (i) one that focuses on the economic value of the banking book, and (ii) one that focuses on net interest
earnings. The RMC sets limits on the two interest rate risk metrics which are monitored monthly by the Market Risk
Division of the RMO.
The BSVaR is a metric to measure the impact of interest rate movements on the economic value of banking book. The
BSVaR is founded on re-pricing gaps, or the difference between the amounts of rate-sensitive financial assets and
liabilities. The BSVaR, therefore, estimates the “riskiness of the balance sheet” and compares the degree of risk taking
activity in the banking books from one period to the next. The BSVaR assumes a static balance sheet, i.e., there will be
no new transactions moving forward and no portfolio rebalancing will be undertaken in response to future changes in
market rates. In consideration of the static framework and the fact that incomes from the banking book is accrued
rather than generated from marking-to-market, the probable loss that is estimated by the BSVaR is not realized in
accounting income.
Prescribed limits for the BPI Group and each legal entity are based on estimated equity duration, assumed movement
of market rates (in basis points) and estimated equity value. As at December 31, the average BSVaR, computed on a
monthly basis, for the banking or non-trading book are as follows:
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
BSVaR 15,507 10,586 13,483 9,310
Earnings-at-Risk (EaR)
The EaR is a metric that measures the potential deterioration in the BPI Group’s net interest income due to changes
in interest rates. The BPI Group’s earnings are affected when movements in borrowing and lending rates are not
perfectly synchronized, which create a gap due to such mismatch. Based on the banking book positions as at
particular valuation dates, the BPI Group projects interest inflows from its financial assets, and interest outflows on
its financial liabilities, in the next 12 months. Net interest income - the difference between interest receipts and
payments - is projected in this exercise. On a group level, the BPI Group is positively gapped hence increase in rates
becomes beneficial to the BPI Group. As of December 31, 2018, the net interest income impact of movement in
interest rates amounts to P806 million (2017 - P406 million).
(65)
The table below summarizes the BPI Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, categorized by the earlier of contractual
repricing or maturity dates.
Consolidated
Repricing
Over 1 up to 3 Non-
PFRS 9 Up to 1 year years Over 3 years repricing Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2018
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items - - - 43,536 43,536
Due from BSP - - - 225,907 225,907
Due from other banks - - - 12,477 12,477
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR - - - 34,323 34,323
Financial assets at FVTPL 70 1,172 1,125 14,116 16,483
Financial assets at FVOCI - - - 35,531 35,531
Investment securities at amortized cost - 1 - 287,570 287,571
Loans and advances, net 828,847 130,082 270,105 125,862 1,354,896
Other financial assets - - - 5,667 5,667
Total financial assets 828,917 131,255 271,230 784,989 2,016,391
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 602,032 831,505 152,209 - 1,585,746
Derivative financial liabilities 43 1,204 1,279 1,365 3,891
Bills payable and other borrowed funds 20,915 10,516 - 135,470 166,901
Due to BSP and other banks - - - 3,988 3,988
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding - - - 6,931 6,931
Other financial liabilities - - - 19,313 19,313
Total financial liabilities 622,990 843,225 153,488 167,067 1,786,770
Total interest gap 205,927 (711,970) 117,742 617,922 229,661
(66)
Repricing
Over 1 up to 3 Non-
PAS 39 Up to 1 year years Over 3 years repricing Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2017
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items - - - 35,132 35,132
Due from BSP - - - 255,948 255,948
Due from other banks - - - 14,406 14,406
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR - - - 18,586 18,586
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative financial assets 73 327 1,110 3,465 4,975
Trading securities - debt securities - - - 5,002 5,002
Available-for-sale - debt securities 1,991 245 - 16,982 19,218
Held-to-maturity securities - 1 - 277,471 277,472
Loans and advances, net 744,317 79,649 267,120 111,252 1,202,338
Other financial assets - - - 4,676 4,676
Total financial assets 746,381 80,222 268,230 742,920 1,837,753
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 818,811 556,700 186,689 - 1,562,200
Derivative financial liabilities 46 263 1,072 3,407 4,788
Bills payable - 19,846 - 63,671 83,517
Due to BSP and other banks - - - 1,218 1,218
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding - - - 7,022 7,022
Other financial liabilities - - - 15,461 15,461
Total financial liabilities 818,857 576,809 187,761 90,779 1,674,206
Total interest gap (72,476) (496,587) 80,469 652,141 163,547
(67)
Parent
Repricing
Over 1 up to Non-
PFRS 9 Up to 1 year 3 years Over 3 years repricing Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2018
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items - - - 42,419 42,419
Due from BSP - - - 202,487 202,487
Due from other banks - - - 8,615 8,615
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR - - - 22,659 22,659
Financial assets at FVTPL 70 1,172 1,125 7,979 10,346
Financial assets at FVOCI - - - 29,993 29,993
Investment securities at amortized cost - 1 - 267,496 267,497
Loans and advances, net 757,320 81,133 224,477 63,026 1,125,956
Other financial assets - - - 4,426 4,426
Total financial assets 757,390 82,306 225,602 649,100 1,714,398
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 534,119 708,636 104,452 - 1,347,207
Derivative financial liabilities 43 1,204 1,279 1,362 3,888
Bills payable and other borrowed funds 20,915 10,516 - 119,449 150,880
Due to BSP and other banks - - - 3,988 3,988
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding - - - 5,354 5,354
Other financial liabilities - - - 13,408 13,408
Total financial liabilities 555,077 720,356 105,731 143,561 1,524,725
Total interest gap 202,313 (638,050) 119,871 505,539 189,673
(68)
Repricing
Over 1 up to Non-
PAS 39 Up to 1 year 3 years Over 3 years repricing Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2017
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items - - - 34,160 34,160
Due from BSP - - - 227,122 227,122
Due from other banks - - - 10,894 10,894
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR - - - 10,504 10,504
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative financial assets 73 327 1,110 3,465 4,975
Trading securities - debt securities - - - 3,806 3,806
Available-for-sale - debt securities 1,991 245 - 7,433 9,669
Held-to-maturity securities - 1 - 255,381 255,382
Loans and advances, net 679,036 37,490 216,993 53,350 986,869
Other financial assets - - - 7,151 7,151
Total financial assets 681,100 38,063 218,103 613,266 1,550,532
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 726,560 494,304 103,099 - 1,323,963
Derivative financial liabilities 46 263 1,072 3,407 4,788
Bills payable - 19,846 - 50,876 70,722
Due to BSP and other banks - - - 1,218 1,218
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding - - - 5,762 5,762
Other financial liabilities - - - 11,118 11,118
Total financial liabilities 726,606 514,413 104,171 72,381 1,417,571
Total interest gap (45,506) (476,350) 113,932 540,885 132,961
Liquidity risk is the risk that the BPI Group will be unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its
financial liabilities when they fall due, and to replace funds when they are withdrawn. The consequence may be the
failure to meet obligations to repay depositors and fulfill commitments to lend.
The BPI Group’s liquidity profile is observed and monitored through its metric, the Minimum Cumulative
Liquidity Gap (MCLG). The MCLG is the smallest net cumulative cash inflow (if positive) or the largest net
cumulative cash outflow (if negative) over the next three (3) months. The MCLG indicates the biggest funding
requirement in the short term and the degree of liquidity risk present in the current cash flow profile of the BPI
Group. A red flag is immediately raised and reported to management and the RMC when the MCLG level projected
over the next 3 months is about to breach the RMC-prescribed MCLG limit.
The BPI Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the BPI Group and monitored by the RMC
includes:
Day-to-day funding, managed by monitoring future cash flows to ensure that requirements can be met. This
includes replenishment of funds as they mature or as borrowed by customers;
Maintaining a portfolio of highly marketable assets that can easily be liquidated as protection against any
unforeseen interruption to cash flow;
Monitoring liquidity gaps against internal and regulatory requirements;
Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities; and
Performing periodic liquidity stress testing on the BPI Group’s liquidity position by assuming a faster rate of
withdrawals in its deposit base.
(69)
Monitoring and reporting take the form of cash flow measurement and projections for the next day, week and
month as these are key periods for liquidity management. The starting point for these projections is an analysis of
the contractual maturity of the financial liabilities (Notes 28.3.3 and 28.3.4) and the expected collection date of the
financial assets.
The BPI Group also monitors unmatched medium-term assets, the level and type of undrawn lending
commitments, the usage of overdraft facilities and the impact of contingent liabilities such as standby letters of
credit.
Sources of liquidity are regularly reviewed by the BPI Group to maintain a wide diversification by currency,
geography, counterparty, product and term.
The tables below present the maturity profile of non-derivative financial instruments based on undiscounted cash
flows, including interest, which the BPI Group uses to manage the inherent liquidity risk. The maturity analysis is
based on the remaining period from the end of the reporting period to the contractual maturity date or, if earlier,
the expected date the financial asset will be realized or the financial liability will be settled.
Consolidated
Over 1 up to
PFRS 9 Up to 1 year 3 years Over 3 years Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2018
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items 43,536 - - 43,536
Due from BSP 225,923 - - 225,923
Due from other banks 12,477 - - 12,477
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR 35,028 12 135 35,175
Financial assets at FVTPL 8,740 1,231 4,170 14,141
Financial assets at FVOCI 29,154 1,601 7,730 38,485
Investment securities at amortized cost 42,442 59,550 251,643 353,635
Loans and advances, net 580,825 205,331 604,684 1,390,840
Other financial assets 5,667 - - 5,667
Total financial assets 983,792 267,725 868,362 2,119,879
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 923,895 878,739 195,585 1,998,219
Bills payable and other borrowed
funds 97,507 77,117 475 175,099
Due to BSP and other banks 3,988 - - 3,988
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding 6,931 - - 6,931
Other financial liabilities 19,313 - - 19,313
Total financial liabilities 1,051,634 955,856 196,060 2,203,550
Total maturity gap (67,842) (688,131) 672,302 (83,671)
(70)
Over 1 up to
PAS 39 Up to 1 year 3 years Over 3 years Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2017
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items 35,132 - - 35,132
Due from BSP 255,965 - - 255,965
Due from other banks 14,406 - - 14,406
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR 19,457 217 306 19,980
Financial assets at FVTPL
Trading securities - debt securities 1,959 601 3,140 5,700
Available-for-sale - debt securities 10,489 2,931 7,734 21,154
Held-to-maturity securities 29,157 58,551 260,276 347,984
Loans and advances, net 661,461 179,426 532,172 1,373,059
Other financial assets 4,676 - - 4,676
Total financial assets 1,032,702 241,726 803,628 2,078,056
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 714,564 733,100 142,546 1,590,210
Bills payable 64,511 20,207 - 84,718
Due to BSP and other banks 1,218 - - 1,218
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding 7,022 - - 7,022
Other financial liabilities 15,461 - - 15,461
Total financial liabilities 802,776 753,307 142,546 1,698,629
Total maturity gap 229,926 (511,581) 661,082 379,427
Parent
Over 1 up to
PFRS 9 Up to 1 year 3 years Over 3 years Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2018
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items 42,419 - - 42,419
Due from BSP 202,487 - - 202,487
Due from other banks 8,615 - - 8,615
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR 22,705 12 135 22,852
Financial assets at FVTPL 2,530 1,229 4,169 7,928
Financial assets at FVOCI 23,926 1,392 7,390 32,708
Investment securities at amortized cost 39,473 50,821 239,775 330,069
Loans and advances, net 520,744 145,807 479,908 1,146,459
Other financial assets, net 4,426 - - 4,426
Total financial assets 867,325 199,261 731,377 1,797,963
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 814,358 726,595 116,373 1,657,326
Bills payable and other borrowed
funds 85,037 76,747 - 161,784
Due to BSP and other banks 3,988 - - 3,988
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding 5,354 - - 5,354
Other financial liabilities 13,408 - - 13,408
Total financial liabilities 922,145 803,342 116,373 1,841,860
Total maturity gap (54,820) (604,081) 615,004 (43,897)
(71)
Over 1 up to
PAS 39 Up to 1 year 3 years Over 3 years Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
As at December 31, 2017
Financial Assets
Cash and other cash items 34,160 - - 34,160
Due from BSP 227,122 - - 227,122
Due from other banks 10,894 - - 10,894
Interbank loans receivable and SPAR 10,140 217 306 10,663
Financial assets at FVTPL
Trading securities - debt securities 1,697 197 2,449 4,343
Available-for-sale - debt securities 2,344 2,400 6,538 11,282
Held-to-maturity securities 26,387 52,523 242,121 321,031
Loans and advances, net 604,818 129,349 415,758 1,149,925
Other financial assets, net 7,151 - - 7,151
Total financial assets 924,713 184,686 667,172 1,776,571
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 607,581 626,359 105,246 1,339,186
Bills payable 51,553 20,207 - 71,760
Due to BSP and other banks 1,218 - - 1,218
Manager’s checks and demand drafts
outstanding 5,762 - - 5,762
Other financial liabilities 11,118 - - 11,118
Total financial liabilities 677,232 646,566 105,246 1,429,044
Total maturity gap 247,481 (461,880) 561,926 347,527
The BPI Group’s derivatives that are settled on a net basis consist of interest rate swaps, non-deliverable forwards
and non-deliverable swaps. The table below presents the contractual undiscounted cash flows of interest rate
swaps based on the remaining period from December 31 to the contractual maturity dates that are subject to
offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements.
Over 1 up to Over 3
PFRS 9 Up to 1 year 3 years years Total
2018 (In Millions of Pesos)
Interest rate swap contracts - held for trading
- Inflow 99 1,285 1,317 2,701
- Outflow (59) (1,296) (1,485) (2,840)
- Net inflow 40 (11) (168) (139)
Non-deliverable forwards and swaps - held for trading
- Inflow 36,071 2,103 3,680 41,854
- Outflow (35,972) (2,120) (3,680) (41,772)
- Net outflow 99 (17) - 82
(72)
Over 1 up to Over 3
PAS 39 Up to 1 year 3 years years Total
2017 (In Millions of Pesos)
Interest rate swap contracts - held for trading
- Inflow 73 319 1,114 1,506
- Outflow (46) (245) (1,090) (1,381)
- Net inflow 27 74 24 125
Non-deliverable forwards and swaps - held for trading
- Inflow 30,387 - - 30,387
- Outflow (30,661) - - (30,661)
- Net outflow (274) - - (274)
The BPI Group’s derivatives that are settled on a gross basis include foreign exchange derivatives mainly currency
forwards and currency swaps. The table below presents the contractual undiscounted cash flows of foreign
exchange derivatives based on the remaining period from reporting date to the contractual maturity dates.
Over 1 up to Over 3
Up to 1 year 3 years years Total
(In Millions of Pesos)
Foreign exchange derivatives - held for trading
2018 (PFRS 9)
- Inflow 127,002 4,184 - 131,186
- Outflow (127,082) (4,136) - (131,218)
- Net inflow (outflow) (80) 48 - (32)
2017 (PAS 39)
- Inflow 178,511 99 - 178,610
- Outflow (178,183) (100) - (178,283)
- Net inflow (outflow) 328 (1) - 327
(73)
28.4 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The following tables present the carrying value and fair value hierarchy of the BPI Group’s assets and liabilities at
December 31:
Consolidated
Non-recurring measurements
Assets held for sale, net 3,363 - 9,859 9,859
(74)
Carrying Fair value
2017 (PAS 39) Amount Level 1 Level 2 Total
Recurring measurements (In Millions of Pesos)
Financial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative financial assets 4,975 - 4,975 4,975
Trading securities
- Debt securities 5,002 4,973 29 5,002
- Equity securities 330 330 - 330
Available-for-sale securities
- Debt securities 19,218 16,981 2,237 19,218
- Equity securities 4,095 3,755 661 4,416
33,620 26,039 7,908 33,941
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities 4,788 - 4,788 4,788
Non-recurring measurements
Assets held for sale, net 3,578 - 9,864 9,864
(75)
Parent
Non-recurring measurements
Assets held for sale, net 455 - 3,496 3,496
(76)
Carrying Fair value
2017 Amount Level 1 Level 2 Total
Recurring measurements (In Millions of Pesos)
Financial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative financial assets 4,975 - 4,975 4,975
Trading securities - debt securities 3,806 3,806 - 3,806
Available-for-sale securities
- Debt securities 9,669 7,433 2,236 9,669
- Equity securities 470 447 232 679
18,920 11,686 7,443 19,129
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities 4,788 - 4,788 4,788
Non-recurring measurements
Assets held for sale, net 609 - 656 656
The BPI Group has no financial instruments, other assets or liabilities with non-recurring fair value measurements
or with fair values disclosed that fall under the Level 3 category as at December 31, 2018 and 2017. There were no
transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
(77)
28.5 Insurance risk management
The non-life insurance entities decide on the retention, or the absolute amount that they are ready to assume
insurance risk from one event. The retention amount is a function of capital, experience, actuarial study and risk
appetite or aversion.
In excess of the retention, these entities arrange reinsurances either thru treaties or facultative placements. They
also accredit reinsurers based on certain criteria and set limits as to what can be reinsured. The reinsurance
treaties and the accreditation of reinsurers require BOD’s approval.
Capital management is understood to be a facet of risk management. The primary objective of the BPI Group is the
generation of recurring acceptable returns to shareholders’ capital. To this end, the BPI Group’s policies, business
strategies and activities are directed towards the generation of cash flows that are in excess of its fiduciary and
contractual obligations to its depositors, and to its various funders and stakeholders.
Cognizant of its exposure to risks, the BPI Group understands that it must maintain sufficient capital to absorb
unexpected losses, to stay in business for the long haul, and to satisfy regulatory requirements. The BPI Group
further understands that its performance, as well as the performance of its various units, should be measured in
terms of returns generated vis-à-vis allocated capital and the amount of risk borne in the conduct of business.
Effective January 1, 2014, the BSP, through its Circular 781, requires each bank and its financial affiliated
subsidiaries to adopt new capital requirements in accordance with the provisions of Basel III. The new guidelines
are meant to strengthen the composition of the bank's capital by increasing the level of core capital and regulatory
capital. The Circular sets out minimum Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio and Tier 1 Capital ratios of 6% and
7.5%, respectively. A capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, comprised of CET1 capital, was likewise imposed. The
minimum required capital adequacy ratio remains at 10% which includes the capital conservation buffer.
Consolidated Parent
2018 2017 2018 2017
(In Millions of Pesos)
Tier 1 capital 244,276 177,172 243,519 176,842
Tier 2 capital 13,116 11,682 10,795 10,180
Gross qualifying capital 257,392 188,854 254,314 187,022
Less: Regulatory adjustments/required deductions 23,152 22,371 68,491 59,246
Total qualifying capital 234,240 166,483 185,823 127,776
The BPI Group has fully complied with the CAR requirement of the BSP.
Likewise, the BPI Group manages the capital of its non-life insurance subsidiaries, pre-need subsidiary and securities
dealer subsidiaries in accordance with the capital requirements of the relevant regulatory agency, such as Insurance
Commission, Philippine SEC and PSE. These subsidiaries have fully complied with the relevant capital requirements.
As part of the reforms of the PSE to expand capital market and improve transparency among listed firms, PSE
requires listed entities to maintain a minimum of ten percent (10%) of their issued and outstanding shares, exclusive
of any treasury shares, held by the public. The Parent Bank has fully complied with this requirement.
(78)
Note 30 - Commitments and Contingencies
At present, there are lawsuits, claims and tax assessments pending against the BPI Group. In the opinion of
management, after reviewing all actions and proceedings and court decisions with legal counsels, the aggregate
liability or loss, if any, arising therefrom will not have a material effect on the BPI Group’s financial position or
financial performance.
BPI and some of its subsidiaries are defendants in legal actions arising from normal business activities. Management
believes that these actions are without merit or that the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from them will not
materially affect the financial statements.
In the normal course of business, the BPI Group makes various commitments that are not presented in the financial
statements. The BPI Group does not anticipate any material losses from these commitments.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These
policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
The financial statements of the BPI Group have been prepared in accordance with Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards (PFRS). The term PFRS in general includes all applicable PFRS, Philippine Accounting Standards
(PAS), and interpretations of the Philippine Interpretations Committee (PIC), Standing Interpretations Committee
(SIC) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) which have been approved by the
Financial Reporting Standards Council (FRSC) and adopted by the SEC.
As allowed by the SEC, the pre-need subsidiary of the Parent Bank continues to follow the provisions of the
Pre-Need Uniform Chart of Accounts (PNUCA) prescribed by the SEC and adopted by the Insurance Commission.
The financial statements comprise the statement of condition, statement of income and statement of
comprehensive income shown as two statements, statement of changes in capital funds, statement of cash flows
and the notes.
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation
of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at FVOCI (AFS in 2017), and plan assets of
the BPI Group’s defined benefit plans.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with PFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting
estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the BPI Group’s
accounting policies. Changes in assumptions may have a significant impact on the financial statements in the
period the assumptions changed. Management believes that the underlying assumptions are appropriate and that
the financial statements therefore fairly present the financial position and results of the BPI Group. The areas
involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to
the financial statements are disclosed in Note 27.
(79)
31.2 Changes in accounting policy and disclosures
The BPI Group has adopted the following standards effective January 1, 2018:
PFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ replaces PAS 18, ‘Revenue’ which covers contracts for
goods and services and PAS 11, ‘Construction contracts’ which covers construction contracts. The new
standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a
customer - so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.
A new five-step process must be applied before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify contracts with
customers, (2) identify the separate performance obligation, (3) determine the transaction price of the
contract, (4) allocate the transaction price to each of the separate performance obligations, and (5) recognize
the revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied.
The adoption of PFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the BPI Group.
PFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’ replaces the provisions of PAS 39 that relate to the recognition, classification
and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, derecognition of financial instruments,
impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting.
PFRS 9 adoption
The adoption of PFRS 9 resulted in changes in accounting policies and adjustments to the amounts previously
recognized in the financial statements. The BPI Group did not early adopt any provisions of PFRS 9 in previous
periods.
As permitted by the transitional provisions of PFRS 9, the BPI Group elected not to restate comparative figures.
Resulting adjustments to the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities at the date of transition were
recognized in the opening balance of Surplus and Reserves as of January 1, 2018.
The adoption of PFRS 9 has resulted in changes mainly in the BPI Group’s accounting policies for recognition,
classification and measurement and impairment of financial assets. There were no changes in the classification of
financial liabilities. PFRS 9 also significantly amends other standards dealing with financial instruments such as
PFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures.
The BPI Group shifted from incurred loss model under PAS 39 to expected credit loss model in the determination
of impairment provisions for financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss upon adoption of
PFRS 9. The adoption did not result to significant adjustments on the level of allowance for credit losses
recognized as at December 31, 2017.
(80)
Set out below are disclosures relating to the impact of the adoption of PFRS 9 on the BPI Group.
The measurement category and the carrying amount of financial assets in accordance with PAS 39 and PFRS 9 at
January 1, 2018 are as follows:
Consolidated
PAS 39 PFRS 9
December 31, 2017 January 1, 2018
Measurement Carrying Measurement Carrying
Financial assets category amount category amount
Cash and other cash items Amortized cost 35,132 Amortized cost 35,132
Due from Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas Amortized cost 255,948 Amortized cost 255,948
Due from other banks Amortized cost 14,406 Amortized cost 14,406
Interbank loans receivable and securities
purchased under agreements to resell Amortized cost 18,586 Amortized cost 18,586
Derivative assets FVTPL 4,981 FVTPL 4,981
Trading securities
Equity FVTPL 330 FVOCI 330
Debt FVTPL 5,002 FVTPL 10,078
Investment securities
Equity FVOCI (AFS) 4,095 FVOCI 4,416
Debt FVOCI (AFS) 19,218 FVOCI 21,893
Amortized cost (HTM) 277,472 Amortized cost 273,386
Loans and advances, net Amortized cost 1,202,338 Amortized cost 1,202,326
Other financial assets Amortized cost 4,676 Amortized cost 4,676
Parent
PAS 39 PFRS 9
December 31, 2017 January 1, 2018
Measurement Carrying Measurement Carrying
Financial assets category amount category amount
Cash and other cash items Amortized cost 34,160 Amortized cost 34,160
Due from Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas Amortized cost 227,122 Amortized cost 227,122
Due from other banks Amortized cost 10,894 Amortized cost 10,894
Interbank loans receivable and securities
purchased under agreements to resell Amortized cost 10,504 Amortized cost 10,504
Derivative assets FVTPL 4,945 FVTPL 4,945
Trading securities - debt FVTPL 3,806 FVTPL 6,041
Investment securities
Equity FVOCI (AFS) 470 FVOCI 679
Debt FVOCI (AFS) 9,669 FVOCI 9,823
Amortized cost (HTM) 255,382 Amortized cost 256,226
Loans and advances, net Amortized cost 986,869 Amortized cost 986,869
Other financial assets Amortized cost 7,151 Amortized cost 7,151
(81)
Reconciliation of statement of condition balances from PAS 39 to PFRS 9
On January 1, 2018, the BPI Group performed a detailed analysis of its business models for managing financial
assets including their cash flow characteristics. Please refer to Note 31.3 for more detailed information regarding
the new classification requirements of PFRS 9.
The financial assets affected by the adoption of the new standard are shown below. The reconciliation of the
carrying amounts of these financial assets from their previous measurement category in accordance with PAS 39 to
their new measurement categories upon transition to PFRS 9 on January 1, 2018 follow:
Consolidated
Parent
(82)
The impact on the relevant equity items as at January 1, 2018 is as follows:
Consolidated
Accumulated other
comprehensive
Surplus loss
(In Millions of Pesos)
Closing balances, December 31, 2017 - PAS 39 116,415 (5,088)
Reclassifications from:
AFS to FVTPL a 30 (30)
AFS to amortized cost b (401) 3,592
HTM to FVOCI c - 641
HTM to FVOCI (attributable to insurance corporations) c - 229
Remeasurement of equity securities at FVOCI d 321 (321)
ECL provision (12) -
Opening balances, January 1, 2018 - PFRS 9 116,353 (977)
Parent
Accumulated other
Surplus comprehensive loss
(In Millions of Pesos)
Closing balances, December 31, 2017 - PAS 39 73,679 (4,696)
Reclassifications from:
AFS to FVTPL a (12) 12
AFS to amortized cost b (375) 3,501
HTM to FVOCI c - 181
Remeasurement of equity securities at FVOCI d 209 (209)
Opening balances, January 1, 2018 - PFRS 9 73,501 (1,211)
a. The BPI Group holds debt securities which were classified previously as AFS. In 2018, these securities were
classified as financial assets at FVTPL consistent with the PFRS 9 business model of the BPI Group. Likewise,
the BPI Group holds certain credit-linked notes where the host contracts were previously classified as AFS
while the embedded derivative component was measured at fair value through profit or loss in 2017. Upon
adoption of PFRS 9, these credit-linked notes are classified entirely at fair value through profit or loss as they
failed to meet the “solely payments of principal and interest” requirements under PFRS 9.
b. The BPI Group holds securities which were classified previously as AFS. Consequently, these securities were
classified as financial assets at amortized cost consistent with the PFRS 9 business model of the BPI Group.
Likewise, the amount also includes adjustment to reinstate certain reclassified AFS securities (see Note 9)
back to amortized cost using their original effective interest rates consistent with the business model of the
BPI Group.
c. The BPI Group holds securities which were classified previously as HTM. Consequently, these securities were
classified as financial assets at FVOCI consistent with the PFRS 9 business model of the BPI Group.
d. The BPI Group has elected to irrevocably designate strategic investments in a small portfolio of non-trading
equity securities at FVOCI as permitted under PFRS 9. These securities were previously classified as AFS and
carried at cost as allowed by PAS 39. Consequently, these unlisted equities are remeasured to fair value in
accordance with PFRS 9. The changes in fair value of such securities will no longer be reclassified to profit or
loss when they are disposed of.
In addition to the above, the following debt instruments have been reclassified to new categories under
PFRS 9, as their previous categories under PAS 39 were ‘retired’, with no changes to their measurement basis:
(i) Those previously classified as available-for-sale and now classified as measured at FVOCI; and
(ii) Those previously classified as held-to-maturity and now classified as measured at amortized cost.
(83)
For financial assets that have been reclassified to the amortized cost category, the table below shows their fair
values as at December 31, 2018 and the fair value gain or loss that would have been recognized if these financial
assets had not been reclassified as part of the transition to PFRS 9:
Consolidated Parent
(In Millions of Pesos)
Fair value as at December 31, 2018 4,396 4,448
Fair value loss that would have been recognized during the year if the
financial asset had not been reclassified (117) (115)
In addition to PFRS 9 and 15, the following amendments have also been adopted by the BPI Group effective
January 1, 2018:
Amendments to PFRS 2, Share-based payments
IFRIC 22, Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration
The adoption of the above amendments did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the BPI
Group.
The following new accounting standards and interpretations are mandatory for annual periods after
December 31, 2018 and have not been early adopted by the BPI Group:
PFRS 16, Leases (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019)
PFRS 16 will replace the current guidance in PAS 17, Leases. PFRS 16 which will become effective on
January 1, 2019 will affect primarily the accounting by lessees and will result in the recognition of almost all leases
in the balance sheet. PFRS 16 removes the current distinction between operating and financing leases and requires
recognition of an asset (the right-of-use asset) and a lease liability to pay rentals for virtually all lease contracts.
Under PFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. An optional exemption exists for short-term and low-value
leases.
The adoption of PFRS 16 will affect the accounting of certain assets currently held by the BPI Group under
operating lease arrangements. The financial impact is yet to be determined by the BPI Group management.
Philippine Interpretation IFRIC-23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (effective for annual periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2019)
It has been clarified previously that PAS 12, not PAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets,
applies to accounting for uncertain income tax treatments. IFRIC 23 explains how to recognize and measure
deferred and current income tax assets and liabilities where there is uncertainty over a tax treatment.
An uncertain tax treatment is any tax treatment applied by an entity where there is uncertainty over whether that
treatment will be accepted by the tax authority. For example, a decision to claim a deduction for a specific expense
or not to include a specific item of income in a tax return is an uncertain tax treatment if its acceptability is
uncertain under tax law. IFRIC 23 applies to all aspects of income tax accounting where there is an uncertainty
regarding the treatment of an item, including taxable profit or loss, the tax bases of assets and liabilities, tax losses
and credits and tax rates.
The adoption of the above interpretation will not have a material impact on the financial statements of the BPI
Group.
(84)
PFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022)
PFRS 17 was issued in May 2017 as replacement for PFRS 4, Insurance Contracts. PFRS 17 represents a
fundamental change in the accounting framework for insurance contracts requiring liabilities to be measured at a
current fulfilment value and provides a more uniform measurement and presentation approach for all insurance
contracts. It requires a current measurement model where estimates are re-measured each reporting period.
Contracts are measured using the building blocks of (1) discounted probability-weighted cash flows, (2) an explicit
risk adjustment, and (3) a contractual service margin (“CSM”) representing the unearned profit of the contract
which is recognized as revenue over the coverage period. The standard allows a choice between recognizing
changes in discount rates either in the income statement or directly in other comprehensive income. The choice is
likely to reflect how insurers account for their financial assets under PFRS 9. An optional, simplified premium
allocation approach is permitted for the liability for the remaining coverage for short duration contracts, which are
often written by non-life insurers. The new rules will affect the financial statements and key performance
indicators of all entities that issue insurance contracts or investment contracts with discretionary participation
features.
The Insurance Commission, in coordination with Philippine Insurers and Reinsurers Association, is currently
reviewing the impact of PFRS 17 across the entire industry and has established a project team to manage the
implementation approach. The BPI Group is assessing the quantitative impact of PFRS 17 as of reporting date.
Likewise, the following amendments are not mandatory for December 31, 2018 reporting period and have not been
early adopted by the BPI Group:
The adoption of the above amendments is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of the
BPI Group.
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or
equity instrument of another entity. The BPI Group recognizes a financial instrument in the statements of
condition when, and only when, the BPI Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
The amortized cost is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured at initial recognition
minus the principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of
any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount and, for financial assets, adjusted for any loss
allowance.
The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the
expected life of the financial asset or financial liability to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset (i.e. its
amortized cost before any impairment allowance) or to the amortized cost of a financial liability. The calculation
does not consider expected credit losses and includes transaction costs, premiums or discounts and fees and points
paid or received that are integral to the effective interest rate, such as origination fees. For purchased or originated
credit-impaired (‘POCI’) financial assets – assets that are credit-impaired (see definition on Note 31.3.2.2) at initial
recognition – the BPI Group calculates the credit-adjusted effective interest rate, which is calculated based on the
amortized cost of the financial asset instead of its gross carrying amount and incorporates the impact of expected
credit losses in estimated future cash flows.
(85)
When the BPI Group revises the estimates of future cash flows, the carrying amount of the respective financial
assets or financial liability is adjusted to reflect the new estimate discounted using the original effective interest
rate. Any changes are recognized in profit or loss.
Interest income
Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of financial assets,
except for:
POCI financial assets, for which the original credit-adjusted effective interest rate is applied to the amortized
cost of the financial asset.
Financial assets that are not ‘POCI’ but have subsequently become credit-impaired (or ‘Stage 3’), for which
interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to their amortized cost (i.e. net of the
expected credit loss provision).
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when the entity becomes a party to the contractual
provisions of the instrument. Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on
trade-date, the date on which the BPI Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.
At initial recognition, the BPI Group measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus,
in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are
incremental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability, such as
fees and commissions. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through
profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Immediately after initial recognition, an expected credit loss allowance
(ECL) is recognized for financial assets measured at amortized cost and investments in debt instruments measured
at FVOCI, as described in Note 31.3.2.1 below, which results in the loss provision being recognized in profit or loss
when an asset is newly originated.
When the fair value of financial assets and liabilities differs from the transaction price on initial recognition, the
BPI Group recognizes the difference as follows:
When the fair value is evidenced by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability (i.e. a
Level 1 input) or based on a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, the difference is
recognized as a gain or loss.
In all other cases, the difference is deferred and the timing of recognition of deferred day one profit or loss is
determined individually. It is either amortized over the life of the instrument, deferred until the instrument’s
fair value can be determined using market observable inputs, or realised through settlement.
From January 1, 2018, the BPI Group has applied PFRS 9 and classifies its financial assets in the following
measurement categories: at fair value through profit or loss, fair value through other comprehensive income and at
amortized cost.
The classification requirements for debt and equity instruments are described below:
Debt instruments
Debt instruments are those instruments that meet the definition of a financial liability from the issuer’s
perspective, such as loans and advances, due from BSP and other banks, government and corporate bonds and
other financial receivables.
(86)
Classification and subsequent measurement of debt instruments depend on the BPI Group’s business model for
managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset.
Based on these factors, the BPI Group classifies its debt instruments into one of the following three measurement
categories:
Amortized cost
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments
of principal and interest (‘SPPI’), and that are not designated at fair value through profit or loss, are measured
at amortized cost. The carrying amount of these assets is adjusted by any expected credit loss allowance
recognized and measured. Interest income from these financial assets is included in ‘Interest income’ using
the effective interest rate method. Amortized cost financial assets include cash and other cash items, due from
BSP, due from other banks, interbank loans receivables and SPAR, loans and advances, and other financial
receivables.
Business model: The business model reflects how the BPI Group manages the assets in order to generate cash
flows. That is, whether the BPI Group’s objective is solely to collect the contractual cash flows from the assets or is
to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale of assets. If neither of these is
applicable, then the financial assets are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss. Factors
considered by the BPI Group in determining the business model for a group of assets include past experience on
how the cash flows for these assets were collected, how the asset’s performance is evaluated and reported to key
management personnel, how risks are assessed and managed and how managers are compensated.
SPPI: Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows or to collect contractual cash
flows and sell, the BPI Group assesses whether the financial instruments’ cash flows represent solely payments of
principal and interest (the ‘SPPI test’). In making this assessment, the BPI Group considers whether the
contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending arrangement i.e. interest includes only consideration for
the time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic
lending arrangement. Where the contractual terms introduce exposure to risk or volatility that are inconsistent
with a basic lending arrangement, the related financial asset is classified and measured at fair value through profit
or loss.
The BPI Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets
changes. The reclassification takes place from the start of the first reporting period following the change. Such
changes are expected to be very infrequent and none occurred during the period.
(87)
Equity instruments
Equity instruments are instruments that meet the definition of equity from the issuer’s perspective; that is,
instruments that do not contain a contractual obligation to pay and that evidence a residual interest in the issuer’s
net assets.
The BPI Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value through profit or loss, except where the
BPI Group’s management has elected, at initial recognition, to irrevocably designate an equity investment at fair
value through other comprehensive income. The BPI Group’s policy is to designate equity investments as FVOCI
when those investments are held for purposes other than to generate investment returns. When this election is
used, fair value gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income and are not subsequently
reclassified to profit or loss, even on disposal. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) are not
reported separately from other changes in fair value. Dividends, when representing a return on such investments,
continue to be recognized in profit or loss as “Other operating income” when the BPI Group’s right to receive
payments is established. Gains and losses on equity investments at fair value through profit or loss are included in
the “Trading gain on securities” in the statements of income.
The BPI Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instrument assets carried at
amortized cost and FVOCI and with the exposure arising from loan commitments. The BPI Group recognizes a loss
allowance for such losses at each reporting date. The measurement of ECL reflects:
An unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;
The time value of money; and
Reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date
about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
PFRS 9 outlines a ‘three-stage’ model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition as
summarized below:
A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in “Stage 1” and has its credit
risk continuously monitored by the BPI Group.
If a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to
“Stage 2” but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. The BPI Group determines SICR based on prescribed
benchmarks approved by the Board of the Directors.
If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to “Stage 3”.
Financial instruments in Stage 1 have their ECL measured at an amount equal to the portion of lifetime expected
credit losses that results from default events possible within the next 12 months. Instruments in Stages 2 or 3
have their ECL measured based on expected credit losses on a lifetime basis.
A pervasive concept in measuring ECL in accordance with PFRS 9 is that it should consider forward-looking
information.
POCI financial assets are those financial assets that are credit impaired on initial recognition. Their ECL is always
measured on a lifetime basis (Stage 3). There are no POCI as at December 31, 2018.
(88)
The following diagram summarizes the impairment requirements under PFRS 9 (other than purchased originated
credit-impaired financial assets):
For expected credit loss provisions modelled on a collective basis, a grouping of exposures is performed on the
basis of shared risk characteristics, such that risk exposures within a group are homogeneous.
The BPI Group compares the probabilities of default occurring over its expected life as at the reporting date with
the probability of default occurring over its expected life on the date of initial recognition to determine significant
increase in credit risk. Since comparison is made between forward-looking information at reporting date against
initial recognition, the deterioration in credit risk may be triggered by the following factors:
substantial deterioration in credit quality as measured by the applicable internal or external ratings, credit
score or shift from investment grade category to non-investment grade category;
adverse changes in business, financial and/or economic conditions of the borrower;
early warning signs of worsening credit where the ability of the counterparty to honor his obligation is
dependent upon favorable business or economic condition;
the account has become past due beyond 30 days where an account is classified under special monitoring
category (refer to Note 28.1.2 for the description of special monitoring); and
expert judgment for the other quantitative and qualitative factors which may result to SICR as defined by the
BPI Group.
The ECL is measured on either a 12-month or lifetime basis depending on whether a significant increase in credit
risk has occurred since initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be credit-impaired. Expected credit
losses are the discounted product of the PD, EAD and LGD, defined as follows:
The PD represents the likelihood that the borrower will default (as per “Definition of default and credit-
impaired” above), either over the next 12 months (12M PD), or over the remaining life (lifetime PD) of the
asset.
EAD is based on the amounts the BPI Group expects to be owed at the time of default, over the next 12 months
(12M EAD) or over the remaining life (lifetime EAD). For example, for a revolving commitment, the BPI
Group includes the current drawn balance plus any further amount that is expected to be drawn up to the
current contractual limit by the time of default, should it occur.
The 12-month and lifetime EADs are determined based on the expected payment profile, which varies by
product type.
- For amortizing products and bullet repayment loans, this is based on the contractual repayments owed by
the borrower over a 12-month or lifetime basis.
- For committed credit lines, the exposure at default is predicted by taking current drawn balance and
adding a “credit conversion factor” which allows for the expected drawdown of the remaining limit by the
time of default.
(89)
LGD represents the BPI Group’s expectation of the extent of loss on a defaulted exposure. LGD varies by type
of counterparty, type and seniority of claim and availability of collateral or other credit support. LGD is
expressed as a percentage loss per unit of exposure at the time of default.
The LGDs are determined based on the factors which impact the recoveries made post-default.
- For secured products, this is primarily based on collateral type and projected collateral values, historical
discounts to market/book values due to forced sales, time to repossession and recovery costs observed.
- For unsecured products, LGDs are typically set at product level due to the limited differentiation in
recoveries achieved across different borrowers. These LGDs are influenced by collection strategies and
historical recoveries.
The ECL is determined by multiplying the PD, LGD and EAD together for each individual exposure or collective
segment. This effectively calculates an ECL for each future year, which is then discounted back to the reporting
date and summed. The discount rate used in the ECL calculation is the original effective interest rate or an
approximation thereof.
The lifetime PD is developed by applying a maturity profile to the current 12M PD. The maturity profile looks at
how defaults develop on a portfolio from the point of initial recognition throughout the life of the loans. The
maturity profile is based on historical observed data and is assumed to be the same across all assets within a
portfolio and credit grade band.
Forward-looking economic information is also included in determining the 12-month and lifetime PD. These
assumptions vary by product type.
The assumptions underlying the ECL calculation—such as how the maturity profile of the PDs and how collateral
values change—are monitored and reviewed regularly.
There have been no significant changes in estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the
reporting period from the time of the adoption of PFRS 9 on January 1, 2018 to the reporting date.
The BPI Group incorporates historical and current information, and forecasts forward-looking events and key
economic variables that are assessed to impact credit risk and expected credit losses for each portfolio.
Macroeconomic variables that affect a specific portfolio’s non-performing loan rate(s) are determined through
statistical modelling and the application of expert judgement. The BPI Group’s economics team establishes
possible global and domestic economic scenarios. With the use of economic theories and conventions, expert
judgement and external forecasts, the economics team develops assumptions to be used in forecasting variables in
the next five (5) years, subsequently reverting to long run-averages. The probability-weighted ECL is calculated by
running each scenario through the relevant ECL models and multiplying it by the appropriate scenario weighting.
The estimation and application of forward-looking information requires significant judgment. As with any
economic forecasts, the projections and likelihood of occurrences are subject to a high degree of inherent
uncertainty and therefore the actual outcomes may be significantly different to those projected. The scenarios and
their attributes are reassessed at each reporting date. Information regarding the forward-looking economic
variables and the relevant sensitivity analysis is disclosed in Note 27.
Loss allowance for financial assets at amortized cost and FVOCI that have low credit risk is limited to 12-month
expected credit losses. Management considers “low credit risk” for listed government bonds to be an investment
grade credit rating with at least one major rating agency. Other debt instruments are considered to be low credit
risk when they have a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow
obligations in the near term.
(90)
Definition of default and credit-impaired assets
The BPI Group considers a financial instrument in default or credit-impaired, when it meets one or more of the
following criteria:
Quantitative criteria
The borrower is more than 90 days past due on its contractual payments (with the exception of credit cards and
micro-finance loans where a borrower is required to be 90 days past due and over 7 days past due, respectively, to
be considered in default).
Qualitative criteria
The counterparty is experiencing significant financial difficulty which may lead to non-payment of loan as may be
indicated by any or combination of the following events:
The criteria above have been applied to all financial instruments held by the BPI Group and are consistent with the
definition of default used for internal credit risk management purposes. The default definition has been applied
consistently to model the probability of default, exposure at default (EAD), and loss given default (LGD)
throughout the BPI Group’s expected credit loss calculations.
The BPI Group’s definition of default is substantially consistent with non-performing loan definition of the BSP.
For cross-border, treasury and debt securities, these are classified as defaulted based on combination of BSP and
external credit rating agency definitions.
31.3.3.1 Classification
The BPI Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity securities and available-for-sale securities. The classification
depends on the purpose for which the financial assets are acquired. Management determines the classification of
its financial assets at initial recognition.
This category has two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading and those designated at fair value through
profit or loss at inception.
A financial asset is classified as held for trading if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling or
repurchasing it in the near term or if it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed
together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking. Financial assets
held for trading (other than derivatives) are shown as “Trading securities” in the statements of condition.
Derivatives are also categorized as held for trading unless they are designated as hedging instruments.
(91)
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception are those that are managed and their
performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented investment strategy. Information
about these financial assets is provided internally on a fair value basis to the BPI Group’s key management
personnel. The BPI Group has no financial assets that are specifically designated at fair value through profit or
loss.
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments: (i) that are not
quoted in an active market, (ii) with no intention of being traded, and (iii) that are not designated as available-for-
sale. Significant accounts falling under this category include loans and advances, cash and other cash items, due
from BSP and other banks, interbank loans receivable and securities purchased under agreements to resell and
accounts receivable included under other assets.
Held-to-maturity securities are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed
maturities that the BPI Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.
Available-for-sale securities are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or not
classified in any of the other categories.
Available-for-sale securities and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair
value. Loans and receivables and held-to-maturity securities are subsequently carried at amortized cost.
Amortized cost is the amount at which the financial instrument was recognized at initial recognition less any
principal repayments, plus accrued interest, and for financial assets less any write-down for incurred impairment
losses. Accrued interest includes amortization of transaction costs deferred at initial recognition and of any
premium or discount to maturity amount using the effective interest method. Accrued interest income, including
both accrued coupon and amortized discount or premium (including fees deferred at origination, if any), are not
presented separately and are included in the carrying values of the related items in the statements of condition.
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are
included in the statements of income (as “Trading gain/loss on securities”) in the year in which they arise.
Changes in the fair value of monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized
directly in other comprehensive income, until the financial asset is derecognized or impaired at which time the
cumulative fair value adjustments previously recognized in other comprehensive income should be recognized in
profit or loss. However, interest is calculated on these securities using the effective interest method and foreign
currency gains and losses on monetary assets classified as available-for-sale are recognized in profit or loss.
Dividends on equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss when the BPI Group’s right to receive payment is
established.
(92)
31.3.3.3 Reclassification
The BPI Group may choose to reclassify a non-derivative financial asset held for trading out of the
held-for-trading category if the financial asset is no longer held for the purpose of selling it in the near term.
Financial assets other than loans and receivables are permitted to be reclassified out of the held-for-trading
category only in rare circumstances arising from a single event that is unusual and highly unlikely to recur in the
near term. In addition, the BPI Group may choose to reclassify financial assets that would meet the definition of
loans and receivables out of the held-for-trading or available-for-sale categories if the BPI Group has the intention
and ability to hold these financial assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity at the date of reclassification.
Reclassifications are made at fair value as of the reclassification date. Fair value becomes the new cost or amortized
cost as applicable, and no reversals of fair value gains or losses recorded before reclassification date are
subsequently made. Effective interest rates for financial assets reclassified to loans and receivables and
held-to-maturity categories are determined at the reclassification date. Further increases in estimates of cash flows
adjust effective interest rates prospectively.
Reclassification and sale of held-to-maturity securities other than an insignificant amount, would taint the entire
portfolio and result in reclassification to available-for-sale category, except on sales and reclassifications that:
are so close to maturity that changes in market interests rates would not significantly affect fair value;
occur after the entity has collected substantially all of the asset’s original principal; or
are attributable to an isolated, non-recurring event that could not have been reasonably expected.
The BPI Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of
financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are
incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the
initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future
cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
The criteria that the BPI Group uses to determine that there is objective evidence of an impairment loss include:
Delinquency in contractual payments of principal or interest;
Cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower;
Breach of loan covenants or conditions;
Initiation of bankruptcy proceedings;
Deterioration of the borrower’s competitive position; and
Deterioration in the value of collateral.
The BPI Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that
are individually significant, and collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the BPI
Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset,
whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics
and collectively assesses them for impairment. Financial assets that are individually assessed for impairment and
for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognized are not included in a collective assessment of
impairment.
(93)
The amount of impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present
value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the
financial asset’s original effective interest rate (recoverable amount). The calculation of recoverable amount of a
collateralized financial asset reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs of obtaining and
selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable. If a loan or held-to-maturity investment has a
variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate
determined under the contract. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance
account and the amount of loss is recognized in profit or loss.
For purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit
risk characteristics (i.e., on the basis of the BPI Group’s grading process that considers asset type, industry,
geographical location, collateral type, past-due status and other relevant factors). Those characteristics are
relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to
pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.
Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the
basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the BPI Group and historical loss experience for assets with
credit risk characteristics similar to those in the BPI Group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of
current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the
historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not
currently exist. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to
reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related allowance for loan impairment. Such loans are
written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of loss has been determined.
If in a subsequent period, the amount of impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to
an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the
previously recognized impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of
amounts previously written-off are credited to impairment loss in the statements of income.
The BPI Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an objective evidence that a security classified as
available-for-sale is impaired. For debt securities, the BPI Group uses the criteria mentioned in (a) above. For an
equity security classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value below cost is
considered in determining whether the securities are impaired. Generally, the BPI Group treats ‘significant’ as
20% or more and ‘prolonged’ as greater than six months. The cumulative loss (difference between the acquisition
cost and the current fair value less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or
loss) is removed from other comprehensive income and recognized in profit or loss when the asset is determined to
be impaired. If in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument previously impaired increases and the
increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the impairment
loss is reversed through profit or loss. Reversal of impairment losses recognized previously on equity instruments
is made directly to other comprehensive income.
Loans that are either subject to individual or collective impairment assessment and whose terms have been
renegotiated are no longer considered to be past due but are treated as new loans.
(94)
The Group sometimes renegotiates or otherwise modifies the contractual cash flows of loans to customers. When
this happens, the Group assesses whether or not the new terms are substantially different to the original terms.
The Group does this by considering, among others, the following factors:
If the borrower is in financial difficulty, whether the modification merely reduces the contractual cash flows to
amounts the borrower is expected to be able to pay.
Whether any substantial new terms are introduced, such as a profit share/equity-based return that
substantially affects the risk profile of the loan.
Significant extension of the loan term when the borrower is not in financial difficulty.
Significant change in the interest rate.
Change in the currency the loan is denominated in.
Insertion of collateral, other security or credit enhancements that significantly affect the credit risk associated
with the loan.
The BPI Group sometimes renegotiates or otherwise modifies the contractual cash flows of loans to customers. When
this happens, the BPI Group assesses whether or not the new terms are substantially different to the original terms.
The BPI Group does this by considering, among others, the following factors:
If the borrower is in financial difficulty, whether the modification merely reduces the contractual cash flows to
amounts the borrower is expected to be able to pay.
Significant extension of the loan term when the borrower is not in financial difficulty.
Significant change in the interest rate.
Change in the currency the loan is denominated in.
Insertion of collateral, other security or credit enhancements that significantly affect the credit risk associated
with the loan.
If the terms are substantially different, the BPI Group derecognizes the original financial asset and recognizes a
‘new’ asset at fair value and recalculates a new effective interest rate for the asset. The date of renegotiation is
consequently considered to be the date of initial recognition for impairment calculation purposes, including for the
purpose of determining whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred. However, the BPI Group also
assesses whether the new financial asset recognized is deemed to be credit-impaired at initial recognition,
especially in circumstances where the renegotiation was driven by the debtor being unable to make the originally
agreed payments. Differences in the carrying amount are also recognized in the statements of income as a gain or
loss on derecognition.
31.3.5 Derecognition of financial assets other than modification (PFRS 9 and PAS 39)
Financial assets, or a portion thereof, are derecognized when the contractual rights to receive the cash
flows from the assets have expired, or when they have been transferred and either (i) the BPI Group transfers
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, or (ii) the BPI Group neither transfers nor retains
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and the BPI Group has not retained control.
The BPI Group enters into transactions where it retains the contractual rights to receive cash flows from assets
but assumes a contractual obligation to pay those cash flows to other entities and transfers substantially all of the
risks and rewards. These transactions are accounted for as ‘pass through’ transfers that result in derecognition if
the BPI Group:
Has no obligation to make payments unless it collects equivalent amounts from the assets;
Is prohibited from selling or pledging the assets; and
Has an obligation to remit any cash it collects from the assets without material delay.
Collateral (shares and bonds) furnished by the BPI Group under standard repurchase agreements and securities
lending and borrowing transactions are not derecognized because the BPI Group retains substantially all the risks
and rewards on the basis of the predetermined repurchase price, and the criteria for derecognition are therefore
not met.
(95)
31.3.6 Financial liabilities (PFRS 9 and PAS 39)
31.3.6.1 Classification
The BPI Group classifies its financial liabilities in the following categories: financial liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss and financial liabilities at amortized cost.
This category comprises two sub-categories: financial liabilities classified as held for trading, and financial
liabilities designated by the BPI Group as at fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition.
A financial liability is classified as held for trading if it is acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling
or repurchasing it in the near term or if it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed
together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking. Derivatives are also
categorized as held for trading unless they are designated and effective as hedging instruments. Gains and losses
arising from changes in fair value of financial liabilities classified as held for trading are included in the statements
of income and are reported as “Trading gains/losses on securities”. The BPI Group has no financial liabilities that
are designated at fair value through profit loss.
Financial liabilities that are not classified as at fair value through profit or loss fall into this category and are
measured at amortized cost. Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include deposits from customers and
banks, bills payable, amounts due to BSP and other banks, manager’s checks and demand drafts outstanding,
subordinated notes and other financial liabilities under deferred credits and other liabilities.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value. Other liabilities are
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
Financial liabilities are derecognized when they have been redeemed or otherwise extinguished (i.e. when the
obligation is discharged or is cancelled or has expired). Collateral (shares and bonds) furnished by the BPI Group
under standard repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions is not derecognized
because the BPI Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards on the basis of the predetermined repurchase
price, and the criteria for derecognition are therefore not met.
Loan commitments are those contracts that the BPI Group is required to provide a loan with pre-specified terms to
the customer. These contracts, which are not issued at below-market interest rate and are not settled net in cash or
by delivering or issuing another financial instrument, are not recorded in the statement of financial position.
Starting January 1, 2018, loss allowance is calculated on these commitments as described in Note 28.1.
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are
subsequently re-measured at their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets
including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques (for example for structured notes), including
discounted cash flow models and options pricing models, as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when
fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which the derivative contract is entered into and are
subsequently remeasured at fair value. All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as
liabilities when fair value is negative.
(96)
The BPI Group’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any
derivative instrument that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in the statements of
income under “Trading gain on securities”.
Certain derivatives are embedded in hybrid contracts, such as the conversion option in a convertible bond. If the
hybrid contract contains a host that is a financial asset, then the BPI Group assesses the entire contract for
classification and measurement in accordance with the policy outlined in Note 31.3.2 above. Otherwise, the
embedded derivatives are treated as separate derivatives when:
Their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract;
A separate instrument with the same terms would meet the definition of a derivative; and
The hybrid contract is not measured at fair value through profit or loss.
These embedded derivatives are separately accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the
statement of profit or loss unless the BPI Group chooses to designate the hybrid contracts at fair value through
profit or loss.
When derivatives are embedded on other financial instruments or host contracts, such combinations are known as
hybrid instruments with the effect that some of the cash flows of a hybrid instrument vary in a way similar to a
stand-alone derivative. If the host contract is not carried at fair value with changed in fair value reported in the
Consolidated Statements of Income, the embedded derivative is generally required to be separated from the host
contract and accounted for separately as at FVTPL if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded
derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract. All embedded derivatives are presented on a
combined basis with the host contracts although they are separated for measurement purposes when conditions
requiring separation are met.
The fair value measurement did not change on adoption of PFRS 9. Fair value is the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date.
The fair value of a non-financial asset is measured based on its highest and best use. The asset’s current use is
presumed to be its highest and best use.
The fair value of financial and non-financial liabilities takes into account non-performance risk, which is the risk
that the entity will not fulfill an obligation.
The BPI Group classifies its fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of
the inputs used in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. This level includes
listed equity securities and debt instruments on exchanges (for example, PSE, Philippine Dealing and
Exchange Corp., etc.).
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices). This level includes the majority of
the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts. The primary source of input parameters like LIBOR yield
curve or counterparty credit risk is Bloomberg.
(97)
Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
This level includes equity investments and debt instruments with significant unobservable components. This
hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The BPI Group considers relevant and
observable market prices in its valuations where possible. The BPI Group has no assets or liabilities classified
under Level 3 as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The appropriate level is determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
For financial instruments traded in active markets, the determination of fair values of financial assets and financial
liabilities is based on quoted market prices or dealer price quotations. This includes listed equity securities and
quoted debt instruments on major exchanges and broker quotes mainly from Bloomberg.
A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available
from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent
actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. If the above criteria are not met, the
market is regarded as being inactive. Indications that a market is inactive are when there is a wide bid-offer spread
or significant increase in the bid-offer spread or there are few recent transactions.
For all other financial instruments, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. In these techniques, fair
values are estimated from observable data in respect of similar financial instruments, using models to estimate the
present value of expected future cash flows or other valuation techniques, using inputs (for example, LIBOR yield
curve, foreign exchange rates, volatilities and counterparty spreads) existing at reporting dates. The BPI Group
uses widely recognized valuation models for determining fair values of non-standardized financial instruments of
lower complexity, such as options or interest rate and currency swaps. For these financial instruments, inputs into
models are generally market observable.
For more complex instruments, the BPI Group uses internally developed models, which are usually based on
valuation methods and techniques generally recognized as standard within the industry. Valuation models are used
primarily to value derivatives transacted in the OTC market, unlisted debt securities (including those with
embedded derivatives) and other debt instruments for which markets were or have become illiquid. Some of the
inputs to these models may not be market observable and are therefore estimated based on assumptions.
The fair value of OTC derivatives is determined using valuation methods that are commonly accepted in the
financial markets, such as present value techniques and option pricing models. The fair value of foreign exchange
forwards is generally based on current forward exchange rates, with the resulting value discounted back to present
value.
In cases when the fair value of unlisted equity instruments cannot be determined reliably, under PAS 39, the
instruments are carried at cost less impairment. However, under PFRS 9, all investments in equity instruments
and contracts on those instruments must be measured at fair value. However, in limited circumstances, cost may
be an appropriate estimate of fair value. That may be the case if insufficient more recent information is available to
measure fair value, or if there is a wide range of possible fair value measurements and cost represents the best
estimate of fair value within that range.
The fair value for loans and advances as well as liabilities to banks and customers are determined using a present
value model on the basis of contractually agreed cash flows, taking into account credit quality, liquidity and costs.
The fair values of contingent liabilities and irrevocable loan commitments correspond to their carrying amounts.
(98)
(b) Non-financial assets or liabilities
The BPI Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and applies the technique
consistently. Commonly used valuation techniques are as follows:
Market approach - A valuation technique that uses observable inputs, such as prices, broker quotes and other
relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or group of
assets.
Income approach - A valuation technique that converts future amounts (e.g., cash flows or income and
expenses) to a single current (i.e., discounted) amount. The fair value measurement is determined on the basis
of the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts.
Cost approach - A valuation technique that reflects the amount that would be required currently to replace the
service capacity of an asset (often referred to as current replacement cost).
The fair values were determined in reference to observable market inputs reflecting orderly transactions, i.e.
market listings, published broker quotes and transacted deals from similar and comparable assets, adjusted to
determine the point within the range that is most representative of the fair value under current market conditions.
The fair values of BPI Group’s investment properties and foreclosed assets (shown as Assets held for sale) fall
under level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The BPI Group has no non-financial assets or liabilities classified under
Level 3 as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Interest income and expense are recognized in profit or loss for all interest-bearing financial instruments using the
effective interest method.
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability
and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate
that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument
or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability.
When calculating the effective interest rate, the BPI Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of
the financial instrument but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees paid or received
between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other
premiums or discounts.
Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss,
interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of
measuring impairment loss.
Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss when the BPI Group’s right to receive payment is established.
Transaction costs are expensed as incurred for financial instruments classified or designated as FVTPL. For other
financial instruments, transaction costs are capitalized on initial recognition. For financial assets and financial
liabilities measured at amortized cost, capitalized transaction costs are amortized through net income over the
estiamted life of the instrument using the effective interest method. For financial assets measured at FVOCI (AFS
financial assets under PAS 39) the do not have fixed or determinable payments and no fixed maturity, capitalized
transaction costs are recognized in net income when the asset is derecognized or becomes impaired.
(99)
31.3.13 Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statements of condition when there is
a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or
realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, there are no financial assets and liabilities that have been offset.
Cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and other cash items, Due from BSP, Due from other banks, and
Interbank loans receivable and securities purchased under agreements to resell with maturities of less than three
months from the date of acquisition and that are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.
31.3.15 Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements (PFRS 9 and PAS 39)
Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are reclassified in the financial statements as pledged
assets when the transferee has the right by contract or custom to sell or repledge the collateral; the counterparty
liability is included in deposits from banks or deposits from customers, as appropriate. The difference between sale
and repurchase price is treated as interest and accrued over the life of the agreements using the effective interest
method.
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recorded as loans and advances to other
banks and customers and included in the statements of condition under “Interbank loans receivable and securities
purchased under agreements to resell”. Securities lent to counterparties are also retained in the financial
statements.
31.4 Consolidation
The subsidiaries financial statements are prepared for the same reporting year as the consolidated financial
statements. Refer to Note 1 for the list of the Parent Bank’s subsidiaries.
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the BPI Group has control. The BPI Group controls an entity when it is
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity. The BPI Group also assesses existence of control where it does not have
more than 50% of the voting power but is able to govern the financial and operating policies by virtue of de-facto
control. De-facto control may arise in circumstances where the size of the BPI Group’s voting rights relative to the
size and dispersion of holdings of other shareholders give the BPI Group the power to govern the financial and
operating policies.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the BPI Group. They are
de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
The BPI Group applies the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The
consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities
incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the BPI Group. The consideration
transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent
liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On
an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the BPI Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at
fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously
held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss.
(100)
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the BPI Group is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date.
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be an asset or liability is
recognized in accordance with PFRS 9 (PAS 39 in 2017) either in profit or loss or as a change to other
comprehensive income. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured, and its subsequent
settlement is not accounted for within equity.
The excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the
acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the
BPI Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the total of consideration
transferred, non-controlling interest recognized and previously held interest measured is less than the fair value of
the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognized directly in
profit or loss.
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are
eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the BPI Group, except for the pre-need subsidiary
which follows the provisions of the PNUCA as allowed by the SEC.
When the BPI Group ceases to have control, any retained interest in the entity is re-measured to its fair value at the
date when control is lost, with the change in carrying amount recognized in profit or loss. The fair value is the
initial carrying amount for purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint
venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in
respect of that entity are accounted for as if the BPI Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities.
This may mean that amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or
loss.
Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity
transactions - that is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. For purchases from non-
controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying
value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests
are also recorded in equity.
Interests in the equity of subsidiaries not attributable to the Parent Bank are reported in consolidated equity as
non-controlling interests. Profits or losses attributable to non-controlling interests are reported in the statements
of income as net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests.
(c) Associates
Associates are all entities over which the BPI Group has significant influence but not control, generally
accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates in the
consolidated financial statements are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity
method, the investment is initially recognized at cost and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to
recognize the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The BPI Group’s
investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition (net of any accumulated impairment loss).
If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, a proportionate share of
the amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss where
appropriate.
The BPI Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in profit or loss, and its
share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in other comprehensive income. The cumulative
post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the BPI Group’s
share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured
receivables, the BPI Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations
or made payments on behalf of the associate.
(101)
The BPI Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in
the associate is impaired. If this is the case, the BPI Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference
between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value and recognizes the amount adjacent to
‘share of profit (loss) of an associate’ in profit or loss.
Unrealized gains on transactions between the BPI Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the BPI
Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of
an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to
ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the BPI Group.
Investments in subsidiaries and associates in the Parent Bank’s separate financial statements are accounted for
using the cost method in accordance with PAS 27. Under this method, income from investment is recognized in
profit or loss only to the extent that the investor receives distributions from accumulated profits of the investee
arising after the acquisition date. Distributions received in excess of such profits are regarded as a recovery of
investment and are recognized as reduction of the cost of the investment.
The Parent Bank recognizes a dividend from a subsidiary or associate in profit or loss in its separate financial
statements when its right to receive the dividend is established.
The Parent Bank determines at each reporting date whether there is any indicator of impairment that the
investment in the subsidiary or associate is impaired. If this is the case, the Parent Bank calculates the amount of
impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount and carrying value and the difference is recognized
in profit or loss.
Investments in subsidiaries and associates are derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits
are expected to be derived from the subsidiaries and associates at which time the cost and the related accumulated
impairment loss are removed in the statements of condition. Any gains and losses on disposal is determined by
comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount of the investment and recognized in profit or loss.
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief executive
officer who allocates resources to, and assesses the performance of the operating segments of the BPI Group.
All transactions between business segments are conducted on an arm’s length basis, with intra-segment revenue
and costs being eliminated upon consolidation. Income and expenses directly associated with each segment are
included in determining business segment performance.
In accordance with PFRS 8, the BPI Group has the following main banking business segments: consumer banking,
corporate banking and investment banking. Its insurance business is assessed separately from these banking
business segments (Note 3).
Land and buildings comprise mainly of branches and offices. All bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment
are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly
attributable to the acquisition of an asset which comprises its purchase price, import duties and any directly
attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or are recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate,
only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the BPI Group and the
cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during
the year in which they are incurred.
(102)
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation for buildings and furniture and equipment is calculated using the straight-
line method to allocate cost or residual values over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term (ranges from 5 to 10 years) and the
useful life of the related improvement (ranges from 5 to 10 years). Major renovations are depreciated over the
remaining useful life of the related asset.
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. Assets
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
not be recoverable.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is
greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less
costs to sell and value in use. There are no bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment that are fully impaired
as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
An item of Bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future
economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on
derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount
of the item) is included in profit or loss in the period the item is derecognized.
Properties that are held either to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or both, and that are not
significantly occupied by the BPI Group are classified as investment properties. Transfers to, and from, investment
property are made when, and only when, there is a change in use, evidenced by:
(a) Commencement of owner-occupation, for a transfer from investment property to owner-occupied property;
(b) Commencement of development with a view of sale, for a transfer from investment property to real properties
held-for-sale and development;
(c) End of owner occupation, for a transfer from owner-occupied property to investment property; or
(d) Commencement of an operating lease to another party, for a transfer from real properties held-for-sale and
development to investment property.
Investment properties comprise land and building. Investment properties are measured initially at cost, including
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation on investment property is determined using the same
policy as applied to Bank premises, furniture, fixtures, and equipment. Impairment test is conducted when there is
an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recovered. An impairment loss is recognized for the
amount by which the property’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the
property’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.
An item of investment property is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to
arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gains and losses arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the
difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included in profit or loss in the
period the item is derecognized.
(103)
31.9 Foreclosed assets
Assets foreclosed shown as Assets held for sale in the statements of condition are accounted for at the lower of cost
and fair value less cost to sell similar to the principles of PFRS 5. The cost of assets foreclosed includes the carrying
amount of the related loan. Impairment loss is recognized for any subsequent write-down of the asset to fair value less
cost to sell.
Foreclosed assets not classified as Assets held for sale are accounted for in any of the following classification using the
measurement basis appropriate to the asset as follows:
(a) Investment property is accounted for using the cost model under PAS 40;
(b) Bank-occupied property is accounted for using the cost model under PAS 16; and
(c) Financial assets are accounted for under PFRS 9 starting January 1, 2018 (PAS 39 was applied until
December 31, 2017).
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the BPI Group’s share in the net
identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary/associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of
subsidiaries is included under Other assets, net in the statements of condition. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates
is included in Investments in subsidiaries and associates. Separately recognized goodwill is carried at cost less
accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of a subsidiary/associate include carrying amount of
goodwill relating to the subsidiary/associate sold.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. Each cash-generating unit is
represented by each primary reporting segment.
Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the
higher of value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment is recognized immediately as an expense
and is not subsequently reversed.
Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition
date. The contractual customer relationships have finite useful lives of ten years and are carried at cost less
accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected life of the
customer relationship. Contractual customer relationships are included under Other assets, net in the statements of
condition.
Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the
specific software. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected useful lives (three to five years).
Computer software is included under Other assets, net in the statements of condition.
(104)
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred.
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products
controlled by the BPI Group are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;
management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it;
there is an ability to use or sell the software product;
it can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits;
adequate technical, financial and other assets to complete the development and to use or sell the software
product are available; and
the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.
Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the software product include the software development
employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.
Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognized as an expense when incurred.
Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period.
Assets that have indefinite useful lives - for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready for use - are not subject to
amortization and are tested annually for impairment and more frequently if there are indicators of impairment.
Assets that have definite useful lives are subject to amortization and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized
for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the
higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For purposes of assessing impairment, assets are
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).
Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of impairment at
each reporting date.
The BPI Group’s borrowings consist mainly of bills payable and other borrowed funds. Borrowings are recognized
initially at fair value, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently
carried at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is
recognized in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are
capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred. The BPI Group has no
qualifying asset as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Borrowings derecognized when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The
difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another
party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in te
Statements of Income as other income.
Starting January 1, 2018, the BPI Group has applied PFRS 15 where revenue is recognized when (or as) The BPI
Group satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer (i.e. an asset). An
asset is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that asset.
The recognition of revenue can be either over time or at a point in time depending on when the performance
obligation is satisfied.
(105)
When control of a good or service is transferred over time, that is, when the customer simultaneously receives and
consumes the benefits, the BPI Group satisfies the performance obligation and recognizes revenue over time.
Otherwise, revenue is recognized at the point in time at the point of transfer control of the good or service to the
customer.
Variable consideration is measured using either the expected value method or the most likely amount method
depending on which method the BPI Group expects to better predict the amount of consideration to which it will be
entitled. This is the estimated amount of variable consideration, or the portion, if any, of that amount for which it is
highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. Where there
is a single performance obligation, the transaction price is allocated in its entirety to that performance obligation.
Where there are multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to the performance obligation to
which it relates based on stand-alone selling prices.
The BPI Group recognizes revenue based on the price specified in the contract, net of the estimated rebates/discounts
and include variable consideration, if there is any. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the
discounts and revenue is only recognized to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not
occur.
The BPI Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods
or services to the customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the BPI Group does
not adjust any of the transaction prices for the time value of money.
There are no warranties and other similar obligation and refunds agreed with customers.
Until December 31, 2017, the BPI Group recognizes revenue under PAS 18. Fees and commissions are generally
recognized on an accrual basis when the service has been provided. Commission and fees arising from negotiating
or participating in the negotiation of a transaction for a third party (i.e. the arrangement of the acquisition of
shares or other securities, or the purchase or sale of businesses) are recognized on completion of underlying
transactions. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable
service contracts, usually on a time-proportionate basis. Asset management fees related to investment funds are
recognized ratably over the period in which the service is provided.
Credit card arrangements involve numerous contracts between various parties. The BPI Group has determined
that the more significant contracts within the scope of PFRS 15 are (1) the contract between the BPI Group and the
credit card holder (‘Cardholder Agreement’) under which the BPI Group earn miscellaneous fees (e.g., late
payment fees, over-limit fees, foreign exchange fees, etc.) and (2) an implied contract between the BPI Group and
merchants who accept the credit cards in connection with the purchase of their goods and/or services (‘Merchant
Agreement’) under which the BPI Group earn interchange fees.
The Cardholder Agreement obligates the Bank, as the card issuer, to perform activities such as redeem loyalty
points by providing goods, cash or services to the cardholder; provide ancillary services such as concierge services,
travel insurance, airport lounge access and the like; process late payments; provide foreign exchange services and
others. The amount of fees stated in the contract represents the transaction price for that performance obligation.
The implied contract between the BPI Group and the merchant results in the BPI Group receiving an interchange
fee from the merchant. The interchange fee represents the transaction price associated with the implied contract
between the BPI Group and the merchant because it represents the amount of consideration to which the BPI
Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised service (i.e., purchase approval and
payment remittance) to the merchant. The performance obligation associated with the implied contract between
the BPI Group and the merchant is satisfied upon performance and simultaneous consumption by the customer of
the underlying service (i.e. purchase approval and payment remittance). Therefore, the interchange fee is
recognized as revenue each time the BPI Group approves a purchase and remits payment to the merchant.
(106)
31.15 Foreign currency translation
Items in the financial statements of each entity in the BPI Group are measured using the currency of the primary
economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The financial statements are
presented in Philippine Peso, which is the Parent Bank’s functional and presentation currency.
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the
dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting
from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary items measured at
historical cost denominated in a foreign currency are translated at exchange rates as at the date of initial
recognition. Non-monetary items in a foreign currency that are measured at fair value are translated using the
exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined.
Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in foreign currency classified as financial assets at
FVOCI are analyzed between translation differences resulting from changes in the amortized cost of the security,
and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. Translation differences are recognized in profit or loss,
and other changes in carrying amount are recognized in other comprehensive income.
Translation differences on non-monetary financial instruments, such as equities held at fair value through profit or
loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss recognized under “Trading gain/loss on securities” in the
statements of income. Translation differences on non-monetary financial instruments, such as equities classified
as financial assets at FVOCI, are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the capital funds.
The results and financial position of BPI’s foreign subsidiaries (none of which has the currency of a
hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated
into the presentation currency as follows:
(i) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at reporting date;
(ii) income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable
approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income
and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component (Currency translation differences)
of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the capital funds. When a foreign operation is sold, such
exchange differences are recognized in profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Accrued expenses and other liabilities are recognized in the period in which the related money, goods or services are
received or when a legally enforceable claim against the BPI Group is established.
Provisions are recognized when all of the following conditions are met: (i) the BPI Group has a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of past events; (ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to
settle the obligation; and (iii) the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future
operating losses.
Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is
determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an
outflow with respect to any one item is included in the same class of obligations may be small.
(107)
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using
a pre-tax rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the
obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as interest expense.
Income tax payable is calculated on the basis of the applicable tax law in the respective jurisdiction and is recognized
as an expense for the year except to the extent that current tax is related to items (for example, current tax on
financial assets at FVOCI) that are charged or credited in other comprehensive income or directly to capital funds.
The BPI Group has substantial income from its investment in government securities subject to final withholding tax.
Such income is presented at its gross amount and the final tax paid or withheld is included in Provision for income
tax - Current.
Deferred income tax is recognized on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. The deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises
from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time
of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax
rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and are expected to apply
when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax
losses (net operating loss carryover or NOLCO) and unused tax credits (excess minimum corporate income tax or
MCIT) to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary
differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits can be utilized. Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized
in full for all taxable temporary differences except to the extent that the deferred tax liability arises from the initial
recognition of goodwill.
The BPI Group reassesses at each reporting date the need to recognize a previously unrecognized deferred income tax
asset.
Deferred income tax assets are recognized on deductible temporary differences arising from investments in
subsidiaries, and associates and joint arrangements only to the extent that it is probable the temporary difference will
reverse in the future and there is sufficient taxable profit available against which the temporary difference can be
utilized.
Deferred income tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in
subsidiaries, and associates and joint arrangements, except for deferred income tax liability where the timing of the
reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the BPI Group and it is probable that the temporary difference
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Generally the BPI Group is unable to control the reversal of the temporary
difference for associates except when there is an agreement in place that gives the BPI Group the ability to control the
reversal of the temporary difference.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets
against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by
the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to
settle the balances on a net basis.
(108)
31.19 Employee benefits
The BPI Group recognizes a liability net of amount already paid and an expense for services rendered by employees
during the accounting period. Short-term benefits given by to its employees include salaries and wages, social
security contributions, short-term compensated absences and bonuses, and non-monetary benefits.
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related
service is provided.
The BPI Group has a defined benefit plan that shares risks among entities within the group. A defined benefit plan
is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually
dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation.
The liability recognized in the statements of condition in respect of defined benefit pension plan is the present
value of the defined benefit obligation at the reporting date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit
obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present
value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using
interest rates of government bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and
that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related pension liability.
Defined benefit costs comprise of service cost, net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset and
remeasurements of net defined liability or asset.
Service costs which include current service costs, past service costs and gains or losses on non-routine settlements
are recognized as expense in the statements of income. Past service costs are recognized when the plan amendment
or curtailment occurs.
Net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset is the change during the period in the net defined benefit
liability or asset that arises from the passage of time which is determined by applying the discount rate based on
government bonds to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Net interest on the net defined benefit liability or
asset is recognized as interest income or expense in the statements of income.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged
or credited to equity in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.
For individual financial reporting purposes, the unified plan assets are allocated among the BPI Group entities
based on the level of the defined benefit obligation attributable to each entity to arrive at the net liability or asset
that should be recognized in the individual financial statements.
The BPI Group also maintains a defined contribution plan that covers certain full-time employees. Under its
defined contribution plan, the BPI Group pays fixed contributions based on the employees’ monthly salaries. The
BPI Group, however, is covered under RA No. 7641, otherwise known as The Philippine Retirement Pay Law,
which provides for its qualified employees a defined benefit minimum guarantee. The defined benefit minimum
guarantee is equivalent to a certain percentage of the monthly salary payable to an employee at normal retirement
age with the required credited years of service based on the provisions of RA No. 7641. Accordingly, the BPI Group
accounts for its retirement obligation under the higher of the defined benefit obligation relating to the minimum
guarantee and the obligation arising from the defined contribution plan.
(109)
For the defined benefit minimum guarantee plan, the liability is determined based on the present value of the
excess of the projected defined benefit obligation over the projected defined contribution obligation at the end of
the reporting period. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by a qualified independent actuary using
the projected unit credit method. The BPI Group and Parent Bank determine the net interest expense (income) on
the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined
benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the net defined benefit liability (asset) then, taking into
account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and
benefit payments. Net interest and other expenses related to the defined benefit plan are recognized in the
statements of income.
The defined contribution liability is measured at the fair value of the defined contribution assets upon which the
defined contribution benefits depend, with an adjustment for margin on asset returns, if any, where this is
reflected in the defined contribution benefits.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from the remeasurements of the net defined contribution liability are recognized
immediately in the other comprehensive income.
The BPI Group engages in equity-settled share-based payment transactions in respect of services received from
certain employees.
The fair value of the services received is measured by reference to the fair value of the shares or share options
granted on the date of the grant. The cost of employee services received in respect of the shares or share options
granted is recognized in profit or loss (with a corresponding increase in reserve in capital funds) over the period
that the services are received, which is the vesting period.
The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models which take into account the
exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share
price over the life of the option and other relevant factors.
When the stock options are exercised, the proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are
credited to share capital (par value) and share premium for the excess of exercise price over par value.
The BPI Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing, based on a formula that takes
into consideration the profit attributable to the Parent Bank’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The BPI
Group recognizes a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a
constructive obligation.
Share premium includes any premiums or consideration received in excess of par value on the issuance of share
capital.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in capital funds as a
deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.
(110)
31.21 Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing income applicable to common shares by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the year with retroactive adjustments for stock dividends. In case of a rights
issue, an adjustment factor is being considered for the weighted average number of shares outstanding for all
periods before the rights issue. Diluted EPS is computed in the same manner as basic EPS, however, net income
attributable to common shares and the weighted average number of shares outstanding are adjusted for the effects
of all dilutive potential common shares.
Dividends on common shares are recognized as a liability in the BPI Group’s financial statements in the period in
which the dividends are approved by the BOD.
The BPI Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of
assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising
thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the BPI Group (Note 25).
31.24 Leases
Lease income under finance lease is recognized over the term of the lease using the net investment
method before tax, which reflects a constant periodic rate of return.
(111)
31.25 Insurance and pre-need operations
The more significant accounting policies observed by the non-life insurance subsidiaries follow: (a) gross premiums
written from short-term insurance contracts are recognized at the inception date of the risks underwritten and are
earned over the period of cover in accordance with the incidence of risk using the 24th method; (b) acquisition costs
are deferred and charged to expense in proportion to the premium revenue recognized; reinsurance commissions are
deferred and deducted from the applicable deferred acquisition costs, subject to the same amortization method as the
related acquisition costs; (c) a liability adequacy test is performed which compares the subsidiaries’ reported
insurance contract liabilities against current best estimates of all contractual future cash flows and claims
handling, and policy administration expenses as well as investment income backing up such liabilities, with any
deficiency immediately charged to profit or loss; (d) amounts recoverable from reinsurers and loss adjustment
expenses are classified as assets, with an allowance for estimated uncollectible amounts; and (e) financial assets and
liabilities are measured following the classification and valuation provisions of PFRS 9.
(b) Pre-need
The more significant provisions of the PNUCA as applied by the pre-need subsidiary follow: (a) premium income
from sale of pre-need plans is recognized as earned when collected; (b) costs of contracts issued and other direct
costs and expenses are recognized as expense when incurred; (c) pre-need reserves which represent the accrued
net liabilities of the subsidiary to its plan holders are actuarially computed based on standards and guidelines set
forth by the Insurance Commission; the increase or decrease in the account is charged or credited to other costs of
contracts issued in profit or loss; and (d) insurance premium reserves which represent the amount that must be set
aside by the subsidiary to pay for premiums for insurance coverage of fully paid plan holders, are actuarially
computed based on standards and guidelines set forth by the Insurance Commission.
Related party relationship exists when one party has the ability to control, directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, the other party or exercises significant influence over the other party in making financial and
operating decisions. Such relationship also exists between and/or among entities which are under common control
with the reporting enterprise, or between and/or among the reporting enterprise and its key management personnel,
directors, or its shareholders. In considering each possible related party relationship, attention is directed to the
substance of the relationship, and not merely the legal form.
31.27 Comparatives
Except when a standard or an interpretation permits or requires otherwise, all amounts are reported or disclosed with
comparative information.
Where PAS 8 applies, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform with changes in presentation in the current
year. There were no changes to the presentation made during the year.
31.28 Reclassification
Certain amounts have been reclassified in the statements of condition in the prior year to conform to the current
year’s presentation of other assets.
Post year-end events that provide additional information about the BPI Group’s financial position at the reporting
date (adjusting events) are reflected in the financial statements. Post year-end events that are not adjusting events are
disclosed in the notes to financial statements when material.
(112)
Note 32 - Supplementary information required by the Bureau of Internal Revenue
On December 28, 2010, Revenue Regulations (RR) No. 15-2010 became effective and amended certain provisions of
RR No. 21-2002 prescribing the manner of compliance with any documentary and/or procedural requirements in
connection with the preparation and submission of financial statements and income tax returns. Section 2 of
RR No. 21-2002 was further amended to include in the Notes to Financial Statements information on taxes, duties
and license fees paid or accrued during the year in addition to what is mandated by PFRS.
Below is the additional information required by RR No. 15-2010 that is relevant to the Parent Bank. This information
is presented for purposes of filing with the Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR) and is not a required part of the basic
financial statements.
Documentary stamp taxes paid through the Electronic Documentary Stamp Tax System for the year ended
December 31, 2018 consist of:
Withholding taxes paid/accrued and/or withheld for the year ended December 31, 2018 consist of:
Amount
(In Millions of Pesos) Paid Accrued Total
Income taxes withheld on compensation 1,566 177 1,743
Final income taxes withheld on interest on deposits and yield on
deposit substitutes 2,178 244 2,422
Final income taxes withheld on income payment 643 29 672
Creditable income taxes withheld (expanded) 409 53 462
Fringe benefit tax 145 34 179
VAT withholding tax 47 12 59
4,988 549 5,537
All other local and national taxes paid/accrued for the year ended December 31, 2018 consist of:
Amount
(In Millions of Pesos) Paid Accrued Total
Gross receipts tax 3,014 407 3,421
Real property tax 128 - 128
Municipal taxes 168 - 168
Others 6 - 6
3,316 407 3,723
(113)
Local and national taxes imposed by the government which are incurred under the normal courses of business
are part of “Taxes and Licenses” within Other Operating Expense (Note 21).
As at reporting date, the Parent Bank has pending cases filed in courts and with the tax authorities contesting
certain tax assessments and for various claims for tax refund. Management is of the opinion that the ultimate
outcome of the said cases will not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Parent Bank.
(114)
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
December 31
Notes 2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 29.10, 31 ₱23,226,386 ₱11,222,220
Trade receivables – net 5, 29.10 21,112,561 27,304,288
Contract assets and deferred contract costs – net 6 8,471,550 -
Inventories and supplies – net 7 4,854,939 3,242,689
Derivative assets – current 29.3 63,180 15,043
Prepayments and other current assets 8 15,794,767 15,730,897
73,523,383 57,515,137
Noncurrent Assets
Property and equipment – net 9 169,393,768 162,602,646
Intangible assets and goodwill – net 10 13,698,269 14,883,706
Investments in associates and joint ventures 12 34,426,776 35,602,999
Deferred income tax assets – net 27 2,075,065 2,761,626
Derivative assets – net of current portion 29.3 2,300,186 911,358
Deferred contract costs – net of current portion 6 315,673 -
Other noncurrent assets 13 3,764,989 3,488,816
225,974,726 220,251,151
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Forward)
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Cash dividends declared per common share 19.3 ₱91.00 ₱91.00 ₱88.00
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
As of December 31, 2018 ₱8,445,238 ₱36,528,251 ₱417,345 ₱561,103 ₱27,167,398 ₱73,119,335 ₱24,172 ₱73,143,507
(Forward)
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
As of December 31, 2017 ₱8,438,404 ₱36,319,449 ₱401,543 (₱352,375) ₱21,708,003 ₱ 66,515,024 ₱42,713 ₱66,557,737
(Forward)
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
As of December 31, 2016 ₱8,430,504 ₱36,075,199 ₱584,586 (₱1,072,925) ₱19,422,402 ₱63,439,766 ₱36,536 ₱63,476,302
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF YEAR 29.10, 31 ₱23,226,386 ₱11,222,220 ₱8,632,852
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
CREATE.WONDERFUL.
GLOBE TELECOM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 Corporate Information
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 10
1.3 GTI and Subsidiaries
Globe Telecom owns 100% of GTI. GTI was incorporated and registered under the laws of the
Philippines, on November 25, 2008, as a holding company.
In July 2009, GTI incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, GTI Corporation (GTIC), a company
organized under the General Corporation Law of the United States of America, State of Delaware
as a wireless and data communication services provider.
In December 2011, GTI incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Globe Telecom HK Limited
(GTHK), a limited company organized under the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong as a
marketing and distribution company. On March 17, 2015, Globe Telecom HK Limited (GTHK)
applied for a services-based operator license (SBO) with the Office of the Communications
Authority in Hong Kong (OFCA) which was subsequently approved on May 7, 2015. GTHK is
licensed to provide a public telecommunications service and establish and maintain a
telecommunications system.
On May 10, 2013, GTI incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Globetel European Limited (GTEU)
as holding company for the operating companies of Globe Group located in the United Kingdom,
Spain and Italy.
In 2013, GTEU incorporated its wholly owned subsidiaries, UK Globetel Limited (UKGT), Globe
Mobilé Italy S.r.l. (GMI), and Globetel Internacional European España, S.L. (GIEE), for the purpose of
establishing operations in Europe by marketing and selling mobile telecommunications services to
Filipino individuals and businesses located in the United Kingdom, Spain and Italy
On June 2, 2016, the BOD approved the cessation of the operations of UKGT, GMI and GIEE
effective July 31, 2016. UKGT and GMI completed the liquidation process in 2018. The completion
of the regulatory requirements on the liquidation of GIEE is still in process as of
December 31, 2018.
On November 12, 2014, GTI incorporated Globetel Singapore Pte. Ltd. (GTSG), a wholly owned
subsidiary, to provide international cable services that will help strengthen connectivity between
Singapore and the Philippines, and for the purpose of offering full range of international data
services in Singapore.
On November 25, 2014, GTSG applied for a facilities-based operations license (FBO) with
Infocommunications Development Authority (IDA) in Singapore which was subsequently granted
on January 7, 2015.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 11
1.5 Asticom Technology, Inc. (Asticom)
On June 3, 2014, Globe Telecom signed an agreement with Azalea Technology Investments Inc.
(ASTI) and SCS Computer Systems, Pte. Ltd. acquiring 100% ownership stake in Asticom. Asticom
is primarily engaged in providing manpower, business process and shared service support.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 12
On November 4, 2016, Globe Telecom increased its ownership interest on Tao from 25% to 67%
controlling interest for a total consideration of ₱207.34 million. The transaction was accounted for
as an acquisition of a subsidiary.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 13
2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements of the Globe Group are presented in Philippine Peso (₱),
which is Globe Telecomʼs functional currency, and rounded to the nearest thousands, except when
otherwise indicated.
On February 11, 2019, the BOD approved and authorized the release of the consolidated financial
statements of Globe Telecom, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 14
2.3 Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Globe Telecom and
the following subsidiaries:
Parent Companyʼs
Percentage of Ownership
Place of
Name of Subsidiary Incorporation Principal Activity 2018 2017
Innove Philippines Wireline voice and data communication services 100% 100%
GTI Philippines Holding company 100% 100%
GTIC United States Wireless and data communication services 100% 100%
GTHK Hong Kong Marketing and distributing company 100% 100%
GTSG Singapore Wireless and data communication services 100% 100%
GTEU United Kingdom Holding company 100% 100%
UKGT3 United Kingdom Wireless and data communication services - 100%
GMI3 Italy Wireless and data communication services 100% 100%
GIEE1 Spain Wireless and data communication services 100% 100%
KVI Philippines Venture capital company 100% 100%
FPSI1 Philippines E-book solutions 40% 40%
Asticom Philippines Support and shared services provider 100% 100%
GCVHI Philippines Holding Company 100% 100%
GFI4 Philippines Holding company 45% 45%
Fuse4 Philippines Lending company 45% 45%
GXI4 Philippines Fintech Company 45% 45%
AHI Philippines Holding company 100% 100%
AI Philippines Advertising company 100% 100%
Socialytics Philippines Advertising company 70% 70%
BTI Philippines Wireline voice and data communication services 99% 99%
RCPI Philippines Wireline communication services 91% 91%
Telicphil1 Philippines Telco equipment administration and maintenance 58% 58%
Sky Internet Philippines Data communication services 100% 100%
GlobeTel Japan Japan Wireless and data communication services 100% 100%
BTI – UK2 United Kingdom Wireless and data communication services - -
NLI Philippines Land holding company 70% 70%
Tao Philippines Distributing company 67% 67%
G Towers, Inc.5 Philippines Tower company 100% -
1Ceased operations
2Liquidated in 2017
3Liquidated in 2018
4Deconsolidated in 2017 due to loss of control
5Incorporated in 2018
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 15
At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized
at their fair value except that:
deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit
arrangements are recognized and measured in accordance with PAS 12,Income Taxes and
PAS 19, Employee Benefits, respectively;
liabilities and equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the
acquiree or share-based payment arrangement of the Globe Group entered into to replace
share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree are measured in accordance with PFRS 2,
Share-based Payment, at the acquisition date; and
assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with PFRS 5 Non-
current assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with
that Standard.
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirerʼs previously held equity
interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition-date
amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the
consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair
value of the acquirerʼs previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognized
immediately in the consolidated profit or loss as bargain purchase gain.
Non-controlling interests that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a
proportionate share of the entityʼs net assets in the event of liquidation may be initially measured
either at fair value or at the non-controlling interestsʼ proportionate share of the recognized
amounts of the acquireeʼs identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement basis is made on a
transaction-by-transaction basis. Other types of non-controlling interest are measured at fair
value or, when applicable, on the basis specified in another PFRS.
When the consideration transferred by the Globe Group in a business combination includes assets
or liabilities resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration
is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred
in a business combination. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify
as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments
against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional
information obtained during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from
acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.
The subsequent accounting for the changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that do
not qualify as measurement period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is
classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not measured at subsequent
reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent
consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting
dates in accordance with PFRS 9, Financial Instruments, or PAS 37, Provisions, Contingent
Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being
recognized in profit or loss.
When a business combination is achieved in stages, the Globe Groupʼs previously held equity
interest in the acquiree is remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or
loss, if any, is recognized in profit or loss. Amount arising from interests in the acquiree prior to
the acquisition date that have previously been recognized in other comprehensive income are
reclassified to profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were
disposed of.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 16
If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting
period in which the combination occurs, the Globe Group reports provisional amounts for the
items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the
measurement period, or additional assets or liabilities are recognized, to reflect new information
obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date that, if known, would
have affected the amounts recognized at that date.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 17
2.4.3 Non-controlling interest
Non-controlling interests pertain to the equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or
indirectly to the Globe Group. Non-controlling interests represent the portion of profit or loss and
net assets in subsidiaries not wholly-owned and are presented in the consolidated statements of
comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated
statements of financial position, separately from the equity attributable to the Parent.
Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the
equity holders of the Parent and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-
controlling interests having deficit balance.
2.4.4 Changes in ownership without loss of control
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an
equity transaction. The carrying amounts of the Globe Groupʼs interests and the non-controlling
interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interest in the subsidiaries. Any
difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interest are adjusted and the fair
value of the consideration paid or received is recognized directly in equity and attributed to the
equity holders of the Parent.
2.4.5 Changes in ownership with loss of control
If the Globe Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognizes the related assets (including
goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling interest and other components of equity while any resulting
gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss. Any investment retained is recognized at fair value.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 18
2.5.2.1 Financial assets at FVPL
The Globe Group classifies the following investments as financial assets at FVPL:
investments in equity securities unless irrevocably elected at initial recognition to be
measured at FVOCI;
investments in debt instruments held within a business model whose objective is to sell
prior to maturity or has contractual terms that does not give rise on specified dates to cash
flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount
outstanding, unless designated as effective hedging instruments under a cash flow hedge;
investments that contain embedded derivatives; and
investment in debt instruments designated as financial assets at FVPL at initial recognition;
Financial assets at FVPL are carried at fair value at the end of each reporting period with any
resultant gain or loss recognized in profit or loss.
Financial assets classified under this category are disclosed in Note 29.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 19
For all other financial instruments, the Globe Group recognizes lifetime ECL when there has
been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on
the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Globe Group
measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12‐month ECL.
Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default
events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12‐month ECL represents the
portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument
that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.
The Globe Group measures ECL on an individual basis, or on a collective basis for portfolios of
receivables that share similar economic risk characteristics.
Significant increase in credit risk
In assessing whether the credit risk on non-trade receivables has increased significantly since
initial recognition, the Globe Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial
instrument at the reporting date with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument
at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Globe Group considers both
quantitative and qualitative information that is reasonable and supportable, including historical
experience and forward‐looking information that is available without undue cost or effort. The
forward‐looking information considered includes the future prospects of the industries in which
the Groupʼs debtors operate.
In particular, the following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk
has increased significantly since initial recognition:
an actual or expected significant deterioration in the financial instrumentʼs credit rating;
significant deterioration in external market indicators of credit risk for a particular financial
instrument;
existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are
expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtorʼs ability to meet its debt obligations;
an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor;
significant increases in credit risk on other financial instruments of the same debtor;
an actual or expected significant adverse change in the regulatory, economic, or
technological environment of the debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtorʼs
ability to meet its debt obligations.
Irrespective of the outcome of the above assessment, the Globe Group presumes that the credit
risk on non-trade receivables has increased significantly since initial recognition when
contractual payments are more than 30 days past due unless the Globe Group has reasonable
and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.
Despite the foregoing, the Globe Group assumes that the credit risk on non-trade receivables
has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the instrument is determined to have
low credit risk at the reporting date. The Globe Group considers a financial asset to have low
credit risk when the counterparty has a strong financial position and there is no past due
amounts. An instrument is determined to have low credit risk if:
The financial instrument has a low risk of default,
The debtor has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near
term, and
Adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not
necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 20
The Globe Group regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify whether
there has been a significant increase in credit risk and revises them as appropriate to ensure
that the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in credit risk before the amount
becomes past due.
Definition of default
For subscribers receivable and contract assets, the Globe Group considers that default has
occurred when the subscriber has been permanently disconnected.
For all other receivables, The Globe Group considers the following as constituting an event of
default as historical experience indicates that financial assets that meet either of the following
criteria are generally not recoverable:
when there is a breach of financial covenants by the debtor; or
information developed internally or obtained from external sources indicates that the
debtor is unlikely to pay its creditors, including the Globe Group, in full (without taking into
account any collateral held by the Group).
Irrespective of the above analysis, the Globe Group considers that default has occurred when a
financial asset is more than 90 days past due unless the Globe Group has reasonable and
supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more
appropriate.
Credit‐impaired financial assets
A financial asset is credit‐impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on
the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial
asset is credit‐impaired includes observable data about the following events:
significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;
a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;
the lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrowerʼs
financial difficulty, having granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would
not otherwise consider;
it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial
reorganisation; or
the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial
difficulties.
Write‐off policy
The Group writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the debtor is in
severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, (e.g. when the debtor
has been placed under liquidation or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings, or when the
Group has effectively exhausted all collection efforts). Financial assets written off may still be
subject to enforcement activities under the Globe Groupʼs recovery procedures, taking into
account legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognized in profit or loss.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 21
Measurement and recognition of expected credit losses
The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of default, loss given
default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if there is a default) and the exposure at default. The
assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data
adjusted by forward‐looking information as described above.
As for the exposure at default, this is represented by the assetsʼ gross carrying amount at the
reporting date.
The expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between all contractual cash flows that
are due to the Globe Group in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the
Globe Group expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate.
If the Globe Group has measured the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount
equal to lifetime ECL in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting
date that the conditions for lifetime ECL are no longer met, the Globe Group measures the loss
allowance at an amount equal to 12‐month ECL at the current reporting date, except for assets
such as trade receivables and contract assets for which simplified approach was used.
The Group recognizes an impairment gain or loss in profit or loss for all financial instruments
with a corresponding adjustment to their carrying amount through a loss allowance account.
Financial assets at FVOCI are carried at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Changes
in the carrying amount financial assets at FVOCI arising from movements in fair value are
recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in other equity reserves. When the
investment is disposed of, the cumulative gain or loss previously accumulated in equity reserves
is reclassified directly to retained earnings.
Financial assets classified under this category are disclosed in Notes 29.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 22
2.5.4.1.1 Financial Liabilities at FVPL
This category consists of financial liabilities that were designated by management as FVPL on
initial recognition and derivative financial liabilities not designated as effective hedging
instruments under cash flow hedges.
Financial liabilities at FVPL are carried in the consolidated statements of financial position at fair
value, with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss.
Financial liabilities classified under this category are disclosed in Note 29.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 23
Upon inception of the hedge, the Globe Group documents the relationship between the
hedging instrument and the hedged item, its risk management objective and strategy for
undertaking various hedge transactions, and the details of the hedging instrument and the
hedged item. The Globe Group also documents its hedge effectiveness assessment
methodology, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, as to whether the
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair
values or cash flows of hedged items.
Hedge effectiveness is likewise measured, with any ineffectiveness being reported immediately
in the consolidated profit or loss.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 24
2.5.6 Other Derivative Instruments Not Accounted for as Accounting Hedges
Certain freestanding derivative instruments that provide economic hedges under the Globe
Groupʼs policies either do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as accounting
hedges. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments not designated as hedges are
recognized immediately in the consolidated profit or loss.
2.5.7 Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the
consolidated statements of financial position if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal
right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to
realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
2.6 Inventories
Inventories are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, inventories are stated at the lower of cost and
net realizable value. The costs of inventories are calculated using the moving average method. Net
realizable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs
necessary to make the sale.
When the net realizable value of the inventories is lower than the cost, the Globe Group provides for
an allowance for the decline in the value of the inventory and recognizes the write-down as an
expense in the consolidated profit or loss. The amount of any reversal of any write-down of
inventories, arising from an increase in net realizable value, is recognized as a reduction in the amount
of inventories recognized as an expense in the period in which the reversal occurs.
When inventories are sold, the carrying amount of those inventories is recognized as an expense in the
period in which the related revenue is recognized.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 25
2.7 Prepayments
Prepayments represent expenses not yet incurred but already paid in cash. Prepayments are
initially recorded as assets and measured at the amount of cash paid. Subsequently, these are
charged to profit or loss as they are consumed in operations or expire with the passage of time.
Prepayments are classified in the consolidated statement of financial position as current assets
when the cost of goods or services related to the prepayments are expected to be incurred within
one year. Otherwise, prepayments are classified as non-current assets.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 26
Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives (EUL) of
the assets as follows:
Years
Telecommunications equipment:
Tower 20
Switch 7-10
Outside plant, cellsite structures and improvements 10-20
Distribution dropwires and other wireline asset 2-10
Cellular equipment and others 3-10
Buildings 20
Cable systems 5-20
Office equipment 3-7
Transportation equipment 3-5
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their EUL of 5 years or the
corresponding lease terms.
The EUL of property and equipment are reviewed annually based on expected asset utilization of
expected future technological developments and market behavior.
Assets in the course of construction are carried at cost, less any recognized impairment loss. These
are transferred to the related property and equipment account when the construction or
installation and the related activities necessary to prepare the property and equipment for their
intended use are complete, and the property and equipment are ready for service. Depreciation
of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences at the time the assets are
ready for their intended use.
An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic
benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Gain or loss arising on the
disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and
the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in the consolidated profit or loss.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 27
Internally‐generated intangible assets
An internally‐generated intangible asset arising from development (or from the development phase of
an internal project) is recognized if, and only if, all of the following conditions have been
demonstrated:
technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;
availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and
to use or sell the intangible asset; and
ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its
development.
The amount initially recognized for internally‐generated intangible assets is the sum of the
expenditure incurred from the date when the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed
above. Where no internally‐generated intangible asset can be recognized, development expenditure is
recognized in profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.
Subsequent to initial recognition, internally‐generated intangible assets are reported at cost less
accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets
that are acquired separately.
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognized separately from goodwill are
recognized initially at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).
Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at
cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as
intangible assets that are acquired separately.
Amortization of intangible asset is computed based on the EUL of the assets below:
Years
Software 3-10
Spectrum and franchise 10
Customer contracts 4
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 28
A joint venture (JV) is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of
the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint venture. Joint control is the
contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about
the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.
The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint control are similar to those
necessary to determine control over subsidiaries.
Investments in associate or JV are measured initially at cost. Subsequent to initial recognition, the
Globe Groupʼs investments in its associate and JV are accounted for using the equity method.
Under the equity method, the investments in an associate and JV are carried in the consolidated
statements of financial position at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Globe Groupʼs share
in net assets of the associate and JV, less any allowance for impairment losses. The profit or loss
includes the Globe Groupʼs share in the results of operations of its associate or JV. Any change in
OCI of those investees is presented as part of the Globe Groupʼs OCI. In addition, where there has
been a change recognized directly in the equity of the associate or JV, the Globe Group
recognizes its share of any changes and discloses this, when applicable, directly in equity.
When the share of losses recognized under the equity method has reduced the investment to
zero, the Globe Group shall discontinue recognizing its share of further losses and apply it to
other interests that, in substance, form part of the Globe Groupʼs net investment in the associate
or JV. If the associate or JV subsequently reports profits, the Globe Group will resume recognizing
its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equal the share in losses not recognized.
The financial statements of the associate or joint venture are prepared for the same reporting
period as the Globe Group.
Upon loss of significant influence over the associate or joint control over the joint venture, the
Globe Group measures and recognizes any retained investment at its fair value. Any difference
between the carrying amount of the associate or joint venture upon loss of significant influence or
joint control and the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is
recognized in the consolidated profit or loss.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 29
If the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than its
carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its
recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized as an expense. Impairment losses
recognized in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill
allocated to the units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit
(group of units) on a pro rata basis.
Impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at the end of each reporting period for
any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An
impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the assetʼs carrying amount does not exceed
the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no
impairment loss had been recognized. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized as income.
Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.
2.13 Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Globe Group has a present obligation, either legal or
constructive, as a result of a past event and it is probable that the Globe Group will be required to
settle the obligation through an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits, and the
amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably.
The amount of the provision recognized is the best estimate of the consideration required to
settle the present obligation at the end of each reporting period, taking into account the risks and
uncertainties surrounding the obligation. A provision is measured using the cash flows estimated
to settle the present obligation; its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.
When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be
recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that
reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.
Provisions are reviewed at end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best
estimate.
If it is no longer probable that a transfer of economic benefits will be required to settle the
obligation, the provision should be reversed.
2.13.1 Asset Retirement Obligation (ARO)
The net present value of legal obligations associated with the retirement of an item of property
and equipment that resulted from the acquisition, construction or development and the normal
operation of property and equipment is recognized in the period in which it is incurred. The
retirement obligation is initially measured at the present value of the estimated future
dismantlement or restoration cost using current market borrowing rates. Subsequently, the
discount is amortized as interest expense.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 30
Changes in Existing Decommissioning, Restoration and Similar Liabilities
Changes in the measurement of an existing decommissioning, restoration and similar liability that
result from changes in the estimated timing or amount of the outflow of resources embodying
economic benefits required to settle the obligation, are accounted as follows;
changes in the liability are added to, or deducted from, the cost of the related asset in the
current period, except that the amount deducted from the cost of the asset must not exceed
its carrying amount. If a decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying amount of the asset, the
excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss; and
if the adjustment results in an addition to the cost of an asset, the entity should consider
whether this may indicate that the new carrying amount of the asset may not be fully
recoverable. If so, the asset should be tested for impairment.
2.14 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Contingent liabilities and assets are not recognized because their existence will be confirmed only
by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the
control of the Globe Group.
Contingent liabilities are disclosed, unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying
economic benefits is remote.
Contingent assets are disclosed only if an inflow of economic benefits is probable.
2.15 Revenue Recognition
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in an arrangement with the
customer, net of any amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Globe Group recognizes
revenue upon transfer of control of a product or service to a customer.
In arrangements where another party is involved in providing the services, the Globe Group
assesses whether the nature of its promise in the arrangement is to provide the specified
services itself or arrange for those services to be provided by the other party. If the promise in
an arrangement is to provide the services itself, the Globe Group recognizes the service revenue
at gross amount of consideration, with the amount remitted to the other party being
recognized as expense. However, if the promise is to simply arrange for those services to be
provided by the other party, the Globe Group recognizes service revenues equivalent only to
the extent of fees or commission to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for arranging
the services.
The Globe Group recognizes revenues from the following sources:
Mobile services provided to subscribers at prepaid or postpaid arrangements such as Short
Messaging Services (SMS), voice, data communication, and other value added services
(Note 2.15.1);
Wireline services provided to subscribers under subscription arrangements such as, voice,
corporate communication, and home broadband internet (Note 2.15.1);
Inbound traffic originating from other telecommunications providers that terminates at
Globe Groupʼs network (Note 2.15.2);
Inbound roaming due from foreign carriers (Note 2.15.3);
Postpaid wireless communication services bundled with sale of handsets and other devices
(Note 2.15.4);
Postpaid wireline communication services bundled with equipment installation services
(Note 2.15.5);
Leases, interests and dividends (Note 2.15.7).
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 31
2.15.1 Mobile and wireline services
Monthly service fees from mobile and wireline services under postpaid subscriptions are
recognized as service revenues throughout the subscription period.
Proceeds from over-the-air reloading channels and sale of prepaid cards are initially recognized
as deferred revenues. These are eventually charged as service revenues upon actual usage of
load value. Any unused remaining load value after the prescribed validity period are
immediately recognized as service revenue.
Subscription to promotional offer of SMS, voice, data communication, broadband internet, and
other services, are recognized as service revenue over the promotional period.
2.15.4 Postpaid mobile services and sale of mobile handsets and other devices
The Globe Group provides postpaid wireless communication services which are bundled with
sale of mobile handsets and other devices. The postpaid wireless communication services and
the sale of devices are considered two separate performance obligations which are capable of
being distinct and separately identifiable. The Globe Group allocates the contract consideration
between the two performance obligations based on their corresponding relative stand-alone
selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the expected cost plus
margin approach. The amount allocated to the postpaid wireless communication service is
recognized as service revenue over the period of subscription. Any amount allocated to the sale
of device is immediately recognized as non-service revenue upon delivery of the item. Contract
assets are recognized for the unbilled portion of the consideration allocated to the sale of
devices which are subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis over the contract period.
The Globe Group does not make any adjustments for the significant financing component on
contract assets since it expects that the period between the delivery of the handset up to the date
of its full settlement will not exceed one year from the contract inception
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 32
2.15.6 Globe Rewards
The Globe Group operates Globe Rewards Program through which subscribers accumulate
points upon purchase of certain products and services. The Globe Rewards points may be
redeemed in the form of mobile promos, bill rebates, gadgets and gift certificates, or use the
earned points as cash at partner stores. The promise to provide free products and rebates to the
subscribers give rise to a performance obligation that is distinct and separately identifiable.
Accordingly, the Globe Group allocates a portion of the transaction price from its service
revenues to Globe Rewards points awarded to subscribers based on its relative stand-alone
selling price. The stand-alone selling price per point is estimated based on the discount or free
products to be given when the points are redeemed by the subscriber. Amounts allocated to
Globe Rewards points are initially recognized as deferred revenues and subsequently charged
as service revenues either upon redemption of points or upon expiration.
2.15.7.1 Interest
Interest income is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest rate method
2.15.7.2 Lease
Lease income from operating lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
In a finance lease arrangement, the present value of the aggregate of the minimum lease
receivable and any unguaranteed residual value accruing to the Globe Group are immediately
recognized as income.
2.15.7.3 Dividend
Dividend income is recognized when the Globe Groupʼs right to receive payment is established.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 33
2.16 Expense recognition
Expenses are recognized in profit or loss when decrease in future economic benefit related to a
decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably. Expenses
are recognized in the consolidated profit or loss on the basis of: (i) a direct association between the
costs incurred and the earning of specific items of income; (ii) systematic and rational allocation
procedures when economic benefits are expected to arise over several accounting periods and the
association with income can only be broadly or indirectly determined; or (iii) immediately when an
expenditure produces no future economic benefits or when, and to the extent that, future
economic benefits do not qualify, or cease to qualify, for recognition in the statements of financial
position as an asset.
Expenses in the statements of comprehensive income are presented using the nature of expense
method.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 34
2.18 Share-based Payment Transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees and directors is measured by reference to
the fair value at the date at which they are granted. In valuing equity-settled transactions, vesting
conditions, including performance conditions, other than market conditions (conditions linked to
share prices), shall not be taken into account when estimating the fair value of the shares or share
options at the measurement date. Instead, vesting conditions are taken into account in
estimating the number of equity instruments that will vest.
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized in the consolidated profit or loss, together
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the service conditions are
fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award
(‘vesting dateʼ). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each
reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired
and the number of awards that, in the opinion of the management of the Globe Group at that
date, based on the best available estimate of the number of equity instruments, will ultimately
vest. Costs of exercised awards plus the corresponding strike amount are reclassified to the
appropriate capital accounts.
No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting
is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not
the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied.
Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum, an expense is recognized
as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognized for any increase in
the value of the transaction as a result of the modification, measured at the date of modification.
Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of
cancellation, and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately.
However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement
award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a
modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph. The dilutive effect of
outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per
share (EPS).
2.20 Leases
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 35
the “Other long-term liabilities” account in the consolidated statements of financial position.
Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability
so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance
charges are charged directly as “Interest expense” in the consolidated profit or loss.
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset are
classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the
consolidated profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 36
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with
investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group
is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible
temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the
extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the
benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the
period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.
Current tax and deferred tax for the year are recognized in profit or loss, except when they relate
to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case,
the current and deferred tax are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in
equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for
a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 37
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participantʼs ability
to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to
another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.
The Globe Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for
which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant
observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are
categorized within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input
that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 - Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement is directly or indirectly observable
Level 3 - Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement is unobservable
For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Globe Group has determined classes of assets and
liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level
of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 38
3 Adoption of New Standards, Amendments to Standards and Interpretations
The following new and revised accounting standards and interpretations that have been published
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and issued by the FRSC in the Philippines
were adopted by the Globe Group effective on January 1, 2018:
3.1 PFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and PFRS 9, Financial Instruments
The following table shows the individual line items affected by the adjustments from the
adoption of PFRS 15 and 9. Accounts not affected by the new standards are excluded in the
presentation.
In adopting PFRS 15 and PFRS 9, the Globe Group used the modified retrospective approach
wherein the cumulative effect of the initial application of the standards were recognized at
January 1, 2018, and the comparative periods were not restated.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 39
Amendments to PFRS 15 - Clarifications to PFRS 15
The amendments in the standard addresses three topics namely identifying performance
obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing and provide some transition relief
for modified contracts and completed contracts.
Added a clarification that the objective of the assessment of a promise to transfer goods or
services to a customer is to determine whether the nature of the promise, within the context
of the contract, is to transfer each of those goods or services individually or, instead, to
transfer a combined item or items to which the promised goods or services are inputs.
Clarification on how to assess control in in determining whether a party providing goods or
services is a principal or an agent
Clarification on when an entityʼs activities significantly affect the intellectual property by
amending the application guidance.
As a practical expedient provided by PFRS 15, the Globe Group did not make any adjustments for
the significant financing component on contract assets since it expects that the period between
the delivery of the handset up to the date of its full settlement will not exceed one year from the
contract inception.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 40
3.1.1.3 Contract Liabilities and Deferred Revenues
The Globe Group provides equipment installation services bundled together with wireline
communication services. Prior to adoption of PFRS 15, the Globe Group accounts for these
transactions as two separate revenue streams. Revenues from equipment installation services are
recognized upon completion of the installation work while revenue from wireline communication
services are recognized over time as services are rendered over the period of subscription.
Upon adoption of PFRS 15, the Globe Group assessed that the installation services is not distinct
from the wireline communication services and thus deemed as one performance obligation and
that revenues from the installation and wireline communication services shall be recognized over
time throughout the period of the subscription contract (Note 2.15.5). Accordingly, Globe Group
recognized contract liabilities representing payments received for the installation services
amounting to ₱388.36 million with corresponding reduction to retained earnings and non-
controlling interests amounting to ₱271.62 million and ₱0.23 million, respectively. The contract
liability is recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription
contract.
The adoption of PFRS 15 had no impact on unearned revenues from the prepaid segment already
recognized prior to the date of initial application.
The contract liabilities from wireline services and unearned revenues from wireless subscribers
under prepaid arrangements, advance monthly service fees and unredeemed customer award
credit under customer loyalty program were presented together as a single item in the statements
of financial position under contract liabilities and other deferred revenues account.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 41
This standard also contains requirements for the classification and measurement of financial
liabilities and derecognition requirements. Under this standard, changes in the fairvalue of a
financial liability designated at FVPL attributable to changes in the credit risk shall be presented in
other comprehensive income, unless the presentation of the effect of the change in the liabilityʼs
credit risk in other comprehensive income would create or increase an accounting mismatch in
profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liabilityʼs credit risk are not
subsequently reclassified to profit or loss.
Phase 2: Impairment methodology
The impairment model under this standard reflects expected credit losses, as opposed to incurred
credit losses under PAS 39. Under the impairment approach of this standard, it is no longer
necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized. Instead, an
entity always accounts for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses. The
amount of expected credit losses should be updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in
credit risk since initial recognition.
Phase 3: Hedge accounting
The general hedge accounting requirements for this standard retain the three types of hedge
accounting mechanism in PAS 39. However, greater flexibility has been introduce to the types of
transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that
qualify as hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are
eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been overhauled and
replaced with the principle of economic relationships. Retrospective assessment of hedge
effectiveness is no longer required. Far more disclosure requirements about an entityʼs risk
management activities have been introduced.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 42
The assessment of the Globe Groupʼs business models was made as of the date of initial
application, January 1, 2018, and then applied retrospectively to those financial assets that
were not derecognized before January 1, 2018. The assessment of whether contractual cash
flows from financial assets are solely for payments of principal and interests are based on the
facts and circumstances as at the initial recognition of the assets.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 43
3.1.5 IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration
IFRIC 22 clarified that the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange
rate to use on initial recognition of an asset, expense or income is the date on which an entity
initially recognizes the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or
receipt of advance consideration. If there are multiple payments or receipts in advance, the entity
shall determine a date of the transaction for each payment or receipt of advance consideration.
The application of the amendments did not have an impact on the Globe Groupʼs consolidated
financial statements.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 44
The application of the amendments in the future will not have an impact on the Globe Groupʼs
consolidated financial statements.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 45
The application of the amendments in the future will not have an impact on the Globe Groupʼs
consolidated financial statements.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 46
4.1.2 Contact Assets on Bundled Products
The Globe Group provides wireless communication services to subscribers which are bundled
with handset sales. Based on the Globe Groupʼs assessment, the performance obligations
from the wireless communication services and the sale of handsets are both capable of being
distinct and separately identifiable. Accordingly, the Globe Group allocates the total contract
consideration to the two performance obligations based on their corresponding relative
stand-alone selling prices. Contract asset is recognized for any unbilled amount allocated to
the revenue from handset sales.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 47
4.1.7 Financial Asset Business model assessment
Classification and measurement of financial assets depends on the results of the SPPI and the
business model test. The Globe Group determines the business model at a level that reflects how
groups of financial assets are managed together to achieve a particular business objective. This
assessment includes judgement reflecting all relevant evidence including how the performance of
the assets is evaluated and their performance measured, the risks that affect the performance of
the assets and how these are managed and how the managers of the assets are compensated.
Except for the derivative instruments, the Globe Group classified all of its financial assets as
financial assets at amortized cost in accordance with the SPPI and business model test
requirements of PFRS 9.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 48
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the estimated liability for unredeemed points included in
deferred revenues in the consolidated statements of financial position amounted to ₱1,542.58
million and ₱232.37 million, respectively. (See Note 6.2)
4.2.2 ECL Impairment on Subscribers Receivables and Contract Assets
When measuring ECL the Globe Group uses reasonable and supportable forward looking
information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers
and how these drivers will affect each other. Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on
default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the
lender would expect to receive, taking into account cash flows from collateral and integral credit
enhancements.
Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate
of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical
data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.
An increase in ECL rates on subscribers receivables and contract assets would increase the loss
allowance recognized in the consolidated profit or loss.
Impairment loss recognized in 2018 on subscribers receivables and contract assets using ECL
method amounted to ₱3,430 million and ₱457.66 million, respectively,.
4.2.4 ARO
The Globe Group recognizes ARO in relation to its obligations to bear the costs of dismantling
the constructed assets in leased properties and to restore such properties to the original
condition at the end of the lease period. The recognition of ARO requires the Globe Group to
estimate the future restoration and dismantling costs and determine the appropriate discount
rate to be applied in the present value calculation. The amount and timing of recorded
expenses for any period would differ if different inputs in the estimates were utilized. An
increase in ARO would increase recorded expenses and increase noncurrent liabilities.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, ARO amounted to ₱2,523.94 million and ₱2,420.22 million,
respectively (see Note 17).
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 49
4.2.5 EUL of Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets
The useful life of each of the item of property and equipment and intangible assets with finite
useful lives is estimated based on the period over which the asset is expected to be available
for use. Such estimation is based on a collective assessment of industry practice, internal
technical evaluation and experience with similar assets and expected asset utilization based on
future technological developments and market behavior.
It is possible that future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in these
estimates brought about by changes in the factors mentioned. A reduction in the EUL of property
and equipment and intangible assets would increase the recorded depreciation and amortization
expense and decrease noncurrent assets.
The carrying amounts of property and equipment with finite useful lives amounted to
₱169,393.77 million and ₱162,602.65 million, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
(see Note 9).
The carrying amounts of intangible assets with finite useful lives amounted to ₱12,558.02
million and ₱13,600.67 million, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively (see Note 10).
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 50
4.2.8 Deferred Income Tax Assets
The carrying amounts of deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to
allow all or part of the deferred income tax assets to be utilized.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the combined net deferred tax assets of the Globe Group
amounted to ₱2,075.07 million and ₱2,761.63 million, respectively (see Note 27).
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 51
The final fair values of the net assets of Socialytics at the time of acquisition amounted to
₱879 million (see Note 11.1).
Trade receivables are noninterest-bearing and are generally due within twelve months.
Subscriber receivables arise from wireless and wireline voice, data communications and
broadband internet services provided by the Globe Group under postpaid arrangements.
Traffic settlement receivables are presented net of traffic settlement payables from the same
carrier (see Notes 29.11 and 32.2).
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 52
The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for impairment losses for trade
receivables as of December 31 (see Note 25):
Other Traffic
Key Corporate Corporations Settlements
Consumer Accounts and SME and Others Total
(In Thousand Pesos)
2018
December 31, 2017 ₱6,890,074 ₱1,252,265 ₱362,010 ₱627,262 ₱9,131,611
Transition adjustment (Note 3.1) 6,085,336 990,360 905,055 - 7,980,751
January 1, 2018 12,975,410 2,242,625 1,267,065 627,262 17,112,362
Charges for the period (Note 25) 2,244,503 458,421 252,343 17,078 2,972,345
Reversals /write-offs/ adjustments (6,512,932) (121,898) (886,638) (40,352) (7,561,820)
2017
December 31, 2016 ₱6,128,757 ₱1,062,078 ₱406,313 ₱568,454 ₱8,165,602
Charges for the period(Note 25) 3,465,499 287,024 283,687 5,300 4,041,510
Reversals/ write-offs/ adjustments (2,704,182) (96,837) (327,990) 53,508 (3,075,501)
2018
Contract assets ₱7,124,332
Deferred contract costs 1,662,891
8,787,223
Less current portion of deferred contract costs 8,471,550
Noncurrent portion ₱315,673
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 53
6.1.1 Contract Assets
The following table provides information about contract assets with customers:
Note 2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Contract assets
Transition adjustment 3.1 ₱7,479,169
Additions during the year 9,273,004
Charges during the year (8,080,052)
Balance at end of year 8,672,121
Allowance for impairment loss
Transition adjustment 3.1 (1,090,132)
Impairment loss 25 (457,657)
Balance at end of year (1,547,789)
The Globe Group provides wireless communication services to subscribers which are bundled
with sale of handsets and other devices. The Globe Group allocates the revenue based on the
stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. Contract assets are recognized for
the unbilled portion of revenue allocated to the sale of handset and other devices which will
be reduced as the monthly service fees are billed to the subscribers.
2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Cost to obtain contracts with customers:
Commissions ₱1,140,838
Cost to fulfill contracts with customers
Installation costs 522,053
₱1,662,891
Deferred contract costs are capitalized and subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis over
the term of the subscription contract. Movements in the deferred contract costs for the period are
as follows:
Note 2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Transition adjustment 3.1 ₱1,613,872
Amounts capitalized during the period 2,088,422
Amounts recognized as expense (2,039,403)
₱1,662,891
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 54
6.2 Contract Liabilities and Other Deferred Revenues
The following table provides information about the contract liabilities and other deferred
revenues:
2018 2017
Current
Deferred revenue from wireless subscribers under
prepaid arrangements ₱3,280,864 ₱2,617,189
Advance monthly service fees 2,903,529 2,562,874
Deferred revenue rewards 1,542,584 232,371
Contract liability from wireline services 307,101 -
Others 10,230 97,339
8,044,308 5,509,773
Noncurrent
Contract liability from wireline services 53,642 -
₱8,097,950 ₱5,509,773
The following table shows the roll forward analysis of contract liabilities:
Note 2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Contract liabilites
Transition adjustment 3.1 ₱388,363
Additions during the year 563,016
Charges during the year (590,636)
Balance at end of year ₱360,743
Deferred revenues from wireless subscribers under prepaid arrangements are recognized as
revenues upon actual usage of airtime value, consumption of prepaid subscription fees or
upon expiration of the unused load value prepaid credit.
Advance monthly service fees represent advance collections from postpaid subscribers.
Deferred revenue rewards represent unredeemed customer award credit under customer
loyalty program.
Contract liability from wireline services represents collected upfront fees for equipment
installation for which revenues are recognized over time.
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 55
7 Inventories and Supplies - net
This account consists of:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Handsets, devices and accessories ₱2,977,904 ₱1,931,997
Modem and accessories 972,523 533,947
Spare parts and supplies 357,161 287,714
Nomadic broadband device 371,976 270,571
SIM cards and SIM packs 156,940 203,241
Call cards and others 18,435 15,219
₱4,854,939 ₱3,242,689
₱15,794,767 ₱15,730,897
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 56
The “Prepayments” account includes prepaid insurance, rent, maintenance, and licenses fee
among others.
Non trade receivable are net of allowance for impairment loss amounting to ₱131.08 million and
₱131.32 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Impairment loss related to non –
trade receivable amounted to nil and ₱37.47 million, ₱74.07 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively (see Note 25).
Deferred input VAT pertains to various purchases of goods and services which cannot be claimed
yet as credits against output VAT liabilities, pursuant to the existing VAT rules and regulations.
Deferred input VAT can be applied against future output VAT liabilities. Details are as follows:
₱1,184,776 ₱446,051
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 57
9 Property and Equipment – net
The rollforward analysis of this account follows:
2018
Buildings and
Telecommunication Leasehold Cable Office Transportation Assets Under
Equipment Improvement System Equipment Equipment Land Construction Total
(In Thousand Pesos)
Cost
At January 1 ₱246,755,268 ₱53,507,948 ₱26,526,807 ₱15,042,407 ₱2,916,558 ₱2,278,343 ₱23,842,575 ₱370,869,906
Additions 967,774 14,230 4,465 192,462 434,795 108 34,210,384 35,824,218
Retirements/disposals (405,081) (13,078) (25,305) (1,136,701) (378,226) (1,742) - (1,960,133)
Reclassifications/adjustments 24,378,811 3,914,128 176,250 1,656,403 2,360 - (34,065,254) (3,937,302)
At December 31 271,696,772 57,423,228 26,682,217 15,754,571 2,975,487 2,276,709 23,987,705 400,796,689
Accumulated Depreciation
and Amortization
At January 1 152,241,256 24,775,778 15,177,625 12,319,650 1,965,727 - - 206,480,036
Depreciation and amortization 24,895,449
18,979,929 2,671,290 1,112,247 1,762,866 369,117 - -
(Note 23)
Retirements/disposals (364,430) (784) (5,923) (1,135,459) (359,376) - - (1,865,972)
Reclassifications/adjustments (25,037) 20,819 - 55,218 - - - 51,000
At December 31 170,831,718 27,467,103 16,283,949 13,002,275 1,975,468 - - 229,560,513
Impairment Losses
At January 1 1,219,011 23,252 - - 9,860 - 535,101 1,787,224
Additions (Note 25) - - - - - 1,921 59,818 61,739
Write-off/adjustments - - - - - - (6,555) (6,555)
At December 31 1,219,011 23,252 - - 9,860 1,921 588,364 1,842,408
Carrying amount at
December 31 ₱99,646,043 ₱29,932,873 ₱10,398,268 ₱2,752,296 ₱990,159 ₱2,274,788 ₱23,399,341 ₱169,393,768
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 58
2017
Buildings and
Telecommunication Leasehold Cable Office Transportation Assets Under
Equipment Improvement System Equipment Equipment Land Construction Total
(In Thousand Pesos)
Cost
At January 1 ₱223,570,596 ₱46,414,056 ₱22,926,569 ₱14,458,134 ₱2,767,427 ₱3,048,654 ₱21,441,248 ₱334,626,684
Additions 1,663,928 8,730 2,973,019 202,472 398,574 31,454 45,596,957 50,875,134
Retirements/disposals (6,802,900) (53,795) (2,215,051) (565,621) (237,357) (3,750) (61,671) (9,940,145)
Reclassifications/adjustments 28,323,644 7,138,957 2,842,270 947,422 (12,086) (798,015) (43,133,959) (4,691,767)
At December 31 246,755,268 53,507,948 26,526,807 15,042,407 2,916,558 2,278,343 23,842,575 370,869,906
Accumulated Depreciation
and Amortization
At January 1 140,960,791 22,538,532 14,004,555 11,228,421 1,856,868 - - 190,589,167
Depreciation and amortization 17,338,960 2,274,855 1,173,150 1,683,650 354,434 - - 22,825,049
(Note 23)
Retirements/disposals (6,117,645) (39,005) (43) (426,532) (219,141) - - (6,802,366)
Reclassifications/adjustments 59,150 1,396 (37) (165,889) (26,434) - - (131,814)
At December 31 152,241,256 24,775,778 15,177,625 12,319,650 1,965,727 - - 206,480,036
Impairment Losses
At January 1 1,231,614 23,252 - - 9,860 - 520,810 1,785,536
Additions (Note 25) 11,916 - - - - - 16,403 28,319
Write-off/adjustments (24,519) - - - - - (2,112) (26,631)
At December 31 1,219,011 23,252 - - 9,860 - 535,101 1,787,224
Carrying amount at
December 31 ₱ 93,295,001 ₱28,708,918 ₱11,349,182 ₱2,722,757 ₱940,971 ₱2,278,343 ₱23,307,474 ₱162,602,646
CREATE.WONDERFUL. 59
Assets under construction include intangible components of a network system which are reclassified to
depreciable intangible assets only when assets become available for use (see Note 10).
Investments in cable systems include the cost of the Globe Groupʼs ownership share in the capacity of
certain cable systems under a joint venture or a consortium or private cable set-up and indefeasible
rights of use (IRUs) of circuits in various cable systems. It also includes the cost of cable landing station
and transmission facilities where the Globe Group is the landing party.
The costs of fully depreciated property and equipment that are still being used as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to ₱105,431.91 million and ₱68,450.84 million, respectively.
The Globe Group uses its borrowed funds to finance the acquisition of self constructed property and
equipment. Borrowing costs incurred relating to these acquisitions were included in the cost of property
and equipment using 4.69% and 4.32% capitalization rates in 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Globe
Groupʼs total capitalized borrowing costs amounted to ₱846.92 million and ₱734.26 million in 2018 and
2017, respectively. (see Note16)
The carrying value of the hardware infrastructure and information equipment held under finance lease
included under “Office Equipment” amounted to ₱75.48 million and ₱266.18 million as of December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively. (Note 32.1.2)
Pursuant to the Amended Rehabilitation Plan (ARP) and Master Restructuring Agreement (MRA), the
remaining outstanding restructured debt of BTI to creditors other than Globe Telecom amounting to
USD2.13 million (Note 16.1) will be secured by a real estate mortgage on identified real property
assets. The processing of the real properties to be mortgaged is still ongoing as of
December 31, 2018.
Total
Application Other Intangible
Software and Intangible Assets and
Licenses Goodwill Assets Goodwill
Cost
At January 1 ₱31,128,938 ₱1,283,042 ₱2,324,649 ₱34,736,629
Additions 490,569 - - 490,569
Retirements/disposals (5,100) - (150,324) (155,424)
Impairment (Note 25) (142,794) - (142,794)
Reclassifications (Note 9) 3,936,433 - - 3,936,433
At December 31 ₱35,550,840 1,140,248 2,174,325 ₱38,865,413
Accumulated Amortization
At January 1 19,022,609 - 830,314 19,852,923
Amortization (Note 23) 5,213,058 - 303,196 5,516,254
Retirements/disposals (710) - (150,324) (151,034)
Reclassifications (Note 9) (50,999) - - (50,999)
At December 31 24,183,958 - 983,186 25,167,144
CREATE.WONDERFUL 60
2017
Total
Application Other Intangible
Software and Intangible Assets and
Licenses Goodwill Assets Goodwill
Cost
At January 1 ₱27,348,929 ₱1,268,097 ₱1,934,649 ₱30,551,675
Additions 152,255 14,945 390,000 557,200
Retirements/disposals (757,324) - - (757,324)
Reclassifications (Note 9) 4,385,078 - - 4,385,078
At December 31 31,128,938 1,283,042 2,324,649 34,736,629
Accumulated Amortization
At January 1 15,137,202 - 581,254 15,718,456
Amortization (Note 23) 4,392,428 - 283,694 4,676,122
Retirements/disposals (443,572) - - (443,572)
Reclassifications (Note 9) (63,449) - (34,634) (98,083)
At December 31 19,022,609 - 830,314 19,852,923
The Globe Groupʼs goodwill were recognized from the acquisition of BTI, TAO and Socialytics. Other
intangible assets consist of customer contracts, franchise and spectrum.
The Globe Group conducts its annual impairment test of goodwill related to the acquisition of BTI in
the third fiscal quarter of each year. The Globe Group considers the relationship between its market
capitalization and its book value, among other factors, when reviewing for indicators of impairment.
For impairment testing purposes, the Globe Group allocated the carrying amount of goodwill arising
from the acquisition of BTI to CGU of mobile communications services or wireless segment. The
recoverable amount of the CGU, which exceeds the carrying amount of the related goodwill by
₱177,534.05 million and ₱184,020.24 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, has been determined based
on value in use calculations using cash flow projections from business plans covering a five-year period.
The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections was 8.7% in 2018 and 8.23% in 2017 and cash
flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2% long-term growth rate in 2018 and 2017.
The most recent annual impairment test of goodwill was performed in the third quarter of the fiscal
year of 2018.
The Globe Group has determined that the recoverable amount calculations are most sensitive to
changes in assumptions on gross margins, discount rates, market share, and growth rates.
In 2018, management determined that the recoverable amount of goodwill related to the acquisition
of TAO and Socialytics are less than its carrying value. Accordingly, the Globe Group recognized
impairment loss amounting to ₱140.40 million and ₱2.39 million, respectively (see Note 10).
No impairment loss on intangible assets was recognized in 2017. The management believes that any
reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which recoverable amount is based would not
cause the aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the CGU.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 61
11 Business Combinations
Amount recognized on
acquisition
(In Thousand Pesos)
ASSETS
Current assets ₱4,904
Other noncurrent assets 60
4,964
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities 1,760
Other long term liabilities 2,325
4,085
Net cash outflow from the acquisition is as follows (in thousand pesos):
CREATE.WONDERFUL 62
The initial accounting for the acquisition of Tao as a subsidiary in 2016 was only provisionally
determined pending the finalization of necessary market valuations and determined based on
managementʼs best estimate of the likely values. As allowed under the relevant standard, the Globe
Group determined the final fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities within 12 months from the
acquisition date and any adjustment to the provisional values were taken up as adjustments to
goodwill.
In June 2017, the management completed the assessment of the fair values of the net assets of Tao
and determined adjustments amounting ₱36.41 million decrease in its net assets. The adjustments to
the provisional values likewise resulted to goodwill from acquisition amounting to ₱140.40 million.
The provisional and final fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Tao as at the date of
acquisition are shown in the following table:
Final Provisional
fair value fair value
(In Thousand Pesos)
ASSETS
Current assets ₱194,369 ₱164,135
Property and equipment 14,680 51,306
Other noncurrent assets 6,634 6,634
215,683 222,075
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities 188,003 140,402
Other long term liabilities - 17,579
188,003 157,981
Total net assets at fair value 27,680 64,094
Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed ₱27,680 ₱64,094
Net cash inflow from the acquisition is as follows (in thousand pesos):
CREATE.WONDERFUL 63
12 Investments in associates and joint ventures
This account consists of the following as of December 31:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Investments in associates:
Yondu ₱940,236 ₱941,887
AFPI - 56,034
Investments in joint ventures:
VTI, BAHC and BHC 32,481,947 32,411,987
GFI/Mynt 862,130 2,042,001
TechGlobal 89,702 93,180
Bridge Mobile Pte. Ltd (BMPL) 50,440 46,006
GTHI 2,321 11,904
₱34,426,776 ₱35,602,999
Details of the Globe Groupʼs investments in associate and joint ventures and the related percentages
of ownership as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are shown below:
Country of % of
Incorporation Principal Activities ownership
Associates
Yondu Philippines Mobile content and application
development services 49%
AFPI Philippines Construction and establishment
of systems, infrastructure 20%
Joint Ventures
VTI Philippines Telecommunications 50%
BAHC Philippines Holding company 50%
BHC Philippines Holding company 50%
GTHI Philippines Health hotline facility 50%
TechGlobal Philippines Installation and management of
data centers 49%
GFI/Mynt* Philippines Holding company 45%
BMPL Singapore Mobile technology infrastructure
and common service 10%
*A subsidiary of Globe Telecom through GCVHI until September 2017 (see Note 12.4)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 64
Equity share in net loss from investment in associates and joint ventures are as follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Investments in associates:
AFPI (₱115,745) (₱129,495)
Yondu 38,258 56,238
Investments in joint ventures:
GFI/Mynt (1,179,871) (236,304)
VTI, BAHC and BHC 18,760 (511,692)
GTHI (9,583) (9,570)
TechGlobal (3,478) (22,146)
BMPL 2,056 6,792
(₱1,249,603) (₱846,177)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 65
The table below presents the summarized financial information lifted from the unaudited statutory
financial statements of the Globe Groupʼs investments in associate and joint ventures:
VTI, BAHC
Yondu AFPI and BHC GFI/Mynt TechGlobal BMPL GTHI
(In Thousand Pesos)
2018
Statements of Financial Position:
Current assets ₱551,384 ₱585,163 ₱3,082,664 ₱2,664,868 ₱74,229 ₱608,627 ₱36,141
Noncurrent assets 71,581 1,450,681 4,050,389 931,800 217,996 22,076 517
Current liabilities 220,181 367,113 2,515,135 3,397,668 109,159 129,883 31,980
Noncurrent liabilities 5,871 267,042 659,097 173,057 - - 38
Equity 396,913 1,401,689 3,958,821 25,943 183,066 500,820 4,640
Statements of Comprehensive
Income:
Revenue 821,322 52,558 2,754,717 1,134,839 43,407 316,640 58,274
Costs and expenses (711,836) (659,777) (1,567,580) (3,800,622) (53,475) (296,078) (77,440)
Income before tax 109,486 (607,219) 1,187,137 (2,665,783) (10,068) 20,562 (19,166)
Income tax (31,409) - (367,505) 43,847 2,970 - -
Profit (Loss) for the period 78,077 (607,219) 819,632 (2,621,936) (7,098) 20,562 (19,166)
2017
Statements of Financial Position:
Current assets ₱622,260 ₱684,908 ₱2,779,719 ₱4,355,868 ₱22,577 ₱560,444 ₱43,342
Noncurrent assets 89,801 1,689,353 3,725,832 542,833 242,253 24,824 1,197
Current liabilities 305,908 335,381 1,940,313 2,238,735 74,666 128,790 20,144
Noncurrent liabilities 5,871 328,527 396,311 12,087 - - 589
Equity 400,282 1,710,353 4,168,927 2,647,879 190,164 456,478 23,806
Statements of Comprehensive
Income:
Revenue 834,624 48,184 2,352,260 189,317 4,911 232,335 35,822
Costs and expenses (674,993) (695,657) (2,489,433) (719,761) (66,391) (165,081) (54,961)
Income before tax 159,631 (647,473) (137,173) (530,444) (61,480) 67,254 (19,139)
Income tax (44,860) - (201,541) 5,324 16,285 - -
Profit (Loss) for the period 114,771 (647,473) (338,714) (525,120) (45,195) 67,254 (19,139)
Investment in Associates
CREATE.WONDERFUL 66
12.2 Investment in AFPI (formerly Automated Fare Collection Service Inc. (AFCS))
On January 30, 2014, following a competitive bidding process, the Department of Transportation and
Communication awarded to AF Consortium, composed of AC Infrastructure Holdings Corp., BPI Card
Finance Corp., Globe Telecom, Inc., Meralco Financial Services, Inc., Metro Pacific Investments Corp.,
and Smart Communications, Inc. the rights to design, build and operate the ₱1.72 billion automated
fare collection system. This is a public-private partnership project intended to upgrade and
consolidate the fare collection systems of the three urban rail transit systems which presently serve
Metro Manila.
On February 10, 2014, AF Consortium incorporated AFCS, a special purpose company, which will
assume the rights and obligations of the concessionaire. These rights and obligations include the
construction and establishment of systems, infrastructure including implementation, test, acceptance
and maintenance plans, and operate the urban transit system for a period of 10 years.
On March 11, 2015, AFCS amended its corporate name to AFPI.
In 2018 and 2017, Globe Telecom infused additional capital amounting to ₱60.00 million and ₱100.00
million, respectively.
In 2017, management determined that the recoverable amount of the investment in AFPI is less than
the carrying value. Accordingly, the Globe Group recognized as impairment loss the difference in the
investmentʼs recoverable amount and carrying value amounting to ₱286.04 million. No impairment
loss was recognized in 2018 (Note 25).
The Globe Group has no share in any contingent liabilities of any associates as of December 31, 2018
and 2017.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 67
Acquisition-related costs amounting to ₱298.53 million were carried as part of the investment cost.
The confirmatory due diligence was finalized as of June 30, 2017. The assumption of liabilities of VTI,
BAHC and BHC by Globe Telecom and PLDT may give rise to claims that may not have been
contemplated and agreed upon during the period set for confirmatory due diligence. The SPA
provides for various indemnity claims expiring between 2 to 5 years from the end of the confirmatory
due diligence period.
The consideration for the equity interest and advances was fully settled on a deferred basis as follows:
50% on May 30, 2016, 25% on December 1, 2016 and 25% on May 30, 2017.
The acquisition provided Globe Telecom an access to certain frequencies assigned to Bell Tel in the
700 Mhz, 900 Mhz, 1800 Mhz, 2300 Mhz and 2500 Mhz bands through a co-use arrangement
approved by the NTC on May 27, 2016. NTC's approval is subject to the fulfillment of certain
conditions including roll out of telecom infrastructure covering at least 90% of the cities and
municipalities in three years to address the growing demand for broadband infrastructure and
internet access.
The memorandum of agreement between Globe and PLDT provides for both parties to pool resources
and share in the profits and losses of the companies on a 50%-50% basis with a view to being
financially self-sufficient and able to operate or borrow funds without recourse to the parties. Globe
extended advances to Vega Group amounting to ₱1,316.08 million for the period June 1, 2016 to
December 31, 2016 which was carried as part of investment cost.
Of the various companies within the group, only Eastern Telecom and its subsidiary have commercial
operations generating ₱2,752.26 million, ₱1,514.47 million and ₱875.27 million in revenues, EBITDA
and net income for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively and ₱2,350.17 million, ₱733.72
million and ₱708.67 million in revenues, EBITDA and net income for the year ended December 31,
2017, respectively. Globe Telecom has adjusted its share in the net assets of the Acquirees to reflect
losses on fair value of assets and onerous contracts.
On June 21, 2016, Globe Telecom exercised its rights as holder of 50% equity interest of VTI to cause
VTI to propose the conduct of a tender offer on the common shares of LIB held by minority
shareholders as well as the voluntary delisting of LIB. At the completion of the tender offer and
delisting of LIB, VTIʼs ownership on LIB is at 99.1%.
The net assets recognized in the December 31, 2016 consolidated financial statements were based on
a provisional assessment of their fair values. On May 31, 2017, the management completed the
assessment of the fair value of the identifiable assets of VTI group and determined a net increase in
identifiable net assets of VTI amounting to ₱1,552.84 million. The Globe Group recognized the
adjustment to the provisional values as an adjustment to goodwill upon determining the final fair
values of identifiable assets and liabilities within 12 months from the acquisition date, as allowed by
PFRS 3, Business Combinations. Goodwill from acquisition based on final fair values amounted to
₱18,012.26 million as of December 31, 2018.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 68
The provisional and final fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of VTI Group as the date of
acquisition are as follows:
Final Provisional
fair values fair values
The fair value amounts of spectrum, trademark, customer contracts and property and equipment were
determined by an independent appraiser using acceptable valuation techniques for the industry.
However, these techniques make use of inputs which are not based on observable data. The fair
values of intangible assets reflect the market participantsʼ expectations at the acquisition date about
the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the assets will flow to the
entity. The major market participants for the industry are Globe and PLDT.
Spectrum was valued using the greenfield approach where the Globe Group is deemed to have
started with nothing but the spectrum and licenses, paid for all other assets and incurred the startup
costs and losses during the ramp up period. The relief of royalty approach was applied for the
valuation of trademark using a royalty charge derived from comparable transactions and applied
against projected revenues. Customer contracts were valued using the multi-period excess earnings
method (MEEM) which is the difference between after-tax operating cash flows attributable to the
customer contracts following a certain percentage of attrition and the required cost of invested capital
on contributory assets.
The goodwill comprises the fair value of the expected synergies arising from the acquisition. For
goodwill impairment assessment, the cash generating unit is the mobile communications segment of
Globe Group.
Management estimated the useful life of the spectrum to be 50 years, after considering the market
forces and technological trends which will determine the economic life of the asset, over which period
the Globe Group can continue generating optimum level of future cash flows.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 69
On February 28, 2017, Globe and PLDT each subscribed to 2,760,000 new preferred shares to be
issued out of the unissued portion of the existing authorized capital stock of VTI, at a subscription
price of ₱4,000 per subscribed shares (inclusive of a premium over par of ₱3,000 per subscribed
share) or a total subscription price of ₱11,040 million (inclusive of a premium over par of
₱8,280 million). Globe and PLDTʼs assigned advances from SMC, which amounted to ₱11,040 million,
were treated as deposit on future stock subscription by VTI and subsequently applied as full payment
of the subscription price.
Also, on the same date, Globe and PLDT each subscribed to 800,000 new preferred shares to be issued
out of the unissued portion of the existing authorized capital stock of VTI, at a subscription price of
₱4,000 per subscribed share (inclusive of a premium over par of ₱3,000 per subscribed share), or a
total subscription price of ₱3,200 million (inclusive of a premium over par of ₱2,400 million. Globe and
PLDT each paid ₱148 million in cash for the subscribed shares. The remaining balance of the
subscription price shall be paid by Globe and PLDT upon call of the VTIʼs BOD.
The Transaction has been the subject of review notice filed by the PCC against Globe Telecom, PLDT,
SMC and VTI on June 7, 2016 where PCC claimed that the notice was deficient in form and substance
and concluded that the acquisition cannot be claimed to be deemed approved. Globe Telecom has
clarified that the supposed deficiency in form and substance is not a ground to prevent the
transaction from being deemed approved. The petitions of both parties with the Court of Appeals
have been subsequently consolidated and the parties were required to submit their respective
memoranda after which the case shall be deemed submitted for resolution. The status of the petitions
with the Court of Appeals are further disclosed in Note 33.
On November 7, 2017, the NTC approved the transfer of Certificate of Public Convenience and
Necessities and Provisional Authorities issued to Telecommunications Technologies Philippines, Inc.
(TTPI) to operate Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) service in Metro Manila and in Region II and Region 4A
and Provision Authority to provide nationwide inter-exchange (IXC) and the outside plant facilities and
other telecommunications assets of TTPI, in favor of ETPI. TTPI, a wholly owned subsidiary of ETPI,
used to be the voice business arm of ETPI. The latter provides internet, data and voice products, and
business-centric managed services, catering mostly to enterprise subscribers.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 70
Total net assets of GFI/Mynt as of the date of loss of control amounted to ₱388.40 million. The fair
value of the retained interest in GFI/Mynt held by GCVHI amounted to ₱2,278.30 million at the date of
loss of control. The gain on fair value of retained equity interest in GFI/Mynt amounting to ₱1,889.90
million, was presented as “Gain on fair value of retained interest” in the consolidated profit or loss in
2017.
On November 2, 2015, Innove and Techzone Philippines incorporated TechGlobal, a Joint Venture
Company, formed to install, own, operate, maintain and manage all kinds of data centers and to
provide information technology-enabled services and computer-enabled support services. Innove and
Techzone hold ownership interest of 49% and 51%, respectively. TechGlobal started commercial
operations in August 2017.
₱3,764,989 ₱3,488,816
Others include investment properties with carrying amount of ₱25.8 million and ₱35.94 million as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Investment properties consist of building and
improvements which are held to earn rentals. Depreciation and amortization of investment properties
amounted to ₱10.02 million, ₱11.52 million and ₱4.36 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively
(see Note 23).
CREATE.WONDERFUL 71
Fair value gain from investment in equity securities recognized in consolidated OCI amounted to
₱170.65 million, ₱36.08 million and ₱14.54 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively
(see Note 19.6).
₱56,219,366 ₱62,232,862
Traffic settlements payable are presented net of traffic settlements receivable from the same carrier
(see Note 29.11).
Accrued expenses consists of the following:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Services ₱4,552,753 ₱4,353,493
Repairs and maintenance 4,163,652 4,310,915
Manpower 3,456,156 2,332,892
General, selling and administrative 2,957,088 2,033,922
Lease 2,879,730 2,796,454
Advertising 2,459,640 2,000,560
Utilities 967,624 1,009,463
Interest 933,734 709,851
₱22,370,377 ₱19,547,550
General, selling and administrative accrued expenses include travel, professional fees, supplies,
commissions and miscellaneous, which are individually immaterial.
15 Provisions
The rollforward analysis of this account follows:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 72
Provisions pertain to assumed liabilities related to the acquired interest in VTI, BAHC and BHC and
various pending unresolved claims over the Globe Groupʼs businesses such as provision for taxes,
employee benefits, onerous contracts and various labor cases. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
Globe Telecomʼs share in the total assumed liabilities related to the acquired interest in VTI, BAHC and
BHC amounts to ₱92.98 million.
The information usually required by PAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, is
not disclosed as it may prejudice the outcome of these on-going claims and assessments. As of
February 11, 2019, the remaining claims are still being resolved.
16 Loans Payable
Loans payable consist of short-term unsecured peso-denominated promissory notes.
The Globe Group has available uncommitted short-term credit facilities of USD119 million and
₱14,000 million as of December 31, 2018 and USD118.90 million and ₱19,500 million, as of
December 31, 2017.
The Globe Group also has available ₱3,000 million committed short-term credit facilities as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017 and committed long term credit facilities amounting to nil and
₱5,000 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
These short-term loans have maturities ranging from 1 to 3 months and bear interest ranging from
2.4% to 3.25%.
The Globe Groupʼs long-term debt consists of the following:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Term Loans:
Peso ₱112,287,753 ₱99,182,125
Dollar 23,556,854 19,905,492
135,844,607 119,087,617
Retail bonds 12,437,290 12,441,088
148,281,897 131,528,705
Less current portion (16,758,196) (8,278,222)
The maturities of long-term debt at nominal values as of December 31, 2018 follow (in thousands):
Due in:
2019 ₱16,757,624
2020 13,179,881
2021 7,844,611
2022 15,003,454
2023 and thereafter 96,154,092
₱148,939,662
CREATE.WONDERFUL 73
The interest rates and maturities of the above debts are as follows:
Unamortized debt issuance costs included in the above long-term debt as of December 31, 2018 and
2017 amounted to ₱657.76 million and ₱526.72 million, respectively.
Total interest expense recognized in the consolidated profit or loss related to long-term debt
amounted to ₱5,748.85 million, ₱4,776.24 million and ₱3,101.95 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively (see Note 24).
Total interest expenses capitalized as part of property and equipment amounted to ₱846.92 million
and ₱734.26 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively (see Note 9).
CREATE.WONDERFUL 74
16.2 Retail Bonds
On June 1, 2012, Globe Telecom issued ₱10,000.00 million fixed rate bonds. The amount comprises
₱4,500.00 million and ₱5,500.00 million fixed rate bonds due in 2017 and 2019, with interest rate of
5.75% and 6.00%, respectively. The net proceeds of the issue were used to partially finance Globe
Telecomʼs capital expenditure requirements in 2012.
The five-year and seven-year retail bonds may be redeemed in whole, but not in part only, starting
two years before maturity date and on the anniversary thereafter at a price equal to 101.00% and
100.50%, respectively, of the principal amount of the bonds and all accrued interest to the date of the
redemption. In 2017, Globe Telecom fully redeemed its ₱4,500.00 million retail bonds.
On July 17, 2013, Globe Telecom issued ₱7,000.00 million fixed rate bond. The amount comprises
₱4,000.00 million and ₱3,000.00 million bonds due in 2020 and 2023, with interest rate of 4.8875% and
5.2792%, respectively. The net proceeds of the issue were used to partially finance Globe Telecomʼs
capital expenditure requirements in 2013.
The seven-year and ten-year retail bonds may be redeemed in whole, but not in part only, starting two
years for the seven-year bonds and three years for the ten-year bonds before the maturity date and on
the anniversary thereafter at a price ranging from 101.0% to 100.5% and 102.0% to 100.5%,
respectively, of the principal amount of the bonds and all accrued interest depending on the year of
redemption.
In August 2016, the Bond Trust Indentures were amended to adjust the maximum debt-to-equity
ratio from 2:1 to 2.5:1.
In October 2018, the Bond Trust Indentures were amended to adjust the maximum debt to equity ratio
from 2:5:1 to 3:0:1.
As of December 31, 2018, the Globe Group is not in breach of any bond covenants.
₱5,367,209 ₱5,926,157
CREATE.WONDERFUL 75
ARO represents Globe Groupʼs obligation to restore leased properties to their original condition and
estimated dismantling cost of property and equipment. The rollforward analysis of the Globe Groupʼs
ARO follows:
Details of gain (loss) on settlement and remeasurement of ARO recognized in consolidated profit or
loss are as follows:
The Globe Group, in their regular conduct of business, enter into transactions with their major
stockholders, AC and Singtel, associates, joint ventures and certain related parties.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 76
The summary of balances arising from related party transactions for the relevant financial year follows (in thousands):
2018
Amount of transaction Outstanding Balance
Associate
Yondu 18.4 46,340 438,368 90,181 - 68,867 255,343 Interest-free, settlement in cash Unsecured, no impairment
CREATE.WONDERFUL 77
2017
Amount of transaction Outstanding Balance
Associate
Yondu 18.4 - 74,365 - 274,696 36,057 Interest-free, settlement Unsecured, no impairment
486,867 in cash
CREATE.WONDERFUL 78
18.1 Entities with Joint Control over Globe Group - AC and Singtel
Globe Telecom has interconnection agreements with Singtel. The related net traffic settlements
receivable (included in “Trade receivables” account in the consolidated statements of financial
position) and the interconnection revenues earned (included in “Service revenues” account in the
consolidated statements of comprehensive income) are as follows:
Globe Telecom and Singtel have a technical assistance agreement whereby Singtel will provide
consultancy and advisory services, including those with respect to the construction and operation of
Globe Telecomʼs networks and communication services, equipment procurement and personnel
services. In addition, Globe Telecom has software development, supply, license and support
arrangements, lease of cable facilities, maintenance and restoration costs and other transactions with
Singtel.
The details of fees (included in repairs and maintenance under the “General, selling and administrative
expenses” account in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income) incurred under these
agreements are as follows:
The outstanding balances due to Singtel (included in the “trade payables and accrued expenses”
account in the consolidated statements of financial position) arising from these transactions are as
follows:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 79
Globe Telecom, Innove and BTI earn subscriber revenues from AC. The outstanding subscribers
receivable from AC (included in “Trade receivables” account in the consolidated statements of financial
position) and the amount earned as service revenue (included in the “Service revenues” account in the
consolidated statements of comprehensive income) are as follows:
Globe Telecom reimburses AC for certain operating expenses. The net outstanding liabilities (included
in “Trade payables and accrued expenses” account in the consolidated statements of financial position)
and the amount of expenses incurred (included in the “General, selling and administrative expenses”
account in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income) are as follows:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 80
GXI is also entitled to a certain percentage share for the airtime load purchased by the Globe Groupʼs
subscribers and Application Processing Interface (API) fees for the usage of GCash system in
continuing service of the various products and services of the Globe Group.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 81
Yondu also provides various enterprise solutions-based services to the Globe Group for network,
platform and applications development under its Business Process Outsourcing Unit (BPO) and mobile
content. The Globe Groupʼs related expenses in 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to ₱482.21 million,
₱441.54 million and ₱240.21 million, out of which ₱90.18 million, ₱74.36 million and ₱102.32 million
were capitalized under “Asset Under Construction”, respectively.
₱375,200 ₱378,800
There are no agreements between the Globe Group and any of its directors and key officers providing
for benefits upon termination of employment, except for such benefits to which they may be entitled
under the Globe Groupʼs retirement plans.
19 Equity and Other Comprehensive Income
Globe Telecomʼs authorized capital stock as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of (amounts in
thousands pesos and number of shares):
Shares Amount
Voting preferred stock - ₱5 per share 160,000 ₱800,000
Non-voting preferred stock - ₱50 per share 40,000 2,000,000
Common stock - ₱50 per share 148,934 7,446,719
Globe Telecomʼs issued, subscribed and fully paid capital stock consists of:
2018 2017
Shares Amount Shares Amount
(In Thousand Pesos and Number of Shares)
Voting preferred stock 158,515 ₱792,575 158,515 ₱792,575
Non-voting preferred stock 20,000 1,000,000 20,000 1,000,000
Common stock 133,053 6,652,663 132,917 6,645,829
CREATE.WONDERFUL 82
Below is the summary of the Globe Telecomʼs track record of registration of securities:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 83
Voting Preferred Stock
Voting preferred stock has the following features:
Issued at ₱5 par;
Dividend rate to be determined by the BOD at the time of issue;
One preferred share is convertible to one common share starting at the end of the 10th year of
the issue date at a price to be determined by Globe Telecomʼs BOD at the time of issue which
shall not be less than the market price of the common share less the par value of the preferred
share;
Call option - Exercisable any time by Globe Telecom starting at the end of the 5th year from issue
date at a price to be determined by the BOD at the time of issue;
Eligibility of investors - Only Filipino citizens or corporations or partnerships wherein 60% of the
voting stock or voting power is owned by Filipino;
With voting rights;
Cumulative and non-participating;
Preference as to dividends and in the event of liquidation; and
No preemptive right to any share issue of Globe Telecom, and subject to yield protection in case
of change in tax laws.
The dividends for preferred stocks are declared upon the sole discretion of the Globe Telecomʼs BOD.
19.2 Common Stock
The rollforward of outstanding common shares follows:
2018 2017
Shares Amount Shares Amount
(In Thousand Pesos and Number of Shares)
At beginning of year 132,917 ₱6,645,829 132,759 ₱6,637,929
Exercise of stock options 7 371 18 900
Issuance of shares under share-
based compensation plan and
exercise of stock options 129 6,463 140 7,000
Holders of fully paid common stock are entitled to voting and dividends rights.
19.3 Cash Dividends
Information on the Globe Telecomʼs BOD declaration of cash dividends follows:
Date
CREATE.WONDERFUL 84
Date
Unpaid cash dividends declared related to non-voting preferred stock amounted to ₱260.03 million as
of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (see Note 14).
CREATE.WONDERFUL 85
19.6 Other Comprehensive Income
Other Reserves
2018
Investment Remeasurement
in equity Currency on defined
Cash flow securities translation benefit plan
hedges (Note 13) adjustment (Note 26.2) Total
(In Thousand Pesos)
As of January 1 ₱85,204 ₱141,874 ₱15,841 (₱595,294) (₱352,375)
Other comprehensive income for the
year
Fair value changes 1,178,226 170,645 - - 1,348,871
Remeasurement gain on defined
benefit plan - - - 71,013 71,013
Transferred to profit or loss 55,653 - - - 55,653
Exchange differences - - 40,150 - 40,150
Income tax effect (370,164) (18,671) (11,626) (21,304) (421,765)
863,715 151,974 28,524 49,709 1,093,922
Reclassification remeasurement
(losses) on defined benefit plans - - - (180,444) (180,444)
2017
Investment in Remeasurement
equity Currency on defined
Cash flow securities translation benefit plan
hedges (Note 13) adjustment (Note 26.2) Total
(In Thousand Pesos)
As of January 1 (₱54,208) ₱115,874 ₱38,981 (₱1,173,572) (₱1,072,925)
Other comprehensive income for
the year
Fair value changes (173,001) 36,076 - - (136,925)
Remeasurement gain on defined
benefit plan - - - 570,289 570,289
Transferred to profit or loss 372,161 - - - 372,161
Income tax effect (59,748) (10,076) - (171,087) (240,911)
Share in other comprehensive
income from investment in
associate - - 80 791 871
Exchange differences - - (23,220) - (23,220)
139,412 26,000 (23,140) 399,993 542,265
Reclassification remeasurement
(losses) on defined benefit plans - - - 178,285 178,285
CREATE.WONDERFUL 86
2016
Investment in Remeasurement
equity Currency on defined
Cash flow securities translation benefit plan
hedges (Note 13) adjustment (Note 26.2) Total
(In Thousand Pesos)
As of January 1 ₱41,357 ₱102,434 ₱15,776 (₱1,371,080) (₱1,211,513)
Other comprehensive income
for the year
Fair value changes (457,499) 14,536 - - (442,963)
Remeasurement gain on
defined benefit plan - - - 279,966 279,966
Transferred to profit or loss 320,977 - - - 320,977
Income tax effect 40,957 (1,096) - (82,458) (42,597)
Exchange differences - - 23,205 - 23,205
(95,565) 13,440 23,205 197,508 138,588
20 Interest Income
Interest income is earned from the following sources:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 87
21 Other Income - net
This account consists of:
Gain on derivatives instruments includes unrealized gain amounting to ₱82.49 million and unrealized
loss amounting to ₱181.34 million and ₱116.96 million for the periods ended December 31, 2018, 2017
and 2016 respectively.
22 General, Selling and Administrative Expenses
This account consists of:
Globe Telecom is entitled to certain tax and nontax incentives and have availed of incentives for tax
and duty-free importation of capital equipment for the services under its franchise.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 88
23 Depreciation and amortization
24 Financing Costs
This account consists of:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 89
25 Impairment and other losses
This account consists of:
26 Staff Cost
This account consist of:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 90
26.1.1 Executive Stock Option Plan
The following are the stock option grants to key executives and senior management personnel of the
Globe Group under the ESOP from 2004 to 2017:
Number
of Fair Value
Options of Each
Date of or Option or Fair Value
Grant Grants Exercise Price Exercise Dates Grants Measurement
March 24, 749,500 854.75 per 50% of the options become 292.12 Trinomial
2006 share exercisable from March 24, option pricing
2008 to March 23, 2016; the model
remaining 50% become
exercisable from March 24,
2009 to March 23, 2016
May 17, 604,000 1,270.50 per 50% of the options become 375.89 Trinomial
2007 share exercisable from May 17, 2009 option pricing
to May 16, 2017, the remaining model
50% become exercisable from
May 17, 2010 to May 16, 2017
August 1, 635,750 1,064.00 per 50% of the options become 305.03 Trinomial
2008 share exercisable from August 1, 2010 option pricing
to July 31, 2018, the remaining model
50% become exercisable from
August 1, 2011 to July 31, 2018
October 1, 298,950 993.75 per 50% of the options become 346.79 Trinomial
2009 share exercisable from October 1, option pricing
2011 to September 30, 2019, model
the remaining 50% become
exercisable from October 1,
2012 to September 30, 2019
The exercise price is based on the average quoted market price for the last 20 trading days preceding
the approval date of the stock option grant.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 91
A summary of the Globe Groupʼs ESOP activity and related information follows:
2018 2017
Weighted Weighted
Average Average
Number of Exercise Number of Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price
(In Thousand Number of Shares Except per Share Figures)
Outstanding, at beginning of year 93 ₱1,038.36 205 ₱1,157.45
Exercised (16) 993.75 (35) 1,227.71
Expired/forfeited (44) 1,064.00 (77) 1,270.50
The average share prices at dates of exercise of the stock options in 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted
to ₱1,704.96, ₱1,014.42 and ₱1,072.23 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the weighted average remaining contractual life of options
outstanding is 0.75 year and 1.00 year, respectively.
The following assumptions were used to determine the fair value of the stock options at effective
grant dates:
The expected volatility measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns was based
on analysis of share prices for the past 365 days.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 92
The following are the stock grants to key executives and senior management personnel of the Globe
Group under the LTIP:
The fair value is based on the average quoted market price for the last 20 trading days preceding the
approval date of the stock option grant.
Cost of share-based payments in 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to ₱236.71 million,
₱104.83 million and ₱260.27 million, respectively.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 93
Asset –liability matching strategies
The investment policy in managing liquidity is to have sufficient liquidity at all times to meet the Planʼs
maturing liabilities, including benefit payments to qualified employees who are expected to avail of
their retirement benefits when due, without incurring unnecessary funding costs. The investment
policy is also geared towards maintaining highly saleable government securities as a significant part of
the plan investment portfolio even as other private securities and unquoted securities provided higher
yields.
The Planʼs liquidity risk is managed on a daily basis by the Planʼs investment managers in accordance
with the policies and procedures duly approved by the BOT. The Planʼs overall liquidity position for the
year is monitored on a regular basis by the BOT.
Funding policy
The plan should have at least 100% solvency all levels at all times. If a solvency deficiency exists, the
deficit must be immediately funded.
Risks associated with the Plan
The retirement plan typically expose the participants to actuarial risks such as investment risk, interest
rate risk, longevity risk and salary risk.
Investment risk
The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated using a discount rate determined by
reference to government bond yields; if the return on plan asset is below this rate, it will create a plan
deficit.
Interest risk
A decrease in the government bond interest rate will increase the plan liability; however, this will be
partially offset by an increase in the return on the planʼs debt investments.
Longevity risk
The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated by reference to the best estimate of
the mortality of plan participants both during and after their employment. An increase in the life
expectancy of the plan participants will increase the planʼs liability.
Salary risk
The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated by reference to the future salaries
of plan participants. As such, an increase in the salary of the plan participants will increase the planʼs
liability.
The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit
obligation were carried out at December 31, 2018 by an Independent Actuary. The present value of
the defined benefit obligation, and the related current service cost and past service cost, were
measured using the projected unit credit method.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 94
The components of pension expense (included in staff costs under “General, selling and administrative
expenses” account) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income are as follows:
The following tables present the changes in the present value of defined benefit obligation and fair
value of plan assets:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Balance at beginning of year ₱6,635,721 ₱6,415,840
Current service cost 593,326 621,316
Interest cost 369,988 330,289
Benefits paid (318,434) (158,739)
Remeasurements in other comprehensive income:
Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in assumptions (892,818) (420,029)
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments 305,897 (152,597)
Effects of business combinations - (359)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 95
Fair value of plan assets
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
The recommended contribution for the Globe Group retirement fund for the year 2019 amounted to
₱1,132.18 million. This amount is based on the Globe Groupʼs actuarial valuation report as of
December 31, 2018.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the allocation of the fair value of the plan assets of the Globe
Group follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Cash and cash equivalents ₱248,625 ₱598,996
Investment in debt securities 1,725,721 1,464,615
Investment quoted in equity shares 2,259,612 1,470,507
Investment in unquoted in equity shares 1,000,259 1,000,290
₱5,234,217 ₱4,534,408
The assumptions used to determine pension benefits for the Globe Group are as follows:
2018 2017
Discount rate 7.50% 5.75%
Salary rate increase 4.50% 4.50%
The assumptions regarding future mortality rates which are based on the 1994 Group
Annuity Mortality Table developed by the Society of Actuaries, which provides separate rate for males
and females.
In 2018 and 2017, the Globe Group applied a single weighted average discount rate that reflects the
estimated timing and amount of benefit payments.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 96
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of each
significant assumption on the defined benefit obligation as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, assuming
all other assumptions were held constant (in thousand pesos):
There were no changes from the previous period in the methods and assumptions used in preparing
sensitivity analysis.
The objective of the planʼs portfolio is capital preservation by earning higher than regular deposit
rates over a long period given a small degree of risk on principal and interest. Asset purchases and
sales are determined by the planʼs investment managers, who have been given discretionary authority
to manage the distribution of assets to achieve the planʼs investment objectives. The compliance with
target asset allocations and composition of the investment portfolio is monitored by the BOT on a
regular basis.
The plan contributions are based on the actuarial present value of accumulated plan benefits and fair
value of plan assets are determined using an independent actuarial valuation.
The average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is
15.17 years and 15.51 years in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 97
Shown below is the maturity analysis of the undiscounted benefit payments as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Within 1 year ₱323,327 ₱399,664
More than 1 year to 5 years 1,795,285 1,540,651
More than 5 years 3,521,929 3,189,592
₱5,640,541 ₱5,129,907
27 Income Tax
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities presented in the consolidated statements of financial position
on a net basis by entity are as follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Net deferred income tax assets* ₱2,075,065 ₱2,761,626
Net deferred income tax liabilities (Globe, GCVH, GTI and KVI) (3,918,493) (2,748,826)
The significant components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities of the Globe Group
represent the deferred income tax effects of the following:
2018
Movements
Other
Profit or Comprehensive Other equity
2018 2017 Loss Income item Net
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for impairment
losses on receivables ₱3,711,267 ₱2,718,940 (₱1,401,898) ₱- ₱2,394,225 ₱992,327
Unearned revenues and
advances already
subjected to income tax 1,967,076 1,504,476 462,600 - - 462,600
Accrued manpower cost 1,123,845 780,993 342,852 - - 342,852
Accrued pension 814,264 845,211 (9,643) (21,304) - (30,947)
Unrealized foreign
exchange losses 810,409 541,975 268,434 - - 268,434
ARO 701,327 661,388 39,939 - - 39,939
Provision for claims and
assessment 505,719 314,759 190,960 - - 190,960
Cost of share-based
payments 174,360 120,463 56,246 - (2,349) 53,897
Accumulated impairment
losses on property and - -
Equipment 159,442 141,496 17,946 - - 17,946
(forward)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 98
2018
Movements
Other
Profit or Comprehensive Other equity
2018 2017 Loss Income item Net
Deferred tax assets
Inventory obsolescence
and market decline ₱158,722 ₱184,780 (₱26,058) ₱- ₱- (₱26,058)
Accrued rent expense under
PAS 17 144,298 158,915 (14,617) - - (14,617)
Contract liabilities 108,223 - (8,286) - 116,509 108,223
MCIT 21,258 - 21,258 - - 21,258
NOLCO 556 62,339 (61,783) - - (61,783)
Others 36,427 74,686 (31,490) - (6,769) (38,259)
10,437,193 8,110,421 (153,540) (21,304) 2,501,616 2,326,772
Deferred tax liabilities
Excess of accumulated
depreciation and
amortization of Globe
Telecom equipment for (a)
tax reporting over (b)
financial reporting (7,921,353) (6,478,641) (1,442,712) - - (1,442,712)
Undepreciated capitalized
borrowing costs already
claimed as deduction for
tax reporting (1,076,544) (1,231,218) 154,674 - - 154,674
Contract asset (2,330,482) - (121,791) - (2,208,691) (2,330,482)
Unrealized gain on
derivative transaction (615,513) (220,602) (24,747) (370,164) - (394,911)
Unrealized foreign
exchange gain (12,207) (7,329) (4,878) - - (4,878)
Unamortized discount on
noninterest bearing
liability (11,113) - (11,113) - - (11,113)
Others (313,409) (159,831) (123,281) (30,297) - (153,578)
(12,280,621) (8,097,621) (1,573,848) (400,461) (2,208,691) (4,183,000)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 99
2017
Movements
Profit or Other Comprehensive
2017 2016 Loss Income Net
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for impairment
losses on receivables ₱2,718,940 ₱2,503,807 ₱215,133 ₱- ₱215,133
Unearned revenues and
advances already subjected
to income tax 1,504,476 1,127,762 376,714 - 376,714
Accrued pension 845,211 979,943 36,355 (171,087) (134,732)
Accrued manpower cost 780,993 462,183 318,810 - 318,810
ARO 661,388 622,390 38,998 - 38,998
Unrealized foreign exchange
losses 541,975 642,829 (100,854) - (100,854)
Provision for claims and
assessment 314,759 112,735 202,024 - 202,024
Inventory obsolescence and
market decline 184,780 202,429 (17,649) - (17,649)
Accrued rent expense under
PAS 17 158,915 162,920 (4,005) - (4,005)
Accumulated impairment
losses on property and
Equipment 141,496 144,564 (3,068) - (3,068)
Cost of share-based payments 120,463 31,014 89,449 - 89,449
Unrealized loss on derivative
transactions - 10,402 (10,402) - (10,402)
NOLCO 62,339 394,763 (332,424) - (332,424)
Others 74,686 251,649 (176,963) - (176,963)
8,110,421 7,649,390 632,118 (171,087) 461,031
Deferred tax liabilities
Excess of accumulated
depreciation and
amortization of Globe
Telecom equipment for (a)
tax reporting over (b)
financial reporting (6,478,641) (5,654,854) (823,787) - (823,787)
Undepreciated capitalized
borrowing costs already
claimed as deduction for tax
reporting (1,231,218) (1,041,492) (189,726) - (189,726)
Unrealized gain on derivative
transaction (220,602) (225,658) 64,804 (59,748) 5,056
Unrealized foreign exchange
gain (7,329) (15,776) 8,447 - 8,447
Unamortized discount on
noninterest bearing liability - (3,034) 3,034 - 3,034
Others (159,831) (2,796) (146,959) (10,076) (157,035)
(8,097,621) (6,943,610) (1,084,187) (69,824) (1,154,011)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 100
The reconciliation of the provision for income tax at statutory tax rate and the actual current and
deferred provision for income tax follows:
Deferred tax assets of BTI on the following deductible temporary differences were not recognized
since Management believes that it will not be utilized for future taxable income.
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Deferred tax assets on:
Allowance for impairment of assets ₱684,445 ₱1,269,283
Provision for probable loss 236,298 993,532
NOLCO 12,790 159,735
Carryforward benefits of MCIT 1,449 67,209
Allowance for impairment losses on receivables - 758,478
₱934,982 ₱3,248,237
CREATE.WONDERFUL 101
28 Earnings Per Share
The Globe Groupʼs earnings per share amounts were computed as follows:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 102
The risks are managed through the delegation of management and financial authority and individual
accountability as documented in employment contracts, consultancy contracts, letters of authority,
letters of appointment, performance planning and evaluation forms, key result areas, terms of
reference and other policies that provide guidelines for managing specific risks arising from the Globe
Groupʼs business operations and environment.
The Globe Group continues to monitor and manage its financial risk exposures according to its BOD
approved policies.
The succeeding discussion focuses on Globe Groupʼs capital and financial risk management.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 103
The following assumptions have been made in calculating the sensitivity analyses:
The sensitivity of the relevant profit or loss item is the effect of the assumed changes in respective
market risks. This is based on the financial assets and financial liabilities held as of December 31,
2018 and 2017 including the effect of hedge accounting.
The sensitivity of equity is calculated by considering the effect of any associated cash flow hedges
for the effects of the assumed changes in the underlying.
The assumed changes in market rates applied in the sensitivity analyses were based on historical
information and may not necessarily reflect the actual movements that may occur in the future
periods.
29.2.1.1 Interest Rate Risk
The Globe Groupʼs exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates relates primarily to the
Globe Groupʼs long-term debt obligations.
Globe Groupʼs policy is to manage its interest cost using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt,
targeting a ratio of between 31%-62% fixed rate USD debt to total USD debt, and between 44%-88%
fixed rate PHP debt to total PHP debt. To manage this mix in a cost-efficient manner, the Globe
Group enters into interest rate swaps, in which Globe Group agrees to exchange, at specified intervals,
the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon
notional principal amount.
After taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, the ratio of loans with fixed interest rates to
total loans are as follows:
2018 2017
USD fixed rate loans 42% 41%
PHP fixed rate loans 87% 83%
The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity of income before tax to and equity a reasonably
possible change in interest rates after the impact of hedge accounting, with all other variables held
constant.
Effect on income
Increase/ Decrease before income tax Effect on equity
in basis Points Increase (Decrease) Increase (Decrease)
(In Thousand Pesos)
2018
USD +75bps (₱24,787) (₱731)
-75bps 24,787 731
PHP +150bps 11,130 9,821
-150bps (11,130) (9,830)
2017
USD +55bps (₱8,759) (₱565)
-55bps 8,759 565
PHP +200bps (30,808) 14,758
-200bps 30,808 (14,780)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 104
29.2.1.2 Foreign Exchange Risk
The Globe Groupʼs foreign exchange risk results primarily from movements of the PHP against the
USD with respect to USD-denominated financial assets, USD-denominated financial liabilities and
certain USD-denominated revenues. Majority of revenues are generated in PHP, while substantially all
of capital expenditures are in USD. In addition, 16% and 15% of debt as of December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively, are denominated in USD before taking into account any swap and hedges.
Information on the Globe Groupʼs foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities and
their PHP equivalents are as follows:
2018 2017
US Peso US Peso
Dollar Equivalent Dollar Equivalent
(In Thousand Pesos)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $95,989 ₱5,045,457 $148,412 ₱7,414,343
Trade Receivables 100,211 5,267,417 87,696 4,381,132
196,200 10,312,874 236,108 11,795,475
Liabilities
Trade payable and accrued expenses 413,556 21,737,770 466,510 23,305,881
Loans payable 442,569 23,262,732 399,944 19,980,423
856,125 45,000,502 866,454 43,286,304
Net foreign currency - denominated
liabilities $659,925 ₱34,687,628 $630,346 ₱31,490,829
The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the PHP to USD
exchange rate, with all other variables held constant, of the Globe Groupʼs income before tax (due to
changes in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities).
The movement in equity arises from changes in the fair values of derivative financial instruments
designated as cash flow hedges.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 105
In addition, the consolidated expected future payments on foreign currency-denominated purchase
orders related to capital projects amounted to USD886.95 million and USD809.03 million as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively (see Note 32.3). The settlement of these liabilities is
dependent on the achievement of project milestones and payment terms agreed with the suppliers
and contractors. Foreign exchange exposure assuming a +/-40 centavos in 2018 and +/-45 centavos
in 2017 movement in PHP to USD rate on commitments amounted to ₱354.78 million and
₱364.06 million gain or loss, respectively.
The Globe Groupʼs foreign exchange risk management policy is to maintain a hedged financial
position, after taking into account expected USD flows from operations and financing transactions.
The Globe Group enters into short-term foreign currency forwards and long-term foreign currency
swap contracts in order to achieve this target.
29.2.2 Credit Risk
The carrying amounts of financial assets recognized in the consolidated statements of financial
position represent the Globe Groupʼs maximum exposure to credit risk. The table below details the
Globe Groupʼs exposure to credit risk:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Cash and cash equivalents ₱23,226,386 ₱11,222,220
Trade receivables – net 21,112,561 27,304,888
Contract assets – net 7,124,332 -
Derivative assets 2,363,366 926,401
Loans receivable from related parties 726,620 846,620
₱54,553,265 ₱40,300,129
The Globe Group has not executed any credit guarantees in favor of other parties.
Credit exposures from subscribers and carrier partners continue to be managed closely for possible
deterioration. When necessary, credit management measures are proactively implemented and
identified collection risks are being provided for accordingly. Outstanding credit exposures from
financial instruments are monitored daily and allowable exposures are reviewed quarterly.
Applications for postpaid service are subjected to standard credit evaluation and verification
procedures. The Credit and Billing Management of the Globe Group continuously reviews credit
policies and processes and implements various credit actions, depending on assessed risks, to
minimize credit exposure. Receivable balances of postpaid subscribers are being monitored on a
regular basis and appropriate credit treatments are applied at various stages of delinquency. Likewise,
net receivable balances from carriers of traffic are also being monitored and subjected to appropriate
actions to manage credit risk.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 106
Subsequent to the adoption of PFRS 9, the Globe Group analyzes its subscribersʼ receivables and
contract assets based on internal credit risk rating. The table below shows the analysis of the Globe
Groupʼs subscribersʼ receivables and contract assets as of December 31, 2018.
Total wireless and wireline subscribers' receivables ₱9,928,242 ₱2,613,658 ₱1,613,290 ₱13,643,094 ₱27,798,284
Total wireless receivables and contract assets ₱11,225,766 ₱4,021,373 ₱1,394,718 ₱8,117,414 ₱24,759,271
Total subscribers' receivables and contracts assets ₱15,295,496 ₱4,908,323 ₱1,872,456 ₱14,394,130 ₱36,470,405
The Globe Groupʼs credit risk rating comprises the following categories:
High quality accounts are accounts considered to be of good quality, have consistently exhibited
good paying habits, and are unlikely to miss payments. High quality accounts primarily
include strong corporate and consumer accounts with whom the Globe Group has excellent
payment experience.
Medium quality accounts are accounts that exhibited good paying habits but may require minimal
monitoring with the objective of moving accounts to high quality rating. Medium quality accounts
primarily include subscribers whose creditworthiness can be moderately affected by adverse
changes in economic and financial conditions, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the
subscriber to fulfill its obligations. It includes customers with whom the Globe Group has limited
experience and therefore, creditworthiness needs to be further established over time.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 107
Low quality accounts are accounts which exhibit characteristics that are identified to have
increased likelihood to miss payments. Low quality accounts are subject to closer monitoring and
scrutiny with the objective of managing risk and moving accounts to improved rating category. It
primarily includes mass consumer, corporate and SME customers whose creditworthiness are
easily affected by adverse changes in economic and financial conditions.
Terminated accounts are accounts in cancelled status. Although there is a possibility that
terminated accounts may still be collected by exhausting collection efforts, the probability of
recovery has significantly deteriorated.
For traffic settlements and other trade receivables the Globe Group uses delinquency and past due
information to analyze the credit risk. The table below shows the aging analysis of the Globe Groupʼs
traffic settlements and other trade receivables as of December 31, 2018.
Prior to the adoption of PFRS 9, the Globe Group analyzes its trade receivables based on delinquency
and past due information. The table below shows the aging analysis of the Globe Groupʼs receivables
as of December 31, 2017.
The individually impaired financial assets presented above does not include impairment losses arising
from collective assessment.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 108
Below is the analysis of the Globe Groupʼs trade receivables as of December 31, 2017 that are neither
past due nor impaired.
Other trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired are considered high quality accounts as
these are substantially from credit card companies and Globe Group dealers.
With respect to other financial assets of the Globe Group which comprise cash in banks, short-term
investments loans to related parties and certain derivative instruments, the exposure to credit risk is
managed on a Group basis.
For investments with banks and other counterparties, the Globe Group has a risk management policy
which allocates investment limits based on counterparty credit rating and credit risk profile. The Globe
Group makes a quarterly assessment of the credit standing of its investment counterparties, and
allocates investment limits based on size, liquidity, profitability, and asset quality. The usage of limits
is regularly monitored.
For its derivative counterparties, the Globe Group deals only with counterparty banks with investment
grade ratings and large local banks. Credit ratings of derivative counterparties are reviewed quarterly.
Following are the Globe Group exposures with its investment counterparties for time deposits as of
December 31:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 109
29.2.3 Liquidity Risk
The Globe Group seeks to manage its liquidity profile to be able to finance capital expenditures and
service maturing debts. To cover its financing requirements, the Globe Group intends to use
internally generated funds and available long-term and short-term credit facilities.
The following table shows the Globe Groupʼs available credit facilities (in millions)
2018 2017
Long-term committed ₱- ₱5,000
Short term
Committed ₱3,000 ₱3,000
Uncommitted
USD $119 $118.9
PHP ₱14,000 ₱19,500
As part of its liquidity risk management, the Globe Group regularly evaluates its projected and actual
cash flows. It also continuously assesses conditions in the financial markets for opportunities to
pursue fund raising activities, in case any requirements arise. Fund raising activities may include bank
loans, export credit agency facilities and capital market issues.
The following tables show comparative information about the Globe Groupʼs financial instruments as
of December 31 that are exposed to liquidity risk and interest rate risk and presented by maturity
profile including forecasted interest payments for the next five years from December 31 figures (in
thousands).
Loans Payable
2018
CREATE.WONDERFUL 110
2017
The following tables present the maturity profile of the Globe Groupʼs other liabilities and derivative
instruments (undiscounted cash flows including swap costs payments/receipts except for other long-
term liabilities) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
2018
Other Financial Liabilities
Less than 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total
Trade payables and accrued expenses* ₱51,540,513 ₱- ₱- ₱51,540,513
Other long-term liabilities - - 865,354 865,354
₱51,540,513 ₱- ₱865,354 ₱52,405,867
*Excludes taxes payable which is not a financial instrument.
Derivative Instrument
CREATE.WONDERFUL 111
2017
Derivative Instrument
CREATE.WONDERFUL 112
29.3 Derivative Financial Instruments
The Globe Groupʼs freestanding and embedded derivative financial instruments are accounted for as
hedges or transactions not designated as hedges. The table below sets out information about the Globe
Groupʼs derivative financial instruments and the related fair values as of December 31:
2018
USD PHP
Notional Notional Derivative Derivative
Amount Amount Assets Liabilities
(In Thousands)
Derivative instruments designated as hedges
Cash flow hedges
Cross currency swaps $300,000 ₱- ₱1,787,777 ₱203,983
Principal only swaps 86,400 - 528,297 32,010
Interest rate swaps 61,400 - 47,292 -
Derivative instruments not designated as hedges
Freestandng
Deliverable forwards* 80,000 - - 75,661
2017
USD PHP
Notional Notional Derivative Derivative
Amount Amount Assets Liabilities
(In Thousands)
Derivative instruments designated as hedges
Cash flow hedges
Cross currency swaps $240,000 ₱- ₱713,951 ₱153,370
Principal only swaps 95,100 - 177,641 36,384
Interest rate swaps 62,600 - 28,553 1,306
Derivative instruments not designated as hedges
Embedded
Currency forwards* 6,345 - 6,256 -
CREATE.WONDERFUL 113
The table below also sets out information about the maturities of Globe Groupʼs derivative
instruments as of December 31 that were entered into to manage interest and foreign exchange risks
related to the long-term debt (in thousands).
2018
The Globe Groupʼs other financial instruments that are exposed to interest rate risk are cash and cash
equivalents. These mature in less than a year and are subject to market interest rate fluctuations.
The Globe Groupʼs other financial instruments which are non-interest bearing and therefore not
subject to interest rate risk are trade and other receivables, trade payables and accrued expenses and
other long-term liabilities. Loans receivable are also not subject to interest rate risk due to fixed
interest rates.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 114
The subsequent sections will discuss the Globe Groupʼs derivative financial instruments according to
the type of financial risk being managed and the details of derivative financial instruments that are
categorized into those accounted for as hedges and those that are not designated as hedges.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 115
29.7 Deliverable and Non-deliverable Forwards
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Globe Group has USD80.00 million and nil deliverable and
non-deliverable currency forward contracts not designated as hedges, respectively.
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
At beginning of year ₱735,341 ₱717,520
Net changes in fair value of derivatives:
Designated as cash flow hedges 1,947,986 (141,891)
Not designated as cash flow hedges 70,003 4,603
₱2,753,330 580,232
Fair value of settled instruments (701,618) 155,109
CREATE.WONDERFUL 116
29.10 Categories of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
The table below presents the carrying value of Globe Groupʼs financial instruments by category
as of December 31, 2018 and January 1, 2018 based on the classification requirements of PFRS 9
(in thousand pesos):
December 31 January 1
2018 2018
(In Thousand Pesos)
Financial Assets
Financial assets at FVPL:
Derivative assets designated as cash flow hedges ₱2,363,366 ₱920,145
Derivative assets not designated as hedges - 6,256
Financial assets at FVOCI:
Investment in equity securities - net 1,442,940 1,201,187
Financial assets at amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents 23,226,386 11,222,220
Trade receivables – net 21,112,561 18,682,932
Contract assets – net 7,124,331 6,389,037
Non-trade receivables 1,325,152 868,913
Loans receivable from related parties 726,620 846,620
₱57,321,356 ₱40,137,310
Financial Liabilities:
Financial liabilities at FVPL:
Derivative liabilities designated as cash flow hedges ₱235,993 ₱191,060
Derivative liabilities not designated as hedges 75,661 -
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
Trade payables and accrued expenses* 51,540,513 56,910,439
Loans payable 148,281,897 131,528,705
Other 1,383,807 1,404,620
₱201,517,871 ₱190,034,824
*Trade payables and accrued expenses .does not include taxes payables which are not considered financial liabilities
**Other long term liabilities do not include ARO and accrued pension which are not considered financial liabilities
CREATE.WONDERFUL 117
The table below presents the carrying value of Globe Groupʼs financial instruments by category
as of December 31, 2017 based on the classification requirements of PAS 39.
2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Financial Assets
Financial assets at FVPL:
Derivative assets designated as cash flow hedges ₱920,145
Derivative assets not designated as hedges 6,256
AFS financial assets
Investment in equity securities 1,201,187
Loans and receivables - net
Cash and cash equivalents 11,222,220
Trade receivables – net 27,304,288
Non-trade receivables 868,913
Loans from related parties 846,620
₱42,369,629
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities at FVPL:
Derivative liabilities designated as cash flow hedges ₱191,060
Derivative liabilities not designated as hedges -
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
Trade payables and accrued expenses* 56,910,439
Loans payable 131,528,705
Other long term liabilities** 1,404,620
₱190,034,824
*Trade payables and accrued expenses .do not include taxes payables which are not considered financial liabilities
**Other long term liabilities do not include ARO and accrued pension which are not considered financial liabilities
CREATE.WONDERFUL 118
The Globe Group makes use of master netting agreements with counterparties with whom a significant
volume of transactions are undertaken. Such arrangements provide for single net settlement of all
financial instruments covered by the agreements in the event of default on any one contract. Master
netting arrangements do not normally result in an offset of balance sheet assets and liabilities unless
certain conditions for offsetting under PAS 32 apply.
Although master netting arrangements may significantly reduce credit risk, it should be noted that:
Credit risk is eliminated only to the extent that amounts due to the same counterparty will be
settled after the assets are realized; and
The extent to which overall credit risk is reduced may change substantially within a short period
because the exposure is affected by each transaction subject to the arrangement and fluctuations
in market factors.
2018 2017
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value
(In Thousand Pesos)
Financial Assets
Derivative assets1 ₱2,363,366 ₱2,363,366 ₱926,401 ₱926,401
Investment in equity securities1 1,442,940 1,442,940 1,201,187 1,201,187
Financial Liabilities
Derivative liabilities1 ₱311,654 ₱311,654 ₱191,060 ₱191,060
Loans payables 2 148,281,897 137,834,270 131,528,705 138,812,508
The following discussions are methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class
of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate such value.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 119
For noninterest bearing obligations, the fair value was estimated as the present value of all future cash
flows discounted using the prevailing market rate of interest for a similar instrument.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 120
Fair value measurement using
There were no transfers from Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements for the years ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Globe Group has no financial instruments classified under Level 3.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 121
The Globe Groupʼs segment information is as follows (in thousand pesos):
2018
Mobile Wireline
Communications Communications
Services Services Consolidated
(In Thousand Pesos)
REVENUES:
Service revenues:
External customers:
Data ₱50,819,828 ₱11,761,929 ₱62,581,757
Voice 28,519,660 2,977,017 31,496,677
SMS 20,191,240 - 20,191,240
Broadband - 18,605,636 18,605,636
Nonservice revenues:
External customers 17,905,545 391,951 18,297,496
Cash Flows
Net cash from (used in):
Operating activities ₱41,727,279 ₱16,123,250 ₱57,850,529
Investing activities (33,616,425) (9,035,328) (42,651,753)
Financing activities 752,364 (4,187,410) (3,435,046)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 122
2017
Mobile Wireline
Communications Communications
Services Services Consolidated
(In Thousand Pesos)
REVENUES:
Service revenues:
External customers:
Data ₱43,058,894 ₱10,287,868 ₱53,346,762
Voice 32,274,474 3,490,350 35,764,824
SMS 23,149,293 - 23,149,293
Broadband - 15,644,974 15,644,974
Nonservice revenues:
External customers 7,103,490 271,388 7,374,878
Segment revenues 105,586,151 29,694,580 135,280,731
EBITDA 46,412,954 6,912,717 53,325,671
Depreciation and amortization (14,719,797) (12,792,892) (27,512,689)
EBIT 31,693,157 (5,880,175) 25,812,982
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAX2 27,495,220 (5,953,518) 21,541,702
Provision for income tax (4,965,817) (1,491,672) (6,457,489)
CREATE.WONDERFUL 123
2016
Mobile Wireline
Communications Communications
Services Services Consolidated
(In Thousand Pesos)
REVENUES:
Service revenues:
External customers:
Data ₱34,991,091 ₱9,873,417 ₱44,864,508
Voice 34,065,300 3,779,820 37,845,120
SMS 23,198,924 - 23,198,924
Broadband - 14,679,451 14,679,451
Nonservice revenues:
External customers 5,670,249 523,408 6,193,657
Segment revenues 97,925,564 28,856,096 126,781,660
EBITDA3 41,260,570 8,717,826 49,978,396
Depreciation and amortization (10,978,984) (12,869,662) (23,848,646)
EBIT 30,281,586 (4,151,836) 26,129,750
CREATE.WONDERFUL 124
A breakdown of gross revenues to net revenues and a reconciliation of segment revenues to the total
revenues presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income are shown below:
The reconciliation of the EBITDA to income before income tax presented in the consolidated
statements of comprehensive income is shown below:
The reconciliation of core net income after tax (core NIAT) to NIAT is shown below:
CREATE.WONDERFUL 125
30.1 Mobile Communications Services
This reporting segment is made up of digital cellular telecommunications services that allow
subscribers to make and receive local, domestic long distance and international long distance calls,
international roaming calls and other value added services (VAS) in any place within the coverage areas.
30.1.1 Mobile communication voice net service revenues include the following:
a) Pro-rated monthly service fees on postpaid plans;
b) Charges for intra-network and outbound calls in excess of the consumable minutes for various
Globe Postpaid plans, including currency exchange rate adjustments (CERA) net of loyalty
discounts credited to subscriber billings;
c) Airtime fees for intra-network and outbound calls recognized upon the earlier of actual usage
of the airtime value or expiration of the unused value of the prepaid reload denomination (for
Globe Prepaid and TM) which occurs between 3 and 120 days after activation depending on
the prepaid value reloaded by the subscriber net of (i) bonus credits and (ii) prepaid reload
discounts;
d) Revenues generated from inbound international and national long distance calls and
international roaming calls; and
e) Mobile service revenues of GTI.
30.1.2 Mobile SMS service revenues consist of local and international revenues from value-added
services such as inbound and outbound SMS and MMS, and infotext, subscription fees on unlimited
and bucket prepaid SMS services, net of any payouts to content providers.
30.1.3 Mobile communication data net service revenues consist of local and international revenues
from value-added services such as mobile internet browsing and content downloading, mobile
commerce services, other add-on VAS and service revenues of GXI and Yondu, net of payouts to
content providers.
30.1.4 Globe Telecom offers its wireless communications services to consumers, corporate and small
and medium enterprise (SME) clients through the following three (3) brands: Globe Postpaid, Globe
Prepaid and Touch Mobile.
The Globe Group also provides its subscribers with mobile payment and remittance services under
the GCash brand.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 126
c) Revenues from inbound local, international and national long distance calls from other carriers
terminating on Globeʼs network;
d) Revenues from additional landline features such as caller ID, call waiting, call forwarding, multi-
calling, voice mail, duplex and hotline numbers and other value-added features;
e) Installation charges and other one-time fees associated with the establishment of the service;
and
f) Revenues from DUO and SUPERDUO (fixed line portion) service consisting of monthly service
fees for postpaid and subscription fees for prepaid.
30.2.4 The Globe Group provides wireline voice communications (local, national and international
long distance), data and broadband and data services to consumers, corporate and SME clients in the
Philippines.
Consumers - the Globe Groupʼs postpaid voice service provides basic landline services including
toll-free NDD calls to other Globe landline subscribers for a fixed monthly fee. For wired
broadband, consumers can choose between broadband services bundled with a voice line, or a
broadband data-only service. The Globe Group offers broadband packages bundled with voice,
or broadband data-only service. For subscribers who require full mobility, Globe Broadband
service come in postpaid and prepaid packages and allow them to access the internet via LTE, 3G
with HSDPA, Enhanced Datarate for GSM Evolution (EDGE), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)
or WiFi at hotspots located nationwide.
Corporate/SME clients - for corporate and SME enterprise clients wireline voice communication
needs, the Globe Group offers postpaid service bundles which come with a business landline and
unlimited dial-up internet access. The Globe Group also provides a full suite of telephony
services from basic direct lines to Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) services, 1-800
numbers, International Direct Dialing (IDD) and National Direct Dialing (NDD) access as well as
managed voice solutions such as Voice Over Internet Protocol (VOIP) and managed Internet
Protocol (IP) communications. Value-priced, high speed data services, wholesale and corporate
internet access, data center services and segment-specific solutions customized to the needs of
vertical industries.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 127
31 Notes to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Cash equivalents are short term highly liquid investments with insignificant risk of changes in value.
The cash and cash equivalents account consists of the following as of December 31:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Cash on hand and in banks ₱2,018,910 ₱1,930,219
Short-term money market placements 21,207,476 9,292,001
₱23,226,386 ₱11,222,220
Cash flows from financing activities include non-cash change arising from foreign exchange gains or
losses and amortization of debt issue cost and others amounting to ₱926.20 million.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 128
The Globe Group also has short-term renewable leases on transmission cables and equipment. The
Globe Groupʼs rentals incurred on these various leases amounted to ₱6,535.15 million ₱6,471.46
million and ₱5,902.41 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively (See Note 22).
The future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are as follows:
2018 2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Not later than one year ₱4,830,349 ₱3,718,794
After one year but not later than five years 14,944,091 13,697,922
After five years 3,889,549 6,226,088
₱23,663,989 ₱23,642,804
2017
(In Thousand Pesos)
Minimum Present Value
Payments of Payments
Within one year ₱130,866 ₱95,045
After one year but not more than five years - -
More than five years - -
₱130,866 ₱95,045
In addition, total payments to service providers based on the seven-year agreement for the
non - lease component which includes application development and maintenance, service design,
managed network services, office automation or end-user computing, service desk services and
business supports systems amounted to ₱1,999.97 million and ₱1,876.50 million in 2018 and 2017,
respectively.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 129
32.2 Agreements and Commitments with Other Carriers
Globe Telecom, Innove and BTI have existing international telecommunications service agreements
with various foreign administrations and interconnection agreements with local telecommunications
companies for their various services. Globe Telecom also has international roaming agreements
with other foreign operators, which allow its subscribers access to foreign networks. The
agreements provide for sharing of toll revenues derived from the mutual use of telecommunication
networks.
The Interconnect costs for the period 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to ₱5,677 million ₱7,852
million and ₱9,623 million, respectively. (see Note 30)
Net traffic settlements receivables amounted to ₱2,868.40 million and ₱2,818.87 million while net
traffic settlements payable amounted to ₱1,102.41 million and ₱1,074.48 million as of December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively (see Note 5 and 14).
CREATE.WONDERFUL 130
On November 17, 2009, Globe Telecom and Pacnet, signed a memorandum of agreement (MOA) to
terminate and unwind their Landing Party Agreement (LPA) dated August 15, 2000. The MOA further
requires Globe Telecom, being duly licensed and authorized by the NTC to land the C2C Cable
Network in the Philippines and operate the C2C Cable Landing Station (CLS) in Nasugbu, Batangas,
Philippines, to transfer to Pacnetʼs designated qualified partner, the license of the C2C CLS, the CLS, a
portion of the property on which the CLS is situated, certain equipment and associated facilities
thereof.
In return, Pacnet will compensate Globe Telecom in cash and by way of Pacnet cable capacities
deliverable upon completion of certain closing conditions. The MOA also provided for novation of
abovementioned equipment supply and lease agreements and reciprocal options for Globe Telecom
to purchase future capacities from Pacnet and Pacnet to purchase backhaul and ducts from Globe
Telecom at agreed prices.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 131
32.7 Agreements with Huawei International, Pte. Ltd., Huawei Technology Co. Ltd and Huawei
Technology Phils.
In 2014, Globe Telecom and Innove engaged Huawei for a period of ten (10) years to perform the
design, engineering, manufacture, assembly and delivery of certain equipment and all its ancillary
equipment and related software and documentation, and to provide services, including subsequent
training and technical support, in an end-to-end full-turn key outcome based technical solution. Globe
Telecomʼs payments to Huawei as of December 31, 2018 totaled ₱29,565.37 million for the services
and ₱1,214.57 million and USD1,005.04 million for the equipment.
The Globe Group has entered into various content and license distribution agreements with various
developers for periods ranging from 2 to 5 years. Under the agreements, the developers granted the
Globe Group the right to market, reproduce and distribute the premium content in the form of
portable music streaming, videos, movies or other forms of content to its subscribers. The agreement
also provides for the Globe Group to provide advertising and/or promotions support at certain agreed
amounts.
In consideration of the agreements, Globe agreed to pay royalty or service fees based on its net
revenues or active subscribers.
33 Contingencies
The Globe Group is contingently liable for various claims arising in the ordinary conduct of business and
certain tax assessments which are either pending decision by the courts or are being contested, the
outcome of which are not presently determinable. In the opinion of management and legal counsel, the
possibility of outflow of economic resources to settle the contingent liability is remote.
Interconnection Charge for Short Messaging Service
On October 10, 2011, the NTC issued Memorandum Circular (MC) No. 02-10-2011 titled Interconnection
Charge for Short Messaging Service requiring all public telecommunication entities to reduce their
interconnection charge to each other from ₱0.35 to ₱0.15 per text, which Globe Telecom complied as early
as November 2011. On December 11, 2011, the NTC One Stop Public Assistance Center (OSPAC) filed a
complaint against Globe Telecom, Smart and Digitel alleging violation of the said MC No. 02-10-2011 and
asking for the reduction of SMS off-net retail price from P1.00 to P0.80 per text. Globe Telecom filed its
response maintaining the position that the reduction of the SMS interconnection charges does not
automatically translate to a reduction in the SMS retail charge per text.
On November 20, 2012, the NTC rendered a decision directing Globe Telecom to:
Reduce its regular SMS retail rate from P1.00 to not more than ₱0.80;
Refund/reimburse its subscribers the excess charge of ₱0.20; and
Pay a fine of ₱200.00 per day from December 1, 2011 until date of compliance.
On May 7, 2014, NTC denied the Motion for Reconsideration (MR) filed by Globe Telecom last
December 5, 2012 in relation to the November 20, 2012 decision. Globe Telecomʼs assessment is that
Globe Telecom is in compliance with the NTC Memorandum Circular No. 02-10-2011. On June 9, 2014,
Globe Telecom filed petition for review of the NTC decision and resolution with the Court of Appeals (CA).
CREATE.WONDERFUL 132
The CA granted the petition in a resolution dated September 3, 2014 by issuing a 60-day temporary
restraining order on the implementation of Memorandum Circular 02-10-2011 by the NTC. On October 15,
2014, Globe Telecom posted a surety bond to compensate for possible damages as directed by the CA.
On June 27, 2016, the CA rendered a decision reversing the NTCʼs abovementioned decision and
resolution requiring telecommunications companies to cut their SMS rates and return the excess amount
paid by subscribers. The CA said that the NTC order was baseless as there is no showing that the reduction
in the SMS rate is mandated under MC No. 02-10-2011; there is no showing, either that the present P1.00
per text rate is unreasonable and unjust, as this was not mandated under the memorandum. Moreover,
under the NTCʼs own MC No. 02-05-2008, SMS is a value added service (VAS) whose rates are
deregulated. The respective motions for reconsideration filed by NTC and that of intervenor Bayan Muna
Party List (Bayan Muna) Representatives Neri Javier Colmenares and Carlos Isagani Zarate were both
denied.
The NTC thus elevated the CAʼs ruling to the Supreme Court (SC) via a Petition for Review on Certiorari
dated September 15, 2017.
For its part, Bayan Muna filed its own Petition for Review on Certiorari of the CAʼs Decision. On January 4,
2018, Globe received a copy of the SCʼs Resolution dated November 6, 2017, requiring it to comment on
said petition of Bayan Muna. Subsequently, on February 21, 2018, Globe received a copy of the SCʼs
Resolution dated December 13, 2017 consolidating the Petitions for Review filed by Bayan Muna and NTC,
and requiring Globe to file its comment on the petition for review filed by NTC. Thus, on April 2, 2018,
Globe filed its Consolidated Comment on both Bayan Muna and the NTCʼs petitions for review. On
September 18, 2018, Globe received a copy of Bayan Munaʼs Consolidated Reply to Globeʼs Consolidated
Comment and Digitel and Smartʼs Comment.
Globe Telecom believes that it did not violate NTC MC No. 02-10-2011 when it did not reduce its SMS
retail rate from Php 1.00 to Php 0.80 per text, and hence, would not be obligated to refund its subscribers.
However, if it is ultimately decided by the Supreme Court (in case an appeal is taken thereto by the NTC
from the adverse resolution of the CA) that Globe Telecom is not compliant with said circular, Globe may
be contingently liable to refund to its subscribers the ₱0.20 difference (between ₱1.00 and ₱0.80 per text)
reckoned from November 20, 2012 until said decision by the SC becomes final and executory.
Management does not have an estimate of the potential claims currently.
On July 23, 2009, the NTC issued NTC MC No. 05-07-2009 (Guidelines on Unit of Billing of Mobile Voice
Service). The MC provides that the maximum unit of billing for the Cellular Mobile Telephone System
(CMTS) whether postpaid or prepaid shall be six (6) seconds per pulse. The rate for the first two (2) pulses,
or equivalent if lower period per pulse is used, may be higher than the succeeding pulses to recover the
cost of the call set-up. Subscribers may still opt to be billed on a one (1) minute per pulse basis or to
subscribe to unlimited service offerings or any service offerings if they actively and knowingly enroll in the
scheme.
On December 28, 2010, the Court of Appeals (CA) rendered its decision declaring null and void and
reversing the decisions of the NTC in the rates applications cases for having been issued in violation of
Globe Telecom and the other carriersʼ constitutional and statutory right to due process. However, while the
decision is in Globe Telecomʼs favor, there is a provision in the decision that NTC did not violate the right
of petitioners to due process when it declared via circular that the per pulse billing scheme shall be the
default.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 133
On January 21, 2011, Globe Telecom and two other telecom carriers, filed their respective Motions for
Partial Reconsideration (MR) on the pronouncement that “the Per Pulse Billing Scheme shall be the
default”. The petitioners and the NTC filed their respective Motion for Reconsideration, which were all
denied by the CA on January 19, 2012.
On March 12, 2012, Globe and Innove elevated to the Supreme Court the questioned portions of the
Decision and Resolution of the CA dated December 28, 2010 and its Resolution dated January 19, 2012.
The other service providers, as well as the NTC, filed their own petitions for review. The adverse parties
have filed their comments on each otherʼs petitions, as well as their replies to each otherʼs comments.
Parties were required to file their respective Memoranda and Globe filed its Memorandum on May 25,
2018. The case is now submitted for resolution.
Acquisition by Globe Telecom and PLDT of the Entire Issued and Outstanding Shares of VTI
In a letter dated June 7, 2016 issued by Philippine Competition Commission (PCC) to Globe Telecom, PLDT,
SMC and VTI regarding the Joint Notice filed by the aforementioned parties on May 30, 2016, disclosing
the acquisition by Globe Telecom and PLDT of the entire issued and outstanding shares of VTI, the PCC
claims that the Notice was deficient in form and substance and concludes that the acquisition cannot be
claimed to be deemed approved.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 134
On June 10, 2016, Globe Telecom formally responded to the letter reiterating that the Notice, which sets
forth the salient terms and conditions of the transaction, was filed pursuant to and in accordance with
Memorandum Circular No. l6-002 (MC No. l6-002) issued by the PCC. MC No. 16-002 provides that before
the implementing rules and regulations for Republic Act No. 10667 (the Philippine Competition Act of
2015) come into full force and effect, upon filing with the PCC of a notice in which the salient terms and
conditions of an acquisition are set forth, the transaction is deemed approved by the PCC and as such, it
may no longer be challenged. Further, Globe Telecom clarified in its letter that the supposed deficiency in
form and substance of the Notice is not a ground to prevent the transaction from being deemed
approved. The only exception to the rule that a transaction is deemed approved is when a notice contains
false material information. In this regard, Globe Telecom stated that the Notice does not contain any false
information.
On June 17, 2016, Globe Telecom received a copy of the second letter issued by PCC stating that
notwithstanding the position of Globe Telecom, it was ruling that the transaction was still subject for
review.
On July 12, 2016, Globe Telecom asked the CA to stop the government's anti-trust body from reviewing
the acquisition of SMC's telecommunications business. Globe Telecom maintains the position that the deal
was approved after Globe Telecom notified the PCC of the transaction and that the anti-trust body
violated its own rules by insisting on a review. On the same day, Globe Telecom filed a Petition for
Mandamus, Certiorari and Prohibition against the PCC, docketed as CA-G.R. SP No. 146538. On July 25,
2016, the CA, through its 6th Division issued a resolution denying Globe Telecomʼs application for TRO and
injunction against PCCʼs review of the transaction. In the same resolution, however, the CA required the
PCC to comment on Globe Telecom's petition for certiorari and mandamus within 10 days from receipt
thereof. The PCC filed said comment on August 8, 2016. In said comment, the PCC prayed that the ₱70
billion deal between PLDT-Globe Telecom and San Miguel be declared void for PLDT and Globe Telecomʼs
alleged failure to comply with the requirements of the Philippine Competition Act of 2015. The PCC also
prayed that the CA direct Globe Telecom to: cease and desist from further implementing its co-acquisition
of the San Miguel telecommunications assets; undo all acts consummated pursuant to said acquisition;
and pay the appropriate administrative penalties that may be imposed by the PCC under the Philippine
Competition Act for the illegal consummation of the subject acquisition. The case remains pending with
the CA.
Meanwhile, PLDT filed a similar petition with the CA, docketed as CA G.R. SP No. 146528, which was raffled
off to its 12th Division. On August 26, 2016, PLDT secured a TRO from said court. Thereafter, Globe
Telecomʼs petition was consolidated with that of PLDT, before the 12th Division. The consolidation
effectively extended the benefit of PLDTʼs TRO to Globe Telecom. The parties were required to submit their
respective Memoranda, after which, the case shall be deemed submitted for resolution.
On February 17, 2017, the CA issued a Resolution denying PCCʼs Motion for Reconsideration dated
September 14, 2016 for lack of merit. In the same Resolution, the Court granted PLDTʼs Urgent Motion for
the Issuance of a Gag Order and ordered the PCC to remove the offending publication from its website
and also to obey the sub judice rule and refrain from making any further public pronouncements
regarding the transaction while the case remains pending. The Court also reminded the other parties, PLDT
and Globe, to likewise observe the sub judice rule. For this purpose, the Court issued its gag order
admonishing all the parties “to refrain, cease and desist from issuing public comments and statements that
would violate the sub judice rule and subject them to indirect contempt of court. The parties were also
required to comment within ten days from receipt of the Resolution, on the Motion for Leave to Intervene,
and Admit the Petition-in Intervention dated February 7, 2017 filed by Citizenwatch, a non-stock and non-
profit association.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 135
On April 18, 2017, PCC filed a petition before the SC docketed as G.R. No. 230798, to lift the CA's order
that has prevented the review of the sale of San Miguel Corp.'s telecommunications unit to PLDT Inc. and
Globe Telecom. On April 25, 2017, Globe filed before the SC a Motion for Intervention with Motion to
Dismiss the petition filed by the PCC.
As of June 30, 2017, the SC did not issue any TRO on the PCC's petition to lift the injunction issued by the
CA. Hence, the PCC remains barred from reviewing the SMC deal.
On July 26, 2017, Globe received the SC en banc Resolution granting Globe's Extremely Urgent Motion to
Intervene. In the same Resolution, the Supreme Court treated as Comment, Globe's Motion to Dismiss with
Opposition Ad Cautelam to PCC's Application for the Issuance of a Writ of Preliminary Injunction and/or
TRO.
On August 31, 2017, Globe received another Resolution of the SC en banc, requiring the PCC to file a
Consolidated Reply to the Comments respectively filed by Globe and PLDT, within ten (10) days from
notice. Globe has yet to receive the Consolidated Reply of PCC since the latter requested for extension of
time to file the same.
In the meantime, in a Decision dated October 18, 2017, the CA, in CA-G.R. SP No. 146528 and CA-G.R. SP
No. 146538, granted Globe and PLDTs Petition to permanently enjoin and prohibiting PCC from reviewing
the acquisition and compelling the PCC to recognize the same as deemed approved. PCC elevated the
case to the SC via Petition for Review on Certiorari.
34 NTC Regulation
Effective January 5, 2018, all prepaid load with denomination of ₱300 and above will carry a one-
year expiration period as mandated by the joint Memorandum Circular No. 05-12-2017 issued by
the NTC, Department of Information and Communication Technology and Department of Trade
and Industry.
On July 19, 2018, NTC released Memorandum Circular (MC) no. 05-07-2018 for the amendment
of interconnect charge for voice from ₱2.50 per minute to ₱0.50 and text messaging rates
from ₱0.15 per message to ₱0.05. This memorandum circular shall take effect fifteen days
after publication.
CREATE.WONDERFUL 136
IV. 2018 Original BIR/Bank Stamp “Received”
NOTE:
This special form is applicable to Investment Companies and Publicly-held Companies (enumerated in Section 17.2 of the Securities
Regulation Code (SRC), except banks and insurance companies). As a supplemental form to PHFS, it shall be used for reporting Consolidated
Financial Statements of Parent corporations and their subsidiaries.
Domestic corporations are those which are incorporated under Philippine laws or branches/subsidiaries of foreign corporations that are
licensed to do business in the Philippines where the center of economic interest or activity is within the Philippines. On the other hand, foreign
corporations are those that are incorporated abroad, including branches of Philippine corporations operating abroad.
Financial Institutions are corporations principally engaged in financial intermediation, facilitating financial intermediation, or auxiliary
financial services. Non-Financial institutions refer to corporations that are primarily engaged in the production of market goods and non-financial
services.
Control No.:
Form Type: PHFS (rev 2006)
Remeasurement Gain
(Loss) on Defined
Benefit Plans/Net Parent Company
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Additional Paid-in Subscriptions Share-based Cumulative Preferred Shares
FINANCIAL DATA Capital Stock Subscribed Retained Earnings on Available-for-Sale Other Reserves Treasury Stock Minority Interest TOTAL
Capital receivable Payments Translation Adj Financial Assets/Fair Held by
Value Reserve of Subsidiary
Financial Assets at
FVOCI
A. Balance, At January 1, 2016 38,008,747 171,810 36,316,709 (577,944) 568,847 288,683 124,468,464 (1,804,013) 13,516,056 - (2,300,000) 119,886,624 328,543,983
A.1 Correction of Error(s) - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A.2 Effect of adoption of new and revised accounting standards - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A.3 Effect of adoption of Philippine Interpretation IFRIC 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
B. Restated Balance 38,008,747 171,810 36,316,709 (577,944) 568,847 288,683 124,468,464 (1,804,013) 13,516,056 - (2,300,000) 119,886,624 328,543,983
C. Surplus - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.1 Surplus (Deficit) on Revaluation of Properties - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.2 Surplus (Deficit) on Revaluation of Investments - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.3 Currency Translation Differences - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.4 Other Surplus (specify) - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.4.1 Net unrealized gains for the year recognized in equity - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.4.2 Net Income - - - - - - 26,011,263 - - - - 17,421,346 43,432,609
C.4.3 Other comprehensive income - - - - - 1,125,867 - (210,855) - - - 624,140 1,539,152
C.4.4 Increase in minority interests - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.4.5 Changes in fair value of available-for-sale financial - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.4.6 Cost of share-based payments of Ayala Cororation - - - - 248,006 - - - - - - - 248,006
C.4.7 Equity-conversion option - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C.4.8 Change in non-controlling interests - - - - - - - - (191,036) - - 7,477,008 7,285,972
D. Dividends (negative entry) - - - - - - (4,857,416) - - - - (5,335,772) (10,193,188)
E. Appropriation for (specify) others - - - - - - - - - - - -
E.1 - - - - - - - - - - - -
E.2 - - - - - - - - - - - -
E.3 - - - - - - - - - - - -
E.4 - - - - - - - - - - - -
E.5 - - - - - - - - - - - -
F. Issuance of Capital Stock - - - - - - - - - - - -
F.1 Common Stock - - - - - - - - - - - - -
F.2 Preferred Stock - - - - - - - - - - - - -
F.3 Collection of subscription receivables 26,158 (26,158) - 139,344 - - - - - - - - 139,344
F.4 Exercise/cancellation of ESOP/ESOWN 4,116 26,557 611,617 (321,196) (321,094) - - - - - - - -
F.5 Redemption of preferred shares - - - - - - - - - - - - -
G. Balance, At December 31, 2016 38,039,021 172,209 36,928,326 (759,796) 495,759 1,414,550 145,622,311 (2,014,868) 13,325,020 - (2,300,000) 140,073,346 370,995,878
G.1 Correction of Error (s) - - - - - - - - - - - - -
G.2 Effect of adoption of Pre-need Rule 31 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
G.3 Effect of adoption of Philippine Interpretation IFRIC 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
H. Restated Balance 38,039,021 172,209 36,928,326 (759,796) 495,759 1,414,550 145,622,311 (2,014,868) 13,325,020 - (2,300,000) 140,073,346 370,995,878
I. Surplus - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.1 Surplus (Deficit) on Revaluation of Properties - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.2 Surplus (Deficit) on Revaluation of Investments - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.3 Currency Translation Differences - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.4 Other Surplus (specify) - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.4.1 Net unrealized gains for the year recognized in equity - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.4.2 Net Income - - - - - - 30,263,842 - - - - 19,602,933 49,866,775
I.4.3 Other comprehensive income - - - - - 1,379,753 - (396,382) - - - 1,194,857 2,178,228
I.4.4 Increase in minority interests - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.4.5 Changes in fair value of available-for-sale financial - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.4.6 Cost of share-based payments - - - - (504) - - - - - - - (504)
I.4.7 Equity-conversion option - - - - - - - - 7,864 - - 2,048 9,912
I.4.8 Change in non-controlling interests - - - - - - - - (619,600) - - (732,980) (1,352,580)
J. Dividends (negative entry) - - - - - - (5,584,125) - - - - (5,395,567) (10,979,692)
K. Appropriation for (specify) - - - - - - - - - - - -
K.1 - - - - - - - - - - - -
K.2 - - - - - - - - - - - -
K.3 - - - - - - - - - - - -
K.4 - - - - - - - - - - - -
K.5 - - - - - - - - - - - -
L. Issuance of Capital Stock - - - - - - - - - - -
L.1 Common Stock - - - - - - - - - - - - -
L.2 Preferred Stock - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Control No.:
Form Type: GFFS (rev 2006)
Remeasurement Gain
(Loss) on Defined
Benefit Plans/Net Parent Company
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Additional Paid-in Subscriptions Share-based Cumulative Preferred Shares
FINANCIAL DATA Capital Stock Subscribed Retained Earnings on Available-for-Sale Other Reserves Treasury Stock Minority Interest TOTAL
Capital receivable Payments Translation Adj Financial Assets/Fair Held by
Value Reserve of Subsidiary
Financial Assets at
FVOCI